1984-1986 - Undergraduate - University of North Dakota

Preface I iii

Thomas J. Clifford

J.(^ 4

w W • ‘ •'® cornerstone of the first UniversityAddress “ Inteir ** the state of North Dakota, the principal speaker entitled his

"teUigence, the Basis of Civilization.”

y‘dversity°As'JiP*^u°*J®' served originally as the motto of thetL 1,3 j ., ® highest institution in the state’s public education system, the Uni-‘*'8 education ! '■®8Ponsihility of providing the young people of North Dakota with

Sin ° essential for responsible citizenship.

'‘^es and University has become a vast and complex institution, with labora- service tn f t ! ° community of scholars engaged in teaching, research,

ef a dvn • Uut even as it assumed a responsible role in meeting thethe Tj end the rising aspirations of a new generation of young

'^hd so • remained faithful to its history and to its purpose.

^^ds today o* ®‘ *'8ng* h of a great institution that the University® Adventure f ’’“ S place for those who wish to learn. It is a place for unend-

*ds cat ' cherished ambitions, for translating dreams into reality.

Tj'*! 8 invite vo acquaint you with the broad opportunities available‘‘‘''ersity of u * *'® academic purpose and intellectual endeavor o f the

IN Orth Dakota.

President

iv I University of North Dakota

AC ADEM IC CALENDAR (Subject toFALL SEMESTER 1984-85

Change)1985-86

(Tentative)^

Registration............................................. AugustBeginning of Instruction......................... AugustHoliday, Labor D a y ........................... SeptemberLast Day to A d d ................ SeptemberLast Day on which Candidates May

Apply for a D egree....................... SeptemberLast Day to change to/from S/U . . . . SeptemberMid-Term Grades Due............................. OctoberLast Day to Drop................................. NovemberHoliday, Veterans D a y ....................... NovemberThanksgiving R ecess......................... NovemberReading and Review D ay..................... DecemberSemester Examination Period .......... DecemberGrades Due........................................... DecemberSPRING SEMESTER

2728

311

AugustAugustSeptemberSeptember

2528192

1222-23

1112-19

211984-85

R egistration........................................... JanuaryBeginning of Instruction....................... JanuaryLast Day to A d d ..................................... JanuaryLast Day on which Candidates May

Apply for a Degree........................... FebruaryLast Day to Change to/from S/U ........ FebruaryHoliday, President’s D a y ..................... FebruaryFounders D a y ........................................FebruarySpring Recess Beginning at Close

of Classes ..............................................MarchHoliday, Good F rid a y ................................. AprilHoliday, Easter M onday............................. AprilLast Day to D rop....................................... MarchReading and Review D a y ............................. MaySemester Examination Period ..................... MayCommencement..............................................MayGrades D u e ....................................................MayPRE-SUMMER SESSION 1984-85

Registration....................................................MayBeginning of Instruction ............................. MayLast Day to A d d ........................................... MayLast Day to change to/from S/U................... MayLast Day to Drop ..........................................MaySemester Examination D ay ......................... JuneFinal Class D ay............................................. JuneGrades D u e....................................................June

313152130

77

10

MayMayMayMayMayJuneJuneJune

SUMMER SEMESTER 1984-85

R egistration................................................. JuneBeginning of Instruction............................. JuneLast Day on which Candidates May

Apply for a D egree................................. JuneLast Day to A d d ........................................... JuneLast Day to Change to/from S/U................. JuneHoliday, Ju ly 4 ............................................. JulyLast Day to Drop........................................... Ju lyFinal Examination Period....................... AugustGrades Due................................................August

1011

JuneJune

141726

4171-2

6

JuneJuneJuneJulyJulyAugustAugust

2627

10

SeptemberOctoberOctober ,NovemberNovemberNovemberDecemberDecemberDecember

1985-86

244

18

1128-20

ll12-10

23

9-10 January lO11 January 2324 January

78 February

15 February 1718 February 2727 February

■ 8-l09-17 March 28

5 March 3l8 March 1

29 April 23 May 3.IO

4-11 May U12 May 1314 May

12li

K

Q>O

Q.

1984S M T W T F S

JULY1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30 31AUGUST

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 12 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 12 13 14 1516 17 18 19 20 21 2223 24 25 26 27 28 2930O a O B E R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 NOVEMBER

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 I I 12 13 14 IS

16 17 18 13 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

19855 M T W T F SJANUARY

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 1213 14 15 16 17 18 1920 21 22 23 24 25 2627 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY

1 23 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 1 23 4 5 6 7 8 910 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31APRIL

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30MAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 AJNE 12 3 4 5 S 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

16 17 18 13 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

30

I S M T W T F SJULY

1 2 3 4 5 67 8 9 10 11 12 1314 15 16 17 18 19 2021 22 23 24 25 26 2728 29 30 31 AUGUST

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 SEPTEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 78 9 10 11 12 13 1415 16 17 18 19 20 2122 23 24 25 26 27 2829 30O a O B E R

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31NOVEMBER

1 23 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 DECEMBER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 I I 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

1986S M T W T F SJANUARY

1 2 3 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 FEBRUARY

12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 MARCH 12 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 APRIL

1 2 3 4 56 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30MAY

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

II 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 JUNE1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

Preface

Contents/

CALENDAR/iv

GENERAL INFORMATION /1

NEW STUDENT INFORMATION 19

ACADEMIC INFORMATION 125

UNIVERSITY SERVICES /53

UNIVERSITY COLLEGE/68

CENTER FOR AEROSPACE SCIENCES/72

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES /77

Co lleg e o f b u s in e s s a n d p u b l ic a d m in is t r a t io n /as

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING AND MINES 167

COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS /96

GRADUATE SCHOOL/98

college for human resources development/ 100SCHOOL OF LA W /102

SCHOOL OF MEDICINE /104

COLLEGE OF NURSING /107

CENTER FOR TEACHING AND LEARNING /112

SUMMER SESSION/118

d iv is io n o f c o n t in u in g e d u c a tio n /120COURSES OF INSTRUCTION /123

a d m in is t r a t io n a n d f a c u l t y /364

*^NDERGRADUATE f ie l d s o f s t u d y s u m m a r y /388

INDEX/392

CAMPUS MAP/398

VII

General Information

General InformationTh h is t o r y a n d s c o p e o f t h e u n iv e r s it y

Dakota is a co-educational state-supported institution ‘® located in Grand Forks, a city with a population of approxi-

the cent “’7 ”® University also operates a center a t Williston. The main campus is Univ Valley, one of the richest farming areas in the world.

Six *® control of the S tate Board of Higher Education.Dakota became a state. George Walsh of Grand Forks

^•'iversiiv “ *"7 Territorial CouncU a t Yankton “A bill for an Act locating the ^°''ernin^ Dakota a t Grand Forks. North Dakota and Providing for the^®*>emiah n ^ law on February 27.1883. by Governor? ’ erritof- I passed was entiUed “An Act for Establishing^'■'lution* “ '^ccsity a t Grand Forks. Dakota.” specifically designating the new

of tK '"® University of North Dakota. I ts name constitutes the first officialthe words “North Dakota.”

to"a^f°'!i®*'°'^ procession” came by train and carriages from the city of Grand Main ceremony of the laying of the cornerstone of the first structure.

'^est of “™mg.” on October 2.1883. Located near the English Coulee about a mile '^ rand F o rk s An » 90.a/«fA _1 _____ •!._ r __i.1__________ » .«

of G J Z, 100 , L.ocatea near the tJnglish Coulee about a mile•■rns of ^°*‘ks on a 20-acre trac t donated as a site for the campus under the

roo * organization, this building originally housed the entire University.* kbrarv n™* the faculty, dormitories for the students, a dining room, a classroom.a H — ‘oi-uii-jf, uurimujnes lor me scuaents, a Oinmg room, a

Cha * museum were all contained in the three-story structure.*' ® responsibility to instruct “in what regards the rights and duties

“Penins l^culty members met the eleven students who entered the University ^Indents W nr' 1884. During that first year enrollment increased to 79

Ihe fiVof *, Blackburn, professor of mental and moral philosophy, served‘*fst of UND’s eight presidents.

/ k e Uni®late to*h * *' - Dakota was the only institution of higher education in

A Univ ^ established as a university, with all of the implications of that*’'<1 to creat *"** obligation to preserve knowledge, to disseminate knowledge,

foj. ® knowledge. The University of North Dakota has served as a cap- Sftibrnc^tf system of public education in the state, and from its earliest year

'’*1® — apj ® , levels of higher education — undergraduate, professional and grad- of active program of research and service. Through the experi-

and **” decades the University has created a tradition in instruction, the'inf which has served as a model for other institutions. Consistent

and T” **'® legislators, the University has served as a standard' s it ®®“®*' Ingher education in the state.

body^Qf *' ® ™ ‘l-1980s the University had grown from the first year to a stu- k*'?® P^fsons students and a faculty and research staff of more than 600 full-"^dinga w*th ™ campus area of 472 acres contains more than a hundred major ®**'Prehena* ® l®tal space of 3.7 million square feet. Institutional diversity and

^ ®p>alixg j fi' f ®®® taflected by the fact tha t the University offers more than 200 A lons. 'j'jjg study, including majors, minors, concentrations, and program

* ®space S structure consists of 11 colleges and schools and a Center forlences (encompassing 65 academic departments), as well as a Division

University of North Dakota

of Continuing Education. The colleges and schools include: University College _ man division). College of Arts and Sciences, College of Business and Public tration. Center for Teaching and Learning, School of Engineering and Mines, Co of Fine Arts, College for Human Resources Development, College of jGraduate School, School of Law, and the School of Medicine. This diversity one of the major strengths of the University, again as mandated by its found and provides unique opportunities for teaching and learning to prepare students an ever-changing society.

A DIVERSE STUDENT BODYLike its curriculum, the University of North Dakota’s student body is

ized by diversity. The fall 1983 enrollment, a record 11,053, included 9,257 j graduate students, 1,290 graduate students (including 166 in off-campus degree programs), and 506 professional law and medical students. About 63 5,of the students identified themselves as North Dakotans; 25 percent as Minneso a Non-residents represented all of the states, and 40 foreign countries. About 31 cent of the students were older than age 23. Forty-seven percent were women, about 17 percent were married.

In the faD of 1983, the University enrolled 1,689 new freshmen, 800 new |,e students and 471 new graduate and graduate professional students, bringing total number of students matriculated during its history to more than 13 > Degrees granted during fiscal 1982-1983 included 1,563 undergraduate graduate degrees, and 132 graduate professional degrees in law and number of degrees granted since the first commencement in 1889 total 53,8

MISSION OF THE UNIVERSITY ^The mission of the University of North Dakota has been articulated in a P wj(,rd

document, “ Toward the Second Century,” submitted by President Thomas J-to the State Board of Higher Education in 1980: tion-

1. To provide challenging and diverse programs of undergraduate Each of the undergraduate colleges has the responsibility to establish ob) and goals which are necessary to strengthen and continually improve the c undergraduate mission within the context of the general University underg^®^ j[j mission. This implies a responsibility for each college to place as much obligations to the generj undergraduate student population as on its responsibilities to those students selecting fields within the college in which they

2. To provide educational programs in the professional fields. Such 8 implies a responsibility to offer strong and accredited programs in the professional colleges, in those professional fields located within the tr undergraduate liberal arts disciplines, and in post-baccalaureate professional ^

3. To offer an integated program of graduate education at the master stor’s level in order to prepare students for advanced professional practice, fo*' and for careers in research and creative activity. ,

4. To maintain an active program of basic and applied research, scholaf creative endeavor for the benefit of the students who participate and learn and for the contribution of new knowledge to the state and the nation. ^

5. To cooperate with other institutions to provide educational throughout the state for those who cannot come to the campus. The U oU' directs special attention to offering specialized graduate instruction thro reach programs.

General Information

ACCREDITATIONNorth Dakota is a member institution of the Association of

Colle/°" Universities and has been accredited by the North Central Association of Schools since the Association was organized in 1913. It

«''d d r accreditation in 1984. Many individual colleges, schoolsPartments are members of accrediting associations in their respective fields.

THE ACADEMIC YEARdivided into two semesters, each approximately 16 weeks in

the s6(Jo H K end of August and ending prior to Christmas;*’'>»mer”° ’ . “ mid-January and extending to mid-May. A four week pre-®'8ht w e*r mid-May and ends in early June. A summer session of

iv in June and concludes in August. See the academic calendar on

PROGRAMS OF STUDYcatal °f North Dakota’s academic programs are described elsewhere inon attention is directed to the listings of the colleges and schools, begin-

also tif* ^ listings of the departments and program areas on page 124.0 fields of study summary and the index, both a t I; the back of the catalog.

*®*'8est welcome at the University of North Dakota, the state’s oldest,P m diversified institution of higher education. Office hours: 8 a.m. to

^ •■ary a through Friday, although some buildings such as the Chester Fritz^tekendg*' UND Memorial Union are open for extended hours, including

in th' Tim ” “ session. Visitor Information: Stop at the Info-Centerin Wuif ^^emorial Union, the Information window in Twamley Hall, the main area Uioyd Stone Alumni Center. Telephone Numbers:Hutnij Forks is 701. Call 777-2011 for administrative or academic

®‘atioa; Calut’ ' ®1‘3902 for residence hall or family housing numbers. EVent Infor- Visjf . ^*'^®'Uenter a t 777-4321, watch UND Television Cable Channel 3, stop

Relaf **' °*'®aUon locations listed above, or write or call the Office of Univer- X (fieldh*’ Tickets: Athletic tickets available a t the Hyslop Sports^°*'day tijf Chester Fritz Auditorium Box Office open from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.,

PUrrK* " Friday (telephone 777-4211); tickets to many University public events Touf . UND Memorial Union or at CENTICK outlets in the city or777-44 * ®*'®® writing or calling the Office of Em-oUment Services, tele-

f'houf g j Campus Security and Emergency Serices: CaU 777-3491 for UND’s . * 9-911 {t ^ ®®®*irity desk; for Grand Forks police, fire department or ambulance,

t)inin<*°^ ®ompus phone, 911 from other phones. Eating facilities: The Centen- servi *'*® UND Memorial Union offers breakfast and lunch with

the V through Friday. Snackbar/grill service is offered at four loca-^ ’■'U’day; th ® Memorial Union, open diming the day Monday through

Snacks • ^ ® Memorial Union, open 11 a.m. to 10:30 p.m. every day; West'^amlev H ^ ‘* ®'"80n Hall, open evenings and weekends except on Friday; and

^**^68 Snack Bar. Residence hall contract cafeterias in Wilkerson Hall,p tfally Op’ Hall and Terrace Dining Room in the Memorial Union are not *fking. ^ ®® te the public, although student’s parents and guests are welcome. '“Perwipjp ^ *®t is located adjacent to the UND Memorial Union. Cars without

w stickers parked in other UND lots will likely be ticketed, but short term

VISITOR INFORMATION


visitors are excused by signing and mailing the ticket to the UND Parking Visitors on campus for more than one day may obtain a guest sticker at the ParW”? Office south of Twamley HalL Books and Memorabilia: The University Bookstore io the UND M em oi^ Union, the largest in North Dakota, accepts Mastercard and V if ■ Golf. The Ray Richards Golf Course, south of the main campus, is open to the publ**"’ J. Lloyd Stone Alumni Center This restored turn of the century mansion is open fof tours; today it serves as headquarters for the UND Alumni Association (telepho»« 777-2611).

UNIVERSITY PARKING REGULATIONSAn students who wish to use University parking facilities or park on the Univers*

campus must register their vehicles. Residents of University operated facilities wl>o operate a motor vehicle will be required to pay the $15 parking fee (including Univen sity apartments and Princeton Park). It is the responsibility of the individual^ obtain and properly display the permit which is assigned. Permits must be display®: on the & st day of classes foUowing fee payments. Fees must be paid by the stude® at the time the regular registration fees are paid.

Visitors to the University may pick up a free guest permit at the UND Park>® Office, or request one in advance by maiL See page 3 for visitor information.

POLICY ON EQUAL OPPORTUNITYIt is the policy of the University of North Dakota that there shall be no discriu®®’ '

tion against persons because of race, religion, color, sex, national origin, age ot cap and that equal opportunity and access to facilities shall be available to all. Tl^ policy is particularly applicable in the admission of students in all colleges, and ^academic pursuits. It also is applicable in University-owned or University-apP®®'' U housing, in food services, extracurricular activities, awarding of financial aid an® ® other student rervices. It is a guiding poUcy in the employment of students eit® by the University or by non-University employers through the University and 1® employment of faculty and staff.

STUDENT RECORDSThe student records maintained by the University fall into two general categor>«®

pubUc directory information and educational records. As the custodian of sW®® j records and in compliance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy A® „ 1974, the University assumes the trust and obligation to ensure the full of the^ student records. The University practices the policy of maintaining ^ jfidentiaUty of educational records. It also guarantees that all records jfe)student (with the exception of those spedficaUy exempted in the Code of Student ^ j will be produced for inspection, with reasonable notice, by that individual The administrative procedures on student records as outlined in the Code of Life are adhered to by University personnel who have or accumulate educat*® records which are in a personally identifiable form.

Public Directory InformationDirectory information which may be released pubUcly is defined to include

lowing: the student s name, home address, local address, telephone listing. place of buth, major field of study, class level, participation in officially activities, weight and height of members of athletic teams, dates of attendance. ® and awards received and the most recent educational institution attended W student

General Information

tkP'etin» request that directory information not be made public by com-V o f H ” ® Office of the Registrar no earUer than the first® *** *" “ semester (or fifth class day in®“ch a This request will remain in effect for one year. In the event of

treated as educational records information and in Cirrenfi. P^^fic inquiries the University will verify only whether an individual is

y enrolled at the University.

Educational RecordsContain “ c records, files, documents and other materials which®f North directly related to a student and are maintained by the University‘“elude ® person acting on behalf of the University. Educational recordsfWedes ”** academic records. Educational records, with the exception of ‘‘““sent public directory information, may not be released without written*’®rsonneL S f® any individual, agency or organization other than authorized

of th ^ . Code of Student Life, section 6. for details on the various ramifica- ^®gulatin« ®"fi'y Educational Rights and Privacy Act, its implementing federal

“«®ns, and UNO policies.

extracurricula r o p p o r t u n it ie sGeneral

f® classroom instruction, individual colleges and departments, f'®Uncil| th r f fraternity organizations, the Student Senate, University Program ^ ““Ps spo ®Psrtment of Health, Physical Education and Recreation, and other

contr^h P‘ °^®"'® ®f social, cultural, educational and physical activities ®“fivitieg n personal growth of students at the University. Recreational®P®fts, soci fiy various departments and organizations include games and®P“ciai dayg “®®fi®ns, dramatics, dances, music, motion pictures and programs for

Belig • ' Homecoming, and Governor’s Day.the participation contributes to the total development of the stu-

are encourages students who are progressing toward a degree and'”f®fination eligible, to participate in the extracurricular program. Complete

file Dean t ®* udent activities is available from the Office of Student Activities®®"®f Students Office.

Ally . Eligibility Regulationsperform students are eligible to participate in extracurricular activities or in

® Ps^ticipaf satisfy the particular organization’s requirements govem-'' “utiai of ^®"’®''er, if participation in extracurricular activities has a high '“'sged to r f , “®®tly limiting academic performance, students are strongly en-

s rain from participation.

Pacilitigg Intramural Activitiesw (fieldhou* physical activities include West Gymnasium, the Hyslop Sports

“•Uoriai Unio Winter Sports Center, the Ray Richards golf course, the UNDh “franiur 1 ®*^®usive outdoor recreational areas.

Sports include cross country, horseshoe, baseball, soft- ’ “‘ ruinton, bowling, broomball, touch football, flag football, riflery.


table tennis, swimming, handball, hockey, basketbetll, billiards, volleyball, racketb® and track. Sports like these give the student a chance for physical activity a*' chance to make social contacts. The Hyslop Sports Center is available every the week unless it is being used for classes, organized practices or games, or legal holidays. Recreational swimming is offered during the entire year on the regu schedule. Recreational skating is held in the Winter Sports Center.

Intercollegiate AthleticsA progreun of men’s intercollegiate athletic competition is offered in football, bas

ban, basketball, hockey, track and field, golf, tennis, gymnastics, wrestling, cross c try and swimming. The women’s program includes competition in basketball, baoj* ton, cross country, gymnastics, field hockey, golf, tennis, track, swimming, soR and voUeybalL Wheelchair basketball is conducted on an intercollegiate basis, ^

General policies are determined by the president and the faculty and j|,ethe university. In establishing athletic policies, the administration is mindful o contributions that athletic participation, at an advanced level, can make towar ^

achievement of the fundamental goal of a liberal education. Every effort is uis keep the athletic program compatible with that goal. ^

The program not only provides a powerful motivating force, encouraging tbe opment of bodily strength, skill and agility, but also affords opportunity for inva experience in self discipline and cooperation. The competitive events themselve® P vide recreation and entertainment for the entire student body and contribute to the development of student loyalty and morale.

Religious Activities on the Campus jA number of campus religious groups are available with a variety of individus ®

cooperative programs. ’The groups which have centers adjacent to campus to ser University community are: ALC-LCA Lutheran (Christus Rex Campus Cente Lutheran Church Missouri Synod (Wittenberg Chapel), the Roman Cathobo Newman Center) and the United Campus Ministry (Canterbury House), the American Baptist, United Church of Christ, United Presbyterian, Episc°P® jj,ff the United Methodist Churches. All of these centers have at least one full-ti^® ^

person, with programs including formal worship, recreational fellowship, s*;** jects and discussions, intergroup dialogues, and service to the surrounding munity.

Other groups active on campus are Inter-Varsity Christian Fellowship, Crusade for Christ International, Bahai. Chi Alpha, and Muslims. These gr°'*P® -or members of the University faculty as advisers. Community parishes afford the oft’’* tumty for worship to many other denommations: Greek Orthodox, Church Brethren, Moravian, Jewish, the Reorganized Church of Latter Day Saints, A® . g j

of God, several different Baptist, Christian Reformed, Christian Science, Ch Christ, Church of God, Evangelical Free Church of America, Foursquare ChufC , Methodist, Jehovah’s Witnesses, Church of the Nazarene, Salvation Army, ®Day Adventist, and Unitarian.

Off-Campus TripsRepresentatives of student organizations are allowed to be absent from g p

for approved trips and activities. Each student must make satisfactory m arrangements with his or her instructors, before the event if possible.

General Information

^0 off-campus activities or performances by student organizations are permitted son*** period of semester examinations. Unusual circumstances may cause per- ind* request a waiver of this restriction. Written doaunented requests, which must

ude reasons for requesting the waiver, will be considered by the Administrative rocedures Committee.

UND WILLISTON CENTERGarvin Stevens, Dean

University of North Dakota-Williston Center is located in Williston, North county seat of Williams County, and in the heart of the Williston Oil

Edu” Missouri River in Western North Dakota. The State Board of Higher tiig ” i'ns a contractual agreement with the Williston School District whereby the r North Dakota operates the Center. The University’s role includes(thg 1 Center’s budgets, faculty appointments, and program offeringsCayo Legislature made changes in the status of the Williston Center, but ramifi-

s Were unclear when this catalog went to press).of Qgy UND-Williston Center has been accredited by the North Central Association Anieri Secondtu-y School since 1972, and is a member institution of the

*1*0 ' ®®°®>®Uon of Community and Junior colleges and the Council of North Community/Junior Colleges.

threg L 80-acre campus includes a main building, two vocational buildings,ousing units, a trailer park and recreational facilities.

"nior c ®f North Dakota-Williston Center is a comprehensive communitybacggi founded to prepare students for transferring to institutions offering

year* ** * ‘^®gi"ees. It awards the Associate in Arts Degree at the completion of ‘s specified academic curriculum. The Associate in Applied Science Degree

two- **" completion of two years in a specified vocational curriculum. One snd technical education programs are designed to prepare

®reawarHc!i' employment in business and industry. Certificates of completion®''®fal arts "'ho meet the program course requirements. ’The college offers a•ives. and’t * * °” vocational courses for those who wish to enrich their personal

R offers short courses for adults with special interests.

p RESEARCHP*bota A ** fnaportant component of the mission of the University of North . b Unde * * ®f research activities conducted by the faculty, UND students, '®Ual ^®“ uate and graduate, have an opportunity to further broaden their educa-

fesuit Besides contributing to the educational mission of the University,be naf* ° •■usearch are often of direct benefit to the residents of the state and

"ation as a whole.

* ®Ucieg conducted either through University and local researchgg J'uugh individual faculty members working within their own depart-

*.®*'vice n„,! f . fbe UND research agencies and programs are involved in public. activif a g e n c ie s tt iiu p r u g i a i i i a a i c

f 'U rese "'bich provide an opportunity for faculty and students to use service be projects and to initiate new research studies based on the findings

as the research activities is provided either from University sources,®®ulty Research Committee or the Office of Research and Program Devel-

8 University of North Dakota

opment, or through funds provided from external agencies such as the Federal or SW government, private foundations, and industry. In the 1982-83 fiscal year, $1 ' million of external support was received for sponsored program activities, of wW $11.6 million was for research.

Major UND research agencies and programs include the Archaeological Resea Unit, Bureau of Business and Economic Research, Bureau of Governmental Bureau of Educational Research and Services, Engineering Experiment Station stitute for Ecological Studies, Institute for Remote Sensing, Mining and Resources Research Institute, Project Reclamation, the Social Sciences Resea ^ Institute, Weather Modification Research Program, and the UND Energy Resear Center, recently transferred to UND by the U.S. Department of Energy.

Local research agencies and programs which work with UND faculty and studeo include the UND Rehabilitation Hospital Child Evaluation and Treatment the U.S. Department of Agriculture Human Nutrition Research Center, and State of North Dakota Geological Survey.

Further information on research activities can be obtained by calling the of Research and Program Development at 701/777-4278. See also page 65.

UND ENERGY RESEARCH CENTERThe University of North Dakota Energy Research Center is the nation’s lead>”f

concentration of expertise in applied and fundamental research on problems re to utilization of lignite and sub-bituminous coals. It is composed of over

jlated______________________________________________ . . .

of which over half are professionals in a wide range of scientific disciplines, half of those having advanced degrees. This organization consists of the m staff of the Depeirtment of Energy’s Grand Forks Energy Technology Center. Pj those of UND and several companies with contracts for on-site research. As of Ap 1983, the physical facility, with its extensive accumulation of analytical labors ^ and pilot plant equipment, and the entire staff became a single organization w the University of North Dakota.

During fiscal 1982, ’The Center’s work load consisted of nearly $9,000,000 of diversified research and development efforts for the Department of Energy- , the change of management, UNDERC expects to continue and expand this * activity, with increasing emphasis on Private Sector and other Non-federal c It is actively entering the contract research business, offering its services in a of areas of expertise. For hither information, contact:

University of North Dakota Energy Research CenterP.O. Box 8213, University StationGrand Forks, North Dakota 58202, Telephone 701/795-8134

New Student Information

New Student Information ENROLLMENT INFORMATION ABOUT UNO

pages of the catalog contain information about admission policies, the ce financial aids, and housing. The Office of Enrollment Services serves

'^des contact point for enrollment information about the University. I t pro-®'*'ools ^ prospective students through printed materials, visitations a t‘ 'ephon ™ 0/ ^he UND campus, and personal contact over the®^'nission°f-°" * âce-to-face basis. The necessary, consolidated application form for fifiice Th ’ ®nd housing may be obtained from the Enrollment Services

Un- address is Enrollment Services Office, Box 8135 University Sta-’'“tnber i Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202. The office telephone®®0-732-4Q74 fr°ni within North Dakota,®®®ner on contiguous states, 800-437-5379. As a general rule, the

to ^ application, the better, especially if the prospective studentreceive the highest priority for financial aid and/or housing.

ADMISSION OF STUDENTS^®8ular fi® enrolled a t the University in one of five categories: as

6venio„ f students; regular part-time students; transient students; auditors; ' ®*ons Eov* .®” ®' ®®® page below for definitions of these classifications. For pro-

in admission to the Graduate School, the Law School and medicalSchools School, applicants should consult the respective bulletins of

b Classification of Students?®fisfied th *** '^®® Student. A regular full-time student is one who has entirely

least j requirements and is duly enrolled as a candidate for a degree®®fisfacjQ yelve semester hours of credit. A student whose entrance units are

a sonh* ® as follows, provided he or she has the hours of credit indi-Re->..i - ®”’ore, 24 hours; a junior, 60 hours; a senior, 90 hours.

?®fi®fied the Student. A regular part-time student is one who has entirely**.*'®gisteredT^*^°”* requirements, is duly enrolled as a candidate for a degree, but **'*®*aiuj ®'' âwer than twelve semester hours of credit. There is no specific

T|.j . *** ®r of credits in which a student of this classification must be enrolled.1*'* ® ®atnine* Student. A transient student is a person who enrolls a t the University ® apply aassion or one semester only and plans to transfer the credits earned

be a p p if j ® ‘ ®Sree a t another institution. Credit earned as a transient student âdito ^^'''ard a degree if the student qualifies for transfer admission,

^ aponsibiijj y . ' ®*' ® enrolled in university classes as auditors have a status and * adit. Stude t** different from tha t of those taking the course fora eive the nri * to enroll in university classes as auditors must seek and

j®asent luay b '•b® instructor concerned. Anyone enrolling without suchl'®*'ficipatg * ®®"eelled from the class by the instructor. An auditor is not required

(, and rece*” ®'" "^*^ên work of the class. He or she takes no examina-®*'aerned as credit for the course. He or she is identified to the instructor

auditor on the official class list. An auditor may not later establish


credit in that course by taking a special examination. The course must be repeate<J residence to earn credit. j

Evening Students. All persons having passed the normal age of high sc graduation and not currently enrolled in the University of North Dakota are e g to participate in Evening classes. Persons less than 24 years of age who received a high school diploma must secure the permission of the Director ot sions before enrolling. Credit earned as an Evening Student may be appUed degree program at UND if at a future date a student satisfies the admission req ments for a Regular Student.

Course Visitor Program Student. The Course Visitor Program allows any who is not currently enrolled in a credit course at UND to become a Visitor m c offered through the Evening Classes Office. A Course Visitor has the tending those undergraduate courses approved by the instructors simply y ing a Course Visitor’s Permit from the Evening Classes Office for a fee ot * course. The Course Visitor does not go through the registration .^ g n tshave to complete an application form and does not have to do homework or take examinations. No grades are given to Course Visitors and no permanen ^ are kept of their attendance. A t the discretion of the instructor. Course allowed to participate to the degree they wish. Enrollment is dependent upon P sion of the instructor and availability of space. Enrollment is limited to one cia semester and a maximum of two semesters of participation.

Admission of New Freshmenved

All residents of North Dakota who are graduates of accredited or ®PP''?' ‘ t schools are eligible for admission. I t is strongly recommended that an apphc ranks in the lower fourth of his or her graduating class, and who j test*below in the American College Test (ACT), come to the campus for addition ^and counseling before admis'sion. These students may be admitted onU L U U U O C l U l g ---------------- ----------------------------------------------- . ( J u s p ™

Non-resident high school graduates who rank in the upper half of their ggiclasses are eligible for admission. Non-resident high schools graduates from River Valley area are considered if their rank is in the upper three-fourths class. These non-resident students will be accepted in numbers consistent facilities of the University

A student who has not graduated from high school and is at least 19 y®®.® (.oiS'.................................. satisfactorily g.may be admitted to the University as a fuU-time student by

pleting the test of General Educational Development (GED) at official GEUThe University is approved under Federal law to admit non-immigrant

dents. Students whose education has been ouUide the United States should contact with the Admissions Office to acquire the international student app form. ide'’*. f rt

The International Student Office provides assistance and counseling ydenf from countries other than the United States. See page 56. Internationa should write to the International Student Adviser as well as to the Office sions. The TO EFL (Test of English as a Foreign Language) is requir students whose native language is not English. I'gib'® ^

Canadian students are required to have completed Grade X II to be e enter the University as freshmen.

Students who are currently attending high school and have completed 1 f high school work may be allowed to enroll in University courses with the sp

Sv

New Student Information 11

^®sion of the Director of Admissions, the Dean of the University College, and the Kent’s high school principal and counselor.

in High School. While no particular high school subjects are required ftie the following suggested college preparatory curriculum is recom-

naed as a reasonable distribution of subjects to prepare the student for the ^’’■versity.

®®glish/Language Arts ..................................................................... 4 UnitsEnglish I, II, III, IV

Mathematics......................................................................................... 3 UnitsAlgebra I, geometry and advanced algebra or a senior level Mathematics course with algebra as a major content areaaboratory Science............................................................................. 3 Units

nysical science, biology, chemistry, or physicsS tu d ie s . . . . ......................................... .............................. 3 Units

n>ted States history, world history, civics, government, economics, or present day problems

* ^ '^ A rts .................... ........................................................................ 2U nitsp . ®atra, choir, band, dance, art, drama, or a survey course

M'gn Language....................................................... ....................... 2 Unitsn same language)

aniputer Science ......................................................................... I UnitA j »

Tests. All students entering a sta te college or university in North cnfnplete the American College Test. However, students who

Test (q ^""^^MMary Scholastic Aptitude Test (PSAT) and/or Scholastic Apti- Th furnish the institution with these test scores in lieu of the

®’ ditionto' *'" ®* ®‘*'y ^ ® ■^^T tests report since it provides information, inresults, which is helpful in counseling students. I t is to the student's

f*'® later n **'® ®arliest possible test date during the senior year or^S. as weU* junior year. Test scores are used for advising and class section-

inf ** evaluating applications for loans and scholarships.' 'rector dates may be secured from the high school principal, guidance

Stud Counseling Center a t UND or any of the colleges in the state.r'sglect to take the test must complete it during the orientation

Adv 510.00 (subject to change).®®Urses und^ Pjeeement. A student from a high school which offers college-level . ^®ement ^ auspices of the College Entrance Examination Board Advanced l^dividjjgj sub°^^**' given University credit and/or advanced standing in®® next higli^^* f*’ ^ especially desirable if he or she wishes to proceed to

®*®îuation ^**der this plan the student takes an advanced placementyear. Th'^^” *’®‘‘ ^clôol by the College Board late in the spring of the

. 1'6 collegg ®*®Minations are scored by the College Board and are forwardedby the D ®ludent’s choice. The amount of credit given will then be deter-

[ ®*’Mte the m at" University College and by the department best qualified to aj'^®6e, etc ) * Students with special preparation in academic areas (foreign

®%ble in , “ tged to take advantage of the Special Examinations for credit

U ^'®dit by E S®® P®g® 40-''*'ôgramof CLEP. CLEP stands for College-Level Examina-

e College Board. I t is a national program that offers the opportunity


for a student to obtain recognition for college-level achievement based on intensive reading in a particular field, adult school courses, correspondence courses, televisi®’' or radio courses, courses on tape, or other means of formal or informal preparal*®®" Additional information regarding CLEP is found on page 41.

Elnrollment in University Coliege. All freshman students are enrolled in the U”* verslty College. A student usually remains enrolled in the University College fo r on® academic year. As soon as the student has earned a minimum of 24 semester hou * of academic credit and has met college requirements, he or she may be advanced the degree college of his or her choice where he or she will complete the work for t**® degree. For more information on the University College, see page 68.

How to Apply: 1. The Application for Admission form may be obtained fr® The Office of Enrollment Services, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, 58202.

2. Page one of the three-part application is the application for ADMISSION ® the University of North Dakota. All applicants are required to complete and reW* this form to the Office of Admissions with the $20.00 non-refundable application In addition. Beginning freshmen must request the principal of their highsend a transcript of their record directly to the Office of Admissions.THE ENTIRE THREE-PART FORM TO THE ADMISSIONS OFFICE in enclosed self-addressed envelope.

3. The freshman applicant should take the ACT, SAT or PSAT early i" senior year or the later part of the junior year and request that the scores be sc® the University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202.

4. Each applicant must have the Medical Examination Form completed by or her family physician. This form is mailed to each accepted student and the comP ® medical form should be returned to the Student Health Service before enroll®®

When to Apply: 1. An applicant currently enrolled in high school may at any time during his or her senior year. If the student’s high school record to t , time is satisfactory, the applicant will be granted admission. It is the responsibility to make certain that a transcript verifying his or her date of school graduation is sent to the Office of Admissions.

2. The application for admission for the fall semester may be submitt®^time during the period between the beginning of the senior year and July I- tion for spring semester should be submitted no later than December 1 °opening of the spring semester. ^

3. A prospective freshman student may make application for admiss'®” either fall or spring semester or the summer session.

Admission of Transfer StudentsTransfer students from other colleges and universities must request that an ®

transcript of their record at each institution attended be sent directly ^® registrar of that institution to the Admissions Office. Also, applicants ofattended other colleges and universities but have not earned 24 semester ho credit must request that their high school record be forwarded to the A<fnu® Office. These students will enroll in the University College. by

An application will not be considered until all transcripts have been rec®* the Admissions Office.


24 semester hours (or 36 quarter hours) of colW r fif ®“ ‘° “ « one of the undergraduate degree

Arts afd S c i e n c e^ CoUege for h " A dn^s^ation. the Center for Teaching and Learning.1 * = " g i r W nnTw Arts, the School'^Vsical TeraL the School of Medicine'*'®®ts of UND^s cnn Medical Twhnology). For information on admission require-

> i t y orNorth na W ® ‘’ T “ f “ *■ other than the Uni-' '•entiala to admission must submit complete

*56 givpn Admissions Office before any information regarding their status

'f '^entials iot The Admissions Office examines and passes upon" dents who V. credit. Students with unsatisfactory records, as well as

?? '®factory s cb o r u“ “ withdraw from other institutions due to un-y^ '-ersity If ; . , P " beliavior. ordinarily will not be allowed to enter the' ‘' “’arship probTuon ^ register is granted, the student is placed on

®‘’P''cation' f°” ®j ®*“ dents aPPlying for transfer admission must, in addition to the i ^ 'fication of ?.°” “ ®®mn. complete a foreign student adviser reference form and a

'squired for „n ®"Slish as a Foreign Language)®*'8‘bilit * ®™dents whose native language is not English.

?yd be eligibu student must be in good personal and academic standing-." “t at libertv ^ “ mversity attended. The transfer studentj dents of othe • ®"y Part of his or her previous college record. Former8h7 '•'ool recnrH ®"^‘‘ “ ® freshmen on the basis of secon-

"'ay result m ®‘ ' *®*®tion of this regulation will be regarded as a serious offense Student student’s dismissal from the University.

*y®''®ee at University must have maintained at least a “ C”tilt*®‘"theUniw universities which they previously attended. Some col-

specific cnlio higher averages. These requirements are described inTr«p , « this catalog.

(altk'‘" ‘'®®s suet general, students may transfer to the University, credit for sjj y® eourses w^**- • ®°*” P*eted at accredited colleges and universities, providing

®ad (b) the * *” disciplines offered at or cognate to those offered at the Univer- f ’'Pdents ®"“ ''®es do or would receive credit if offered here.Com' ^*®tfibiftty*'pt^ * vocational teaching degree in the fields of Business Educa- ®Uo an an * " '“ "®®tion. Home Economics or Industrial Technology who have bj ?'®d transfer^* ° vocational program of at least nine months duration, may be apu].®* *'tnined ® *'*°‘ *' basis, in the major area. The amount of credit will

^®d toward Coordinating Council for Vocational Education and will be isfp * ®gree in vocational teaching.

13

^ two-year colleges O'unior or community colleges) are re-of jjj " credits to * ” duimum of sixty semester hours at a four-year college. The

Dakota deg ree must be completed in residence at the Universityqualify f y

oegree a student must achieve a minimum 2.00 (C) average on all


University work. For transfer students, it is required that the overall average eluding transfer work) be 2.00 (C) and that the average of work taken at the sity of North Dakota be 2.00 (C). Some colleges require a higher grade point for graduation and this requirement is indicated in the specific college descript*®®' this catalog.

How To Apply: 1. Transfer students should request an Application for sion from the Enrollment Services Office, University of North Dakota, Grand For ND 58202.

2. Students must complete the application and return it to the Admissions 0®* together with a $20.00 non-refundable fee.

3. Students must request that an official transcript from each college atten be forwarded directly to the Admissions Office, University of North Dakota, Forks, ND 58202. Although an applicant’s records from several institutions .j] summarized on one transcript, an application will not be considered until of*' transcripts from each college attended are received. These are required even thooe no credit may have been earned at an institution.

When to Apply: 1. A transfer applicant may submit an application as he or she has registered for the last term which he or she intends to complefo a or her former school Students from other colleges who are accepted to transf®’’ the Univeristy will receive information about preregistration during which they . come to the University for advice about their schedule and may enroll for their semester courses.

2. A student should submit an application no later than July 1 prior to the ing of the first semester in the year for which admission is sought. Appfk® **’yjg second semester should be submitted no later than December 1 prior to the op® of the second semester. Application for Summer Session should be submitt June 1.

Readmission of Former Undergraduate StudentsFormer undergraduate students of the University of North Dakota who je

return must submit an application for readmission to the Admissions Offio®' who have enrolled in other institutions must submit official transcripts for eval" before they will be considered for readmission. (Returning graduate students to the Graduate Bulletin.) QfflC®

The completed Readmission Form should be returned to the Admissions at least one month before the beginning of the semester in which the student eXP to return to the University.

ORIENTATION PROGRAMS FOR NEW STUDENTSThe Enrollment Services Office holds orientation programs for new

(freshman and transfer students) each semester. Emphasis is on study and jgnt*academic advisement, financial planning and general programs to acquaint st with people, programs and resources at UND and the surrounding conununi

New Student Information 15

TUITION AND FEES, 1984-1985(All Fees Are Subject to Change Without Notice)

SEM ESTER TUITION AND F E E RATES (For 12 or More Credits)UNDER

GRADUATE GRADUATE LAW MEDICINE^Non* Non* Non* Non*

Res. Rea. Res. Res. Res. Res. Res. Res.llniversiV p .................................. 453.00 906.00 525.00 1,050.00 547.00 1,094.00 1,300.00 2,600.00Student?;.**........................... ®®'80 66.50 66.50 66.50 66.50 66.50 66.50 66.50

t'ctivity F e e ............. 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50 20.50*<>Ta ls --------- --------- --------- ------------ --------- ----------------------------------------------

...................................... 540.00 993.00 612.00 1,137.00 634.00 1,181.00 1,387.00 2,687.00

certified for tuition pay somewhat higher tuition than North Dakota residents.**er tu iti^ ** second year m ^ c a l students; certain previously enrolled students pay somewhat

No te - ploll„. students taking eleven or fewer credit hours are billed at the

"'‘' ■“gpercredit.hourrate:

........................................................

Resident45.0051.00 52 84

Non-Resident82.7594.75qg 43

1st & 2nd Y E A R ........................................ 115.59 223.933rd & 4 th Y E A R ........................................ 83.67 160.09

SUMMER SESSION FEE, 1984

> «o n .>ver, ■

’^ A L s

Activity Pen................. ®® ' ® .................. 7.74

UNDERGRADUATE GRADUATE

Non- Res.® Res.211.50 423.00

35.76 7.74

LAW MEDICINE^Non-

Res. Res. 244.50 489.00

35.76 35.767.74 7.74

Res.248.52

35.767.74

Non-Res.

497.0435.76

7.74

Res.500.04

35.767.74

Non*Res.

1.000.0835.76

7.74

255.00 466.50 288.00 532.50 292.02 540.54 543.54 1,043.58

Se sTon certified for reciprocity pay tuiUon of $246.00. for a total tuition and fees of 8289.50 for thecited '

tiojj for new first year medical students; certain previously enrolled students pay somewhat lower

Tr , e s t im a t e d YEARLY EXPENSESA fie folln •

resid *"^ estimate of the expenses of a single, undergraduateis b ^ ^ e campus during the nine month, 1984-1985 college year. The

Detail *h • ® double room in a residence hall and a seven-day board con-the Off- about the cost of attending the University is available

*ce of Enrollment Services.

Bn.1 • '>dB n ..j ..........................

N o r th D a k o t a R e s i d e n t

M in n e s o taR e s id e n t

] 777 fVl

N o n -R e s i d e n t

1,986.00P.ri*' * “d ......................................... } 7f4 no 1.764.00*onai . . ..........

7<V0 00 250.00................................... 1 ] 97 00 1 1 0 2 on

4,478.00 5.192.00


OTHER FEESApplication Fee (Undergraduate).......................................................... $20.0®

Payable by all undergraduate students applying for admission. ^Application Fee for Medical Students......................................................... 15.00Auditor’s Fee (per credit hour)

Non-Resident....................................................................................... O'®Resident............................................................................................... 6'®®Fees for auditing are the same as those for credit, Le., no extra fee if the registra* tion is full time. Changes from credit to audit or audit to credit come under change of registration regulations.

Engineering Laboratory Field . iTrip Fee (one semester)......................................... .................. as requ'*’Payable by each student enrolled in Dvil 481 and Mechanical 380.

Outreach Programs Courses. (See Schedule in Division of Continuing Education section of Catalog.) ^Extra Transcript of Record F ee ................................................................... ’®

Five transcripts are furnished any student on request without charge in cases where all flnandal indebtedness to the University is settled: for each additional transcript tho^ is a charge of $1.00. The fee must accompany request.TRANSCRIPTS TO BE WITHHELD UNTIL ALL FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS ARE MET.

T « . . « fiOO*Late Registration F e e ...........................................................................Payable by each student — including graduates — who completes his or her registration in the Registrar's Office the day after the last day designated for registration or who fails to pay his or her fees on the designated date for fee payment. An additional $5.00 to be charged f(v each day thereafter, not to exceed $15.00 ^

Non-resident Fee Penalty .....................................................................Payable by any student who does not give correct information regarding his or her residence or who represents himself or herself to be a resident of North Dakota when he or she is a legal resident of another state.

Parking F e e ...........................................................................................Payable at the beginning of the fall semester for the entire year by students who own or opM’ate a nx>tor vehicle on campus. New se<»nd semester students pay $7.50 and new summer session students pay $4.00. Fees fo r cycles are half these amounts.

Special Examination for Credit Fee per Semester H o u r .................... ^Y|,our*'‘Payable by a student who has studied a subject alone and receives permission from the Administrative Procedures Committee to take a special examination to r credit in the subject.

University Fee (per Sem ester)............................................................Payable each semester by each student enrolling in twelve credit hours or more.Students taking fewer than twelve credit hours to pay $5.96 a credit hour.

Student Activity Fee (per Semester).................. .................................Payable each semesto’ by each student enrolling in twelve credit hours or more.Student taking fewer than twelve credit hours to pay $1.29 a credit hour. (Includes support for the Student Activitlea Committee.)

*Non-refundable

iiimiirTTrffl¥rii ,


Q j g j j , ^ >7 V * TT AAvrov ^ O i C U V 3 ( V U 3 U \ .f V i l a l ^ a l C l l b | U l

’ ®* odial another state, a territory, or a foreign country, or whose parents,"'elve m guardian has resided within this state for a period of less than'e iV e m n t u ■ 6 “ “ * “ *“ “ i c o i u c u n i i , i u u n u a s t a L e l o r a p e n o a (

u hs immediately prior to the date of his or her registration;

*^Won ®ûdent who m ay otherwise be classified as a non-resident under this ^ fent Or ** * citizen of the United States, m ay, if his or her parents, custodial

he o* this state, provide to the institution of higher learning' 'ty audits attend a statem ent signed by the county treasurer and the

County* ' Parents, custodial parent, or guardian live in a city, or by*®^blish reside outside of a city, showing proof o f their intent tof**® student? state for a period of years. Such statem ents shall entitle

•'0 suhof„ , *'®Karded as a resident of this state for purposes of tuition if there evidence to the contrary.”

* ®Pendents assigned to a m ilitary installation in this state and theirf bighef le^ ®P®udents of instructors who live in this state and teach in any institution

the for ™ state and the spouse of a resident of this state, are excluded ®’'*'Poses of provisions, and shall be regarded as residents of this state for

j\ny *** ' ' ’bether such dependents are over or under eighteen years of age. hUa. nt ^rho. beCflUQO n f T\A/.1l1,ar A,* l .m ic a l *a t...b® above defhdt peculiar or unusual circumstances, is aggrieved by

J:d, ition of a non-resident student m ay appeal to the Board of HigherO a. __ i i

anH fW * “ “ wi-rcaiuent stuuent m ay appeal to tne c o a ra oi m gner admit s h shall, if they determine the circumstances to ju stify such

- ^ s t u d e n t t o th© r \ f KirrÂ** aa a Mxei/ânf f n r ftttf

K *•» admit s 1\ 0**011,11 i>iicy uci'criiuiic tne cirLumstaiices tu ju s tn y sucn?'**Poses. The to the institution of higher learning as a resident for tuition, * *'be implem f of Higher Education adopted the following policies regard-

*'cn-resi(jg„. of the above legislatiom A n y student otherwise classified as®ggrieved"h ° o f the following criteria shall be regarded as a stu-

h^ b ar Or unu statutory definition of a non-resident student because of*tio circumstances, and shall therefore be regarded as a resident for®bota high sch ' I student has received a high school diploma from a North * cation; j _P*' ® bachelor’s degree from a North Dakota institution of higher

^ *ilgj» Q » - -----«VVV*WV* S *1**1 3V11W1 \1*|,/1V11*C* A* vriU d * W* l,i*l

9 and * bachelor’s degree from a North Dakota institution of higherSt °ther tha * ®budent has not subsequently established a legal residence in

of North D^h ^sbota; and (c) The student is currently residing within the

17

reg ulations reg arding n o n resid en t feesn o n -r e s i d e n t s t u d e n t s (Requirements Subject to Change

pUfp Notice). Non-resident students seeking to declare residence for tuition feej SOS must contact the Bursar’s Office and file such a request. For purposes ofboterm’ • ^he Bursar s Office and file such a request. For purj

^nnining residency a non-resident student is defined by law as follows:

statg. of the age of eighteen years or over who resides outside of this

of the age of eighteen years or over who has been a resident of this b'ation-* * Period of less than twelve months immediately prior to the date of regisKaa * PÔVldofi T.hAtl a o f l l / l a n f nr1tr\DA v\a«>AMfA a. . . _____ )*__J .

Itiom •----- *<**«*» *.TVC*V«5 iiim itruu ttciy p rio r to tn e a a t e OI re g is -® ® * ' a student, whose parents, custodial parent, or guardian dofesid • ■ okuucm,, wuuBB pureni,s, custoauu parenc, or guaroian ao'*’'til fg bbis state, shall not be deemed to have initiated residence in this state b'stitu*'^™*^ ®Se of eighteen years, and provided further that attendance at an f®r higher learning within the state shall not alone be sufficient to qualify

®8‘dence in this state.

eighteen years of age whose parents, custodial parent, or ^ ^ S ld ss i n S n n t ’.h p r n tAT*T*1 f **\T*\r O A-kM n.i.AVA«A« • Ak As.a AAA


RECIPROCITY FOR MINNESOTA RESIDENTSAction of the Minnesota and North Dakota legislatures allows residents of

state to attend state supported institutions of higher education while at rates much lower than normally charged non-residents. Approval by the aut agency of the student’s home state is required. Minnesota residents may obta> application for reciprocity form by contacting the Higher Education Coor "gjQj. Commission. 901 Capital Square Building, 550 Cedar Street, St. Paul, MN, Application should be made at least six weeks prior to the beginning of ^^fig a student wishes to enroll Reciprocity is granted a student for a one year period e each July. Applications for renewal must be submitted annually.

REFUND OF FEES1. A student who withdraws from the University under normal

after the beginning of instruction will be granted a partial refund of fees, upon request, in accordance with the following refund schedule:

First five days of classes........................................................................... 80“!Second five days of class........................................................................... 60'*'

30 days of classes..................................................................................... A

2. A student must withdraw officially from the University within the s fund period to be eligible for a refund of tuition and fees. No refund will be rna student who is suspended, dismissed, or expelled for breach of discipline.

3. Any student who is suspended or who withdraws from the University^ upon written notice, receive full refund for any unused portion of his or her ro board. Unused portion begins with that succeeding week after a student is n ^ in school a student shall be charged for that entire week in which he or shein school be it for the entire week or any portion thereof.

4. Such written notice must be given or sent to the Bursar’s Offica*H all Box 8253, University Station. Grand Forks, ND 58202. An appe^o* cod® may be made by a student in accordance with appeal procedure outlined m of Student Life and the Student Handbook.

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID ..b*Financial aid is made available to students, who, without such he p

unable to attend the University. larsh*P*Aid falls into one of four categories: grants, loans, employment, or

Grants are outright gifts of money: they do not have to be repaid. Loans money which must be repaid with interest. Employment allows the and earn the money he or she needs. Scholarships are gifts (usually cash) ® gquis' the basis of academic performance and potential Financial need is not * P for most UND scholarships. Most financial aid recipients may Jmore than one type of aid. The Student Financial Aid Office reserves ^make the final determination regarding the type(s) and amount of aid awa^ p<lupon an evaluation of the applicant’s eligibility for a particular type of a* the availability of funds under the various aid programs.

Applicants seeking assistance need submit only one financial aid UND (unless indicated otherwise) since aid from most programs can h


k”® a’’® ^°u“d “ the UND Student Financial AidAid I , . ■ i® available upon request from the UND Office of Student Financial

’ adversity of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202.

North Dakota adheres to a policy of non-discrimination in “Wg financial assistance.

®»adi. receive full consideration, application for financial aid should be* before March 15.

statement must be on file for most aids. The University of North ®"=ept American College Test (ACT) Need Analysis Service but will

and through the College Scholarship Service (CSS). Participants instudent ®“hscribe to the principle that the amount of financial aid granted a '“’'''ersiti financial need. Both organizations assist colleges,

Ent* agencies in determining the student’s need for financial assis-Submit students seeking financial assistance should instruct ACT or CSS

Due Family Financial Statement or the Financial Aid Form to® tempnf L „ ®thy processing time, students should mail the completed financial

lent by February 1.

. Scholarships at the University of North Dakota are supported ^niversi(.y ™ and alumni of the University, and from funds provided for the*'*'''*arshin scholarship program. Consequently, the number of

aclipi* ^®®3) available at any time depends upon the extent^ oiarship support.

^Vera^ "" kinds of scholarships are available, of varying amounts® *Pends nt $200. However, there are some scholarships that carry cash

Each 51.500.* ®'>ors. UND^ awards is based upon a number of variable factors stipulated by the

the qu scholarships to the most worthy, promising applicants who*' *'olarshipg® of the particular scholarship. Most of the undergraduate®*»ounf . ®'‘o awarded on the basis of past academic performance, and the

19

the qu scholarships to the most worthy, promising applicants who*' *'olarshipg® “ ®*'*on of the particular scholarship. Most of the undergraduate **"ount of on the basis of ^ s t academic performance, and the

Scholar ®®"olarship is based on financial need (except honor scholarships). '*Pper te^^* altering freshmen are usually limited to students who rank in

of With thfs * * ** their graduating class and who have A(7T scores commen- g ”*8b School * Graduating class rank is normally based on seven semesters w Sfd® chol °ric. Undergraduate students receiving 4.0 (straight A) averages are

the next f * *"* 3 first, and the rest of the scholarships are awarded to students The Uni 8*'ode point average until all of the money is exhausted.

''^hen °"® general application form for all undergraduate scholar-® ® specifir. ^ ® scholarship, it is not necessary for the student to desig-

0 ^ ®oholarG?®® excep/f^P applications are processed through the Student Financial Aid

Etud^^^"® Law, School of Medicine, Graduate School, and8ho 1 for sc*h Center for Teaching and Learning. All interested

“f apply °ia*'ships, assistantships and fellowships in these academic units f Lon« ®® *’ ® Office of the Dean of the respective schooltwo „ ans. The iTn-®f u classif ” '' ®'"®*fy ®f North Dakota categorizes student loan funds into

®fional Dire l®*»g and short-term loans. The long-term loans consist® (Defense) Student Loan Program, the North Dakota Medical


School Loan Program, the Guaranteed Student Loan Program, Federal Health fessions Loan Program, and the Federal Nursing Loan Program. The short-terW emergency loan programs are derived from some 45 different sources o f funding P vided by private donations. You may apply for a SHORT-TERM LOAN Student Financial Aid Office. Generally, they are to be paid back within 60 the end o f the semester, whichever comes first. Simple interest is six percent on loan. Students cannot have more than one short-term loan at a time.

III. Employment. The primary purpose o f the University student employ'l’^ program is to provide financial assistance to students to help them meet their expenses and keep their indebtedness to a minimum. A secondary purpose is to pr® . students with worthwhile work that will complement the student’s learning ence and afford the University the opportunity to utilize student employment s

There are three general classifications o f employment at UND for students- the College Work-Study Program, (2) the Institutional Employment Program. * (3) Community Employment (off-campus jobs).

The federally funded College Work-Study Program provides jobs for who demonstrate financial need. To apply the student must complete a UND ‘ cial Aid Application and have a complete financial statement on file. The based on need and availability o f funds. Details of the program are found in Student Financial Aid Brochure. ^

Institutional employment on campus is provided through UND state-apptoP^^^f^ monies or individu^ research grants. Financial need is not a requirement: hoW institutional employment can be a part of a financial aid package. ^

An Institutional and Community Employment Application may be compl®*;® the Student Financial Aid Office. A t the time the student submits an sPP^^^^^gfth determination o f eligibility will be made by a representative of Job Service Dakota, who is located in the Student Financial Aid Office. .

The bi>s‘Community Employment involves part-time work for area businesses. i ‘ nesses list positions with the Student Financial Aid Office. For consideratio” ^ j, student should complete an Institutional and Community Employment ApP**

at the Student Financial Aid Office. Students should also check the want adslocal newspaper for other jobs available within the community.

,nWAll available College Work-Study, Institutional Employment and

Employment positions are listed on the bulletin boards outside the Student cial Aid Office. If the student is eligible for College Work-Study, he or she i eligible for Institutional Employment. Information concerning how to these positions can be obtained from an employment counselor within the Financial Aid Office. pt

All students who work through College Work-Study or Institutional EmP will receive at least the federal minimum wage rate. Wage rates vary rs * upon the type o f skill necessary to perform the job. The actual number ot student will work while classes are in session will depend upon his or schedule, the needs o f the employer, and the student’s employment earnings |j(maximum of 15-20 hours per week is recommended for full-time stud employed through College Work-Study, students may not work over 40 h week at any time, including summer employment.)

IV. Grants. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) ass*®*'UJ>“ '


S S frn exceptional financial need through cash stipends which$200 to $2,000, with the normal award being approximately $400.

^«kot! Dakoto legislature appropriates money to assist graduates of North ' ‘“st-secnnH ® “ '■f financially needy, to attend UND and other quaUfied•■ shnien f ^ institutions in North Dakota. The grant cannot exceed $500. Pre-

®“ 'l>nav ^ ®PP'y- ^ separate appUcation is neededEducation Student Financial Aid Office or the Board of Higher“®«d, it i" ‘"®’ Capitol, Bismarck, ND 58505. Since the award is based on 'finest an ACT or CSS financial statement

in Bismarck ‘fi'-ectly to the Student Financial AssistanceT h p *

DaJ^ CRANT (formerly Basic Educational Opportunity Grant) provides "*'i<:atioV;^®" ^ students attending eligible institutions o f higher?®fitution n “ tended to be the “ floor” o f a student financial aid package. The

'"aximu°'^^p provides other sources o f aid in addition to the PELL GRANT. °‘®°“ nt the «? g r a n t varies from year to year and is dependent upon the®‘ udent’s edi R®*" temily can be expected to contribute toward theb® *'*'6 basis nf^ f "■ •T*'® amount of the expected family contribution is determined ®‘*'ication If *L contribution schedule developed by the U.S. Department of ®®'»and thp 1 * appropriation by the Congress is not sufficient to meet the total

'Ehe B apocifies exactly how each award is to be reduced.

!®'’ ''*bution^TK“ * "’ ®" Education employs a private firm to calculate the fanuly studenf a agency simply makes the mechanical calculation and will return

^®tltution h Report (SAR)” . This document must be submitted to® tee nr ^ '''bmb “ tern will make the payment to the student.

! ®''ailable ®.''®‘ ' *®*tes are: (a) enrolled in a certified program within the institution,? ®alf-tiine cm ^ undergraduate students, (c) student must be enrolled in at least

® One academ"'*^ “ ad, (d) only one PELL GRANT to be awarded to a student dur- V. yoar, (e) student must be a citizen or national of the United States.

®’’®tes since *T^**” ” *®‘ ® student has served in the Armed Forces o f the Unitednderchapt 31, 1965, he or she may be eligible for educational benefits

(j ” ®*‘ W alV et *^®"'G.I. B ill” The student’s first contact should be with hisotfirniine elim'K r ” * Administration where he or she may obtain an application to

jjg ' ty and entitlement. Upon receipt o f the Certification o f Eligibility **'® of Office of Veterans Affairs in McCannel Hall at the

due*tV* daughter of a person who died or was totally or permanently1 . "hed Forces H disease incurred or aggravated in the line of duty in theA ® for educaf: ^ a r I, II, or the Korean Conflict, he or she may be eligi-ia!®’®tence Act “ Oder Public Law 634, the War Orphans Educationalof ®* teined*fi- Public Law 361. Application blanks and informationQjl^OSibility g. Veterans Administration. Upon receipt o f the Certification

'®o in Mcr= registration, contact should be made with the Veterans

un®‘ ' '^®ntswh ■*'® Nwth physical or mental disabilities may be eligible for benefits

f'ort* " '‘ '■h one f Vocational Rehabilitation Program. Contact should bennd Several < EiisWct Offices. The District Offices are located in Grand

tel other cities in North Dakota.

21


The full-time status of Social Security dependents from the ages of 18-22 is fied to the Social Security Administration by the Office of the Registrar. who are dependents of retired, deceased, or disabled workers should check t ^ eligibility with the Social Security office nearest their home. The certification f® will be sent directly to the Office of the Registrar for completion, so that payn>« can be made to the student.

The Military Science Department (Army) at the University of North Dakota several ways of assisting students to finance their education. These students participate in the program. Contact the Military Science Department to learn details about the one, two, three, or four year scholarships.

The Bureau of Indian Affairs offers cash stipends to many Indian studen Applications should be secured from the nearest B IA Office.

There are many outside agencies and sources which offer financial students. They are so numerous it is impossible to list them a ll However, libraries have available various types of resources materials in order to revie^ various sources of aid. A brief bibliography of sources of information is listed UND Financial Aid Brochure and several publications are available in the St Financial Aid Office.

sitySTUDENT HOUSING AND FOOD SERVICESStudent living facilities at the University of North Dakota include

residence halls, fraternity and sorority chapter houses, single student apart'’*’ family housing units and a trailer court.

The University has four dining rooms serving meals on a contract basis, located in three residence hall complexes — Wilkerson, Squires and Smith. The Terrace dining room in the Memorial Union, serves students living in East jn those living off campus who are interested in a board contract. (Board is j sityall residence halls.) Snack Bar and short order or fast food dining is available at Inn and the Wilkerson Hall Snack Bar.

Private dining room and banquet services are also available for students, groups and others associated with the University by contacting the catering or the Director of Food Services. Students may invite their parents to use jgitof Food Service facilities when they visit the campus. See page 3 for additions information.

UNIVERSITY RESIDENCE HALLS cof'University residence halls for men and for women are designed to ^

fortable living quarters for students while they are enrolled in the Universi y promote the personal and social development of students through Each residence hall has a full time Head Resident, assisted by upperclass Assistants. Each unit elects its own hall council which promotes a program educational and recreational activities for the benefit of all students. ComP mation may be obtained by writing to the Director of Housing, University Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202.

Applications. Applications are sent, on request, from the Enrollmen Office or the Housing Office. Assignments are made in accordance with the priority system which is determined by the date of the receipt of the $50 r fee deposit.


Refund. Residence hall room and board contracts are for the entire spring semesters) or for the entire summer session. Contract

V the h '°"^ accepted for the spring semester if written notification is received m a t D e c e m b e r 1 of the preceding semester. Each student

payment on his or her contract, or, in many cases, may choose to Dl installment payments. The cost of a double room with a 19-meal

®Part^ 51.738 for the 1983-84 academic year. Room and board rates, as well ^ ent rentals, are revised annually and are subject to change.

‘fact term®”! vacating his or her assigned quarters before the end of his or her con- for th"^' consent from the Director of Housing will be held respon-

charges of the contracted period. Naturally, in case of illness, or ^ cial reasons, consideration is given.

registration is cancelled for any reason is required to vacate apace. ®diately. Only bona fide University students may occupy residence hall

F •''’“•Purnrv^*^ residence halls meet modern standards of health, fire and sanita-

* ®®scfs and i"ei“ de study desks, individual beds with inner-spring mattresses, ®' iiities and*^"^^*' ‘‘"en (laundered by the University), telephones, laundry

blanijgj service are also provided. Students are required to furnish their s, study lamps, towels, bedspreads, and pillows.

'‘’beUni for single STUDENTS^bicieacigg also maintains a number of furnished and unfurnished apartments, *®Pior Or ®feeping rooms for single students. Occupants of these units must be

fronT«a *** ® ® students. Rent includes all utilities except electricity and *'P®lly, 5192 for the 1983-84 academic year. Rental rates are revised an-

he obta' p*"® subject to change. Additional Information and applications®fks, Office of University Apartments, 2 Stanford Road, Grand

family student housing'I'k Hnj b®fe are per students is located at West Green adjacent to the campus,ho*? 5144 brick units available to students. Rental on these units ranged

'bfies export ‘ he 1983-84 academic year, which included heat and all

Reque°f*^*JI® °f application, is kept in the Office of University Apart-" ’''pfsity Apart ®PPhcation or any questions should be directed to the Office of

23

.^iacem to Court, a modern facility for privately owned trailers, is locatedfor sll 574 a month lot rental (1983-84 academic year)

‘''ailer coi.p» ®*cept electricity. Contact the Office of University Apartments R e n t a l ‘ policies.

PPge. ® revised annually for family housing, and therefore are subject to

®am‘“'*®Ptswho - CAMPUS HOUSINGUiust co ^ ^''® Pi'ivate rooms, rooming houses, or apartments off-

P fact for such facilities themselves.


To assist the student, the Office of University Apartments provides an campus housing directory of available apartments for those who wish to live campus in the Grand Forks-East Grand Forks community.

FRATERNITY AND SORORITY HOUSINGThirteen national social fraternities and seven national social sororities

houses adjacent to the campus in which residence and dining facilities are aval ^ to members. Costs for room and board are approximately $1,800 per year. There other house costs, such as dues and initiation fees, which also vary.

Eligibility for residence in a fraternity or sorority house is determined by individual chapters within the framework of University policy.

Greek life affords the student a small group experience with potential opP tunities for learning about interpersonal relationships, leadership, informal co with administrators and faculty, and social relationships.

For further information, please contact the Dean of Students Office, Univ®* of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202.

Academic Information

Academic InformationINTRODUCTION AND BACKGROUND

f catalog summarizes many of the academic policies and proce-p ®PP y to the student during his or her undergraduate years at

niver important are the passages beginning on page 26 describing the'*'®ngeh * gratluation requirements. Since institutional policies may•>eir a catalog publication dates, students are encouraged to consult with

adviser whenever appropriate. Students with questions should also coll inforoiation from their academic department, the dean’s office of

®ge, and the various administrative offices on campus.information found in this catalog, it may be useful to review

^«l!ota patterns of undergraduate education at the University of North

®nd traif V** *** * Place in the University organization. All freshman students — ^ l>e Un* who have completed fewer than 24 semester credits — beginludeai- College (freshman division). After having completed 24 credits, the

**''1 Scien^ admitted to one of UND’s four-yetir degree granting colleges (Arts ®*' or pr college is made up of a group of academic departments

in a^**^ areas (history, etc.). Courses in the student’s major will normally be *®"'6ll. department, although UND offers many interdisciplinary majors* °**®ge aft * ! most students will find a “ home” within a specific department and

nortnaU ^ceshman year, it should be noted that course work in one’s major [^ically ah^ up only a fraction of the total credits required for graduation 1‘ave tijg ooe-fourth). Thus, throughout their undergraduate days, students

I n d e e d * c o u r s e s in many departments outside their home col- '*'*>Versitv » ’ * diversity is one of the advantages of attending a multipurpose

^ y such as UND.

meet ' '°**®*® *” d departmental requirements. Undergraduate students . ®*'ota. (1 ) y requirements to be graduated from the University of North

‘ 0; (2) j.gg |'''’®''sity graduation requirements, which are summarized on pages mch mements of the UND college or school granting the student’s degree,

pages 68-117; and (3) the requirements of the student’s 1 ^ ic h t area, which are summarized on pages 124-363.

Schools *'°^^** ****’ graduation requirements of the University and its col-I *'6 first se'm departments, as published in the catalog in effect at the beginning re for student is enrolled at the University, are those which must

' ' Ueipents a undergraduate degree program. Subsequent changes inij, ® fioard of u * in the catalog or amended by the University Senate andiud reser may be substituted at the option of the students.[1 . ®ment such right to make changes in curricula at any time when in itsand '**"®*ug are*s interests of the students. Courses listed inPro ' *'®*'gss in e change through normal academic channels. New courses

and are ****” ^ course work are initiated by the respronsible departments or lajtj 'aittee, tj g approved by the appropriate dean and college or school curriculum

®®' the Univ . '^^a'dent for academic affairs, the University curriculum com- ^dviggjjj^^ * ** Senate, and the Board of Higher Education.

The University encourages continuing communication between

25


faculty and students to enhance the advisement process. The University requires a” adviser s signature on each student’s registration or change-in-regpstration fori®' This signature is an indication that the student and adviser have met. The signat®^ of an adviser on a student’s registration or change-of-registration form does relieve the student of the final responsibility to meet the stated requirements f^ the degree sought, as listed in the appropriate catalog or bulletin. Every student ^ held accountable for complying with the information contained in this catalog a®® the Time Schedule o f Classes for each term. Registration is the student’s persona responsibility.

Disclaimer from the Board of Higher Education. The State Board ofEducation requires that the following aimouncement be published in all ea^- and bulletins of information issued by the state educational institutions of Nor Dakota: “Catalogs and bulletins of educational institutions are usually prepara* faculty committees or administrative officers for the purpose of furnishing prnaP®* tive students and other interested persons with information about the institutin’’ that issue the same. Announcements contained in such printed material are suWf” to change without notice; they may not be regarded as in the nature of obligations on the mstitutions, and the State. In times of changing condition*' especially necessary to have this deHnitely understood.”

DEGREES GRANTEDThe University of North Dakota offers both undergraduate and graduate cour*®*

of study leading to degrees in many academic disciplines. Listings of undergrn<i®* majors and minors are included in the college and school sections beginning o®68. Curricula for specific majors will be found in the Courses of Instruction see" of this catalog, beginning on page 124. ^

See the section about the Graduate School in this catalog for a descript’®” graduate degrees and a listing of the fields of study open to graduate student*’ , tions on the graduate professional Schools of Law and Medicine also are ind® These three schools publish separate bulletins, which are available upon requ®® ’

THE PURPOSES OF A UNIVERSITY EDUCATIONUND’s Philosophy of General Education ^

Before consulting the University’s General Education requirements (pa8®® cl immediately following this section), students are urged to read this statem® philosophy prepared by UND’s General Education Committee. All students see». baccalaureate degrees must complete UND’s recently revised Gefaeral requirements. This statement places the specific requirements into a *text and indicates the end results which should be striven for in undents*” university education.

IntroductionThe University of North Dakota provides students opportunities to jji {ot

lives through a large number of major and minor fields of study designed ” general education and for academic specialization. This dual objective specialized and specialized education — ideally is reciprocal and inclusive. Ea® -■ of education is expected to inform and enrich the other and to contribute ^ special qualities and abilities we have come to expect of university gradua e

While the dnections and purposes of specialized programs usually are cleat' tb«

Academic Information 27

the G e S p H educaôn have often been left undefined. For thisy specific Committee has defined a number of broad'‘f' 'ened to fulfUl ^ n e r T 7 proposing and teaching courses®' nding of th» « ^ education requirements and also enhance students’ under-

S I the purposes of a university education.

''®‘P studeM?^ M f education program should^“* <=ate e f f e c t S ^ n i f “ termed choices. (2) the ability to com-

to lea‘l £ curiosity and creativity, (4) a continuing com-^^neibilityToTh f ; ! “" ‘I others, (6) a sense of

greater ner,n° , communities and to a culturaUy pluralistic world, and

S a S h t i ? S “ ^ ^ ^

t o ^ l i v ^ ? ? bofn organized into two sets. The first set is not tied !7 t*e s as criiiilTfU- P ' ’os attention to integration around such^'®tionshins „ n j thinkmg, effective communication, creative thinking, recognizing * tooted to » 1 “" “^tstanding value formation. The foundation for these abilities N o r Writers nf f t °®^®® “ identification and reading of important works of

of stuHv i I j j*.®*' Present. The second set is more closely tied to the ! ' ‘®P®os, matL"*^ »• general education program: the social and behavioral

Croso ri* ®eience and technology: and humanities and the fine arts^'disciplinary Abilities

®eisiotig Tij. provide students confidence and assurance to make informedP*! Serve as P ”®®®®®® °f dissecting and reassembling ideas are personally liberating ® ^^nkinir ™eans for moderating dogmatism, arbitrariness and illogi-

1- def •' develops the following abilities:®*id selecting pertinent information for its solution;

j hypotheses- unstated assumptions in order to formulate useful

methods of inquiry as they are used in specific disciplines; insight to expand an exploratory process;

6. '^hat on® ha® been told; andfi. Cn ^ ^ thought and action.

*®'^Valugji^y*'° communicate *® ^he ability to present information, ideas, feelings, to''*'®*- coinmun- * people may be able to understand one another. I f people^ Sether j., *®® well, the bonds and benefits of people living and working

***®'**nicate eff ^ • '^*"“*d®hed. The University should help students learn how to d' Order ®® *'’®ly in as many ways as possible.fo*®'Pline devel * °®?”"*'^®®te one must know languages. Each culture and each (iev'l*‘®g its svmK *1* language, with unique symbols, terminology, and rules la ® Op abilities t must advance their skills in the use of English,ftHj^®ges which ° other languages, and become acquainted with the specialized

®*®> the arô **.*®*' many areas — mathematics, computer science, graphics. Coftiû^^®;®ndoth®rs.

G6a**P®''ience*in” depends on experience in expressing oneself through language N educatiQ and appreciating what other people are trying to say.

o at the University should provide students with numerous oppor-


tunities to express their thoughts, feelings and values through language, learn how well others have been able to understand them. Communication skills be taught both by courses specifically emphasizing written and oral expression interpretation and by courses emphasizing other aspects of the arts, sciences, ® humanities.

C. Creative Thinking ^ g[While it is unrealistic to expect every student to bring into being original wor

extraordinary merit, every person ought to be given opportunities and incentive® think creatively and to attempt creative work. Creative thinking can be encouras by promoting students’ ability and effort:

1. 'to imagine alternatives to accepted ways of solving problems or formu*® questions;

2. to change categories or to think analogically;3. to generate new ideas; and4. to add details, transform, or extend an idea.Characteristics of a teaching environment that fosters creativity include.1. encouragement of risk taking;2. use of a rich variety of stimuli;3. support for curiosity, imagination and experimentation;4. opportunities for self-expression; and5. tolerance for ambiguity and complexity.D. Recognizing Relationships ne!0'Focusing upon relationships among the parts — a process known as sy

systems, holism, ecology — emphasizes connectedness and interdependency- connectedness requires seeing any entity, event or idea in relation to its eti what affects it, rather than seeing only its essential characteristics.

Learning to see connections is vital to general education which, therefor®' emphasize:

• • A idc®® 1. inter-relatedness: conceptualizing links between events, entities anathe larger context in which they occur, ,

2. inter-dependency: conceptualizing mutual dependency or reciprocity fof entities, or ideas — seeing that the impact on one part has ramihc®the other parts and for the whole; .

3. holism: conceptualizing a totality rather than considering discrete or lOelements that only partially depict that totality: and f'onst'**’*

4. structure: conceptualizing the underlying and relatively stable rela that exist among events, entities and ideas which unify any totality-

E. Recognizing and Evaluating Choices notEducation concerning values is important in general education —

one right way to behave, but recognizing that choices cannot be avoided. should be aware of how many choices they make, how these choices are values, and how to make informed choices.

General education courses should deal with at least some of the following1. how human choices influence the results and dominant values of all2. how these choices have been made in the past;3. how some of these choices might otherwise have been made; and4. how choices are made, evaluated, and used to explain phenomena-


disciplinary AbilitiesThe Behavioral and Social Sciences

'On, education should include courses that help students understand the g aig efid uncertainties of their personal and social environment; its differing

_®*Pectations, agreements and conflicts, actions and transactions; and how 8nd *“fentionally and unintentionally can change and control their personal

oocial environment and be changed and controlled by it.

general education in the behavioral and social sciences should give 1| knowledge about themselves and their human environment a t three levels: e„vjj. beings behave individually; 2) how individuals are linked to the socialinfi.. around them; and 3) how the social environment is organized and"'"“«®ced by institutions.

individual behavior, general education should help students ' '■itin • '*”‘ ®*‘stand how human behavior originates, how it is integrated into a'^'sired^'r '''ôle personality, and how it can deviate from what is intended or stu ■ 1° increase this understanding, general education courses should help

™ sbout how individuals think, obtain and use information, solve prob- strg^ decisions, are motivated to act, develop over a lifespan, and can demon-

p ® 'oad range of behavior.

f s o c i a l environment, general education should help students ® *^nderstand how they are affected by the world around them, how they

‘"Prov ri " '“'■id, and how they may be able to make intended changes in it. j understanding can come from learning about the following issues:

an^ of people make decisions intended to direct their own behavior2. ® ker people’s, or to change the conditions in which they and others live;

, behavior of individuals is socially organized into different patterns of3. nated activity that individuals are obligated to perform;

cumulative effects of individuals and their behavior have conse- the environment that individuals have not intended or controlled;

4. ho\nfwho produce, expend and exchange social resources, those resourcesauth P**®fcuce and usefulness depend on social interaction (such as money,

Gen °* ** ' “'formation, or loyalty).'"'Banizay ®‘f“cation should also help students understand how the structure,

as resources in the social environment depend on social institutions®®eral ed ^ household life, religion, education, business, politics and health.

i “’'al char'**^**''°” .®*’° “*' institutions should address the origins of institu-^ '’® chane'h ' ’®riations and options, how the institutional characteristics

fhese -k developed, and what the immediate and long-term consequences

, General and Technologyft ^®nts with mathematics, science, and technology should providea 'âmental ft ®f how human beings try to understand and control the8ft ®*'standaW processes of the universe, and do so by means of readilyoa incre descriptions and explanations. General education courses8 ®*' ®ttetnnr awareness that the work of science, as is true with all'‘®®'ilative a Understand reality, whatever the field, is often incomplete or

’ ffât it has a continuing history of uncertainty, error and revision.

29


MathematicsGeneral education in mathematics should help students to understand and us®

mathematics as1. an intellectual discipline concerned with quantity and space and their relat’®’'

to other categories;2. a method for analyzing problems with logic and precision;3. a way to communicate and interpret information provided by others; and4. a continually developing tool, useful for describing and explaining phenom®®*’General education in mathematics should improve a student’s ability to

terms of precise and quantitative relationships. I t should develop abilities to how things are logically related. It should also enable students to consider cally alternative approaches to solving problems, and enable them to appreciate accomplishment and elegance of solutions to problems.

General education courses should help students learn how to use mathematief a basic tool for working in many different disciplines and for integrating the t’® ings of different disciplines. To this end, there should be general education in th® and interpretation of mathematical symbols and relationships, in the techniq®®® j formulating and solving problems mathematically, and in the construction a analysis of mathematical models of real phenomena. ^

Because it is important for students to understand that the concepts methods of mathematics are not Hxed, but are continually being expanded, and refined, students should study the history of mathematics, and lea®® mathematicians evaluate their achievements and decide on their goals.The Natural and Physical Sciences

To make a significant contribution to general education, courses natural and physical sciences ought to attract those who find science ascin j ^ j those who approach it apprehensively, and those whose outlook falls soroe^ between. Given the wide range of attitudes toward science, science courses nated as part of a general education program must necessarily differ other structurally and pedagogically. All should share, however, certain c®®’” characteristics.

Science courses intended for general education should offer students tunities to acquire an appreciation of science and its contributions to s Through active participation, students should be provided opportunities^® of that science is a record of the endeavors of humans to understand the unW® which they are a part and through that understanding to dispel fear ®f ®*jj (he j phenomena. As well as to modify their physical environment, acquaintance juniverse encourages humans to participate in it, rather than be spectat®®® develops a fuller awareness that, while important participants, humans dominate the universe. jO

As a part of general education, science courses should assist the stu understanding that while science represents a means of recording huma® iii standing, it is incomplete and continuously changing. More knowledge ®®®j.y(iii®' errors in the record and writes new lines which may in turn be erased in t ® ypeSf At the same time, it is the old errors that are in part responsible for the n® the better understanding. jj

Science courses qualifying for general education ought to demonstr®^®^jis humans’ quest to comprehend the universe they tend to make simplifi®*

Academic information

models are simplified versions of the actual universe, complexity of natural phenomena. Such models are

'"Averse /!®*” ®*'*“ * *“ character, and, as individuals gain more comprehension of the ‘ *>e incre to become more abstract, as well as complex. Paradoxically,^ '“ trinsr n ^ model is a mark of the scientist’s belief that natureSiveadesp..- f- **® abstraction, however, the model must always' be scienf*^ nature that can be verified and validated through experimentation, '^artet and * ‘ '’.®®blon, the model, possesses the beauty of a painting or a string

Composers jP ''° ''“ ®® the scientist with satisfaction in the same way that artists or ®ducation c satisfaction in their art. This proposes that appropriate general ®'‘®nce seek* "*^ courses should assist students in becoming aware of the fact that bat experi * * ‘loantitative understanding of the universe through mathematics,

' "bke so*®ooe « imporUnt, and that science possesses a beauty notI'. ■ found in art and music.

SrthaUnh history humans have sought to apply their scientific knowledge in

' ®®a. or defend '^t ” '?bcrial culture, enlarge their capacity to produce goods and ser- ®f Scientific kn , bheir territorial and Ideologicd borders. This application' ®'b*e e v e r v w h c o m m o n l y referred to as technology. Technology is ®®**>plex social bas brought enormous material benefits as well as increasingly® d conflicts th^*^ fovironmental problems. The need to understand the tensions b® Necessity r ^7*^ *'b® “ ®®® consequences of technology is as critical as

^ours • ° ^'^hing human choices about technology.

?®bi some histo^^?**^°^ ** general education should encourage students to fechnolor^ Perspective about technology — the benefits which have accrued

®®'entific knowl'^* development as well as the losses. The relationship between flated to gener l ^^chnology should also be a basic ingredient in courses

to issued ®ducation. Courses in technology should, in addition, give atten- C. t. dated to human values.

h " be “ “ d Fine Arts®dati (individuT expected to give principal attention to the®stheti(.g Wfjjig . f ” d collective) search for meaning through order, values and

g^°®ophy, relief * resources are drawn primarily from the fields of history, ^®catiojj ought ®fudies, literature and the arts, courses comprising general *®|Pbnes. By g i j f ° ^® viewed principally as courses central to the related

stuH ''^“ “ •■age fc “ a search for meaning,” a general education programthp *'*'®^binkabo**r**^ tf •’dated experiences which challenge how individual

bo some of t h ^ to the culture in which they live, as well as introduceP y •’ooted historiM l^* literature, ideas, forms of social order and art which are

bein'*' *®®ay cul^^**'>P^ wluch is embodied in humanities and the arts is an explo- Uncj bhe univer** ™®S*” ative answers to the questions of the place of human beiigf human a T ’" sense, the humanities and arts are attempts tofof g,®’ bopes and fea “ '•d thought, to find languages which express ideas and bbe bo see ho* *VK**- *P* ' * uncertainties. They provide opportunitiesnsctig* ®* life of our cuTt bves, lived in their own place and time, connect with dore M ®®®*®bs individ T * *b has developed over time. To understand these con-

' iiy that their ind’* gi’cater control over their lives, and to understand•vidual and collective actions influence the present as well as

31


the futxire. The humanistic tradition embodies the age-long attempt to express self through works of the imagination and intellect. For example, this tion encompasses the way diverse religions are given expression in langua^i architecture, science and politics; and the way they suggest what life might ® as opposed to the way it is.

While courses in the humanities and fine arts should help students -ofown values and ways of viewing the world, they also should provide studenp ® tunities to encounter the great humanistic works as a means of minds with other human ways of seeing, recognitions of meaning, and modes ° ing with the world This interplay should demonstrate the complexity of our ^

As much as possible, humanities and fine arts courses should assist appreciating the roles of historians, writers, painters, philosophers, musicians in giving voice to human understandings and aspirations. These should also help students to comprehend more fully the joys that pr«rsonal expression. Such appreciation and understanding can be activelyviding within related general education courses opportunities to participate ^ in the humanities and arts as writers, painters, musicians, potters as we

,UtieS'

campus-wide exhibits, performances, lectures and discussions.

ConclusionGeneral education as it is presented in this statement has few unique

Thinkers and writers in various ages and cultures have voiced ideab for io * jjiij and societies that undergird the concepts of general education presente . statement. The pursuit of each of these ideals requires different, often sp ^ pjri- skills. The fidl realization of any one of these ideals may require a lifetime ®range ence to perfect, during which one progressively hones skills, encounters ^^^osly practical experiences, and learns to deal with a level of complexity not precognized.

1 wh®Yet there are commonalities. Each culture has an image of the person had the benefit of a general education. The goals set forth in the precedingmirror the idealized vision of our university and of our contemporaryof courses of study certainly would make the achievement of these r : > “! easier. But no single general education cumculum is likely to be effec effort * the integration of the abilities defined in this statement. A lack of ede^finterpreting and integrating these abilities will render the effect of a tion program dispersed and haphazard. Faculty and students must crea e commitment to general education a sense of the unity of learning.

UNIVERSITY GRADUATION REQUIREMENTSA minimum of 125 semesto- hours of credit is required for a beccalaurea-^

Transfer students are required to complete a minimum of 60 credits at fou^ tutions. The last 30 credits must be completed in residence at UND. pages describe the requirements which must be met by all students see Eeg?* calaureate degree. These include the General Education requirements Composition, (II) Social Sciences, (III) Arts and Humanities, and (IV)Science and Technology, as well as regulations concerning majors,point average, upper division courses, and residence. yniv®' *' ’ *

The philosophy guiding the General Education portion jy pre®® ^graduation requirements (1 through IV) is explained in the immedia section of the catalog. The General Education requirements may b® ®


S u c c e s s fu l c o m p le t io n o f c la s s w o r k a c c e p ta b le f o r t h a t a r e a , a s s p e c i f ie d

b e lo w , o r

A c h ie v e m e n t o f t h e m in im u m s c o r e r e q u ir e d f o r c r e d i t in C o l le g e - L e v e l

E x a m in a t io n P r o g r a m ( C L E P ) s u b je c t e x a m in a t io n s .

E n g l is h C o m p o s it io n 5 s e m . h o u rs m in .Engl 101..............................Com position !................................................................................. (31Engl 102.............................. Composition I I ................................................................................ (3)Engl 209..............................Technical and Business W riting.......................................................(2)

S o c ia l S c ie n c e s 9 s e m . h o u rs m in .

(m u s t b e t a k e n in a m in im u m o f 2 d e p a r tm e n t s )" “ thropology

Anth n o .............................Introduction to Archaeology and Physical Anthropology............... (3)Anth 171 .............................Introduction to Cultural Anthropology............................................ (31Anth 200 .............................Archaeology Laboratory Methods ............................................... (3-4)Anth 374 ............................. Old World Prehistory.................................................................... (3-4|Anth 375 .............................North American Indians......................... (3-4)Anth 377 .............................North American Archaeology....................................................... (3-4)

Acts and SciencesA& s 226...............................Introduction to the Study of Women............................................... (4)

CommunicaUonComm 300 ...........................Conununication and S oaety .............................................................(3)

Diaorderat-Uis 232...............................Survey o f Communkation Disorders............................................... (3)

EconomicsEcon 105 .............................Elements of Economics.................................................................... (3)p °n 201 .............................Prindples of Economics I .................................................................(3)Leon 202 .............................Principles o f Economics I I ...............................................................(3)

“ •nsraphy

P*®* '31 .............................Cultural Geogrsphy .................................................. <31P 3 1 3 2 .............................Economic Geography................. 13)“ «>g 161 .............................World Regional Geography.............................................................(3)p®°8 262 .............................Geography o f North America I .........................................................(3)p®®3 354 .............................ConservaUon of Natural Resources................................................. (3)

„ '^“ 8 « 7 .............................Urban Geography............................................................... <3)

""■nelkonom lc,U p ' 362...............................Child Development......................................................................... ]3j” *= '3 3 5 ...............................Cultural Foods.................................................................................<3)

Indli*n StudiesK .........................Contemporary Plains Indian Culture..................................... (3)

, '*331.................................. TradiUonal Plains Indian Cu lture........................................ (3)•'"“maU.m

Jour 100............... Introduction to Mass Communication..

........................ American Government 1 ^po . ........................ American Government I I .................PSri ........................ International Politka......................PSci 90C........................ Foreign GovemmenU F ...................po . ........................Foreign Governments II •.p S .......................... IntroducUontoCriminaUus^ . -. • •pS '’l ........................ .. and Electoral Problemsp S „ 3 ...............................Urban Politics and punning.......... . • ■ ^p ^ 3?3............................. American ConsUtuUon-Gov^ental Powers..........................3p S ??®............................. American ConsUtuUonCvdUWUes.................................. 3

p|^ ® ? ........................AmericaVPoUtical Thought.......................................... 3

Pi!«i 1?®........................ Principles of Social Science. . . ■ ■ • ...................................p * i « 1 .................... Pobuil Opinion and Voting Behavior.................................... (3)P&l .......................TheLegisUUveandExecuUv.Processes.........; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ;

p « 3 ; : : : : : ; ; : ; ......... .........................................................................................................(31• •Whologj,

” *1' 1®1............................Introduction to Psychology........................... .....................


Pay 251.................................. Developmental Psychology .Psy 360.................................. Introduction to Personality .Psy 361.................................. Social Psychology................

,.l<l,.|3I..(<1

Social Worksu it 246................................ Human Behavior in the Social Environment 1 .SWk 346................................Human Behavior in the Social Environment I I .

..131

..(31

SociologySoc 101...................................Introduction to Sociology.....................................................Soc 102...................................Social Problems............................................................Soc 252...................................Criminology...........................................................................Soc 253...................................Juvenile Delinquency...........................................................Soc 301.................................. Basic Sociological Theory.....................................................Soc 330...................................Behavior in Organizations.........Soc 331.................................. Rural Sociology....................................................................Soc 332.................................. Urban Sociology....................................................................Soc 335.................................. The Family........................................................................Soc 340.................................. Sociology of Gender and Sex Roles............. ............ ■ • ■'Soc 345..................................Social, Cultural and Historical Perspectives on SexualitySoc 352.............................. '. .A g in g .....................................................................................Soc 353...................................Sociology of Death and D y in g .............................................Soc 354..................................Medical Sociology..................................................................Soc 355..................................Drugs and Society..................................................................Soc 361..................................Social Psychology........................................................ .........Soc 366.................................. Collective Behavior................................................................Soc 407..................................Political Sociology..................................................................Soc 430.................................. Sociology of Education........................................................Soc 436................................. Social Inequality....................................................................Soc 437..................................Population...............................................................................Soc 450................................. Deviance.................................................................................

..(31 '..(31 '..(31 '..(31 '..(31 '. .(31

(3 112.4112.41

'.(31..(31

'..(31|2-3I..(SI

'..(31'.(3-41

III. Arts and Humanities 12sem.hou^i(must be taken in a minimum of 3 depar

EngineeringEngr 252 ...............................History of Technology

(31

EngUahEng 1 5 1 ................................ Masterpieces of European Literature...............................Eng 1 5 2 .................................Masterpieces of European Literature...................................

•Eng 200 .................................Topics in Language and Literature.......................................Eng 207 ................................ Introductioo to Linguistics..................................................Eng 2 1 1 .................................Introductioo to Fiction.........................................................Eng 2 1 3 .................................Introduction to Poetry......................................................Eng 2 1 7 .................................Introductioo to Drama.......................................................Eng 2 1 9 .................................Introductioo to F ilm ...........................................................Eng 3 0 1 ................................ Survey of English Literature...............................................Eng 302 ................................ Survey of English Literature.............................................Eng 303 ................................ Survey of American Literature .........................................Eng 304 .................................Survey of American Literature .........................................Eng 305 ................................ Creative W riting................................................................Eng 3 1 5 ................................ Shakespeare........................................................................Eng 3 1 6 ................................ Shakespeare..........................................................................Eng 320 ................................ Studies in American Fiction.............................................Eng 3 2 1 ................................ Studies in American Poetry...............................................Eng 322 ................................ Studies in American Drama.............................................Eng 330 .................................Studies in English Fiction .................................................Eng 3 3 1 ................................ Studies in English Poetry.................................................Eng 332 ................................ Studies in English Drama........................................Eng 357 ................................ Women Writers and Renders.............................................Eng 3 6 1 ................................ American Indian Languages............................................Eng 362 ................................ American Indian Languages...........................................Eng 365 ................................ Black American Writers...................................................Eng 367 .................................American Indian Literature...........................................Eng 369 ................................ Literature and Culture................................................Eng 370 ................................ Language and Culture......................................................Eng 401 ................................ Studies in Medieval Literature................... ..Eng 402 ................................ Studies in Early Renaissance Literature.........................Eng 403 ................................ Studies in Colonial American LiUrature.........................Eng 404 ................................ Studies in Late Renaissance Literature............. .. - ■ ■ ,..Eng 405 .................................Studies in Restoration and Eighteenth Century Liter .Eng 406 .......... .................. Studies in Nineteenth Century Literature.....................Eng 407 .................................Studies in Twentieth Century Literature .........................

.(3111.41.(31

'.(21'.(21'.(31'.(31'.(31

.(31'.(21',(31'.(31

.(31'.|3l'.(31',(31'.(31',(31

'.(31'.(31'.(31',(31

",|3l",(3 l".(31

(51",(5 l".(31",(3 I

K


ng 409 ....................................Art o f Cinematic D ra m a.........................................................442 ....................................History o f the English Language...................

ArtaFa 1 5 0 ...................................... Introduction to Fine A r t s ......................................................

History

....................................W eston Civilization to 1500 ................................................|8t 1 0 2 ....................................Western Civilization since 1500 ..............................

tj!®; ....................................United States to 1877 .................................................. ’ ’ ’ ‘ '

i i ; ! f ....................................Economic Development o f the United States since 18652 0 4 ....................................History o f Canada....................................................................

i j j - . 2 0 7 ....................................The Western World, 1939 to the Present............................S j : 2 0 8 ....................................U.& 1932 to P resen t..................................................................Hist 21 ....................................Latin America to 1825 .............................................................Hiaf o o A ....................................Latin America: The National Experience since 1825 ____

ijj.a o o i ....................................The Scandinavian Countries since 1500..........................h S ................................... The City in H istory ..................................................................Hisr o o c ....................................East Asia in M odem T im e s ....................... ............................

*Hist 300 ..................................... Islamic Middle E a st .................................. ........................Hiat 301 Hist 302

(3)(3)

(3)

(31(3)(31(3)(31(31(3)(31(3)(3)(3)(31(3)(3)(3)

...................... .Topics in H is to ry ...................................................................................(1-12)

.........................Early Medieval C ivilization ...................................................................... .Hist ....................................The High Middle A g e s .............................................................................. (3)Hist 32r ....................................The United States: The Early F ron tier ..................................................(3 )Hist 3 i n ....................................The United States: W’estera Frontier...................................................... (3)

....................................The United States: Social and Cultural. 19th C en tu ry ...................... (3)Hist 332 ....................................The United States: Social and Cultural 20th C en tu ry ...................... (3 )Hist 3 4 1 ....................................Women in American H istcw y.................................................................... (3)Hist 342 ........................... ■ ‘ Medieval Science, Technology and M a g ic .................... (3 )Hist 3 4 3 ................................... M odem Science and T ech n o log y ..............................................................(3)Hiat 344 ....................................Ancient G re e ce ............................................................................................ (3|Hiat 345 ....................................Ancient R o m e ...............................................................................................(3 )Hist 350 ....................................The Ancient Near E a s t ...............................................................................13)Hist 3 5 1 ................................... Europe: the Reformation, 1600-1648 .......................................................)3)Hist 352 ................................... E u r (^ ; A ge o f Absolutism. 1648-1789 .................................................. (3)Hist 35a ................................... Europe: French Revolution and Napoleonic Era, 1789-1815 .............(3)Hist 365 ................................... Europe: 1815-1918........................................................................................ (3)Hist 403 ....................................Europe since 1 9 1 8 ........................................................................................|3)Hist 404 ................................... The United States: The Colonial Period................................................. (3)Hist 405 ................................... The United States: Revolutionary Era, 1760-1789 ..............................(3|Hist 406 ....................................The United States: A ge o f Jefferson and Jackson, 1789-1850 ..........13)Hist 407 ................................... ... War and Reconstruction, 1850-1877 ......... (3)Hist 408 ....................................The United States: Rise o f Industrial Am aica, 1877*1917................ (3)Hist 409 ....................................The United States since 1 91 7 ....................................................................(3)Hist 4 1 0 ...................................History of Argentina.................................................................................... (3)Hist 4 1 1 ........................................ o f M e x ico ....................................................................................... (3)Hist 4 1 2 ....................................The United States: Diplomatic History, 1898*1933 ............................(3)Hist 4 1 4 ....................................The United States: Diplomatic History since 1933..............................(3)Hist 4 1 5 ................................... France since 1 8 1 5 ........................................................................................13)Hist 4 1 8 ................................... Germany since 1 8 1 5 ................................................................................... (3)Hist 4 1 7 ...................................Russia to 1855 ............................................................................................... (3)Hist 4 1 9 ............................... .. Russia since 1855 ....................................................................................... (3)Hist 4 3 1 ......... .................. ’ Great Britain since 1815............................................................................ (3)

...................... History o f the Great Plains........................................................................(3)

Hon 101

Hum 101Hum 102 '

.Introduction to Honors Studies............................................................... 14)

. Humanities I .................................................................................................1 1

.Humanities I I ...............................................................................................W

1 2 1 ..2 i o . _ ................................... Introduction to Indian Studies.......................... .......256 .. ................................. Natural Science and Culture o f the Plains Indians .345 ................................. .... • Survey o f Native American A r t ..................................

............................... Contemporary American Indian Issues.....................

.(3)(3)

.13)

.13)


GGGGGG

Language*

C 101 .....................................First-Year College L a tin .........................................C 102 .................................... First-Year College L a tin ..........................................^ 201 .................................... Second-Year College L a t in .....................................C 202 .................................... Second-Year College L a t in .....................................C 251 ...................... •............ Introduction to G reek ..............................................C 252 ....................................IntroductiontoGreek...............................................C 301 .................................... Latin P ro e e ........................................................C 302 .....................................Latin P ro a e ..............................................................C 351 .....................................Greek P roee ..............................................................C 352 .....................................Greek P roee ..............................................................C 357 .................................... Classical M 3rthology................................................^ 358 .....................................Classical Literature in Translation.........................^ 101 ......................................Beginning F rench ...................................................^ 1 0 2 ......................................Beginning F rench .................. .............................^ 103 .....................................Accelerated Beginning French................................^ 201 .....................................Second-Year F ren ch ................................................^ 202 .....................................Second-Year F ren ch ................................................^ 301 .................................. .Third-Year French...................................^ 302 ................................. Third-Year French..................................^ 305 .....................................French Conversation and C u ltu re .........................^ 306 .....................................French Conversation and C u ltu re .........................^ 371 .....................................History of French L iterature..................................^ 372 .................................... History of French L iterature..................................® 1 0 1 ................................... B a n n in g G e rm an ...................................................G 1 0 2 ................................... Beginning G e rm an ...................................................

1 0 3 .................................... Accelerated Beginning Germ an ..............................2 0 1 .......................Second-Year Gennan .............................................202 .................................... Second-Year G e rm a n ..............................................3 0 1 .......................Introduction to German Literature........................302 .................................... Introduction to German Literature.......................305 .....................................German Composition and Conservation...............

^ 306 .................................... German Composition and Conversation...............3 1 2 ....................................German Civilization {Kulturkundel........................

1 102......................................B a n n in g I ta lia n .....................................................^ 1 0 1 ....................................Beginning Norwegian...............................................^ 1 0 2 ....................................Beginning N<Mwegian...............................................^ 2 0 1 ....................................Second-Year N (M wegian............................................^ 202 .................................... Second-Year Norw egian ...........................................N 3 0 1 ....................................Advanced Norw egian ................................................^ 302 .....................................Advanced Norw egian ...............................................^ 1 0 1 .................................... Beginning R ussian ....................................................5 1 0 2 ....................................Beginning R uss ian ....................................................5 3 0 1 .................................... Seccmd-Year R u ss ian ................................................5 3 0 2 .................................... Sec<M)d-Year R u ss ian ................................................^ 301 .....................................Third-Year Russian....................................................

302 .....................................Third-Year Russian...................................................J ^ .....................................Russisn Reading and Composition .........................J 3 W .................................... Russian Reading and Com position..........................® 101...................................... Beginning S pan ish ....................................................® 102.......................................Begiiming S ^ n i s h ....................................................5 1®3.......................................Accelerated Beginning Span ish ................................® 301.......................................Second-Year S p a n ish ................................................® 302.......................................Second-Year S p an ish ................................................® 301.......................................Third-Year Spanish....................................................® 302.......................................Third-Year Spanish ...................................................® ^ .......................................Spanish Conversation and Com position.................j ...................................SpanishCooversationandComposition.................

331 .............................. Foreign Literature in Translation...........................Lil^ary Science and Aediovisiial

— L S A V 4 7 0 ............................ Progressive Photographic Processes........................Mnsic

) ? 9 ................................ Introduction to the Understanding of Music ........." *“• I ® * ................................ Music Lessons for Non-M ajors.................................M us 1 08 .................................Fundamentalsof Music ...........................................Mua 1 09 .................................Creative Music

.................................W o r ld M u s k ..............................................................• • w " * .................................J a i l and Popular M u s ic ...........................................•*M ua 260 ................................ ConcertChoir..............................................................

'..(II ..(II

■,.«l '..(II '..(11 '..(31 '..(31

..(31 '..(31 ' .(31 '..(31 '..III '..(II '..(31 '..(II ' .(II '..(31 '..(31

•■•.,(21 ■■'. . (31 ■■'. . (31 ■■' .(II ■■■ .(II ■•■,,(61 ■"..(II ■■■,,(11 ■■■ ,|2) ■■' .(31 ■■■ ,(2I ■■'. . (31 ■■'. . (31 ■■■ ,(il

■"..(II ■■■ .(II■■■ ,(4l■" .(II ■"..(II■■■ .(31 ■■■ ,|3I •■■ ,|il■■' .(II ■■' .(II ■■■'.(II ' ■■ .(31 ■■' . (3) •■ ,(2I ■■ .131 ■■ .(II ■■ .(II ■".(61 ■' .(II ■' .(II ■■'.(31 ■".(31 ■ ■ ,(2I ■■'.(31 ■■( 1-3I

,(3I ■ .(II ■'.(31 ■'.(31 ■'.(II ■'.111 ■'.111


2 6 1 ........................... University Chamber Chorale .2 6 2 ............................. UND Community C horus___263 ..................................Vsraity B a rd s ..........................

..................................Women’sC horus ......................26S ..................................Jazz C h o ir ................................

•*w * 269 .................................Opera P ro je c t..........................270 ................................Wind Ensemble..........................2 7 1 ........................... University B a n d .....................272 ................................Marching B an d ..........................

• • u * ..................................Instm m entalJazz Ensemble .••M * ..................................Symphony O rchestra ..............

275 ................................University Chamber Orchestra276 ................................Collegium M usicum...............................................................................(1^)

us 279 ..................................Chamber Music G ro u p s .........................................................................(1)Philosophy

p in ......................... Philosophy and L i f e ............................................................................... |3)PM ..................................Introduction to Logic & Scientific M ethod ..........................................(3)PM ................................. Introduction to Ethics: What Is Good? What Is Right? ...................(3)PM ..................................Introduction to Metaphysics: WTiat Is R ea l? ..................................... (3)

Jm 305 ..................................Classical Greek and Hellenistic Philosophy.................................. (3)................................. Medieval Period........................................................................................ . (3)

p ,.j ..................................Philosophy Since The Enlightenm ent.................................................. (3)p ... ..................................American Philosophy............................................................................. (3)Ph'l Q ^ ................................ Literature and Philosphy.....................................................................<1.3)Phil ..................................Aesthetics: WTiat is B eau ty ? .................................................................(3)

..................................Introduction to Epistemology: What Can We Know and Howp j.. Can We Know I t ? ................................................................................... (3)Phil A n ................................McM-al Questions and the Professions.................................................... (3)

................................. Philosophy of Human N ature.................................................................(3)^uliUcal Science

P&i ^ ..................................Development of Political Thought I . .u ..................................Developmentof Political Thought I I .

Hg ................................. Introduction to Religion (W est!............j^g .....................................Introduction to Religion (East) .........j^g ....................................Introduction to the New Testam ent..Hg ........................................... Introduction to the Old Testament . .}^g j 2q ................................... Contemporary Religious W riters-----Rg ....................................Religion in America..............................RS 205 ....................................World Religions....................................Rg 227 ....................................Contem pw a^ Moral Issues................Rg 237 ....................................Catholic Christianity............................Rg 2 4 7 ....................................Protestant C hristian ity ......................Rg 2KA....................................Fundamental Concepts of Judaism ..Rg 3Q J................................... East and West in Religions....................Rg 3Qg....................................Life and Religion of Pau l.......................Rg 323 ................................... M ysticism ...............................................Rg 3 4 2 ....................................Psychology of Religion........................Rg 3 4 . ...................................Religious E th ic s ....................................RS 450 ................................... Death and D ying....................................

■j'v- . ....................................Sacred Scriptures of the E a s t...............Arts

Ta i2 iTa J 3 0 ....................................Introduction to Modem Theatre Arts .**Ta 2 00 ....................................Play Production.

.(3)

.(3)

* Ta 2 23 ................................... Rehearsal and Perfa-manceTa 225 ................................... Beginning Oral Interpretation . . .

**Ta 227 ....................................Scenecraft......................................229 ....................................Acting I ...........................................

Ta 25q ................................... Creative D ram atics........................**T a 300 ................................... Readings in Dramatic Literature .

Ta 324 ................................... Play Direction 1 ..............................Ta 330 ................................... Advanced Oral Interpretation . . .Ta 422 ................................... Contemporary T heatre ..................

....................................American Theatre H isto ry ............

..(3)

..(3)

..(3)

..(3)

..(31

..(3)

. (3)

..(21

..(3)

..(3)

..(31

..(3)

..(3)

..(3)

..(3) (2) (21

.(3)

(2)

(21(11(31(3((31(31

. ( 2 )

(3)(3)

.(3)(31


423 ............................. History of the Theatre: Classical Medieval and Renaissance. |j|T A « 4 ........................ H istoryofth e Theatre; Seventeenth Century to the P resen t- |3I

••TA 4 3 4 .................................. Studies in Group Interpretation................................................. .TA 498 .................................. Playwriting..................................................................................

...................................' .131

..................................... .131...............

. . I®

Visual ArU••VA 100.................................. Beginning Sculpture............................................................

W j i o ...................................Introduction to the Understanding of A rt............. ...........a« V A 120.................................. Drawing and Painting Studio........................... ..•*VA 121...................................Drawing and Painting Studio................... ..••VA 130...................................Basic Drawing......................................................................••VA 131...................................Basic Drawing......................................................................••VA 151...................................Beginning Ceramics............................................................••VA 173...................................Basic D esign........................................................................••VA 174...................................Basic D esign....................... .............................................

VA 210 .................................. Art History Survey..............................................................VA 211 .................................. Art History Survey..............................................................VA 212 .................................. Art History Survey: 20th Century....... ................................." ^ i i »

•Maiimum total of 2 credits from these courses may be counted toward the general educaOoOment in the Arts and Humanities area. »req>luif

IV.

••Maximum total of 3 credits from these courses may be counted toward the general education ment in the ArU and Humanities area.

Mathematics, Science and Technology 12 sem.(must be taken in a minimum of 2 depar and must include 4 hours of laboratory

BiologyBiol 1 0 0 ................................ Principles of Biology............................................ .. •

•••Biol 100 & lOOL.................... Principles of Biology (with lab)...............................Biol 101 ................................ Introduction to B io logy ..........................................

•••Biol lO l& lO lL .....................Introduction to Biology (with la b ).........................Biol 1 0 2 ................................ Introduction to B io logy ..........................................

•••Biol 102A 102L................... Introduction to Biology (with la b )...................... ■Biol 235 ................................ Human Environment..............................................Biol 240 ................................ Wildlife Conservation.............................................Bi<J 3 1 2 .................................Evolution................................................................

Chemical Engineering ,ChE 102 ................................ Chemical Engineering Process Synthesis...........

Chemistry•••Chem 100 .............................. Introductory Chemistry........................................•••Chem 103.............................. FundamenUls of Our Chemical W orld.................•••Chem 105 ..............................General Chemistry I ................ ....................•••Chem 106 ..............................General Chemistry 11 and Qualitiative Analysis.•••Chem 107 .............................. Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry.........

.(31'.(II,.(3I

Computer ScienceCSd 101.................................Introduction to CompuUrs.................................CSd 160...............................Computer Programming I ...................................CSd 2 01 .................................Fundamentals of Computer Programming . . . .

Econoiiiicn , .Econ 210 .............................. Elementary Business and Economic SUtistice

EngineeringEngr 253 ...............................Man-Made World ................................................

Geography•••Geog 121 .............................. Physical Geography............................................

GeologyGeol 100................................ Earth Science: Geology and M an........................

•••Geol 101................................General Geology-Physical....................................•••Geol 102 ................................General Geology-Historical................................•••Geol 3 22 ................................Environmental G eology......................................

Industrial TechnologyIT 300.................................... Technology. Society and the Individual ...........

...-■•■■■j3l

.(31

.(II••'.(‘I•■'.(II

Mathoiuitica Math 103 . Math 104

College Algebra . . . Finite Mathematka.

Vi.


..................................Trigonometry ..........................................................m “, u ..................................Survey of Calculus....................................................

t 2 1 2 ..................................C a lc u lu s I I . . . ....................................... ....................2 1 3 ..................................Calculus I I I ..............................................................

M .,i! ? „ ! ..................................Mathematics for Elementary Schoolteachers .2 2 4 ..................................StatisUcal Sam pling..............................................

Vll

Math ^ 7 7 ..................................J>el theory and L o g ic ................................................................................. (3)................................. Geom etryfw Elcm enUrySchoolTeachw a..................................... (1*3)

^hiloaophyJ*hil 350 .................................... Symbolic L o g ic .........................

* oyBic8•••pLy* ..................................Introductory College Physics.

................................. Introductory College Physics.Phy! 9^ ................................. Natural Science • Ph>*sics . . . .

2 0 0 ............... Physics for Poets.***Phys 2na ..................................General Physics

^ * 0 4 .................... d a n a r a l PK\rai/>«

................................. General Physics...................... Astronomy

. Introduction to S ta tistics ..........................................................................(4)

. Sociological Sta tistics . .13)

•**PhPhys 423

Psycholovv P » y 2 « ,

Sociology Soc 326.

***Coursea designated to fulfill the laboratory science requirement.

MajorsThe■nin Tk * ** requirements of a major or rekted fields concentration are deter-

department or program responsible for the major or concentra- subject to approval by the University Curriculum Committee.

Minors

jQ shall consist of a minimum of 20 semester hours of course work with theWith th ** *^ ' *'*°" established by the appropriate department or departments of c approval of the University Curriculum Committee. Minors may consist

associated with a department or discipline (Chemistry): a specialty (Office Administration) or a collection of courses which

for * '“®‘ 'P* '’es (Driver and Traffic Safety Education). A minor is not required the d' “ "'^^'■p'aduate degree. A student may declare a minor in the office of

San of the college in which the minor is offered.^'ade Point Averageall a degree a student must achieve a minimum 2.00 (C) average onage work. For transfer students, it is required that the overall aver-the T*,"' transfer work) be 2.00 (C) and that the average work taken atSom Dakota be 2.00 (C).sp^®f“" ‘*®'"8raduate colleges require higher averages. (See requirements under

CoUege information.)Gpner m . .A min’ Courses Requiredcouf of 36 semester credit hours must be completed in upper divisionabove** undergraduate degree recipients. All courses numbered 300 and

_ defined as upper division.

obtain for the bachelor’s degree who enters with transfer credit must dinaru University a minimum of 30 semester hours and therefore, or-

^ he in residence two semesters, or one semester and two summer ns. or at least three summer sessions. Fifteen semester credits in the

39

.(2)

.(3)

.(4)

.(4)

.(4)

.(4)

.(3)

.......................................................(3)

.......................................................(41

.......................................................(4)

...................................................... (4)

...................................................... (3)

...................................................... (4)General Physics............................................................................................ (4)

; .................................................. (41.................................................. (31


student’s major and four semester credits in the minor, if a minor is ,, must be completed in residence at the University of North Dakota. Some co of the University may require more than 15 hours in residence in the maJ ^ The last 30 credits for the bachelor’s degree ordinarily must be earneresidence at the University. ,boV«Exceptions to General Graduation Requirements. Any exception to the

general degree requirements must be requested by the student a t least six prior to his or her expected graduation date. Petitions must be initiated in the o of the Academic Dean. .

Formal Application for the Degree Sought Candidates for degrees must »f ormal Appucauon lor me uegree oougnu luiwritten application to the Registrar or to the Dean of the college of the the Erst four weeks of the semester in which the student expects to receive the jj

r. Stuot ,Blank application forms may be obteined from the Office of the Registrar, o applying for two or more degrees to be awarded simultaneously must receive apP from each College granting the degrees.

Conferring of Additional Baccalaureate Degrees. Candidates for a thebaccalaureate degree must complete a minimum of 30 additional hours beyo .yj University minimum of 125 hours for a first baccalaureate degree. Each jt.baccalaureate degree beyond that will add 30 hours to the minimum AH college and major requirements for the second degree must also be ful least one-half of the additional 30 hours must be completed in residence. ,

Transfer students with degrees from other institutions must fulfill all UND Education Requirements as well as major requirements. A minimum of 15 if credits of the major and a minimum of four semester credits of the m declared, must be completed in residence.

SPECIAL EXAMINATIONS FOR CREDITexai^

A regularly enrolled student may apply to take “validating” or "challenge nations to establish credit for approved University courses which have no lent CLEP subject exams. Requests to take an examination must be ma jh® chair of the department offering the course. Approval of the department f instructor of the course and the student’s academic dean is required. A the appropriate signatures must be submitted to the Registrar’s Office tb*nations. A committee of three appointed by the chair of the department o ® j.y to course will administer and evaluate the examinations, a majority being nece accord a grade. Special examinations must be searching and comprehensive- of “Satisfactory” will be recorded on the student’s permanent record upo mendation of the committee, but will not be used to compute scholastic avefsatisfactory grades are not recorded.- - 1/

Validating Examinations: Students may apply to take validating e*® ^ yyof’to establish credit in University of North Dakota courses which correspo® taken at unaccredited and non-degree institutions. Applications to take t inations must be submitted by students during their first session in Credit established by validating examinations will not count toward a

;o ii»

load.Challenge Examinations: Students who believe they are eligible to recei

ere'idi‘


Pend** * * * f*®cause of superior preparation or with knowledge gained through inde- au it *nay apply to take challenge examinations. Students who haveWiy ® course, or who have previously enrolled in a course and then dropped it.

ordinarily be permitted to take a “challenge” examination in that course.

regyi * credit hour for a validating and challenge examination is one-half thepr g hour fee for the course to be challenged. Receipt of payment must be

®o to the instructor prior to examination.

r Uni’COLLEGE-LEVEL EXAMINATION PROGRAM

®>ninjations:

M IN IM U M STAN D A RD SCO RE

4750

E Q U IV A LEN T UND CO U RSE

PSd 101 (3 cr.)Hist 103 (3 cr.)

41

j ''•''ccsity of North Dakota offers the opportunity to submit the results of of tjjg credit in most (21) of the Subject Examinations. UND allows credit in four ' Utie 1 General Exam inations to students who entered the University prior to anojhef C L E P credit may be awarded to students who transfer from

*arni* oc university and meet the conditions of having taken C L E P General ’**® of th Ju n e 1, 1980, and of having complied with the rules for thegraijj, . ® ULEP General Exam inations as published in the 1978-1980 UND Under-

Catalog.

**st®d u ^ Exam inations currently accepted by UND for transfer credits areCLEp (f the minimum acceptable standard score. Credit earned throughftients as Exam s may be used to fulfill University General Education Require-

®lecf pages 33-39, to fulfill specific course requirements, or to be used®''*®W6d'K soon as they become available, new exam inations wiU be

y University departments to determi ‘ ‘>®foUov

I determine their suitability for credit a t UND.

guidelines have been established for utilization of the Su b ject E x-

Which Subject Examination may not be taken to establish credit for a course2 p * ®^odent has earned credit in a higher level sequential course.

CLEP Subject Examinations which offer a maximum of six to eight ®®'meticg with previously earned credit in one sem ester of a two-semester®'*''iect E*'**** petition for exception to the C L E P policy prior to taking the C L E P

3 ^ *snnnation for the balance of the credit.

®te of Exam ination may be repeated no sooner than six months after the'^tt®o f ® “ ®t testing. Students should subm itt a petition to the UND C L E P Com-

4 ^ P®'‘*>dssion to repeat an examination.

a*'*®'' Exam ination may not be taken to estabUsh credit in a subject inda* f enrolled, but from which he or she has withdrawn after

' > ch he/gL “ » course, untU six months from the last class day of the term in5, g * enrolled for the course.

^ ® Examination may not be used to establish credit in a subject which6. previously failed.

* wishing to have C LEP credit included within the last 30 hours toward‘ •'e Ad • ^ v e appropriate peUtions approved by the C LEP Committee

in “ '^^“ ‘ '■ative Procedures Committee, since the last 30 credits m ust be ^ credit ®‘“ence a t the University, and C L E P credit is considered as equivalent

at another institu tiL


American History II American Literature (Essay)Calculus with Elementary FunctionsCollege AlgebraCollege Composition (Essay)Educational Psychology English Literature (Essay)General BiologyGeneral ChemistryGeneral PsychologyHuman Growth and DevelopmentIntroductory Accounting (except majors)Introductory MacroeconomicaIntroductory MarketingIntroductory MicroeconomicsIntroductoy SoddogyTrigonometryWestern Civilization IWestern Civilization II

504651 50

55^4746 50484747

50-56494849 474950 50

Hist 104 (3W I ,1Engl 303. 304 16 'jMath 211. 3*2 *

Engl 101.102 <3.Pay 213 (3 cr.) „ |Engl 301. 303 (6 ni„l in i. 102 |8«"Biol 101. 102 I' Chem 105 |4 Pay 101 (3 cr-Psy 261Acct 200. 201 (3 Eton 202 (3 cr. Mrkt 30113 Econ 201 (3 «[■’ Soc 101 (3 o l , Math 106 (2 «•' H ist 101 (3 »■ Hist 102 (3 a >

iv.REGISTRATION

The academic year calendars giving the date of registration appear on Details concerning the registration procedure are given in the Time Scheo** Classes which is available to all students at the time of registration.

CHANGE OF REGISTRATIONlU*

After a student has registered, he or she cannot change his or her course w the written consent of the adviser. The last day to drop a course without a gta i,all students is on the Friday five weeks preceding Reading and Review semester. Thereafter, a student may not cancel from individual courses butcarry them to completion. . j

The last day to drop a class of less than the full semester in length (a minKl®*®''* day two-thirds of the duration of the class.

If a course is dropped within the first 10 days of the semester no indication .nertl'2 ment is made on the student’s permanent record. If a course is dropped « first 10 days of the semester, the enrollment is recorded on the student’s pef record and a W is entered in the grade column. ^

No change in registration involving addition of a new course or a chang® °tions is permitted after the tenth day of instruction of the semester. Chang®* jj|,fw w a i a 1 9 o a v v i v i i c v d i v t i u a y v i i i i o v i u c b i v i i v i v i i v o d i i c 9 i > v i *

credit to audit or to or from S-U grading are permitted to the end of the fi^b (jo® instruction. ’The specific deadlines for the various types of changes of reg' are published in the Time Schedule of Classes each semester.

INSTRUCTOR’S DROP POLICYAt the end of the third class day, an instructor may submit a list of Th*

have neither attended the first three class meetings nor notified the instru® jo Registrar will delete from the class rolls the names of students received an i the current local address a revised class schedule to each student dropp® course in this manner.

Not all instructors follow this policy since it is not mandatory. Students, are strongly advised not to assume that they have been dropped from (|i6 Students should review their registration status in a course in question Registrar’s Office.


^ W ITH D R A W A L FROM UNIVERSITY®>Ust **''*' ®*'*' "'ishing to withdraw from the University before the end o f a semester

the Office of the Academic Dean or the Dean of Students a With- ®tudeat must be signed by the Academic Dean, the Dean oftrar'j Bursar. The student must then return the permit to the Regis-

The 1Weeltj n ^ * student may cancel registration without grades is the Friday five* l«sse<i 5^®*^S Reading and Review Day. After that time a student should continue

Port STUDENT LOAD

, ‘ the

ABCDP1SUWCRCDCWNr

GRADE POINTS PER SEMESTER HOUR 432

*®®>gned the quality o f a student’s work in the course. Grade pointssystei ' semester hour of credit earned, according to the following

^ ^ R o r a d e e x p l a n a t io nMarked Excellence Superior AveragePassing but low 1Failure 0Incomplete —Satisfactory —Unsatisfactory —Withdrawn —Credit Received —Credit Deferred —Credit Withdrawn “ ■

andV ^"®°*"Plete, shall be assigned only to the student who has been in "as done satisfactory work up to a time within four weeks of the close

43

'®8istrat° An exception to this rule is that a student may have his or hern'°** without grades for cause (mental or physical illness or other inca-

thio both the student’s Academic Dean and the Dean of Students agree" ‘®®ourse of action.

leaves the University without obtaining an official withdrawal is ' ed a refund of fees and is given an “ F” in all courses.

^ ® freshman class, sixteen hours a semester is considered a nor- * •'eductio,, ' ' ' ’ork or activities in excess of ten hours a week may necessitate

in ^ ® sl^udent’s academic schedule. The class load o f any freshman who ?®"'estn|. ^J?"'®’’ half o f his or her high school class may be restricted to twelve

• The minimum amount of work in which a student shall be enrolled Per * *®®>"etion of the academic adviser,

is *’ ""dergraduate colleges from fifteen to seventeen hours o f class work a obta' load. A student wishing to enroll in more than 21 semester hours

ig* “ PProval from his/her adviser and the dean of the college in which the

T H E G RADING SYSTEM* *®frer ® session or upon the completion of a course, each instructor reports


of the semester, including the examination period, and whose work is incomplfi^ reasons satisfactory to his or her instructor. An incomplete in a course taken for graduate credit is convertible to a passing grade only during the first four the succeeding semester that the student is in residence, provided the work is pleted in a manner satisfactory to the instructor. If it is not so converted, the plete will automatically be changed to the grade the instructor indicated at the e of the semester. The number of hours of “ I ” grade at the time of any registratie® counted as part of the maximum course load for the student for that semestef' ^ “I ” once recorded may be converted as indicated above but cannot be expu''® from the record.

If a student misses a final examination for reasons not satisfactory to the instf'’'"tor, he or she is given an F. Failure in a course in residence cannot be removed 5 correspondence course. A student receiving a failure in a course shall not be to pursue the continuation of that course before removing the failure. Any sW receiving a failure in a course which is required in his or her curriculum must rep® the course at the earliest opportunity.

theS U GRADESGrades of S or U rather than the traditional grades of A through F are used

University under regulations specified. A grade of S grants credit toward but does not affect a student’s grade point average except as outlined below number 5. A grade of U also does not affect the grade point average and doe® grant credit toward graduation.

Elective S-U Enrollment. A student of sophomore, junior or senior standing determined by the Registrar) may elect to enroll in one or more courses per sei® for S-U grading subject to the following regulations:

mfly ^1. A maximum of 30 semester hours of credit of elected S-U grades i counted toward his or her Baccalaureate degree.

2. Courses in the major field may not be taken for an S-U grade. In the ev® student wishes to major in a field in which he or she has taken a required couf j an S-U grade, the department, with the approval of the Academic Dean maythe S-U grade, (b) select an additional class to substitute or (c) request the Res'® Office to change the S or U to the letter grade submitted by the instructof-

o tI3. A student may take extra-departmental major requirements for an ® with the approval of the major department chair and his or her Academic D

4. A course elected for S U grade will not be included in the 30 hour th* requirement, Le. all students must complete a minimum of 30 graded credit University of North Dakota to receive a bachelor’s degree.

5. Repeating a course by S U registration will eliminate the effects of the grade from a student’s g:rade point average if the achieved result is an S. ReP® which results in a U will leave the effects of the earlier grade intact. g,[(

Class rolls and grade sheets will not indentify students who are enrolle* grading. Grades of A, B, and C will be converted by the Registrar’s Office to ® of S. Grades of D and F will be converted to U. Changes in registration to o S U grading may be made during the first five weeks of the semester.

co O"Students who utilize the S U grading system are cautioned that they may

difficulty in having such credit accepted or evaluated, should they attempt to t


university, change majors, or make application for graduate or pro-^ _ study.

Courses. Some courses, as approved by the University Curriculum '‘f the 30 offered for S-U grading only. These courses may be taken in excess

enroll ■ S ta t io n if they are required for that student’s program. Students who d e l u d e * * ®*lt>ired S-U class, which is not a program requirement for them, must

t m the 30 hour maximum and comply with all other elective S-U regulations.

^ REPETITION O F COURSES®Peciai* '!f ® grade of D or F in a course may repeat the course without®P®ated *”*****°."' which grades of C or better are earned may be

acad'^^°” written approval of the department concerned and the student’s dean the^*” grade achieved in each course is to be used in calcu-

aniovej point average. A failure in a regular course in residence may not be y a correspondence course.

To RAISING A “ D” GRADElati,

Indii D EFIC IEN C Y REPORTS*nade by* reports of unsatisfactory work (i.e., D, F, and U) of students

d ? ®”* * ® eight weeks of the semester. A gradeJ*‘'>eiicy ren^ t unsatisfactory although it is a passing grade. The Registrar mails

®ent to h ^ students that have been reported deficient, R e^rts of deficiency rne academic Deans and advisers to be used for advisement purposes.

SEM ESTER GRADE REPORTSafter th niailed to students at their home address approximately two

the sturi semester and the summer session. The grade report is aant s complete academic record.

re O F A C ADEM IC RECORDSa<lUesf ^®<iuests must be submitted in writing, either a completed “transcript

a letter bearing the student’s signature. Telephone requests cannot

45

"■'On at to * ^ grade, a student may have the alternative of retaking a final exami- '’'asta with to” ^ *'®8nlarly scheduled final examination in the subject if it

advis approval of the department of the course and with the student’s dean^ th ® ^ ® Schools of Law, Medicine, and Nursing. If a student decides *!®P®rttnent* h ®*amination, approval must be obtained from the instructor and

will be • ^ ® course and the student’s dean and adviser. No re-examina-*''d of Ba„. ^ ' ’®r* except a t the time of the regularly scheduled examinations at the

®®ch semester.

Astude t g r a d e f o r g iv e n e s sand wh ° Krade point average lower than the minimum graduation require-

"'® years m ° k * enrolled at an educational institution for a minimum ofj ’ciber of h*^ allowed by the Academic Standards Committee to have a limited

Purposes ^® ow C grade disregarded in grade point average calculations *' ®deinie ach' ^®'^“® *on, provided that the student has demonstrated superior

avement for at least two semesters.


be honored nor can requests by relatives or friends of a student. A request transcript of credits by a student who is in debt to the University will not honored until the indebWness has been paid. The written request by the stud accompanied by a check or money order payble to the University of North a charge is required, should be sent to the Office of Admissions and Ro®® Twamley Hall 201, Grand Forks, ND 58202.

The first five transcripts are issued at no charge to the student. Thereafter, of $1 per transcript is charged. There are no charges for transcripts issued purpose of admission to the University of North Dakota Graduate School- School, or School of Medicine.

Each transcript includes the student’s entire academic record to date and ® rent academic status. Partial transcripts are not issued.

STUDENTS IN DEBT TO THE UNIVERSITYistef

A student who is in debt to the University shall not be permitted to pfor register in the University and shall not be entitled to receive a transcop credits until the indebtedness has been paid.

UNIVERSITY ATTENDANCE POLICY AND PROCEDUREAttendance and participation in class activities are considered integral ^

• exp®®university educatioa It b the university policy that attendance in classes is of all students. While attendance is necessary to demonstrate competency vi® ^ ian®

onticipation in some classes, attendance itself is not a measure of competency therefore is not used as a criterion for evaluation. Students’ grades are far- recognized academic standards, e.g., scholarly achievement and examination P ^mance. Faculty are encouraged to find appropriate ways to reflect in thein the quality of participation and contributions of students to their classes. jgsare informed during the first class week of the criteria to be used in assigning S®*in their courses.

The Dean of Students will notify instructors if a student is hospitalized or due to a death in the family. This is not an excuse, but a notification of astatus. In other instances students are to notify the instructor if unable to classes.

FINAL EXAMINATION POLICYAn examination is held at the end of most courses according to the

amination schedule. Alternate evaluation methods and schedules may be us recommended by the departmental faculty and approved by the dean of the ®Any change in time from the published scheduled requires the recomm ® Anys“‘' the chairi)erson of the department and approval of the dean of the , gn®® dent who would be disadvantaged by such a change should report this in ady 01®'’*’ his or her academic dean, who will ensure that satisfactory alternate arrang® will be made by the instructor.

A student who is absent from a regularly scheduled examination without a considered valid by the instructor is normally given an F for the course. U th is valid, the policy on incompletes on page 43 will apply,

UNDERGRADUATE PROBATION — DISMISSALAny student who does not maintain minimum academic requirements w

■us®


endof the.

Academic ftobation may remove Probation by attaining Good• * * ontinugj will not be dismissed at midyear for academic reasons but will^f’osedby h ” ** unless he or she has failed to meet a written stipulation

0 Acad* Academic Dean or the Academic Standards Committee. A stu-Oiove big gj, Probation for his or her Spring Semester and who does not

j A stu^ at the end of that semester wiU be dismissed.fs dismissed and whose Grade Point Deficiency is not more than

p * ®an of f i, earned are less than 90 may be reinstated, without time limit, byDeficieo^ fêUege in which he or she will enroll the next semester. If the Grade

not *®®ne than 15 or if he or she has earned 90 or more hours, andten. . " ® v e a t ___ . . ...................................................

enroll the next semester to be reinstated.

C O N D U C T IN GENERAL®nd ordpi" w siiuw, ooLn witnin anu wiwiuui, wic wmvcioii.j', lui

go** ®*'Us honor, and the rights of others. Within the University, theP '^®'^ng gj. specific policies, rules and regulations promulgated by student

of Higb^^p ® '*‘ ®*'f'’ fnculty committees. University Senate and the State *s tab ^'^“ eation. The student is subject to civil law and civil authority.

PUi^sê “ student enters the University that he or she has anCa hy ina ' Presumption in the student’s favor continues until, by neglect ofiud ** involvin^^’ '’*’ "®*'® behavior, he or she brings his or her status into question, bg by ®f“ dent violations of academic or non-academic regulations may be

Student"^n committees, the Student Relations Committee, or by thePro ''® ' ' e pror* “ Academic Deans. Adjudication will incorporate both sub-

ceas_ i.e., fab- and equiUble treatment, and appropriate procedural due Tile

and res°non “ f f available from the Dean o f Students Office, outlines the"®>bilities and expected levels o f conduct of citizens in the University

47

”'> Arj.,1 in which he or she fails to meet minimum standards, be placedA : ^êinir _0 . . 1 ________ .1 _ . . 1 .................... .*‘*‘>'issal” *** Probation. Subsequent failure to meet these standards will result in

‘adimf earned less than 90 hours will be considered in Good Academicif , ------------------------------------- ---------------êher, or f t ” "lamtains a UND Grade Point Average (GPA) of C (2.00) or * “dent wh tf deficiency below C of 5 or fewer Grade Points. A

a 2 00° oarned 90 or more hours will be in Good Academic Standing only • or higher GPA on both UND and cumulative hours.lOtfll k

is record include (1) all UND hours for which a grade of A, B, C, D, S, or(4|^b°°’ hours accepted in transfer, (3) hours recorded by special exam-

"'!}ich anrs with passing grades o f a non-traditional nature, and (5) other hours Qj, credit toward a degree.

''®''age h *°'*'*' will be calculated by dividing Grade Points earned by®*'d P gfg ours. Average hours include hours for which letter grades of A, B, C, D,

C-2 Grade Points are accumulated per credit hour at the rate o f A-4,Grad®abtrw âiiciency will be determined by multiplying average hours times 2

earnBd'^ Erade points earned. (Example: average hours = 20 x 2 = 40. Grade A sf..j = 8 Grade Point Deficiency.)

Sti


community. The purpose o f the rules outlined is to prevent abuse of the others and to maintain an atmosphere in the University community appropo®^ . an institution o f higher education. Materials included will be helpful to organizations and to members of the University desiring to use University to gain a better understanding of reponsibilities o f various board and and to understand student rights and responsibilities. Section 7 in the Code c® , academic concerns (grievances and standards) and section 8 covers student co»and appeals.

:tiOlThe Code o f Student Life is published periodically. Interpretation of ^

within the Code may be requested by contacting the Dean of Students Vice President o f Student Affairs, or through direct consultation with Student Committee.

SCHOLASTIC HONESTYStudents are expected to maintain scholastic honesty. Scholastic dishon®s^^ j

eludes but is not limited to cheating on a test, plagiarism, and collusion. Cheating ^ test includes: Copying frwn another student’s test paper, using materials during not authorized by the person giving a test, collaborating with or seeking ®' another student during a test without authority, knowingly using, buying’ stealing, transpesting, or soliciting in whole or in ptu-t the contents of an unad®^,j^|t( test, substituting for another student or permitting another student to su^ for oneself to take a test, or bribing another person to obtain an unadministefy or information about an unadministered test. Plagiarism means the tk*buying, receiving as a p ft , or obtaining by any means another person’s work unacknowledged submission or incorporation of it in one’s own work. Collus>°® the unauthorized collaboration with another person in preparing wriW®'' offered for credit.

For detailed policy statements and procedures dealing with scholastic dish®” see the Code o f Student Life, section 7.

SCHOLARSHIP HONORS inoftab®'President’s Honor RolL A t the end o f each semester, a list of undergradua t

students is published and designated as the President’s Honor Roll. To student must have a cumulative grade point average o f 3.8 or higher. Th® must also have earned a minimum of 30 semester hours and have compl®^® mum o f 12 semester hours at the close of the semester, eight of which laus traditional letter grades. t|i(

Dean’s List. The Dean’s List, published at the end o f each semester, names of students who are ranked in the top 15 percent o f their college. The must have completed a minimum o f 12 semester hours at the close of the s®eight of which must be for traditional letter grades.

e c <General Honors. Candidates for the bachelor's degree who achieve fl ® average of 3.2 will be graduated cum laude; those with an average of 3.6, laude; those with an average of 3.7, summa cum laude. A student with credits will be similarly distinguished if his or her cumulative recordthe University of North Dakota each meet the requirements. A gold seal i the honor will be affixed to the diploma upon graduation. The honor wiU h® on the student’s academic record.


t h e f o u r -y e a r h o n o r s p r o g r a m

The I. GENERAL*'*®*'ly Honors Program brings together unusually capable students and

intellect faculty members in an atmosphere conducive to creative learning "' '■est in 1 f*Pioration. The Program is intended for students with a personal ^'IUireinenf '^^”*i pursue intellectual and creative interests beyond the

fhe p * *** particular courses in which they are enrolled.’i’*®lified candidate-membership in the freshman year. Well-'êistration j graduates are encouraged to apply at the time of their initial

npon an U®i''®rsity. Students entering the Program after the freshman year Committee, and inquiries from interested students

^ “Srajn, ' in any College of the University may enroll in the Honors

II. ADMINISTRATION^ ® Coordinator and a University Honors Commit-? '’8'anis to administrative apparatus and can adjust studentj needs and desires of individual students. In response to this relativej '*'®nstrate • requirements, Honors Program students are expected toj ® Wond the excellence in their own lines of interest, and to pursue learn-^fials, other liniits. Opportunities to do so are offered in Honors colloquia, jj ' 'âting fr classes, and Honors sections of regular courses. Most students^“Oors P ro r™ '.‘‘®P‘-°g>-a™take a major in the Colleges, but this is optional The

‘®rent prom-"' merely a modification of already existing programs, but a with ends and means of its own.

. Porfic3t. III. MEANSj| ®rder to f ^ ^ ®fudents in the Program, a special introductory course is arranged iftt far 1 students with the nature of the Program, and to acquaint

stud f students. A second course, a colloquium, is available tottiajo rangê of the disciplines which make up the University.

Program itself are: (a) the Introductory course; (b) a of p‘ composition level; (c) three Honors Program colloquia for

ih !** Whnf ®*^ts; (d) a sophomore diagnostic evaluation, intended to deter-jjj ^ ’ hat ©vf g sopnomore aiagnosuc evtuuauuuf xiiteiiueu tu uetor*jj ''«rioua fiejj student has pursued curricular and extracurricular learning(Mth*®®®tions' ‘ ‘®f''*f*ution of work in three broad areas of learning through tio ” ® grade n* Honors mode; and (f) a senior thesis and senior examination C V » > ® V e7 ‘7 « ^ th a n ”B ”) in some field of specialization. The colloquia men- Hon****'' **> lenirth usually, interdisciplinary discussionthe ^lode pnf ’-1 topics chosen according to student and faculty

courses, onethe *®ode chosen according to student and tacuity interests. The

®" ®*tra credit of work attached to a regular course in one ofde^/ddiu,

areas.

Program students are expected to maintain a respectable aca- V the present criterion is that a student should attain a 3.2

^'■^®e revi °P"°”'®ro year and maintain it. If this does not occur, the Honors ®"'s the standing of the student.

49


IV. ADVANTAG ESthe

The most important advantages of the Honors program may be summarized opportunity to associate with other Honors Program students and with j|,eulty members; the intellectual experience of participation in the colloquial use facilities of Honors House for informal discussion, listening, and reading: a” Program’s flexibility in planning and pursuing one’s academic career.

TH E SENIO R HO N O RS SYSTEM. stude”**In the Senior Honors System (formerly known as Departmental Honors),

of marked ability may pursue in their senior year a voluntary program of olindependent study leading to the bachelor’s degree with honors in the major study. The purpose of this program is twofold: first, to give public recognition superior student; and second, to enable the student to broaden, deepen, an the educational experience.

In order to be eligible, a student must have completed 75 hours of work by of the first semester of the junior year with a General Grade Point Average o a 3.2. Early in the second semester of the junior year the student must apP*y Honors Coordinator for admission to honors work. I f he or she is certified by t man of his or her major department. Academic Dean, and the Honors Co the student and his or her supervisor will then plan a course of independen for the following year.

The credits in independent study shall total not less than six and not fifteen. At the discretion of the department and of the Honors Committee may be either in addition to major requirements or in place of some requif Such a study may consist of honors courses, tutorial readings, projects of r seminars, creative work, a thesis, or any combination of these which the dep gi and the Committee may approve. This study, whatever its nature may ^',,'1].. on the student’s record with the number 499 and the title “Senior Honors.may be either departmental or interdepartmental Theses will be bound and in the University Library. The student will be expected to meet the nonuna involved. j liis

The student must maintain a GPA of at least 3.2, make satisfactory or her course of independent study, and submit a report to the supervisor at j,t, cfthe first semester of the senior year. At that time, the student, the depar the Committee may decide to terminate the student’s honors work. At end of the senior year, if the work is continued, the student will take a c< sive examination. A t least one hour of the examination shall be oral, and [he of the Honors Committee shall be present. At the end of his or her student may be excused from all final examinations given by the major dep if the department so approves.

An unsuccessful candidate for Senior Honors will receive the bachelortil*with the usual general Honors it his or her record meets the grauc-y," gjve

ments. A successful candidate for Senior (Departmental) Honors will r r same distinction; the additional notation “with honors in — (the major appear on the (kimmencement program and transcript.


Kappa (1913) elects to membership a limited number of academically out- g. * ®™dents from the College of Arts and Sciences.

chooses its members from the faculty and graduate students on membersh^ aptitude in scientific research. Undergraduates are eligible to asso-

'®8. senior and graduate studenU in account-on 18 based on scholarship and promise in the field.

learn i‘^“ 1'i>eta (1923) elects outstanding students in the Center for TeachingPhi p,

asis of sch* 11924) elects those in the Center for Teaching and Learning on the olarship, personality and professional ability.

(1925) elects its members from the upper 10 percent of the u» Law School.

I"®*"'’®’’® are chosen from students who have shown leadership, phj ability to further the best interests of the University.

achievpm H929) elects to membership sophomores on the basis of high scholas- hj as freshmen.

^^hola^h^* (1932) aims to foster the ideal of service and to promote leadership

T(1944) elects as active members those majors in Home

Al h ° ^ Sh scholarship, leadership and professional ability, of Ustoiy (1948) aims to recognize excellence among those enrolled in the

A l p j , g g

*'''1 in hieVi*J\ ^®Ka (1950) aims to interest freshmen in the pursuit of learning ®'8ma G achievement.

of itg (1950) is a professional fraternity dedicated to the advance-® Petroleum • *** earth sciences, geology, mining, metallurgy, ceramics

HONOR SOCIETIES

angineering.

Eta g (1951) aims to promote scholarship in business education.- ____ t - — __ _________^'''(ing sbi^ent* elects to membership a limited number of academically out-

1 Alph * *** electrical engineering from the School of Engineering and Mines.Junior sta t ^ ®lects to membership academically outstanding students of at

ti, Theta E majoring in social work.*’ ®Py seW f„/' (1968) junior and senior students majoring in occupational

a Beta p‘ scholarship.' ® ®micaiiy Out (formerly Sigma Tau) elects to membership a limited number of

a ^'pha Oni * students from the School of Engineering and Mines.'*'f®nts ou (1978) elects to membership from junior and senior medical*^cron n scholastic grades.

Psuon confers distinction for academic excellence in economics.

GROUPS & SERVICE SOCIETIES

51

® Bho (1911) limits membership to students who have distinguished


themselves in public speaking activities.Phi Alpha Delta (1911) is a fraternity in the School of Law.Phi Delta Phi (1911) is an international fraternity in the School of Law.Delta Theta Phi is a fraternity in the school of law.Sigma Alpha Iota (1916) endeavors to uphold standards of music educati®”'Alpha Tau (1921) is the student organization of industrial technology.Delta Phi Delta (1922) elects to membership men and women students

or minoring in art.Society of Professional Journalists (1922), formerly Sigma Delta Chi, encour«*

the maintenance of high standards for journalists.Delta Sigma Pi (1924) is an international fraternity in business and public a

istration.Sigma Upsilon Nu (1945) aims to promote interest in social work.Alpha Phi Omega (1947) is a National Service fraternity of former Boy

members.Delta Psi Kappa (1948) is a professional fraternity endeavoring through

tions to recognize merit in the fields of health, physical education and recrc® ’Gamma Theta Upsilon (1948) a professional fraternity, has for its purpo®*

recogmtion of merit among those enrolled in the study of geography. ^Phi Epsilon Kappa (1949) is a national professional fraternity for those eo®^

idn#"’

in teaching health, physical education and recreation., incrc'>as*Sioux Company, Association of the United States Army (1957) aims to

the military knowledge and excellence of its members. „Delta Pi Epsilon (1963) is the national honorary graduate fraternity foe

of superior scholastic achievement in business education. ^Sigma Alpha Eta (1966) for majors in the area of speech pathology and au<hcAlpha Kappa Delta (1966) is open to all students who have an interest in

social issues and a willingness to discuss feasible solutions and participate in which address those issues.

Alpha Eta Rho (1966) is an international aviation fraternity. ^Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (1968) is a fraternity for those interested in further'”

cause of American music.Phi Beta Lambda (1970) is a national organization for students enrolled i”

ness, office, or business teacher education progams.Psi Chi is an honorary society in psychology.Lamp of Knowledge (1981) recognizes, promotes and supports scholarship*

ship and research in nursing.Alpha Psi Omega (Xi Alpha) (1981) is a national honorary dramatic

those performing a high standard of work in theatre arts.Pi Sigma Alpha (1982) is an honorary society for political science in publi* ®

istration. ■ ji*'Epsilon Tau is the international honorary professional fraternity fot fidn*-

technology.

University Services 53

University ServicesDivision of Student Affairsdilution of the Vice President for Student Affairs, a number of services, activities are available to assist students. Students needing assistance should contact the appropriate office as described below, or may contact

of the Vice President for Student Affairs, 209 Twamley Hall, phone 777-2724. p,>basic ■• ‘'sonal • ‘on of the Division of Student Affairs is to encourage student use of

community, and other resources toward the goals of individual direct^j and responsible citizenship. Its programs and services

Student A ff • assisting students in their educational and personal development asn provide unique contributions because of its direct contact withand^ t ®^ndent life. Student Affairs staff continually work with faculty,

Stud to enhance the opportunities available in higher education,j Affairs programs and services are directed toward;

2 g students in their personal lives within the institution and community.

and developing an enviromnent and opportunities which stimu- an,i *** enhance student awareness of and sensitivity to their own potential

g “ “a to society.

*'^ng with all as|>ects of the University and its many publics.

DEAN OF STUDENTS OFFICE McCannel Hall

The D Phone 777-2664'*'*etits and r Office works with all segments of the University to help' lude assisUn ' ** ***' needs and concerns. Specific services and programs

„ admi„' f advising students, evaluating student needs and current pro-

....................................................

and office has responsibility include: student discipline; student^fogram situations; Info-Line; Student Activities; Planned Educational

Qi,*’Pts; Chetnic 1 ir Student Exchange (N.S.E.); Co-curricular tran-g ®®> atiotis (p* ^se/Abuse Program; advisement to serveral student groups and ^*''’ices; Wonie^ ’ Interfratemity Councils and Student Senate); Veterans

anis; Disabled\*f °Srams; International Student Programs; Black Student Pro- ®tudent adv Services; Upward Bound; Special Services; Talent Search;

cy. Additional details on several of ^ ese areas may be found below.

b l a c k s t u d e n t p r o g r a m s

2800 University Avenue

St>E^®BeUTh„ Phone 777-4259Stud^'■ograms Black Cultural Center is the base of operation for Black

^ogranj3 the Black Student Union student organization. Blackprovides on-going educational and social programs that include

®dmini f • " ''* ““ *6 stuaenis, evaiuaung scuaenc neeas ana currenc prO'f ®tituati student discipline, coordinating University response to emer

stiirio ,.*'.®’ ®‘^'^sirig fraternities and sororities, and developing programs to


cultural awareness, counseling, group advisement, academic support, rec ^ career development, referrals, financial and scholarship information, an ar meeting/studying and a resource library for Black history, literature ai'point’s-

The Center is open to all students, staff and community citizens interested » ing a better perspective on Black culture. Programs and services are free to eve

CAREER DEVELOPMENT SERVICE McCannel Hall Phone 777-2128

The Career Development Service is a resource center for information ^ opportunities. Suff will assist students to locate information, plan prograrns^a students to potential careers related to various majors, and make sPP'’°i’pf cema”* rals to staff members of the Counseling Center, the Career Planning and P Center, and departmental and college offices. The Center is located on the of McCannel Hall and is accessible through either the Counseling Cen e Career Planning and Placement Center.

CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT CENTER McCannel Hall Phone 777-3904 ,tod«f:The Career Planning and Placement Center provides seniors, graduate ^0

and alumni with assistance in job placement and labor market i n f o r m a t i o n . i n coordinates on-campus interviews using a computerized sign-up system- teaching and non-teaching disciplines are encouraged to establish placeme .jUiJ- tials. As part of the service, the office mails out credentials to schoo private industry, or public agencies upon request by the graduate.

Individualized career counseling is available in resume writing, letters tion, interviewing techniques, and job research strategies. In addition publishes a job vacancy bulletin weekly. Contained in the bulletin are teaching and industry. These bulletins are distributed to other colleges a sities, subscribing students, faculty, and local Job Service offices. jpj

• J p Q 0 "* *

A resource library, shared with the Career Development Center, provi literature, career information, and labor market facts.

OFFICE OF CHEMICAL USE AND ABUSEMcCannel HallPhone 777-2664 ^

The Office of Chemical Use and Abuse provides information and *** pf students, faculty and staff on questions and concerns related to the ^and drugs. “Assistance” may mean answering questions, private gnmational sessions for student groups or referral to other resources bo . campus. The Office is actively involved in planrving, organizing, and eya [(.ograms designed to help individuals make positive and responsible and drug use. Included are academic courses and a minor in alcohol ana informational workshops and the Employee Assistance Program.

University Services 55

COUNSELING CENTER McCannel Hall Phone 777-2127

to sjy j Center provides comprehensive counseling services without a fee^ Ucati ” I University. The services include individual appointments for both groupg ®*''^ocational planning as well as personal-social counseling. Counseling

focusing on general personal issues or specific behavior skills basia**' ’ Services are also available to faculty and staff on a time-permit-

also Service not only administers tests in support o f counseling' 'litioti ^be University College-Level Examination Program (CLEP).

ate anj ^be testing service administers most national examinations for gradu- Pfo essional school admissions,

the Le •indiv iT^*'” * ®®*^*ces programs include classes, small groups, tutor referral,

ual consultation on developing study strategies and academic skills.Development Service is a resource center for information on career

p^^"^“ ® *-S e e p a g e 5 4 .**'®'*t in|j f^®quently request consultation with the Counseling Center on concerns ?aphic fii students or on general student characteristics. The Center’s demo-

UsBf. w American College Testing (ACT) program profiles, are particu-faculty research.

• 'ents can be made by direct contact or referral

d is a b l e d s t u d e n t s e r v ic e sMcCannel Hall

disabled ****°"® 777-3425, Voice or IDDthat * * -” Services provides a number o f academic and personal support

g Py°''*de disabled students the opportunity to participate fully in the t. S’cal ’"'••■onment and pursue a university education. Any person who has aj ’'‘ 'afsity disability or is chemically dependent, and is a student at the

ava l K D a k o t a , is eligible for support services. A few o f the support py ^ akers, Personal/vocational/academic counseling, tutors, readers,s ac ‘•®atbig, adaptive equipment, reading and study skill assistance,

’■ansp '^°'” |’ ’®dations, sign language interpreters, personal attendants, acces- °rtation, and liaison services with agencies and health care providers.

®®*’vices Office is the central contact point for dissemination of <iau!‘ ^®quesr'i^*^‘° " * be University of North Dakota to prospective stu-

See =i„ informaUon. annlications and campus tours will be acconuno- . also p ag e 3

ENROLLMENT SERVICES Twamley Hall Phone 777-4463 .

’ ®®a also ®foi™ation, applications and campus

and students during the few days preceding classes each® Parent®*” ®*' Enrollment Services to acquaint new students

s with the campus and college life.


Emphasis is on study and reading skills, academic advisement, financial P*®” ,t and general progams to acquaint students with people, programs and resour UND and the surrounding community.

INTERNATIONAL STUDENT PROGRAMS303 Hamline

Phone 777-4231International Student Programs provide services to assist students fro®

countries in social, cultural and other adjustments, including their participafr®” j, contribution to the campus community. The International Centre houses lo informal activities room, and the International Student Adviser Office which questions regarding immigration regulations, personal problems, social contact with off-campus organizations and home hospitality. (Inquiries reg ^admissions should be directed to the Admissions Office or Graduate School'page 9.) Assistance is also offered to U.S. students and faculty planning foreign and study.

tr«'

LEARNING SERVICES 116 McCannel Hall

Phone 777*4406Learning Services provides assistance in learning effective study,

leaming skills, courses and workshops, drop-in services, and auxiliary services readers, note-takers, and adaptive testing) are available including test anxie y tion.

Tutorial information is available to all students. The center is open 8 a-®- p.m. daily weekdays.

UND MEMORIAL UNION Phone 777-3926

The newly renovated and expanded Memorial Union provides a host of s the University community. Included are meeting rooms, a ballroom, g l ^desk (check cashing, newspapers, photocopying) North Dakota Museu Craft Center, barbershop, food services (cafeteria, snack bar, ‘ ‘Deli,’ ’ P^'’ room, vending and catering) and a newly expanded Lifetime Sports S u T e < i billiards, bowling, ping pong, television lounge, and coin operated a®Space in the Union may be reserved by stopping in or telephoning the A®®*'** Scheduling where the Master Calendar of University Events is maintaine • feature offered at the Union is the Information Services Center. The cen information on all University related services as well as INFO-LINE (7 located in the Union are Student Government offices, and the Offk® Activities.

NATIVE AMERICAN PROGRAMS 2419 Second Avenue N.

Phone 777-4291 WNative American Programs assist The University of North Dakota ® v

the talents of the largest ethnic minority in the state, the Native America

University Services

®‘''e to assist all aspects of the University to develop a climate that is respon-. ^ 6 H 0 0 H.Q o f ^ T a 4 - t * » A m m r% 2 ^ — A-^a-.. ^ H 1 a. _ _

\® *®tent *'^*'^* prospect of successful completion of his/her academic program. * *‘' 8 to s Planned Educational Leave Program is to make it possible for stu- "'ith their academic program, leave the campus and later resume studies

procedural difficulty.i? undergraduate student or entering freshman who has been admitted

of Sf w PELP. For further information, students should contact theonts Office or their academic dean.

STUDENT ACTIVITIES OFFICEMemorial Union

The Off; Phone 777-3926e >n thefr Student Activities is responsible for assisting UND student organiza-

l>Udget* °Peratlonal activities. This includes the areas of programming, facilities t interpretation, leadership development, solicitation,

constit\.‘° ” ®''®*uation. The office is also responsible for maintaining organiza- officer rosters and for producing the official list of University‘‘ization — oincer rosters ana lor prooucmg me omtioi usi. umversiuy

th*'®’’ llnive office functions as a liaison between student organizations and ^®Wona[c*' offices regarding policies and other concerns. It also coordinates

fudent Exchange and "Who’s Who” program.

STUDENT FINANCIAL AID OFFICE Twamley Hall

Q ^ ®Stud Phone 777-3121of h ig h r i f assists students and their families in meeting the

e ? ‘®‘®«ce and K “ accomplished by providing the students with financial'''^®fionala H ‘ °“"soiing the students and their famiUes on how to attain their

personal goals through proper financial planning. The philosophy of

57

S«onsiJ q j . » ---------- i ---------------------------------- ------------- ----------------- ^ - - — - • — ' ' t ' ~

Nat* Native American; to serve as a general institutional contact" “Oaseli" American students: and to provide academic, financial and personal ®' Pport t*’ American Programs offers American Indian students financialWhicjj ig ° Pe*'ticipate in the tutorial program administered by Learning Services, res,,-. ® component of the Counseling Center. Native American Programs isfecryit ®*^u'fuistering the Native American Cultural Center, coordinating *’*8nnin communication channels, assisting with institutional

an ad faculty and staff as to the needs of Indian students, and serving•aservaf fc*" Indian student. The program also acts as a liaison with the

bring the University and the students’ home community

p l a n n e d e d u c a t io n a l l e a v e p r o g r a mMcCannel Hall

p j^ Phone 777-2664®fudent’s ®* “cational Leave (PELP) is defined as a plaimed interruption or pause in a abases fo full-time education in which the student volimtarily and temporarily

'^Pcatio^ * studies at UND to pursue other activities that may assist in clarifying '^'PpUs all P'‘ovide job opportunities and practical experience away from the *PS| and “ maturation, introspection, and the solution of personal prob-


the Student Financial Aid Office is th at the primary responsibility for financto?^ college education lies with the student and his or her family. The financial aid oi by the U niversity is viewed only as a supplement to the family support. The ntici'

family’’of the student’s financial need is based on the difference between his or her a pated expenses for the School year and a reasonable contribution from the to ta l financial resources. ^

Financial assistance is available to assist students with temporary well as to provide long term funds for financing a college career. Students are o financial assistance in various forms, including loans, scholarships, grants, an ployment programs. *rhe Student Financial Aid Office maintains a listing of bo ^ and off-campus part-time jobs. D etails of procedures, practices and progr®®’® available in the Student Financial Aid Brochure and on page 18 of this cata

STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE McCannel Hall Phone 777-3963

The Student Health Service, located on the third floor of McCannel HaU. tained to give prompt diagnosis and treatm ent for students in need of medica tion. Regular school year hours are 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. Monday through Friday. hours are 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. Monday through Friday. Emergency service is s '’ a fter regular hours by calling 777-3963. ^

Regular medical. X-ray, laboratory, and physical therapy services are av Payment of the University Fee entitles the student to consultation and byprofessional services without limit as to the number of calls. Drugs are prescn the physicians a t reduced cost. Additional fees are charged for X-ray. nO* physical therapy, and a limited number of other services. Hospital provided by the Student Health Service but are the responsibility of the jgnt through the purchase of health insurance which UND offers through the H ealth Insurance prog^ram or through their own family health insurance means. Hospitalization is available in the local community hospital units. A r of any regularly enrolled UND student may qualify for similar services by P of the appropriate fees. UND faculty and s ta ff may request first aid in case dent or on-the-job injury, or other appropriate referral, on a fee for service

A Self-Assessm ent Room is located in the Student H ealth Service area P’’ gjght' the opportunity for students to check bloood pressure, temperature, and read literature which is designed to answer their questions regarding ^yip- may consider to be their personal health problems. Check-out of self-assessme ment is available in certain residence hall complexes. Info-Line, a telephone-tap® . pboa* service, has many health-related messages for personal listening over th® ® upon request. Telephone number of Info-Line is 777-4321.

STUDENT SPECIAL SERVICES Phone 777-3426

The Student Special Services program provides assistance to students

ar®for program services. Criteria are classified in 3 areas: (1) F irst 8®"®''®^°" re tl’’"student (2) Economically disadvantaged (3) Students with a disability w''® referred directly to Disabled Student Services.

University Services

and group assistance is provided through academic, personal and ®tu(j ^ôunseling. All services of the Learning Resource Center are available to

^ its eligible for program assistance.

UPWARD BOUNDH’ALENT SEARCHMcCannel Hall

y Phone 777-3427Bound. The Upward Bound program provides assistance to disadvantaged

deijiij, i,- selected target schools in North Dakota in obtaining the aca-^ Kills and motivation necessary to attend a post-secondary institution.

Search. Talent Search assists in enabling youths who have entgf potential, but may lack adequate information, or school preparation to ''ices resume programs of secondary and postsecondary education. Ser-

Kcademic advisement, financial add information and workshops, tutor- skills, career counseling and interpretation of interest tests. Students

ifom low income families and be first generation college students.

VETERAN SERVICES McCannel Hall Phone 777-3363

Services Office assists student veterans in the readjustment and *'**'6fits university setting. Services include certification for educational'' '"'idin veterans about Veterans Administration rules and regulations,

iiient of * about the University, counseling and outreach and recruit-*®®istan discharged service persons. The office also provides for tutoring®''® mart!* supplies information concerning financial aids. Appropriate referrals

® when necessary.

WOMEN’S PROGRAMS OFFICE305 Hamline

Th, Phone 777-4300to ex , ''ômen’s Programs provides space, staff, and services for women and wher •■°’®s in society. Programs are offered in a comfortable environ-

'Sftis bro issues may be discussed, new skills developed, and individual con-Wsdnesda the University administration. Ongoing programs Include aôject / i f i^*'°wn Bag Series where people discuss a variety of issues, and

' ’’ ded self H f’ si iUs may be learned and taught. These workshops have in-are mechanics, assertiveness, and leadership. Other programs

'''‘''dsitint,r'^‘°“® support groups, dance classes, pot luck dinners and receptions ^**^8 are* ‘®®' urers. A lending Ubrary of 800 books is avaUable for use and aU pro-

open to the Grand Forks community as well as the UND community.

59


Other University ServicesACADEMIC MEDIA CENTER

Sayre Hall Phone 777-2129

The Academic Media Center is the primary academic media preparation campus. I ts mission is to prepare software and provide AV/TV hardwa academic use.

Faculty and students may have slides, prints, graphs, transparencies, audio and video dubbing and slide-tape productions prepared for them at ® ^ fcethe cost of materials. A wide range of AV/TV equipment is available and delivered and retrieved from classrooms on request. .

Consultation regarding instructional design, media systems, films, graphics and equipment is an important part of AMC services. AMC also P repair service for AV/TV and computer peripherals.

AFFIRMATIVE ACTION OFFICE-TITLE IX COMPLIANCE Twamley HallPhone 777-4171 _

The Affirmative Action Office is responsible for oversight of the opportunity and affirmative action program; Rehabilitation Act of 1973, ^ and 504; Titles VI and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964; and Title IX of g[3i* tion Amendments of 1972 as well as responsible for compliance with Vcati'’” laws and regulations involving civil rights, equal employment and yoi''*j opportunity. Under equal employment and equal education opportunity, sity declares th a t it will not discriminate on the basis of race, color, rehg> oi national origin, sex, handicap, or age and otherwise encourages the members of minority groups (Black, Hispanic Non-Black, Asian, Native women, disabled or handicapped persons, and Viet Nam era and disabled v the mainstream of University employment, education, and services where dividuals as a class may have had limited opportunities in the past.iduais as a ciass may nave naa umiieu opponmuuca m mo Qffic®'

Students are encouraged to use the resources in the Affirmative mattgarding minority, women, and handicap issues and to consult with the tl'- Action Officer concerning discrimination problems. Those individuals who Athey have been victims of unlawful discrimination are encouraged to con ® firmative Action Office, for UND’s grievance procedures covering discn

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION AND FOUNDATIONJ. Lloyd Stone Alumni Center

Phone 777-2611The University of North Dakota has a proud tradition of alumm *l!j

loyal and dedicated alumni and friend support. Alumni and friend invo provided a “margin of excellence” for many of the programs offered by . , gjoc*®** d of North Dakota. Two private, non-profit organixations, the UND Alumni and the UND Foundation, have responsibility for coordinating alumm fund raising programs. Policies for the Association and the Foundation

.1 i

University Senrices

Supery- •*"" Directors. Program and office operations are under the directExecutive Vice President. The Association and Foundation are

Lloyd Stone Alumni Center (formerly Oxford House), the ^ ’ '"^stored home of early UND presidents.

O f f e r s * A s s o c i a t i o n and Foundation have a unique working relationship which m. *** ®**iiilar organizations at many colleges and universities. Both organiza-

The p. ® same board of directors and the same executive vice president,receives private gifts for the benefit of the total University of

enH ® trustee in deferred giving arrangements and for^6activit°"^^”*' Alumni Association conducts all fund rais-?*dosely Foundation. The Alumni Association and the Foundation have’’"'olveg and integrated alumni relations and fund raising programs whichortugf jf f maintenance of records and current addresses for all graduates and

*'*’'®nce n off-campus alumni events, alumni tours, and a group in-to* Alumni R eview , a monthly newspaper, is mailed free of

an 50,000 graduates and former students. The ^nd raising programs In- eiv’**'*** sustaining drive, major gift programs, the promotion of UND Foun- ar *** and the marketing of deferred giving programs, including life

In ^^^Ssnients for alunmi and friends.University of North Dakota Centennial, the Alumni

Jj ’ onalc^ Foundation are conducting a $25 million Centennial Endowment J onncT f involving hundreds of volunteer leaders in every state of the natioa Perpgf * manages assets in excess of $18 million—much of which is endowed

nepj ®**PPort of scholarships, faculty enhancement programs, and other Oygj, ® *' ® University of North Dakota.

?**Pportin„ University of North Dakota alumni have been generous in?' *'*ding th Mater and have assisted several major University projects,, '*lty ® number of scholarship and loan funds, providing for

V No rK* making possible in part or total several buildings on the Univer- p **'orial U • campus. This includes financial support for the UND

the f swimming pool in the original Fieldhouse, the Winter Sports I ^toriunj ^ ^'chards Golf Course, the Chester Fritz Library, the Chester Fritz h '■atory Hall, the Hughes Fine Arts Center, Ireland Cancer Research

slso^ m-tness Theatre, and the Fox Service Complex. UND alumni and friends .PPort to ®°“tributions for research and lectureships and have given financial

a campus, including music and athletics. Thev'‘* *®an acc Foundation administer more than 150 separate scholarship

UakoL'*p* ®‘ ^ ° ‘'® 8,000 alumni contribute annually to the University of8 1981 T Hrive.

wa ®1-HSIS. a student alumni group made up of currently enrolled UND ^*”‘''8 conf„* f l l’lished on the campus to assist the Alumni Association in main-

"^®®twith UND alumni.

25

inc2®.2.300-, iPai

CHESTER FRITZ AUDITORIUM Phone 777-4211

’ ®®sin’giy pl»ester Fritz Auditorium is designed for multi-purpose use by an^ ^ . * .1 • • m t ______ e n a / * i / M i sare and wide-ranging society. The auditorium’s modem, spacious

®® site for such varied activities as individual lectures and 300-voice

61


choruses, from jazz ensembles to full symphony orchestras, from convention proc®' ings to motion pictures.

iron-The auditorium, an integral part of the University intellectual and social env ment, has a three-fold mission: (1) As a cultural and educational resource for the versity and community; (2) For general entertainment, ranging from contemp®* performers, the art of dance, the literature of theatre, and the portrayal societies as a basis for comprehension of today’s world; and (3) As a public facihiy be used by both University and non-university programming groups.

UNIVERSITY CHILDREN’S CENTER Bek Hall

Phone 777-3947childUniversity Children’s Center is located in Bek Hall and is open to any cn

three through five. The children have opportunities for learning through art. playing, books and experiences related to books, carpentry, table-top ged games, block construction, cooking and large motor play. Children are to learn about themselves, develop friendships, and participate in group act* Each day includes a time for playing outside, eating nutritious meals and sna and resting and relaxing. The Children’s Center is open daily when the Univ®*’®' in general session from 7:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m.. Information can be writing to University Children’s Center, University of North Dakota, Grand ND 58202, or by calling 777-3947.

COMPUTER CENTER Upson Hall

Phone 777-3171The finest and most modem of computer services are available to the V

dent. 'The Computer Center emphasizes convenience and ease of use for stud® faculty. A wide range of computer services are provided through participa^’*’® North Dakota Higher Education Computer Network (HECN). Service is P'' by two (large scale) IBM dual computer systems.

Students have access via more than 200 terminals to the VSPC In serveral classroom buildings, residence halls, the Chester Fritz Library, h* pgj- Union and a 24-hour facility in the Computer Center. 'The Computer Center vides interactive graphics, video terminals, and two line plotters. UND s jj have access to two minicomputers and more than 180 micro-computers clusters around the campus.

The User Services Department within the Computer Center provides pf j),e ming, consulting, instructional workshops and assistance to all servi *'academic commumty, mcluding instructional, research and administrat*

OFFICE OF INSTITUTIONAL RESEARCH Twamley Hall Phone 777-4358

The Office of Institutional Research collects and analyzes data about th sity. These data include faculty evaluation, administrator evaluation. * patterns, faculty demographics, faculty workload, faculty salaries, an

ivef

University Services

QjjP® assignments. The Office also analyzes student data collected by the Registrar’s snd offices in the Division of Student Affairs. Institutional Research works

offices in the different divisions of the University to coordinate information Partie •'sported to agencies, other colleges and universities, and other interested

OFFICE OF INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT Twamley Hall Phone 777-3325

a Instructional Development (OID) exists to assist the UND facultyhe improvement of instruction and their continuing professional development

Office, along with the Faculty Instructional Development Committee, opportunities foi

and seminars, the devimprovements, and other projects. The Office also consults with and

devel ” members and academic departments with curriculum and course••Pment, evaluation, and teaching methods.

LIBRARIESalun ® Fritz Library is the University’s primary library, built with a gift from^ Sislat* Ohester Fritz, international financier and businessman. The North Dakota fall of 1 Q **'®* ‘^mie appropriated funds to equip the facility, which opened in the L i b r a - N o r t h Dakota legislature-appropriated funds, the Chester Fritz

y has since doubled in size. The expanded facility opened in 1982.B:, library faciUties include the Thormodsgard Law Library, the Harleying Medical Library, and five departmental Ubraries in chemistry, engineer- togeth "'^ffiematics/physics. and fine arts. The various University libraries Periodf®°h^m over 2 million print and non-print items, currently receive over 6,000 ll'ose of participate in various public document depository programs such as

Education Resources Information Center (ERIC), and the Superintendent ^^hments (SuDoc).

Library contains about 450,000 cataloged books and periodicals and a * ^Uion items in various report, document, and microform collections

Ubta-:’'® ™ ly indexed in other than the card catalog and are readily accessible. The J. aisft ___ , 1 ______ ^ ____ f/vr laffAi>e

63

• ork k ' ‘ “ ‘.‘“ *ng opportumties for faculty and academic staff members to support riirri* 1 ® and seminars, the development o f instructional materials, course and Assist f"* ®P™ ''«ments, and other projects. The Office also consults with and

diaries an,f — ®' ' m G- Libby Manuscript Collection, a depository for letters, and the “ historical documents which relate to North Dakota, the Great Plains Dakota '^ho have Uved in the region. Included are the papers o f several North

the complete files of several congressmen and senators and original of MaxweU Anderson, distinguished playwright and UND alumnus,

both con Library staff stands ready to provide assistance in accessingin and non-conventional information resources located on the cam-

Students f w beyond, and. are regularly available for consultation withadministration. Specific information pertaining to services

‘ *'6 Ref^ ® ""“ y be obtained from Library staff members or m pamphlet form at‘Ufence Desk.


PERSO NNEL SERVICES O FFIC E Twamley Hall Phone 777-4361

The Office of Personnel Services is maintained for the purpose of assisting various departments on campus in fulfilling their staff employees needs, as we assisting persons who are interested in working at the University of North The University offers a wide variety of positions to qualified persons without crimination b^ause of race, color, religion, sex, political affiliation, age, handj marital status, or national origin. These positions include clerical and professi work, laboratory and hospital services, engineering and mechanical work, food vices and custodial, skilled and unskilled labor and many others.

Additional information on employment at the University may be obtained Office of Personnel Services, Box 8010, University Station, Grand Forks, N.D. 5 The Office of Student Financial Aids (see page 18) should be contacted by stu ® seeking part-time employment.

LEGAL CO U NSELTwamley HallPhone 777-3175 ^

The Legal Counsel is the chief legal adviser to the President, officers, staff of the University, and is responsible for handling all institutional legal ma affecting the University. The Legal Counsel is responsible for approving all requ for the use of off-campus legal counsel and the supervision thereof. inlegal services should be routed through the appropriate vice-president. Loc Twamley 311, phone 777-3175. Services are not available to students.

UND RADIOOld Science

Phone 777-2577The University operates facilities for public radio broadcasting. First

of gi'*’?.1923 as a “ land wireless” station, KFJM began primarily for the purpose oi a*’ student the advantage of observation and practice in operating a radio tran Since then, the purpose has broadened so as to supplement commercial progr® and reflect a wide variety of program forms for educational, cultural and purposes. The A.M. raio signal with 1,000 watts power on a frequency o f 1 daytime, covers a radius of 100 miles. The radio activities are supervised by professional staff. Participation is open to students, members of the UH> community, and the community at large. j li

In 1976 the University added an F.M. broadcasting facility, KFJM-F^’ broadcasts 18 hours daily throughout the year. The F.M. station, with 39,0 of power operates at 89.3 mhz.

REHABILITATION HOSPITALGrand Forks Medical Park

Phone 780-2311The University's Medical Center Rehabilitation Hospital provides compt'

■eheniisk*

University Services.

higjj of evaluation and treatm ent aimed a t helping the handicapped achieve the ^ t m independence. The hospital has 88 beds available for inpatientNation round-the-clock service provided by a specially trained staff of rehabili-

ourses. A majority of the hospital’s clients are treated on an outpatient basisprovided a t the hospital include physical therapy, occupational therapy

tionsj faognage therapy (including audiometric testing and hearing aid evalua testing and counseling, social services for both patient and family

ance » h* “‘fjostment and counseling (which may include development of work toler conini adjustment), rehabilitation nursing and dietary services. In addition®''® av ‘f and orthotics (artificial limbs and braces, respectively) services

of k ff'sropy is administered under the medical supervision of a fulltime Pnysiatrists, (physicians specializing in physical medicine and rehabilitation).

V tile V • niembers in each of the above fields provide therapy as prescribed f *** '®*'" f^^-iaats are referred to the Rehabilitation Hospital for evaluation,

each - physicians or agencies, a rehabilitation program is establishedpatient, based on the patient's unique needs.

Sex,'asically

65

self-supporting and operates on a fee-for-service basis, with patients®s ijisur according to a uniform fee schedule. Third-party agencies such

s ^'"eluding Medicare and Workmen’s Compensation), Vocational Rehabil- *'*‘®attnei^ welfare programs may sponsor a patient for evaluation and/or^®eeditr»- Rehabilitation Hospital is fully ac cre ited by the Commission on

'on of Rehabilitation Facilities.a service facility geared to the needs of the disabled without regard tot a u m i y t o t iu ; nt^ous u i t i i c u i s a u i c u w i m u u t r t^ g a r u t o

®' '*®ation I* geographical location, the hospital also is actively involved in^®dicine in cooperation with the University. Students from the School of

Occii Nursing, and departments of socid work, communication disor-or pf "®i therapy, and physical therapy have served periods of clinical affilia- other **’ hospital according to their educational requirements. Students

areas also come in for shorter periods of orientation and

OF RESEARCH AND PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT Twamley Hall

Ong Phone 777-4278I^RPD) °3 functions of the Office of Research Program Development•®'i®fal ago ° store, and disseminate information on grant programs of

op ® ®te agencies, foundations, and industrial organizations. Selectare n r i ^ t * R ‘‘®8'‘ams tha t may be of interest to UND faculty and research

thro" K ^ News, the monthly newsletter of ORPD, which is distributed *®'*®avors to^H campus. The ORPD Staff provides application materials.

The D- potential funding sources, and assists with proposal planning.subi^[?L®^ ORPD is the official authorized by the University to sign all pro-

'®*’''strativ external agencies. Before proposals are submitted to ORPD for C financial* * he proposed budgets are checked and approved for compliance^^^facta funding agencies and the University by the Grants and^ ‘ 'f'cations Director of ORPD has the responsibility to provide requested

^ *'*'® Reder 1 “®®*'ro compliance with all other policies and regulations required®* government and other funding agencies. These regulations include


human subjects and animal care protection, publication policies, patent and policies, and use of radioactive materials. The Director has the responsibility negotiating contracts, grants, subcontracts, and subgrants.

ORPD provides administrative support to the committees required by Feo regulations, particularly the Institutional Review Board, which approves projects involving human subjects, and also to the Faculty Research Conunitt

SPEECH, LANGUAGE AND HEARING CLINICMontgomery Hall

Phone 777-3232nd treat"The Department of Communication Disorders offers clinical evaluations ana

ment for speech, language, and hearing disorders. These services are provided ulty or by graduate and undergraduate students under the supervision of gy Speech-Language Pathologists and Audiologists. The program in Speech is accredited by the Education & Training Board of the American Speech-Lang“ Hearing Association.

Clinical services are provided without charge to university students. In ap*" the Speech and Hearing clinic conducts a program of on-going evaluation therapy on an outpatient basis. Moderate fees are charged for this service.

. UatiOySome of the specific services provided are: evaluations of all types of speecn

caps, language disabilities and hearing problems; and hearing aid evaluations. ment is also provided in all of these areas.

Referrals to the clinic can be made by anyone for individuals of any aS®'Those who wish evaluations, consultatons, or training can make appoint’®

by calling the Speech, Language and Hearing Clinic.

UND TELEVISION Robertson HallPhone 777-4346 jl,e

UND Television was established as a separate department in 1979 academic, educational, infcamational and cultural needs of both campus and c nity through the use of television.

Television facilities include a complete color studio located in Robertson ® grams are produced with the help of students enrolled in television produc news writing classes in the speech and journalism departments. Finished pf are distributed over the closed circmt television system on campus to byroom instruction and over Channel 3, the educational access channel pr®J^grs0S Grand Forks Cable TV to help meet community program needs. Frequently. P^ p |,ljC are also released for broadcast by commercial television stations, the jtat*.Television state-wide network and other cable television systems throughb

Participation in UND Tele\Tsion progranuning is open to members of th® sity and the community a t large.

OFFICE OF UNIVERSITY RELATIONS Twamley Hall Phone 777-2731

Through this public information and public relations office, which sped®^isi® c#

University Services.

University seeks to secure public understanding and support for its atej jjj purposes, needs, services and achievements. University Relations oper- direpti areas: (1) projects and campaig^ns initiated, funded and carried outParing W University Relations staff, and (2) projects or campaigns involving a ®®rves other UND departments or personnel in which University Relations

the Ofr source of communications and creative expertise. Major activitiesCom news, publications, medical center information, photography,

' *'®nnels services. The Office executes information projects and campaigns;newpapers, radio, television and other media; designs and

sive fiig brochures, pamphlets and informational bulletins; maintains exten-‘ ^PPtugs and photographs; offers advisory public relations counsel to

'*"i»icar individuals; and provides various kinds of professional com-In ®®sistance to campus departments, organizations and individuals.

daily news releases, the Office issues a weekly newsletter for daily newsl^ *’®''"T>apers, wire services, and other media. I t also publishes a weekly inter- Daf Uniuersify Letter, a monthly Calendar of Events, a three-times-a-

® *iuarterly tabloid, UND Dimensions, and a semi-monthly Afedicof Review magazine. In cooperation with the Alumni Association, it edits

67


The University CollegeGeorge W. Schubert, Dean

HISTORY AND SCOPEThe University College was founded in 1955 as the academic unit wWch e n ro ^

freshman students, whether or not they have decided upon a specific major. and transfer students who have not completed 24 credit hours o f work, are the opportunity in the "University College to adjust to their environment, to their abilities, and to discover their special interests. After completing a mini 24 credit hours (normally one year of academic study), most students will ^ one of the University’s eight coUeges and schools which offer undergraduate 0 ^ , These include the College of Arts and Sciences, the Center for Teaching and the School of Engineering and Mines, the College of Business and Public A tion, the College of Nursing, the College of Fine Arts, the College for Human ^ Development, and the School o f Medicine. Some undecided students may enrollment status in the University College for a somewhat longer period explore their academic and career interests. In addition to serving as the a tive home of new students and o f coordinating their academic advising and P ming, the University College administers three Associate in Arts Degree pf

ADMISSION AND ACADEMIC ADVISINGAs soon as new students have been admitted to the University, their apP {or

form, a copy of their high school transcript, and other relevant informatio^^^ j,l( warded to the University College. The University College offers no itself. Instead it has the responsibility of assisting new students in the se classes which are taught in various departments o f the University. The jUniversity College is responsible for assigning each new student to an apP [ academic adviser. Students who have decided up>on majors are jevi®* |fessors from those departments to help the student choose classes an j their progress throughout the academic year. Students who are undeci a ^ 0 | major are assigned to a University College academic adviser. The Universi j staff is available at all times to respond to student questions and concern j

ADVANCEMENT TO A DEGREE COLLEGE ^0 1Records of a University College student may be advanced from UniversiW nil i

to a four-year, degree-granting college upon completion of 24 semester ^vance the records, the student must telephone or go in person to Universi >and advise the staff o f the name of the coUege to which he/she wishes ;advanced and the degree the student wishes to pursue. If the student fulfill® ments of the new college, the student’s records will be sent to that coUeg

PROGRAM PLANNINGIn most cases the University recommends that a student's first

broad preparation for later specialization. This is particularly important fo ;cided student, who may wish to test his or her capacities and interests in yar |tions before making a final decision about a major field of concentration’ |

Many new students devote much of their first year of coursework to sat*® ^

University Coilege

Brad general education requirements, which must be completed by all under-degfe ® students no matter which school or college they eventually enter to become the U The general education requirements form a core of learning that“'clud ®®®s as necessary for a complete, liberal education. These requirementsttiatics * five credit hours in English composition, twelve hours in mathe-and hu ® technology, nine hours in social sciences and twelve hours in arts Sreas i®®® pages 33-39 for more information). Within each of these broad”®t de select from a wide variety of courses. Many students who havemajor, , ® major find th at their general education studies point out possible

® ‘Or them.Stud

•bourses f c h o s e n a major field of concentration are advised to select ®®PecialI ^‘‘‘ong those offered in the general education requirement areas that are '*'®tidat' for the curriculum they expect to follow. Many of these recom-

124 * found in the departmental and program area listings which begin on

69

D. J. ROBERTSON AWARDin' Academic Award is presented each semester by University

academic excellence by freshman students. These students '’“'‘rs of f j ? grade point average and have completed a minimum of 12 semester

raditionally graded course work.

' *‘6 Uni'SUMMER EARLY REGISTRATION

®*r to allow - *'*’ College conducts a special summer early registration program each schedui **'* °| **8 freshmen and transfer students to arrange their fall semester

8(jyj '^^® procedure allows each student to obtain individual attention from ** 'Pate in ® “ ‘ ®*‘ts accepted for admission to the University are invited to par-

^®gistration ®' **uner early registration process. The individual advisement and ' “’’eluding J** ®®®®® fakes one full day, with activities beginning at 8:30 a.m. and

p.m. Appointments are required and can be sched- torogjg. University College. Freshmen and transfer students who elect

®g>nnini» ®arly may register a t the regular registration period scheduled a t the8®feach academic term.

Tho3u SUMMER SESSION'*'>U»ier ®®®®‘®n is administered by the Dean of the University College and

°U- See page 118 for information on summer programs.

Ini95gth a s s o c ia t e IN ARTS DEGREEt? ° f North Dakota instituted the two-year program leadingw ’ “’Uplete a f degree. This degree b intended for students who cannot plan

Require an P'^ogram or who wish to engage in an occupation which does^presently off^* h amount of college preparation. The Associate in A rts degree A of Busin departments, the department of Aviation and the depart- ®®°®iate of Vocational Education. The department of Aviation offers the

/Partnient of r ‘ .® ®® m (1) Aviation Services and (2) Professional Flight. The ^ one ®"d Vocational Education offers the Associate of A rts

T h ,® A.a .■■68: Executive Secretary.

degree P‘'ogram requirements, as indicated below, are meant to fulfill


either that part of the educational need which demands a general education a s a dation for successful living, or that part which demands technical knowledge skills as a basis for vocational competence. Departments may be more restrict'' speciHc course requirements than those listed below.

Students in the A.A. degree programs are enrolled in the University CoUeg®

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ASSOCIATE IN ARTS DEGREE

Engl 1 0 1 ........................................................ Composition I .Engl 10 2 ......................... ...............................Composition I I .

Engl 209 ........................................................Technical and Business W riting .......... ..........................S p c h lO l.........................................................Fundamentals of Speech.................................................

In Addition, the following are required:Basic General Education courses from a t least two of the following:Mathematics. Science and Technology; Social Sciences; Arts and Hum anities................. : ' ’

Career Courses selected from one field or related fields (see appropriate departmental listings!Electives to meet the degree requirements of 62 hours. ^

The student must achieve a 2.00 Grade Point Average (GPA) on all work. For transfer students, the overall average (including transfer work) nw® minimum of 2.00 (as must be the GPA) of work taken at the University.

A candidate for the Associate in Arts degree who enters with transfer complete a minimum of 30 semester hours at the University of North Dak° maximum number of credits which may be applied to the Associate in Art®through Correspondence Study is 15 semester hours.

1 will‘d'’!It is assumed that many students who register for the two-year program tinue for the four-year degree program after receiving the Associate in or after completion of the first year’s work. Accordingly, credit earned while P ,j| the terminal program is, in general, acceptable toward a degree, subject to ap of the dean of the degree college.

PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMSStudents who are enrolled in pre-professional programs are normally

the College of Arts and Sciences after one year of study in University College- ing are recommended curricula for pre-professional programs:

Pre-DentalWhile schools of dentistry have traditionally listed the following |

minimum requirement for admission, very few students are now being ® A® ! school of dentistry without having first completed an undergraduate u

; one year each of biology’_ e schools require addition®

courses. For information on dental schools and their requirements consult wi sity College Deans Office or Dean’s Office in the College of Arts and Sci®

Fre«hjiiaii Ye*rE n ^ 101 .102 ............................................... Composition! and I I ...............................Chem 105.106 ............................................. General Chemistry and Qual. Analysis.Biol 101,102........ ......................................... Introduction to Biology...........................Math 103.........................................................C<^ege A lg eb ra .......................................H is t................................................................ Elective......................................................

Sophomore YearEngl 211.213 or 217.....................................L iterature ..................................................Phys 101,102............................................... Introduct<M7 College Physics

schools require successful completion of at least one year each of biologJ'’ r inorganic chemistry, and organic chemistry. Some schools reauire additional

Phys 203,204 ................................................General P hysics..........................Chem W 5,306 ............................................ . Organic Chemistry.....................P s y lO l ...........................................................Introduction to Psychology....................

Elective (literature, Latin words, history, •

University College 71

Pre-Mortuary ScienceP*‘ogram is designed to meet the two-year requirement in pre-

•aortu Ordinarily this program would be followed by one year in a schoolor* ft “ a** 0 “ e year o f apprenticeship. The apprenticeship could come

as mortuary science study, depending on state requirements,ose approved by the North Dakota Board o f Embalmers.

>01,102 FrMhm»ii Year101,102 ..................................... Composition I and I I ......................................

®Pch loi Social Science, History, Government, Economics .AcctiQ2 ............................................Fundamentals of Public Speaking....................

............................................Elements of Accounting.................................Electives..........1........................................

105 106 Sophomore Year...... General Chemistry and QuaL Analysis...............

E ^ tive .......................................................Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel..................Health Science..............................................Introduction to Psychology............................Introduction to Sodology ...............................

........................................ Business Law................................................®VEd32o ®*‘

........................................ Business Communications...................... .....

...(61

...(8)

...(6)

...(31(3-61

'>at204,Biol 212

PayiOl, "■ ““0101I'ocUls......

...(8)

(3-5).(31

..(3)

..(31

..(3)

(3)

Pre-Optometry^^adents ® school o f optometry are highly variable, but®8e. ® admitted without successful completion o f at least two years o f col-Buinber o^ ' k biology, physics, and chemistry, with an increasingH'*'°agh ana*] ^ ® •'aquiring at least one course in organic chemistry and mathematics Consult with 8®onietry. Additional specific courses are required by each school

he University College Dean’s Office for schools and requirements.1Q2 Freshman Year

..........................................................................® ‘ '>‘ 1 0 I ,1 0 2 ..................................................

... College Algebra............................................

. .. Trigonometry.....................................................................(31......................(21

...............

... Introduction to Biology..................................Humanities. Social Science, or Electives...........Sophomore Year

......................(8)................... (6-8)

" ‘' ^ • 2 0 3 X ........................................ .. ... General Chemistry and QuaL Analysis........... ......................(8)

B » y io i... General Physics............................................

Sociolog3' (x* Social Sciences..................................................(8)..................... (3)

and Tri^gonometry are required.

Philosophy or Physiology(depending on humanities abovel..................... ......................(3 )

*^«hio5 ■

Pre-Veterinary MedicineFreshman Year

. . . .Composition I and I I ........................

. . . . General Chemistry and QuaL Analysis.---- Introduction to Biology....................... . . . College Algebra................................ . . . Trigonometry..................................

Elective............................................

.(61

.(81

.(81(31(21(31

0 CONSULTiNG THE ADVISER6a ba* enrolled in University College should meet with their adviser

*** consult with their adviser preceding enrollment in classes


The Center for Aerospace Sciences

John 0. Odegard, Dean

MISSIONThe principal mission of the Center for Aerospace Sciences is to prepare its

ates for a leadership role in a hypertechnical environment. Practical experience exposure to the latest advances in scientific knowledge are combined in the Cen complete educational spectrum.

The Center is dedicated to providing the highest standard of professional e tion in aviation, computer sciences and atmospheric sciences. Faculty of the ^ consist of many individuals with impressive industry credentials who have their experience and knowledge into an innovative, creative and stimulating environment. The Center's “flagship” aviation program has an international tion for excellance that draws enrollments from all over the United State® numerous foreign countries. The Center is housed in a new one-of-a-kind the west side of campus, and operates extensive flight facilities located at Forks International Airport, five miles west of the campus.

Aviation programs in the Center are in the forefront of technological progress. It is anticipated that by the end of this century, the number of more than double, the number of pilots will increase by 60 percent, and this will have 800 new airports. New concepts for equipment and procedures, and tive problem solving will require an individual who can flourish in a ),iiiesenvironment — a person who can think, plan, organize and manage both m and people.

Computer Science is the driving force in an evolving information j iy th* puters have moved from a support role to the forefront in all areas, particu aerospace industry. This shift in the computer’s role will change the way perceives information processing and its impact on human lives.

Atmospheric Science is experiencing rapid development due to emergidS pici* ogy. Remote sensing from satellite, radar, lidar, and other advances in mea® capabilities have provided an abundance of new information about the Id for that is ju st beginning to be interpreted. The demand of almost every “ .jj |,ave* complete and accurate weather information is constantly increasing and w' major influence in our sociotechnological society. js»

Research in the atmospheric sciences, aviation and computer related major activity resulting in the Center’s being recognized as one of academic atmospheric research groups in the country. Current re dude weather modification, cloud physics, acid ram, wind shear, turbulei' icing, pilot psychological studies, aircraft/ground trainer simulation, wea analysis, scientific data processing, computer flight planning, air traff>‘training, global weather analysis and automation.

Service to industry and the university community is an integral the Center’s mission. Numerous seminars, workshops and presentation®

at"


Cente' the year for private, industry and government groups. The's des provides an air transportation service for the university community and both ® public testing center by the Federal Aviation Administration for

practical and written airman certification exams.University enters its second 100 years, the Center remains committed to

b”^ v ^‘ ocational leadership role in the rapidly expanding aviation industryGliding a reputation in computer and atmospheric sciences.

^ HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION^ 1982 *' *”"**'* Aviation. The Center for Aerospace Sciences (CAS) was formed

ore**-*” outgrowth of the Department of Aviation. The Department of Aviation ®usin ^ ®ud was originally an academic department within the College

Public Administration. I t offered the first four-year degree in Busi- ® fi.B in-depth Professional Flight curriculum. The graduate receives^®Partni ^'^l®tion Administration from the College of Business. In 1975, the ^Psines A ® second four-year degree program within the College of

grad I'O prepare managers for the groundside of aviation. This curricu-^ uates students with a B.B.A. in Airport Administration.

curriculum leading to a B.S. in Aeronautical Studies was added in mix ^ 1® granted through the College of A rts and Sciences. This pro-car^* * ®reer preparation with liberal arts, and is designed for the student

* * iers r 1'° become a professional pilot, recognizing tha t the major air4 tfe a minimum of a bachelors degree to qualify for employment,

p mnce iggn iu^®°grapK iJ’ Uepartment of Aviation in cooperation with the Department of '*®6ree ig offered a program leading to a B.S. in Meteorological Studies. This

fof f by the College of Arts and Sciences. The curriculum prepares gradu-A fif K ' opplied meteorology and research.

Science, The'^'"'^^^'' curriculum was added in 1983 leading to a B.S. in Airway ’* *'®tioa program was designed by the Federal Aviation Admin-j^Pervisorv a Aviation Association to prepare graduates for various

(-L n>anagement positions in the FAA. The degree is also granted The tN ^ A rts and Sciences.

73

^®6fees Aviation also offers two, two-year programs leading to A.A.Utiivprcjt” ^®’onal Fbght and Aviation Services. These degrees are granted by

B e - . ^ ^ ° U e g e .

a Part of Computer Science. The Department of Computer Science was ^1982. The a ^®****'' for Aerospace Sciences with the establishment of the Center, *®ader jj, .®®*'®®Pace industry pioneered the use of computers and continues to be JSme ivitij a applications. The department offers either a B.A. or B.S.

® ' ®6Tees ar ^ Computer Science. A minor in Computer Science is also offered. ^'Vision ^®oted through the College of A rts and Sciences.

by the ^®*®arch. Early research in the field of weather modification was con- atid Aviation. Since 1974, the department has developed aef I '^atracts vv ?k^ bas generated over $14 million in research grants

*f®8earch wa creation of the Center for Aerospace Sciences, the Division'^°'PPassaUpv,^**^®*^^®bed. As a division, the research activity was expanded to

P ases of meteorological research, and operates several highly sophis-


ticated research aircraft including a Citation II jet. Other specialized equipi®® eludes digitized doppler radar and the state’s most powerful computer dedica research. The staff includes aviation and radar meteorologists, aeronomists, physicists, and dynamicists. The division also has access to other highly sped® technical jjersonnel and facilities available on campus. ^

Division of Computer Services. The Division of Computer Services has into a major technical and scientific computer installation. The staff and support a nationally known center for the processing and analysis of dipt® data. Computer Services’ campus facility includes three computers configur«“ j(| state-of-the-art integrated system. The Center’s two research aircraft have computer systems, supported by ground systems for preliminary on-site “jfof rity verification and analysis. The division developed and operates these syst® use in sophisticated cloud physics research and handles all data analysis of information collected during research flights. The division has implemented computerized flight scheduling, billing, accounting and weat dissemination for Flight Operations, as well as word processing, data bas agement and personnel functions for Center administration.

Division of Flight Operations. CAS operates a self-supporting flight the Grand Forks International Airport. Known as the Division of Flight Op®'’® j of it operates a fleet of 50 to 60 aircraft, both fixed wing and rotorcraft in the Department of Aviation flight training requirements, flying 40,000 to 45,W

ilat®'!per year.In addition to the fleet of aircraft, the facility houses the latest flight jUI-

and training aids required to prepare the professional pilot. Modern shop facilities are utilized in the performance of aircraft maintenance. Flig tions offers the following certificates and ratings for college credit: private, ® ciak instrument (both airplane and rotorcraft), multi-engine, seaplane anClAi« insiruinclit \DUtIl airpianc auu rutuiv,iaiWt icertified flight instnictor—airplane, instrument, multi-engine and rotorcra advanced and instrument ground instructor; Air Transport Pilot—sing ® multi-engine and Cessna Citation; flight engineer rating (Boeing-727)roulti*engineanai^ssnacicauon, lugntengineer raumg v^ueiiig cooperative program with a major airline allowing students to obtain full cer

A shuttle bus is provided for aviation students commuting between the and the airport.

Air Service. ’The Division of Flight Operations provides an air fvice to fly faculty, staff, administrators and students safely and ®“ * gj.jl University business. The Center operates a Cessna Citation along with ^ j engine and single engine aircraft for this purpose. Students who have a)l®mercial licence with an instrument rating may fly as co-pilots. This gthe student to obtain invaluable experience while accumulating hours towar® as a professional pilot while enrolled in the aviation program.

Accreditation. The aviation programs were evaluated by the University Association (UAA) in August, 1981, which found that all the four-y®® degree programs meet or exceed the standards and guidelines as set forth by

STUDENT ACTIVITIESStudent Aviation Management Association. The Student Aviation

Association (SAMA), founded by UND aviation students in 1975, injunior chapter of the American Association of Airport Executives (AA

1#


tionaii professional organization which accredits airport managers intema- «ero»/‘ its many activities, the SAMA organization hosts the annual

“pace seminiar.

^fJiity^ Rho. The Delta Chapter of the Alpha E ta Rho international aviation fra- *' * *' annual activities as participation of the UND Flying Team in

student national NIFA Airmeets. This competition brings together aviation ? ’ ®P''®®®"ting colleges throughout the nation. The fraternity also compiles a

'^siting 1 ‘''Produces graduates to over 1200 aviation firms, and hosts ®*ecuti^ • of the aviation industry during their appearances in the department’s

^"'ards program. Events such as Parents’ Weekend and the Annualanquet are also sponsored by the fraternity.

“■'Viewed b ^ 7 ““*“’" Advisory Council. Each fall, applications are accepted and ^sculty to fill vacancies on the Student Aviation Advisory Council

* chair ** committee consists of a t least two students from each class® liaison between students and the dean of the Center on

Sponsors a offerings, curriculum changes and other activities. SAAC also*>ionthly safety seminar for all aviation students.

^ '“'Pute^Qr'P*!^®' Club. The Association for Computing Machinery (ACM) — UND ^'aiming ** * student chapter that sponsors such events as computer pro- P“'*8>'atn_ W °*IH*** *' demonstrations, semester banquets and a tutorial“’“'iastry. p- . *a®etings provide a schedule of guest speakers from the computer

Int planned for visitation to computer science related firms.Center for Aerospace Sciences encourages its students to

®ater offe^g ®*P®rience in their chosen field prior to graduation. Accordingly, the Itite ®* va credits to students participating in approved internship programs.

^"aths in available to aviation junior and senior students for the summerheather mod'f' nearly every aspect of the aviation industry, includingaahlic relatio e°‘P>lot, airport management trainee, administrative trainee,

and”* others. Internships offer students practical, on-the-jobPlainer to receive extra college credit plus the opportunity to earn?®*a®also*av«i?fv the work they hope to make a career. Similar applicable intern- ^ 'a the through the Department of Computer Science.

stude f ’Training. A special program is available for advanced{j, ^afth Dakota* ^**aested in becoming weather modification pilots. The University cla”' ^atio ' e®eperation of the U.S. Bureau of Reclamation and funding(. in Science Foundation, is the only four-year institution conductingIj is to t r a ^ ” "* technology of cloud seeding. The objective of the pro's ft * ““8 fese” weather modification missions. Classes are conductedSel ”® a* est tech'^"i** ’ "*''®* ® engineers from throughout the nation, experienced

far this t associated with weather modification. The professional pilot and m* i r ^ymg m ust have all the required ratings (commercial, in-

qu The we” th ^ familiar with the techniques and methods in cloud“hcationg * *aodification program is structured to train pilots with these

is !*?'“'opte, . .sturt com Center for Aerospace Sciences offers helicopter training

enroUe? * * ’®' '"strum ent, CFI, CFII and ATP certifications for m an aviation curriculum.

75


fflSyIn cooperation with the U.S. Army ROTC Scholarship program,

obtain two, three and four year scholarships which pay for tuition, books and training. For students interested in helicopter relat^ careers, this scholarstup P gram has numerous advantages that should be explored by the serious stude

The College of Arts and Sciences

The College of Arts and Sciences

Bernard O’Kelly, Dean

HISTORY AND ORGANIZATION^ Sciences dates from the founding of the University in 1883,

and continuity from that date, in spite o f some temporary changes inEstablishing a Territorial University at Grand

name " r 11 ° “ co-existent with” a College of Letters. In 1901*®6a of Scie Liberal Arts” was adopted, and retained until 1943, when “ Col-867. Tijg ^ ® ’ _^terature and Arts” was substituted. The latter name was kept until

when University served in effect as dean o f the College until^®lvin A R ®®* S- Thomas, a classicist, assumed office. He was followed in 1911 by

from ® ’’ •°*°Sist. Vernon P. Squires o f the English Department wasin 1940. u William G. Bek, a German scholar, served from 1930 to his

Was de ' succeeded by Robert Bonner Witmer of the Physics Department, assno*'!'**'*^^ 1965. Philip A. Rognlie o f the Mathematics Department was in-

ociate dean in 1965-66.AH 192Q fk

*'®'*'6d divis' a junior college and a senior college (in the same year re-^though it ImH*^** adopted; the last vestiges of this structure remained until 1966,

11. largely superseded in 1955 by the establishment of the University freshmen.

®®®demi(. de ^ Sciences, the College structurally includes at present 17^"lication ^"tl'J'opology and Archaeology, Biology, Chemistry, Com-J^dies English Languages and Literature, Geography, History, Indian^ysics, Pgy Mathematics, Modem and Classical Languages, Philosophy,*^®Sram is w ° l^®ligious Studies, Sociology and Speech. The Communication ®**d the coordi " ’Ifldn the College; and the coordinator o f the Honors Prog;ram

âcult*^°^ faculty o f the Humanities Program are also members of the ^ "®f collegpg Î'airman and faculty of departments structurally located inj ®®atre " Computer Science, Economics, Geology, Music, Political Science, j.?®*®! since th*d' ~ regularly consulted on an associate faculty(,j ®*'al arts. Ma *®®’P^"®® those departments are historically associated with the

Center f ^ ® ^ ®*‘al arts faculty are involved in various ways in the work a Coll and Learning.

^®duateg who\°^ ®ûdents in the arts and sciences, the College enrolls all under- ^ ®®other Coll ®®nipleted twenty-four credit hours in the University College or

®f Bachel^^ f*" ®®*''®*‘®**’y and who wish to complete studies for the Bachelor of Col)' * ‘®*d of 0/ ^ ®®j®ace degree with concentration in some substantive or appli-

^®^®®enr n ^ the traditionally broad spectrum o f the liberal arts. TheSch pur * *°®*® "Paclassified” students who already have a bachelor’s degree

and acc studies without formally registering in the Graduate" 6 CoH * auditors and special students.

a member of the Council o f Colleges of Arts and Sciences,

77


MISSIONThe following statement of mission has been articulated by the College

and Sciences.1. To offer both a liberal education and professional education in the libera

disciplines, or in some instances professional education and training in appl'* ® fields which have developed from liberal arts disciplines.

2. To teach the skills that have been called the “foundation” of education-cal ability, cognitive and analytical skills, artistic skills, communication skil s.

II tn *3. To preserve and cherish skills and knowledge from the ancient as weu

recent past, while discovering, testing and advancing new skills and new know ^

4. To vindicate the oneness of all learning and of all learners, andencourage students and scholars to resist the over-professionalization or toteniw of learning. ,

5. To communicate the ultimate and immediate importance of the College 9 lectual and creative concerns through services and outreach activities.

By its nature and in accordance with its history, the College of Arts and jjje, concerns itself principally with higher education in the broadest or “liberal rather than in the vocational sense. While students seeking the B.A. or B.S. pare themselves in the College for specific professions or occupations — e.g-t a® jsts.ists, writers, radio and television broadcasters, computer experts, conserve ^ spiecialists in speech correction, high school teachers, translators — their these and similar applicative specializations are secondary to their intellectua 8 through studies in the substantive fields — the social sciences, philosophy. and languages, the humanities and fine arts, the natural sciences, religio’-J® the 9*’ mathematics, history, psychology — which concern themselves directly wit ^

■ ■ -ees

ite*ter

ture of man and the universe rather than with specific vocational orientatio”^^ dents in the College are prepared on graduation to continue toward aor professional degrees in graduate schools and in medical schools, law sc other professional schools such as dentistry, optometry and education. « who have concentrated in substantive fields often go directly into federal national agencies, state and local government service, careers in the arm business, trade, communication, service and the fine and performing arts-

ELIGIBILITY AND ADMISSIONAny student who has completed 24 credit hours in the University CoUcS®

admitted to the College of Arts and Sciences, provided he or she has achie'^ academic progress towards his or her degree. Transfer students are admitt to the College of Arts and Sciences if they have 24 or more transfer credit a satisfactory academic record (generally a C or 2.0 Grade Point Averag

COUNSELING AND ADVISEMENT ,ncen'itr"’Students entering the College with clear purpose regarding majors or c

tions should consult the appropriate departmental or interdepartmenta^^,^^i those who are uncertain about their majors or concentrations should seek a in the Office of the Dean, Twamley HalL ^

Students who are having personal, family, or emotional problems orculties with their studies will find assistance at the Counseling Center,

The College of Arts and Sciences 79

DEGREEStk

difference between the B. A. and the B.S. is th a t the latter degree is con- ®^udents completing a major or concentration in a natural science (biology

Scietigg ^ fields, chemistry, earth science, geography, natural science, physical B physics). In Geology and Psychology there are separate requirements for

either d S*’'^dents in Mathematics and Computer Science may chooseB f students with both science and non-science majors,sper’ certain sp>ecified programs, students may also obtfun one of the follow-

B.S. in Aeronautical Studies, B.S. in Airway Science, B.S. in in Chemistry, B.S. in Fisheries and WUdlife Biology, and

■ttg these appropriate departmental listing.) Certain programs, includ-the careful timing in the choice of courses. Students are urged to obtain

' ®P'es of th * Dean, or the University College or the appropriate department, 6 detailed curricula for such programs.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS'*6® of *^fi“h‘ements are the same for all students seeking a degree through the Col- ^®9uirem *f**'' Sciences (except for those in the Four-Year Honors Program). These

I U three main categories.*’®ges Graduation Requirements, (applicable to all undergraduates) See

I I ,

*®’'ces a *{"*** Acquirements. Generally for a degree from the College of Arts and at proficiency in a foreign language equivalent to that

*5®®Pt for G * fourth semester course in college (202 a t this university,iu which 352 is the fourth course.) This is known as Level IV profi-

®oul(i con?* P'^Srams, however, admit variations in this requirement, and students If’gUage specific requirements of particular programs and departments. The. ^^quired • ^ options are listed for each major under the heading,

sdvis *d ‘departments.” Any student doubtful about what his major will ®®fly aa^ ^ .establish language proficiency through coursework or other means

*’®‘‘ficular f °®®*d de. Students m ust note tha t for certain majors and concentrations, •“nguages are preferred.

*** ® ®*egle f Concentration. Majors, basically a minimum of 30 credit hours^slated ®'‘® offered in a variety of subjects. Interdepartmental majors, or

concentrations, are more limited in number. The requirements for both j • Student *V**® ‘departmental and interdepartmental listings beginning on page ^ ’’’ atration ” ‘>te particularly the requirements not only of the majors and1 In the*M where appropriate, the accompanying requisites in other depart-

2.2 K„ (or concentration) students must have a grade point average of“y graduation.

Arclueology

Liberal Arts Majors Available In the College

ot»nyChemistry

EnglishFisheries and Wildlife BiologyFrenchGeographyGeologyGermanHistOTyIndian StudiesJournalism


LatinLibrary ScienceMatberoaticaMusicNorwegianPhilosophyPhysicsPolitical Science P sy c h o l< ^

Religious StudiesScandinavian LanguagesSocial WorkSociologySpanishSpeechTheatre ArtsVisual ArtsZoology

Related Fields ConcentrationsAeronautical Studies Airway Science American Studies Earth Science Humanities

Meteorological Studies Natural Science Physical Science Russian Studies Social Science

Other Available Majors and Concentrationsores*"'

In addition to the majors and concentrations listed above, students may at®® other related fields concentrations with the approval of the Dean and thements involved.

Certain students, e.g. those in the Honors Program, may graduate without f or concentration.

SPECIAL PROGRAMSTeacher Certification. To qualify for professional certification to teach in

seco- '

ary schools, students must meet requirements set by the Center for in *T Tm A miief hovA n msjor OF conc Hvi* tb«

jor courses required ®B.S. Ed. degree must be completed as part of the major. Students wishing

Learning. In addition, the candidate must have a major or concentra “ teaching field” as listed in the same section. The major courses required

certification should, as soon as possible, notify and seek advisement from _ jiiinf’ for Teaching and Learning as well as A & S. To be accepted for Student j j applicants must have a 2.40 Grade Point Average (GPA) in their major a GPA in all work attempted up to the time of application.

Law School Preparation. The University of North Dakota School ofwith others, strongly recommends as preparation for legal studies the B- ifif

broad, liberal education rather than specialized or technical training. For .jpofi*'.Bullet'"S«eexpectations and entrance requirements, students should consult the

School of Law. Majors in the humanities and social sciences are the Law School listing on page 102. reqU'***

Medical School Preparation. Like law schools, medical schools generally B.A. or B.S. No particular major is preferred, but a broad, liberal education *In addition, the candidate should fit into his or her program the fo llow ' eChemistry 105-106; Chemistry 305-306; Biology 101-102; and Phy®“ ® - toi""Calctilus and other selected courses in Biology are also recommended.^CUCUiUS CUlU UUllCX IJVlUrsKfo ill OiC aioV ICWlliXilviau''''

row’s physician not only must be accomplished in medicine, but also co tfjirJ’the social problems of people and must be a leader in civic and communityor she needs to have a liberal education encompassing in somesciences, the social and behavioral sciences, and the arts and the Bum ^ student must therefore select a curriculum with these goals in mind-School of Medicine listing on page 104.

ithebe® 5 «-Other Professional Schools. Students may obtain information on l“= tc.'tion for Schools of Dentistry, Pharmacy, Optometry, Veterinary Medici" > the office of the Dean or from University College.


f cirwhich students can profitably extend the scope of their education. In a variety cumstances. study or research done off campus can also be offered for academic ^

Students in the College are also encouraged to plan and to propose to the to appropriate facility members interdisciplinary courses which they believe educationally sound and interesting. Arts and Sciences 250 is a non-departm course listing, under which students may earn credit for special “ on-demand seminars, etc. Students or faculty members who wish to propose a special c under this number should consult the Dean’s Office.

Students who have special preparation in the subject matter of a course o the university or who because of particular interest bring themselves to fordepth in the subject through private study may challenge the course (or cours credit by special examination.

SPECIAL FACILITIES AND SERVICESFour research institutes, the Institute for Ecological Studies, the InstituW

mote Sensing, the Communication Research Center, and the Social Science Institute, are lodged in the college. In addition, through its various College of Arts and Sciences provides a variety of special services and faciu ’ jge, as the Psychological Services Center (Psychology Department); the Speech La and Hearing Clinic (Department of Communication Disorders); Radio Statmi* (Speech-Radio-TV); the North Dakota State Press Hall of Fame and the centra of the North Dakota Press Association and o f the Northern Interscholas i Association (Journalism Department); the Center for the Study of Cultural nnSta !! Change (Sociology Department); and the U.S. Weather Bureau Observati and Astronomy Observatory (Geography Department). In addition, all o f the College engage in general and specialized research. A variety of pu ranging from the Dakota Student, the campus newspaper published by the [j weekly, to the North Dakota Quarterly, the scholarly journal, are closely r the college.

The College of Business and Public Administration


Clair D. Rowe, Dean

The

'are'To

uonal i:important objectives o f the College of Business and Public Administra-

” ®Provi(l^ ^itiication and assistance in the area of small business management.So ® ate of No^th^n assistance to public and private organizations throughout ^ minars ivorlcsh service consists o f professional development courses,

®®aizationg consulting activities for business, public, and professionalTo.

Piiblic •■esearch activities with a particular emphasis on meeting theprivate organizations within North Dakota. Applied research is

the intere* t * needs of the state, the environment in which the college s s of the faculty, and the limited resources available for research.

'^RRICULA IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND'■“ B'-IC a d m in is t r a t io n

lead to th *^ ^ offered in the College of Business and 1I Public Administra-J;eQ? *' jng, A viai^^A Bachelor o f Business Administration. They include:

Manage* '™''*®^''®tion. Airport Administration, Banking and Finance,®oursej ~ V Advertising and Retail Merchandising. Two

c Administration and Police Administration — are offered

83

Ac HISTORY^ Commerce was organized in 1917-1918 as a four-year curriculum within

A g°‘. Arts, with students granted the degree o f B.A. (Course in Com-*' *'001 on a d Commerce was organized in 1924 as an independent two-year

and professional basis. The name was changed in 1955 to the College ofpro»r Administration, and the work in business was expanded to a three-

m covering the sophomore, junior and senior years.

MISSION‘ts stud* objective o f the College of Business and Public Administration is to

leadershi necessary knowledge and skills to achieve future positions1 D ^ business, public administration, and society by:

''®ad liberal°^*"^ * social and cultural understanding and appreciation through a 2, education in addition to the student's professional education.

’ ficient hr ''oth a high quality professional educational program with*”'®sent 8n, fi. prepare them to adapt to a variety of career opportunities in the

3 p _ ® future.

4. students with analytical and decision making tools.* '*bed fk'*?'” *’ students with an opportunity to apply the tools and concepts ac-

A > ^ eoursework.


leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Public Administration. Detailed mation may be found in the departmental listings beginning on page 124.

ofADMISSIONAll students enrolled in University College who wish to transfer to the

Business and Public Administration are advised during their freshman year to the suggested curriculum leading to the desired degree (see departmental listing be eligible for transfer to the College of Business and Public Administration University College, or from other accredited institutions, the student must pleted at least twenty-four hours of credit and must have earned a minimuni Point Average (GPA) of 2.30. If, upon transfer, he or she has not satisfied aU general graduation requirements (see pages 33-39), he or she must meet reioa requirements before receiving the degree.

Transfer Credits from Junior Colleges. Undergraduate programs in ministration in universities normally concentrate the professional courses m two years of a four-year program. Only a limited amount of work in business is offered below the junior year. The objective of this policy is to permit to acquire a foundation of work m the basic arts and sciences as a prerequisite fessional courses in business.

All business administration programs offered in the College of Business an |jte Administration at the University of North Dakota require the students j jtiil a minimum of 40 percent of the four years’ work in areas other than economics. Students desiring a four-year degree are advised to take a work during the first two years in the arts and sciences, including a strong ba in mathematics. .

Students planning to take their first two years of work at a junior take only those courses in business that are offered as freshman or courses at the University of North Dakota. Full lower division transfer creogranted for all courses equivalent to those specified for the freshman and soP years at the University of North Dakota. ^ tfi

Professional business courses taught at any junior college may not satisfy upper division course requirements of the major at the University fsity' Dakota if these courses are taught in the junior or senior years at the uM ^tU kyjX ia u w u , c u e e c c u | ^ c c i . c u e c c e j u c c c w c v c o e c c v i c . . .

Courses taught as terminal, vocational, or career classes, even though si fessional courses offered at the junior-senior levels at the Umversity Dakota, will not be accepted for credit toward a bachelor’s degree.

DEGREES AND REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION^^^,The degree of B.B.A., Bachelor of Business Administration,

Bachelor of Science in Public Administration, is conferred upon a gus> ***cessfully completes one of the prescribed courses of study in the College and Public Administration.

All candidates for degrees must fulfill the following requirements:1. Complete the University’s General Graduation Requirements

33-39). jfjot*'Earn a minimum Grade Point Average of 2.3 in all courses transfer students must not only earn a minimum accumulative

2.


of North ® minimum 2.0 average in work completed at the University

Complete the curriculum for one field of concentration in the Colleee of Busi- Stud Administration.depart* Pursuing the B.S.P.A. degree must fulfill requirements as outlined under

ment o f Political SrJenre riirrirn liim nn nncrpStude

Political Science curriculum on page 320.

2 .

3.

: core re-a“‘200,20iAcct2i4 "

C ‘ 30O."

SIS:-:! » .? ■ :

...“ “ f"® froP»yioi .JsocioiAnthi?i

•he foU Tig-

........Elements o f Accm m ting...................................................... .

........FundamenUls of Management Information Systems............

........Legal Environment of Business.............................................

........Principles of Economics I and I I .....................................................Elementary Business and Economic Statistics..............................Principles o f Management..............................................................Production Management.................................................................Principles o f Finance......................................................................Business PoUcies and Management...............................................Principles o f Marketing..................................................................Finite Mathematics............................................................ (3)........Survey of Calculus.............................................................. (3)........American CovwTiment I ............................... (3)........Fundamentals of Public Speaking ..........................................(3)

........Introduction to Psychology .

........Introduction to Sociology. . .

........Introduction to Cultural Anthropology.

.(3)

.(3)

.<31

BEYOND THE CLASSROOMI Progj.g^*' "^^ College of Business and Public Administration, through its intern-

®*0ess World ''*i' '^®® tmdergraduate students with the opportunity to explore the Ny for p lace ij''^ * enrolled at the University. Students desiring internships may *‘eved bv f u ® business firm that has a planned learning program of work

t u S lB u s itJ® ®eoperat^ ^"sUtute (SBI). The College has established a Small Business Insti-• ^ Drrtr».._ ion W i t h f t i A C m >«11 a v a f G f i i / l A n f afonP^ogratn• 'S ‘ «m st Small Business Administration. Students enrolled in

*” 'Provin» AL ^ problems o f an actual business and make recommendations8 the operation.

Graduate GRADUATE EDUCATIONCollege o f Business and Public Administration includes

(Mp^) ° t Business Administration (M BA), the Master of Public Adminis- aster of Accountancy and Master of Science with major in Economics,

85

®frts pursuing the B.B.A. degree must also fulfull the following requirements:

semester hours required for the B B A degree jects outside the College o f Business and Fhiblic Administration.

a minimum Grade Point Average o f 2.3 in all business courses.

omp tjjg requirements o f the College of Business and Public Adminis-'■' ation (see below).

4, p ’ '

must ® minimum o f 50 semester hours in business courses, 30 o f which Q), ^ ®t the University o f North Dakota.

r e q u ir e m e n t s in c o l l e g e o f b u s in e s s a n d Stude„ a d m in is t r a t io n f o r B.B.A..d e g r e e

’ ''iteuients* the B.B.A. degree are required to fulfill the following <

The School of Engineering and Mines


Alan G. Fletcher, Dean

''’*>6Uni h i s t o r y AND ORGANIZATIONw whfJh j " the Federal Enabling A ct of February

’' ‘th t h e C n T f i n h a r - made t^P North Dakota, located the School of Mines a t Grand

Dakota School of Mines the Engineering CoUege of the University ofT Js_____

do,. -nginApri^ x V ‘ -‘‘ftuieenng. ueoiogicai £.ngineermg, Mechanical Engi- 'Sf>ed and wpII ^ . ®"®Sement, and Geology. All programs are supported by well-

U-equipped laboratories.

Th, MISSION^ “'lainentaIo°*f°^ School of Engineering and Mines is to instruct students

8oci**’ ®* ‘®nce and “ Successful engineers must have a thorough train-®°VernmpnT k ® knowledge of the principles and problems of

yjg, ®al subject„ f k ' u?v industry. They m ust have a thorough training iniid high in f “ °m ty to think and work accurately, breadth and clearness of

. com- ® purposes.ell i . dp i

enginp of North Dakota and the country requires skilled andyoy * ®a a broad industrial leaders. The School of Engineering and Mines‘®Ro **®°P*ofosuc ooupled with strong technical training, that preparesfor g ' ’®*'mnent and*’**d ^ important positions, both technical and nontechnical,

“^cessful acco Engineering education provides a broad backgroundArt Phshment in many diverse fields in our technological society.

•>e,?®®ngin!eri^'°^ SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING®*>d Commission of the Accreditation Board for Engi-

®*'*i M accredited the following University o f North^*'®*'ical En Engineering, Civil Engineering, E lectrical Engineering,

provide Accreditation identifies professional engineering cur-Che • ^ mpre education upon which to base engineering practice.

'‘fKjg„L®^Engineer3 \k^ ®"&meering societies, including the American Institu te of Engin Society of Civil Engineers, the American Society

® National In stitu te of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.,'' '■ds of Re ^ f^nfessional Engineers.

^ i j j j . ®8istration governing the practice of professional engineering ®''a(iug '’®®r-In-Trai^°”' *®* ”® an ABET-accredited engineering curriculum to take

ivli*°** an a i^ II ') examination. E IT certification is granted only after ° earned curriculum and passing the E IT examination. Gradu-

i 1 certification may complete the professional practice ex-

87


aminations after four years of engineering experience acceptable to the of registration in the state in which they seek registration as professional engi

DEGREES 1,,The following baccalaureate degrees are conferred upon engineering

have successfully completed the prescribed courses of study and who have with all the other requirements established by the University, including the Graduation Requiremente for engineering students listed on page 91;Science in Chemical Engineering, Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering. of Science in Electrical Engineering. Bachelor of Science in Engineering kof Science in Llectncal E.ngineenng, oacneior oi ocience m VJ. jgncement. Bachelor of Science in Geological Engineering, and Bachelor ofMechanical Engineering. tli*

AH'*"'

Graduate Study. Graduate work is offered in the School of Engineering rules and regulations of the Graduate School Admission to graduate work peaH ous departments may be granted to a student upon the recommendation ° ,^iU of the Graduate School and the chairman of the department in which the .Jgfeei undertaken. The Master of Engineering degree is an advanced professiona quiring one year’s work beyond the bachelor’s degree which extends stu ® aration for engineering practice. Qualified students will normally ® for the degree of Master of Science in about one year. Prospective jshould familiarize themselves with the material listed in the Graduate Sch

ADMISSION POLICYAdmission to the University and the School of Engineering and Min®*'

graduates are admitted to the University of North Dakota through the sions. Application forma and general transfer information may be ob a J that office. AD freshmen entering UND and transfer students with isemester hours of acceptable credit are admitted to University CoUege. A s g jjool has completed 24 credit hours may transfer from University College to Engineering and Mines by simply notifiyii .g University CoUege of the ’This is recommended for aU students with engineering majors. Students fer to the School of Engineering and Mines with less than a 2.0 Grade Po*(GPA).

It is only through a formal admission process that students are ® jprofessional engineering degree program, and only those admitted stu .eUgible to graduate with an engineering degree. A Bachelor of Sc>®0 fawarded in the foUowing engineering disciphnes: Chemical Engineering neering. Electrical Engineering, Engineering Management, Geologies and Mechanical Engineering.

Degree Program Admission Standards. AU of the professional programs require that the foUowing conditions bo met prior to admis

(1) A grade of C must be earned in the foUowing foundation courses

CourseSem ester

Hours• General Chemistry• English Composition• Calculus• General Physics

(calculus-based)

45 12 8

U N O c o u ^ ^ * - - ^ ; ; ^ * '

jpChemEngl 101Math 211 o - j .g Phys 205 and ^


• * " sci ence course prescribed by each admitting department, least four engineering science courses or acceptable equivalents prescribed

(2) ^ admitting department.

ieast 2.0 must be maintained^ in all engineering courses taken to

Application Procedure. Application forms may be obUined directly in o f interest or the Office o f Admissions or the Dean’sto o ] o f Engineering and Mines. Application for admission may be

^ y one degree program at a time.

'Gently ®PP'y for admission to an engineering degree program con-' ®8ani in " ®PPfication to the University. Any admission to an engineering degree

89

®l)le for *. '■o ® oase will be contingent upon admission to the University. I t is advis'’aluation f k"" fo contact the engineering department o f interest for an

aieet th S oomparable and approved course work from other institutions that {j^ e school o f Engineering and Mines’ requirements.

Application Deadlines. Students will apply for admission to a pro- ' “Urse wo^t*^^* program during the term in which they are completing the foundation ^®rch 1 5 (normally the fourth semester). Applications must be received by

f’ otic ^'^rked by March 5. Applications will be reviewed only once per year.

Select' ®' ” “ ®®(on status will be mailed by April 15.

sxceed'^K*^ Admission Process for Degree Programs. I f applications for admis- (>8818 of o f spaces available in a degree program, admission will be on

(1) P’"®Sram criteria that include:

the”^ P A**" ** grade in each o f the foundation coursesco„ earned in the above foundation courses and all other engineering addit'^* <ônipleted at the time o f application for admission

f'vo t admission criteria as may be specified by each program

* j*'’aiji(igj ®'fniission will be granted. Those students who are enrolled in the, ••‘joAvyu Will ue ^rallU t^ . 1 iiuoc oi'UUCiiii'O m i \ j a i c ciuvm cu ui bile

?®'*asion P' f°™<fation courses at the time of application will receive conditional those f ** ®‘f ” '*ssion for those students depends on earning a minimum grade

"' **'*ssioQ m °* ” “ ®tion courses completed during the semester o f application. Final ''''*rses sati pan ted directly i f the student has completed all the foundation

Additio ** °' ** the degree program’s admission criteria.

*f Posû *’^®y f>e admitted to an enpneering degree program at other^ ' ‘al circun?” * f>ecome available and interim admissions are allowed. Except under

Ôfth Dakot^**'*'^*’ additional students must be enrolled at the University

5 fâlyallo,ygj ®® students who have received final or conditional admission status will

must b for upper division engineering courses. Final admissionOccur_ ® granted for actual enrollment in upper division engineering courses

Het h ^ s T *^ ‘^ “ r«- Non-admission to any degree program may be appealed

Engineering and Mines Program Appeals Committee.

may be made during the next application session.

®»erai N AND ENROLLMENT POLICYo more than two attempts will be allowed for any engineering course.


theif

,rse»

Withdrawal after the last day to add is considered one attempt. Students will no allowed to enroll in an engineering course in which they have failed to achieve a® ceptable grade or have dropped, until the second time it is offered following first enrollment, unless space is available.

A minimum 2.0 overall GPA. 2.0 UND GPA, and 2.0 GPA for engineering is required of all students in engineering. I f any of these GPAs drops below 2-®' student is placed on probation for one semester. By the end of the probation sem®® the student’s GPA must be raised to at least 2.0.

Students who have been admitted to a professional engineering degree in addition to the above requirements, will be allowed no more than font „ drawals from courses specifically listed in the program of study after the last om add (typically, this is the 10th day o f classes).

Dismissal. Dismissal from the School o f Engineering and Mines will result any of the above policies are not met.

For a student wishing to return to the School of Engineering and Mines dismissal, an Application for Reinstatement must be submitted to the department No student will be reinstated within one calendar year of dismiss® the program, and reinstatement may be on a space-available basis. ^

A denial of reinstatement may be appealed to the School of Engineeri*’® Mines Program Appeals Committee. ^

Appeals. Appeals o f the Dean’s decisions, and all appeals regarding admiss'®’|_|j. reinstatement are heard by the School’s Program Appeals Committee, whic^ posed of one faculty member from each department and three student repress^

GENERAL CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERINGFIRST AND SECOND YEARS j

The first year of the general mrriculum permits a student to continue m » neering degree program with little modification to his or her departmental Students who complete the third or the fourth semester of the general cuf>®“ by required to modify their programs from those listed by their department bu proper scheduling, complete their degree requirements at the end of eight [|)( ters. Students who have not decided upon an engineering department should course of studies outlined in the general curriculum until they have made a tal choice, at which time they should obtain departmental counseling on theu" program.

FRESHMAN YEAR

Chem 105,106 ..............................General Chemiatry andQualiutive Analysis...............................

Engl 101........................................Composition I ..........................................Arts and Humanities Requirements . . .

Engr loo ........................................ Introducti<« to Engineering...................Engr 101........................................Engineering Graphics..............................Engr 102........................................Descriptive Geometry..............................Engr 201........................................Fundamental Computer Programming .Math 211,212 .............................. Cakulus I. I I ............................................Phys 205........................................General Physics........................................

1st

(4)(3)(3)( 1)(2)

(4)

I®

(SI

The School of Engineering and Mines 91

SO PHO M O RE YEAR

'-E 300 ,...............................................Analytical Mechanics

CE 3oi (S ta tic s )........................................................................................................ Mechanicsof Materials I ............

.............................................. Analytical Mechanics(Dynamics)......................................

............................................ Elements of Economics206 (Social Sciences I ) .........................

............................................ Electrical Engineering209 Fundamentals.................................

..........................................Technical and Business W riting.^®th2i 3 Social Science Requirements . . .p®^h35i .......................................... Calculus I I I .....................................^^>'*206 ..........................................Applied M athem atics...................•Etigi 102 •........................................General Physics.

1st 2ndSam sstar Sem astsr

(21(3)

(3)

131

(3)(2)

131 (3|(4)

(31(41

Outli,an acceptable substitute.

cataf curricula are found in the Courses of Instruction section' “''suit with^h Students interested in ROTC programs should''*"''culum • ^ department chairman and the Department of Military Science on

Options.

T.**® Unig eneral educatio n req u ir em en ts

'ModifiedI

II.

I l l

^iversity General Education Requirements for Engineering students are En r®<luirements given on pages 33-39.

8““h ComposiUon

Sftr-i I^ours minimum required. (No change)Science*

^ ester hours minimum required:

Economics IO5 (3 hours). Required, (for engineering students. Econ 105is an acceptable prerequisite for subsequent economics coiu*ses

g if a grade of A or B is achieved.)^ « t at least 6 semester hours from the following list:G n o . 171. 374, 375. 377PoltJ » 151. 152, 161, 262, 354, 457

lo i . 102. 220, 302. 314, 318, 331, 408. 412, 432

^ Sociolo^®^ bourses must hp

least 5 * minimum of 2 departments.Art. . ®8ter hours must be in one department.

“ •“d H um .„iu„

^■neater hours minimum inquired:

g 370 (3 hours). Required.at least 6 semester hours from the following list;

English

101, 251, 360, 361101, 102. 301. 330. 331. 332, 335. 361. 366. 407

Eine Arts History

Honors

^•"SMegea

151,152. 211. 213, 217, 219. 301,302, 303, 304,305.315,316, 320. 321.322, 330, 331.332.357.365, 367.369.401,402,403, 404. 405. 406. 407. 409

150101.102.103,104, 203. 204, 207.208, 214, 215,220,221, 223, 225. 226. 300*. 301. 302, 325, 326. 330. 331, 332, 341. 342, 343. 344, 345. 350, 351, 352. 353.355, 403. 404, 405, 406.407. 408, 409. 410. 411, 412. 414, 415. 416, 417. 419, 431

*No more than 2 credits are allowed for Hist 300 for GER.

101C 201. 202, 251. 252. 301. 302. 351, 352, 357, 358 F 201, 202, 301. 302. 305, 306. 371, 372 G 201. 202. 301. 302, 305, 306, 312 N 201. 202. 301, 302 R 201. 202. 301. 302, 305, 306 S 201, 202, 301. 302, 305, 306.Lang 331


Music 100Philosphoy 101. 210. 301. 305. 306. 307. 308, 309. 340. 356. 360,Political Science 311.312 -Uj,ReKgioas Studies 101,102,103,109.110,120,203,205,227,237,247.25 ■

305, 323. 342, 345, 450 - Theatre ArU 121.250.422.423,424

Visual Arts 110,210,211,412C. Select M minimum of 3 semester hours from the University Arts and Humaniti®*

ments given on page 34.Courses must be taken in a minimum of 3 departments.At least 5 semester hours must be in one department.

rV. Mathematics. Sdeace. and Technology12 semester hours minimum required. (No change)

Exceptions to the above are possible only by petition approval of the sW adviser, department chairman, and dean and will be permitted for well-justi i sons of validated importance to the student’s academic program.

It is recommended that engineering students, in consultation with their adviser, plan meaningful course sequences to meet their University Genera tion Requirements.

INTEGRATED MASTER OF ENGINEERING PROGRAMnitVThe Integrated Master of Engineering program provides an opportum

lected students to work concurrently toward the Bachelor of Science in degree and the Master of Engineering depee. Such students will be able to both degrees in a total of five years and will be qualified to directly enter the e ing profession at an advanced level with special competence in engineering

Tan'“Admission Requirements; ^Students may be admitted to the Integrated Master of Engineering P''*’®

1. Have completed a minimum of 90 semester credits toward an engineer** laureate degree;

2. Have included a minimum of 36 semester credits of approved courses in the work completed:

3. Have demonstrated the academic achievement necessary to P“ ’’®' *„ij-ed- study in engineering. A GPA of at least 2.50 for all previous work is

Interested students should apply for admission to this program Gra<*'’*** second semester of their junior year on forms available from the UN School Those admitted will receive a letter from the Dean of the Gradua ® that effect, and their academic transcript will be marked accordingly-

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONSStudent Societies. There are student chapters of each of the following

societies; American Institute of Chemical Engineers (AIChE), American Mining Engineers (AIME), American Society of Civil Engineers Society of Engineering Management (ASEM), American Society of neers (ASME), Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (lEE Women Engineers (SWE). Other student organizations are: Association o uate Geologists and the Computer Club. pia*'®*''

Honor Societies. Eta Kappa Nu, Sigma Gamma Epsilon, and Tau


®S honor societies whose purpose is to recognize excellence in scholarship.Eij„-® Dakota Engineer II. Engineering students publish The North Dakota

alumni, and students contribute technical articles and other ^ interest to the student engineering body.

Council. The Engineers’ Council o f the University o f North Dakota, of gp . ^20 , is a student organization representing all departments o f the Schoolof tj,. ®®i^g and Mines. Its membership is composed of the president and one member putej Cl branches of AIChE, ASCE, ASEM, ASME, IEEE, SWE, and the Com-the eg presidents of Eta Kappa Nu, Sigma Gamma Epsilon, and Tau Beta Pi;«ngijj^?®®™g student senator; and the editor of The North Dakota Engineer II. An is to aet ^ *®culty member serves as adviser to the councfl. The purpose of the council

®s the governing body for students in the School of Engineering and Mines.

University Student Financial Aids fellowship and scholarship s, the following scholarships are normally available to engineering students:

Contractors John Jardine Scholarship and Senior Scholarship ''“nies R^l®® Scholarships Calvin u Scholarships '^cxis J ^®b® N. Crouch Fund ■''>aaAs;^“ ^"S®bolarship ^"ilecksm Scholarship

It Scholarship^ti>ur T ,v "®® Memorial Scholarship Ornul„°bnson Fellowship

Minnesout"-®'ÊAw^dX anesota <? ” “ "8 “ "d Manufacturing Company Scholarships "Orth Engineers Society ScholarshipsIJotth Dahnt'ô Corporation Scholarshipsn afassor “ Society of Professional Engineering (NDSPE) Scholarships ft arson Civn^p® Robert O'Brian Scholarship ftartland Geno. I'??,"®® '"* Scholarship . ‘ fessional ErT*- âbo'atsbip

SouC japneers' Auxiliary. Chapter 1. NDSPEFor inf Scholarships

“ 'ancini on these and other scholarships, see offerings under StudentFor ^

âduate fellowships, see the bulletin of the Graduate School

FELLOWSHIPS AND SCHOLARSHIPS

Th( t h e e n g in e e r in g e x p e r im e n t s t a t io n

93

State I *' ® Engineering Experiment Station stems from the authorization 1 mine that read as follows: “ In order to aid in the developmentS ” ‘ ‘«acce •• beep good faith with the United States govern-

of M- ^be land grant...the board of trustees o f the State University and n®* lasting” ? ‘^b-ected to provide suitable means for experimentation and prac- f. ®ss for ‘ be mineral and other allied resources in order to determine their a^7 b ivo lv ^ ?^ manufacturing industries..." As a result, the Station was ini-

® ®lay jjg abaracterizing and finding commercial uses for the state s ligmte Pasits. The research conducted by the engineering, mining, and geology


faculty through the Engineering Experiment Station during the first half of century laid the groundwork for the present Mining and Mineral Resources Ro®®* Institute and UND Energy Research Center. ,

Today the mission of the Station is to support the research efforts of the Engineering and Mines faculty in projects of significance to the state of North t' and the nation. Recent programs have included the technical development o , structural concepts, biomedical systems, waste treatment processes, hydrotn resources, biomass, fuels, solar and wind energy systems, heat pump systems, ^ wave components, and electric load management models. The Station's all directed by faculty members of the School and nearly all involve undergradus graduate students in the conduct of the projects. Many students have special skills and knowledge through their participation in Station research which guided and supported their careers following graduation from the Univ®

! uniq' ®In addition to general faculty support, the Station operates three <grams. The Coal By-Products Utilization Institute specializes in seeking com uses for lignite and subbituminous fly ash and other combustion waste produc Renewable Energy Institute conducts research and demonstration projects m 8 tive energy resources with special laboratory facilities designed to analyze itor system performances. Established to conduct coal analyses for the Fuels Analysis Laboratory performs routine and specialized tests on both e tional and alternative solid and liquid fuels.

The Station cooperates closely with various agencies of the State, numerous g Departments and private industry in developing and conducting research of interest to the sponsor. The Station research and development program seeks opportunities to benefit and enhance the State’s economy.

For further information regarding the Station and its programs, address the tor of the Engineering Experiment Station, University of North Dakota, R Grand Forks, North Dakota 58202. .

GRADUATE INSTRUCTION AND RESEARCH IN COOPEB^^' WITH THE ENERGY RESEARCH CENTER .

« n a rt ie ‘P hGraduate students in appropriate departments of the University can p in the research programs of the UND Energy Research Center. Graduate jcop* Assistantships are available for students whose thesis research falls under of a lesearch program of the Center. Most of the Center’s programs involve into the properties and utilization of low-rank coals.

Applicants for financial support to the concerned academic departmeut ^ jjtb* considered for assistantships at the Center. Academic work is provided t j regular graduate offerings of the University departments. Research is perfot ^ at the Center or in the academic unit, under cooperative supervision of Center staff.

MINING AND MINERAL RESOURCES RESEARCH INSTHTUThid

The University of North Dakota is one of a small number of institutions Mining and Mineral Resources Research Institutes designated by the ment. The Institute receives Government funds to support scholarships- educational programs m mimng and mmeral resources, and research rve mining and mineral resources. The Institute directs its programs to ser

:hl-eti'


®nd statethe natio “ North Dakota. as well as in the Midwest and throughout’■ sources" include the evaluation and development of energy and mineralfesources conserving and preserving the nation’s environment and vital

95


The College of Fine ArtsBruce C. Jacobsen, Dean

SCOPE AND MISSIONThe College o f Fine Arts, organized by the University in 1971, offers

unique advantages as the only major academic division in North Dakota which is cated to the fine arts. The faculties o f the College of Fine Arts and its Departro®'’ ® j. Music, Theatre Arts, and Visual Arts comprise the largest community of creativs ists, musicians, and theatre people working together in the state. The physical for this abundance o f fine arts activities are a variety of College o f Fine Arts an<* ^ versity facilities which make possible an ongoing schedule of student participation'^ performance in the many phases of the fine arts. The mission of the College of Arts is to provide, through both its instructional and extracurricular programs- opf^ tunities for the gifted and talented student who is interested in the fine arts as * “ u fession, as well as for the university-wide and larger community which increas' wishes to particpate in and acquire a greater understanding and appreciation ® fine arts. Besides the offerings of the faculty members of the College, nationally artists in each of the fine arts disciplines regularly visit ceimpus to share their and stimulate the personal work o f both the permanent faculty and their stuo®

FACILITIESThe College and its Departments o f Music and Visual Arts occupy the

structed Edmond A. Hughes Fine Arts Center. The Center is an award-winning f ture of more than 91,000 square feet, which provides outstanding facilities of classrooms, rehearsal halls, practice rooms, studios, shops, and the acoust'" ^ tuned Josephine Campbell Recital HalL The Department of Theatre Arts e Burtness Theatre, and office, studio and support facilities in nearby Chandl® ^ In addition to these instructional facilities, the cultural life of the campus is 6 ^ ^ by the programs of the Chester Fritz Auditorium, a 2400 seat performance the North Dakota Museum Art, which is located in and operated by ^ ],er Memorial Union. The various student fine arts orgainzations use these a" , ^ College and University facilities to provide an extremely active exhibition formance program m music, theatre and the visual arts, which is shared w whole University and larger communites.

DEGREESStudents in the College of Fine Arts pursue the Bachelor of Music or the

Fine Arts degree. Students in the Graduate School, the Center for Teaching ®n' ing, and the College of Arts and Sciences utilize the programs and facili ia® College o f Fine Arts and its departments to fulfill their major requireroenta Master o f Arts, Master of Education, Master of Fine Arts in Visual Arts, Bs*- Science in Education, and Bachelor of Arts degrees.

The degree programs in the College of Fine Arts are pre-professional the major fine arts disciplines of music, theatre arts, and visual arts. The both the Departments o f Music and Visual Arts have been accredited by ^tive national professional accrediting agencies. It should be noted that instr" the Fine Arts disciplines is highly individualized, especially in the upper-1®' ®*

The College of Fine Arts

has weU^" ™ade both in the College and its Departments for independent

^ DEGREE REQUIREMENTSfrom the College of Fine Arts must complete the foUow-

Requirements (pages 33-39).mscipline curriculum as outlined under the specific department.

add^«’l"J “ semester hours completed outside the CoUege of Fine Arts (in Pin A education requirements).Pine Art* fr* ^me Arts.(Composite major in

m Fine Arts Courses from departments other than the q, “J°*^mscipline .........................................................................................

^ •’’ose Students who are interested in teacher certification may ful-Pfog^m pursuing their degrees in the College of Fine Arts. A coordi-

p ‘=®Pted for St, H Center for Teaching and Learning makes this possible. To be j'®<ie Point A **s®inng. applicants are required to have a minimum of a 2.40‘ ‘ ®'®pted 8 2.25 GPA overaU in coursework

Grad ^ application.

^®' 'iate*'work*r‘ *i®®‘ «l®Partments of Visual Arts. Music and Theatre Arts offer T, ® Craduatg q ®aumg to the Master of Arts or Master of Education degree through ,j,®®clier EducaK ^usic may also be selected as an Area of Concentration in the ®acher Educn/°** program for the Doctor of Education degree, or as a Minor in the ^ l^ast program for the Doctor of Philosophy degree.

^®'*gh the rl j**'* degree is also offered by the department of Visual Arts *® Graduate School.

97

(3)


The Graduate SchoolA. William Johnson, Dean

MISSIONThe Graduate School has responsibility for all graduate work at the

is the purpose of this school to provide opportunity for advanced study beyoo® ^ limits of undergraduate courses, to make available the resources of the University such combinations as will meet the occupational, intellectual and cultural qualified post-baccalaurate students, and to encourage original investigatio” * creative scholarship. The University of North Dakota offers the largest (about 1. students) and most diversified (45 programs) graduate program in the ^ between Minneapolis and Seattle). A number of unique facilities and support reso augment the instructional and research program.

Each year approximately 450 new students enroll for degrees in the School, and approximately 300 students receive Master’s degrees and 30 stu ® receive Doctor’s degrees. In addition, the Graduate School and the Division of tinuing Education offer an extensive program of off-campus graduate work.

DEGREES GRANTED ^’The degrees conferred for graduate work are the Master of Arts, Master of

Master of Accountancy, Master of Education, Master of Business Adminisb^j |j(. Master of Engineering, Master of Fine Arts, Master of Music, Master of Administration, Doctor of Arts, Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy' Master of Business Administration degree is also available to students at Forks and Minot Air Force Bases. The Specialist’s Diploma is offered in tional Administration.

GRADUATE PROGRAMS ^The University offers work leading to the Doctorate in 15 fields. Forty-f<’'*' ^ jd

grams offer work leading to the Master’s degree. Graduate programs are apP for only those fields which the Dean and Graduate Committee have ascertained staff and facilities such as to provide a satisfact<xy graduate education. Many tions of major and minor or cognate work are available for the degrees m®” above. Thesis and non-thesis programs are available. ' jj.

For information on graduate courses, prospective students are referred partmental statements in other parts of this Bulletin and to the Bulletin of the u ate SchooL Courses with bOO- and 900-series numbers are graduate courses listed in the Graduate Bulletin carry graduate credit. Courses num 300 m this Undergraduate Bulletin may, in certain instances, carry gradus toward a cognate area.

For a listing of the Belds in which graduate degrees may be obtained, see th below.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONFor detailed information students should consult the Graduate Bulletin or

inquiries to the Dean of the Graduate School, University of North DakoW- Forks, ND 58202.

The Graduate School 99

graduate programs and degreesProgram

^torny

p'’“'»elini{ ^ ‘ “Orders (See Speech Pathology)

i!;c^ i„^ W lo g y^Usic

Pk'®:''s

2Hgy

S olog? '•ucation

®P«ch *^^“'»tion

Pathology

l ^ ‘ ‘“ '>alEdu,

M .A cc/ MS. Ph.D.

(see Education-General Studies)

Degrees Available

MS. Ph.D.MS, M.Ed.^.D.A., Ph.D. m b a 2MS*. M.Ed.2, Ed.D., Ph.D.MS*. M.Engr.2 MS. Ph.D.MS*M. Engr.2

MA*. M.Ed.2. Ed.D„ Ph.D.M A '. M.Ed.2 MS*MS*, M.Ed.2, Ed.S., Ed.D., Ph.D. MS*. M.Ed.2 MS*. M.Ehct.*MS*. M.Ed.2 MA*. Ph.D.MA, MS. M.Ed.2 MA MS, Ph.D.MA*MA. DA MS, M.Ed.2 'MAMS*. M.Ed.*MS*. M.Engr.2 MS*MS*. Ph D.M.M.*MS*MS. M.Ed.*MS. Ph.D.MS, Ph D.MA*MA. Ph.D.MPA*MS*. M.Ed.*

MAMS*. M.Ed.*MA. M.Ed.*M.S.*Ed.D.. Ph.D.MAMFA*MS*


The College for Human Resources Development

Henry J. Tomasek, Dean

HISTORY AND ORGANIZATIONThe College for Human Resources I)evelopment, established in 1972,

ulty and students who are concerned with the enhancement and realization oi potential The College consists of the following academic departments:Home Economics and Nutrition; Industrial Technology; Health, Physical and Recreation; Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction; Occupational T jj and Social Work. The interdisciplinary program in Criminal Justice administered by the College. In addition, other colleges work cooperatively College for Human Resources Development in offering coursework and other tional experiences for human resources students.

MISSIONThe mission of the College is to prepare students for careers in human

sions including teaching. To achieve this purpose, most departments offer a va educational programs within their own areas o f specialization, cooperate teaching efforts, make joint use of existing courses, create new interdisciplto^^^j hip work, and offer person-to-person opportunities in practicum, field work and m experiences.

In addition to offering instructional programs, the College strives to play tant role in facilitating and coordinating the University’s service and tions in human development fields. For example, specific areas in which th® jj; and students apply their education include: services to physically and menta y capped, family development services, programs and services to minority group ational programs, marriage and personal counseling, career guidance program ’ j,er> trial-technical services, and library and other audiovisual services. Faculty in the College are also engaged in research efforts supported by University' grants and other funding sources.

.fulfill’"'"ADMISSION

Admission to the College for Human Resources Development requires o f the following conditions:

1. Completion of at least 24 semester hours o f credit. |2. Satisfaction of any special admission requirements established by i

ment in which the student plans to major. Students should contact the cof the department to determine its admission policy and procedures.

DEGREESThe following baccalaureate degrees are conferred upon human resources ^

who complete the prescribed courses of study in their major and who gouf’’*! i degree requirements of the University and o f the College for Huroa® -ti®'’ '" ' Development: B.S. in Criminal Justice Studies; B.S. in Hedth, Physical ® gju®®" J ■ Recreation with major in Physical Education; B.S. in Health, Physical ^and Recreation with Major in Recreation; B.S. in Home Economics: CO t

The College for Human Resources and Development 101

Qj .®f^®duate Program in Community Dietetics; B.S. in Home Economics: Textiles, 8 g . S & Consumer Studies; B.S. in Home Economics: Home Economics Education; 8 g’ ^''dustrial Technology; B.S. in Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction;

• Occupational Therapy; and B.S.S.W. with a Major in Social Work.pu possible for a student to major in a human resources department andbegj ‘degree in another college. Students should consult the departmental listings

on page 123 to determine if the department in which they plan to major egree programs in other colleges.

DEGREE REQUIREMENTS*°ôwing are degree requirements for students enrolled in the College for

n Resources Development.dent coursework required by the department in which the stu-

g Completion of University graduation requirements. See pages 33-39.a minimum of 40 semester credits in coursework outside the

Or Human Resources Development.Case of^ oiinimum of 2.20 Grade Point Average (GPA) in all work taken and, in the

•■ansfer students, a minimum of 2.20 GPA in all UND work.

SPECIAL PROGRAMStion; ®*’ ‘fication. The Departments of Health, Physical Education and Recrea-

Indu f . ^^'ôiics and Nutrition; Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction; '^Wl te * 1'ochnology offer programs to prepare students for careers as public

loalify for a permanent certificate to teach, students must satisfy be a established by the State Department of Public Instruction. This

*0® completing the necessary departmental and teacher educa-requirements.

T w ,

P'^rsuet8 available to qualify for teacher certification. (1) A student mayshe of Science in Education degree. If a student chooses this option,

satisf^^*^ ®*>roll as a degree student in the Center for Teaching and Letu'ning ' '’fessiouoi ^ 8^®ciuation requirements of the Center. (2) The student is to pursue the

®''d Nutrjy ^ or ber field (Bachelor of Science in HPER, Home Economics ?®y| and als°” ' Science and Audiovisual Instruction, or Industrial Technol-

" aachin required teacher education coursework offered by the CenterStud ^ Learning.

^be second option must enroll as degree students in the College *'®rtifi(,gj.. ®oorces Development and include the course requirements for teacher ^ôfessioriaj H* "Lbis option is available for those who wish to pursue the®'*®ation bis or her major field rather than the professional degree inJ. 1 , ---W vr* aic* a iiajvt AICIU laUilCi k

^âduat Qualify for teacher certification.Recreat Q !*** '®®’ Departments of Counseling; Health, Physical Education

of industrial Technology offer graduate coursework leading to thep,‘ *'“ ‘'tment of p**^^*" S®*®nce, op Master of Education degrees. In addition, the sh and D offers graduate programs leading to the Doctor of

'''Rd Consult Philosophy degrees. Students interested in graduate study• " be Coll Llraduate School Catalog for descriptions of these degree programs. ? * bemi(.gj Resources Development sponsors interdisciplinary minors

® ^®Pai-tmenf . Awareness and in Gerontology. (See detailed listings under Of Social Work)


The School of LawW. Jeremy Davis, Dean

HISTORY AND MISSIONThe School of Law, established in 1899, is a graduate professional school of

University which awards the Juris Doctor degree. The curriculum is designed full-time student and covers a period of three academic years. The School of member of the Association of American Law Schools and is accredited by the of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar of the American Bar AssoO® The mission of the School Law is to educate and train legal professionals in a blending fundamental substantive law teaching with opportunities for practical cation of legal theory. The Law School also focuses its resources on research an service to the State, its citizens and the legal profession. Graduates are enth t

admission to the bar in the jurisdiction of their choice upon successful compl® that jurisdiction’s bar examination.

PRE LAW STUDIESThere is no prescribed pre-law curriculum. The Law School student body

includes representatives of nearly every undergraduate field of study. The the School of Law strongly recommends a broad and liberal undergraduate pf® which combines rigorous and creative thinking, careful and thorough analysis an stantial oral and written communication opportunities. The major should be a s area which interests and stimulates the student.

ADMISSIONApplicants for admission to the School of Law must be candidates for or

ceived a bachelor’s degree from an accredited college or university and mus taken the Law School Admission Test. Admission is competitive. Applicants ac for the 1983-84 entering class had an average undergraduate Grade Point (GPA) of 3.17 and an average LSAT score of 32. The deadline for application® ® supporting documentation is April 1 of the Spring preceding entry.

It is the policy of the School of Law to attempt to admit all qualified b®**residents seeking to enroll. Because a diverse student body provides | medium for education, the School of Law encourages apphcation from a* and all economic backgrounds, as well as from women and members of raci® • and religious minorities.

Students wishing to enter the School of Law should request application the Office of the Dean, School of Law, University of North Dakota, Grand 58202. The University of North Dakota School of Law b a peu'ticipating La" b*the Law School Data Assembly Service. In order that the admission proco completed by April 1 of each year, the applicant is strongly urged to make apP directly to the School of Law the prece^ng September.

Applicants for advanced standing may be admitted and given credit fo*' tory work completed in other accredited law schools, provided they otherwi®® with the admission requirements of the School i

The School of Law

stu d en ts in o t h e r c o l l e g e s o r s c h o o l s e l e c t in gLAW COURSES

'■egistered in other colleges or schools o f the University o f North Dakota obta- •'“ enroll in one or more courses in the School of Law may do so provided

•*®rticuig ® permission of the Dean of the School of Law and the instructor of the ®Wevej. No credit in the School of Law will be given for these classes.

The l ib r a r y‘•^e School of Law has 130,000 volumes, 93,000

the “' e*' ^500 serial subscriptions. Audiovisual materials areProfessT^^*^°”' ^ecility is a research library designed to serve law students,

nn, and the legal resource needs of the University and the State.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATIONJ Peoug Bulletin describing the School of Law and providing miscel-^ *ee of th * *?®*'*““ nnd application blanks for admission may be secured from the 8202_ School of Law, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND

103


The School of MedicineTom M. Johnson, Dean

HISTORY AND MISSIONThe School of Medicine was established in 1905 as a basic science school

the first two years of medical education. In 1973, legislative action created an curriculum and authorized the granting of the Doctor of Medicine degree. As an i n ^ plan, the curriculum known as the 2:1:1 plan was instituted, consisting of the and sophomore years a t UND, the junior year a t the University of Minnesota of Medicine or Mayo Medical School, and the final year back in North Dakota for ^clerkships a t community hospitals within the state. The 1981 Legislature the teaching of the third year in North Dakota beginning with ten students on

ineit”; lilable'Fargo campus in 1982-83. Forty students received their third year training in®*

Fargo or Bismarck in 1983-84, and in 1984-85 third-year training will be availa** all 50 students entering the School of Medicine, thus giving North Dakota a ® plete, in-state medical education program.

The primary purpose of the School of Medicine is to provide qualified student® j are residents of the sta te of North Dakota with a thorough training in the m sciences with emphasis on primary care, although students recieve adequate so tha t they are able to enter any specialized, post-M.D. residency training The School of Medicine also offers accredited undergraduate degrees in health fields of physical therapy, medical technology and cytotechnology- degrees in anatomy, biochemistry, microbiology, pathology and physiology a*"® ® as well as postgraduate programs in internal medicine, family practice, neurosufe^ pathology, and psychiatry.

. - C®*”The SchocJ of Medicine is fully accredited by the Medical Education wgjjc#'

mittee of the American Medical Association and The Association of American N Colleges. ^

Departments in the School, many of which do not offer undergraduate include Anatomy, Biochemistry, Community Medicine, Family Practice, Medicine, Microbiology, Neuroscience, Obstetrics/Gynecology, Pathology. P®“*® Physical Medicine, Physical Therapy, Physiology, Pharmacology, Radiology- gery. The statewide activities of the School are coordinated through Area Education Centers (AHEC) a t Grand Forks, Fargo, Bismarck, and Minot-

The School of Medicine issues a separate catalog biennially containing [concerning application, registration, fees, admissions, standards of scholar®*’’* (he 5 courses. Interested students may write for the catalog or for other informatio** ; Office of Student Affairs, School of Medicine, University of North Dakota, ! Forks, ND 58202.

SUGGESTED UNDERGRADUATE COURSES FOR STUDENTS PLANNING TO STUDY MEDICINE

. Ug

Four years of college preparation are recommended for students enteringiJit'■lit

versity of North Dakota School of Medicine, although a degree is not a req**** ■The student is free to select a major in any area of interest, but must include tn® ing mandatory credits:

The School of Medicine 105

Minimum^ Semester

j ^stry Hours

p l*8y ................................................................................................................................. 8p''ysic« , , , .......................................................................................................................... 8L a i ^ ^ ^ i o i o g y ' I

................................................................ «

medical schools, the University o f North Dakota School of elective courses that include subjects of

^kdeat’g ed humanities, economics, psychology, and sociology so that theto experience will be a broad and well-rounded one. Students are

' Ppli counselors regularly.^°''8inber ^ School of Medicine must be recieved no later than

o the year preceding desired admission.

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS*' ‘»inist,ere^® undergraduate degree programs in medically allied fields are

**ge 123 ^ Medical School See also the departmental listings which begin

t o D e p a r t CytotechnologyDachelo^Tc offers a four-year degree-granting program leadingAMa B ° ^cience in Cytotechnology. The program has been fully approved

th '^Pplicat°^° Schools since 1967 and became a deg^ree-granting program in * ^®P8rtment ®''8*lable from the Cytotechnology Teaching Supervisor in

o Pathology, and must be submitted by April 1.

Afo^y, Medical Technology^ ' 6chnoiQgy P^KTam leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Medi-

**'® * oted in 1949. Students enroll in the University College At th h * advised by instructors from the Medical Technology

Me ' '*'® '''here th ^®^***® ^he sophomore year students transfer to the School of >8 ” ®chnolo supervised by the Director and Associate Director ofSjL offered in ^ D e p a r t m e n t of Pathology. The degree of Master of Science

Catalog Technology. Further details are available in the Graduate

A'D'epu,,. rnysi

®hta *' * Therapy ' *" y.®®''_P''°K*'ara leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in fronj the '®®^'°us for admission to the professional program may be

he p March Physical Therapy after January 1, and must be* ° ®ssional,,, calendar year the student wishes to gain entrance into

program.

Physical Therapyis accredited by the American Physical Therapy

b '^® Medi - -

faciiiy® *** is an H o f the Legislature o f the State of North®® for the “ coord" unit of the University. Its purpose is to provide

uiation, improvement, expansion, and unification of health and

North DAKOTA STATE MEDICAL CENTER


ivat®welfare activities of the State, its agencies, its political subdivisions and its pr* practitioners.” The Center is “ concerned with the training of physicians, nurses an other personnel concerned with the improvement and preservation of the health o people of North Dakota.” j

The Medical Center supports the School of Medicine, the programs Technology, Physical Therapy, Rehabilitation Hospital and the College of It also supports the Medical Center Loan Fund.

IRELAND RESEARCH LABORATORYith"!The research laboratory is a 25,000 square foot five-story building located

the Medical Science Building with a connecting link to each floor of the School The Ireland Laboratory is devoted entirely to biomedical research and ate education in the medical sciences. The laboratory began as one room in the School in 1953 as a result of a bequest of the late Guy L. Ireland. In 1958 the awas constructed with a gift from Mrs. Bertha Ireland as a memorial to her bus grant from the National Institutes of Health, and an appropriation from the Dakota Medical Center. Additional grants from the National Cancer Institu funds from the Medical Center provided for the construction of four additions in the early 1960s.

The College of Nursing

The College of NursingInez Hinsvark, Dean

MISSION

Hui*®8ical prop* holistic individuals composed of biological, psychological, and socio-

evolviif**^ interaction of these dynamic processes creates unique, complex, '^^Pendentl ^ with both commonalities and diversities. Individuals exist

their g ^ ’.**'*'®*^^®P®odently, and independently within themselves, their society, ”* '’6 a r e s p j^ o ^ ^ " * ' ' ^“‘iividuals have inherent dignity and worth. Individuals also

ôr their own health as it relates to or has an impact on society.

°*'l'er con ^y function of individuals within the context o f the family and’®lshipg q{ irvH'* * group function affects and is affected by the individuaL Rela- ’'Itials affect reflected in their social institutions and their culture. Indi-

to forjjj affected by their culture, as well as by other cultures, which' ' ®ate and j ,. roles, mores, values, and beliefs. Social institutions and cultures

°®‘*ue history.

^ Derp individual, family (

CURRICULUM PHILOSOPHY

107

" ”'tinuin***j°" College of Nursing is to provide undergraduate, graduate, and ®a®>onal ^ ®“'^p®finn in Nursing in order to: (1) Prepare nurses who are qualified pro-

^'Search ^'^^‘ *''i;i°ners and leaders for health care services: (2) Promote and conduct ®'îi'ities*d disseminate research findings; (3) Foster life-long learning*‘“•>81 ser i® promote excellence in nursing practice; (4) Contribute profes-

vice to community programs and activities.

rj,, P of percent' fnniily or other communities, is a dynamic interrelation-® 8oope of h *itk' and function within an ever-changing environment.

j^Poiients ** uiultidimensional. Health is the degree of congruence among the{L -ogical p r o < f a n d function. Biological, psychological, and j ® greater the inherent in each of these components. Health fluctuates and

the indiv'ri^^* congruence among perception, adaptation, and function, the gf J?®Pfion, ad ap t^ ' optimal health. Illness refers to those aspects of

8 the health d’ "'hen individuals, families, or other communities. Death can

t congruence among perception, adaptation, and function, the society is to optimal health. Illness refers to those aspects of

^'**26 the h e a l t h ^ f u n c t i o n which are not in congruence and which may jeop- When con ° f individuals, families, or other communit

Ûrsin • among the three components has been lost.’ '‘’ «b o th ?"® ""8 «»d su p p c......................................'fident. Nu- . ®nd a develop

8dvocn**^^ nssists clients i

. a n n w i. 1 — r r ' ' ' » W, V .J B tA U c : V V I V Z l l ^ V l C O O l V l i a i U i S C - i p U I l C

clip Ûrsine * • * science. I t is dependent, independent, and interde-eon?* ®‘ "ncacy anH****^* clients in moving toward their health potential: it promotes thp j ^hich mainf health services. Nursing directs its action toward

P^d* an arf*r5j^”*! ®“PP°*’tlve, dynamic and evolving professional discipline

client

t S "'Uch rnainta' neaitn services. Nurs"ati *' ®*'’Pniental n ' promote health and prevent illness a t all stages ofcial'^*.®^**fhesls of These actions are based upon the on-going logical and inno- *'8alth'**'' ®®’ fhe lib knowledge from the physical, natural, behavioral and so-

Promotion th ®ud life experiences. As an evolving leader iny of hfg ’ 8 profession o f nursing is shaping its future role to enhance the

Sta P>8thodobP'lsfds of practice is the nursing process as defined in the ANA

8 rractice . The four steps of this process are assessm ent, plan-


ning, implementation, and evaluation. Through this methodology, nursing creative and innovative practice which anticipates and responds to needs and P for hMirh care. Nursing provides leadership in the conceptualization, provision, nation, and evaluation of health care. _

Learning is a self-initiated, participatory, lifelong process which crease in perception and/or a change of behavior. It is a complex interaction o cal. psychological, sociological processes which occurs through the use of P ^gjns. new knowledge and experiences in the cognitive/affective/psychomotor This integration increases the individual’s potential for learning. Teaching erate process designed to enable leammg.

CURRICULUM OBJECTIVESThe UND baccalaurate nursing graduate:1. Internalizes professional values for application to nursing practice.

Uses a synthesis of knowledge and processes from the sciences, liberand nursing in providing comprehensive nursing care. i h<^Uses the nursing process to provide nursing services in a variety of hea situations. fo(Participates in the implementation and evolvement of health ser clients. _ fes-Uses liberal and professional education for developing self within t a sional nursing role.

2.

3.

4.

5.

ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE OF NURSING,CoUf

All freshman students in the University are admitted to the UniversiV j is according to the University admissions policy. Admission ot the College o at the sophomore level

Admission from University College or other Colleges of the University- A enrolled who wish to apply for admission to the College of Nursing are advis

. . ............................................. 1 i _ . _______the suggested curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Science in nU''*299-303.) Since the College of Nursing tries to reflect current trends ui profession, there may be changes in the curriculum.

Students must complete a formal application to the College of proved for admission by the College before enrolling in the College. To ® (O consideration for admission to the College of Nursing, the student pleted 24 semester hours of credit, including general chemistry, organic yjtuf* j human anatomy, introduction to psychology, introduction to sociology ,physical anthropology can be taken in place of introduction to sociolo^) ® in English composition; have earned at least a 2.30 overall and UND .gpjslf'j Average (GPA); and earned at least a 2.00 science GPA based on the gpyvbs® and anatomy: and have earned at least a 2.00 social/behavioral on psychology and sociology. College Level Examination Program (CLEP) results will be accepted according to current University policy. pfi™

The College of Nursing admits students twice a year to fill the classes. Contact the Student Advisement Coordinator at the College o the dates by which the applications need to be submitted.

The College of Nursing

'W a l f s t u d e n t s admitted is determined by the availability of faculty and Well as Selection is made on the basis of academic record and residence, asHeat Co utilized in the selection process. (Contact the Student Advise-'®dures advisor for the specifics of the selection process and pro-

Ox ,

Unive” petition to establish credit through special examinations according ^Puse*^** ■ of courses (e.g., sciences) on other

®arlv * ^hese a t UND should be verified by contacting the College of Nursing ‘y as possible.

A(J • •^’U'sing'f ****** ** Transfer Students. Students seeking to transfer to the College of

ether accredited institutions are advised to correspond with the College ** *’*'a numh ®PP*ying for admission to the University of North Dakota. Because

ûrsin ** applicants, students cannot be guaranteed admission to the College ® Pdents preference is given on the basis of residence, all qualified

Tr**' *'*aium **'**' ®” ® '''ô plan to enter the College of Nursing must fulfill the

the Uni ^ *" * ***®* ® requirements as students seeking admission from other units '®asi(Jef..y®*^®*ty of North Dakota. The dates for submission of the application

are considered on merit.

same

10 9

andapplicants are the same for all students.

®otiside L i (R-N.’s). R .N .’s interested in pursuing a Baccalaureate degree''' 'Ûisite* admission as transfer students and must fulfill the same minimum * ** 601 Q„ ’^ ' “rements. Further information concerning the progression of the R.N.

cqL **® °l*teined by contacting the College of Nursing. Transcripts of of the ® ®, " “rk and from the former school of nursing m ust be submitted as

1'1'e U University and to the College.^®eioti North D akota College of Nursing is a member of the Agassiz

Assoc’*L Education Consortium (ARNEC) along with other regional institu- *** Collee* ® degree graduate nurses of the ARN EC program who are accepted

SO of Nursmg enter with recognition for their previous study.

a n d r eq u ir em en ts for g raduatio n*®'»ing reon **^®® ®’’ *'1*® degree. Bachelor o f Science in Nursing, m ust fulfill the fol-

'^®'iuirements;

Wei^ *°** ** University graduation requirements, including residence, ^ as the required courses in the College of Nursing. See pages 299-303.^ **num of 129 sem ester hours.

Voqo******^ ®''®*’® ®“• • .30 overall2.30 UND

®' 2-30 NursingR .ji j s f j “College' for their degree m ust take a minimum of 15 credits of®0UrsBc, ** supervised upper division clinical courses. These clinical

®® *«ay not be chaUenged.


ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS DURING ENROLLMENT1. A 2.30 overall and 2.30 Nursing grade point average are required for

sion to clinical nursing courses at the junior as well as to each semester o senior year.

2. A student repeating a “ D ” or an “ F” in a clinical nursing course may only once.

3. A student may not repeat more than two clinical nursing courses. .

PROGRESSION ^College of Nursing courses are sequenced to build on one another over six lie

Careful attention should be paid to pre- and co-requisites. Each semester is completed in its entirety before progressing to the next semester.

PROBATION AND DISMISSAL ..A student who does not meet the academic requirements o f the College of i’ jjf

is placed on probation in the College of Nursing. If, at the end of probation, cri ^ resolution of the probationary standing are not met, the student is dismissed i College o f Nursing. Continuation if the College o f Nursing will then require tion to the College of Nursing.

susp«"‘The College of Nursing also reserves the right to place on probation, to su to dismiss any student in nursing whose performance in relation to client care is factory. Additional details and any modifications in policies may be obtain jf the office of the Dean of the College of Nursing and are available in the Co Nursing Student Handbook.

EXPENSESStudents in the College o f Nursing are responsible for regular University pjn

for board, room and other maintenance costs throughout the four years. A uniform, watch, thermometer, stethoscope, sphygmomanometer, pen light, age scissors are required for climcal courses. Additional expenses related t tion and licensure occur during the senior year.

Students are responsible for transportation related to clinical experien^^ j jbl*- car, especially for Parent-Child Nursing and Community Health Nursing.Fees are charged to cover the cost of standard achievement tests. There penses associated with laboratory tests required for the protection of the ®!reresP"! client (e.g., TB skin test. Rubella litre). Students in the College o f Nursing sible for their own medical expenses and must present evidence of Medica ization insurance before being allowed in clinical areas.

Students in the CoDege of Nursing are eligible to apply for Federal Nursii’^ Loans and/or North Dakota State Nursing Scholarship/Loans.

gtuo'

AWARDSIn memory of the late Mrs. Bertha Beck, an award is made annually

majoring in nursing who has achieved the highest general excellence an ,standing. The Robert D. Campbell Award is made annually to a graduattog has shown special aptitude in the art of nursing. Further information awards can be obtained from the Student Advisement Coordinator.

The College of Nursing 111

„_’J’>»eCoU, GRADUATE STUDIESin Nursing offers graduate coursework leading to a Master of Science

f^'^iate sturt™^- interested in graduate study may contact the director offurther in/^* College of Nursing or consult the Graduate School BuUetin


The Center for Teaching and Learning

Vifo Perrone, Dean Cecelia Traugh, Associate Dean

HISTORY AND MISSIONThe University of North Dakota has offered teacher education programs |

founding in 1883. The Center for Teaching and Learning is a comprehensive’ jj: accredited, undergraduate and graduate school of education. Organized in ^ ’ support a broader view of education, it seeks to serve preservice and inservice ^ jj)' | administrators and other specialized education personnel with intensive intell®*' j challenging, integrated programs of study. „ ’

Through its approaches to instruction a t the University level, the Center sir' ^ ^1 nrougn ics approacnes to instruction a t the Umversity level, the Center o’" model the kind of educational environment it is promoting in elementary and

- init»schools as well as colleges of education. Students are encouraged to assume and independence in their learning while developing personal and profession® jji: mitments and competence. To help meet this expectation, programs in )provide for individualization, independent study and research, coUoquia and se ^ ;

The Center for Teaching and Learning also functions as a service insti^^h^ , elementary and secondary schools, colleges and communities in North the Upper Midwest. The Center is particularly committed to active comni * * ? :pation in the formation of goals and policy a t all levels of education, to Inch® munities in their efforts to improve education, and to classroom teachers and istrators committed to continue their personal and professional learning* ?

DEGREE PROGRAMSThe Center offers degree programs a t the undergraduate level in the ;

of elementary, middle/junior high school and secondary school teachers* .

studying elementary education are also able to do specialized study resulting f bined major in visual arts, early childhood education, special education, Jand audio visual instruction, physical education, music, mathematics an :

arts. A t the secondary level students must, in addition to their profession^ ^iif work, concentrate in an area typically taught a t the secondary school. At ® time, the following areas have been approved: I

Business Educstioo Distributive Education Enj^lishForeign Language

French German Spanish

Geography Home Economics Industrial Technology

lib rary Science and Audiovisual Education

Mathematics MusicPhysical Edwration Science

Biology Biological and

Physical Sconce Chemistry Earth Science Physical Science Physics

Social Science Combined Soci>*

Science major and minor

Speech Theatre Arts Visual Arts

PhysicsThe appropriate sequence of courses and experiences comprising t*'®

majors are outlined in the Center for Teaching and Learning sections of

The Center for Teaching and Learning j 1 1 3

“"'iertheg*23). ProfiTam Areas offering the majors. (See the Ustings beginning on

"eement wif K **®ted above by specialJ the tnaio- „ ‘■**® Center for Teaching and Learning, the Chairper-

Variety of student’s academic adviser. Minors may be taken in a''* ‘"8 a minor departments. Faculty advisers can assist students in'^tth “ ®td of study.

tH*'®'' 'Pechhzed programs exist for teachers, administrators, ande l i n s t i t i . r - personnel who will be associated with local school dis-

educa/°"^ education. Current graduate level programs include:.®*®tistics t o e d u c a t i o n , reading education, educational measurement

j^fiistration education, general studies in education, and educational^list diplom j ° complete a graduate degree program and/or sixth-year

'^'^strative “ “ cational administration will meet the qualifications for rtitication in North Dakota, Minnesota and most other states.

6 CERTIFICATION AND ACCREDITATION, ^helor’s de»M ®°™Plete the undergraduate program in the Center and receive a I '®>npletin an ™o*We for teacher certification. Students apply for certification j>J'''"P*6ted DrinA°*'” ®^ forms in the Dean’s Office. The application process should •eve ^®acher mitial North Dakota Cwtificate is valid for two*' '*’®ache'r e^ sraouation. The initial North Dakota Certificate is valid for two

•■a fully a programs at the Bachelor’s, Master’s, and Doctoral degreeand th* M National Council for the Accreditation o f Teacher

6 North Central Association o f Colleges and Secondary Schools.

progr* interested in entering teacher education will normallyto I) Or any oth sophomore year. Students enrolled in the University

f®acher * college in the University, or who are transfer students and desire so*'h declare their intentions to enter the Center during the first

tion . should h y®®’’ or upon transfer to the University. This declaration assufg the^ registered with the Center’s Office of the Dean. Early declara- of study ®pP'"°®P®cf*ve student an opportunity to develop an appropriate

acuity advisement is available as early as the freshman year.

GRADUATIONA**® Ore awar *H ^ * ® undergraduate programs in the Center for Teaching and

t>aknf o 4. ^ degree o f Bachelor of Science in Education and are eligibleben . . Poacher certification.

(3i oours (21^^*^ granted after successful completion of: (1) a minimum of , *■*'6 specifj **” '_'^crsity general graduation requirements (see pages 33-39),* dAK*._ for thA AnnmnriAtA npnt.Ar nrooTflmrQi

a d m is s io n t o t h e c e n t e r

Stt)i'i'*®ots a re B ™ v / ^ ^ v w .w>.

®*'«1 M****®otary demonstrate an ability to work effectively and sensitivelyOoation. secondary school students and to possess a broadly based lib-

- •'CQuirements for the appropriate Center program(s).

T,, e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t io n*‘6 Element Structure of the Program

ocy Education major consists of three main parts: Sophomore Expe-


rience. Cluster Area courses and activities (Junior Team, Electives, Ind®P®" Study), and Student Teaching.

Each student entering Elementary Education for purposes o f a degree certiHcation must complete a minimum of 49 hours (Math 277, 4 hours; jjtpf Experience, 4 hours; Cluster Requirement, 32 hours; Field and Student Teachine^^ j riences, 11 hours minimum). Sixteen credit hours is considered a normal load. Advisement is available in Elementary Education as early as the f year and is an integral part o f Sophomore Experience.

Student entry into Elementary Education is through CTL 301, Center Sophomore Experience I.

Center Seminar. Sophomore Experience lUfS*As an introduction to study in elementary education, this two-semes

focuses on experiences with teaching and learning styles, understanding^^ the cultural context o f education, orientation and advisement, and person of the students involved. Team-taught by a variety of faculty, the course o ® fs»' bination o f readings, large-group presentations, small-group seminars, an advisement.

Entry into Sophomore I requires completion o f 24 semester hours standing) o f course work, a GPA of 2.0 in the University’s General Educa ments is normally expected. gjc<f

Entry into Sophomore II requires satisfactory completion of Sophomor^^ tions to this requirement made by designated faculty member. A University’s General Education requirements is normally expected. WR QUIREMENT: General writing ability is an important part of a a t® pressive skills. Sophomore I and II will deal specifically with this (fff''*'|on both development and evaluation o f students’ written effectiveness, level o f writing is considered necessary for satisfactory completion of and II and'or entry into TEAM.

Cluster Areas ,Elementary Education organizes its basic learning activities aroun

cluster areas: Communication, Creative Expression, Human a” jjii '

v iu s w c i a i c a s . v /v u i i i iu iu v .a b iu U f v t c a t t v c i& u i i ia is ^

matics/Science. Approximately half the hours required in the cluster required hours o f field experience are taken simultaneously through re _ jcourse sequence identified in the schedule of Classes as “ Junior TEAM- ij(Teacher Education through Applied Methods) is a 16-hour block o courses taken either first or second semester of the junior year. ExcaP'j'requires satisfactory completion of Sophomore I and II, and Math Z • coiflpy; to this requirement approved by designated faculty member. Satisfac Q e^j

of all the University’s General Education requirements. Writing requir® UAiiiof® writing ability is an important part o f a teacher’s expressive r ^II will deal specifically with this ability, focusing on both developmen , of students’ written effectiveness. An effective level of writing is cons> for satisfactory completion o f Sophomore I and II and/or entry i“ °

Student TeachingA minimum of 9 weeks (9 credit hours) o f Student Teaching is requif'


'■®'"pleted*®’*'ester ®®” iester after completion of the Junior TEAM semester. Sixteen

Student Teaching (a full semester) is normally recommended. A H be ^ •’ “ " s in CTL 487 (Student Teaching) and CTL 486 (Field Experience)

counted toward the 125 hour graduation requirement. Entry into ^ co*^ '•“ ‘icnt Teaching requires satisfactory completion at C level or better * ®* ®iving “ n't satisfactory completion of a field experience (students' ®''tly nl ^ ^ in 8 TEAM course must re-register for this course and subse-

* Suitable appropriate cluster faculty whether to repeat the course or use* ®pement) and a GPA of 2.5 in Elementary Education coursework and ^^chiflg g** ®i'ion of the Elementary Education faculty. To be accepted for student

’ ®®‘^°ndary education applicants must have a 2.40 Grade Point.

Elee a r l y c h il d h o o d e d u c a t io n

‘ Fieldi^i'ildhood'p'*^^ student teaching can be provided for students interested in

aj ** "^sh Idnj i^nucation in a variety o f pre-school environments. Those students ^ ®®8roo( in should enroll in student teaching in a kindergarten

ter. to enrolling in student teaching in a nursery school or day care

115

stude^^^” *®^^FIarly Childhood Education combined major is designed to provide ' Idren. The** ^^Portunity to integfrate theory and practice in the education of young ® '*dies whi V, i*i close cooperation with an adviser will develop a program ofo (1) Ch’M n* * * * course work and other learning experiences from the following . ^dliood Ed (2) Child and Society, (3) Methods and Materials of Early

a Pre.r * **'!” ” ’ Esrly Childhood Education as a Profession, (5) Field Expe- Educaj- * *'** “ ™ ^ Early Childhood Education and a Practicum in Early Child- will be t°u" electives within the four elementary education cluster

Clos**^” from among courses designed specifically for the early childhood Stud advisement in the selection o f these electives is important.

combined major are eligible, in addition to the elementary endorsement in Early Childood Education an (attachment

!’'& student * ' f *'*'frfrate). Upon completing student teaching in a kindergarten set- ''eceive a* p ° * °*’^Plete the combined major in Early Childhood Education may

^*'divid i*' fr*" Kindergarten Teaching.^ ’’'Silled nia‘* in Elementary Education who do not wish to complete the

** their e [ *** Childhood Education may receive a Kindergarten Endorse-*'dhood Ed Teaching (Certificate by completing 16 credit hours in Eiu-ly

„ . ation and a student teaching experience in kindergarten.

Th,p -ifi E lej^ ■ — ------------------------b) ®®*Mce Education combined major provides coursework for the

SPECIAL EDUCATION

tio; With chil^*^ '* education of teachers. This coursework helps prepare teachersconfo "'*'0 possess special needs within the regular classroom. In addi-

. “ ^ n to fm n ct_______ ■___ , ___... . . L - ______/■Nurr'* *nost courses is relevant to other students in the helping profes- ‘«a the*"^' ®*i‘ “ P®tional and Physical Therapy, Social Work, etc.). Students

*-hin». . eombined moir,,- Education are certified tospecial classrooms, agencies or

>hst' ” *'®Sular “ Elementary/Special I* *itioag fo- ® ®*’>cntary classrooms as well as in sped

I, ,' 6 Cenf inentally handicapped.apn 1 * and Learning (CTL) has some special advantages that

to the student considering Special Educationi as a career.

1 1 6 University of North Dakota

First, the Special Education Program provides for many different field experiences before the culminating student teaching semester. Experience tally handicapped children can be gained as early as the sophomore year. The sity has The Learning Potential Center that provides an opportunity to worK children who are exhibiting learning problems. The CTL Preschool also o « vanced undergraduates a setting wherein handicapped children are mainstream nonhandicapped children. Examples of other field experience sites ‘"^lude: jForks Public Schools, North Dakota School for the Blind, Grafton State o .. Agassiz Enterprises, Listen Drop-In Center and Development House. These ences are in addition to those provided by the Elementary Education Progr®

Second, the Special Education Program provides continuous faculty advised which permits individualized attention for students within the program.

Third, while the focus of the degree program is to prepare teachers of the and trainable mentally handicapped, other exceptionalities are not ignored. Special Education teachers will find themselves working with children who ^ tionally disturbed, learning disabled, hard of hearing, visually impaired or emphasis is placed upon ways of educating children with these Strong graduate programs in early childhood handicapped, emotionally dis learning disabled and visually impaired supports this emphasis. Since it is for seniors to take graduate coursework, many opt to work toward certify® one of these areas while they are still pursuing the Baccalaureate Degree.

MIDDLE/JUNIOR HIGH EDUCATIONThe Middle/Junior High School Teacher Education Program contains giopo-

components that reflect new directions in teacher education. Examples of sue nents are: early and continuing opportunities for first-hand instructional ®*P® gpar« in the public schools: subject area concentrations that allow students ^tli related fields for interdisciplinary teaching and learning; a general educa many options; a student-centered approach; increased training in the deve op needs of young adolescents; and a specially designed developmental study o tion which allows for individual differences of students. ^

Some of the more specific objectives are to prepare teachers capable the educational needs of young adolescents, (2) wOTking with students in learning settings as well as m a variety of group settings, (3) diagnosing lea g„d ficulties and assisting students in overcoming learning problems, (4) plan working with other professional educators in carrying out such directions gjflg teaching, individualized instruction and interdisciplinary teaching, and in cross-disciplinary subject areas with an awareness of the special deve op needs of early adolescent youth.

SECONDARY EDUCATIONThe professional education component is based principally upon a

dations. each of which is important to the development of secondary recommended that students begin work in these Foundations during their s year. Students should work closely with their advisers in planning their ® Completion of the Foundation sequence provides the basis for application o certification.

The components of the foundations are briefly described as follows:


I: An emalysis of the psychology of learning and those conditions which inhibit the development o f learning. Integrated laboratory experiences in-

students in public school classroom learning situations are included as a basic tt is recommended that enrollment in Foundation I occur during the

8lji year. The second aspect o f this Foundation is an inquiry into the relation-Phil philosophical theory and teaching practice, and analysis of the major

esophical/educational writers in the history of philosophy and education.9te II: This area of curriculum and instruction is designed for undergradu-

teachers. It is focused upon acquainting the undergraduate with (1) an op^ philosophy and its effect on teaching, (2) curriculum, (3) curriculum devel- Plan • ’ *nstruction, and (5)instructional planning. The functions of thoughtful

"Wg and evaluation in effective teaching is emphasized.

*< tivv** * **® III: Development of teaching skills through several of the following !'«nd **'jcro-teaching, (2) a broad spectrum of special interest topics, (3) inde-

and (4) methods and materials used in teaching specific subject

'oope'***^**'*’" Supervised student teaching (CTL 487) in a University approved as school, and field experiences (CTL 486) which include such possibilitiesdassr apprenticeships, internships, or tutorial opportunities. The nature of the

117

aient a experience and the field experiences will be determined through advise- accej), .*' *'**” '*®' o f nine credit hours earned in Student Teaching is required. To be a 2 25 student teaching, applicants must have a 2.40 GPA in their major and

PA overall in all coursework attempted up to the time of the application.


Summer SessionsGeorge W. Schubert, Dean

SCOPESummer Session is an integral part o f the academic program at the Univers'V

North Dakota. Both undergraduate and graduate courses are taught during th® week summer session. In addition to regular classes, special classes, programs- trips, workshops, conferences and other short-term activities are conducted.

More than 200 faculty, as well as distinguished visitors, contribute to a <1®® educational program during the Summer Session. All facilities of the UND camp® eluding libraries, galleries, music facilities, theatres, lecture halls, dining rooms residence halls, are utilized by students attending the summer session.

SUMMER SESSION STUDENT BODYSummer course offerings are for everyone, from juniors in high school to

citizens. During the Summer Session, courses are offered for students who pleted their junior year in high school and wish to get an early start toward e college credit. Other typical groups of students found on campus during th® ® include: teachers working toward advanced degrees, students from other co ^ freshman students beginning their academic courses, adults updating their backgrounds, professionals wishing to work toward certiheation and students to accelerate completion o f their degree programs.

FOUR-WEEK SESSION

(Pre-Summer Session). „sem®®'

A four-week pre-summer session is offered between the close of the spring jess'®"and the opening of the regular eight-week Summer Session. The is self supporting. Therefore the decision on whether to offer a course is based o ^ ment. Both academic and activity courses are offered during the pre-sessi®®; . dent may enroll in a maximum of four semester hours. A listing of courses w be taught during the pre-summer session is available from the Summer Sessio about April 1.

EIGHT-WEEK SESSIONThe eight-week sununer session begins directly following the conclus'®® gj,st.

four-week pre-summer session and continues through about the first week ^ ^ During the eight-week summer session, courses are offered for varied leng® fou® many courses are taught for the entire eight weeks, other courses are one. and six weeks in duration. Hundreds of courses at all academic levels a*'® for student enrollment during the eight week summer session.

CLASSIFICATION OF SUMMER SESSION STUDENTS^^^j.FULL-TIME UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT. A fuU-time Summer Se ^

dergraduate student is one who has been admitted to the University and ® a minimum o f six credit hours.

PART-TIME UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT. A part-time Summer Sessilie®0®

Summer Sessions 119

tha^ ®^dent is one who has been admitted to the University and is enroDed for a St credit. There is no specific minimum number of credits in

uclent of this classification must be enrolled.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION®“mnier administered by the Dean of the University College and'“•'suit information on the summer program, students should

or CO Session Bulletin which is published in the spring of each npsHomiVND Summer Session Office, University of North Dakota, Grand

120 I University of North Dakota

The Division of Continuing Education

Robert Boyd, Dean

HISTORY AND MISSIONn i a i u n i AMiiw i . i i w w . w . TinivefS**An organized program of extension activiUes was first

of North in 1910. Since 1921 theUmve«ity sUnd 'JUniversity Extension AssociaUon. The Association promotes and toextensfon services by imposing strict procedures fo - 'f « f “ Genejuniversities. Outreach Programs is also an active member of ^"UExtension of the National Association of State Umversities and La pj isioa"*

In 1968 the name of the General Extension Division was c^ n je d to the jbe

Dean Of Continuing Education, the title was Changed to DeôfO utreain 1978. but the name of the Division remained unchanged.

The role of the Division of Continuing Education is to assist in function of the University. The Division attempts ^videdinformational needs of the citizenry of North Dakota which cannot te p the regular onâmpus programs. Once detemuned the goal philoso Jwhenever possible, providing the ac ti^y a consistent ^dinated efJjof the University. This is accomplished through a cooi^rative an f^ , h th . .» d .m lc d .p „ t™ . t . by .U tam g d . . « <available instructional resources. The Diviaon is the je of t*'® ® idepartments on the campus may extend their programs to the people ^

The manner in which “service” is provided varies alThe Division administers the following: fcourses, extension courses, conferences, seminary workshops, adult eduW S S t Center at the Grand Forks Air Force Base, and Extended GradPrograms.

EXTENSION CLASSES g gt *'Extension classes are regular University of North ^ V )

tion away from the University. They are m tend^ to m ^ t nee cannot immediately leave home after f ish in geducation, (2) those who have had their education interrupted, ( ) (.jiose" ? n t U professional and cultural backôund [o adu>t’*are working toward an advanced degree. These classes are orogran'- ^can profit from the experience, but are not workmg m a gr P j gcsd®

QuaUfied instructors, approved by the chairperson department involved, conduct the classes where the demand w arra^ -^^ c laêqu ired in each insUnce depends upon the distance the 8i« “ /to class. The number and length of the class n o d s f ® f ™ ^ „ / c l a s 9 credit allowed for the course, based on a nunimum of fifteen hohour.

The Division of Continuing Education

da tor additional information concerning the establishment of off-campusshould be addressed to the Division of Continuing Education, University o f

Dakota, Grand Forks, North Dakota 58202.

GRAND FORKS AIR FORCE BASE RESIDENT CENTER

>51 tlrand Forks Air Base Center was made a regularly organized Resident Centerthe ^'though classes had been offered to Base personnel both at the Base and on

•campus as early as 1957.Th r\*Sj[ ® Division offers approximately 25 credit courses each semester at the Base,

meet the needs of Base personnel and to enable them to fulfill general Uni- °®Sree requirements. Programs leading to Associate in Arts Degrees in several

offered to Base personnel, their dependents, civilian employees of the Grand ■ Force Base, and area residents. They are offered to meet the needs o f Air

legg ^Pai’sonnel whose military assignments make it impractical for them to earn col-®*'®dits or a degree on the campus.

E(j|NortherUcati -------k/j. ----------on. Box 8277 University Station, Grand Forks, ND 58202.

Alo]UNIVERSITY OF MID-AMERICA

______ ___________________ _

^®®ic ** organized to provide services to the commumty, including the® ong Learning Program and the Communiversity.

STUDY THROUGH CORRESPONDENCEStudy through Correspondence offers more than 100 courses from 24

non-credit college level courses are avaUable, ® ots prepared and taught by members of the University of North

N feature of the correspondecne course is its flexibility. The student^ and the student determines when, where, and how to learn. An

are •'“ “ tine can be adapted to individual schedules and learning abihties. A()(ji.. fo interested persons from all walks of life who want to learn.

G * * * ^ ° ' ™ a t i o n may be obtained by writing to the Department of Corre- Pori, . F>ivision of Continuing Education, University of North DakoU,

ND 58202.

COMMUNITY SERVICES

121

information may be obtained by contacting the Division of Continuing

V tT n is a member of the state consortium, the University of Mid-America/^"Dakota (UMA/ND).

PetsQjjg offers college credit courses through Prairie Public Television so that pfiitigf., . ®®’“ 'ot come to campus can study in their own homes. Courses are offered and a, , ®'"®as of business, arts and sciences, and teacher education. Gradingthe state credit is by UND or any of the other participating institutions in

nivgfgv * ’*'^°’’mation may be obtained by writing UMA/North Dakota, Box 8277, *ty Station, Grand Forks, ND 58202.


CONFERENCES AND INSTITUTESThe Department of Conferences and Institutes coordinate more than 70 co'

ences, workshops and seminars each year. These activities are held to meet the ninfef

■vice*’of professionals in business, health care, education, engineering and human ser' Although the vast majority of these programs are non-credit, some activities

offered for academic credit. Instructors include members of the UND faculty, t® from other institutions or professionals in a specific field.

Conferences and seminars are planned to update or expand technical and sional skills, provide information about new techniques and technologies, or help P pants find solutions to existing job related problems. Formats vary from less one day to several days in length, either on the UND campus, off-campus, or tions statewide. Most conferences and seminars loe conducted in a face to face fo but both audio and visual teleconferences are possible for some activities. ^

You can obtain additional information on the Department of Conferences Institutes by writing; Director, Department of Conferences and Institutes. 8277 University Station, Grand Forks, ND 58202.

4V>ADMISSIONA correspondence study student or an extension class student is not

apply for admission to the University. If correspondence study or extension cia dents later desire to be admitted to the University for study in residence, a ■' and separate application must be filed with the Office of Admissions.

CREDITThirty hours of credit by correspondence study, off-campus extension, or a coi"

tion of both, may apply toward a degree. I itCredit toward advanced degrees may not be earned in correspondence study ^ j

credit may be earned toward the master’s degree in graduate-level extension Upon satisfactory completion of a course, correspondence study students .

a certificate of completion. Credit for such courses ■will be reported to the n e of any college or university upon the student’s written request.

Regularly enrolled University students may enroll in the Division’s jbee* correspondence study courses, provided that a properly submitted petition approved and that the Division’s credit hour fees have been paid. p ’vi*'*’"

All matters pertaining to registration and credit are handled through the of Continuing Education.

All general University regulations concerning scholarship, grades and ere elsewhere in this catalog apply also to extension classes. Business matters are through the Division of Continuing Education. gjii’

Further information may be obtained by writing the Division of 342’cation. University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202, or phoning 8230 (North DakoU only) or (701) 777-2661.

GENERAL INFORMATION FOR BISMARCK/MANDANInformation and requests concerning any of the Di'vision of Contlnuin0^^y

tion programs or activities for residents of the Bismarck/Mandan area directed to the UND Graduate Center in Bismarck, Schafer Academi Bismarck Junior College, Bismarck, North Dakota 58501. Telphone 224-


Accounting(Acct)

L Kulas (Chair), Bader, Bostrom, Clifford, Gillett, Hiltner, Holmen, Kama, Kemper, Korsmo, Lundberg, Medalen, Rowley, Trentadue,

Steinmeir, Wacker, Whalen and Wilde

College of Business and Public AdministatlonThe business courses in this curriculum, in addition to the accounting su ,,

form a vital part of the background of the accountant whether in a public or P practice. The accountant today must have a broad understanding of businc ciples. A ll B.B.A. students must fulfill College of Business requirements (s 84).

B.BA. W ITH MAJOR IN ACCOUNTINGRequired 125 hours izKluding:

I. General Graduatkm Requirements, see pages 33*39.

II . College of Busixkess and Public Administration Requirements, see page 84 and includin^^

Acct 200,201...........................Elements of Accounting.....................................................Acct 214.................................. L ^ a l Environment ctf Business.........................................Acct 217.................................. Fundamentals of Management Inf(^mation Systems.........Econ 201,202 .........................PrinciplesoiEconomics I, I I ...............................................Econ210.................................Elementary Business and Economic Statistics..................Math 104................................ Hnite Mathematics.............................................................Math 204 ................................ Survey of Calculus..............................................................Mgmt 300 ...............................IVinciplesof Management.................................................MgmtSOl ...............................Production Management....................................... .Mgmt 303 ...............................Principles o f Finance..........................................................Mgmt 4 7 5 ...............................Business PoUcies and Management . . .M ktg 301................................ Principles of Marketing.......................................................P S c ilO l.................................. American Government 1 .....................................................S p c h lO l................................ Fundamentals of Public Speak ing.....................................One course selected from the following;

Psy 101.............................. Introduction to Psychology................. .Soc 101.............................. Introduction to S oc io logy ......... ..........Anth 171 ...........................Introduction to Cultural Anthropology

I I I . The Fc^owing Major Requirements

Acct 218..................................Computer AppUcati<ms In Business.....................................A<xt 301,302...........................Intermediate Accounting...................... . ‘Acct 305................................... Cost Accounting I .................................................................Acct306.................................. Cost Accounting I I ............................................................... |JAcct 315..................................Business Law I ................................................................................. ‘Acct 316..................................Business Law I I ...................................................................... .Acct 401.................................. Accounting Problems .......................................................... .. • ■ ‘Acct 405..................................Aud iting..............................................................................Acct 410..................................Income Tax Procedure.........................BVED 320..............................Business Communications.................6 hours from:

Acct 312............................Fund Accounting.................................Acct 403............................Contemporary Accounting Theory . . .Acct 406............................Auditing Problems...............................Acct 409............................Accounting Information System s------A cct411 ............................InoMneTax Procediire.....................................A « t 4 1 6 ............................Business Law IV ................................................................. ...Acct 483 .............................Internship in Accounting.................

CERTIFICA'^ ,THE CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANT _According to Neath Dakota law pertaining to the granting of the

fied Public Accountant, a student meets the eligibility requirements iot

Accounting

C,p ® degree from an accredited college or university. A student may take the • ®*amination upon the completion of the curriculum in accounting.

Coursescyjjg p ^em ents of Accounting. 3 credits. Basic principles of the complete accounting

20jing 3Q ■ dements of Accounting. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Accounting 102 or Account- durea f ^“ ’^"®''ships and corporations with special emphasis on accounting proce-

or the assets and liabilities commonly found in business. F,S207 V.

ingjoo’ Accounting. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Accountmg 201 or Account-of ^ 0 application of accounting concepts and techniques to managerial problems

217" ” ^ control and decision making. For non-accounting majors only. F.SCental ^“ “ damentals of Management Information Systems. 3 credits. The funda-

management information systems and digital computer programming SASIC language. F.S

' “’Opute Applications in Business. 2 credits. The fundamentals of digital*’*‘08tionsSp°^®mming using Cobol Language with special emphasis on business ap-

300 c«ccou„j. “ ^®y of Accounting Principles. 3 credits. Prerequisite: None. For non- V ( j majors only. No credit allowed to students who have completed Acct. 201.

of the financial accounting system, generally accepted accounting prin- tion. p statements, and the analysis and interpretation of financial informa-

fntermediat® Accounting. 6 credits. Prerequisites: Accounting 201 and '■stion " • ■ ' °“ ®®"t of instructor, Accounting 301 or consent of instructor. Coi^

®mking funds, assests, liabilities, investmenU and statement analysis. F.S

125

305 cto c Accounting I. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Accounting 102, 201. Introduc-

30g ®®®ounting principles and concepts. F.S ^ '®ntin Accounting II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Accounting 305, Economics 210. °*'P*ications*'p Accounting I. Cost principles and concepts and managerial

“fation AwounUng. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Accounting 200,201. Budget prep- ®porta ** f **mtions, conformity to laws, integrity of special funds, and preparation

*S statements for municipalities, educational institutions and hospitals.

320. A‘stenie^ " “ “ nting f® Management 3 credits. Prerequisites: Acct 300. Accounting

® * ®ment *' '®oi-les. ratio analysis, effects of accounting methods, common sizePr statements and price level im pact Cost accounting (job

p0||p* J . . n i l « . % I t n \ r o c f m o n f e n r ir o•icies, standard) break even charts, budgeting, capital investments, price322 o Minuteman Schools only. On demand.

Slo.** Applications in Accounting. 2 credits, ^erequisites: Math 203,40j ®®®unting problems with quantitative applications. F.S

'®'»s in' Problems. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Acct 301. 302. Special prob-*®tates and mcluding consolidated statements, partnerships, foreign exchange,

403. r receiverships. F.Sontemporary AccounUng Theory. 3 credits. Prerequisites-Corequisites:


Accounting 401 or consent of instructor. A study of the emerging issues and lems facing the accounting profession with special emphasis on the authority , pronouncements as designated by the American Institute of CPAs and the Fin»” Accounting Standards Board. S-U grading not allowed. F,S

405. Auditing. 3 credits. Prerequisites; Acct 301,302, Econ 210. Procedures, responsibilities and ethics of an auditor; problems that arise in the course eaudit. F ,S

406. Auditing Problems. 3 credits. Prerquisites: Acct 405 or consent of*''® tor. The application of auditing theory to practical problems. F ,S

409. Accounting Information Systems. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Consent of"’®tor. Problems of systems design and installation. F ,S ^

410. Income Tax Procedure. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Acct 200, 201- Fede'® come tax relating to individuals, partnerships and corporations. F,S

itr"^

itr"'’

411. Income Tax Procedure. 3 credits. Prerequisites: consent of instructor, tinuation of Accounting 410 and specialized areas of tax. F,S

475. Seminar. 1 to 4 credits. Prerequisite: Senior standing and consent of *"® j tor. Research and discussion of selected issues in contemporary accounting-

483. Internship in Accounting. 1 to 8 credits. Prerequisites: Acct 302 an<f consent of instructor. Off-campus practical experience for senior accounting S-U grading only. F ,S

490. The Literature of Accounting. 1 to 4 credits. Prerequisites: A"""" 302 and 306.

Business Lawgta®.

214. Legal Environment of Business. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Sophon*of® j j| ing. A consideration of the nature, formation and application of law in genC emphasis on public law and the regulation of business.

315. Business Law I. 3 credits. Contracts, sales and property. F,S316. Business Law II . 3 credits. Prerequisite: Business Law 315. Co""”

paper, secured transactions and business organizations. F ,S415. Business Law III . 2 credits. Prerequisite: Acct 315. A continuatio" ®

ness Law I and II. Coverage of wills, estates, and trusts. F416. Business Law IV. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor,

of topics included in professional qualifying examinations. F,S

Advertising(see majors available In Journalism and Marketing)

American StudiesRobert Lewis (English), Coordinator tf'

The American Studies related-fields concentration is designed to i"f””student to the cultural and intellectual heritage of the United States.

The concentration offers students a wide range of courses that are coord'

Anatomy 127

Cording t committee, and the programs of study are individuaUy determined ac-student’s backgrounds, preparation, needs, and interests. Students

’''“'lie th study American history, literature, philosophy, and political and eco- also ^“^ s t e courses in American culture in related fields, such as fine arts.

The field of American Studies offers excellent preparation for social such as law, medicine, teaching, the ministry, government serv-

®i'®ciali2at °* ’ ''^’ting, publishing, and areas of business where other than a narrow is ai '■equlred. Graduates may expect to achieve a broad liberal education

®“cellent*°f sod purposive, and the bachelor’s degree may be terminal or andesire graduate or professional study in many fields. (Studentsfield 8 °, certified public school teachers may satisfy CTL requirements in

"1 sever ^ sciences or English, and be eminently well qualified as a teacher' ®''®o>mended * enter graduate work. History 440 is stron^y

âch* P’’°8’’so' will be devised by a committee consisting of the student,

oator and one or two faculty members from apropriate fields. In the ll, lev T*"’ ^ “‘^ôts ordinarily take History 103 and 104, English Composition I

l'"’fodue(.- ® ® II of a language other than English, and two semesters of '“Sanities ( ™ social sciences (e.g., American Government I and II) or

*“’"ester of m Philosophy or Religious Studies). During the second' “ fate in A Pêshman year or as soon thereafter as the student decides to con- ^ the Studies, he or she should consult with the coordinator in order

student’s advisory committee and to plan future work.

fi-A. wiTu College of Arts and Sciences125 IN AIMERICAN STUDIES

Polln >ee pages 33-39.36h„r

i!‘8tl04 .............................United SUt«8 to 18H ............................303,304 .......................United Sutes since 1877 ........................

Survey of American Literature I and 11

........................................................................<3)

........................................................................(3 )

ecUvea g ...........................Surveyof American Literature I and I I ......................................... ....................(6)

*®ast 18 TOmmittee described above........................................................................................(24)

fill

*nu8t be upper level work.

*^'iirement: Level IV proficiency in a language other than English.

Anatomy(Anat)

Carlson, (Chair), Albright, Joshi, Keck, Malthles '’•C. Oberpriller, J.O. Oberpriller, Ollerlch and Olson

204.Sfir Anat C o u r se SPi-esem Paramedical Personnel. 3 credits. This series of three lectures

Pi An * * systematic study of the human body. F,SAnatlJl*** Paramedical Personnel. 2 credits. A basic laboratory to com-

y 204. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: Anat 204. F,S


,er9‘

490. Directed Studies in Anatomy. 1-3 credits (repeatable to a maximum of ® its). Supervised studies and/or laboratory experiences in morphology for one or students. F,S,SS

498 Internship in Anatomy. 1-15 credits (repeatable to a maximum of 15 Prerequisite: Junior or Senior status and instructor consent. This course will pr® in-depth study and/or laboratory experiences in morphology in fields of faculty cialization. F,S,SS

Anthropology and Archaeology(Anth)

F. Schneider (ChaiO. S. Abler, G. Lang, L. Loendorf, J. Williams

College of Arts and SciencesAn undergraduate major in anthropology can serve as the nucleus for a

liberal arts education, or as the prerequisite for a graduate education that will person for positions in (1) c o l l^ and university teaching, (2) research, and (3) * trative and applied positions in government and museums. American divided into four main sub-areas — archaeology, ethnology, linguisitics, and P anthropology. Undergraduate training includes work in aU four areas. Anthro^^jjy at U N D is especially strong in archaeology and most students have an oppo* t to work on archaeological excavations or in the laboratory. Both a maju’’ minor are offered in anthropology.

B.A. WITH A MAJOR IN ANTHROPOLOGYRequired 125 hours including:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

II. The Following Curriculum:

33 MajcM* Credits including:Anth 170 ................................Introduction to Archaeology and Physical AnthropologyAnth 171 ................................ Introduction toCultural Anthropology............................Engl 207 ................................ Introduction to Linguistics..............................................Anth 3 7 1 ............................. . Cultural Dynamics...........................................................Anth 378 ................................ Hiysicsi An th ropdogy.....................................................

3 hours from:Anth 373 ......................... Indisnsof Latin America..................................................Anth 375 .......................... North American Indians.....................................................Anth 379 .......................... Culture Area Studies...........................................................

3 hours from:Anth374 ..........................OldW<H-tdPrehistory.........................................................Anth 376 .......................... Central and South American Archaeology........................Anth 377 .......................... North American Archaeology....................................................

Electives in A n th rop o ic^ ...................................................................................... ...

Required in ocher departments: .................................................................A concentration in a single supplementary field other than anthropology is also required

majors, this concentration may be met in two ways: 01 a language proficiency of level IV i” ® guage; or (2120 credit hours, at least 9 o f which must be numbered 300 or above, in any single subj taught at this university.

.131

■' ■ (3-<l

(3-31•■■',(31

MINOR IN ANTHROPOLOGYRequired 21 hours, including:

Anth 17 0 ............................... Introduction to Archaeology and Physical AnthropologyAnth 1 7 1 ................................ Introduction to Cultural Anthropology............................Engl 207 ................................ Introduction to Linguistics...............................................

,(SI•■,(31

Anthropology and Archaeology

® from:............................ Special Topics............................................................................................. (3)

a" ;J371 ............................ Cultural Dynamics..................................... (3|............................ Field Techniques.................................. (1-6)

A ., ............................ Methods in Cultural Anthropology...........................................................(3)Anth47 ............................ History of Anthropology...........................................................................(3)

Electiw • ............................ Studies in Anthropology.........................................................................(1-4)in Anthropology.......................................................................................................................... (9)

129

Coursesductioj l"* “duction to Archaeology and Physical Anthropology. 3 credits. An intro- Ketier Pl^ysical anthropology and human prehistory. The course will provide a cuituj, p I'Si'ound in human evolution and in the origin and development of human

l7lttt of to Cultural Anthropology. 3 credits. The nature and develop-. . —/ VIIlII 1% .... 11 A A.* mm m A A AM A A A A A«p Y A a“f ' ' Iture, utilizing illustrative data drawn from literate and nonliterate peoples

World. F,s200 A . '

hi. . ■ ‘ **®®ology Laboratory Methods. 3-4 credits. F*rerequisites: Anth 170 or ^ preparation and analysis of excavated archaeological mate

denij d standard laboratory techniques. Includes lecture and lab. On

220 Topics. 1-4 credits. F,St ”'***' * credits. Prerequisites; Anth 170 or 171. An intro-

V s . **chniques and methods employed by non-western peoples to construct230 Includes practical application. F

of’jj '' °n>en and Men in Society & Culture. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Anth 171 or “’'’’idin/ of instructor. A comparative survey of women’s and men’s roles," ' f fenti of early societal organization, the range of variation in sexual

foies f*'® interaction of biological and sociocultural factors in shaping

“f insfruct *'*'' “’ Anthropology. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Anth 170 or 171 or consent "liseast ’ ®*®fnination of the human biological and cultural responses to health

309 anthropological perspective. F325 f'^Pics. 1-4 credits. F.S

®f®difs. Prerequisites: Anth 170 or consent of instructor. A '®SsU evoi„.. '■''® living primates and their fossil predecessors with emphasis on the

370.f 'astructor" Culture. 3 credits. Prerequisites; Anth 170 and 171 or consent

analysi’ . . "‘laafentals ° f "fodem linguisUcs; utility of linguistic concepts of cul- 37i p ’ 'aferaction of language with other cultural subsystems. S

!?fW tor %namic8.3 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170 and 171 or consent of®®f“6e. s ’ ” ®*aniination of the problems, theories and consequences of cultural

373. Indii®f instru*r* I-^iin America. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170 and 171 or con-

ndiaa and l^®'f^ninmbian and modern Indian cultures of Latin America; role 374 _ niestizo population in present day Latin America. On demand.

J Prehistory. 3-4 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170 and 171 or consentcir''P«from'ti! , “"‘f development of human culture in Africa. Asia, and

'’logical ,-7 age to the beginning of fanning communities. Major ar-s will be critically examined and an interdisciplinary approach will


be stressed. F/2375. North American Indians. 3-4 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170 and 171

sent of instructw. Origins and nature of cultures in America north of Mexico. Stu i

basic culture areas and representative groups, culminating with a view of the s j and prospects of the modam Indian and Eskimo in Canada and the United States, trip to area reservation when possible. F

376. Central and South American Archaeology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Ant and 171 or consent of instructor. Growth of prehistoric American Indian cultures the Rio Grande to the Tierra del Fuego, with special emphasis on the high cu o f Mexico and the Andean area. On demand.

377. North American Archaeology. 3-4 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170 n'' ^ or consent of instructor. Early man and the development of American Indian cw from the Arctic to the Rio Grande. S

378. Physical Anthropology. 3 credits Prerequisites: Anth 170 and 171 or j o f instructor. The physical evolution of fossil man. Will include laboratory

379. Culture Area Studies. 3-4 credits. May be repeated to maximum of 6 jpd Prerequisites: Anth 170 and 171 or consent o f instructor. A survey of pooP*® g cultures o f selected areas. Selections based upon staff and student interest.

380 Field Techniques in Archaeology. 1-6 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 1' ®' and consent o f instructor. SS

410. Historic Preservation. 3 credits. A detailed examination of the historic preservation in the United States. Various processes for completing “i

ictof'preservation programs are presented.424. Plains Prehistory. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 377 or consent of

An overview of the prehistoric cultures o f the Plains region from the Pale® to the beginning o f the Historic period.

426. Lithic Technology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170 or consent of insV^ictof'

Study of the techniques and methods o f manufacturing chipped stone tools a® facts and the basis for analyzing such materials in the archaeological recor •

440. Human Osteology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170 or consent of The description o f the human skeleton with emphasis on prehistoric skeletal a

460. Methods in Cultural Anthropology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Anth jj. 371. Examination of research methods employed by cultural anthropologi®^®'mand.

465. Culture, Illness and Health. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 171 ot ir> o f instructor. Examination o f culturally based beliefs and practices i*"' maintenance of health and the handling of illness in non-Westem and modem ®

470. History of Anthropology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170 and sent of instructor. Historical survey o f anthropological theories and concep attention to contributions of the major figures in anthropology. On dema® ^

474. Comparative Social Organization. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 11®The rationale of cross-cultural analysis; traditional and contemporary persp®® methods; cross-societal analysis o f institutions and associations. On deW®” ^

478. Studies in Anthropology. 1-4 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170,171 ^of instructor. Study topic varies with interests o f staff and students; proje®!®

Arts and Sciences

'*'dude't V,tio pg®'"*'o'ogy and culture, Central Asian ecology, economy and social organiza-

Studies. 1-4 credits. Consent of instructor. Independent research advisement with department faculty. Research is student originated

“^veloped. F,S

''"'Sent Anthropology. 1-5 credits. Prerequisites: Anth 170 and 171 and""Vergij * “ '®tructor. Designed for students who want instruction in subjects not Mth g . “ ®<luately in usual course offerings. Special arrangements must be made

instructor prior to registation. F,S

Art

131

(See Visual Arts)

Arts and Sciences

'"'"'ses A Arts and Sciences offers a limited number of non-departmentala ® Sciences 250 and 290 are non-departmental, and are intended to

* *®''ance ^ PiiiTioses. They provide for on-demand courses in areas of particular**'®®ial.jut students or faculty members wish to intitiate them. They can provide

'aborat courses for particular groups of students. They can serve as a currlc- experimental courses which may later be established as regular

^ '"itiate c '^®Ps*'tn'ents or programs. Students and faculty members wishing ^'’t'ssala offerings under Arts and Sciences 250 or 290 should present their

^ Dean of the College. No more than 21 credits may be earned uiation of these courses over four years.

Of225, Courses

g i'''®'nen Study of Women. 4 credits. An introduction to the studyof scholarly inquiry, with emphasis on assessments of women’s

, Central • ° culture. The course will provide an interdisciplinary focus®*-Udent ' questions posed by the new scholarship on women, and intro-V e

f Art Poi'spectives and methodologies of a variety of disciplines. F

fibove*g Sciences. 1-4 credits in any one course: note credit limitations men- do repi,i„ arranged seminars or courses on a variety of subjects not cov-

n ,.j . d e n a r t m o « * « l ..fr.. •____

290''"tio,

®ud den offerings. May be initiated by students with approval ofIn “ '■' U'ents involved, provided appropriate faculty members are willing.

">ehf7'8nk'' *'"'®d abo*” * Sciences. 1-4 credits in any one semester; note credit limitations

‘'ct CO Specially arranged tutorials or reading programs on a variety of regular departmental offerings. May be initiated by stu-

“®rs dean and departments involved, provided appropriate faculty

troH„-i!_ . _ Contracts,

' school manner< Law, ^*^^°** Legal Studies. 3 credits. Segments on

isititutional Law, and Torts, taught in customary law sch


to acquaint undergraduates and others interested in exploring a career in the profession with law school methodology and legal analysis.

Aviation(Avit)

D. Smith (Chair), Batchelder, Burke, De Remer, Faick, Hammond,Lael, Lovelace, Oetken, Miller, Molenaar, Poellot, Slewert, Uhlenberg

Aviation is a department writhin the Center for Aerospace Sciences. ^

The Department of Aviation offers four four-year curricula with a major in The Bachelor of Business Administration may be earned in either Aviation tion «• Airport Administration and granted through the College of Business ana ^

Administration and the Bachelor o f Science may be earned in either Airway ® or Aeronautical Studies granted through the College of Arts and Sciences.

The AVIATION ADM INISTRATION curriculum is offered to those stud® whose career objectives are toward the management and operation of the airsw ities of the aviation industry. Emphasis is placed on the relationship of agement practices to airline, airport and general aviation management. A ® .[({'f completing this curriculum must receive a minimum of an FA A commercia r certificate with an instrument rating.

The AIRPORT ADMINISTRATION curriculum is offered to those student* ^

ing employment in administrative positions with companies in and ^

groundside activities o f the aviation industry. All aspects of general ayi® carrier, and the total aviation industry will be studied in-depth with bility in courses to allow the student to concentrate in a particular area of the f

such as general aviation operations, airline management, airport administr* jy( corporate aviation management. A student completing this curriculum »ii>ea minimum o f an FAA private pilot certificate.

The A IR W A Y SCIENCE curriculum is designed primarily to prepar® for entry level positions within the Federal Aviation Administration. Ahy*'® is a rigorous program to educate the future technical managers of the try. The curriculum stresses hard science, the human side of management, computers and aviation to meet the challenge to cope with the socioteC forces o f the future. Areas o f concentration available are: Aircraft Systeio® ment. Airway Science Management, Airway Computer Science and Airway Electronics. In addition to study in a chosen area of concentration, Science major will be required to complete course work in General

il«*

AllScience/Technology, Computer Science, Management and Aviation- * - Science graduates are required to have a private pilot license. In Systems Management majors must obtain the following licenses and f® jpjiF merdaL instrument, multi-engine, certified flight instructor. Instrument fl>8tor, and multi-engine flight instructor. . \

The AERONAUTICAL STUDIES curriculum is offered to f tb®j th® whose career objectives are toward the operation of the airside J aQlB'ition industry and who desire an area of concentration within the arts ana o f studies. Under this program, the student elects to specialize in a sp®®

Aviation 133

app ■'®tion within the College of A rts and Sciences, selected with the advice and Department of Aviation. A minimum of 20 semester hours must be

encoy *** concentration. Double majors are not required but are highlyA student completing this curriculum must receive a minimum of an

j ' “'"'nercial pilots certificate with an instrument rating.the University College, in cooperation with the Department of Aviation,

associate in arts degree programs.

forjj,* ^ÔFESSIONAL FLIGHT curriculum is designed to prepare the student M thari^ ** * professional pilot. This program combines academic classroom courses edgg an c^ flight and simulator instruction to provide the student with the knowl-

Th necessary to qualify as a professional pilot.Positjî^'^^ÂTION SERVICES curriculum is designed to prepare the student for

** flight attendants, ticket agents, reservation agents, and other service ^ '^"eers in Aviation.

available for advanced students interested in becoming of the U ?^ iflo a tio n pilots. The University of North Dakota, with the cooperation ' “’'duct ', Reclamation and the North Dakota Weather Modification Board,*'®' 6ht K , h* ^he ground and air technology of cloud modification. Classes are ' *'0 pro ^ *®®'ii*’g research scientists and engineers from throughout the nation,

flyin^^r* ior- internships in which the professional pilots are selected^ ^ g c oud modification missions during the summer.

*'hich Education program is offered by the Department of Aviation,ed students to obtain on-the-job experience while continuing their aca-

^"•'ities cooperative internships are available offering oppor-airl'”'* general aviation manufacturers, FAA air traffic control

®®ni adH^*’ "'eather modification research operational contractors. Students f Sam college credits through the cooperative internship program and

eduj obtain valuable on-the-job experience necessary to supplement theirAll

^ sir students are required to complete “Aviation Orientation” duringAvi f **”'®®*®*' *0 an aviation program.

on j,*"* * costs are not included in the registration fees. Flight costs are com- ? âition tJ basis for aircraft and flight instruction. These costs are in addition

'®**'ged êcs, and any other incidental expenses which are normally

'^'iationV required to regularly attend all academic aviation classesf “'th Dakot^ intent and spirit of the policy set forth by the University of

is mandatory with respect to satisfying ground school j A-paja** ®®tablished by the Federal Aviation Administration P art 141, Ap- “'i’ ifements^î^^^ and Appendix D-paragraph 2. Failure to meet these attendance

Airport * i®qualify the student for FAA pilot certification.are ®nd Airway Science candidates who hold a private pilot

8t'* * ®®fl®Wto n ^ Aviation 102, Introduction to Aviation. In addition, they ^ . ®at ,vm ™y complete the Flight Lesson 27 Progress Check. Upon so doing, the

aived. aceive credit for the academic class with the flight lab requirement

^y'fltiojj .""nistration and Aeronautical Studies candidates who hold a com-' Admi:


mercial and/or instrument rating are required to take Aviation 201, Profession!ai pilot !•

and Aviation 202, Professional Pilot II. In addition, the candidate must cowp'®!,d)tthe Flight Lesson 131 Progress Check. Upon so doing, the student will receive C®' for the academic class with the flight lab requirement waived.

Once a student has enrolled at the University of North Dakota (UND), aii quent flight training must be completed in residence at UND. Flight training other schools while enrolled at UND is not permitted. Enrolled students who recflight training outside UND which is required under specific curriculum receive credit for the courses taken and are subject to dismissal from the

In degree programs requiring flight training, at least one flight coursecompleted in residence at UND regardless of any advanced standing or transfer which may be granted. The flight course completed must be approved by man of the Aviation Department. Exceptions may be made for qualified m> trained pilots who are on active duty or have been released from flight duties the preceding twelve months or for currently qualified airline pilots.

College of Business and Public AdministrationB.B.A. WITH MAJOR IN AVIATION ADMINISTRATIONRequired 125 Hours, including:

I. General Graduation Requirementa, see pages 33-39.II. College of Business and Public Administration Requirements, see page 84.

III. The Following Curricuhmi:Freshman Yaar

Acct 200,201............................ Elements of Accounting....................................................Avit 102.................................... Introduction to Aviation............................................................A v it l9 2 .................................... .....................................................................................................CSd 101.................................... Introduction to Computers........................................................En^ 101 .................................. Composition I ..............................................................................PSci 101.................................... American Government I ...........................................................SpchlOl .................................. Fundamentals of Public Speaking ...........................................

Natural Science.........................................................................Arts A Humanities.....................................................................

One course from:A n th lT l .................................. Introduction to Cultural Anthropology .Psy 101 .................................... Introducticn toPsychoic^ ....................S oclO l...................................... Introduction to Sociology......................

Sophomore YearAoct 207.................................... Managerial Accounting................................................Acct 217.................................. Funan»entals of Management Information SystemsAvit 201,202.................. ..........Professkmal Pilot I. I I ..................................................Avit 293.294 .......................... Professional Pilot Laboratory I, I I ..............................£con201.202 .......................... Principlesof Economics I. ! 1 ............... ........................Econ 2 1 0 .................................. Introduction to Business and Economic Statistics ..Engl 209 .................................. Technical Business Writing.........................................Math 104.................................. Finite Mathematics......................................................Math 204 .................................. Survey of Calculus........................................................

Arts A Humanities.......................................................Junior Yaar

Acct214................................ Legal Environment (EBusiness..........A cn 3 1 5 .............. ......................B usine»L aw I........................................Avit 302.................................... Air Transportation..................................Avit 303.................................... Introduction to Air Traffic Control. . . .Mgmt300 .................................Principles Management.....................MgmtSOl .................................Production Management.......................Mgmt 302 ................................ Perscmnei Management............. ............Mgmt303 ................................ PrinciplMcrfFinance..............................Mktg 301...................................Principles of Marketing..........................

Arta A Humanities.................................

Aviation 135

Senior YMrA v it4 0 2Avit 403....................................Airport Planning & Admimatration .Avit 405....................................Aatwpace Legislation ... ............................................... Airlin.................................................Airline OperaUons .Mgmt47e ................................Organizational Behavior..................................

................................ Business Policies & Managment.....................Arts & Humanities...........................................Additional RequiredBusiness Electives...........................................

g g Free Electives....................................................

major in airport administrationp 25 hours, including:

' ® eral C' ^ •II. *‘®duation Requirements, see pages 33*39.

business and Public Administration Requirements, see page 84." ““owing Curriculunu

.(31(31(3)(3)(3)(3)

(6)(3)

Frashnuin Y»»r. Elements of Accounting I ..............................................................................(3)Elements of Accounting 1 1 ............................................................................(3)

. Introduction to Aviation................................................................................(4)

. Introduction to Flight........................................................................ (11

. Introduction to Computers...................... * ..................................................(21Composition I ..................................................................................................(3)

^'rt2oo Acct 201Avit 102AWtl92 ^Sciioi Englioi .^Sciioi -^ P ch loi.................................. ... Government I ............................................................................... 13)

.................................. ... of Public Speaking............................................................... (3)Natural Science..............................................................................................14)

On.. Arts & Humanities..........................................................................................(3

jsy io i ,^ l O i . .................................... to Psychology ......................................................................... (3).................................................. Introduction toSodology...............................................................................13)

.................................. Introduction to Anthropology.......................................................................(3)

Acct 207 Acct214 Acct 217 A'ctoisAvit 302 S '”" 201u«»>202Econ2io .{■"«I209J «hl04'

Sophomore YMr. Managerial Accounting............................................. Legal Environment of Business............................... Fund of Mgmt Information System s....................... Business Law I ........................................................... Air Transportati(Xi.....................................................Principles of Economics I ......................................... Principles of Economics II ................ ........... Introduction to Business and Economic Statistics .. Technical Business Writing....................................... Finite Mathematics................................................... Survey of Calculus..................................................... Introduction to Planning..........................................Arts & Humanities....................................................

. 12)

.(3)

.13)

.13)

.(3)

.(3)

.13)

.13)

. ( 2)

.13)

.(3)

.13)

.13)

> ‘ 308. > " 3 1 5 ' ^'"«-313,'J^«")t300'

V*™‘ 302?^fnt303” '“ 8301

> ‘ 402

Junior YearAviatiem S afety .................... ...........

. Economics of TVanspctftatioo..........

. Promotional Method .......................

. Principles of Management................

. Production Management..................

. Personnel Management....................

. Principles of Finance........................

. Principles of Marketing....................Arts & Humanities............................

Senior Year

. Airport Planning & Administration .

.A « ‘ospace Legislation......................

. Air Transp<»t Utilization................

.Organizational Behavior..................

. Business Policies & Management. . .

. Public Administration......................Arts & Humanities........ ................Additional Required Business

Electives......................................Free Electives....................................

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

.13)

.(3)

.(3) • <3) .13) .(3)

.(3)

.13)

.(3)

.(3)

.13)

.(3)

.13)

.(3).(5)


College of Arts and SciencesB.S. IN AERONAUTICAL STUDIESRequired 125 hours including:

I. Gei^ral Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. The Following Curricxilum:

Freshman Year

Avit 102.................................... Introduction to Aviation..................Avit 192.................................... Introduction to Flight......................CSd 101.................................... Introduction to Computers..............Engl 101 .................................. Composition I ...................................Ge<^ 1 2 1 .................................. Physical Geography.........................

Arts and Humanities.................... ..Math 102 or 1 0 3 ...................... Intermediate College Algebra . . .Speech 101.................................Fundamentals of Public Speaking .

Social Science Electives..................Natural Science Elective................

Sophomore YearAvit 201,202............................ Professi<maI Pilot I, I I .....................Avit 293,294.................... » . . . Professional Pilot Lab I, I I .............

Social Science...................................Avit 302.....................................Air Transportation...........................En^ 209 .................................. Technical and Business Writing . . .Lang 101.102.......................... Foreign Language...........................

Junior YearAvit 303.................................... Introduction to Air Traffic Control.Avit 308.................................... Aviation S afety................................Jour 313.................................... Prorooticmal M ethods.....................

Senior Year

,l<’

,iji

" , 1*Avit 403.................................... Aerospjace Legislation..............................................................Avit 405.................................... Airline Operations...................................................................Avit 407.................................... Air Transport Utilization............................................................... . ■ • ‘ S•Area of Concentration ........................................................................................................... „A

•Curriculum must be supplemented with a minimum of 20 additional hours chosen with advice aiw the Aviation Department and selected from an area of concentration within the College of Arts w' ,|» Free Electives.......................................................................................................................................

B.S. IN AIRWAY SCIENCERequired 125 hours, including:

1 General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. The Following Core Curriculum: (41

General Studies:Econ201.............................. Principles of Economics I .................................................Econ 210.............................. Introduction to Business and Economics Statistics...........Engl 101.............................. Composition I ...........................................................................Engl 209...................... .. Technical & Business Writing.................................................P S cilO l.............................. Arowican Government............................................................

Humanities Electives .............................................................History Elective.......................................................................

S pch lO l...............................Fundamentals of Public Speaking.........................................Math SciencftTechnology:

Engr251...............................Technology & S ociety .............................................................Gec^ 1 5 2 .............................Economic Geography...............................................................IT 101.................................. Introduction to Energy &. Power.............................................Math 1 0 3 ............................ College A lgebra........................................................................Math O ption ...........................................................................................................................Math 1 0 5 ............................ ....................................................................................................Math 2 1 1 ............................ Calcu lus!.................................................................................

lAirway Comp Scl)Math 1 0 4 ............................ Finite Mathematics................................................................Math 204 ............................ Survey of Calculus..................................................................

(Airway Science Mgmt & A/C Syst Mgmt)Phys 101.............................. Introduction College P hysics........................................Physl02.............................. Introduction College P hysics................................................

Aviation

Comput Science160 «

CS201 .................................Computer Programming I ......................Cs 260 .................................Fundamentals of Comp Programming .CS 356 .................................Computer Programming I I ....................

..... . Introduction to Micro Computers.

Pnt 300 . ?mt302 .

PSci 436 ..................... ■ ■ Management...............................Administration of the Public

Aviation Bureaucracy.........................................Avit 102Avit 192 ............................. Introduction to Axdation....................Avit 303 ............................... Introduction to F lig h t........................Avit 308 ...............................Introduction to Air Traffic Control..Avit 403 ...............................Aviation S a fe ty ....................................

...............Avit 302 ’' " " ’^''it402 ...................................Air Transporation................................yVit 407 .................................Airport Planning and AdministrationJour 207 .................................Air Transport UntilizationM: ........gmt407 . Intro to Communication Theory .In ' ' *f 8*nt 408 ...............................Wage and Salary Administrationp Kmt 309 ...............................Issues in Personnel Management

360 .. ...........................Quantitative Approaches to Management Decisions331 .. ...............................Introduction to Personality...........................................

Public Administration..................................................lntroducti<m to Sociology............................................Introduction to InterpersonalCommunication.................................................................................................(3|Psychology of Communication........................................................................(3)Management D ecisions.................................................................................... (3)Approved E lectives.......................................................................................... (4)

^ l o i201

®Pcl>336

C S ,3j|

^^1203

Math 2,2

' Aifcraft c , Avit2o,

^’ ‘ 293

. . Computer Prog. II Advanced Pascal• Intro to File Processing (P / L l)......... .O peratingSystem s...........................• Computer Org and Prog (Assemblo*). - Data Structures.................................. . Computer Methods and Applicaticm I•. Information System s......................... .■ • Program Language and Compilers . . ,• • Math Modeling and Simulation..........• Advanced Microcomputer L a b ..........• -Computer Hardware Logic

Calculus II ........................................................................................................ (4)Approved E lectives............................................................................. .(5)

Avit 202

J^|t393

'P‘ 406^ '^ ‘ 407Avit302

t l ‘ 396 A vit 397^^1496.

•Not’'‘ 'Wired

ProfessiornI R iot I .......................■ Professional R iot I L a b .................■ ProfessioiMl Riot I I .......................■ Professional R iot II L a b ...............■ Multi-Engine Certification ..........• Advanced Aircraft Operations . . .■ F ^ h t Engineer Certification . . . .■ Airline Operations.........................■ Air Transport U tilization.............• Air Transportation.........................-CFI Certification.........................■ CF II Certification.......................■ CFI Certification Laboratory . . . .■ CFI I Certification Laboratory ■ ..■ Multi-Engine Instructor Lab ■ . ■ .■ Aviation M eteorology...................

f Aviation E lectives.........................” ™ ‘ orcraft students.

■ 13) (2) (3) (21

■ til (3) (3) (31 (3) (3) (31 (3) (21 (1) (11 (3) (1)

137

(3I(2)

(2)

( 2)

Principles of Management............................................................................... (3,(3)

(3)

(4) (II (4) (3) (3)


University ColiegeA ^. WITH MAJOR IN AVIATION SERVICESRequired 62 houre, inchiding:

Frashman Yaar |3)Avit 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ’ • ' |3lEngl 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... •••■ (J|Engl 209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . *. . i9U n g lO l .1 0 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FtwigT) f,angii»r* ....... • • •' ID

Natural Science E lective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (JHMath 102 or 1 0 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . Tnf.»rm^j0tf^(Vtn<k0« Al^nKr* . . . . . . . . . . . ■ ■ ■ ■ |3)P s y lO l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •••' iSIS oclO l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ■ ■ ■ ■ | 3IS p c h lO l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sophomora YaarAoct217 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fundamentals of Management , | S

Infnrmjir.inn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 #Avit 302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Air 7V«n«pnpntinn . . . . . . . . . I #Avit 405 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A iriin* OpAr«ttrtn« . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1*C S d lO l* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......... ■■■ ()l

......... I JH P E R 310 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

HumanitieaFIertivM . , , - . . . . . . . . . . . ■ • ■ ' . I l lm o i* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ■ ■ • ' . I l lJou r313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • ■ " . I l lPsy360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Spch201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Introducti<m to Interpersonnal

Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . , . o

A.A. WITH MAJOR IN PROFESSIONAL FLIGHTRequired 62 hours, including:

A vit397......................................CFII CertiHcation LalxvatoryEngl 209 ....................................Technical & Businesa W riting..

Free Electives........................... .

Courses

F ra s h m a n Y aar .1*A v it 1 0 2 .................... ...■•■■■■ .1"A v it 1 9 2 .................... ................. ...■■■■■".IllA v it 2 0 1 .................... ................. ...............■■".111A v it 2 9 3 .................... ................. ....■■■■".IllE n g l 101 .................. ................. ...............■■■ 111

................. ...■ ■ ■ " .1*1

.......................■■■■".IllP S d 1 0 1 .................... ............... ...■ ■ ■ ".IllP s y l O l .................... ................. .........■■■ (11S p c h lO l ..................

S o p h o m o ra Y aar.111

.........■■".(11A c c t2 1 7 .................... .................... F u n d e m ra ta ls o f M a n ag em en t

A v it 2 0 2 .................... ................. i f

A v it 2 9 4 .................... ............... " ...■■■■.111A v it 3 0 2 .................... .................... ..•■ ■ ".|HA v it 3 0 3 .................... ...............

................. p

A v it 3 0 4 .................... .................... ..■■■".Ill

A v it 3 9 6 ....................A v it 3 0 5 ....................

.................... C F I C ertiR ca tio n L a b o r a to r y ....................................................... , . . • • • (J'

■\i<i

101.;ceP'

Elements of Aerospace. 3 credits. Open only to non-aviation students in the Flight Attendant/Aviation Services program). An introductory^^ specifically designed for non-aviation majors who wish to obtain a broad of the aero-space world including aviation and space exploration. Includes a aerospace history, aerospace environment, principles of aircraft, flight and na the science of rocketry, and space flight, and the social, economic and polit’* of aerospace on modem civilization. F,S

Aviation

introduction to Aviation. 4 credits. Co-requisite: Aviation 192. The course taken* ** * Pi^eparation for the FAA Private Pilot written examination which will be in p , successful completion of the semester. Course content includes instruction ton,, j ''®Sulations, weather, air and radio navigation, flight safety, and emergency

'edures. F,S,SS

introduction to Flight. 1 credit. Co-requisite: Aviation 102. A one semester, tobo

>Ai,- certificate with an instrument rating. S/U only. F ,S .SS

139

fof p'“‘ °''atory course which consists of all the dual and solo flight hours required tionj certification. The flight instruction emphasizes pre-flight prepara-safgj’ operation procedures, proper aircraft flight control, air and ground •lUate' . control procedures and communications. The course allows for ade-pilot c practice as well as solo cross-country flight. Completion of private

193*" * ** ® necessary to fulfill course requirement. S/U only. F ,S ,SSCertification. 1 credit. Prerequisites: Aviation 102 and 192. The Glider

'®®nts f course includes all the necessary experience, skill and knowledge require- '‘"ly. p PAA Glider Category rating on the FAA Private Pilot Certificate. S/U

'dsite- A • Pilot 1.3 credits. Prerequisites: Aviation 102 and 192. Co-req-*®toody "PWs course includes studies in aircraft stability and performance

out in advanced models and types, emergencies, unusual 202 * P''cparation for the commercial written and flight tests. F ,S ,SS

' 'site; Pilot II. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Aviation 201 and 293. Co-req-course prepares the student for an instrument rating. In-

"'^ther re see studies of flight instruments, physiology of flight, aviationVsten, forecasting, radio navigation, holding, IFR rules, national airspace’S.SS ®PPcoach and emergency procedures, and IFR cross-country planning.

Pilot Lab I. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Avaition 102 and 192. Co- j'eir py y ''•ation 201. At the completion of this course helicopter pilots will receive

®’°aal pj]q pilot’s certificate. Fixed-wing pilots will continue on to Profes-’ ’'Uficate witVi opon completion they will receive an FAA commercial pilot’s

294 ^ ” ®" instrument rating. S/U only. F ,S ,SS^ nisite; Pilot Lab II. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Aviation 201 and 293. Co-' ®®Wnercial ^P°n completion of this course, a student will have an FAA

''elopuig t 3 credits. Provides a broad understanding of the historicalknowled transportation industry. The scope of course material in-

g Requifg state and federal regulations and the basis for their establish- ®8itie design the past, present and future with respect to aircraft and

th* supporting facilities are reviewed and evaluated. Students® lectors whi h f P* ®* tical economics of airline operations and maintenance and

t) Into situation. F ,S ,SS^^si^ed to Traffic ControL 4 credits. Prerequisites: Avit 102 and 192.®nd* traffic" * sdvanced aviation student with additional sufficient knowl- ®nd f* ®* ®tion *'®'’is®tioo aids, aviation weather, ATC communicationsopp '®' ility tnana airport traffic control, radar operations and separations,

*'®tor writtpi, At the completion of this course the FAA control towerlamination will be given. F ,S


304. CFI Certification. 3 credits. Prereqmsites: Avit 201, 293, 202, 294' CO’therequisite: Aviation 396. Provides the student with basic information leading ,

ntals®'teaching and learning and includes effective teaching methods, aerodynanucsflight instructor certificate. The course is divided into two sections: Fundament®*®

to flight instruction, consideration of the flight training syllabus, and flight instm® responsibilities. The second is concerned with the analysis of the flight maneu'' involved in the private, commercial and flight instructor certificates. F,S,SS

305. Instrum ent Flight Instructor. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Aviation 304.396.

jL a a o M la a a a V aa •• A u |^ a a < > A a a a w u v w a * X a v a v V jU iO A V iriA*

Co-requisite: Aviation 397. Provides the student all the necessary aeronautical tion and instructional background to complete the FAA flight instructor, instrui® written examinations. F,S,SS

307. Air Cargo Operations. 3 credits. Topics covered include the history ® ^ cargo development with legislative acts and regulatory decisions affecting thethe economics of air cargo; the role of the airline industry and the freightthe development of airborne and ground handling equipment and terminal fac*®security: and the handling of hazardous materials. S .

308. Aviation Safety. 3 credits. This course is designed to provide the ® with an introduction to significant elements involved with the safe operation 0 craft and flight operations. Consideration is given to the technology, psychology^^^ traffic control, airport and navigation facilities, weather, and accident investig®

. ,02.330. Introduction of Weather Modification. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Avit and Geog 333. Provides the student with a comprehensive introduction to ^ (be cepts of weather modification as currently undertaken and researched arou® world. Various methods of cloud seeding including cloud physics, equipn|® quirements, pilot qualifications, and radar operations in weather modific®4*®” be covered. This course will be taught primarily on a lectureship basis from modification specialists throughout the United States. F ^

• •340, Advanced Weather ModlHcation. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Aviation o*j vides students exposure to program design, operation and evaluation of weathef ^ ^ fication programs on a national basis. Both the ground and flight ( tii®*covered in depth and the course will include approximately five hours of jjt/ including VFR day and night and IFR cumulus and stratiform cloudrecognition flying. Attempt will be made to fly in known icing conditions amid the®’

thefence will include high altitude night multi-engine experience and training i" jied of weather instrumentation and radar operations. The course will include exposure into the necessary oxygen equipment, airplane and equipment mau' jjjts and practices used in weather modification. This course will be taught by ®P® from the weather modification industry throughout the world. S

370. Special Aerospace Topics. 1-4 credits. Prerequisite: Instructors c Topics for this course will be selected on the basis of currency and relevancy dent needs and interests. F,S

380. Aviation Internship. 2-4 credits. Prerequisites: Prerequisites depending on the area of the internship. Aviation internship will provide ® . (ijSwith the actual, on the job exposure of a particular area of interest the stu within the aviation industry. Internships will be available in Airport general aviation management, on both the manufacturer and fixedlevel and within the weather modification industry. The weather m'.odif'®* ^

Aviation

''Pport^p available only with the necessary federal funding or contractor

Certification. 1 credit. Prerequisites: Avit 202, 294. Provides flight instruction leading to the multi-engine certification,

'"sine ^®*' ‘les ground instruction concerning the operations of the light twin- including emergency procedures, electrical and hydraulic

P ocedur aquipment installed in the airpkne. The air work includes emergencythe operations, and control of the airplane solely by reference394 “ ®' * »>ent. S/U only. F,S,SS

Certification. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Avit 202, 294. Provides flight instruction leading to a Rotorcraft Helicopter

' titudea *'°“ >‘se includes ground instruction in helicopter aerodynamics, flight Only' p°q systems, auto rotations, vertical flight and off airport operations.

39Lab. 1 credit. Prerequisites: 202, 294. The seaplane

'*’*'6 the skih°u includes all the necessary flight instruction for the student to ac- ’" rcial pilot ’ ®nd experience for obtaining a seaplane rating on his com-®*P Water. f The course will include but not be limited to full flap and no

saili ** *’ P^Toising, and skipping, water emergency takeoffs and landings, P *'®offs and*if docking, glassy water operations, cross-wind and down-wind •S,Ss “ “ dings, and the general care and operation of a seaplane. S/U only.

294. flight Instructor Lab. 2 credits. Prerequistes: Aviation 201, 293,®®8ary fligkf Aviation 304. This course provides the student with the nec-

^ght i leading to FAA certified flight instructor. The course involves*'*' ®ssary j in both aircraft and simulators covering all maneuvers

3gy Caching Private and CommerciiJ. S/U only. F,S,SS^ 9- Instructor Lab. 1 credit. Prerequisites: Aviation 304,j necessa ' ^'^îon 305. The student will obtain the aa^nautical skill and expe- ® **‘s/hef meet the requirements for the addition of an instrument rating

39g ® ‘“ stnictor certificate. S/U only. F,S,SS

^ ’'®duc6_ anaf **'*'°° ^ Aerobatic Flight. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Avit 102,192. To “batics. some of the more advanced flight maneuvers defined as

maneuvers will be flown during the course including inverted flight and variations/combinations. S/U only. F,S,SS

1 “*Qcs Tk , “ som e i

®PinIôUs402. ^

ah!!'* Administration. 3 credits. Provides an understandingoUk** * “PCfatio planning and its importance to achievement of a successful

AIim. * OVlrS6 Tlrn o1 ao » a ! aa aw* <4 i*AAW%r\*« aiVvCIi -* aa

404. ' nccordance with federal, state and local agencies. F,S

141

and * ®ôrt m material includes a study of the duties and responsibilities^Pcfation **** ® In^ge hub airport. All aspects of design, finance planning03 A *** nuport are emphasized. F,S • Aero

nf all r*** Legislation. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Avit 302. Designed to cover ‘ ®nd toeni .®®“ “ l>ons concerning aviation (traffic rules, agencies, operation, air-

»n a c c n r d o „ — , _____t:, o

Cou’ ^ Traffic ^ Traffic Control Techniques. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Aviation desigjjgj ^nntrol Civil Service examination and class II ATC Physical A lab

provide the advanced aviation students who have satisfied their


basic ATC test requirement, with actual “live” control tower and air traffic ment experience in FAA air traffic facilities under the direct supervision of an controller. F,S

405. Airline Operations. 3 credits. Designed to cover the complex area - tional techniques and problems confronting the airlines today. Officials from will conduct discussions on the real and immediate problems in an airlines Market research and passenger trends, feasibility route studies, criteria for trans aircraft, VTOL, SST impacts, and air cargo operational programs will be stressed-

407. Air Transport Utilization. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Avit 302. An study of the factors affecting the utilization of an aircraft for commercia corporate use. Course includes aircraft design factors, operational elements, an ketability as they affect operational environment. Also included are econ ^

evaluations of all type of commercial and corporate aircraft with emphasis on write-offs, depreciation, and operating data. F,S

408. Flight Engineer Certification. 3 credits. Prerequisites; Avit 202, 294. gjt the classroom course of study utilizing the professional course material to P .. the student for the written examination of an unrestricted Flight Engineer cer ' jj. Course content includes an in-depth knowledge of all aircraft systems as ® enced on a large je t transport. S

409. Advanced Aircraft Operations. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Avit 293,Topics of study include high speed and high altitude aerodynamics, meteor physiological aspects of high altitude flight, hazards associated with th®near high speed buffet boundaries, effects of turbulence on high speedeffects of maneuvering load factors, along with the general study of the business je t systems management. F,S

410. Airline Transport K lot. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Avit 308, ger<r requisite: Aviation 491. Provides a detailed and comprehensive background ° nautical subjects needed to meet the knowledge requirements of the FAA airlm® ^ , port Pilot written examinations. The course includes advanced computer transport-type airplane weight and balance computation, meteorology witsis on upper level phenomena, depictions, and interpretation, regulations app airline operations and performance computations. F,S,SS , ..|i

411. International and Long Range Navigation. 3 credits. Prerequisites-202, 294, and Math 103. This course provides an understanding of ten'’’systems, great circle route and waypoint plotting. Problems and methods o ^

tional flight and modem systems of long range navigation are studied methods and systems of computing, communicating and displaying navigation tion. S j9l.

412. Multi-engine Flight Instructor. 1 credit. Prerequisites: Avit 305, Co-requisite: Avit 492. To introduce the student to the fundamentals ofa multi-engine airplane. The course will include multi-engine aerodynamic®' of multi-engine operations, single-engine operations and procedures, and m® flight maneuvers. F,S,SS 294,

491. Airline Transport Pilot Lab. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Aviation 2 ’jjjght 308, 393. Co-requisite: Avit 410. Provides a comprehensive background ® experience in two engine airplanes to meet the proficiency requirements o Airline Transport Pilot oral and flight examinations. Students enrolline

ofop®’’*'

Aviation 143

FAA Commercial Pilot Certificate with an airplane category fating class rating in addition, they must hold a valid Instrument-Airplane

fatednr *** ttie course includes basic instrument flying, concen-'®untrv instrument approach procedures, emergency procedures, and cross-

y flyuig. s/U only. F,S,SS492 lu . . f t *

397 Flight Instructor Lab. 1 credit. Prerequisites: Aviation 305,exper’ Aviation 412. The student will obtain the aeronautical skill

requirements for the addition of an airplane, 494 ''ni'ing to his/her flight instructor certificate. S/U only. F,S,SS

At Instrument Certification Lab. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Aviationrequ’ ®°n>pletion of this course helicopter students will have completed all

ffitijig S/U * cotorcraft commercial pilots certificate with an instrument

®®t assigm^ "*** Aviation. 1 credit. The course is designed for seminar and pro- in-denth *'* *' ^ ® seminar and project assignments are to be concerned

® Udetit flight* * *^ * aviation related to subjects including airport traffic count, ^Ports. pfQ- airport management problems, and statistical analysis” 'S.SS ®®®*gnnients will be conducted on the basis o f the needs-to-know.

Biochemistry''Nord,,

(Chair), C om atler (Emeritus), Jacobs, Knuii, Lambeth, Larson and Ray

301 CoursesP ^ ® * f i i s t r y L e c t u r e . 3 credits. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: | *(fates, faig fSanic) or equivalent. The fundamentals o f the chemistry o f carbo- ®*>iistry and' vitamins, minerals, enzymes, acid base balance, physical303, g. ^'^ffnediary metabolism are discussed. S

ch * Analysigv Laboratory. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Chemistry 209 (Quantita-fn^***^^ 30i) Chemistry 212 (Organic). The laboratory (associated with Bio-

*'*(ainentals pnmarily of chemical atudysis of biological materials. Relatedfocedures employing modem instrumentation are applied. S

Biological and Physical Sciences

E. Behsman, Adviser

vy,.p| Center for Teaching and LearningiCo„,K;. A Ma j o r in b io l o g ic a l a n d p h y s ic a l s c ie n c e s

*■ 'General Q rT‘on Requirement*, *ee page* 33-39,


II. The Cento* for Teaching and Learning (u*ogram in Secondary Education. See page 162.III. The Following Curricuium:

62 major hours, including:Biol 101.102............................ Introduction to Biology..........................................................3-4 hours from:

Biol 341 .............................. Cell Physiology......................................................................Biol 343 .......... * ..................Plant Physiology..................................................................Biol 442 .............................. Physiology of Organs and Systems......................................Bicd350 .............................. G enetics................................................................................Biol 357 .............................. Modem Genetics and M an....................................................

3-4 hours from:Biol 336 .............................. Systematic Botany................................................................Biol 373 .............................. Vertebrate Natural History..................................................Biol 375 .............................. Invertebrate Zoology............................................................

Chem 105,106.......................... General Chemistry I and II andQualitative A nalysis........ ....................................................

Chem 209.................................. Quantitative Analysis............................................................Chem 212.................................. Organic Chemistry..................................................................8 hours from:

PhyslOl. 102...................... Introductory CoUege P hysics ..............................................Phys 203.204......................General Physics....................................................................

P h y s3 1 l.................................. Fwndations of Contemporary P hysics...............................Phys 3 2 1 .................................. Methods of Experimental Physics.......................................Phys 490 .................................. Special Problems....................................................................8 hours from:

Geol 101,102......................General Geology — Physical & Historical...........................Geol 121.............................. Physical Geography..............................................................

Geog333 .................................. MetecN’ology ............................................................................Geog 423 .................................. Astronomy..............................................................................

(81

" j s

Required in other departments:Math 211.212.......................... Calculus, I and II .

Biology(Biol)

. 1,1Kannowski (Chair) Auerbach, Burke, Crawford, FIvizzanI, Holloway, Jaiai< Lang, Larson, D. Lieberman, M. Lieberman, Oring, Owen, Schlosser, Sa

Sheridan, Shubert, and Wrenn.The Department of Biology offers concentrated study in four areas: Bio

any. Zoology, and Fisheries and Wildlife Biology. The objective of these ^provide students with a broad knowledge of modern biology through “ each of the major areas of biological science: ecologic, genetic, moleca phologic and systematic biology. Specific department requirements for minors are listed below.

FACILITIES leteiiThe Department of Biology is housed in Starcher Hall, a new facility ,ie*j

in 1981. In addition to classrooms and specialized teaching laboratorieSi building houses an herbarium, two greenhouses, environmental ‘ hambers rooms for terrestrial and aquatic organisms, observation rooms, vertebrate tebrate museums, a darkroom, isotope and tissue culture facilities, and h ' and soil analysis rooms. The Depeu-tment also maintains three natural prairie, freshwater lake, and wooded stream valley) for teaching and r® well as the University Biological Station at Devils Lake.

Biology (1 4 5

“*■ majors are urged to participate in independent studies, honors work,a faculty^ * *"®search. Normally studies of this nature are initiated by invitation

in the selected for these programs usually carry out theirfinanced i ®f individual professors. Research assistant-

'fepartmen/ ^ research grants may be available for part-time employment. ^®'iplinary coUr"^ ■ ‘ University Honors Program through certain inter-

and f»°nors credit in advanced courses, and by independentonals in advanced topics.

a r e a s o f c o n c e n t r a t io nJ.?‘'6anism” anj " *1? major is designed for students interested in the studyt„ 'na jor prenn ° processes without specialization in botany or in zoology, f ®'* ng, laborato^* student for medical training and for careers in high school

graduate stud snd park service, as well as the necessary preparation/ major in tK * specialized areas of biological sciences. The programs

are n « mfege of Arts and Sciences and in the Center for Teaching and Wei] ‘ ‘ ^sented below.

adTanrBH ' f"^ consider taking the CLEP test in biology to obtain® fmm the C n < P Fm’ther information on CLEP examinations is avail-

bo mao ®*"«ior* primarily interested in the study of plants may elect the

for n positions in provides the basic training leading to teaching and/orifiai °*'‘®oademic nn schools, colleges, universities and other institutions, and

in the CoUer*"f°"® ^ industry and government. The Program for the Botany fisheries a Sciences in presented below.

'o^ni® *'0 the deJ^*^ f D major. The department offers a four-year program*atin this delr o Science in Fishery and WUdlife Biology. Students'isteri’ 'î'e requirp ^ “ positions with state and federal wildlife organi-

0 belmv. ments for this program in the College of Arts and Sciences are . ^nologv .<*8 Vrpii T ’h o 1

"'ajor careers ' major is designed for students preparing for medicineor5Q].®*ay also be e le rtû health, zoological research, and museum work. This îfin ®®.*'®nchinE in those planning on graduate work to prepare for research

is Presented^belo^ program for this major in the College of Arts and

H With ma College of Arts and Sciencesbiology

INDEPENDENT STUDY

1. see pages 33*39.

®‘»1 Ifti ***** °''® required courses plus a t least one zoology course marked with anBiol 33j ' *02 .. ** "'"■‘‘ed with a double asterisk, plus electives.Biol 350 ' .............. ...............introduction to Biology.............................................................................. igi

General Ecology............................................................... i j |Genetic* ...................................................................Bi,

io l3 5 7 • • Genetics

• • Modern Genetics and M an.

(3)

(3)


.(4) ■ HI .(4I

.(4I

.(4)

.(3)

.(4)

.(4)

.(4)

.(4I

.(4)

. ( 2)

.(3)

.14)

.131

.131

.13)

..14)

..(4)

4 credits fr<»n:Biol 341 ................................Cell Physiology.................................................................................••Biol 343 ........................... Plant Physio logy.............................................................. ..............•Biol 442 ............................. Physiology of Organs and System s...............................................

2-4 credits from:• •B id 360 ........................... Freshwater A lgae........................ ...................................... ..• •B id 361 ........................... Plant Mor]^K>logy I ........................................................................Biol 367 ................................C y td o g y ...........................................................................................•Biol 3 6 9 ............................. P listo logy.........................................................................................•Biol371 ..............................Vertebrate Anatomy and Adaptations L aboratory....................•Biol 374 ..............................Vwtebrate Em bryology..................................................................

2- 4 credits from:• •B id 336 ........................... Systematic B otany......... ................................................................•Biol 363 ..............................E n to m d o g y .....................................................................................•Biol 364 ..............................Parm sitdogy................................................... ..............................•Biol 370 ..............................Vertebrate Zodogy..........................................................................•Biol 373 ............................. Vertebrate Natural H istory...........................................................•Biol 375 ............................. Invetebrate Zoology......................................................................•Biol 425 ............................. I c h th y d c ^ .......................................................................................•Biol 427 ..............................O m ithdogy.......................................................................................•Biol 428 ..............................M am m alogy.....................................................................................

No more than one 200-levd biology course will be applied to the 40 hour major requirement. ^No more than one UND bid<^cal science course frtm outside the department may be petitioned tow

completion of this major.Required in other departments:

Chem 105....................................General Chemistry I ..................................................................Cbem 106....................................General Chemistry II and Qualitative Analysis....................8 hours from:

Chem 2 1 2 ............................. Organic Chem istry.......................................................................................BiCh 301............................... Biochemistry Lecture................................................................................... LjChem 305,306 .....................Organic Chem istry.......................................................................................

6-8 credits from:Math 104,204 ..................... Finite Mathematics and Survey of Calculus..........................M ath211 ,212 ..................... C a k u h is l . i l ...............................................................................

Physics 203,204 ....................... General P h y s ics ............................................... e ......................Level II proficiency in a foreign language.

B.S. WITH A MAJOR IN BOTANYRequired 125 hours including:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.II. The Following Curricuhim:

40 major credits, induding:B id 101 .102 ..............................Introduction to B idogy ............................................................B id 332 ......................................Genoid E cdogy........................................................................B id 336 ......................................Syatem stk B o ta n y ..................................................................B id 343 ......................................Plant P hysidogy .......................................................................B id 350 ......................................G enetics .....................................................................................B id 3 5 1 ......................................Genetics L aboratory ..................... ..........................................3- 4 credits from:

B id 367 ................................C y td o g y .....................................................................................B id 368 ............................... Cytdogkal Techniquee............................................................

3-4 credits from:B id 360 ................................Freshwater A lgae........................ .............................................B id 4 1 1 ................................TazooMny of Lower P la n ts ......................................................

3-4 credits from zodogy courses

No more than one UND bidogical science course from outside the department may be petition completion of this major.

r f l l d

. . ( 8)

. .(8>’ . . 14)

(3)ID

Required in other departments:Chem 105....................................General Chemistry I .............................................Chem 106....................................General Chemistry II and Qualitative Analysis8 credits fn^n:

Chem 2 1 2 ............................. Organic Chem istry.................................................BiCh 301............................... Biochemistry Lecture.............................................

(4)(31

..I0-5

.14)

.141

.ID)

.(3)

Biology 147

Chem 305,306........................... Organic Chemistry...........................................6-8 credits from:

Math 104,204 .....................Finite Mathematics and Survey of CalculusMath 2 1 1 ,2 1 2 ..................... C a lc u lu sl .il .....................................................

MBio302 ....................................General Microbiology....................................Phys203,204 ........................... General Physics...............................................Level III proficiency in a foreign language.

(61.(8)

(8)

<41<81

® IN FISHERIES AND WILDLIFE BIOLOGY^ûired 125 hours including:

L General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.The Following Curriculum:52-53 major credits, including;Biol 101 ,102 ..............................Introduction to Bi(ôgy..........................Biol 332 ......................................General Ecology......................................Biol 336 ......................................Systematic Botany ................................Biol 338 ................................ Animal Behavior..........................

350 ......................................G enetics..............................° ! o1370 ......................................Vertebrate Zoology.................................

|o l3 7 1 .....................................Anatomy and Adaptations Laboratory°!® 1403.....................................Seminar......................................................j,!® }^3 !...................................... Wildlife M anagement............................

Jol438 ......................................Game Fish Management..............................................................Biometty....................................................

4 hours from:Biol 363 ................................Entom ology...........................................Biol 364 ................................Parasitology...........................................Biol 375 ................................ Invertebrate Zoology..............................

hours from:^*®i341 ................................Cell Physiology..................................

' n S H m m S bPTIO N.......... ,b 1oU 3 3 ..................................... Ichthyology

(8 )

(4)(4)(41(3) (21 (21 ( 1)

(4) (3) (31

(41(41(4)

(41(41

* 9 AME OPTION Limnology .......................................................................................................... .

B w l j g ......................................Ornithology.........................................................................................................,3,

Biological Station ot Field Wwk pûired in other departments:Che^ ....................................General Chemistry I .........................................................................................8 ho*urs f ....................................General Chemistry Hand Qualitative Analysis ............................................(4)

p!*®[^212............................. Organic Chemistry.........................................iLh301................................Biochemistry Lecture.....................................

Geol ..................... Organic Chemistry.........................................L q......................................General Geology ~ Physical........................

6.g j ..................................Technical and Business W riting..................

Math 21 1 ,2 1 2 ..................... C a lcu lu a l.il...................................................®Pch j ..................... Finite Mathematics and Survey of Calculus

(5)(3)(81

(41(21

*’*>ys 203*St

**^he sumnT*^ either option; however, both are recommended.^ er of field experience or study at a recognized biological station is required.

A MAJOR IN ZOOLOGYj •«>“ ••« including;

II T,, Hfeduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.' ‘ he FoI1™ .!._ „ . .

.(81(6)

Fundamentals of Public Speakin g .................................................................(3)General Physics............................................................................................... (41

40‘owing Curriculum:

Biol 332* ..............................Introductitm to Biology .Biol33g ..................................... General E c o l ( ^ ..............Bio|35j ..................................... Animal Behavior............Bioi3YQ..................................... Genetics Laboratory . . .Biol 37^ ..................................... Vertebrate Zoology . . . .

........................................ Zoology. . .

.(8) • Ml (4) (II (2) (4)


.(4)

.(4I

.(3)

.(3)

.(2)

.(4)

..(2-5I

4 credits fr(»n:Biol 341 .............................Cell Physiology........................................................................Biol 442 .............................Physic^ogy o f Organs & S ystem s...........................................

3 credits from:Biol 350 .............................Genetics .................................................................................B id 357 .............................M o d ^ Genetics and M an .......................................................

2-4 credits from:Biol 371 .............................Anatomy and Adaptation Lab .................................................Biol 374 .............................Vertebrate E m brydogy..........................................................

3*4 credits frvm botany coursesB idogy Electives.......................................................................................................................

No more than one UND bidogical science course frt>m outside the department may be petitioned towar I completion of this major.

Required in other departments:Chem 105.................................G en ia l Chemistry I ..............................................................ChemlOO................................ Gran’s! Chemistry I I and Qualitative A n a ly s is ....................8 credits from:

Chem 212 ...........................Organic Chemistry..................................................................BiCh 301............................ Biochemistry Lecture...............................................................Cl^m 305,306 ................... Organic Chem istry..................................................................

6-8 credits from:Math 104,204 ................... Finite Mathematics and Survey of Calculus'............................M ath211,212...................Calculus 1. I I ............................................................................

MBio 302................................ General M ic ro b io lc ^ .............................................................Physics 203,204 .....................General P h y s ^ ......................................................................L e ^ l I I I proficiency in a foreign language.

.M)

..(4)

..(6)

..(3)

..18)

..(6)

..(8)

MINOR IN BIOLOGYRequired 20 hours, including:

B id 101,102........................... Introduction to B io logy.....................................................................12 hours d Advanced Courses with at least one course in any three o i the five basic areas of Bidogy*

than one UND biological sciences course from outside the department may be petitioned toward comply this min(^.

Center for Teaching and LearningB.S.ED. WITH A MAJOR IN BIOLOGYRequired 125 hours, including:

1. General Graduatkm RequireoAents. see pages 33*39.

II. The Center for Teaching and Learning program in Seomdary Education. See page 162.

I I I . The Following Currictilum:

36 major credits, includingR i n l i m 1 A 9

. . ( 8 )................................. (2 )

R i n l

R i n l .................... ....

R i n I

4 hours fr^nn:Biol 341 .........................Biol 343 .........................R i n I i A O

4 hours frOTU R i n i

R i n i...................

R i n l............ ....... wt

2*4 hours tram : R i n t .17nB id 371 .........................B id 367Biol 368 .........................

2*4 hours fromR i n l .‘4 7 0

...I®

.^73

Biol 375 ......................... ............. ........ (!■«»B idogy Electives................................................................................................................... ...No more than one UND bk>logkal science course from outside the department may be paiu

completion o f this major.

toW*!

. 4 ^

Biology 149

Required in other departments;Chem 105.................................General Chemistry I ...........................................8 hom a"*.................................General Chemistry II and Qualitiative Analysis .

Chem 212 ...........................Organic Chemistry .............................................BiCh 301.............................Biochemistry Lecture...........................................

_ ^ R em 3 0 5 ,306 ................... Organic Chem istry.........................................MBio 302 .................................General Microbiology ............................e 283,204 ......................... General Physics.........................................6-8 hours from:

Math 104,204 ................... Finite Mathematics and Survey o f CalculusMath211,212 ................... C a Icu lus I,II..................................................

(4)(41

.(5)(31

.(81(4)( 8)

(6)(8)

CoursesNote: All biology courses have laboratories except 200, 235, 240, 312, 350 357

370, 378, 403, 470, 475 and 477.

kno^TA Biology. 3 credits. Intended for non-science major seeking generalPrer' cultural appreciation of contemporary biology. Does not serve as a

biology course. Students may not normaUy receive for both 100 and 101-102. S

100 *a k’ Biology Laboratory. 1 credit. Prerequisite or corequisite: BioL• A basic biology laboratory to complement Biol. 100. S

sis on Introduction to Biology. 6 credits. Basic concepts of biology with empha-ti>e n *7 ® diversity, processes, and man’s place in nature. Broadly designed to satisfy

Beds of those pursuing biological and preprofessional curricula. F,S

'‘isite- R- I ^"b-oduction to Biology Laboratory. 2 credits. Prerequisite or coreq- loL 101,102. A contemporary biology laboratory to complement BioL 101,102.

for non *" Biology. 1-3 credits. Special topics in biology. Primarily intendedn-majors. May be repeated if topic is different. On demand.

0po!f tk Environment. 2 credits. A study of the effect of man’s activitiesWe environment in which he lives. F

ootis!?.' ‘fbfe Conservation. 2 credits. Basic principles and philosophies of wildlife 'Nervation in North Amercia. F

Advanced Courses^requisites: Biology 101, 102 or equivalent

®'’elution '^A '*^**'*' credits. The history of evolutionary thought, the evidence for f®8eny nature of evolutionary processes, with emphasis on vertebrate phy-

f'^dy of th*"*"^** p:ology. 4 credits. Prerequisite: course in systematica desirable. A 334 •■®>Rtionships of organisms to their biotic and abiotic environments. F

*'®’'®sites^” *°*^ Animal Parasites. 3 credits. A study of the population biology of interactions, and factors that determine size of parasite

336 * maintenance and control of host-parasite systems wiU be analyzed. F

Botany. 4 credits. Structure and classification of vascular plants g ^ ’Pbasis on field studies. F

credits- Studies in animal social behavior. The influences 341 factors or behavior is emphasized. S

''■■'Besses cn'* ****^®'°*®8y- credits. Prerequisite: Organic Chemistry. Description of mmon to life at the cellular leveL physicaL chemical and structural organ!-


zation, transport processes, cell nutrition and metabolism, nerve-muscle function and control mechanisms of the celL S

343. Plant Physiology. 4 credits. A study of water relations, mineral nutrition, physiological ecology, photosynthesis, hormones, morphogenesis and the physiology of flowering. S

350. Genetics. 3 credits. The basic principles of variation and heredity. S351. Genetics Laboratory. 1 credit. S/2357. Modern Genetics and Man. 3 credits. An introduction to the principles

heredity and variation with emphasis upon aspects of genetics as they relate to roan-360. Freshwater Algae. 4 credits. A survey of the maj or groups of freshwater and

marine algae with particular emphasis on their morphology, physiology, ecology a systematica. F/2 ,

361. Plant Morphology. 4 credits. A study of the structure, development an life cycles of non-vascular plants and vascular plants. S

363. Entomology. 4 credits. Structure, functions, life history, classification, hah"its and distribution of insects. F ^

364. Parasitology. 4 credits. Classification, structure, functions and life-cycles parasites having importance to human, wildlife and veterinary health. F

367. Cytology. 3 credits. A study of the structure and organization of the cell wi special emphasis on the behavior and distribution of the chromosomes. S

368. Cytological Techniques 1 credit. Prerequisite: Cytology 367 (may be take concurrently). The methods of killing, fixing, staining and preparation of perman slides for cytological studies. On demand.

369. Histology. 4 credits. Microscopical anatomy of vertebrate tissues and orga''® with emphasis on man and other mammals. S

370. Vertebrate Zoology. 2 credits. Vertebrate evolution and naturalstressing the relationships of anatomy, ecology, physiology and behavior to one other. F .

371. Anatomy and Adaptations Laboratory. 2 credits. Prerequisite orBiology 370. Dissections of representatives of various vertebrate classes; examio® of morphological adaptations. F .

373. Vertebrate Natural History. 3 credits. Classification, distribution and aof vertebrates. S/2 ^

374. Vertebrate Embryology. 4 credits. Laboratory study of the embryos chick and the pig. Lectures on principles of development and developmental p

® jassi'375. Invertebrate Zoology. 4 credits. Structure, functions, development,

fication and habits of the invertebrates (exclusive of protozoans and insects.378. Developmental Biology. 3 credits. A study of the diverse development®

terns of animals, plants and microbial organisms. F . o f403. Seminar. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Major or minor in biology, discussi®

selected topics in advanced biology, a different topic each semester. F,S

Business Administration

feh ® Classification, structure, distribution and life history

427. Ornithology. 3 credits. Classification, identification, morphology, distribu- ecology and life history of birds. S

tin 3 credits. Classification, identification, morphology, distribu-•1. ecology and life history of mammals. F

Management. 4 credits. Theory and methods of management of s®me populations. F

WildUfe Disease. 3 credits. A detailed survey of bacteriologic, viral, life diseases, parasites and pathological conditions found in fish and wUd-

covered will include importance, etiology, diagnosis, symptoms, ons, pathogenicity, vectors and modes of transmission. F/2

Analysis of the relationships between organisms andphysical, chemical and biological environments in freshwater ecosystems. F

•*>ent Management. 3 credits. Life histories, environmental require-niou management of freshwater game fishes. Laboratory to include field tech-

es employed in game fish propagation and management. S

Organs and Systems. 4 credits. Study of the physiology of and organ systems in the animal kingdom. F

® credits. Analysis and design of experiments with emphasis upon *m>dels. Includes descriptive and inferential statistics through analysis of

®nce and introductory problems of bioassay. S

’'■ololi' Philosophy of Biology. 2 credits. The origin and development ofPolitical ^ceek period to the present: the social economic and

biol . ®”ces that affected the development of biological concepts: and the role ‘cgy in the present and future society. On demand.

47? r>‘'■ence B'c^ogy- 2 credits. Prerequisite: Senior status in biological

dem* * ^°*'***'^ instructor. Consideration of the unifying concepts in biology.

151

«>nc 'demand.49j 1*'dent ■ Studies. 1 to 4 credits. Designed to meet the needs of individual, -------------------- -w . w u ic T ;t m e i i e e u s o i i r

498 * faculty specialization. Consent of instructor. F .S’’'struej 1 to 4 credits. Open to qualified majors. Prerequisite: Consent of

499 conducted under the supervision of a faculty member. F .SCon Honors Thesis. 1 to 15 credits: total not to exceed fifteen. Prerequi-

Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Supervised oent study culminating in a thesis. F.S

Botany(See Biology)

Business Administration(BAdm)

Ihg Q q I i

' ' ’’“'ses unj®®®, Public Administration offers non-departmentalaer the designation Business and Public Administration 395. The purpose


of tr'txjg courses is to provide special interest courses for particular groups of studen^ The course title and number may also be used for experimental courses which may la be established as regular offerings within departments or programs.

Courses395. Special Topics. 1-3 credits in any one semester: Repeatable to 9 hours. Sp^

dally arranged seminars, courses, or independent study on a variety o f subjects n covered by regular departmental offerings. May be initiated by students with appro of dean and departments involved. F,S

Business and Vocational Education

(BVED)Navara (Chair), Bloomqulst, Grovom, Kohns, Langemo, Prigge, and Zenk

Center for Teaching and LearningThe B.S.Ed. degrees require the completion of the Center for Teaching and Learr^®

Program in Secondary Education. See page 162.

B.S.ED. W ITH A M AJOR IN BUSINESS EDUCATIONRequired 125 hours, including;

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.II. BVED Core Curriculum, including:

Acct 200.201.............................Elements of Accounting...............................................Acct 214 ..................................Legal Environment of Business .................... .. ■. ■Acct 217 ............................. Fundamentals of Msnageroent Information Systems .BVED 102.................................Intermediate Keyboarding............................................BVED 103.................................Advanced Keyboarding............. .................................BV'ED 444 .................................Philosophy of Vocational Education............. ................BVED 470 .................................Senior Seminar................................................................Econ201.202 ...........................Principles of Economics..................................................BVED 320.................................Business Communications ............................................Mgmt 300 .................................Principles of Management..............................................Mrkt 3 0 1 .................................. Principles of Marketing..................................................BVED 308 ................................ Of Bee Management........................................................

III. One of the Following Options;

.161

.131

.(31

.(21

.(21

.(31(21.(61.(31.(31.(31.(31

_________________ _ (|,oS«OPTIO.\ I - COMPREHENSIVE VOCATION.AL BUSINESS AND OFFICE EDUCATION ^

. • I ■ ... •V'l. . W was 1 P4M1 fOr lsU9 r ij

' .i2t

i — » C. a^wvea-.a-.v,rw -------------------------------------------preparing to teach all business subjects. The following addiUonal courses are required lor tro•BVED105.201 ...................... Shorthand.....................................................BVED 206 ................................ Word Processing Application...........BVED 305 .................................Micro Computers Application for BusinessBVED 315 .................................Introduction to Records ManagementBVED410.................................Model Office Simulation.............................BVED 322 ................................ Executive Secretarial Procedures...............••BVED 421............................ Coordinating Techniques...........................BVED 303..................................Vlethods of Teaching Business Subjects

■ .(31 ' .(31■ ■ .(fl■■(2.31:.(3-‘ |

.(21/E D 303.................................Metftods ol i wiciung business ou o jecw ..................... • • ^ ‘ <t}BVED 420............................Methods sod Mstaisls for Cooperative Office Education rrOK* ,i

BVED 431 ............ .... ............ CareerandVoc Ed of Special Needs Students......................... nesfOPTION 2 - ACCOUNTING BOOKKEEPING - for those who wish to teachdats nrocesam*. and the bask business subjects. The following additional courses are requireo pdata processing, and the be*k business subjects. The followingAcct 208..................................... Cost Accounting.........................................Acct 301,302.............................Intermediate A cco u n t!^ ...........................BVED 305 .................................Micro Computers Application for BusinessBVED 315 .................................Introduction to Records Management------Electives...................................Apfwwed by Chairperson...........................


Minor in Business Education Teaching22 hours, including:B V E D 1 0 2 .................................... Intermediate Keyboarding................................................................B V E D 1 0 3 ....................................Advanced Keyboarding.......................................................................BVED 3 0 5 ....................................Micro C<xnputers Application for Business...................................BVED 3 0 8 ....................................Office Management.............................................................................Elect 9-10 hours in BV ED and'or from the College of Business and Public Administration.

University CoiiegeA.A. WiTH A MAJOR iN EXECUTiVE SECRETARYRequired 62 hours, including:

General Education

..(2)

..(21

..(21

..(31

Engl 101.102 or 209 ..................Composition I. I I or Technical Business Writing .Spch 1 0 1 ......................................Fundamentals of Public Sp eakin g ..........................

General Education co u rses......................................

.(6-6)

'■ .116)

Business and Vocational EducationBV ED 1 0 2 .................................... Intermediate Keyboarding................................BV ED 1 0 3 .................................... Advanced Keyboarding.......................................•BVED 105,201 .........................Shorthand..............................................................BVED 3 1 5 .................................... Introduction to Records Management............BV ED 3 0 5 .................................... Micro Computers Application for Business . .BVED 2 0 6 ....................................W «d Processing Applicaticm............................BV ED 3 0 8 ...................................Office Management...............................................BVED 3 2 0 ....................................Business Comrounicati<m...................................BV ED 3 2 2 .................................... Executive Secretarial Procedures.....................BV ED 4 1 0 .................................... Mode) Office Sim ulation.....................................Elect six hours from BV ED andor BPA courses.

..(2)

..(2),(4-7)..(3)..<2)..<21..<31..(3)..|4)..(3)

•Hours required depend on prior training and skill.

College of Business and Public AdministrationB.BJL WiTH A MAJOR iN INFORMATiON MANAGEMENTRequired 125 hours, including:

I. General Graduaticm Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. Business Administration Core Requirements, including:

III.

A cct200 ,2 0 1 ...............................Elements of A ccounting.....................................................Econ201,202 ............................. Principles of Economics 1 ,11 ..............................................E c o n 2 1 0 ......................................Elementary Business and Economic S ta tis tic s .............Acct 217 ........................................Fundamentals of Management Information System s.A cct314 ........................................ L ^ a l Envirmment of B u sin ess.......................................Mgmt 300 ....................................Principles of Management...................................................M g m t3 0 1 ....................................Production Management.....................................................Mgmt 303 ....................................Principles of F in ance............................................................Mgmt 475 ....................................Business Policies and M anagement.................................Mrkt 3 0 1 ......................................Principles of M arketing........................................................Math 1 0 4 ......................................Finite M athem atics..............................................................Math 204 ...................................... Survey of Calculus................................................................PSci 1 01 ........................................American Government I .....................................................Psy 101 ........................................ Introduction to Psychology ..............................................Spch 101 ......................................Fundamentals of Public Sp eak in g ...................................One of the Following Options:

..(6)■..(6)■..(3). . (3)

■..(3)..<3)

■..(3)■,.|3)■..(3)' . . ( 3)'..<31■ .13)■ .<3) ' . . ( 3)

Executive Secretarial Administration OptionThis option is designed for students preparing for a career in business as

tive secretary, administrative (office) manager, records manager, data processin cialist, or in related fields. The curriculum is a non-teaching major.

••BVED 105,201 ...................... Shorthand......................................................................................BV'ED 102,103 ...........................Intem ediateand Advanced Keyboarding...............................BVED 206 ....................................Word Processing .............................................................................BVED 3 1 5 .................................... Introduction to Recoils Management.....................................BVED 3 0 5 .................................. Microcomputers Application for B u sin ess...........................BVED 308 ....................................Office Management.......................................................................

lexec"'

,4.7).14).12)

■,|3)■,|2),(3)


BVED320..............................Business Comraunications.........................................................................MgmtSlO ...................... Organizational Behavior....................................................................... (3 »Mgmt 302 ...............................Personnel Management.......................................................................... (31BVED 322 ...............................Executive Secretarial Procedures............................................................... (4)

Boura required depend on prior training and skill.®*lect six hours from the following;

...............................Records Management Systems................................................................... (3 >

...............................Office Management I I ............................................................................ (31fc-lective from Accounting. Marketing. Management...................................... ..........(3 )

^'imlnislratlvo Office Services Optionad °Pt|on is designed to prepare office administration students for positions in

•mnistrative support services (office) area of modern organizations — office adminis- snVrt”' administration, reprographics and word processing, office services.Sec processing. The option is recommended for students seeking primarily non-

retarial supervisory positions in offices and who are non-teaching majors.B VPn ............................... Intermediate Keyboarding.............................................................oirJlr ...............................Introduction to Records Management..........................................

...............................Records Management Systems.BVEDRv p R ...............................Office Management.....................................BVPn ...............................Office Management I I ..................................BVPn " ...............................Information Mana^ment Sem inar.............BVPn ...............................Business Communications ..........................

...............................Microcomputers Application for Business .

...............................Personnel Management................................

...............................Organizational Behavior................2C9...............................Information Management Systems

205.® 8ses of Distributive Education. 2 credits. An introduction to all

6 distributive Education program. F

155

Coursesa d v a * ^ ' ^ ' ^ P " ® * ” *'™“dng in typewriting and shorthand are eligible for ^•ona?^d should consult with a member of the Business and Voca-

Education staff to determine appropriate course level.and n^' 1 credit. A half-semester course offering basic instruction®'erirk* * learning to use proper fingering for touch operation of the alphanu- ''aybo developing techniques and manipulative skills for operating the’’dnair^p data/word processing equipment, microcomputers, or computer ter-

r ,S

*®*ter ■ .f"^""*6diate Keyboarding. 2 credits. Development of speed and accuracy, 103^'” ”^’ tabulation techniques. F,S

Keyboarding. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Keyboarding 102 orequiva- ®* pts re fought drafts, statistical keyboarding preparation of manu-''®Paraf forms, display typing, reprograhic processes, and the typescript

of company and school newspapers. F,S"'•‘iting Shorthand. 3 credits. Mastery of the principles for reading andP,S shorthand, introduction to dictation, and intensive English review.

20l®2 and Dictation & Transcription. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Keyboarding

folio Of equivalent. Principles of Gregg shorthand in intensive re-' fedit if dictation and transcription. This course may count as Upper Level

IS completed in the junior or senior vear. F.S


206. Word Processing Applications. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Keyboarding 102 or equivalent. Orientation to word processing concepts, operation of text-editing equipment, and skill development on dictation/transcription equipment. F,S

303. Methods of Teaching Business Education. 1 to 5 credits. Five areas of teaching methods compose the course, (a) general methods, (b) keyboarding methods, (c) shorthand and transcription methods, (d) accounting/bookkeeping methods, (®< basic business methods: each to be taught for an equal number of weeks and each to be one hour credit. The general methods area b required of all business education students. Selection of other areas b determined by curricub in which students ote enrolled.

305. Micro Computers Application for Business. 2 credits. Development of ciency in using micro computers and electronic calcubtors with emphasis on sma business and consumer applications such as Accounting Systems, Budget Manag®" ment, DMS, and Information Systems. F,S

308. Office Management. 3 credits. Principles and approaches to organization of administrative office services which include: design and b y out of productive otn interiors; equipment selection and utilization; office systems and procedures analy®'® methods; toob and techniques: personnel recruitment, selection, training, and admin istration. F,S

309. Information Management Systems. 3 credits. Information management ay® terns concepts for the user and/or designer of information systems; systems analys*®| desig;n system outputs, inputs, data files, methods and procedures, and system ®n® trols. F

315. Introduction to Records Management. 3 credits. An orientation to busin®®® records management including systematic control over the creation, distribut utihzation, retention, storage, protection, preservation and final disposition o types of records within an orgamzation. F,S

J f 6*320. Business Communications. 3 credits. Composition of business letters an

ports with emphasb on clear, concise, effective presentation and logical organiza It includes a brief review of writing mechanics. F,S

322. Executive Secretarial Procedures. 4 credits. Duties, responsibilities, and sonal qualities of the secretary; human rebtions in the business office: projects that require the application of the various secretarbl abilities; intricate o practices in higher kvel secretarial duties; office ethics and etiquette. F,S

360. Organuation and Administration of Distributive Education. 3 credit®- gaiuzation of a total program for Distributive Education; rebtion to other voca education programs and to general education. S

401. Office Management II. 3 credits. Management concepts applied to trative support systems; planning, developing, analyzing, and controlling cost j.;. legisbtive and legal restraint applied to information processing; and field exP ences. S

402. Curriculum Development in Dbtributive Education. 3 credits, student with skill in identification and development of cooperative students objectives through group instruction. individuaUzed competency-based ac * and proper utilization of training stations. F

403. Project Method in Dbtributive Education. 3 credits. School store used as projects for instruction in Distributive Education; evaluation of ms


O êd and experience with equipment needed; and responsfcilities of the teacher nging the project method. S

405. Records Management Systems. 3 credits. Application of records manage- ®nt fundamentals to design and management of records creation, maintenance,

*nd disposal systems for paper, film, and computer records; cost and systems nalysis; electronic filing; computer-assisted retrieval; micrographics systems; fftos management systems, optical and video systems; emerging concepts. S

410. Model Office Simulation. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Keyboarding 102, Word ^focessing 206 or consent of instructor. Students are expected to perform administra- *''6 and clerical duties associated with the operation of a simulated business. F ,S

g. Information Management Seminar. 3 credits. Prerequisites: BVED 210, ' 312 and 401. Seminar and field experience projects involving information man- gement topics; including office management, business records management, word

j reprographics, office services, business communications, data communi-tio*°”’ applied office systems analysis, and management informa-

systems for contemporary offices. S

V 420. Methods and Materials for Cooperative Office Education Programs. 2 credits.occupational office programs in high school and post-secondary institu-

Sct'^* *® ®*'h**'g setting up office simulation programs; related class content and t^îvities; ô u p and individualized instruction; evaluation and grading, supplemen-

y materials; equipment and facilities; youth clubs; adult porgrams; college pro- **'s; and youth with special needs. F

Coordinating Techniques. 2-3 credits. Guidance, selection, and placing stu- *** training stations; assisting in job adjustments; developing training agree-

Piibli* training plans; evaluation; followup; state reports; advisory committees; •oon Isbor laws; program justifications; organization and supervision of

®mtive programs; and field experience. Field experience required for 3 credits. S

®tu(jy 'f ^**^**" Vocational Education of Special Needs Students. 3 credits. A ®Pport° characteristics of the handicapped and disadvantaged, their employment

“nity, and career and vocational education to meet their needs. F ,S

^*0nalM Philosophy of Vocational Education. 3 credits. Theory and practice of voca- tio^l secondary and post-secondary schools. Interrelationship of voca-i>etwe programs. F\mding for vocational education programs. Relationship

general education and vocational education. F ,S

" ®Pics' Topics. 1-3 credits, maximum of 6, varying with choice of topics.he selected on the basis of currency and relevancy to student needs. On

Materials in Distributive Education. 3 credits. Facilities, equip- 470 *^^” ^** ®® methods of instruction for Distributive Education. F

Seminar. 2 credits. Prerequisite: To be taken concurrently with or after *^®ehim, f®‘ *? "g- A discussion of problems, professional obligations, and careers in

48l ^ courses, S/U grading. F ,S

"'ork exn '*'^**^*** 'P Business and Vocational Education. 1-6 credits. On-the-job ^®sis of business, education, or industry. One credit is earned on the

hours per week per semester of occupational experience. S/U only. F ,S

157


Center for Teaching and Learning

(CTL)The following faculty have formal appointments in the Center for Teaching

Learning or do much of their teaching in Center-related courses: Perrone (Dean)' Traugh (Associate Dean), Abler, Behsman, Blackmore, Brekke, Brunson, Christie. Craig, Conn-Powers, DahL DeaL Digby, Fuller, Gaides, Gallant, Grabe, HarloWi Hill, Hollenbeck, King, Kuschner, Kutz, Landry, Lemon, Lindquist, Lucas, 0 Olson, Peterson, F., Peterson, R., Piper, Prigge, Rundell, Sampson, Schnu > Schmiess, Smiley, Thompson, Williams, Zuelke.

In addition, faculty from a variety of other University departments teach course

which are part of various Center programs.

Elementary EducationFaculty with responsibilities in elementary education: King, R. (Chair),

Digby, Fuller, Gaides, Gallant, Hollenbeck, Kutz, Prigge, Rundell, Sampson, Schnu Schmiess, Thompson.

B.S.ED. W IT H M AJOR IN ELEM ENTAR Y ED U CATIO N

Required 125 hours, including:

1. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

II. The Following Elementary Ekiucatkm Curriculum:

Math 277 .................................Math for Elementary School Teachers..........................C T L301 .................................. Center Seminar SophonMN^ExperieiKel A l l ............*C TL 410................................ Communications Cluster Reading and Language Arts

and electives.................................................................•C TL 420.................................Creative Expression Cluster Creative W ritin g ............

and electives.................................................................•CTL 430................. ...............Human Relations Cluster Social Studies......................

Multicultural Education Indian S tu d ies .....................and electives.................................................................

•CTL 440................................ Math Sdence Cluster Math in the Elementary School.•Science in the Elementary School...............................and electives.................................................................

•CTL 486.................................Field Experience...........................................................CTL 487...................................Student Teach ing............................................. .............

•These courses are taken within the Junior TEAM .

B.S.ED. WITH COMBINED MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND CHILDHOOD

Faculty with responsibilities in Early Chilhood Education: Kuschner Blackmore, Lucas.

.(minf

EARI-

(Chaif).

Required 125 hours, including:

1. General Graduation Requiranrata, see pages 33*39.

II. Elementary Education Curriculum as listed above.

I I I . The Following Early Childhood Ouriculum:

CTL 310................................. Introduction to Early Childhood....................................................CTL 3 U ...................................Observing and Recording Behavior o f Children............CTL 312.................................. Comparstive Approaches to the Education of Young Children • • •

CTL 313................................. Language Development in Early Childhood.............................CTL 486...................................Field Experie i^ in an Early Childhood Center..........................CTL 487.................................. Studrat Teaching in an Early Childhood Center.......................

Center for Teaching and Learning 159

CTL 491.................................. Senior Project in Early Childhood C en t«r ............................................... (2-4)

(An option to the senior project ie a 5eld experience in a Family Day Care Home)

Students who wish a Kindergarten Endorsement but do not wish to complete the combined major in elementary nd early childhood education are encouraged to take the following courses as part o f the 16 required hours:

HEc 2 5 2 ................................ Child D evelopm ent................................................................................. (3)

Pay 251 .................................. Developn>ental Psychology..........................310.................................. Introduction to Early Childhood..................313...................................Language Development in Eariy Childhood.

................................... 13)

................................... (3)

..................... (3)

®-S.ED. WITH COMBINED MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND *^*BRARY SCIENCE AND AUDIOVISUAL INSTRUCTION Adviser: Neil Price^^uired 125 hours, including;

r General Graduation Requirementa, see pages 33-39.

Elementary Education Core Curriculum as listed above.

The Following Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction Curriculum:

^®^V305 ...............................Building Media Collections..................................................................................Introduction to Children's Literature....................................

T o ^ ...............................Basic Audiovisual Equipment .............................................I S i y ...............................Reference Sources and Services ...........................................LSa V ...............................Classification and Cataloging for Media Collections............I S i V ...............................Organiiation and Management o f the School Media Center .L S i V ...............................Developing Media Center Programs......................................

...............................Design and Production of Software in M edia........................

..(3)

..(31

..(3)

..(41

..(4)

..(3»

..(31.13)

c o m b in e d m a j o r in e l e m e n t a r y e d u c a t io n a n dMa t h e m a t ic s

Adviser: Ron Kutz^^^ued 125 hours, including;

jj ®®9eral Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

In EducaUon Curriculum as listed above.

* Ee Following Mathematics Ctirriculum:Math 103Math .................................College Algebra or equivalent.........rv— .................................Geometry for Elementary Teacher .W L 4 4 0^TL495 . MathyScience Cluster Math Electives . . .

. Special Projects: Math Practicum ..........BASIC Computer Programming ............Math Electives (CTL 440 or Math D ept.).

....................................... (3)

.................................................. (2)

...................................... 16)

....................................... (3)

........................................... (2)^ ---------------------------------------------------- ...............................................................( 10)

Music COMBINED MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND

Glenna RundeU126 hour,, including;

II g ] Gfaduation Requirements, tee pages 33-39.

Hi. EducaOon Curriculum as listed above.

Cor Music Curriculum:

(basic requirements for all majors)M.s. 11, requtfements lor aU maM u l l l ' 1 ? .....................T h e o ry L U .'...........................................Mus221 . ..................Ear Training and Sight Singing I, I IMu, 211 o , , .......................Style and Design .. ..............................Mu.213 2u .....................Theory in. IV .......................................Mus340* ^ * ' .....................EarTrainingand Sight Singing II I , IVMua 222, too.......................ConducUng."•US 222 223 ...........................................................Mua 323’ 32a ..................... Renaissance, Baroque Music.Mus 224 .....................Classic Romantic Music........Mus422 ............. World, Jazi/Pop M u s k ................

.............................20th Century M u sk ..............

( 6)

(2)(3)

.(6)

.(2)

.(2)(2)(2)

.(2)(3)


PerformanceMajo* Instrum ent.............................................................................................Ensem bles............................................................................................ .........

Music EducationMus 131 or 132.....................Voice Class or IMano C lass...............................Mus237 ................................Music ftM* Elementary T eachers....................CTL 420 ................................Methods & Materials in Elementary Music .

Electives in M u sk ...................................................................................................

..(4>

.,(4)

..(1)

..(3)

..(3)

..(6)

B.S.ED. WITH COMBINED MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND PHYSICAL EDUCATIONAdviser Patricia MillarRequired 125 hours, including:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. Elementary Education Curriculum as listed above.

III. The Following Physical Education Curriculum:

.................... ..(3 1

......................... . . .(11

.................... . .(61

.................... . . . ( 2 1(2 )

......................... . . .(21. . ( 2 )

.................... . . . ( 3 )

............................. , . ( 2 )

................... , . .(31

B.S.ED. WITH COMBINED MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND SPECIAL EDUCATION

Faculty with responsibilities in Special Education: Olson (Chair), Brekke, Christi®' Conn-Powers, Craig, Harlow, Lindquist.Required 125 hours, in d u d ii^

1. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39. to include:Psych 101 ..................................Introduction to PsychologyPsych 2 1 3 ..................................Educational Psychology . . .

Psych 251 .................................. Developmental Psychology........... ...................................II . Elementary Education Curriculum as listed above.

III. The Following ^>edai Educaticm Curriculum:CD IS 232 .................................... Introduction to Speech C m rection............. ....................CTL 315......................................Education of the Exceptional S tu d en t............................CTL 316 ......................................Emotionally Disturbed C h ild ...........................................or one of the following two courses

Psych. 360 ........................... Introduction to Personality.............................................Psych. 370 ........................... Abnormal Psychology......................................................

CTL 318 ......................................Preacriptivs Teaching.......................................................or one oi the following turo courses

CTL 576A..............................Introduction to Learning Disabilities............................CTL 576B..............................Educational Assessment of Handicapped Students . •

CTL 417 ......................................Education of the Mentally H andkapped ........................CTL 419 ......................................CurrictUum and M atm ais in Special Education.............CTL 421......................................Careo'and Vocational EducatioaExceptional Studentor one ot the following two coursea

VED431................................Career-Vocational Education/Special Needs Student •VED 540............................... Special Topic: Career and Vocational Education/

Special N eed s ...................................................................CTL 483 ................................Prsctkum Methods st Institution for R e tard ed .........CTL 487......................................Student Teaching: Special EducationCTL 301.................................... Center Seminar for & udcnt Teachers

..13)

..<3)

..(41

.(3)

.13)

(3)

..(3)

;;;,.i3 i

.. .131

In addition student, m ust select s minimum of 4 credits from electives in Special Education, Psy*- Communication Disorders.

Minin>““’j*|i.oiogy'

Center for Teaching and Learning 161

b.s.ed. w ith combined major in elementary education and Theatre artsAdviser: B. ByrneSquired 125 hours, including:

General Graduation Requirementa, see pages 33-39.

G. Elementary Education Curriculum as listed above.The Following Theatre Arts Curriculum:TA 281...................................... Theatre PracUcum............................................................................................(4)T A 329...................................... Children’s Theatre................. (3)TA 440...................................... Senior Project....................................................................................................(4)20 hours from the following:

TA 122 ................................. Makeup f<M'Theatre and Telerision.......................................................... (1)TA223 .................................Beginning Oral Interpretation...................................................................(3)TA 225 .......................... Scenecraft for the Stage and Television............ ............................. (3)TA227 .................................Acting I ........................................................................................................(3)TA324 .................................Advanced Orallnterpretation...................................................................(3|TA300 .................................Play Direction I ......................................................................................... (3)TA328 .................................Acting I I ..................................................................................................... (3)TA 330 .................................Contemporary Theatre............................................................................... (3)TA 4 1 5 ................................Selected Problems in Theatre Arts and Interpretation.........................(1-31TA 424 .......... ............ History of the Theatre: 17th Century to the Present............................. (3)TA428 .................................Playwriting..................................................................................................(3)TA434 .................................Studies in Group Interpretation...............................................................(3)

b.s.ed. w ith combined major in elementary education and ' ISUAL artsAdviser: Ellen Auyong

®qqued 125 hours, including:^®^ral Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.^^®*nentary Education Curriculum as listed above.

• The Following Visual Arts Curriculum:.......................................Basic Techniques............................................................................................. (3)

A 130,131..............................Basic Drawing...................................................................................................(6)A 173,174 .............................. Basic Design............................................................................... (4)

at least 9 credits in the following:VA 200.201 ........................ Sculpture I ............................................................................ . ' ................(6)VA 220,221 ........................ Painting I .............................................................................. ' ...................(6)Â 230,231 ........................ Figure Anatomy..........................................................................................(61yA 240,241 ........................ Printmaking I ..............................................................................................(61y ^ 2 5 1 .................................Ceramics 1: General................................................................................... (3)

263.................................Ceramics 1: Throwing................................... (3)^ ^ 2 6 0 .................................Slide Photography..................................................................................... (3)

274 .................................Lettering & Calligraphy..................................... (3)p A 276,277 .........................Surface Designi'Beginning F ibers............................................................. (6|

the foUowing: VA 110, 210, 211 or 212.................................Introduction to Understanding A r t .........................................................(3)

A 210,211........................ Survey: History of Western Arts................................................ (6)^ 212................................ Art History Survey:'Hie 20th Century..................................................... (3|

W - . ^ students are required to complete a MINIMUM of 20 credits in courses selected from the fol*list:

Â302,303 .........................Sculpturell................................................................................................. (6|........................ Jewelry & Small Sculpture I, I I .................................................................(6)

. .A 306,307 ........................ Advanced Jewelry A Small Sculpture 1,11...................................., . . . . (6).................... American Art & Architecture................................................................... (31VASIs'.

ConUmponry Art Concepts ............... ..................v«nwmpon322.323 .........................Painting II . . .

VA34o ........................ Figure DrawingV A A 3 J .........................Printmaking: Lithography.V^ a 2. 343 .........................Printmaking: IntÛo . . . .V i ’ 3^3 .........................Printmaking: Serigraphy .' « J51 ,,' 'A 363 Ceramic# II: Sculpture .

Ceramic# II: Throwing .

(31.(61(6)(61(61(61(31(31


.. .I3l

. . . («

...HI .(H)

. . . ( 3 )

. . . I 3 )

...|6)

. . . I 3 I

.(2-12)

V A 355 ...............................Ceramics II: Clay A G la zes ............................... .................V A 3 6 1 ...............................C<»cepta in Visual Arts Education.....................................V A 372,373 ....................... Graphic Design....................................................................VA391.392 ....................... (options)...............................................................................V A 4 1 0 ...............................HisUxy o f Art (selected subjects).........................................V A 412...............................A rt History: 1900-1940 .......................................................V A 4 1 3 ...............................A rt History. 1940 to Present...............................................V A 434,435 .......................Compoaiticm........................................................................V A 470............................... Illustration........................................... ..............................VA490 ...............................Special Prc^ects/Independent Research (variable credit

dependent upon 80^ of p ro jec t)........................................Phil 356 .............................Aesthetics, may be taken in partial

fulfilment o f A rt History requirement.

Middle/Junior High School Education

B.S.ED. W IT H MAJOR IN MIDDLE/JUNIOR H IG H SCHOOL EDUCATION

Program Coordinaton Lowell ThompsonRequired 130 hours, including:


II . The Following Middle/Junior High School Education (Grade 5-9) Curriculum (45 credits):

CTL 350...................................Development and Education of Adolescents____CTL 341.................................. Curriculum Development and Instruction..........CTL 400.................................. Methods and Mat^ials in Secondary ED. . . . . . .C T L 410.................................. Reading in the Ccmtent A reas ..............................CTL 410.................................. Reading and Language Arta (Team ).....................CTL 420.................................. Creative Arts (Team )...........................................CTL 430.................................. Social Studies (Team)...........................................CTL 440.................................. Math in the Elementary Schools (Team)..............CTL 440.................................. Science in the Elementary Schools (Team )..........CTL 430.................................. Anterican Indian Education................................CTL 486...................................Field Experience: Pre-Student Teach ing.............CTL 487...................................Student Teaching in Middle/Junior High School.

. . ( 3)

' . . . < 3)

■ . . ( 3)

■ ..(4) ■...(3)

■ ..12) ■ ..(2) ■..•<2) ■...<2)

.(16)

I I I . Subject Matter Courses (45 credit mimimum)

Students must select a minimum o f 45 credits o f work in two subject areas that are the Middle/Junior High School Curriculum (Le. science, mathematics, physical education, etc.). The 45 may be divided more or less evenly between the two areas |Le. 23 credits in English and 22 credits in w® or they may be focused more h ea\^ in one area (27 credits in English and 18 in history) but must inc least 18 c r ^ ta in each area in order to meet certification requirements. One-half of the credits in must have a catalog identification number of 200 or above (an excepti<m may be granted to students purs very broad preparation in adence).

Secondary EducationFaculty with responsibilities in secondary education: Peterson, F., (Chair). Ahl®’’’

Brunson, Dahl, D e ^ Grabe, Hill, Kutz, Lindquist, Peterson, R., Traugh.

Secondary Education Certification SequenceFoundation I: 15 hours nrunimum)

CTL 213..................................Application of Psychology to Teaching and Learning.C TL214 ...................................Philosophy and t ^ T each er.......................................

Foundation II : (3 hours minimum)CTL 341..................................Curriculum Development and Instruction...................

Foundation II I: (junior or senior year, minimum 9 hours)CTL 389.................................. Micro-Teaching (required)...........................................Special Interest Topics (required).................................................................................

CTL 390 .............................Spedal T o p ic s .............................................................

. . « )

..(1)

.(2)

. ( 2)

CTL 495 .............................Independent S tu d y ...................... ...............................................Native American Studies (required)....................................................................................... .. • * •

CTL 390 .............................Special Topics: Multicultural E<t Native American Perspective

■.d-2)

,.(1'2»

Methods and Materials (required) .CTL 400 .............................MHhods and M at«ia ls ..............

(See Departnwntal Schedule)

..(2)(2-3)

■ ..(3)(3)


foundation IV: (9 hours minimum)*CTL 487 .................................Student Teaching......................................................................(9 minimum)CTL 486. Field Experience. (1-4 •■ecommended)be accepted for student teaching, applicants must have a 2.40 GPA in their major and a 2.25 GPA overall in

course work attempted up to the time application.

Courses

all

163

Elementary Education301. Center Seminar. 1-3 credits each semester. Required S-U grading. Students

"'*11 enroll in Center Seminar each semester with his/her advisor. Small group seminars ****der the leadership of an instructor or team of instructors who serve as advisers for ?®******ar students. Initial enrollment begins with participation in the Center for Teach-

and Learning and continues each semester throughout the completion of the profes- ®'onal program. Students have the opportunity to discuss, experiment, explore ideas, ^hniques, and concepts related to teacher preparation, identify and clarify personal ***<1 professional needs, and to integrate their learning experiences.

350. Development and Education of Adolescents. 3 credits. A comprehensive ex- *™nation of the characteristics and behavior of the early adolescent student with im- , for curriculum and instruction in middle/junior high schools. Transition from

dhood to adolescence, including cognitive development, self-concept, physiological ^**ges, social needs and values, and values and attitudes of adolescents. This course

provide an understanding of the wide range of differences in developmental pat- s of children and the influences of economic, sociological and psychological factors evelopment. A practicum will be required as part of this course.

^***"*"un*cation. 1-16 credits. (May be repeated). An ongoing inquiry into the J ctives of and materials of communication with special emphasis upon those ap-

SD u- * ir> effectively developing knowledge and skills of reading, writing,cou listening. Special emphasis given to language development. Specialthi seminars, colloquia, independent study and practica will be developed in

®rea of study and listed in the ^ h ed u le of Classes each semester. F,SExpression. 1-16 credits (May be repeated). An ongoing inquiry into

. ^^Uves, methods and materials of the creative arts with special focus upon those is g. for effectively developing skills of creative expression. Major consideration cti. f expression in literature, tut, drama, music and crafts. Students will

ijitjg * ^P®*'f*o*pate in the a rts as well as in special course work, seminars, colloquia, expr . *• study and practica which will be developed in the various areas of creative

ssion and listed in the Schedule of Classes each semester. F,Shuipgjj' ffuruan Relations. 1-16 credits. (May be repeated). A broad examination of tore in 5^®P°**ses to the environment, relationships among people, socio-cultural fac- onejgif development, one’s relationships to others and one's understanding of

study will include an examination of recent curricular developments bourse strategies of teaching social studies in the elementary school Specialthis arp''°*^’ ®®”d**ars, colloquia, independent study and practica will be developed in ® ^fedit ®f“ dy and listed in the Schedule of Classes each semester. A minimum of

440 * * * '**'"®* ® degree in elementary education. F,Sthe r'e and Science. 1-16 credits. (May be repeated). An examination

" ff* a sn • * '*’ *®**l®*' developments in elementary school science and mathematics *al emphasis placed on these as alternatives to current practice. Attention


is focused on various teaching strategies used in developing children's abilities to reason, inquire and discover. This Cluster would also be linked with those sections oj science and mathematics courses designed for elementary education majors. Spec*®* course work, seminars, colloqnia, independent study and practica will be developed in this area of study and listed in the Schedule of Classes each semester. F,S

486. Field Expteriences. 1-16 credits. (May be repeated). Provides students with the opportunity to apply what they are learning in vtirious aspects of the program to actuw teaching/leaming stituations. Also provides an opportunity for students to relate on e personal and professional level with children and classroom teachers. Field expe^j ences include such possibilities as supervised apprenticeships, internships, or tutoow opportunities outside as well as inside the University setting. The nature of the fiei experiences will be determined by advisement and department. Field Experience may be completed in the areas of: Early Childhood Education, Special Education an Secondary Education. F,S

Early Childhood Education .310. Introduction Elarly Childhood. 3 credits. Origin, organization and function of

curriculum, equipment and materials: parenttJ participation in the education of t young; types of organization of center for learning for young children. F,S

311. Observation and Recording the Behavior of Young Children. 2 credits. Thi® course acquaints the student with a variety of ways of observing, recording, and ana y* ing the behavior and development of young children. The course will focus on su things as naturaJistic observations, what can be learned from the language of chilw and what can be learned from art of young children. F,S

312. Comparative Approaches to the Education of Young Children. 3 credRs- review and comparison of various approaches to the education of young children, t childhood models reviewed include: traditional nursery school. Headstart, Open Ed tion, Montessori, F^iagetian approaches. Behavioral analysis and Distar. S

313. Language Development in Elarly Childhood. 3 credits. Topics covered in course include: the nature of language, how language is acquired, stages of f. ment, the relationship between language and thought, the question of dialect dJ ences and the analysis of early childhood language programs. Students become ac involved in the investigation of the processes of language. F

491. Senior Project in Fktfly Childhood Education. 2-4 credits. During the of study, each Early Childhood major completes a self-initiated project or indepen study. The focus of the project may be an in-depth study of material previously or the beginning exploration of a new idea. Students enrolled in this course mee faculty to discuss the process of exploration and to share discoveries. F,S

495. Independent Study in Flarly Childhood Education. 1-4 credits, to 8. This course is designed for the interested student’s pursuit of an area of stu y offered through regular courses. In addition, students can continue to pursue s m atter covered in courses in greater depth.

Special Educationesp®"

315. Flducation of Elxceptional Students. 3 credits. An orientation dally for classroom teachers, stressing the idenfication, characteristics and e ^ g tional problems of exceptional children. A field exercise is part of this course-

Introduction to the Fknotionally Disturbed Child. 2 credits. A survey o P316.


lent classroom behaviors which might indicate emoUonal disturbance. Current class- •n approaches to the needs o f the disturbed child will be explored. F,S

Potential Center. 3 credits. The Learning Potential Center provides ■y. trainmg and supervised work in a perceptual motor program with children. F,S

(1) nK?' Teaching. 3 credits. A study o f the principles and practices of:latir, ^ g n o s tic information on school-related problems of a student; (2) assimi-

* "f°™ a tio n and prescribing appropriate alterations based on continuous “ leasurement data. F,S

165


(5) instructional planning. The functions of thoughtful planning and evaluation in ef(eo tive teaching will be emphasized. Recommended for juniors, F,S

389. Micro-Teaching. 2 credits. Development o f teaching techniques in small peer group settings. Student presentations are video-taped; opportunity for teaching and reteaching of topics and peer-group evaluation. SU grading only. F,S

390. Special Topics. 2 credits. (May be repeated).400. Methods and Materials. 3 credits. Various teaching methods and strategies

and the materials used in teaching in a subject area. Some offer F only; some F,S. adviser. (Some Methods and Materials courses carry an academic department prefix and number. The number of Methods courses required by a department may vary- ( in su lt with an adviser.)

487. Student Teaching. 1-16 credits. A full-time classroom teaching experience where the student works as a colleague with one or more teachers in a team-teaching or self-contained classroom situatioa The length and time of classroom experiences win be determined by advisement or department. Application for student teaching f c ® spring semester must be submitted by the preceding October 1st and for a fall semester by the preceding February 15th. To be accepted for student teaching, the appli< ®” must have a 2.40 GPA in their major and a 2.25 GPA overall in all work attempt®® to the time of the application. F,S

Chemical Engineering(ChE)

T. Owens (Chair), Baria, Cooley (Emeritus), Grow, Hasan, Kube, D. Severson

Graduates from this program are well qualifred to practice the profession of chemi cal engineering in a broad spectrum of industries including energy, chemicals, leum, plastics, synthetic fibers, and food. They may be engaged in research, teach B’ development, production, sales, or project engineering, and frequently enter e 8. neering management later in their careers. They also are well qualified to seek a tional professional or graduate education.

School of Engineering and MinesB.S. IN CHEMICAL ENGINEERINGRequired 135 houra, including:

L General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39 aiul pages 91.


Fraahman

ChE 1 0 2 .............................................ChE Process Synthesis.........................................•Chem 1 5 1 ........................................Fund. Concepts of Chemistry.............................• C h e m l5 2 ...................................... Inorganic O w m istry ............................................•Chem 1 6 1 ..................................... Fund. Techniques of Chem istry.......................Engl 101 ...........................................Composition 1 ..........................................................

A rts and Hum anitiea...........................................Engr 1 0 0 .......................................... Intro to E nginening...............................................E n g r l O l .......................................... Engineering Graphics............................................Engr 2 0 1 ..........................................Fundamentals of Computer Programming .Math 2 1 1 ,2 1 2 ................................ Calculus l . U .............................................................Phys 205 ...........................................Ph3rsks I .....................................................................

F irst$smstt*f

(3)

( 1)

(31(51

(2)(21(41

(21

(31

(II

(41(41

Chemical Engineering 167

Sophomora Yaw

CE 300....................................Analytic Mechanica (S tatics)____ChE 201..................................Stoichiometry.............................ChE 232..................................ChE Laboratory 1 ......................Chem 305,306 .........................Organic Chem istry....................EE 206 .................................... EE Fundamentals......................**Engl209 .............................Technical and Business WritingE con lO S ......................... .. Elements of Econom ics............Math 213................................Calculus 111................................Math 351......................... . Applied Mathematics X..............Phys206 .................................Physics I I ..................................

Junior Year

EE 301....................................Mechanics o f Materials I ...........ChE 301.................................. Transport Phenomena..............ChE 306...................................Unit Operations in C h E ............ChE 313, 314...........................Chemical & Physical Xhindples .ChE 331,332 ...........................ChE Laboratory II. I l l ..............CE304.....................................Circuit Arudysis........................Math 352 .................................Applied M a th ............................

Social Sciences .......................Arts & Humanities.................

Sanlor YaarChE 403 ...... ............................ ChE Thermodynamics.....ChE 405 .................................. Unit Operations in ChE . . . .ChE 408 .................................. Chentical Process Dynamics^ *^ 4 1 2 .................................. ChE Plant Design................^ ^ 4 2 1 .................................. ChE Kinetics.....................^>^431 ..................................ChE Laboratory I V ...........Engr 460 ................................. Engineering Econom y.........

Technical Elective...............„ ChE E lec tive.....................Phil 370 ................................. Ethics in Engineering..........

Social Sciences 1300 Level) ..

(3)

14)

(2)

(4)

(4)

(3)(4)

(3)(2)

(3)

(3)(3)

(3)(3)(3)

(3)

*’ En*?* substituted for Chem 151,152,161.® " 'e y be substituted for Engl 209.

(2)

12)14)(3)

(3)

13)

(3)(3)(2)

13)

(3)(3)

(3)(4) (3)

(3)

(3)

CoursesChemical Engineering Process Synthesis. 2 credits. Fundamentals of process

engineering of process systems, reaction path synthesis, flow of material ... ®*iergy in processes, simple separation processes, simple integration of unit oper-

s and processes. S

pie 3 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 106* or 152*. Introductory princi-. of stiochiometry with emphasis dirwted to material and energy balances involved

Chemical processes. F

^32. Chemical Engineering Laboratory I. 2 credits. Prerequisite: ChE 201 or con-’ fi’ent®nd b ®” *'°^*’ient. The use and application of apparatus to measure the physical

0 emical properties involved in chemical process material and energy balances. S

“ fPoduction to Transport Phenomena. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Math 351 (or oorollment) and Physics 206*. An analytical study of the transport of

mass; derivation and utilization of the differential equations

‘ Operations in Chemical Engineering. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ChE 201 and b C or better and ChE 301. Application of the principles of momentum

"®at transfer. S

^*'®**'ical and Physical Principles I. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Math 213*, dyna^' ^ndamentals of physical chemistry: gases, solids and liquids, thermo

j*' *^^®*'**'ocf>emistry, solutions and chemical equilibriunu F a C or better.


314. Chemical and Physical Principles II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ChE 313. Continuation of ChE 313. Phase equilibria, electrochemistry, kinetic theory, chemical kinetics, quantum theory, elementary statistical mechanics and surface chemistry. S

331. Chemical Engineering Laboratory II. 2 credits. Prerequisites: ChE 301 aud313 or concurrent enrollment. Experiments illustrating physicochemical principle® and transport phenomena. F

332. Chemical Engineering Laboratory III. 2 credits. Prerequisites: ChE 331 and314 (or concurrent enrollment in 314). Experiments illustrating physicochemical pr®' ciples and transport phenomena. S

403. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ChE 201 with a C grade or better and ChE 313 and 314. Thermodynamics applied to chemical engineering with emphasis on computational work, including thermodynamic law®> chemical equilibria and pressure volume temperature relationships. F

405. Mass Transfer Operations. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ChE 201 with a C grade or better and ChE 306. Applications of principles of mass transfer. Theory and appH* ® tion of staged operations.

408. Chemical Process Dynamics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 351. Dynamic® of chemical processes and of systems. Statistical treatment of data. S

412. Chemical Engineering Plant Design. 4 credits. Prerequisites: ChE 306, 403, 405 and completed or concurrent enrollment in 421 and 460. Preliminary pl®” desigpi for a chemical process, including market survey, site selection, process sele tion, material and energy balance, equipment design, plant layout, instrumentatiou and economic feasibility. S

418. Introduction to Nuclear Engineering. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ChE 31 Physics 208, or permission of instructor. Nuclear fission, reactor physics, reac engineering, radiation protection and engineering considerations of nuclear power.

420. Nuclear Chemical Engineering Laboratory. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Phys^® 206*. Counting techniques, nuclear control instrumentation, radiation monitor! and characteristics of a subcritical reactor. On demand.

421. Chemical Engineering Reactor Design. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ChE 314 aMath 351. Theory of chemical reaction rates. Design of batch, tubular, CSTR and ca lytic chemical reactors. S ^

431. Chemical Elngineering Laboratory IV. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ChE 306 a 405 or concurrent enrollment in 405. Laboratory study of the unit operations Chemical Engineering.

491. Chemical Engineering Thesis. 2 credits. Prerequisites: ChE 314, 306 other essential courses, depending upon the nature of the problems selected. Ln of projects relating to unit operations or utilization of natural resources of No Dakota, each student being required to select a project for study and at the comp tion of the work to present a satisfactory thesis. On demand.

492. Chemical Engineering Thesis. 2 or 3 credits. Prerequisite: ChE 491. 0 ” mand.

493. Special Topics. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special top dictated by student request and current faculty interest. The particular course m j

initiated by the students by contacting members of the faculty. On demand.*Complet«d with a C or bett«r.

Chemistry 169

ChemistryR. Severson (Chair), Ballintine, Baltisberger, Bartak, Bergstrom, Brushmiller, Johnson, Jones, Kulevsky, O’Reilly, Radonovich,

Stenberg, Stewart, and WoolseyThe Chemistry Department of the university has been approved by the Committee

P*! Professional Training of the American Chemical Society. This means that the teache s staff, curriculum, equipment, library, and other facilities of the Department meet the standards established by the Society for the proper undergraduate training of ^hemists. Students who complete the work for the professional degree. Bachelor of Science in Chemistry, will upon graduation and certification by the Chairman of the “ ppartment, receive a special certificate from the Society. These graduates are also ®hgible for membership. Senior Grade, in the American Chemical Society two years Iter graduation, instead o f the usual five years required for graduates o f schools

on the approved list.

Students who wish to have the best preparation for graduate work or for an indus- position in chemistry should follow the program leading to the Bachelor of Science

^Chemistry. Those students who wish to prepare themselves for teaching in High hool may pursue the program leading to the B.S. degree with a teaching major in pmistry in either the Center for Teaching and Learning or the College o f A rts and

ciences., Students who desire a course of study which is less concentrated in chemi- ./ y “ 1 order to prepare themselves for advanced work in other fields should pursue

® Pi’ogram leading to the B.S. degree with a major in chemistry. The specific '**'se requirements for each o f these major programs are listed below.

Graduate StudyThe Department o f Chemistry offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of

Science and Doctor o f Philosophy with majors in inorganic chemistry, or- Uat physical chemistry and analytical chemistry. In order to pursue grad-in ^ chemistry, the student must have the baccalaureate degree with a major

cniistry. For more detailed information, see the Graduate School Bulletin.

College of Arts and Sciences

R C H E M I S T R Y|luired 1 2 5 hours, including:

jj Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

• '*’^6 Following Curriculum;

®Jor Requirements—46 hours including:.................................Fund. Concepts o f Chemistry ...................................Inorganic Chem istry................

......................... Fund. Techniques of ChemistryItZ lll .................................O rganicChe^stry.

. Analytical Chemistry.Chem ......................... Chemical Symthesis............................................................^Hem ............. ..................Equit & Thermodynamic Prop, o f M a tte r ..........................Chemas ' ' ■ • .......................Structure and Dynamics.....................................................^ lern a^* ................. * ...........Mechanisms o f Chemical Reactions....................................C h e m a «................................ Inorganic Chem istry...........................................................Chemaai.................................Spectroacopy and Structure...............................................

hi, 462,463 ................. Experiment^ Measurement of Properties, Structure and•Chen, Composition............................................

*®t«du ....................... Senior Research.......................................

** bourses in chemistry may be substituted for these courses.

.131

.(31(2)(31(3)(41(3)(31(3)(31(31

(61(61


Reqtlired in o t W departments:Math 2 1 1 ,2 1 2 .2 1 3 .................... Calculus I. II. I l l . . . .Physics 205,206 .........................General P h ysics ..........

Level III in G erm an ..

B.S. W ITH M AJOR IN CHEMISTRYRequired 12S hours, including:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. The Following Curriculum:

.(121,.|8I.(121

Major Requirements. 1 e 1

— 31 hours including: , . . ( 3 )v u c i i l i O l . . . . . . . . .

1E>1 ..(31v,>iK;4U ...............Chem 161 ,1 6 2 .........

. . i 2 ) ........... .(3)

Chem 3 3 1 .................. •■■■" ..(31

. *»/• 1 •ti'n ...(4>unem o o i . .......... . .{31

..< 3 1L'Dera 4 0 1 .................... . .(3)vnem 4 0 4 ..................Chem 4 6 1 ,4 6 2 ......... ................. Experimental Measurement o f Properties, Structure and

. . .(^1

Required in other departments:. .(121

m a u l A l l , .riiysics ^ 0, aUO . . . . .(121

MINOR IN CHEMISTRYRequired: 20 hours o f Chemistry (100, 103 and 107 excluded)

Center for Teaching and LearningB.S.ED. WITH MAJOR IN CHEMISTRYRequired 125 hours, including:

I. Genenl Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.II. The Center for Teaching and Learning program in Secondary Education. See page 162.

111. The Following Curriculum:Major Requirements 31 hours including;C h e m l5 1 ...................................... Fund. Concepts o f C h em istry.............................................................Chem 152...................................... Inorganic C h em istry .............................................................................C h em l6 1 .1 6 2 ............................. Fund. Techniques o f C h em istry .........................................................Chem 3 5 1 ...................................... Organic Chemistry.................................................................................Chem 3 5 3 ...................................... Analytical Chemistry.............................................................................Chem 361.362 ............................. Chemical Syn th esis ...............................................................................Chem 4 5 0 ...................................... Equip, and Thermodynamic Prop, o f M a tter ...................................Chem 4 5 1 .................. ................... Structure and D ynam ics................. ............................................ .. • • *Chem 4 5 2 ...................................... Mechanisms o f Chemical R ea ction s ...................................................Chem 461 .4 6 2 ............................. Expnimental Measurement o f Properties. Structure and

Com position ....................................................................................................

Required in other departments: |g)B i d l O l .1 0 2 ............................... Introduction to B io logy .................................................................................... |l2)Math 2 1 1 ,2 1 2 ,2 1 3 .................... Calculus I. II. I l l ..............................Physics 2<». 206,208 ................G «)t fa l P h y s ics .................................................................................................

Courses100. Introductory Chemistry. 4 credits. Does not serve as a prerequisite

other chemistry course. Introduction to inorganic, organic and biochemistry. In^ laboratory. Students receiving credit in Chem 100 may not take Chem 105 or 1 credit. S .

103. Fundamentals of Our Chemical World. 4 credits. Prerequisites: none. A designed specifically for non-sdence majors who wish to obtain a basic undersUn of chemistry as applied in the world today. Does not serve as a prerequisite

..(31

..(31

..(21

..(31..(31...(31

' .(31 ;..(31

..(<•

Chemistry

other chemistry course. Includes laboratory. Students receiving credit in Chem 103 “lay not take Chem 100, 105, or 151 or credit. F.S

105. General Chemistry I. 4 credits. Prerequisite: one year of high school algebra. Open to all students; no high school credit in chemistry required. Elementary principles and theories of chemistry; chemical elements and their compounds. Includes ■aboratory. Students receiving credit in Chem 105 may not take Chem 151 for credit. r,S

106. General Chemistry II and Qualitative Analysis. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Chemrequirements of Qualitative Analysis. Elementary principles and

heories of chemistry; chemical elements and their compounds. Includes laboratory. Students receiving credit in Chem 106 may not take Chem 152 for credit. F.S

107. Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 105. u alternate to Chem 106. May not take both. Does not satisfy the prerequisite for

auy advanced chemistry course. A second semester of General Chemistry with the ®>uphasis on organic and biochemistry. Includes laboratory. Especially for students Who wish to include organic and biochemistry in the first year. F.S

^®1- Fundamental Concepts of Chemistry. 3 credits. Prerequisites: one year high ool chemistry and one yetir high school algebra. Required for chemistry majors and

'^ommended for chemical engineers. Atomic and molecular structure, periodicity, “'chiometry, states of matter, solutions, reactions in solutions and equilibria. F

i Inorganic Chemistry. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 151. Required for chem- majors and recommended for chemical engineers. Chemistry of the elements with

claf^**** ou occurrence, preparation, physical and chemical properties, uses, nomen- lure, structure and periodic behavior. S^®1, 162. Fundamental Techniques of Chemistry. 2 credits. Prerequisites: one

^ fir high school chemistry and one year high school algebra. Required for chemistry j fi'id recommended for chemical engineers. The techniques and gravimetric

analysis, separation, purification and identification of compounds.“IP. 162S

Quantitative Analysis. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 106. For medical tech- fi“d pre-medical students. Principles and applications of gravimetric, volu-

•■'c and absorptiometric analysis. Includes laboratory. F.SChemistry. 5 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 106. Intended to meet the

find requirements for students preparing for pharmacy, medical technology 2l2 science majors. Includes laborattwy. Students receiving credit in Chem

*“fiy not take Chem 305 for credit. SOrganic Chemistry. 8 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 106. Designed for pro

's preparation of students other than chemistry majors. Organic chemistryfieussed in terms of elementary modem theory. Includes laboratory. 305F, 306S

che^^‘ Chemistry. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Chem 152, 162. Required forCal “'fij'oi’s. Chemistry of the functional groups, occurrence, preparation, physi-

ehemical properties, uses, nomenclature and structure of organic compounds. F,'^fiJyBcnI Chemistry. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 351. Required for chem-

fifialv Principles and applications of volumetric and instrumental methods of36 **' acid-base, complex-ion and oxidation-reduction equilibria. S

• 362. Chemical Synthesis. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Chem 152,162. Required

171


for chemistry majors. The synthesis o f selected inorganic and organic compounds. 361F, 362S

390. Special Problems in Chemistry. 1 to 3 credits. Total credits not to exceed 3. Offered to students of exceptional ability who have a special interest in chemical investigations. F,S

427. Glass Working. 1 credit. May be repeated for a maximum of 2 credits. Techniques o f repair and construction of glass apparatus useful in research. SS

431. Selected Topics in Chemistry. 1-3 credits. On demand.450. Equilibrium and Thermodynamic Properties of Matter. 3 credits. Prerequi

sites: Chem 353. Required for chemistry majors. The use of energy concepts in studying and understanding the nature of matter, equilibria, solubility, reactivity, criteria for reactions. F

451. Structure and Dynamics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 450. Theory a ^ nature o f bonding and structure, chemical kinetics, and theory of reactions as appli®® to both inorganic and organic systems. S

452. Mechanisms of Organic Reactions. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 450. D f tailed study of the mechanism of inorganic and organic reactions with major emphasis on organic systems. S

454. Inorganic Chemistry. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 451. Chemistry of inot ganic compounds in terms o f modem theories and concepts. F

455. Spectroscopy and Structure. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 452. Requir®* for the B.S. in Chemistry degree. Applications o f spectroscopic techniques to the detoi' mination o f molecular structure. F

♦ • I 2461. Experimental Measurement o f Properties, Structure and Composition i. credits. Prerequisites: Chem 362,451,353. Required for chemistry majors. The so tion of chemical problems in the laboratory using modem physical and analyti® methods. F

462. Experimental Measurement o f Properties, Structure and Composition H- 2 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 461. Required for Chemistry majors. The solution o chemical problems in the laboratory using modem physical and analytical methods.

463. Experimental Measurement o f Properties, Structure and Composition 2 credits. Prerequisites: Chem 462, 455. Required for the B.S. in ChemistryA continuation of Chemistry 461, 462 with primary emphasis on Organic Quanta Analysis. S

490, 491. Senior Research. 2-6 credits. Total credits not to exceed 6. Prerequis** Chemistry 452, 462. 490F, 491S

Civil Engineering 173

engineer capable of systematically solving complex problems of society within the engineering field, while also preparing graduates for continuing professional or graduate education.

School of Engineering and MinesB.S. IN CIVIL ENGINEERING^ûired 139 hours, including:

General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39 and page 91.

The Following Curriculum :

Frtshm an Y ttrChem 108....................................General C hem istry ............................ChemlOS....................................General C hem istry ............................

orBiol 1 0 1 ............................. . Introduction to B iology......................... .Engl 101 ....................................CompK>sition I ....................................EngrlO O ....................................Intro to Engineering...........................Engr 1 0 1 ................................... Engineering Graphics...................... .E n g r l0 2 ................................... Descriptive G eom etry ......................Engr 2 0 1 ................................... Fund, of Computer I^gram m ing .,M ath211.212...........................C a lcu lu s l& ll.....................................

Arts and Humanities (See page 34) . Phys205 ....................................General Physics I ............................

Sophomort Year206....................................... Elec. Engr. F u n d ........................

Ê 300 ...................................... Analytical Mechanics (Static^^ E 3 0 1 ...................................... .Mechanics of Materials I ..........

Ê 314 ........................................ Route Surveying........................^ngl 209 ................................... Technical & Business Writing .peol 203...................................... General G ed o g y ........................Math 2 13 ....................................Calculus I I I ................................M®th 3 5 1 .................................... Applied M athem atics................^hys 206 ....................................General Physics I I ....................h -con l05 ...................................Elements of E c o n .......................

CE 352 E E 4 1 2 . "^^<31 ... Ê423.

Math 352 .

H®413. Ê418 . E E 4 3 2 CE451 ! EE 453 CE CECE ■

Junior Year

Pp ^0 5 ........................................Analytical Mechanics (Dynamics) . . . .^3 1 ........................................Structural Mechanics 1 ..........................^03 ........................................Civil Engineering L ab ............................

....................... Structural Mechanics I I ........................

....................... Soil M echanics......................................

....................... Sanitary Engineering I .............. ........

....................... Hydraulic Engineering..........................Arts and Humanities (Seepage 34) . . .

....................... Fluid M echanics.....................................

....................... Applied M athem atics............................Swial Science (See page 3 3 ) .................

Senior Yaar

....................... S(^ Mechanics Lab I ..........................

....................... Transportation E ngineering .............

....................... Sanitary Engineering 11......................

....................... Structural Ciesign 1 ..............................

....................... Reinforced Concrete.............................

....................... E lective.................................................

....................... E lective .................................................

....................... E lective ..................................................Social Sciences (See page 3 3 ) .............

....................................Engineering E conom y.......................^ ..................................... Moral Questions and the Professiona

M g ,. , Arts and Humanities (See page 341 .. • ' ................................. Therm odynam ics................................

FirstSamsatsr

(41

•3)(1)(2)

(41(31

(21

(4)

(41

(41(31

(31

SecondSemastar

(41

(21(21(41(31(4)

(31

(3)

(21(21(3)

(31

(31(31

(41(31(31(3)(31

(3)(31(3)

(21 •(31

(31(31

(4)(31

(31(31(31

(31(3)(31

(31


Courses300. Analytical Mechanics (Statics). 2 credits. Prerequisite: Math 211*. Principles of

statics, resultants of force systems, equilibrium of force systems, analysis of structures, force systems in space, friction, centroids, moments of inertia. F,S

301. Mechanics of Materials I. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CE 300*. Simple stress and strain, torsion, shear and bending moment, flexural and shearing stresses m beams, combined stresses, deflection of beams, statically indeterminate members and columns. F,S

303. Civil Engineering Laboratory. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 301*. Engineering properties of materials; A.S.T.M. testing of asphaltic and portland cement concretes, ceramic products, metals, woods, and other materials; electrical strain measurement. F

305. Analytical Mechanics (Dynamics). 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 300*. Principl®® of dynamics, rectilinear and curvilinear translation, rotation, plane motion, work an energy, impulse and momentum. F,S

313. General Surveying. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Math 211*. Measurements of distance and angles; instrument adjustment; stadia and plane table mapping; triangula tion; differential leveling; azimuth by solar observation; horizontal and vertical curves, traverse surveys; calculations; state plane coordinate systems; U.S. public land sur veys; earthwork. F

314. Route Surveying. 2 credits. Prerequisite: CE 313*. Route location; horizo” tal curves simple, compound, and reverse; vertical curves; spiral curves; earthwor > principles of construction layout and route location design; aerial photography i** route surveying. S

351. Structural Mechanics I. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 301*. Reactions, shear and bending moment, trusses, graphic statics, influence lines, bridge and roof trusses, long-span structures, three dimensional framework, cables and approximate ana y sis. F

352. Structural Mechanics II. 4 credits. Prerequisite: CE 351*. Moment areas, elastic-loads, virtual wts-k, Castigliano’s law, super-position equations, slope-deflecti method and moment distribution. S

412. SoQ Mechanics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Geology 203* and CE 301*. acteristics, steady-state and transient water flow in soil, soil deformation, condit) ^ at failure in cohesionless and cohesive soils and plastic-equilibrium states in soi ■

413. Soil Mechanics Laboratory. 2 credits. Prerequisite: CE 412*. Visual identification and classification, index properties, moisture density relations, consolidati permeability, shear strength, and soil stabilization. F ^

416. Transportation Engineering. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CE 314* and CE Transportation systems: urban transportation planning; design of land, air and w transportation facilities; and future develpments in transportation. S

421. Hydrology I. 3 credits. Measurement, interpretation, analysis andof hydrologic data; precipitation, evaporation and transpiration; runoff hydrograP routing methods; groundwater; snow hydrology. On demand.

422. Hydrology II. 3 credits. Frequency and duration studies; regional analy

•Course must be completed with a *'(T* grade or better.

Communication

time series; hydrologic simulation. On demand.423. Hydraulic Engineering. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Engr 306*. Fluid statics and

ynamics; open channel flow; transitions and controls; hydraulic structures; hydraulic power conversion. Laboratory: Laboratory techniques and model studies; calibration Pnnciples and fluid measurements; open channel, pipeline and hydraulic machinery ®*Periments. F

431. Sanitary Engineering 1. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Chem 105* and Engr 306*. ovironmental quality, water quality, development of water supplies, water trans

portation and distribution, and water and wastewater treatment systems. S432. Sanitary Engineering II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 431*. Physical, chemical,

od biological treatment methods, sludge processing and disposal, advanced waste- ater treatment methods, and water reuse. F

a Engineering Laboratory. 4 credits. Prerequisite: CE 431*. Physicalo chemical methods used in water purification and sewage disposal On demand.

Engineering. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. City and city problems, including government organization, financing methods.

Sets, subdivisions, utilities, building codes, zoning, fire protection and traffic, demand.

and Specifications. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Sineering contracts, specification essentials, approved methods of handling con-

ction projects, trade practices, workmen compensation acts, power and duties angineering executive. F/2

dvet^' ®* 'âtural Design 1.3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 352*. Selection of sections, and welded connections, plate girders, trusses, bearings, lightgage structural

ars, fatigue of structural members and introduction to plastic design. FTimber Engineering. 3 credits. Prereqxiisite: CE 351*. Design of mechanical

âams, columns, trusses, bridge decks, glued laminated lumber and ply- ”'>'1. On demand.

iâinforced Concrete. 4 credits. Prerquisite: CE 352*. Materials and specifica- ra gi" and eccentrically loaded columns, strength beam theory, shear stresses.

Walls, one-way slabs, flat slabs and footings. Saonrr"*f ®* “atural Design II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 451*. Design of reinforced

ate and steel buildings. On demand.

sis and Dynamics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 451* or ME 422*. The analy-design of structures to resist windgust and earthquake loadings.

Nation" Topics. 1 to 3 credits. Prerequisite: Departmental approval Investi-®f special topics dictated by student and faculty interests. F,S

*Co* '"uat be completed with * "C" grade or better.

Communication(Comm)

®nd S. Rendahl (Co-Directors), Deals, Fisher, Heiman, McGlashan

175

Keei

program, supported by the Departments of Speech and ®m. Was established at UND in 1968. Utilizing resources from these depart-


ments, the program is designed for students planning to do advanced study in speechi journalism or communication and for those whose interest in communication is oriented toward pertinent theory and research in the behavioral sciences.

The curriculum is designed primarily to acquaint the student with the major concepts and studies of human conununication behavior and the professional literature of the field. Majors are encouraged to pursue their own interests and new directions in communication study through the selection of a broad range of elective courses. Development of strengths in related programs such as psychology, political science, sociology or management is encouraged.

The Communication Research Center, an interdisciplinary research organization invites membership from students interested in communication theory and researc and provides a regular forum for visiting lecturers, faculty and students.

Graduate work in general speech, leading to the M.A. degree, may be pursued through the Speech Department.

College of Arts and SciencesB A . WITH MAJOR IN COMMUNICATIONRequired 125 hours, including:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39. (Note: Students in this major must earn 9 credits in Social Sciences beyond courses offered in Journalism and Communication.!

II. The Following Curriculum: /31 majiM- hours including:3 hours from:

Jour 1 0 0 .............................Introduction to Mass Communication .Spch 101.............................Fundamentals of Public Speaking . . . .

Spch 2 0 1 .......................... .. Introduction to Interpersonal Conun. .Comm 300 .................................Communication & Society.....................Comm 400 .................................Seniw Seminar........................................Jour 207.....................................Intro to Communication Theory............Spch 336 ...................................Psychology of Communication.............Jour/Spch 409 .................. .. Research Methods in C<mununication .Electives from Speech, Journalism or other fields...................................

(with ctmsent of instrucUv)

(31.(3)(31

..(31 ' : . ( 3' ■ ..(21 "..(31 "..(31 ' ..(3) ' . . (1»

in. One of the following three options is also required:A. Level IV proficiency in a fweign language (which requires completion of the course numbered 2021**

student’s chosen language); ORB. 16 additional credits (beyond the General Graduation Requirements) from two of the

Arts and Humanities; Social Sciences; Mathematics, Science and Technology (eight of these must be in upper division courses); OR

C. A special program o f 16-20 credits within a unique area of specialization provided tWs i**approved in advance by the department. This can include completion of a recognized ^some other department but canxKA include media or communication-related majors offereo departments.

MINOR IN COMMUNICATIONRequired 21 hours, inclixling:

Comm 300 .................................CommunkatMMi and Society . . . .Jour 207.....................................Intro to Communication Theory.Spch 336 ................................. Psychok>gy erf Communication ..Electives from Speech, Journalism or ocher fields........................

(with consent of adviser)

Courses

..(31

..(31

..(31

.(121

of300. Communication and Society. 3 credits. Explores the interrelations >P

society and forms of communication. Objectives include developing knowledge media, an ability to discuss in an informed manner the issues of communicati ^ g democratic society and to develop an awareness of intelligent use of the me

Communication Disorders

400. Senior Seminar. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Senior standing, major in jour- IJausm. speech or communication. Students will discuss issues, problems and ulti-

8tely develop papers or projects around a central theme in communication. F,Sin K*'* following courses are required in the major in Communication but are listed

the Journalism and Speech departments. Additional electives may be selected ''om Speech and Journalism listings.

^oornalism 207. Introduction to Communication Theory. 3 credits. Conceptual ^odels of the communication process are analyzed and compared in terms of ability

communication. Attention is given to research dealing with these

Journalism/Speech 409. Research Methods in Communication. 3 credits. Prereq- 8id Introductory course in statistics or consent of instructor. A general con-

methodology of historical, descriptive and experimental research; t ®P®risons of the values, utility and limitations of these approaches for specific jud** communication research. Attention will be given to interpreting research;

the appropriateness of research designs for specific communication problems estimating the value, if any, of specific types of research for specific questions. F/2

l’®y'l“’l“8y of Communication. 3 credits. Analysis of the nature and fecu communication in interpersonal relationships, special consideration of (.1 ^**'8 patterns of communication behavior and the relation among personal

acteristics and communication. F,S

177

Communication Disorders(GDIs)

(Chair), D. Engel. Click, Grolh, Quesal, Reynolds, Schill, and Schubert ^®Pa*'tment of Communication Disorders performs two functions. First, it

preparing for positions in schools, hospitals, clinics and re- ®*'ders^c°*' *'®*’tcrs to work with individuals with speech, language and hearing dis- ^tudeiit provides speech, language and hearing services for University

Si faculty, staff, and people from surrounding communities.

Speech, Language and Hearing Clinicspeech * *?*® provides an opportunity for students to gain practical experience in '**'der th language intervention procedures as student cUnicians. The Clinic is '^ ’■ence ® ®f qualified personnel holding the Certificate of Clinical Com-

^ of the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association.speech provided are evaluation and remedial treatment of all types of^8 aid e *'i* **'* *’ language disabilities, and of hearing problems (including hear- P ovidon' t uation). Referrals to the Clinic may be made by anyone, and treatment is

for individuals of all ages.

di

thi'

Th Majors®8fee p*' ®*’P'aduate major in Communication Disorders is a pre-professional

field *"*1 1' ® pre-professional program are qualified for employment in'®*luiretn after additional study on the graduate level. Academic and practicum

s for certification by the American Speech-Language-Hearing Associa-


tion are completed during graduate study.Limitations of staff, client population, facilities and practice teaching sites may

make it necessary to limit the number of students accepted for clinical training. Under" graduate students will apply for admission to their first registration for clinica practice, which will typically begin the first semester of their junior year. Students should apply before the end of the preceding semester. If there are more applicants than available positions, the faculty will admit students selectively based on the m" formation furnished in the application, including grade point average and grades in Communication Disorders courses taken to that date. Students who are not admitted may enter the competition for vacancies at the next registration.

College of Arts and SciencesB.A. WITH MAJOR IN COMMUNICATION DISORDERS*Required 125 hours, inchiding:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pa^es 33-39.11. The Following Curriculum:

41 major hours, including:CDis 2 3 1 ....................................Anatomy & Physiology of the Speech and Hearing Mechanism .CDis 232 ...............* ..................Introduction to Speech Correction...................................................CDis 235 ....................................Speech and Hearing Science..............................................................CDis 333 ...................................A rticulation.........................................................................................CDis 343 ....................................Language Development and Disorders...........................................CDis 353 ................................... Child Language Perspectives: Assessment and Intervention ■CDis 365 ....................................Aging and Communication P rocesses.............................................CDis 3 8 1 ................................... Introduction to P rac ticum ................................................................CDis 384 ..................................Clinical Practicum in Speech and Hearing Therapy ......................CDis 4 3 1 ................................... Introduction to A udiology................................................................CDis 434 ....................................Auditory Training and Speech Reading..........................................CDis 436 ................................... S tu ttering ............................ ................................................................CDis 437 ................................... Cleft Palate and other Orafacial Anomalies .................................CDis 438 ....................................Voice and Its Disorders....................................................................

. . 13), . | 3). . ( 3)..(4)(3-<l, . ( 3>..(31..(21(2.6)..(31..(31.(4)

..(21

..(41

.(41

.(31. . ( 3 (, . ( 3(

d e t a

iling

Required in other departmrats:Psy 251 ......................................De%’elopmental Psychology............................................................Psy 370 ......................................Abnormal Psychology....................................................................Spch 336 ....................................Psychology of Communication.....................................................Engl 207 ....................................Introduction to Linguistics............................................................

Basic Course in Computer ScienceRequired laboratory science degree requirements to be met by 4 credits of anatomy, biology or phyai< '*This curriculum was under extensive revision a t the time of Catalog printing. Contact the department fof

Teachers CertificationClinicians who work in the school setting in most states must have a teac

credential Students wishing to obtain a teaching credential with their Mas degree will ordinarily take the following courses in the professional education quence as undergraduates:

3 creditPsy 2 1 3 ......................................Educational Psychology.........................................................................gCDis 384 ....................................Clinical Practicum (part of major requirem ent).................................^

Four hours are required in this area. This requirement may also be fulfilled by electing from the courses: . .(3)

CTL 310........................... In tra to Early Childhood Education...................................................... , .|3)CTL 313........................... Language Development in Children........................................................ ... |3)CTL 315........................... Educatkm of the Exceptional S tuden t................................................ .. 13ICTL 318........................... Preecriptive Teaching..............................................................................

The Professional Education sequence for future speech cliniciana also includes: ^ cre< ^CTL 400......................................Methods and Materials fc^ Speech Clinicians................................................ g cre^^CDis 585 ....................................I^acticum in the School Setting (for graduate students only).........

CTL 400.10 roust be completed before taking CDis 585.

Communication Disorders/

Courses231. Anatomy and Physiology o f the Speech and Hearing Mechanism. 4 credits.

Structure and function of the mechanisms involved in breathing, phonation, resonance, articulation and hearing. F

232. Survey of Communication Disorders. 3 credits. Speech disorders: causes, Symptoms, diagnosis and therapy o f the common sjjeech defects. F

235. Speech and Hearing Science. 3 credits. Basic speech and hearing science, physics of sound, instrumentation, with a survey o f experimental work. S

333. Articulation. 3 credits. Etiology, nature and rehabilitation o f articulation Pfoblems. Course includes a clinical skills lab. F

343. Language Development and Disorders. 3-4 credits. Normal language development; language disorders resulting from hearing impairment, brain dama£;e, mental Retardation, emotional problems and environmental causes; habilitation of children 'vith these problems. Course includes a clinical skills lab. F

353. Child Language Perspectives: Assessment and Intervention. 3 credits. Pre- Requisite: CDis 343. The application o f development, psycholinguistics, and behavior ^odification information in the assessment o f deficient child language. S (approved ‘OR grad, credit)

365. Aging and Communication Processes. 3 credits. An intensive study o f the Sociological, psychological, medical and educational aspects o f adult development od aging as they relate to communication processes and communication disorders.

, 381. Introduction to Practicum I. 2 credits. Orientation to the Speech and Hear- j^g Clinic, materials, equipment, procedures, requirements. Introduction to writing

sson plans and reports. Supervised observation of clinical intervention. FClinical Practicum in Speech and Hearing Therapy. 2-6 credits. Prerequisite:

• Supervised clinical practicum. F,S• Introduction to Audiology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 231 and 235. Elemen-

sio^ ®‘ R'R *-'RR® and function o f the hearing mechanism; basic psychophysical dimen- scr*'* ^he auditory mechanism; types of deficient hearing; pure tone threshold and

audiometry. Students are required to do hearing testing to qualify for cer- *®ation in speech and hearing. F

Auditory Training and Speech Reading. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Communi- (.jjj|.°‘*^*®ORders 431, 433, & 343 or consent of instructor. Principles, techniques and

practice in the diagnosis and rehabilitation of hearing disorders in children ®dults; auditory training, speech reading and hearing conservation. S

‘sm credits. Prerequisite: Communication Disorders 232. A sys-Cour o f theoretical, clinical and experimental aspects of stuttering,

includes a clinical skills lab. S232 Palate and Other Orofacial Anomalies. 2 credits. Prerequisites: 231,®P®ech °R"*RR’RR'ic8fion disorders related to cleft palate and other defects of the of fg *R)®®hanlsm. A consideration o f etiology, incidence, and clinical management

uiting communication and related problems.

RUrrent Its Disorders. 4 credits. Prerequisites: 231, 232, 235 or con-• A study of the human voice: its disorders, etiology, treatment and prog-

179


nosis. Course includes a clinical skills lab. S497. Special Problems in Communication Disorders. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite,

consent of instructor. An examination of special topics in Communication Disorders. On demand.

Computer Science(CScO

Tokko (Chair), Anderson, Choi, Johnson, Mahalko, Moimen, Rhee, Varvei, Wigg®”Computer Science is a department within the Center for Aerospace Sciences.Computer Science is the study of computers and computing. Computers affeel'

virtually every discipline: Agriculture, Art, Business, Engineering, HumanitieSi Linguistics, Mathematics, Medicine, Music, Sociology, the sciences, and many others. Computer research makes possible the generation of data which people alone cannot produce. Computers also make it possible to organize, analyze, and sum marize these data in ways useful to society. The computer is useless unless it is nished with explicit instructions on the method of solution for a particular problem. People are still required to provide this direction through the means of programs.

The Computer Science Department offers both a major and minor in the CoU® of Arts and Sciences for students planning a career in computing. In addition several courses are offered to provide the necessary basic knowledge of comp® technology and computer programming for those students wishing to use the coi® puter as a tool in their study and research in other disciplines. Departmental p® prohibits a student who drops a Computer Science 300 or 400 level course after first 10 days of classes from enrolling in the next-offered same class unless spa®® available.

College of Arts and SciencesB.A. or B.S. WITH MAJOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCERequired 125 hcurs. including;

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.II. The Following Curriculum:

36 major hours, including;CSci 160.....................................Computer Programming I .............................CSci 203.....................................Computer Organization and Programming .CSci 211.....................................Computer Programming I I ...........................CSci 301.................................... Intn^uctirm to File System s........................CSci 302.................................... Opwating System s........................................CSci 312 ..................................... I^ta Structures..............................................CSci 407.....................................CmnpUer Design............. .............................3 hours from:CSci 315.................................... Computing Methods k ApplicationsCSci 461.................................... Numerical Analysis.................................................................. .A minimum of 6 the 12 additional hours in Computer Science must be at the 300 or 400 levRequired in other departments:EE 351.......................................Computer Hardware Logic .Math 211, 212 .......................... Calculus I. II

, . ( 3), . ( 3)..|3>..|3 ), . 13)

' . . ( 3>

,13»■,.<3)

. . | 3»

Plus three additional hours in statistics or mathematics approved by the Computer Science departm®"'-

Computer Science

^h n o r i n c o m p u t e r s c i e n c eSquired 20 hours in Computer Science, including:

CSci 160.....................................Computer Programming I ..............................................................................203.................................... Computer Organization & Programming ...................................................... 3|

A minimum of 9 of the 11 additional hours in Computer Science must be at the 300 « 400 level A ^ x im u m of 4 hours of CSci 491 and 472 combined may be applied toward a major or minor in Computer

Courses 101. Introduction to Computers. 2 credits. Prerequisite: None. An introductory ourse for students who do not plan to take advanced courses in Computer Science, ws course is designed for students who have a limited mathematical background, ’’ troduction to computers, problem-solving and the BASIC language. F.S

160. Computer Programming I. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 103 or equivalent. ^ introduction to programming languages problem-solving methods and algorithm °®velopment. F.S

20i_ Fundamentals of Computer Programming. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Mathe- ICS 103 or equivalent. The fundamentals o f digital computer programming are pre-

"led with special emphasis on the FORTRAN language. See Engineering 201. F.S

or Organization and Programming. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 160nne high level language. Computer structure, machine representa-

and numbers and characters, instruction codes and assembly systems, F.S

'Urr^^' Programming II. Prerequisites: CSci 160 and Math 211 (or con-Develops programming style, design, and testing tech-

Introduction to algorithm analysis, searching, sorting and data structures. F.S^'■"Sramming Languages. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 160 or consent of

and discipline in program design, style, expression, debuggingALrm ^ ® variety o f programming languages such as APL, COBOL, PASCAL, lan_ ' PORTRAN, SNOBOL, and RPG. Course may be repeated for different

ages. A maximum of 6 credits may apply to a Computer Science major. F.SComputer Science. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: Consent o f instructor.

sii()j ^ ^ P ‘®® Computer Science which allow the students to study specialized ® ^'■edits may apply to the Computer Science major and 12 credits to

181

'grpo, . —a' ee requirements. F.S

J^"t>'oduction to File Processing. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 203 and CSci files *'**1“ ®® using mass storage de\dces. Sequential, random and key-accessed

■trees and inverted file structures. F.S

biultjp' Systems. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 301. Resource allocation,visofg p^a^ '^ lngi virtual systems, operating system kernels, monitors, super-

of Language Programming. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 203 or con-Advanced techniques in prog^ramming Assembly systems, sub-

• macros and conditional Assembly. S

''"'currPf*® Structures. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CSci 203 and 211 and Math 212 (or Math). Manipulation of graphs and trees. Internal and ex-

Igorithm * * * ** *^ techniques. Dynamic memory allocation. Time/space analysis


315. Computing Methods and Applications. 3 credits. Prerequisites: CSci 160 and Math 212 (or concurrent eiuollment in Math) or consent of instructor. Presents tion of various computing methods and techniques and the application of a computer to the solution of complex problems. F,S

356. Microcomputer Organization. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 203. Microproces sor software and hardware systems. Editors, assemblers, I/O techniques, supput electronics and interfacing considerations. F,S

360. Computer Architecture. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 15 hours of computer science including CSci 203. Introduction to hardware methodologies and software extensions to hardware in computers. Some topics on hardware and software sele tion will be discussed. S

401. Organization of Programming Languages. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 21 !• 312 recommended. Compile and run time requirements of programming language®' parameter passing and value binding techniques. Vector and stack processing.

407. Compiler Design. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 312. Formal specification of programming languages. Syntactic and semantic analysis, code generation and erro handling. F,S

411. Information Systems. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 301 or consent of instructo Representation, storage, and processing of information. Design of an informs i system to solve a specific problem. F

415. Mathematical Modeling and Simulation. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci consent of instructor. A study of various mathematical applications for digital c puters, including the modeling, simulation and interpretation of the solution ol c plex systems. S

430. Foundations of Computer Science. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CSci 312, mended EE 351. Finite state machines, fornuil grammars, automata, comput and non-computable functions, halting problem. F

456. Advanced Microcomputer Laboratory. 1 credit. Prerequisite: CSci vanced programming techniques for micro-computer systems. Discussions tou hardware interfacing of micro systems. S

461, 462. Numerical Analysis. 6 credits. See Mathematics 461, 462.472. Seminars in Computer Science. 1 credit. May be repeated (3 credits ^

imum). Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A course for advanced students, grading only. F,S

491. Special Projects in Computer Science. 1-3 credits varying with the project. May be repeated (6 erects maximum). Prerequisite: consent of instru A course for advanced students. F,S

Counseling(Coun)

R. Apostal (Chair), Baker, Becker, Buhrke, Fuqua, Cade, Hamerllk Henry, Luessenheide, Nelson, and Scott

The Department of Counseling offers graduate programs leading to

Counseling

of Master of Arts. Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of Education. These programs “^credited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education

(NCATE). Courses offered also are approved by the North Dakota S tate Department Of Public Instruction for school counselor certification and by the North Dakota

‘vision of Alcoholism and Drug Abuse for addiction counselor certification.The m asters program provides preparation for counseling practice in community

ervice agencies, university’s and colleges, and the schools. Admission is based to a fKe extent on achievement in undergraduate work, particularly during the junior nd senior years. Prospective students should take a t least twenty semester credits

coursework in the behavioral sciences (e.g., psychology, sociology) a t the under- sfaduate level.

^ The department offers two programs a t the doctoral level: a general program in ^^unseling, and a specialty program in counseling psychology. These programs provide

vanced preparation in counseling theory and practice, require extended preparation j j and research design, and offer opportunities for training in supervision

consultation. Upon completion, graduates are prepared to seek doctoral-level 1161** *f°”* ^ variety of settings, such as college counseling centers, student person-p mental health centers, and university departments of counseling or

is based on achievement in undergraduate and graduate satisfactory performances on required tests, and favorable recommendations.

masters and doctoral degree programs can be found in the Graduate^hool Bulletin.

Criminal Justice StudiesTh*

meat f f® ® cooperative venture which pools the resources of the Depart-^6pa ^ Science in the College of Business and Public Administration, theSocial Sociology in the College of A rts and Sciences, and the Department ofpfQ m the College for Human Resources Development. The purpose of the®fude^^ ^ ** *”® ® Bachelor of Science in Criminal Justice Studies is to prepMe®’ Ucat' * positions as practitioners within the criminal justice professions while *®lds upgrading those already working within the various criminal justice

fheif f ^ mcorporating the various disciplines, departments, and schools along with faculty, the program is able to integrate the various approaches and

acqijij. ^ study of criminal justice. This provides the student with the opportunity to degree in Criminal Justice Studies through the College for

^ '‘dies Development. The student may choose to concentrate his/herBach* f**' ®* enforcement, criminology or prevention/offender rehabilitation.

Science degrees in Criminal Justice Studies require completion of add'f'^ Beneral and College for Human Resources Development requirements.

* °'ii'Ses *1*” student will be required to complete the Criminal Justice Core a ong with 15 hours from one of the areas of concentration.

B.S College for Human Resources Development- • c r i m in a l j u s t i c e s t u d i e s

I, including:’ “ i™n»nt8, aee pages 33-39.

183

n*" Human Resources Development Requirements, aee page 101.


III. The Fdlowing Currictiluin:Required: 36 hours, including:

PSci 251.....................................Introduction to Criminal Justice. . ,PSci 252.....................................Introduction to Law Enfu'cementPSci 253.....................................Law’for Criminal Justice System .PSci 305.....................................American Constitution I ...............PSci 306.....................................American Constitution I I ............. .Soc 252 .....................................Criminology....................................Soc351 .....................................Ccnrrections.....................................SWk306 ...................................Social Welfare.................................

IV. Select cmurentratkxi from below .........................................................Law Enforcement Concentration

PSci 3 5 1 .............................Police Administration I .................PSd 354 .............................Police Administration II ...............PSd 4 5 1 .............................Police Administration 111 .............Psy 370...............................Abntwmal Psycholc^ ...................Spch 101............................ Fundamentals oi Public Speaking.

Criminology Concentration

. . 13)

‘ ...|3>

...-(31 .. .(13*

...(3*

...(3*

...(3*

...(3*

Soc 3 0 1 ...............................Basic Sociological Theory...........Soc 323 ...............................Sociok^;ical Research Methods .Soc 326 .............................. Sociological Statistics.................Soc 3 6 1 .............................. Social Psychology.......................Soc 450 ...............................Deviant Behavior.......................

...(3)

...(3*

..(3 )

...(4 *

...(3*

lired 22 hours from: ..(31....................... {3)

Pfiri 9R9 .................................■ (31P^ri 9M ........................... ■ ■ (3)P ^i ‘UVv ......................" (3)PSci 306..........................PSci 354...........................

........................... ■ (3)......................... ■ .131

......................... ■ .13)SWk306 ......................

Prevention and Offendo- Rehabilitation ConcentrationStudents wishing to pursue this concentration leading to their desired vocation in the areas of community prevention and social welfare are advised that they should major in Social Work available of acquiring ccmc«itratioa in the criminal justice area or a minor in Criminal Justice Studie •

MINOR IN CRIMINAL JUSTICE STUDIES

CytotechnologyW A Wasdahl, M.D. (Director)

R. Gay (Adviser)Prior to admission to Pathology 301, students must have completed 60

hour credits with at least 14 from the biological sciences (anatomy, ^gsterbiology and/or physiology). Applications for admission must be made in the . p rt- preceding the anticipated date of enrollment. Because enrollment is limited ofmental approval is r^uired, early applications are suggested. Upon comp^^^^^j the cytotechnology internship, students are eligible to take the ASCP Examination for certification in Cytotechnology.

School of MedicineB.S. IN CYTOTECHNOLOGYRequired 125 hours, including:

(3)(4) (4)(3) (2)

(2)(4)

Earth Science

General Graduation Raquirements, see pages 33-39.The Following Curriculum:Anat 204 .................................Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel....................................................... (3-5)

lol lOl, 102..........................Introduction to B io lc ^ ..................................... (gt3 hours from:

Biol 350............................Genetics .................................................................................................(3)Biol 357............................Modem Genetics and Man..................... (3l

.................................Histology....................................................................................................(4)*4 hours from:

BiCh 301.......................... Biochemistry Lecture.................................................................341............................Cell Physiology...........................................................................

Biol 364............................Parasitology...............................................................................Biol 367............................Cytology....................................................................................Biol 370............................Vertebrate Zoology ...................................................................

.............................Anatomy and Adaptations Laboratory...................................Biol 374.............................Vertebrate Embryology...........‘................................................

*Ch” .................................General Chemistry..................................................................................... .(4)•(«;r 7 ..................... ......... Introduction to Organic & Biochemistry......................................... (4)'Jtudents who elect to take BiCh 301 should NOT Uke Chem 107, but must take Chem 106 and 212 1 nours from:

wnl® 2 ^ 2 ........................ Introduction to Medical Microbiology.................................................. (5)Bio 303 ......................... Clinical Microbiology.......................... (7)

^oursfrom : .....................................Phy30I............................ Mechanics of Human Physiology..........................................................|4)

.............................Physiology of Organs and System s......................................................(4) hours from:

.............................Biometry................................................................................................(3)^ ^ 2 ........................Organic Chemistry................................................................................ (5)

^^y»203 ...........................General Physics . . . . ............. (4)Path 3m ........................... General Physics.................................................................................... (4)Path 382 .................................Principles of Cytopathology..................................................................... (15)

^ ................................ Cytotechn<^ogy Int«Tiship.......................................................................(15)

driver and Traffic Safety Education(See Industrial Technology)

Earth ScienceE. Behsman, Adviser

® s Ed Center for Teaching and LearningNuirM m ajor in earth scien ce

I. c ® including:II,

III.Ttij cI* Heqnircnwntt. Me pages 33-39.The P II Teaching and Learning Program in Secondary Education, see page 162.

OeoliG e o j g ? l ' ' 0 2 -

including:

General Geology — Physical and HisUwical ............................................. (8)Geomorphology......................................................................................... (4)(An additional 10 hours, in consultation with adviser)............................(10)Physical Geography................................................................................... (4)Conservation of Resources........................................................................ (3)Meteorology............................................................................................... (4)Climatology...............................................................................................(4)

..................................(8 )General Physics..................................................... (8)Astronomy & Astronomy L a b .................................................................. (4)

Geoi^“ - 121

p ®'‘«354 p ®”K333 “ ®<>g334 Ph '“5, io6uJy® 203, 204 .........................General Chemistry I and II and Qualitative Analysis

*'^*^23.423 l ‘

185


B id 101,102.............................Introduction to BidogyMath 103, 106 or equivalent

..18)

College of Arts and SciencesJ. Reid, Adviser

B.S. WITH MAJOR IN EARTH SCIENCERequirements the same as above under B.S.ED. degree, except that instead of the CTL requirements (HI.

Level IV proftdency in a foreign language ia required.

Economics(Econ)

R. Kauffman (Chair), Blackwell, Ceyhun, Dobesh, Khactu, Korbach, Markovich, Ramsett, Reed, Stradley, Uyar

The programs in Economics are designed to prepare students for profession® careers in business, banking, government or education. All programs include undergraduate courses necessary for students who plan to do graduate Economics. They also include courses which have normally been required by Federal Civil Service for positions as economic analysts, statisticians, and Indus n relations analysts. Courses in Economic Education for teachers are also offer®

There are three separate programs offered through the Department of two through the College of Business and Public Administration and one throug CoDege of Arts and Sciences.

The Arts and Sciences program in Economics emphasizes Economics as a science. Students pursue a broad-based course of study in the social and sciences, the humanities, mathematics and natural science. This program .jg, excellent preparation for students wishing to pursue graduate studies in Econo Law, and related Helds.

*The two programs in the College o f Business and Public Administration Business Economics and Banking and Finance majors. The major in economics is a generalized program in economics, emphasizing extensive ba® study in the related areas of management, marketing, and accounting. It i® to provide students who plan to enter the business world, or perhaps public jj,g, with the technical skills required for performing economic analysis and forec

The Banking and Finance major is designed to provide a comprehensive standing of the principles and the practices of business finance. Emphasis is on the relationship between economic considerations, accounting P’^^ /u-need® financial techniques. The course content and sequence are planned to meet of potential bank officers, Hnancial officers of business firms, and officers o ment firms and other types of financial institutions.

College of Arts and SciencesB.A. WITH MAJOR IN ECONOMICSRequired 126 hours, including:

1. General Gradustk» Requirements, see pages 33*39.

Economics 187

>1. The Following Curriculum;

R ^ u il^ ‘"t®!*'®'' departments (some of these courses may also be used in meeting General Graduation

........................................ Introduction to Logic and Scientific M eth od .....................................Math 1 0 4 ...................................... Finite M athem atics.......................................................

One

^01........................................ American Government I ................................................p ^01 ........................................ Introduction to Sociology..............................................

^01 ........................................ Introduction to Psychoiogy .........................................1 5 2 ...................................... Economic Geography ................................ ...................

■St 2 03 ........................................ Economic Development of U.S. Since 18 6 5 ..............

®'Vk306 ...................................... Social Welfare . . ..................................................

^ajor Requirements: 36 hours in Economics, including;

Eco” 9^*' ....................... .. ■' *dnciples of Economics I and I I ................................Econ n !n ...................................... Introduction to Business and Economic Sta tistics .

...................................... Intermediate Business & Economics Statistics . . .e “ ' ' 3 0 3 ...................................... Money and Banking .......................................................Econ 30Q ...................................... Intermediate Microeconomic Theory..........................Econ 400 .................................. .... "^™®diate Macroeconomic Theory and Policy

. (3)

..(3) -.(3) ..131 ..(3 ) . (31 ..(3) ..(4) ..(31

Option from the following;. History of Economic Thought

(6)

(31(3)(3)(3)(31(3)

Option^ ■ Minimum 12 hours of Electives from the following;**

E c o J J? ! } ......................................Business Cycles and ForecastingEcftn -JO a ......................................Economics of Transportation . . ,E c o n s a f ......................................^ b U c F in ance.................................

...................................... Comparative Economic SystemsI , U J 3 4 ...... _______

.................................................. (31

.................................................. (31

.................................................. (31

.................................................. (31

.................................................. (3)

.................................................. (31conaeo ................................... Economics of Regulation.........................................................................................(3|IcnK .in ..’. ................................... Marxian Economic Analysis..................................................................................(3)

Special Topics in Econom ics............................................................................. (l-3j

Econ 341 ................................... .................................................................................Econ 3 5 4 ......................................Labor Economics and Labor Relations

................. /S/VWrNWS I/VB D f A

Economics of Development.

..

395** Jeon 403Econ 4 1 6 ......................................Commerical Bank Operations

............. Mathematics for EconomistsEf•con 420 ..............................M«i.nemauiEcon 427 ........... .......................... Economic Education (teacher preparation only) .Econ 430 ......................................Financial Markets and Institu tions........................Econ 437 ......................................Political Econom y.......................................................Econ 438 ...................................... International Economics............................................Econ 444 ...................................... International F in an ce................................................Econ 450 ......................................Economics of Human Resources ............................Econ 465 ...................................... Industrial Org. and Public Policy............................Econ 475 ......................................Regional Econ om ics...................................................£con485M.................................... Economics of Natural Resources ,® " > n 4 9 6 * »* ^ P 0 U 4 9 7 „

(3)(3)(31(3)(3)(31

.(3)(3)(3)(31(31

. Internship............................................................................................................... (1 ^)

. Research in Economics................ ....................................................................(1-3)uoniopg K ..............................Readings in Economics ........................................................................................(1-3)Quamit . of electives from Econ 395, 485, 496. 497 may count toward the major requirements.

'“ '0Pgly‘« ‘„'''Analysis OptionEton 418 ®"ded for students planning p sd u ste study)

. ......................................Mathematics for Econom ists.................................................................................(3)Economics E lectiv es ............................................................................................... (9)

' ‘ PProved U th* ‘5 f 211 and 212 Cak-ulus 1. II . 8 hours, plus 3 or 4 hours of Math above 212'^*"Puter Sc* * * < o omic8 Department,^°''VTiendejj ^fundamentals of Computer Prt^am m ing, 2 hours, is strongly recommended.

*^comi»ny the major in Economics: Political Science, Geography, Foreign Languages. Journalism, Philosophy, Sociology, Ps>-chology, Biology.

Eton 9n, *" Economics, including;i< ^ v i,2 0 2

308 .............................Principles of Economics 1 ,1 1 ............................................................ (6)309 ..................................Intermediate Microeconomic Theory.......................... .................. ‘ .................(3)

............................... Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory & Policy................................................. (3)Economics Electives ................................................................................................(8)


College of Business and Public AdministrationAll B.B.A. candidates must fulfill the College of Business and Public Administra

tion degree requirements, see page 85.B.BA. WITH MAJOR IN ECONOMICSRequired 125 boura. including:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39. n . The Following Curriculum:

Business AdministraUcm Ccae Requirements:Acct 200,201 ...........................Elements of Accounting................................................Acct 2 1 4 ...................................Legal Environment of Business............... .................Acct 2 1 7 ...................................Fundamentals of Management Information SystemsMgmt 300 .................................Principles Management ............................................Mgmt 3 0 1 .................................Production Management................................................Mgmt 303 .................................Principles of Finance......................................................Mgmt 475 .................................Business Policies and Management..............................Mrkt 3 01 ...................................Principles of Marketing..................................................PSci 101.....................................American Government I ................................................Spch 1 0 1 ...................................Fundamentals of Public Speaking................................Math 104, 204 .......................... Finite Mathematics & SuiVey of Calculus...................Elect one course from the following:Psy 1 0 1 .....................................Introduction to P s y c h o li^ ..........................................Soc 101 .....................................Introduction to Sociology..............................................Anth 1 71 ...................................Introduction to Cultural Anthropology........................Major Requirements: (35 Hours)Eccm 201,202 .......................... Principles of Economics I & I I ......................................Econ 210, 3 1 0 .......................... Business & Economic Statistics....................................Econ 303 ...................................Money and Banking . >..................................................Eccm 308 ...................................Intermediate Microeconomic Theory............................Econ 309 ...................................Int«mediate Macroeconomic Theory and Policy . . . .Ec<mi3 1 1 ...................................Business Cycles and Forecasting..................................Eôn 400 ...................................History of Economic Thought......................................

, ( 6)

.131

.131

.13)

.(3)

.13)

.13)

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

At least 8 hours of E^nomic Electives fr<Mn the following:Econ 3 1 5 .................................. E^conomics of Tran^)ortation.................. ..Econ 324 ...................................Public Finance............................................Eôn331.................................. COTiparative Eccmomic System s..............Eccm 334 ...................................E^conomics of Development.......................Econ 3 4 1 ................................... Labor Econcnnks A Labor Relations___Eôn 355 ...................................Eômomics of Regulation...........................Eicon 360 ...................................Marxian Elconomic Analysis.....................Eicon 3 95 * .................................Special Topics in Eccmomics...................Eicon 403 ...................................Commerical Bank Operations...................Eicon 4 1 6 ...................................Mathematks for Economists...................Econ 427 ...................................Financial Markets A Institutions.............Econ 430 ...................................IH)litical Elcooomy......................................Eicon 437 ...................................IntMmational Economics...........................Econ 438 ...................................IntematioDa] Finance...............................Eccm444 ...................................Eccmomics Human Resources.............Eccm 450 ...................................Industrial Organization A Public Policy .Econ 465 ...................................Regimal Elconomics............... ..............Econ 475 ...................................Economics of Natural Resources.............Econ 4 8 5 * ................................ Internship.................................................Ecot 4 96 * .................................Research in Economics.............................Econ 4 97 * .................................Readings in Econom ics............................

..(3) ' ..l3) ■ ..(3)

.16),(3).(3).(3).(3).(3)

..(31■, . |3)

■ . . ( 3)'..(3)■..(3)'..(3)■ (1-3) ' , . ( 3) ' . . ( 3) ■ . . ( 3» ■ . . ( 3) ■ . . ( 3( ■-.(31 ■..(31 ■ , . ( 3' ■. . (3» ' . . ( 3)

(1-4)■ 1-3)

: :a-3i

•no m on than 6 hours of electives from Eicon 395, 485, 496 and 497 may count toward the major

B.BJV. WITH MAJOR IN BANKING AND FINANCERequired 125 hours, including:

1. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. The Following Curriculum;

Business Administration Cors RequirMnents;Acct 200, 201 .......................... Elements o f Accounting............................................

Economics

Acct 214 ...................................... Legal Environment of Bu sin ess.......................................Mgmt 300 ....................................Principles of M anagem ent................................................Mgmt 3 0 1 ....................................Production Management....................................................Mgmt 303 .................................... IVinciples of Finance............................................................Mgmt 475 ....................................Business Policies and Management................................Mrkt 3 0 1 ...................................... Principles of Marketing.......................................................PSci 101 ........................................ American Government I .....................................................Spch 1 0 1 ...................................... Fundamentals of Public Speaking ...................................Acct 217 ...................................... Fundamentals of Management Information SystemsMath 104,204 ............................. Finite Mathematics & Survey of Calculus.....................Elect one course from the following:

^ 1 0 1 ........................................ Introduction to Psychology..............................................

Anth 1 7 1 ...................................... Introduction to Cultural Anthropology..........................Major Requirements: (35 Hours)

Econ 201, 202 ............................. Principles of Economics I & I I .........................................Econ 2 1 0 ...................................... Introduction to Business & Economic Statistics . . . .Econ 303 ...................................... Money and Banking ...........................................................Econ 308 ...................................... Intermediate Microeconomic Theory...............................

con 309 .................... ................. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory and P o licy____Con 403 ...................................... Commercial Bank Operations...........................................con 427 ...................................... Financial Markets & Institutions.....................................cct 301, 302 ............................. Intermediate A ccounting.......................................... ..8n)t 402 ....................................Financial Management Thewy & P ra c tic e ...................

....................................Investment Analysis & Portfolio M anagem ent..........Minimum of 11 Hours of electives from the Following;

g* on 3 1 1 ...................................... Business Cycles and Forecasting.....................................con 3 1 6 ...................................... Economics of Transportation............................................

^con 324 ...................................... Public F in ance.......................................................................g ®” ^ ^ 1 ...................................... Comparative Economic S y stem s.....................................

...................................... Economics of Devel(^ment................................................. Labor Economics & Labor Relaticms .. Economics of Regulation........................ Marxian Economic Analysis.

Econ 355

...................................... Marxian cxom....................................Special Topics in Econom ics.............................................................................. (1-3)

Econ 4 1 6 ......................................H ist«y of Economic Thought

Econ 430 . Mathematics for EconomistsEcori 4 ^ 7 .......................................Political Econom y..........

J ......................................International Economics

Econ 465 . Econ 475 Econ 485* Econ 496* Econ 497*

^05. EleCourses

189

.(3)(3|(3)

.(3|(3)

.(3)(3)(3)

.(3)(6 )

(3)(3)(3)

(6 )

(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(6 )

(3)(3)

.................................................................. (3|

..............................................................(3)

.................................................................. (3)Econ 4 7 0 ....................................international Economics.................................................................................... (3)

Econ 4^0 ...................................... Economics of Human Resources .........................................................................(3).................. . Industrial Organization & Public P o licy .......................................................... (3)

. Regional Econ om ics............................................................................................... (3)

. Economics of Natural Resources.........................................................................(3)

.In tern sh ip ...............................................................................................................(1*4)

. Research in Economics........................................................................................ (1*3)j ................Readings in Econ om ics....................................................................................... (1-3)

t han 6 hours of electiv e from Econ 395, 485. 496 and 497 may count toward the major requirements.

til Economics. 3 credits. Survey of Economics principles for stu-®6gregat**^^ further formal study of Economics. Analysis of factors influencing System- ® output, employment, and prices: introduction to U.S. monetary

determination and resource allocation under competitive and monopo- '^onoittj f^view of selected contemporary economic bsues. (No credit if

able to f II, have been completed or audited. Not avail-2qj ® fh® College of Business and Public Administration.) F,S

Or of Economics I. 3 credits. Open to freshmen. Prerequisite: Mathhighly recommended. Nature, method, and scope of Economic scarcity, resources, sp>ecialization and division of labor, supply

'*•'68, dig, P*'_®duction and cost, technology, product and resource market struc- ution of income, and international trade. F,S


202. Principles of Economics II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201, Math 102 or equivalent, highly recommended. Continuation of Econ 201. Analysis of aggroS®^® levels of income and employment, inflation, monetary and fiscal policy, economic growth and development, international finance, and comparative economic systems- F,S

205. Foundations of Economic Analysis. 3 credits. (For MBA students foundations course in economic theory which analyzes the economic forces tna determine income, output, employment, economic growth, prices, wages, rents, m terest, and profit; stress is on the allocation of resources under the market system, and its corresponding problems. On demand.

210. Introduction to Business and Economic Statistics. 3 credits. Prerequisil Math 104 or equivalent. Descriptive statistics; probability distributions; samph™ distributions; statistical inference for means and proportions; hypothesis testing- simple regression and correlation; non-parametric statistics. F,S

303. Money and Banking. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201-202. Nature of current Monetary system; functional analysis of commercial bank operations; , to credit expansion; alternative theories of the value of money; monetary and is^^ policies for control of the business cycle; powers of the Federal Reserve the Treasury; mechanics of international payment; balance-of-payments and o problems. F ,S

308. Intermediate Microeconomic Theory. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201- Theory of demand, production, and cost; price determination under alterna market structures; general equilibrium and economic welfare; analysis of failure; applications to public policy. (Core requirement for students planning vanced study in Economics.) F

309. Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory and Policy. 3 credits. PrerequjEcon 201-202. A framework for studying national income, employment, an general price level is developed. Theoretical perspectives on the National nc and Product accounts, expenditures in the public and private sectors of the and supplies and demands for money, labor and other resources are surveyed. economic Theory b then applied to a study of monetary, fiscal, incomes, an policies intended to influence unemployment, inflation, balance of interna financbl payments, and economic growth. (Core requirement for students p ® advanced study in Economics.) S _

310. Intermediate Business and Ek:onomic Statistics. 3 credits.Econ 210. Simple linear regression and prediction; multiple regression; non regression; cbssical ANOVA; multiple & partbl correlation; ANOVA for regr® time series regression; simultaneous equation systems; identification; singtion estimation techniques. F ,S jO-

311. Business Cycles and Forecasting. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EconAn examination of the nature and theory of cyclical changes in economic a practical applications of direct and indirect methods of forecasting econonu at various leveb of aggregation. F ^

315. Economies of Transportation. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ ggteriS'significance and economic importance of transportation focusing on the c jjtioa tics and performance of transportation modes; the extent and nature of in transportation and the goab of public transportation policy. F, when o

Economics

324. Public Finance. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201-202. Growth and effects of the public sector of the economy emphasizing the economic effects of taxation and ^pending or borrowing and debt management on efficiency and use of economic Resources. F, when offered.

331. Comparative Economic Systems. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201-202. theoretical foundation of capitalism; comparative role of the price mechanism and *êntralized planningn historical development of the British and Soviet economies; Analysis of resource allocation, economic institutions and problems under contrasting economic systems. On demand.

334. Economics of Development. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201-202. An analysis of the factors affecting the economic growth and development of nations âsisting of an examination of principal theories of development, past and present.

'scussion of the problems of formulating effective development policies. S, when °uered.

2 Labor Economics and Labor Relations. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201- A survey of the nature and causes of the economic problems of the American

®8e and salary earner and of the attempts of wage earners and society, through 6anization and legislation, to alleviate these problems. The course comparatively fveys the history and systematic theories of labor movements and the market and

* ^“’'•onal influences on wages and employment Particular emphasis will be placed of 1 u industrial relations, employment and income access, and the adjustment

abor disputes. F, when offered.j Economics of Regulation. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201-202. The economic to K regulating business will be explored, with particular attention paidRq 1 regulation is an adequate substitute for free market competition. The^ a of regulators will be discussed. The regulatory process will be examined: how the * **'*“® a âir rate or return; how to establish a reasonable rate structure; and

business practices. Current cases at the federal and state levels will be P oyed to provide a realistic evaluation of regulation. S, when offered.

duct * ' ^ “*'**an Elconomic Analysb. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201-202. Intro- and h'** Marxian philosophy and economic analysis. Course examines dialectical

a *. ,** materialism, and the Marxian critique of capitalism. The latter includes 'Umul* • value, especially the labor theory of value, commodities, money, ac- deter capital, producion of surplus value, the circulation of capital, and thetheor prices of production. This leads to an examination of Marx’sof j). crisis and the contradictions of capital, especially the tendency of the rate

® to decline. S, when offered.topig Topics in Economics. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201-202. Specifictheofy ^ from year to year; some years an important development in economic

> other years, a significant issue in economic policy. On demand.400 |4: .

s' of Economic Thought. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 308-309. Cap-of economic theory in historical perspective. Study of the major sys-

'Oflal 1 thought, classical, neoclassical, Meu-xian, Austrian, and Institu-403** *'**'* ®®®P®> scientific methodology, and public policy implications. S

Bank Operations. 3 credits. Prerequisite; Econ 303. Focuses principles of commercial bank management and the changing banking

®nt: topics include asset management, liability management, capital ade-

191


quacy, bank holding companies, international banking, new payment technologic® (EFTS), bank market structure, and regulation. S

416. Mathematics for Economists. 3 credits. Prerequisite; Econ 308 and 309. Math 104 or 211. Study of mathematical methods in the areas of introductory calculus and linear algebra, and their application to economic analysis. Mathematicanalysis of static and dynamic equilibrium models, growth models, distribution,duction functions, cycles, activity analysis, mathematical programming, and moi building. On demand.

420. Economic Education. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 105 or equiyalen^ Designed for students planning to teach secondary social studies. Curricu u materials and methods of teaching economics: techniques for integrating economi into social studies curriculum. S, when offered. ^

427. Financial Markets and Institutions. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 303 a" 309. Organization of money and capital markets: the role of financial institute and their impact on these markets. Capital Markets and the term structure o terest rates: portfolio policies of financial institutions. The impact of monetary a fiscal policies on markets and institutions. S

430. Political Economy. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201-202 plus upper divi®'®” coursework in the social sciences, history or philosophy. Course examines the r ^ tionship between the political authority and the market economy. Also examine® constitutioned background that defines and delineates the role of government economy, the development of government policy vis-a-vis the private economy, the various forms in which government activity appears in the private econo Special attention is given to regulation, promotion, and ownership. On deman •

437. International Economics. 3 credits. Prerequisite; Econ 308 and 309. basis for gain in international trade: capital and population movements: national disequilibrium and the process of balance-of-payments adjustments, underdeveloped countries. F, when offered.

438. International Finance. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Econ 303 and 437. duction to foreign exchange rate determination, exchange risk, exchange Detailed examination of risk and speculation in foreign exchange markets, topics include determinants of direct investment, financial problems of multm® corporations, working capital management. Eurodollar market. On deman •

444. Economics of Human Resources. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Econ 201-202 one upper division economics course. Applied study of human resources American economy. Course examines policies and programs for developing a serving human resources. Various techniques for empirical study of human problems are introduced, including human capital theory and benefit-cost a S, when offered. „ m .

450. Industrial Organization & Public Policy. 3 credits. Prerequisites.202 and one upper division economics course. A study of industrial struc duct, and performance: purposes and effectiveness of antitrust laws: par ' . ^ 6®®tention to corporate concentration, its extent and trend: the efficiency, mvand profitability of American industries: the social costs of monopoly and apP remedies. F, when offered.

465. Regional Economics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Econ 308 and 309. traditional economic analysis by introducing the distance variable into

>

Electrical Engineering 193

production and consumption. Major topics include location theory, regional growth theory and policy; and methods of regional economic impact analysis. On demand.

475. Economics of Natural Resources and the Environment. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Econ 201-202 and Ecotl 308 recommended. Studies economic development of a Society in the context of natural resource use and environmental spillovers: interrelates physical processes with economics: demonstrates how physical resource base Sod its use leads to benefits and costs for society. F, when offered.

485. Internship. 1-4 credits. Prerequisitb; Permission of Department CommitteeInternships. An internship is designed to provide the student with an opportunity

°r participating in a supervised work experience directly related to the field of raining. Student will work closely with faculty adviser in planning the internship

"'ith an approved cooperating institution. F,S496. Research in Economics. 1-3 credits. Research work and use of original

acuments; collecting of material and preparing of special topics and bibliographies: amiliarizing the student with government publications and other material available ar study of economic problems. F,S

497. Readings in Economics. 1-3 credits. Extensive reading in the student’s fieldspecialization; conference arranged with the instructor; written reports to be sub-

•>atted. F.S

Education(see CTL)

Electrical Engineering(EE)

Oixon (Chair), Bengiamln, Hettwer, Hootman, Krueger, Moe, Rawat, Stuart, Thomforde (Emeritus)

Electrical Engineering program covers the traditional areas of ElectriceJ such as electronics, power generation and transmission, communica-

control systems, as well as the new and exciting areas of microcomputers, iijg ^ optics. Students may elect courses to emphasize the computer engineer-

systems engineering options during their junior and senior years. The thgt facilities provide students with a broad-based, high quality education gf. j^ ’^ Psces them for professional practice, as well as for additional professional or

* ate education.


Engl 101 ....................................Composition 1 ..................................Engl 209 ....................................Technicsl A Business W riting. . . .

o t 1 0 2 ..................................... Composition I ! .................................Engr 100 .................................... Intro to Engineering......................

Arts and Hum anities.....................Engr 1 01 ................................... Engineering G raph ics....................Engr 2 0 1 ....................................Fund, of Computer ProgrammingMath 211,2 1 2 ........................... C a lcu lu sl.il .............. . .P>>y» 205 ....................................General P hysics..............................

Sophomore Year^ 3 0 0 ........................................Analytical Mechanics (S u tic s l............

*Engineering Science E lec tive ............Social Sciences........................................

EE 206........................................Electrical Engineering Fundamentals ,EE 306........................................Electrical Engineering Laboratory. . . .Econ 1 0 5 ....................................Elements of Economics..........................

Social Sciences.................Math 213 ....................................Calculus III ...................................Math 3 51 ....................................Applied Mathematics.............................Phys 206, 208 ........................... General P hysics.......................................

Junior YearEE 307, 308............................... Electrical Engineering Laboratory . . .E E 313 .314................................Linear Electric C ircu its........................EE 316........................................Electrical & Magnetic Fields................EE 321........................................Electronics I ...........................................EE 409........................................Distributed N etw orks..........................

*Engineering Science E lec tive ...........••Technical E lec tive ...........................E lective...................................................

Math 352 or 353 ....................... Applied Mathematics............................Phil 370 ......................................Moral Questions and the Professions

Arts and Hum anities............................Phys 320 ....................................Elementary Solid State P hysics.........

......................... O p tic s .....................................................or 325 .

(31

( 1)

(3) (2)

(4)

(2)

(31

(31(31(41

(4)

(II(3)(41

(31

(31

(3)

(3)

(21(31

(6)(2)

(4)(41

(3)(3)(31(1)

(3)(41

(21(3)

(41(31(3)

(21

(41(11

(3)(2)(3)

(3)

(31(91

Senior YearE E 4 0 1 ........................................Electromechanical Energy Conversion....................EE 403....................................... Machinery Laboratory................................................EE 405........................................Control Systems 1 ......................................................EE 421....................................... Electronics I I ...............................................................EE 425....................................... Electronics L aboratory ..............................................

•Engineering Science E lec tiv e ................................••Tochnical E lec tive .......................................... ..•••Electrical Engineering Electives......................... (31

•Enginewing Science ElecUves: Engr 301. Material Science; Engr 306, Fluid Mechanics; CE 305. Analyt“=M w h a n ic s ll^ m ic s l or CE 301. Mechanics of .Materials I; ME 341. Thermodynamics. . ,„d^ e c h r u ^ Electives; Approved (by adviserl courses in Engineering. Mathematics. Computer S c '« ^ ' 30O PhysKsl feeitce not prerequisiu to any required course in Electrical Engineering, and normaUy should be or higher level course.

Engineering Electives must include one of the following; EE 411 Communications Engin®*"" EE 423 Poww Systems I. EE 430 Radiating Systems, EE 451 Computw Hardware Organization.

Courses ^206. Electrical Engineering Fundamentals. 3 credits. Prerequisite: .

Co-requisite: Math 213. Introduces the foundations of electrical engineering. ing these concepts in developing the fundamentals of energy conversion, electro and circuit theory. F.S

304. Electronic Qrcuit Analysis. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 206. analysis of electronic circuits and devices, including both vacuum tube an ® conductor electronics. (For non-majors) F.S

306. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. 1 credit. Co-requisite: EE 206. ^ g r y tion to methods of experimenUl circuit analysis and to proper uses of labor equipment. F.S

Electrical Engineering

307. Electrical Engineering Laboratory. 1 credit. Prerequisite: EE 206. Introduc- ‘on to methods o f experimental circuit analysis and to proper uses of laboratory

®quipment. F.S

308. pectrica l Engineering Laboratory. 2 credits. Co-requisite: EE 321. Practicalpplication and design using theory studied in concurrent electrical engineering

courses. S e 6

313, 314. Linear Electric Circuits. 3 credits first semester, 3 credits second ^emester. Prerequisites: EE 206», Math 213*, Physics 206*. Co-requisite: Math 351.

C*'’Ouits in the steady state and transient condition, single and yphase systems, filter design wave analysis, and digital circuits. 313 F.S 314 S

and P Magnetic Fields. 4 credits. Prerequisites: EE 206*, Math 351,^ hysics 206*. Fields produced by simple distributions o f electric charges and

ugnetic poles, field mapping and application to engineering problems. F.S321. Electronics I. 4 credits. Prerequisite: EE 313. Fundamentals of semi-con-

c or electronics and an analysis of rectifiers, amplifiers and oscillator circuits. S

Put^^^^**” * ** ** Hardware Logic. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Fundamentals of Com- ^ogram m ing or consent of instructor. The study of the logical structure of

hardware, including basic logical concepts, computer memories, adders, °uurs, and data transfer methods. F.S

Thecf^' ®®‘^^*'°"*®®hanical Energy Conversion. 4 credits. Prerequisite: EE 313. t) operation o f transformers, induction motors, synchronous machines and

• uiachines and associated equipment. F

•^*'*’** Electrical Apparatus. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 401. Analysis transformers, and single phase induction motors, interaction of

'Th uhcuits and electrical circuits and effects of each on the other. On demand.* courses must hsve been completed with a C grade or better.

*P®n?al Machinery Laboratory. 1 credit. Co-requisite: EE 401. Experi-D.q _ ®*'“ dy of the properties and performance o f transformers, induction motors,

schines, synchronous machines, and associated apparatus. F

inst" Systems I. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 313 and Math 351 or consentI^yoaniic response to linear control systems; design and synthesis

qoes used in determining stability o f linear systems. S

pow" Networks. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EE 313 and 316. Fundamentals411 * ‘communications transmission lines. S

Engineering. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EE 314. Mathematical ®ystPT«°**r? random and deterministic signals and a study o f various modulation

'="’ 8. On demand.

credits. Prerequisite: EE 321. Analysis of electronic devices.423 ^ amplifiers, pulse and digital circuits. F

''P®ration°"'*^ Systems I. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 313. Electric power systems424 ' economic analysis. On demand.

Circuits. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 421. Principles, applications, ' ^P'and ®*®<ctronic equipment studied from viewpoint of complete systems. On

Laboratory, 2 credits. Concurrent with EE 421. Laboratory material in Electrical Engineering 421. F

195

be completed with a " C grade or better.


428. Engineering Design. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Senior standing. The design process, reliability, decision theory, creativity, automated design and computer aided design is studied. The laboratory solves a unique, individual design problem. On demand.

430. Radiating Systems. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EE 409. Analysis and synthesis of a variety of telecommunication and sensor systems. On demand.

434. Microwave Engineering. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 409 or consent of m structor. Review of transmission lines and plane waves, analysis of microwave networks and components using scattering matrices, analysis of periodic structures, transmission and cavity type filters, high frequency effects, microwave oscillators, amplifiers, and microwave measurement techniques. On demand.

451. Computer Hardware Organization. 3 credits. Prerequisites: EE 206 and 351 or consent of instructor. The study of complete computer systems including hardware interconnection and organization and various operation and control metnoos necessary for realizing digiUd computers and analog systems. On demand.

452. Microprocessor Hardware. 3 credits. Prerequisite: EE 351 or permission of instructor. The study of the interaction of microprocessor hardware with devices ^ that communication and control of the computer can be accomplished with exter signals. On demand.

490. Electrical Engineering Problems. 1-9 credits. Repeatable to maximum credits. Prerequisite: Approval by departmental faculty member under whom electrical engineering problem is studied. F,S

Engineering(Engr)Courses

100. Introduction to Engineering. 1 credit. Required S-U grading.and discussions on the practice of various branches of engineering, on engine professionalism, and on academic programs in engineering. F

101. Engineering Graphics. 2 credits. Analysis and representation of ,jn-solids in orthogonal and axonometric projection; graphical expression and co ication of three dimensional objects by technical sketching, instrumental deusize sp^ifications and fundamental applications of interactive computer-aia ing. This course is available via both the traditional L-L (lecture, lab) format a ^ individualized A-T (audio-tutorial) approach, with laboratory hours arrange

102. Descriptive Geometry. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Engineering jesigi*equivalent. Graphical analysis, synthesis and solutions of threeproblems via technical drafting and an introduction to computer generate Point, line and plane relationships as related to basic engineering and geo plications are studied by using both the successive auxiliary view ®P via revolution methods. Students may elect to study descriptive geometry j,Qj.jal) the traditional L-L (lecture, lab) format or the individualized A-T (au approach. F,S

103. Engineering Design. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Engineering Graphic

Engineering Management

^uivalent. An introduction to the “design process” with emphasis on individual reativity and group cooperation. Open-ended engineering design problems assigned !• conceptualization and analysis, with probable solutions presented for evaluation the form of technical sketches and working drawings, supported by written and

''erbal reports. F,S

201. Fundamentals of Computer Programming. 2 credits. The fundamentals of ffltal computer progranuning are presented with special emphasis on the Fortran nguage and engineering applications. F,S

^^251. Technology and Society. 2 credits. An interface between technology and cial structure by helping students recognize the broad social implications of tech- ogical advancement and be aware of the effect of society on technology and

'-lence. On Demand.

252. History of Technology. 2 credits. A discussion of the inter-relationships and f*'*' * between engineering, technology and science, emphasizing the important

dav in solving society’s problems from ancient times to the presenty- Historical in nature; not technical or mathematical On demand.

opDo f Man-Made World. 2 credits. Provides the non-technical student with an ■Pent I technology influences people and society, and the funda-Polocn analysis and problem-solving used in engineering and tech-

“Sy • On Demand.

197

2l3!Th Science. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Chem 105, Physics 206, Mathij)„ ® theory of the structure of matter, the prediction and evaluation of engineer-

s properties of materials. F.S

Mechanics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Physics 205, Math 212. Fluid ronser statics and dynamics; transport theory and transport analogies,®oticent* *”sss, energy, and momentum; dimensional analysis; boundary layer

Prs; pipe flows; compressible flow; open channel flow. F.SOptimization. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Engr 201, Math 351. Principles

to thg ®^rotegy, mathematical modeling, systems analysis and optimization applied solution of engineering design problems. S/2

206. Pri^ '?"''P ’®s Similitude. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Math 351 or 412, Physics the dimensional analysis applied to the design and operation of models

solution of engineering problems.

Economy- 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 213. Economic effects decisions involving time, value of money, economic balance, cost

480 venture analysis. F.S^®*'®quis>°** Work Study. 0-15 credits. May be repeated to a maximum of 15 credits.

* e. Acceptance into a co-op position with a cooperating industry. F.S

Engineering Management(EM)

-j,j D.P, Nalsmith (Chair), Turner

’’Sineerin Management program provides a strong background in the8 sciences and options in industrial management or in finance and business


administration. Graduates have the opportunity to pursue a breadth of careers m engineering production, engineering supervision, engineering sales and service, construction management and the administrative or business aspects of technologically oriented industry.

School of Engineering and MinesB.S IN ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT*Required 138-139 hours mcluding:

1. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39 and page 91.II. The Following Curriculum:

FrcshmaB YearChem 105...................................General C hem istry.....................................Engl 101 ....................................Com position!.............................................Engr 1 0 0 ................................... Intro to E ngineering.................................Engr 1 0 1 ............... .................... Engineering G raph ics...............................Engr 2 0 1 ....................................Fund, of Com pute Program ....................

Arts and Hum anities................................Math 211.212...........................Calculus I A l l ...........................................Phys 205 ....................................General P hysics.........................................Soc 101 ......................................Intro to Sociology (Social Sciences)___

Sophomore YearAcct 300 ....................................Survey of Acct. Principles........................CE 30 0 ....................................... Analytical Mechanics (S tatics)................CE 305 ....................................... Analytical Mechanics (Dynamics)............Econ 1 0 5 ................................... Elements of Economics (Social Science).EE 206........................................Electrical Engr. Fundamentals................••Engl209 ............................... Tech A Business W riting........................Math 213 ................................... Calculus III ................................................Math 3 5 1 ....................................Applied Mathematics I .............................Phys 206 ....................................General P hysics .........................................Psy 1 0 1 ......................................Intro to Psych<^)gy (Social Sciences). . .

A;^)roved Engr. or Science E lective.. ..

F irst Second Semester Semester

(4)(31 (II (2)

Junior Year

(31(4)

(3)(2)

(3)

(41

(4)

FirstSemester

Acct 207 ....................................M uugerini Accounting . . . ,CE 301........................................Mechanics of Materials I . - .EE 304....................................... Eiectronic Circuit Analysis .Engr 301 .................................... Material Science...................Engr 306 ....................................Fluid Mechanics....................Engr 460 ....................................Engineering Econom y........Mgmt 300 ..................................Prin. of M anagement...........Mgmt 3 0 1 ................. .............. Production M anagement. . .ME 341 ......................................Thennodynamica................

Statistics E lec tive ...............

(21(61(41(4)(3)

•(31

(3)(2)

(3)

(31(31

SecondSement*'

(21

Option IAcct 218 ....................................Computer Applications in Busiiwss ..Mgmt 3 1 0 .................................Organizational Behavi<v.......................

Option 11Mgmt 303 ................................ Principles of F inance............................Mrkt 3 0 1 ................................. , Principles of M arketing.......................

Senior YearCE 444 ........................................Contracts A Specifications..................CSd 315.......... ......................... Computing Methods A Applications .ME 3 1 1 ..................................... Manufacturing Processes I ...................ME 3 1 8 ..................................... Manufacturing Processes I I .................

Engineering E lective ...........................Phil 370 ......................................Moral Questions and the Professions

(A rtsand H um anities).........................Option I

ME 490 ......................................Special Laboratory Problem s..............Mgmt 403 ..................................Operatkms M anagem ent......................

(3) (31

(31 (31(31

(3)(3) (31

(3)

(21 (31

(3)

(3)

(3)(3) (31

(31 (3)

(31

(31

(3)e depsrt®

details.**Engi 102 is accepuble alternate course.

English Language and Literature

Mgmt 407 ...............................Wage & Salary Admin. ..................Mgmt 4 1 2 ...............................Issues in Pnxluction Management.

Engineering Elective.....................Option U

AcctSlS ................................Business Law 1................................CSci415................................. Math Modeling & Simulation.........Mgmt 302 ...............................Personnel Management..................Mgmt 402 ...............................Financial Administration..............Mrkt 410.................................Marketing Management I ..............

Engineering Elective.....................

(31

(31

(31

(31(3)(3)

(31(3)

(3)

(3)

199


(Engl)KInghorn (Chair), Anderegg, Beard, Borden, Christensen, Chute, Collins, Crawtord, Donaldson, Hampsten, E., Hampsten, R., Hulley, King, Lewis, Little, McCaffrey, McKenzie, O’Donnell, O’Kelly, Sheridan, and Wiener

literature in English and the English language are rewarding subjects of the w Language is the chief mode by which we perceive ourselves andof gj literature, like the other arts, is a way of finding coherence in experience, Sood' f”^ shape. The place of English studies among the liberal arts makes them a

of humane work in writing, teaching, publishing, busi- ’ carianship, and the professions of law, medicine, the ministry, and diplomacy.

* * > e ^ d ' h o u r s each) are courses a t the sophomore level recom- analyj English majors. The courses require a reasonable degree of ability to •luctor* writing a wide variety of Lterary texts. These courses are intro-their other literature courses. Students who become English majors after®absti° (. °**'°* ® y®®'" or after taking 211, 213, and/or 217, or their equivalents, may

Oth* * those courses or their equivalencies with the approval of their advisers.®®glish for the 30-hour English major must be approved by each student’sstudent’ ^f’®’’t*o®ot adviser. Programs of study are intended to be tailored to each ^®glish ®0'l plans, and it is in recognition of a wide range of interests in®®l®ction 00*1 language th a t the student is required to work out the specific

the cha'* °' '^* adviser. Students without a departmental adviser should

fflstory of.®, f*^®oolo8 or considering graduate work in English are urged to take the ®®Urses to ' ^.^"^hsh Language (English 442) and a balanced program of literature farther ur “de a range of genres, periods, and major-author courses. They are *laired for th ®ontinue their study of foreign languages beyond the minimum re- f*®ns of i,«j * undergraduate major, and to consult graduate catalogs for stipula-

Stud requirements.Course* ^°’!^f” f'*'®f'lo8 In language and linguistics will ordinarily take much of Gerrna "T ' f ’l'®y should also note these related courses: German 401,

^I'onology. ”^l®fl®s; Linguistics 450, Articulatory Phonetics: Linguistics 451, **® either'f ^^2, Grammatical Analysis I. Moreover, they are urged to

l*®*'ticuiari f i th foreign language or two years of two foreign languageshey are considering graduate work in languages or linguistics.


Following is a listing of courses grouped in categories to fulfill requirements for the major.1. Historical period or survey courses, including;

200 Topics in Language and Literature (when applicable), e.g.. The Twenties301,,302 Survey of English Literature303, 304 Survey of American Litâture369 Literature and Culture401 Studies in Medieval Literature402 Studies in Early Renaissance Literature403 Studies in Colonial American Literature404 Studies in Late Renaissance Litoature405 Studies in Restoration and Eighteenth Century Literature406 Studies in Nineteenth Century Literature407 Studies in Twentieth Century Literature415 Special Topics in Literature (when applicable), e.g., American HumcM', Satire, Canadian

Literature2. MajiM* author courses, including;

200 Topics in Language and Literature (when applicable)315,316 Shakespeare415 Special Tcîcs in Lito-ature (when a^^licable), e.g., Keats, Melville, Dickinson, Faulkner

3. Generic courses, including;2(X) Topics in Language and Literature (when applicable), e.g.. The Modem Short Story320 Studies in American Ficti(m321 Studies in American Poetry322 Studies in American Drama330 Studies in English Fiction331 Studies in English Poetry332 Studies in E n ^ h Drama409 Art of the Cinematic Drama ' . riction415 ^>ecial Topics in Literature (when ap^ icable), e.g.. Modem European Drama, Russian r

4. Thematic courses, including; .2(X) Topics in Language and Litâture (when applicable), e.g., Man and His Universe, in

Litâture of the Sea . . yg of415 Special Tc^cs in Literature (when applicable). e.g.» Literature and Psychology. Litera

Courtly Love5. Language and linguistic courses, including:

200 Topics in Language and Literature (when applicable)207 IntroducticHi to Linguistics309 Modem Grammar361, 362 American Indian Languages I A I!370 Language and Culture417 Special Topics in Language. e.g.. Transformational Grammar442 History the English Language

6. Writing courses. izM:luding:203, 306 Composition III and IV305 Creative Writing (the course may be repeated once for credit)411,412 The Act of Writing (each course may be repeated once for credit)

7. Independent Study (Enîsb 398) maximum of 9 hours, (six of which may apply to the gfusually taken in three hour blocks three different semesters. (The Department maintains a us i gested topics.)

College of Arts and SciencesB.A. WITH MAJOR IN ENGLISHRequired 125 hours, including;

1. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. The Following Curriculum:

Major Requirements — 30 hours induding 5*6 hours of introductory literature, preferably. ^ 31Engl 251 ...................................Analysis of Literature I ....................................................Engl 252 ...................................Analysis of Lit«ature I I ........... ..English courses from the foUowmg areas as selected in consultation with major adviser, (24-2620 hours must be at the 300 and 400 le\'el..............

Historical period or survey courses

English Language and Literature 201

Major author courses Generic courses Thematic courses Language and linguistics courses Writing courses Independent study

Squired in other departments:Level IV proficiency in a language other than English.History; Appropriate courses are strongly recommended, but no specific courses are required.Other studies: English majors are encouraged to explore other fields related to literature and language, notably; philosophy, art history, theater aits, speech, journalism, communication, radio-television, religious Studies, and library science.

' INOR in ENGLISH^^uired: 20 hours, including 5-6 hours of introductory literature, preferably:p”g|251 .................................Analysis of Literature I .

ng| 252 ................... ..........Analysis o* * glish electives numbered 300 or above............................................................................................ (14-16I

® A. With composite major in English and theatre arts*luired; 1 25 hours including:' Graduation Requirements,’ Following Curriculum:

^0 major hours including:

.................................Analysis of Uterature I ...........................................................................(2-3)T a . . . ................................Analysis of Literature I I ........................................................................ (2-3)

................................................. (21

.....................................................(3)

.....................................................(3)

.................................................... (3)

p ......................................................... .................. ............................................................................... (2-3)ng(252 ................... ..........Analysis of Literature I I ...................................................................... (2-3)

.vl . . ..a 2 .... - - - a 1 _ . 1

. see pages 33*39.

130 T-A, 223 T-A. 324

Play Production .Beginning Oral Interpretation.....................................................

.................................. Advanced Oral Interpretation......................................................

.................................. Studies in Group Interpretation.................................................... ^ours from:

Fngl3 i 5 ...........................Shakespeare.................................................................................^16........................... Shakespeare.................................................................................

‘'ours from;...........................Acting I .........................................................................................

‘ A.300 ...........................PUyDitecUon................................................................................g hours upper division English Electivesn bpper division Theatre Arts electives, at least 2 of which must be technical theater,

olher departments:ve IV proficiency in a language other than English or comparable work in linguistics.

(3)(3)

(3)(3)

Rei

College of Arts and Sciences or Center for Teaching and Learning

Suirr major in ENGLISHGeThe ^ ’■oduation RequiremenU, sw pages 33-39.TK rs Teaching and Learning program in Secondary Education. See page 162.

Curriculum:g.g h ^^ ** * ®** * ~ 30 hours including:

•‘8 of introductwy literature, prefwably:Lngl 251Eng) 252 ...........................Analysis of Literature I .....................................................................(2-3)

2 ), ...........................Analysis of Literature II ................................................................... (2-3)“fs from; tngl 203Engl 308 ...........................Composition I I I .................................................................................... (2>

H oursfro^............................Composition IV ................................................................... (2)Frigi 309Engl 442 ...........................Modem Grammar...................................................................................(3)

...........................History of the English Language......................................................... (3)‘ minimum (including 309 or 442) must be at the


300 and 400 level chosen in consultation with adviser............................................................................. (19-20)HisUnical poiod or mirvey courses Major author courses Generic coursesLanguage and linguistics courses Writing courses Independent study

Required In oth^ d^Mutments:Level IV proficiency in a language other than English.History; Appropriate courses are strongly reccmunended, but no specific courses are required.Othtf studies: English majors should be encouraged to explore other fields related to literature and language, notably: philosc^hy. art history, theatre aria, speech, journalism, communication, radio television, religious studies, and library science.

MINOR IN ENGLISHRequired 20 hours, inchiding;5^ hours of introductory literature, preferably:

Engl 251 .............................Analysis of Literature I .Engl 252 .............................Analysis of Literature I!

Engl 203 or 308.........................CcMnp08iti<m III or IV . . .Engl 309 ...................................M o d ^ Grammar...........

.(2-3)

.(2-3)

En^ 442 ...................................History o f the English Language.English electives numbered 300 or above.........................................

...(3). (9-10)

Courses101. Composition 1.3 credits. Study of the structure of written discourse, includ

ing the sentence, the paragraph, and the whole discourse. Emphasis on narrative and descriptive prose. Weekly writing. F,S

102. Composition II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: English 101. Study of the strategie® of written discourse — the modes of invention and the schemes for arrangemen ■ Emphasis on expository and persuasive prose. Weekly writing. F,S

151, 152. Masterpieces of European Literature. 6 credits. Great literature ol western Europe, or in the European tradition, studied with emphasis upon intellectu and cultural values. F,S

200. Topics in Language and Literature.1-4 credits. A course for undergraduate students, on topics varying from term to term. F,S ^

203. Composition III. 2 credits. Prerequisite: English 102 or permissioi^ department. Advanced writing. Emphasis on the rhetorical appeals and style- > ^

207. Introduction to Linguistics. 3 credits. An introduction to the language, phonology, grammar, semantics, and historical, geographical, socia . developmental aspects of language. F,S

209. Technical and Business Writing. 2 credits. Prerequisite: English lOL ^ not apply on the English major or minor. F,S ^

211. Introduction to Fiction. 2 credits. Fiction studied as a literary type* understanding and for critical appreciation. F,S

213. Introduction to Poetry. 2 credits. Poetry studied as a literary typ®> understanding and for critical appreciation. F,S

217. Introduction to Drama. 2 credits. Drama studied as a literary tyP®* understanding and for critical appreciation. F,S

219. Introduction to Film. 2 credits. The study of film drama, concentrating appreciation and evaluation of motion pictures. F,S


251, 252. Analysis of Literature I and II. 4-6 credits. Recommended for English jnajors. Prerequisite: English 102. Students read, write about and discuss significant uterary texts in English. A critical introduction to advanced literature courses. F.S

301, 302. Survey of English Literature. 6 credits. English Literature from its beginnings to the twentieth century. F,S

303, 304. Survey of American Literature. 6 credits. The literature of the United states from its beginnings to the twentieth century. F,S

305. Creative Writing. 2 credits. Imaginative writing of various types. The course *bay be repeated once for credit. F,Sof 2 credits. Advanced writing. Emphasis on the conventions

particular kinds of writing such as research reporting, writing for teachers, and fticle writing. English 203 recommended before English 308. S

^ 309. Modem Grammar. 3 credits. Various approaches to the structure of modern bgUsh, with emphasis on dialect variation and applications to the problems of

'■baching. F.

315, 316. Shakespeare. 6 credits. Spakespeare’s works studied in chronological sequence. F,S

Or American Fiction. 3 credits. Prior course recommended: 211, 251,^52. Repeatable when topics vary. F

Or OS')' American Poetry. 3 credits. Prior course recommended: 213, 251,o2. Repeatable when topics vary. F

Or OS') American Drama. 3 credits. Prior course recommended: 217, 251,o2. Repeatable when topics vary. S

252 r S^^udies in English Fiction. 3 credits. Prior course recommended: 211, 251, or• Repeatable when topics vary. S

252^^' English Poetry. 3 credits. P*rior course recommended: 213, 251, or• Repeatable when topics vary. S

2 5 2 ^ ^ ' ® “dies in English Drama. 3 credits. Prior course recommended: 217, 251, or ■ Repeatable when topics vary. F

Readers. 2-4 credits. Literature by and about women, ining the social, historical, and aesthetic significance of the works. F.S

3 f tl Adupto ’ " " ’®*''ban Indian Languages I. 3 credits. Prerequisite: English 207. Intro- for study of one of the Native American Languages of North Dakota. Repeatable

^'1‘fferent languages. F'Utrod ^"dian Languages II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 207; 361. Continuing

study of one of the Native American Languages of North Dakota; s le for different languages. S

Underst A*uerican Writers. 3 credits. Writing by Black Americans studied for 367 critical appreciation. S

•atis ' Indian Literature. 3 credits. Writings by and about American In-36*9* . understanding and critical appreciation. S

®'te: 3 i ^ ‘^'•'sture and Culture. 1-3 credits. Repeatable when topics vary. Prerequi- 370 English (excluding composition) or consent of the department. F,S

• Language and Culture. 3 credits. Prerequisite: English 207. Interaction of

203


language with other cultxiral subsystems. (Same course as Anthropology 370.) S398. Independent Study. 1-4 credits. For English majors only. Prerequisite:

Written consent of the department Supervised independent study. Only 6 hours may apply to the 30 hour English major. F,S

401. Studies in Medieval Literature. 3 credits. A course in the literature of England in the Medieval period. Repeatable when topics vary. F/2

402. Studies in Early Renaissance Literature. 3 credits. A course in the literature of England in the Tudor period. Repeatable when topics vary. S/2

403. Studies in Colonial American Literature. 3 credits. A course in the literature of America in the colonial period. Repeatable when topics vary. F/2

404. Studies in Late Renaissance Literature. 3 credits. A course in the literature of the English Renaissance, 1603-1660. Repeatable when topics vary. F/2, S/2

405. Studies in Restoration and Eighteenth Century Literature. 3 credits. A course in the English literature of the Restoration and Eighteenth Century. Repeal'’ able when topics vary. S/2

406. Studies in Nineteenth Century Literature. 3 credits. A course in literature u* English of the Nineteenth Century. Repeatable when topics vary. F,S

407. Studies in Twentieth Century Literature. 3 credits. A course in literature u* English of the Twentieth Century. Repeatable when topics vary. F,S

409. Art of the Cinematic Drama. 3 credits. Prerequisite; English 219. An invest! gation of the esthetics of the film drama with a concentration on the theory and eva uation of the medium. This course examines the relationship of the verbal and visu arts. Repeatable when topics vary. S

411,412. The Art of Writing. 6 credits. Prerequisite: English 305 or consent of structor. Writing of various types, with emphasis upon a critical and profession approach. Genres vary with instructor. Each course may be repeated once for ere F,S

415. Special Topics in Literature. 1-4 credits. A course for advanced students o topics varying from year to year. Repeatable. S

417. Special Topics in Language. 1-4 credits. A course for advanced students topics varying from year to year. Repeatable. F

442. History of the Elnglish Language. 3 credits. The development of the from the earliest times to the present. This course is required of all English gra students and is recommended for all prospective English teachers. S

499. Senior Honors Thesis. 1 to 15 credits; total not to exceed fifteen, site: consent of the Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Super independent study culminating in a thesis. F,S

Family Medicine(FMed)Course

401. Physiology of Aging. 2 credits. A review of aging from the p-.; - spective with specific attention to the medical morrow and the problems o a gerontology in North Dakota.

Family Medicine

Fine Arts(FA)

Bachelor of fine arts with a composite major in fine artsquired 143 hours including:

General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

College of Fine Arts Requirements, see page 97 and including F.A . 150....................................... (31*'ine Arts Courses, le.. F.A. 498 & F.A . 49.S .........................

Ji» ........................................................................................................■ The Following Curriculum:

Major Fine Arte Discipline Courses................................................................................ (ggi(includes the following minimums)

Pine Arts Discipline I: History & Theory ............................................................................................(giPine Arts Discipline II: History & Theory................................................... !(9|Pine Arts Discipline 1: Practicum (S tud io )....................................................................................(30-48)

Arts Discipline II: Practicum (S tu d io )..................................................................................(30-48)ea^H-' discipUnes, e.g.. music and theatre and visual arts, the "core" requirements inthe n “ * * minimum credit required in either discipline is 39 hours with the balance of

verall 96 hours required in the other. Equal credit in each of the two disciplines is recommended.^'®®tives....................................................................................................................................................... , , ,

'Other than the Fine A rts discipline)

CoursesCollege of Fine Arts as such has only four course numbers, all its other course

B®ing listed under its departments: Music, Theatre Arts and Visual Arts.courses are non-departmental and are used in partial fulfill-

0 the requirements for the degree of Bachelor of Music or Bachelor of Fine Arts.

*'iscu^ ' ^Be Fine Arts. 3 credits. P*reparatory presentations andPfovid*** ” sessions combined with attendance at a variety of campus arts events to *''diviri* 'understanding and appreciation of the fine arts and their importance to the

uual and the community. S-U grade only. F,S

"^Be relationship of music, arts and theatre within® "died periods or geographical areas. Course varies according to topics

• May be repeated for credit up to 9 hours. On demand.

®*‘'icto Projects. 1-4 credits. Prerequisite: Fine Arts 150 or consent of in-*"sjor r ' research or indep>endent-study projects in integrated study of thespecial disciplines. May be repeated for credit up to 8 hours. Guidelines for

and° k proposals are available in the Office of the Dean of the College of Fine 495 Be studied before registration in this course. F,S

^^^■ructo^'v^*'*’ ”" Arts. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: Fine Arts 150 or consent of arts, Co ” ®’’^®Bops and seminars in various specialized topics relating to the fine

'irse Varies with topic selected. May be repeated for credit up to 10 hours. F,S

205

French(see Languages)


Geography(Geog)

Mower (Chair), Chang, Brown, Oando, MunskI, WyckoffThe Department of Geography offers major and minor programs in the College

of Arts and Sciences. Degrees offered include the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Specific programs of study which emphasize physical geography, cultural geography, regional geography, cartography, or remote sensing can be developed m consultation with an academic adviser.

A Major and Minor in geography offered through the Center for Teaching and Learning will prepare the student with the g^graphy education necessary fof ® secondary school teaching career and the Bachelor of Science in Education degree-

FacilitiesThe Department of Geography operates the U.S. National Oceanographic and

Atmospheric Service Weather Station at Grand Forks complete with evapotransp*’’ ation and meteorological instrumentation including air quality surveillance monitor®- The Department maintains an extensive collection of climatic data for the Northern Plains region and is a depository for Army Map Service maps; it also has a teachwg collection of topographic and wall maps. The B.L. Wills Reading Room contam® selected books and periodicals. In addition to well equipped cartographic, graphic and statistical facilities, the Department houses the University of Nor Dakota Institute for Remote Sensing.

College of Arts and SciencesB.S. WITH A MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHYRequired: 125 hours including:


30 major hours including: (4)Geog 121 ...................................Physical Geography........................................ ....................................... ...Geog 151 ..................................Cultural Geography...............................................................................Ge<^ 152 ....................................Economic Geography................................................................. .. •Geog 372 ..................................Cartography...................... ...................................................................... ... ■Geog 377 ..................................Quantitative Applications in Geography............................................ jj4)Electives in Geography............................................................................................................• ■ ■ *

Electives must include a minimum of one course fr«n each of the disciplines of culture 8 physical geography, and regicmal geography.

MINOR IN GEOGRAPHYRequired 20 hours including

Geog 121 .................................. Physical GeographyGeog 1 51 .................................. Cultural Geography.............Geog 161 ...................................World Regional GeographyElectives in Geography

. . (4)■. - 1 3 )

,(10)

Electives must include a minimum of cme course h’om eech of the disciplines physical ge<^raphy. and regicMul geography.

o f cuiturai g e o p ‘ P

Geography

C enter for Teaching and Learning® S.ED. WITH A MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY

Quired 125 hours including:j j’ Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

• The Center for Teaching and Learning Program in Secondary Education, see page 162. ‘ Following Curriculum:

30 major hours including;®ogi2l ................................Physical Geography...........................................................

....................................^ t u r a l G w graphy.............................................

.................................Economic Geographyp “ ............................................................... ...

....................................RegionalCeography,» .................................Geography for Teachers .

207

............................................................ (4)

............................................................ (3)

............................................................ (3)

............................................................ (3)p, .. - . ..................... .................................................................................... (2)

ective. in Geography..............................................................................................................................^lectives must include a minimum of one course from each of the disciplines of cultural seoeranhv. physical geography, and regional geography.

INOR in geography20 hours including:

Grof J s } .................................P hysic id^g raphy .................................................................................... (4,Geog 1B1 .................................Cultural Geography.................................................................................... ,3,jj, ® .................................World Regional Geography......................................... (3)ElecUves in Geography............ . .............................................................................................................. d0»

niust include a minimum of one course from each of the disciplines of cultural geography, P ysical gec^aphy, and regional geography.

^ CoursesTh

•■SQuirf course that may be used to satisfy the 4-credit laboratory science' “‘"ement is Geography 121.

*' ®nt courses that may be used to satisfy the 9-credit social science require-I2i 161, 262, 354, and 457.

*'ysica/**i *** *' Geography. 4 credits. A study of the pattern of distribution of the ''®strial man’s environment. The origin and characteristics of the ter-'^^Gfator * ' relations, climate, landforms, vegetation, and soils. A* ® ement which may be used to satisfy the 4-credit laboratory science re*

® ons i] . 3 credits. A systematic analysis of people’s cultural re-152 P settlement patterns and change via migration and diffusion. F,S

®*' lianpp ”"®”'lc Geography. 3 credits. The geographical basis for the production,. "®nge and '•reu*i.s. i

"^th nenrli eoGsumption of the earth’s resources and the relationships involved l6l ^ * ®”Saged in economic activity. F

11* Regional Geography . 3 credits. Development of the concept of region®*'y World . 'f ° relationship of physical and cultural features to the contempor-

231 F-S^ '^*'ei'acter^*?° Meteorology. 3 credits. A study of the elements of weather, upper ®**reavi fligh/* hazards and combative procedures, analysis of weather

262 G ®'"”’®fion, and meteorological flight plan diagramming. F***®''l of the IJ *t**d ^ “' *** America 1.3 credits. A spatial approach to the develop-

Bssessino”* and Canada which stresses changing cultural landscapes^ 1 M *”’P®®la planning for resource utilization. F/2

P Reading and Interpretation. 3 credits. A course designed to acquaint


the student with various types of maps and charts available and introduce them to the basic analysis and interpretation of this media of communication. S

275. Introduction to Remote Sensing. 3 credits. The study of current optical, infrared, and microwave methods for the remote observation of the earth. Aircraft and satellite data are examined as soiirces of information for evaluating envu'on- mental and resource problems. F

319. Geography for Teachers. 2 credits. Geographical concepts and basic philosophy including a survey of the literature which forms the basis for analysis and appb< ® tion of current techniques in the field of geography. F

333. Meteorology. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Geog 121 or consent of instructor- Elements of weather and climate with emphasis on the physical processes that aff®* the atmosphere and earth-atmosphere relationships. F,S

334. Climatology. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Geog 333 or consent of instructor. A systematic examination of the world’s climatic regions, the derivation of climates according to elements, controls, distribution and classification. S/2

353. Physical Meteorology. 3 credits. Electromagnetic radiation, heat balance, condensation processes, water balance, rain drop-snowflake theories, atmosphe stability and instability air mass source regions and behaviors, frontal syste thunderstorms, tornadoes, and atmospheric optics. On demand.

354. Conservation of Resources. 3 credits. Geographic principles applied to thanalysis of resources and their efficient utilization. Emphasis is on properly bala development. F,S . ^

369. Geography of North Dakota. 3 credits. An analysis of the development distribution of the physical, cultural and economic characteristics of the state.

372. Cartography. 3 credits. Designed to develop competence in theand evaluation of map projections, the use and interpretation of globes and ma and the history of the development of map making and reproduction. F

373. Graphics and Air Photo Interpretation. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Geog Advanced techniques used in the compilation of maps and the cartographic p tation of data. Interpretation of aerial photographs, remote sensing. geographic diagrams, and topographic quadrangles. Introduction to proc g utilized by governmental mapping agencies and private sector cartographic ^

375. Remote Sensing Systems. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Geog 275 or consent structor. The study of current optical, infrared and microwave systems useo ing remote observations of the earth and its atmosphere. On demand.

377. Quantitative Applications in Geography. 3 credits. Prerequisite. or consent of instructor. Application of statistical and mathematical techniq research topics in geography. S

421. Seminar in Physical Geography. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Geog jndconsent of instructor. Selected topics illustrating the relationship of wea climate to the origin and distribution of landforms and surface mate ■ modification of weather and climate, and the principles of applied meteor climatology. On demand.

>

Geography

423. Astronomy. 3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study of the inverse: space, galaxies, stars, the solar system, red shifts, relativity, and time. F ,S

423L. Astronomy Laboratory. 1 credit. (Same course as Physics 423L.) Prereq- site. consent of instructor. Observations with telescope and unaided eye. Plotting Planetary orbits from recorded data. Use of Doppler shifts to determine speeds of

s laxies. Distance determinations from Doppler shifts and Hubble’s law. Solar rota- n from the motion of sunspots. Study of blackbody radiation. F ,S

a n / M e t e o r o l o g y . 4 credits. Prerequisite: Geography 333. Convergence w ivergence, pressure systems structure, air mass characteristics and move-

denf synoptic mapping of meteorlogical air mass movements, plotting.

I'aph Location of Economic Activity. 3 credits. Development of economic geog- emphasis on location theory as applied to research in the discipline.

the^nh’ Geography. 3 credits. An examination of the relationships between-environment, the cultural patterns of settlement, and sequent occu-

Powe?' Geography. 3 credits. A geographic approach to the patterns ofsput^H among nations. Consideration of regional blocks, strategic areas,

V ted zones, and the dynamic impact of technology. F/2

‘-i'®thts. Prerequisite: cultural geography or consent of ''olved urban settlement patterns and the spatial interaction in-' tban *ttfta-city, inter-city, and city-hinterland relationships including current

geography theory and regional planning. On demand.

®ent of North America II . 3 credits. Prerequisite: Geog 262 or con-®eononu**f* *^^ °'"' ^ regional and topical analysis of the physical, cultural and * ®'»and* eatures of a selected region or group of regions within North America. On

P^ysical^^^*””* Geography. 2-3 credits. A regional and topical analysis of the * epeated cultural features with emphasis on one continent or region. May be

I'o credits provided different regions and approaches are involved.472 ®fbers on demand.

®'®nients f** credits. Prerequisite: Geography 372. A study of major^ypibols th ‘design; data differentiation and symbolization, quantitative map

Cartel ® figure-ground relationship, map structure, lettering design, and color graphy. With laboratory work in the darkroom. S

* ' 0 PSensing Applications and Analysis. 2 credits. Applications and

®*Pphasis sensed data as related to environmental and resource problems.* ' **'8 anri** ^ f b c selection of sensors and imagery for environmental moni-

D' management. S' '''ision staT^**^ Studies in Geographical Problems. 1-3 credits. Prerequisites: upper *'®dit hours *^n*”* consent of the instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of six

* *P*'y On <,»’• students who wish to explore advanced topics in Geog-an individual or smaU group basis.

209


Geology(Geol)

Halvorson (Chair), Chu, Fischer, Folsom, Gosnold, Holland, Karner, Kehew, LeFever, Perkins, Reid and Saluja

Two professional degrees are offered; the Bachelor of Science in Geology in f*’® College of Arts and Sciences and the Bachelor of Science in Geological Engineering in the School o f Engineering and Mines. In addition, the degrees Bachelor of Arts or Science with a major in Geology may be earned within the College of Arts and Sciences.

The Department of Geology offers work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts, Master o f Science, Master o f Education, Doctor o f Education and Doctor o f Philo®' ophy. Research emphasis o f the Department o f Geology is currently in the following areas: (1) Economic geology o f petroleum, coal, and mineral resources, (2) Geom orpnology. Pleistocene and glacial geology, and geohydrology, (3) Petrology andgeochemistry of igneous, sedimentary, and meteimorphic rocks, and (4) Sedimen tology, stratigraphy, and paleontology. Upon consultation with the Geology faculty programs o f graduate work can be arranged in a variety of specialized areas of e®'' science, such as environmental geology, or in interdisciplinary studies.

College of Arts and SciencesB.S. IN GEOLOGYRequired 140 hours, including;

L General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33<39.II. The Following Curriculum:

50 major hours, including:Geol 101,102............................ G «eral Geology. Physical and Historical.Geol 214.....................................Structural G eology ......................................Geol 311.....................................Georoorphology............................................Geol 318.....................................Mineralogy....................................................GeoI319.................................... Optical and Analytical M in e ra lc^ ...........Geol 320.................................... Petrology......................................................Geol 411.....................................Sedimentology..............................................Geol 415.................................... Invertebrate Paleontology.........................Geol 416............ ........................Stratigraphy....................... ..........................Geol 422.................................... Seminar..........................................................Geol 490.....................................Senior Thesis................................................

FieU Geology (Not available at U NDj___Required in other departments:Biol 101,102.............................Introduction to Biology ................................Chem 105,106.......................... General Chemistry and Qual. Analysis 1, IIOne course from:

Chem 209 ...........................Quantitative Analysis .......................................................Chem 2 1 2 .......................... Organic Chemistry..............................................................Chem 450 .......................... Equilibrium and Thermodynamic Properties of Matter .

CE 313 .....................................General Surveying..............................................................Engl 101 ...................................Composition I ......................................................................Engl 209 ...................................Technical and Business Writing........................................Engr 1 0 1 .................................. Engineering Graphics.......................................................Engr 1 0 2 .................................. Descriptive Geometry.........................................................Lang 101,102.......................... Beginning French, German or Russian............................Math 103...................................College A lgebra..................................................................Math 105...................................Trigonometry......................................................................Math 211, 212, 213 .................. Calculus I. II. I l l ................................................................Phys 203, 204 .......................... G^wral Physics..................................................................Engr 2 0 1 ................................. Fundamentals of Computer Programming.....................

|21|2)|2»(6)(3)

(l2 )

.A

Geology 211

® S. WITH MAJOR IN GEOLOGY^ûired 125 hours, including;

General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.Following Curriculum:

3^*42 major hours, including:

5®oj 101.102............................ General Geology. Physical and HisUxical................... (gi

311.....................................Geomorphology....................... T

320......................................Petro logy ............................................................i:! i:::: Ieol 491..................................... Geologic Problem s............................. (21

jrje opUon from below: .............................................. . 'PTION I: Sedimentology-Stratigraphy

......................................Sedimontology....................................................................................................Q . ...................................... Invertebrate Paleontology................................................................................(4

; ; V,............. ...........StratigraphyI ION II. Economic Geology

......................................Geophysics.® liours from:

(4)

(3)

Geol 3 0 1 ..............................Principles of M ining....................................................eol 405 ..............................Non-Metallic Mineral D eposits............

..............................Ore D eposits................................................................eol 407 ..............................Petroleum Geology......................................................

^ u i r e d in other departments:ckMai? I'nf ■ ............................General Chemistry and QualiUtive Analysis I. IIM:1|: “ ....................................^ l le g e A lgebra ............................................................Matt, o . ? ....................................Trigonom etry................................................................P h lM " '3 > 2 ........................... C a lcu lu sl.il

(3)(31(3)(3)

<hour“ ?^“ f ........................... General Physics

(81(3)(21(8 )(8 )

B.A.

ê th 2 l3 .........................Calculus I I I ....................................... (4 |computer Science and'or S u tisU cs................................................................................... . [ [ [(4)

Rmu, m a jo r in g eo lo g yJ including;

II Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

39. * °**'”*'*‘'* Curriculum;

Geol including;

Geol 214* ..............................General Geology, Physical and HistoricalGeol 3 11 .................................... Structural G e o lo g y ....................................Geol 318..................................... Geomorphology...................... .....................Geol 319..................................... M ineralogy....................................................êol 320 ....................................Optica! and Analytical M ineralogy.........Geol 491..................................... P etro lo g y ............................................................................................................. (41“ jôption beiowi.....................Geologic Problems.............................................................................................. (2)

Geol 41 j * '®®‘*‘ra®'>tology-StratigraphyGeol.418, ................................. Sedimentology................................................................................................... (4).................................................... Invertebrate Paleontology................................................. ... ....................... (4|

o S '^ ^ 'n ^ E c o n o m ic G e o lo g if" '" * ” '’^ ^ .......................................................................................................® hoi ■ Geophysics ..........

êol3oiGeol 406 ............................. Principles of M ining....................Geol 408............................. Non-Metallic Mineral Deposits .Geol 407 ................................. D eposits...............................

, ..............................Petroleum Geology......................

Ids . ' ................................College A lgebra ..........................

(31

(31(3)(3)(3)

' *d3.1()6........................... TrigonometryS ’ 303, 204

UvelVvproficiency in French. German or R ussian................................................................... (16)

General Chemistry & Qualitative Analysis I, I I . General Physics.......................................................

(31(21(8)

(8)


B. Level U proficiency in French, G«nnan or Russian...................................................................and eith^ g.I, Computer Science and'or Statistics.........................................................................................2- Social Sciences. Humanities and Fine Arts (in addition to University

requirement! .................. » ......................................................................................................... 'C. . Social Sciences. Humanities, and Fine Arts (in addition to University

requirement).................................................................................................................................. '

MINOR IN GEOLOGYRequired: 20 hours in Geology

School of Engineering and MinesThe Geological Engineering curriculum is desig^ned to give the student

background in geology and engineering so that meaningful use can be made o disciplines, especially in energy, environmental and resource-related fields. Jo ’’ ’ these demands, the curriculum contains a broad background in the physica a social sciences, nMthematics, geology, and engineering science.

B.S. IN GEOLOGICAL ENGINEERINGRequired 141 hours, incbdin^

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39. II. The Following Curriculum:

Freshman Year

Math 211.212.......................... C ak uh isl.il ............................................Chem 105.106.......................... General Chemistry & Qualitative Analysis .Phys 205 ...................................General Physics....................... .....................Engl 101 ...................................Composition I ..................................................Engr 1 0 0 ...................................Introductioo to Engineering........................E n g r lO l.................................. Engineering Graphics....................................Engr 1 0 2 ...................................Descriptive Geom etry....... ..........................Ged 203.................................... General Geology............................................

Arts and Humanities (see page 341............

First Second Semester Seme»«'

(4)

Sophomore YearMath 213 ................................. Calculus III .................................................Phys 206 ...................................General P h ysk s ............................................CE 300..................................... Analytical Mechanks (S u tics)...................Engr 2 0 1 ...................................Fundamenuls ol Computer ProgrammingGeol 102.....................................General Geology. Historical.......................Geol 318...................... ..............Mineralogy....................................................Geol 319.................................... Optkal and Analytkal Mineralogy.............CE 305 .................................... Analytkal Mechanks (Dynamics)..............•Engl 209 ................................ Technical 4 Business Writing.....................Econ 1 0 5 ...................................Ekmenta of Economks (Social Sciences) .•English 102 acceptable alternate course

Junior YearCE 301.......................................Mechanks of Materials I ..............................CE 313...................................... General Surveying.......................................EE 206...................................... Electrical Engineering Fundamentals . . . .Engr 306 ................................. Fluid Mechanks .........................................G ed311 ....................................Geomorphology...........................................Geol 320.......................... ..........Petrology ......................................................Geol 214.....................................Structural Geology........................................

Required Option Courses.............................Sodal Sciences (see page 3 3 ).......................Arts and Humanities (see page 34)............

SummerField Geology (Not available at UND) . . ■

Senlar YearGeol 411................................... Sedim entobgy...........................................

(4)(4)

(3)( 1)(2)

(4)

(4)(4)(2)(2)

(4)

(3)(4)

(4)(4)

(3)

( 4 )

(4)(4)

(21(3)( 1)

(4)

(41(3)(2)(31

(3)(3)

(4)(31(31(3)

(61

Geology 213

G©ol 416..................................... S tratigraphy............................................^ E 3 4 1 ..................................... Thermodynamics...................................Engr460 ....................................Engine^ing Econom y..........................

Required Option C ounes.....................Phil 370 ......................................Moral Questions and the Professions .

(Arts and Humanities)Engineering E lective...........................Social Sciences (see page 3 3 )...............

Gne of the following options is required:

PETROLEUM OPTIONGeol 351 ...................................... Petroleum Development Engr.................

......................................Geophysics...............................................eol 352......................................Petroleum Production Engineering . . .eol 407......................................Petroleum Geology...................................

................... .................. Valuation of Oil and Gas Properties. . .

(41(31

(3)(6) (3)(3)

(3)(3)

Flrat SecondSemester Semester

SOILS-HYDROLOGY OPTION......................................Groundwater Geology.....................................

p ........................................Hydrology..........................................................p ^ ^ ^ 2 l .....................................Geochemistry....................................................Qg ........................................Soil M echanics.................................................

........................................Hydraulic E ngineering ...................................ECONOMIC GEOLOGY OPTION

......................................Geophysics........................................................Gftoi Jit.....................................Non-Metallic Mineral D eposits.......................

............................. o™ D eposit,.Geol 323........Geol 4 0 7 [ .......................Geol 5 0 3 .! .......................Geol613,..........................

(31(3)

(31

(3)

(3)(31(3)

(31(3)

(31(31(3)(31

Geol 417.

•With consent of instructor.

Geochemistry............................................................... (3)Engineering Geology or

. Petroleum Geology or Geochemical ExplortUtm* or Ek:onomic Geology*..................................................... (3)

MINING E.NGINEERING OPTIONPrinciples of M ining..................................................... (31 (31Groundwater G eology................................................ (3)Ore D eposits................................................................. (3)Geochemistry orGeochemical Expl<Hati<Mis* orEconomic Geolog>'*..................................................... (3t

Geology Library\ * c w i u y y k i u i a i y

Leon d Library, a branch of Chester Fritz Library, is located on the third floor ®>000 bo approximately 13,000 bound volumes, including about

LJ.S g fnore than 200 earth science journals. The library is a repository for addif Survey topographic and geologic maps and its other publications.

'°8ical Sy”’ Geology Library contains the publications of the other State Geo- Seolomv __geological publications of numerous foreign countries. Special

aboutL.S more than 200 earth science journals. The library is a repository foraddlr- Survey topogi-aphic and geologic maps and its other publications,

logicalKeologig jy “ -----o — «'• . . V . . -------

®Ps and aerial photographs are available for use in the library.

North Dakota Geological SurveywitWh Geological Survey was established by legislative action in

^fateQeol ^''ofessor of Geology of the State University acting ex officio as ^®ologipgi°^® ' integration of the Geology Department and the North Dakota“uiOgjggi Q --------u ie u e o io g y _ ___________i^ fticuigpj benefited both agencies throughout the years, but has been

their ^ students who have had the advantage of Survey experienceand in *'**' *”® period. The State Survey is active in the investigation of the

^°rth studies with the United States Geological Survey and the'“'Ota State Water Commission.


CoursesFor Geology majors, a grade of C or better is required in Geology 318 before any

other 300 or 400 numbered courses are taken.100. Earth Science: Geology and Man. 4 credits. The geologic aspects of earth

science are featured. Geologic hazards, mineral and energy resources, and the significance of geology in the national parks and monuments are among the topics covered. This lecture-recitation course will fulfill part of the non-laboratory General Education Science requirement. F,S

101. General Geology — Physical. 4 credits. Physical processes, including the work of running water, wind, glaciers, and oceans, and the study of geologic materials and the earth’s interior. Includes laboratory. F,S

102. General Geology — Historical. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Geol 101. Historical geology of North America and other areas. Includes laboratory. S

203. General Geology. 3 credits. Physical geology discussed from the engineering point of view. Required of students in civil engineering and geological engineering- Includes laboratory. S

214. Structural Geology. 4 credits. Prer^uisites: Geology 101, Math 105. ommended: Descriptive Geometry. Mechanics of rock deformation, description rock structures and tectonics. Includes laboratory. S

301. Principles of Mining I. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Geology 101* or 203, 31^ Chemistry 105. Recommended: GeoL 321, 417. Emphasis on surface coal niining' the Northern Great Plains. Overview of geology, geohydrology, and geocheims r as related to mine design and development, leasing, permitting, mining transportation, and reclamation; includes uranium, potash, and sand and g>"® mining. Field trip required. F

302. Principles of Mining II. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Geology 101* or 203- Chemistry 105*. Recommended: GeoL 321,417. Surface coal mining in the Great Plains, focusing on the premining phase of mine development. Topics inc exploration, geologic and hydrogeologic aspects of mine design, permitting- bonding. S

303. Selected Topics in Geology. 1 credit each, each concerned with a sp®® aspect of geology. May be repeated up to a maximum of 8 hours. F,S

305. Geologic Field Methods. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Consent Introduction to the techniques and equipment of geologic field work, inten prepare the student for geology field camp. S . ,

311. Geomorphology. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Geology 101, 102 Dynamics of weathering, mass movement, running water, g;roundwater, j,

ial

^ 1 * * " **, -? V A ^ V O V AAlOOiS tXtXJ v w 444^ 44 A U 444 4444^ vTAAWVAf

wind and ice in the production of landforms. Includes field trips and labora

101 or316. Introduction to Oceanography. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Geolof^ ^

Geography 121. The ocean basins, their origin, structure, resources: the ocean’s water, its circulation, tides, waves, sediment, life s'* ® ical significance. F

*CouTM must be cwnpleted with a grade or better.

Geology 215

^ Prerequisite: Geology 101 or 203 or consent of in-Pi^H ^ '^ . 7 ‘distribution and uses of rock-forming minerals.chpm * " f dsboratory identification of the common minerals and rocks. Physical and 'lenucal mineralogy. Includes laboratory. F

“ " f Mineralogy. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Geology 318.“ geologic studies. Identification of minerals by oil im-

electrnn sections. Includes introduction to x-ray diffraction, scanningriudes "aborltoJ^^S ® microprobe analysis in the study of minerals. In-

P‘’®‘‘eq“ dsite: Geology 319. Description, classificationstudv Igneous, metemorphic. and sedimentary rocks. Field and laboratory£,r.rr

Prerequisite; Geology 320 or consent of instructor, tion of the principles of chemistry to geologic problems. S

“f Geology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Geology 101 or 203 or consentd®nt for 1 J Geologic information on terrain earth processes and materials impor- **'8 natiir *i Panning and resource management. Geologic basis for understand- *'®searrlt ° . ®’ misuse and change of the physical environment. Laboratory

n projects in area of environmental planning. F

nr*'” ® " '"* 3 credits. Prerequisite: Upper division standing in®*''Tiction ®*>g>neering major. Biological factors affecting location, design, con-

a and operation of engineering works. On demand.

'^‘^ng Engineering. 3 credits. WeU spacing and location,“"d Well „ “ "*1 methods, fishing tools, casing, cementing, od field hydrology

completion. F

°8ging anH**®**” * Production Engineering. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Geology 351.®®<=ondarv . ' “ '’® ®"®*yris. storage and transporUtion. field management and

^^"“ry recovery methods. S

G e o l o g y A e r i a l Photographs. 3 credits. Prerequisite: beir internr instructor. Techniques of using aerial photographs and

405 ®“ rion in geologic work. Includes laboratory. Sof instn*” f Mineral Deposits. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Geology 320 or con-

4Qg Geology of non-metallic minerals except oil and gas. SOrigin Qf Prerequisite: Geology 320 or consent of instructor.

4Q. p cposlts. their geology, and their economic importance. S

®"=Umulat[on'®“ !5* 3 credits. Prerequisites: Geology 102* and 214*. Origin.4Qg geologic occurrence of petroleum and gas. S

Valuation. 2 credits. Various phases of examination ®’*'and. ° solid mineral deposits and preparation of reports on the same. On

4li_ g ..j riein, transn***!**”^^' Prerequisite: Geology 320 or consent of instructor.*'®*ysis; somp*^^*^*°"’ ‘ ®P‘*®*rion. and diagenesis of sediments; techniques of

^l4 G “ ■“ rday field trips required. Includes laboratory. F'®“'nple ** y®'C8. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Geology 101. Mathematics 213. Physics

’^ ‘•'•Corbettw.


204 or 206. Principles of various geophysical methods and their application to geo logic problems. F

415. Invertebrate Paleontology. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Geology 102. Reconi' mended: Biology 101,102. Major invertebrate groups preserved as fossils and their stratigraphic and paleoecologic use; invertebrate relationships; independent study of faunas. Includes field trip and laboratory. F

416. Stratigraphy. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Geology 411. Principles of stratigraphy and their application to the stratified rocks of North America. Includes field trip end laboratory. S

417. Groundwater Geology. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Geology 311. Physical and chemical aspects of groundwater movement, supply, and contamination. F

422. Seminar. 1 credit. May be repeated. Prerequisite: major in Geology or consent of instructor. Presentation and discussion of research in geology. F,S

425. Geology for Teachers. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Pr*”’ ciples of physical and historical geology: identification of earth materials; methods of collecting and displaying specimens. On demand.

442. Topics in Coal Geology. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: Consent of Instructor- Special topics in coal geology. F/2

444. Introduction to Palynology. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor- Systematics and paleoecology of spores and pollen. Includes laboratory. On deman

451. Valuation of Oil and Gas Properties. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Geology consent of instructor. Oil and gas laws, leases, and royalties; determination of u mate production of leases from performance data, reserve estimation, and reser energy studies. S

490. Senior Thesis. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Senior status in Geology: consent o instructor. Original student investigation of field or laboratory problems, after c ference with a faculty member of the Department of Geology. F,S

491. Geologic Problems. 1-4 credits. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. taken more than one semester to a maximum of 8 hours. For students who are p pared to undertake a small research problem. F,S

German(see Languages)

Health, Physical Education and Recreation

Health, Physical Education, and Recreation

(HPER)W.C. Koenig (Chair), Anderson, Behrns, Biajs, Bogan, Boionchuk, Cooke,

Gasparini, Grandaii, Gunther, Heaiy, Hofman, Jorgensen, Karabetsos, Kiuck, Lehnus, Marks, Mauch, Miilar, Miller, Modisett, Olson,

Peterson-Margaret, Peterson-Marilyn, Richman, Rondeau, Schwartz, Smiley, Stoner, Stiles, Stromberg, Warcup, Watson and White

U functions of the Department of HPER are to offer both a graduate and an eH curriculum designed to prepare professionals in the fields of physical

Ucation, recreation and athletics. In addition, a program of classes is offered to ovide activity opportunities for students from the University at large.Students enrolling as majors in HPER should be able to:

Learn to analyze movement performance and use this analysis to improve performance techniques of others.Communicate effectively.Develop the ability to interpret data, graphs, measurements, and related information in physiological and kinesiological processes.

Department structure is divided into four divisions through which P>"ofessional programs are organized.^.^^®fCAL EDUCATION DIVISION: The physical education division pro- * es a program of professional preparation in physical education.

A- Major in Physical Education.Combined Major in Elementary Education and Physical Education.

C' Minor in Adapted Physical Education.^Mor in Physical Education.Minor in Health Education.Minor in Athletic Coaching — offered to men and women who wish to prepare for athletic coaching. Primarily, this minor is structured for those indi-

1 uals who major in disciplines other than physical education. Physical ^ ucation students are not, however, excluded from enrolling in this minor.

Minor in Athletic Training — designed for students from all disciplines who ^ esire to obtain preparation in the athletic training field.

®8sic Instruction Program — in addition to the professional programs, the Partment of HPER also provides a basic instruction service program to

^ ®fudents of the University.®^®duatio ^ physical education may count toward the hours required for•'uin HPe r j credit hours may be earned by taking Basic Instruction courses

In courses approved by the department.fees as * ***®’ ^'I'llpiuent is provided by the department; however, there are ren-

aessed for certain specified activities.

217


II. RECREATION DIVISION: The recreation division offers professional prepS" ration in recreation.A. Major in Recreation.B. Emphasis areas in' Administration, Leadership, and Special Populations

(Therapeutic).C. Minor in Recreation.D. Intramural Program — offers competitive programs for men and women.E. Campus Recreation — offers facility use for non-structured activities fot

campus students.III. GRADUATE DIVISION: The graduate division offers a program of studies

designed for graduate students in preparation for a Master of Science or « Master of Education degree.

IV. ATHLETIC DIVISION: The athletic division provides a total intercollegis^® athletic program for men and women at the University of North Dakota (se® page 50).

College for Human Resources DevelopmentB.S. IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION WITH MAJOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATIONRequired 125 hours, inchiding:

I. General Graduatic« Requiranents. see pages 33-39.II. The College for Human Resources Development Requirements, see page 101.

III. The Following Curriculum:39 maj(^ hours, including:HPER 107.................................Introductioo to Physical Education..............................................HPER 223.................................Moventent Performance Analysis ................................................

(Include 2 hours in each Aquatics. Gymnastics and Rhythms)HPER 276.................................Motor Learning...............................................................................HPER 307.................................Prevention and Care of Injuries....................................................HPER 323.................................Methods in Physical Education A ctivities..................................HPER 332.................................Biomechanics...................................................................................HPER 340.................................Organizatkxi and Administration of Physical Education.........HPER 386.................................Practicum in ............................................................................HPER 401.................................Sociology of Sport..........................................................................HPER 402.................................Exercise Physiology......................................................................HPER 415.................................Evalualkn of Psychomotor Performance...................................Electives from HPER courses with consent of adviser...................................................................Required in Mher deparUnrata: 17 hours, including:Anat 204 ...................................Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel............................................Biol 101 .................................... Introduction to Biology ...............................................................Chem 1(X)...................................Introductory Chemistry................................................................Phy 3 0 1 .................................... Mechanics of Human Physiology.....................................

,(3I( 12)

Students completing this program may also complete the Secondary Education program Center for Teaching and Learning and be eligible for teacher certification.

through

.(31

.131

.131(41.0.(2).(21.(31.(31.(81

.(61

.(41

.(41

.(41th«

B.S. IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND RECREATION WITH MAJOR IN RECREATIONRequired 125 hours, including:

1. Gennnl Graduation Requimnenta. ace pages 33-39.II. The College for Human Resource Requirements, see page 101.

III. The Following Curriculum:HPER 101.102, 223................ “ Ufe-time Sports” ..............................................................................

(Including S^arwRound)HPER 108.................................Introduction to Recreation............................................................

Health, Physical Education and Recreation 219

(1)(21(2 )

(2 )

(3)(2 )

( 2)(2 )

(2 )

(3)(31(31

HPER 203 ....................................Recreational G aines....................................................................................HPER 222 ....................................Playgrounds and Community R ecreation ............................................HPER 2 7 0 ....................................Camping and Outdoor A ctivities...............HPER 3 1 0 ....................................First A id .............................................................................HPER 3 4 2 ....................................Organization and Administration of Recreation................................HPER 3 6 0 .................................... Recreation fw Special Populations .......................................................HPER 4 2 1 ....................................Community Recreation Leadership.......................................................HPER 4 7 9 ....................................Seminar in Recreation Facilities..............................................................

PER 483 ....................................Practicum — Recreation Leadership.....................................................Required in other departments:.^^^^02 ...................................... Elements in A ccounting...........................................................................jT ...........................................Recreational C ra fts ....................................................................................

gmt 305 .................................... Managerial Concepts......................................................................................................................................... Social Psychology....................................................................................................

pch 101 ...................................... Fundamentals of Public Speaking.............................................................. (3JL S ^ v * ^ ........................................ Promotional M ethods............................................................................. {3j

^ .................................... Basic Audiovisual Equipment Laboratory ........................................................(3)One option from:

Administration of Parks and Recreation10 hours from courses dealing with Human and Biological Environment friwn the departments of

Anthropology, Biology. Geography, Geology, Sociology or Computer Science.10 hours in Business and Management from the departments of Accounting, Business Education,

economics. Management or Political Science.*0 hours from:

........................... Internship in R ecreation................................................................................... (8)E R 495 ...........................Directed Studies.................................................................................................. (2)

‘ ^^'^Prship in Community. Public and Private Recreation Agencies for Enrichment Skills from the departments of Accounting. Business Education, CenterArts Learning (420). Industrial Technology. Music (207), Speech, Theater Arts or Visual

Sociol^^^*^* Human Relations courses from the departments of Psychology, Social Wwk, or

hours from:

HPp d ^ ? ? ........................... Internship in R ecreation .................................................................................. (8)III ...........................Directed Studies.................................................................................................. (2)

R e c ^ ^ o n for Special PopulationsLe . Special Education from the departments of Anatomy (204), Center fw Teaching, and

lO^K* Physical Education and Recreation (404), (361) or Occupational Therapy.Human Relations from the departments of Human Resources Development, Psy-

Social Work or Sociology. P X

HPER ........................... Internship in R ecreation ...................................................................................(8)jy ^ ® ...........................Directed Studies................................................ .................................................(2)

Hiolo^*^*u^ niinor in a Subject Matt«- Area Selected from the Following: Art, Business Education, Uon Economics. Industrial Technology, Music. Social Work. Theatre Arts, Physical Educa*

HPER dss™*’ niinon............................Int«-nship in R ecreation.................................................................................. (8)

adapted physical educationH PER j'^^X ncluding;IJPER 3 8 6 ....................................Motor Learning.................................................................................................................................Practicum: Physical Educatitm — Adapted ............................||PER404 ....................................First A id ............................................................................................." ^ F R 40Q....................................Adapted Activities ........................................................................., , ...........................Methods and Materials in Secondary Physical Education” PER406p y I0| _ ............................. Methods and Materials in Elementary Physical Education.

250 . . _ ........................... Introduction to Psychology

(31(21(21(21(3)

(2)

(31One of f 8 . ............................... Developmental Psychology......................................................... .......................... (4)

following courses:^17. . _ ............................. Education of the Exceptional Child . . . .

^ 183 . , . ............................. Education of the Mentally Handicapped

fjp^R 106' fhe following courses:205 ....................................S p m s & Games for Elera. Schod Children.

...........................Rhythms for the Elem. S ch o o l........................

. Practicum: Methods Trainable Retarded.

(3)(3)

.(3)

( 1)

( 1)


H PER 309...............................Water Safety Instruction..................HPER 360...............................RecreaticM) for ^>ecial Populations ..HPER 361...............................Principles o f Therapeutic Recreation .

Prmquisite 360

.(2)

. 12}

.(21

MINOR IN ATHLETIC COACHINGRequired 21 hours, including:

HPER 304.305.......................O ffic ia tin g ..........................................................................•H PER 307.............................Prevention & Care o f Injuries.............................................HPER 341...............................Organizaticm and Administrati<m o f A th letics ..................H PER 420...............................Analysis o f Athletic Perform ance......................................H PER 440...............................PsyclM^ogy o f Coaching.....................................................••H PE R 486...........................Practicum in A th le t ic s .......................................................

(Juniors and Seniors only!Anat 204 .................................Anatomy for Paramedic^ Personnel..................................9 hours hum:

HPER311 ....................... Performance Techniqties................ .................................(Basketball. Football. Cross Country, Track and Field)

•••H PE R 401 ................. Sport S oc io logy ..................................................................H PER 423 ....................... Coaching Methods..............................................................

(Hockey. Football, Wrestling, Track and Field, Baseball, Basketball. Volleyball. Gymnastics)

H PER 405 ....................... Intramural A th letics ...........................................................

•Prerequisite: Anat 204 ........................................................................................................• •P re re q^ te s : H PER 307, 311. 423, 440 in sport student assigned to coach!................•••Required of women for cotificaticm.

..(1)

..(2)

..(2)

..0

..(2)

..(2)

.15)

.(2'4)

...(2 ), (2 '6 )

. ( 2)

MINOR IN ATHLETIC TRAININGThe Athletic Training mincM* is not a teaching minor.

Required 23>25 hours including;H PER 307...............................Preventi(m and Care o f In juries...........HPER 310............................... First Aid .....................................H PER 332...............................Biomechanics.................................. . . .H PER 402...............................Exercise P h ysio logy ............................HPER 480............................... Field Experience.................................H PER 481...............................Practicum in Adv. Tech, o f Ath. Tmg.

Non-Physical education majors are required to ccenplete:

Biol 101.................................. Introduction to Biology ......................

‘ ..(2) ■ ..(2) "..(41 " . . ( 3) ' .(3-8)

" . (4)

..•(4)

Chem 1(X>.................................Introductory Chem istry....................Anat 204 .................................Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel .Phy 301 .................................. Mechanics o f Human Physiology . . . .

Physical Education majors are also required to complete:

HBlc 240.................................. Intro, to Nutrition..............................H PER 403...............................School Health Education ..................

..(4)’ . . (5)'..(4)

.(3)

. ( 2)

MINOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION. . (3). . (5)

Required 22 hours, including:H PER 107...............................Intro to Physical Education..............................................................H PER 223...............................Movement Performance & Analysis.................................................

U unit of each of the following areas: rhythms, gymnastics. aquA * individual sports, and team sports) ,.(2)

HPER 307...............................Prevention and Care of In juries............................................................. (3)HPER 323...............................Methods in Physical Education . . . .. (2)HPER 340...............................Organizatioo A Admin, of Phy. Educ................................................... . (2)H PER 386...............................Practicum in Physical Education........................................................ , ,|2IHPER 404...............................Adapted Activities Program................................................................

Three additional dective hours with consent adviser.

MINOR IN RECREATIONThe Recreation minor is a non-teaching minor. Courses required in the Physical Education major may

counted as a part o f the Recreetkm minor.

notb*

Required 20 hours, including:HPER 108.............................. Intro to RecreeUon .H PER 203.............................. Recreational Games.

..0


HPER 310...............................First A id.................................................HPER 483...............................PracUcum in Recreation.....................................Mdpo ...............................Organization and Administration of Recreation.‘iPER 421..................... ..... .Community Recreation Leadership ,

...............................School Health Education........................................................................ (2 )xr ^45...............................Growth and DeveL of Human Motor Performancexr — - ...................................................................... oiiu i

urs420 .................................OrganizationPsy 251 for Community Health .

. Developmental Psychology.......................................................................(4)

221

..........................(2|

............................(II

............................(3I

.....................................................( 2)

Elret 10 hours from Usted courses under RecreaUon msjor requirements in HPER and other departmenU With consent of adviser in recreation.

^INOR i n h e a l t h e d u c a t io n20 hours to be elected from;

ipI 235 ...................................Human Environment................................................... io\

{:p®240........................... .. Intro to N utrition........................................................... ’ oj........... *.....................Family Health & Home N ursing ........................................................ (31

he 342..................................Community Nutrition............................ n»” E '3 6 0 ..................................Consumer Buying........................... 3« p e r 3io .............................. First A id ... , .............................. ®

(2)

Center for Teaching and LearningS.ED. IN p h y s ic a l EDUCATION

Edu “ Health, PhysicalRecreation with major in Physical Education for the CoUege for

PfOCT " Resources Development. In addition, the Center for Teaching and Learning Secondary Education must be completed. See page 162. The student

CTL u, i*e Center for Teaching and Learning if he or she is completing the ork for Teacher Certification in Physical Education.

® ^ i ^ T l O ^ ^ COMBINED MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY AND PHYSICAL

Pocurriculum outline see page 160 under the Center for Teaching and Learning.

101 CoursesProvin,’ R^'ys'cal Education. 1 credit. Students may elect from among ap-

ximately 45 activities offered. F,SGames for the Elementary SchooL 1 credit. Required of combined

®P®ciali7 ^j^ Education Major. Practice in and teaching of fundamental and® motor skills and self-testing activities for the elementary school level F

P’'ofessio*'* °' *** *'*°° Physical Education. 3 credits. Specific information for the about the nature of the field, its oppiortunities, rewards, and

108 ® sound program of professional preparation. F®ion. Recreation. 2 credits. Orientation to the recreation profes-*'®creation ' •''formation will be given about the history, philosophy, nature of

2 Qg °PPorlunities for careers, and requirements of professional preparation, FBarnes p ®^®®lmnal Games. 1 credit. Emphasis on a wide variety of recreational

205 HPER 108)Ihe fund^^^"** Elementary School. 1 credit. Participation and instruction

movements, forms and patterns of creative rhythms, folk dances for children. F

1 credit. Each workshop will emphasize an area related to rse may be repeated as long as content varies. On demand.


222. Playgrounds and Community Recreation. 2 credits. Development of a program for summer and school playgrounds: landscaping, equipment and community recreation programs. S (Prerequisite HPER 108)

223. Movement Performance and Analysis. 1 credit. Majors are required to com-, plete a total of twelve units to include two units of rhythms, two units of gymnastics and two units of aquatics. Other activity areas will be determined by the adviser. Approximately 45 units available for selection. F,S

250. Intermediate Dance Techniques. 1-4 credits. Prerequisite: HPER 101 (Ballet, Modern or Jazz Dance and/or placement testing by instructor). Course can be repeated for maximum of 4 credits. A second level foundation course with emphasis on skiU proficiency in the dance forms of ballet, modern dance and jazz dance.

270. Camping and Outdoor Activities. 2 credits. Development of outdoor living skills, F,S

271. Outdoor Recreation Planning Programs. 2 credits. A study of outdoor recreation facilities and how to design and program these facilities for maximum effective use. On demand.

276. Motor Learning. 3 credits. Co-requisite: HPER 276 Laboratory. A clarification and categorization of relevant movement experiences unique to the psychomotor domain. S

304. Sports Officiating. 1 credit. (Officiating fall sports). Techniques and laboratory experiences in officiating seasonal spmrts. F

305. Sports Officiating. 1 credit. (Officiating spring sports). S307. Prevention and Care of Injuries. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Anatomy 204 of

consent of division director. Techniques needed for the prevention and care of all types of athletic injuries. Practical experience in the training room. F,S

308. Gymnastics Activities for the Elementary School Child. 2 credits. Developmental gymnastics — movement exploration and the teaching of gymnastic and apparatus games and contests. F

309. Water Safety Instruction. 2 credits. Scientific movement principles, theories and techniques as they apply to the teaching and conduct of aquatic theories. g ratory teaching assignments. Prerequisite: current senior life saving certificate. F'

310. First Aid. 2 credits. Co-requisite: HPER 310 Laboratory. Comprehensive First Aid methods. F,S

311. Performance Techniques. 1 credit for each area. Performance techniques of various sports activities including fundamental concepts. Different sports designa ® by section numbers. On demand.

312. Introduction to Athletic Trainers Theory. 2 credits. Prerequisite: HPER A detailed description of the Athletic Trainer and his responsibilities towards tioning, nutrition, injury recognition, equipment fitting, modalities and admims“ tion of a training room. F

323. Methods in Physical Eiducation Activities. 3 credits. Organizational patter for teaching physical education activities. F

332. Biomechanics. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Anatomy 204, Physiology consent of instructor. Co-requisite: HPER 332 Laboratory. The study of body ment with special emphasis on those movements related to sports and games-


340. Organization and Administration of P.E. 2 credits. The total physical education program, emphasizing details of organization and administration. S

341. Organization and Administration of Athletics. 2 credits. The total athletic Pi'ogram for men and women, emphasizing details of organizing, administering, and loading of athletic programs. F

342. Organization and Administration of Recreation. 3 credits. Emphasis will be placed upon organization, planning, management, promotion, maintenance of various Recreation areas, facilities and programs. S

350. Dance Repertory. 1-4 credits cumulative. Prerequisites of 101 and 250 or oogh placement testing system. Course can be repeated for maximum of 4 credits.360. Recreation for Special Populations. 2 credits. An introductory course con-

erned with the needs and interests of special populations (physically handicapped, 6ed, mentally retarded, etc.) as they relate to recreation and leisure activities. F

look^ Therapeutic Recreation. 2 credits. Prerequisite: 360. In depthK at the principles and planning of recreational and leisure activities for use in

Perapeutic Recreation. On demand.

act^ ' ' Physical Education. 2 credits. Prerequisites all professionalduties OR permission of division director. Assisting in teaching and related

sen * ?' Materials in Physical Education. 3 credits. Co-requisite: Sameester as student teaching. Special methods. F,S

®0cieM Sociology. 2 credits. The study of beliefs, values, interrelationships of ®Port principles or processes governing social phenomena within a

context. Identify and verify ways in which sport contributes to society and famine alternatives. F

Exercise Physiology. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Physiology 301 or consent of t^ns t HPER 402 Laboratory. Course involves a study of the type,

* y and duration of exercise related to normal human physiological functions. SPRganb Health Education. 2 credits. Specific instruction with regard to

a ion, content, methods and materials of the school health program. SActivities Program. 2 credits. Etiology of specific handicaps and

KRade 1 various activities which the individuals may participate in at variousavels. Theory and practical work will be emphasized. S

ion Activities Program. 2 credits. The organization and administra-®tudv r>T RORRi the elementary through the senior high school levels. The

Various activities and programs. F ^00 ivt

**'*1 mat ? !*** ® ^ Materials in Elementary Physical Education. 2 credits. Methods PR®ctice** *H i' traditional and creative for grades one through six. Discussion,

407 ®®R ®Rship experience for classroom teachers. F,S'*'°dern Dance. 1 credit. Prerequisites: ballroom dance, beginning^®aching square dance or permission of the instructor. Methods of

415 techniques of modem, ballroom, folk and square dance. On demand.PRiate P®y®homotor Performance. 3 credits. The selection and appro-®*'ide desc tests to measure psychomotor skills. The course will also in-

P ive statistics for the purpose of analyzing and interpreting test scores. F

223


418. Coaching Girls and Womens Sports. 2 credits. On demand.420. Analysis of Athletic Performance. 3 credits. Practical application of the

research and techniques for assessing athletic performance. F421. Community Recreation Leadership. 2 credits. Community recreation from

the standpoint of activities, programs and special methods of conducting recreational activities. Both practical and classroom work. F (Prerequisite: HPER 108)

422. Influence of Recreation and Leisure on Modern Society. 2 credits. Sociological, psychological, historical and philosophical implications and influences of recreation and leisure on modem society. On demand.

423. Coaching Methods. 2 credits. (Repeatable to a maximum of 6 hours). Methods employed in coaching specific sports. (Courses in specific sports, i.e., football basketball, hockey, track and field, baseball, volleyball, etc. will be listed as sections of this course. Students will elect up to 6 credits from these sections.) F,S

440. Psychology of Coaching. 2 credits. Examination of personality characteristics of athletes and their relationship to competition. S

450. Dance Production. 2 credits. Prerequisite: 350 or consent of instructor. Group and individual experience in the practical application of technical aspects of staging, costuming and lighting. On demand.

470. Environmental Interpretation. 3 credits. The principles, methods, and materials of interpretive naturalist programs for recreational agencies. Emphasis is placed on obtaming practical experience in developing interpretive materials and programs. F/2

479. Seminar in Recreation Facilities. 2 credits. Comprehensive study of tk® organization, admimstration and design of such recreational facilities as: ice arenaSi golf courses, swimming pools, equestrian academics, and bowling alleys. F

480. Field Experience in HPER. 1-8 credits. Placement of student in a practical setting under university faculty supervision. Credits to be determined. F,S

481. Practicum in Advanced Techniques of Athletic Training. 4 credits. Prereg uisite: HPER 307. In-depth study of proper techniques in caring for all typo® athletic injuries. Extensive practical experience in the training rooms. S

483. Practicum in Recreation. 1-8 credits. Lecture and practical experience fot recreation students in four family centers. Boy Scouts & Public Recreation. Prereq' uisites: HPER 108, 421, and permission of instructor. F,S

484. Professional Placement in Recreation. 1 credit. Independent and groupof professional placement according to the needs and interests of the individu® recreation major student as well as the group. Course designed for student se enrichment and understanding of placement in the recreation/leisure profession. °

485. Internship in Recreation. 8 credits. This experience will provide the prof®® sional entry to the recreation profession. Students will be placed in various tional settings for experiences involving administration and leadership supervision of professionals. Enrollment may be repeated to a maximum of ®'8 hours. Majors are required to take eight hours. F,S,SS

486. Practicum in Coaching. 2 credits. Prerequisites: HPER 307, 311. ‘•23.440 in the sport in which the student is assigned to coach. Study of variousof an athletic department. Coaching fundaipentals and an insight into the athl® Practical application in an area school system. F,S

History 225

495. Directed Studies in P.E. and Recreation. 1-4 credits. An indepth study in a subjMt area selected by the student under tutorial supervision. F.S (Open to upper division students only).

History(Hist)

J- Tweton (Chair), Beringer, Carter, Card, Howard, Iseminger, Lawrence, Murray, ®torson, Robinson, Rylance, Smith, Thorson, Vivian, Vondracek and Wilkins

on H*®tory program at the University prepares one to understand oneself and ^ e s society, as well as other people in different cultures in the past and in the present.

yond this the department trains students for the teaching o f history at all levels, as n service, and graduate studies in history. The study o f history may serve

preprofessional training for other areas such as law or the ministry.

'^ho'"l° offered for the History major. Plan A is primarily for thoseadv professional schools, such as law. and for those who want to pursueWho*** * work in history on a graduate level. Plan B is designed primarily for those

Want to enter government service, business, and teaching at the secondary level

College of Arts and Sciences•A. W i t h m a j o r i n h i s t o r y ' 125 hours, including:

j j ®®neral Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

of the Following Curriculum Options:^tion A


16 1 ....................................World R ^ o o a l G eography..G e<^319....................................Geography for T eachers___P S a 101......................................American Government I . . . .P S a ............................................Elective.....................................Soc 101 ......................................Introduction to Sociology . . .

.(3)

.(2)

.(3)

.13)

.(3)

MINOR IN HISTORYRequired 20 hours, including;

9 hours from:H ist 1 0 1 ..............................Western Civiliution to 1500 . . .H ist 1 0 2 ..............................W'estem Civilization since 1500Hist 1 0 3 ............................. United States to 1877 ................H ist 1 0 4 ..............................United States since 1877 ............

History dectives (Maximum: 4 hrs Hist 300)..................................

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

.(3).(11)

RELATED FIELD CONCENTRATION IN INTELLECTUAL HISTORY, MINOR ONLY:lUquired; 20 hours Upper Level work approved by the chairs of the History or Philosophy Departments.

Such courses as follows may be used:

Hist 330......................................TTie United States: Social and Cultural 19th C en tu ry ...................................................The United SUtes: Social and Cultural History 20th Century

Hittt.Til ____I A a __i;____I «? •_____ sw._s.. s s . a •'......................................Ancient and Medieval Science, Technology and MagicHist 342......................................Modem Science and Technology ..................Phil 305 ......................................Classical Greek and Hellenistic Philosophy.Phil 306 ......................................Medieval Period .Phil 307 ......................................Renaissance to Enlightenm ent..............Phil 308 ......................................Nineteenth Century Philosophy............Phil 309 ......................................Classical American Philosophy.............Phil 3 1 1 ......................................Basic Questions in Recent Philosophy.^*Sct 311......................................Development of Political Thought I . . .PScx 312......................................Development of Political Thought I I . .VA 210, 211............................... A rt History Survey .................................VA315........................................American A rt and A rchitecture___ : .VA 410........................................History of A r t Selected Subjects . . . .

....131

.. .(31

.. (3(

. . .(31

. . . (3(

. . .(31 ' . . . ( 3 1

. . .(31

,(3I.(31

Courses101. Western Civilization to 1500. 3 credits. An interpretive survey of cultural

continuity from 3000 B.C to the end of the European Middle Ages. F,S102. Western Ovilization since 1500. 3 credits. An interpretive survey with cm

phasis on movements common to Western Europe from the Reformation through World War II. F.S

103. United States to 1877.3 credits. A survey of early American history, includ" ing old world background, transformation of British institutions into American in* stitutions, revolution, and the establishment of the Union with its temporary breakup in Civil War. F.S

104. United States since 1877.3 credits. A survey of the last century of American history, including the transformation of an isolationist, agrarian nation into an urban, industrial, and world power, with emphasis upon the resulting domestic ma adjustments. F.S

203. Economic Development of the United States Since 1865.3 credits. A survey— : — j — I---------- . . . . . . — . . . . . I , , , a re

(.mveiopment oi me united ^u te s Since lSb5.3 credits. =>“• of major developments in American economic growth. The first four weeks devoted to the period before 1865; the remainder of the semester involves a mor® detailed study of events and changes during the past century. F

204. History of Canada. 3 credits. The story of our northern neighbor since I®®®'J v t o uwiLs. 1 H© siory O I ouF nortnern neignoor -

with attention paid to the influence of Great Britain and the United States on--^------- • • • » . . . . . . p.......W W W . , * i i * * u c u c c vjrtfBt o riia in ana tne uiuieu

evolution. Special emphasis is placed on economic and political development.

.A

History 227

207. The Western World, 1939 to the Present. 3 credits. An examination of cultural trends affecting the two generations. S

208. U.S. 1932 to Present. 3 credits. A survey of the Depression and New Deal, he Cold War, the consumer society and the travail of liberalism in recent America,

t^rimarily for non-history majors. F210. The United States: Military History. 3 credits. A survey from colonial times

u the present of the Army’s role in the formulation and implementation of national ®tense. Attention is given to the Constitutional and legal sUtus of the Army,

Ranging concepts in military organization and training, public attitudes toward the * tary, and the influences of the Army on American society. Specific wars and bat-

are studied in terms of military tactics and strategy. F

Latin America to 1825. 3 credits. An examination of the historical evolution ^ the American hemisphere from pre-Columbian times to the collapse of the Spanish

®pire, including the rise of indigenous cultures and civilizations, Spanish and Por- Suese intrusion and conquest, and the character of colonial rule. F

th Latin America: The National Experience since 1825. 3 credits. A survey of em American republics and Brazil during the 19th and 20th centuries, with

P asis on the challenges of democratic leadership, economic dependency, social ugration, and cultural pluralism. S

dev^f^' North Dakota. 3 credits. A survey emphasizing settlement andconsequences of the state’s location, climate, and settlers on

j^^situation in which it now finds itself. Special attention is paid to the Nonpartisan Sue story and the evolution of isolationist sentiment among North Dakotans. F

Scandinavian Countries Since 1500. 3 credits. A survey of Denmark, Sweden from the Lutheran Reformation to the present. Emphasis is on

ar movements of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. S®Ptne i *** History. 3 credits. A survey of the rise of the city and the devel-

nt of urban life from ancient times to the present. F/2 225 pAsiaoo *" Modern Times. 3 credits. A survey of modem conditions in

de India, southeast i pursue their own

Indus River. Lectures emphasize China but include 1 snp,.: 1 ®nd other countries. Students tire encouraged to pi *"®«ial interests. F

®nd Islamic Middle East. 3 credits. A survey emphasizing Islam as a religion''^®®*'®tnization, nationalism, and the conditions prevailing after both

Wars are also considered. Sit r*** Historian’s C raft 3 credits. An introduction to the nature of history —

® ould be read, understood, researched, reported and written. F,S 300. Tn • • .student History. 1-12 credits. Selected topics in history which allow the

' *®‘Iits t ° f ® specialized subject. 4 credits may apply to the history minor; 6301 ° history major; 12 credits to degree requirements. F,S

Medieval Civilization. 3 credits. A survey of the development of ®®cial j from the end of the Roman Empire to the 1200s. Emphasis is on

302 ° ^°*‘*'*‘®* development. F^ OOs to^^* High Middle Ages. 3 credits. A survey of Western Europe from the

I^*'^ century. Emphasis is on social and political


325. The United States: The Early Frontier. 3 credits. An examination of major interpretations of western history and major developments of Indians, ranching, mining, farming, fur trading, and the small town from colonial times to 1865. F

326. The United Statesi-Westem Frontier. 3 credits. An examination of major interpretations of western history and major developments of Indians, ranching, mining. farming, fur trading, and the small town from 1865 tp the present. S

330. The United States: Social and Cultural, 19th Century, 3 credits. A survey of the contributions of social institutions (such as the family, school, and church) to the development of a national culture. The colonial background is considered briefly" but emphasis is given to the first half of the nineteenth century. Changing attitudes toward social reform, intellectualism, class status, and minorities (such as children, women, blacks, and Indians) are examined. Competing regional trends in economics, social, political, and intellectual attitudes and institutions provide the dynamics for understanding the failure of nationalism during the antebellum period. F

331. The United States: Social and Cultural, 20th Century. 3 credits. A survey of the growth of government action in social welfare. Emphasis is given to the advent and growth of a mass, popular culture. S

332. Women in American History. 3 credits. A survey of U.S. women’s history from the colonial period to the present. Emphasis is given to nineteenth century movements and their contribution as well as to women’s participation in historical events.

341. Ancient and Medieval Science, Technology and Magic. 3 credits. A survey of the origins and development of scientific thought in Greek, Danic, European medieval, and Renaissance cultures. F/2

342. Modern Science and Technology. 3 credits. A survey of the revolution in scientific thought in the age of the Renaissance, the Copernican Revolution, and the development of physics, chemistry, geology, biology, etc. into modern times. S/2

343. Ancient Greece. 3 credits. A study of Greek prehistory and history to the end of the Hellenistic era. Greek achievements in art, commerce, literature, politics, religion, science, and technology are surveyed. F

344. Ancient Rome. 3 credits. A survey of the prehistory, historical development, and ultunate decline of Rome. In addition to inquiries into the military, politic^' cultural, economic, and religious experiences of the ancient Romans, this course win attempt to delineate those qualities of life that were peculiarily Roman. S

345. The Ancient Near East. 3 credits. A course intended to acquaint the student with cultures of the ancient western Asian world. Egypt, Iran, Iraq, Turkey, and the Levant are the areas emphasized. F

350. Europe: The ReformaUon, 1500-1648. 3 credits. The flow of events and ideas in Europe from the beginning of the Reformation to the end of the religious wars.

351. Europe: Age of Absolutism, 1648-1789. 3 credits. The flow of events and ideas in Europe from the end of the Thirty Years’ War to the French Revolution.

352. Europe: French Revolution and Napoleonic Era, 1789-1815.3 credits. A cours® which serves as an admirable vehicle to observe human nature at its best and people responded to unprecedented and unexpected problems and opportunities. Stu of this classic revolution compels a conclusion on how revolutions begin and, on begun whether they move under their own momentum to excess and then reaction.

m9T


412. United States: Diplomatic History Since 1933. 3 credits. S/2• ^ Since 1815.3 credits. A survey of the Red versus Black tradition during the nineteenth century and its repudiation in the twentieth century. F/2

415. Germany Since 1815. 3 credits. An interpretation of the Second Reich. Weimar, and the Third Reich. F

416. Russia to 1855. 3 credits. A survey of Russia’s political, economic, and cultural development before the beginning of modern reforms and the growth of revolutionary ideas. F

417. Russia Since 1855. 3 credits. A survey of Russia and the Soviet Union, emphasizing failed reforms, successful revolutions, and the establishment of the Soviet State. S

419. Great Britain Sin« 1815.3 credits. A survey developing the theme of the prag- iMtic response of the British people to the problems and opportunities provided by the Industrial Revolution. The conclusion presented is that the Welfare State estab- hshed after World War II was the logical culmination of this pragmatic response. S/2

431. History of the Great Plains. 3 credits. A historiographic and thematic approach to the area west of the 98 meridian and east of the Rocky Mountains, includ- mg the Canadian prairie provinces, from the period of Plains Indians to the present. S

440. IntroducUon to Research. 2 credits. A methodology course. Though designe*! prunarily for history majors. History 440 may prove very useful for students in others of the social science fields. Through discussion and working in the library, t*’® students develop skills both in the compiling of a bibliography and in the use of nals, newspapers, government documents, manuscript collections, pictorial materials, ete. Each student writes a paper that demonstrates the use and evaluation of these historical source materials. F,S

480. Introduction to Public History. 3 credits. An introduction to public history at federal, state, and local levels. Emphasis is given to archival theory, oral history, museum studies and historic preservation, with attention to public awareness of historical resources. F

481 PubUc History Practice. 3 credits. A practicum in which the student learns through experience the techniques of public Wstory work. S

495. Readings in History. 1-6 credits. F,S499. Senior Honors Thesis. 1-15 credits; toUl not to exceed fifteen. Prerequisit®’

consent of the Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Supervise'’ independent study culminating in a thesis. F,S

Home Economics and Nutrition(HEc)

J. Bostrom (Chair), Askim, Crawford, Ketterling, Oring, Toma, UhlenbargThe general mission of the Department of Home Economics and Nutrition is ^

offer theoretical and experiential preparation for professionals. The department i accredited by the American Home Economics Association.Programs include:

B.S. in Home Economics: Coordinated Undergraduate Program in CommuniV Dietetics (CUP)

Home Economics and Nutrition 231

B.S. in Home Economics: Textiles, Clothing and Consumer Studies (TC&C) B.S. in Home Economics: Home Economics Education (HEEd)The Coordinated Undergraduate Program in Community Dietetics is accredited

Dietetics Association (ADA). It combines academic preparation >th clinical experience for students who wish to become registered dietitians. Upon ojnpletion of this degree, students are eligible for membership in ADA and/or to

the examination for professional registration. Students apply for admission to e program during the second semester of the sophomore year, or when they have

ômpleted the pre-professional requirements. A cumulative grade point of 2.6 or ^>gher and a minimum of a “C” grade in all science, foods, and nutrition courses are

quired. All requirements are listed in the CUP Student Handbook.Prol*'* Textiles, Clothing and Consumer Studies program provides the students the Sal development for the fields of fashion management, merchandising and

consumer counseling: consumer specialist; or as home economists in business, •nin provides for a selection of elective credit hours as a concentration or

Of designed to meet the needs and interests of the student.Economics Education graduates may be employed as secondary teachers,

^ênsion home economists and educators in community and business settings. The fL ^ ^ combined with other fields to meet individual objectives of students.CertT requirements for the North Dakota Educator’s Professional

* icate and the North Dakota Vocational Home Economics Teaching CredentiaL

B s C o lle g e o f H u m a n R e s o u r c e s D e v e lo p m e n tIN ECONOMICS: COORDINATED UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM

’ COMMUNITY DIETETICS125 hour., including:

Ij (jraduation Requirementa, see pages 33-39.

Ill -re ' Human Resources Development Requirements, see page 101.■’^ '’ Following Curriculum:

HEC24J........................................ .....................................................................................................HEc 260..................................... Intro to Nutrition .................................................................................HEc 332..................................... Family and Community H e a lth ..........................................................HEc 33s ..................................... Advanced Foods ...................................................................................Anat 204..................................... Cultural Foods.................... ...............................................................

..................... ..............Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel.................................................®‘ol 101^'>«mios 'i iU ........................... IntroducUon to Biology .................................................................................... (4)Chem 212’ ........................... General Chemistry I. I I ......................................................................................(8)Econ 1 0 5 ................................... Organic Chemistry.............................................................................................. (5|Math 103....................................Elements of Economics......................................................................................(3)M Bio202::................... ...........College A lgeb ra .................................................................................................. (3)

....................................Introductory Medical Microbiology.................................' ..............................Ut»?Bio302 "Phy3oi ..................................General Microbiology ..........................................................................Pay 2 1 3 ........ ......................... Mechanics of Human Physiology........................................................Pay 241 ■ '' ■ ..............................Educational Psychology......................................................................Soc lo i ......................................Introduction to S ta tis tic s .....................................................................

......................................Introduction to Sociology........................................................ .........A n th n i "PfQj , ......................... Introduction to Cultural Anthropology.............................................Êc 34'°"** Dietetics Requirements:HoHEc 342HEc 430He ,He ,He ,

e 436 ■e441 «442

■ Food Service M anagem ent.....................■ Community N u tritio n .............................. Experimental Foods ...............................Dietetic Service in Comm, Institutions ,

. Advanced Nutrition..................................

. Medical D ietetics......................................

(31(31

.(3)(31(3)(31


HEc 486......................................CUnicalComm. E ip . I. II, III, IV ,HEc 495......................................Spec. Prob C U P ................................HEc 498......................................Research.............................................BiCh 301 ....................................B iochem istry.....................................Mgmt 305 ..................................M ana^rial Concepts........................o r 205 ......................................'Medical Terminology........................

.(241,.121..(21..(31..(3)..(II

B.S. IN HOME ECONOMICS: MAJOR IN TEXTILES, CLOTHING AND CONSUMER STUDIESRequired 125 hours, izKluding:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. The College for Human Resourses Development Requirements, see page 101.

III. The Following Curriculum;HEc 101.....................................Clothing C<mstniction...............................................................................HEc 106.....................................Clothing Selection......................................................................................HEc 110.....................................Textiles........................................................................................................HEc 201.....................................Advanced O othing Construe J o n ............................................................HEc 320......................................Housing and Furnishings........................................................................HEc 360.....................................Consumer B u y in g .....................................................................................HEc 361......................................Family F in an ce .........................................................................................HEc 406..................................... Tailoring......................................................................................................HEc 409......................................Flat P a tte rn ................................................................................................HEc 414..................................... HisU»ic Costume........................................................................................HEc 481......................................Management in Family Living................................................................HEc 495......................................Spec. Prob. Fashion Production..............................................................HEc 495......................................Special Problems in Textiles................................................................HEc 486..................................... Fashion Field Experience.......................................................................

HEc 498......................................Research.............................................Required in other departments:Acet ....................................Elements of A ccounting..............,Acct315 ....................................Business L aw ....................................Chem 103 or 105 ....................... General Chemistry............................eSci 101......................................Introduction to Computers.............Exon 1 0 5 ....................................Elements of Economics....................Mgmt 305 ..................................Managerial Concepts........................Mrkt 204 ....................................Salesm anship....................................Mrkt 3 0 1 ....................................Principles of M arketing...................Mrkt 302 ....................................Ad\-ertising & Sales Promotion . . ,Psy 101 ...................................... Introduction to Psychology............Speh 1 0 1 ....................................Fundamentals of Public Speaking .Soc 101 ......................................Introduction to S o d o lc ^ ................VA 173*174 ............................... Basic Design ....................................

.. .<3>

...{31

...13),..(3>...(3)...(31...(31...(31..(31

...(31

..(31..(31

...(31

...(31

...(31..(31,.(4I..(31,.(3I..(31. (21..(31

...(31..(31..(31..(31..(41

B.S. IN HOME ECONOMICS: HO.ME ECONOMICS EDUCATIONRequired 125 hours, including:

1. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. The College for Human Resources Development Requirements, see page 101.

III. Center fw Teaching and Learning Secondary Education Sequence, see page 162.IV. The Following Cxurkulum:

HEx 106......................................Clothing Selection....................................HEIcllO ......................................Textiles.......................................................HEc 201......................................Advanced Clothing Construction............HE^ 231......................................F o o d s ..........................................................HEx 240......................................Introduction to N utrition ........................HEc 250......................................Family A Cemununity H ealth ..................HEc 252......................................Child Devek^ment ..................................HEc 320......................................Housing & Furnishings............................HEc 322......................................Trends in Home Equipm ent....................HElc 332......................................Advanced F o o d s .......................................HEc 360......................................Consumer Buying ................................ ...HE^ 361.................................. Family F in an ce ........................................HEc 365......................................M e th ^ s & Materials in Home Econ I ..HEc 465...................................... Methods & Materials in Home Econ II .

.(31..(31..(31..(31..(31..(31..(31..(31,.(21..(31.(31

..(31

..(21

..(21

Home Economics and Nutrition

HEc 4 7 0 ........................................ Special Methods in Adult Homemaking EdHEc 481 ........................................ Management in Family L iv ing.......................HEc 4 9 5 ........................................ Special Problems: Occupation Home E c . . . .Required in other departments:

HVED 4 4 4 ....................................Philosophy of Vocational Education ............2 13 ...................................Appl. of Psy to Teaching &. Learning............2 14 ...................................PWlosophy and the T each er............................3 4 1 ....................................... Curriculum Development & Instruction . . .3 8 4 ....................................... Micro T each in g ...................................................

CTL 3 9 0 ........................................ Native American S tu d ie s .................................

J ^ 2 1 ...........................................Introduction to Indian Studies..............................4 8 7 ........................................ Student Teaching.......................................................

Chem 103 or 1 0 5 .........................General Chemistry.....................................................^ ^ 1 3 1 ........................................ Introduction to Psychology...................................^ 3 4 6 ........................................ Human Beharior in the Social Environment 11

335 .................... ................... The Fam ily ..................................................................1 3 1 ...................................... Fundamentals of Public Speaking........................

A 173-174 ..................................Basic D e s ig n ..............................................................

i n h o m e e c o n o m ic sRequired: 20 hours including:

136........................................ Clothing Selection ....................................................Ec 240 ........................................ Intro to N u trition .....................................................

Up ........................................ Child Developm ent..................................................360 ........................................ Consumer Bu>ing

Home Economics and Nutrition course offerings in consultation with a departmen-

233

( 2)

(3((2)

(3)(4) (II

.(3) (21 (31

(31(9)(4)(3)(3)(31(3)(31(4|

Courses***^ *”8 Construction. 3 credits. Elementary clothing construction tech-

in „ ® basis for consumer selection for those who have had little or no experience‘“ «ewing.F (Laboratory)

9*°*'**‘“8 Selection. 3 credits. An elementary approach to the study of cloth- Dhv •* , context of its aesthetic, economic, cultural, social, psychological andP*'ysical relationships. F

Select ®*'®‘bts. Study of fiber/yarn/fabric properties, their identification,•on, use and care in textile products. F (Laboratory)

®atisf\ Clothing Construction. 3 credits. Prerequisites; HEc 101, or athe use°?^ niark in a qualifying examination. The analysis of pattern and fit, and '•Pgrari *** advanced methods of clothing construction and couture finishes to

231 Quality and design of the finished garment. S (Laboratory) tioij of' credits. Prerequisite; Chem 100,103 or 105. The study and applica-* ®chnol physical principles applied to food preparation. Consumer and^ (Labor^t •^formation involved in the selection, preparation and serving of food.

* **catio **j'^® **ction to Nutrition. 3 credits. Basic principles of nutrition with ap- 250 *adividuals and family groups. F ,S

•••dividog*"’!*^ ®"d Community Health. 3 credits. A basis for healthful living for •'oblem ,”'dies and conununities developed through a study of major health

252 treatment and control. S‘ thr^*'*If 3 credits. Study of the growth and developmental pro-

®*'d a me* adolescence. A basis for understanding basic needs of the normal child *••3 of meeting them in the child's home and community environment. F ,S


320. Housing and Furnishings. 3 credits. Trends and issues in housing. Application of art principles to the selection, arrangement and design of residential architecture and its furnishings. S

322. Trends in Home Equipment. 2 credits. A study of trends in household equip-. ment including microcomputers, and an exploration of issues related to resource allocation. S

332. Advanced Foods. 3 credits. Prerequisites: HEc 231. Management of personal and economic resources in planning and providing for food consumption by iO" dividuals and family groups. S (Laboratory)

335. Cultural Foods. 3 credits. Examination of the food patterns of selected world population groups considering the effect of social, cultural, and economic practices on nutritional values. F (Laboratory)

340. Food Service Management 3 credits. Prerequisites: HEc 231, 332. Principle® of organization and management applied to quantity food service; standardization of foods with reference to quality and production costs; use and operation of equip" ment and quantity food preparation. F

342. Community Nutrition. 3 credits. Prerequisite: HEc 240. Application of nutrition principles to populations in various community environments and stages of life cycle with consideration given to interrelated health, social, and economic concerns. S

360. Consumer Buying. 3 credits. Examination of consumer rights and responsibilities, government and private aids to consumers, consumer credit and individua problems in market selection. F

361. Family Finance. 3 credits. Analysis of family and community resources ap plied to individual family financial plans. S

365. Methods & Materials of Home Economics I. 2 credits. Presents an of home economics education. Includes development of unit and lesson plans relatau to home economics content areas for various groups. F

406. Tailoring. 3 credits. Prerequisite: HEc 201. Principles in constructing tailored garments by the custom tailoring and speed tailoring methods with cm phasis on creative activity. F

409. Flat Patterns. 3 credits. Prerequisite: HEc 201. Principles of patterndress design as they relate to the use of fabric on a three dimensional form (Laboratory)

414. History of Costume. 3 credits. A comparative study of dress from ancient to modem time with consideration of social, economic and political factors affe® ' dress, and the contributions to apparel design of the western world. S/2

430. Experimental Foods. 3 credits. Prerequisite: HEc 231. Development ® perimental food methods and techniques and their application to food prepara > and processing. F (Laboratory)

• • •436. Dietetic Services in Community Institutions. 3 credits. Prerequisites- 340,342, 442. Combining management skills in planning, organizing, and evalua the nutritional component of health care in community facilities. S ^

441. Advanced Nutrition. 3 credits. Prerequisites: HEc 240, Chem 212. principles of normal nutrition. Study of adequate diets with practice in the ca c tion of dietary patterns. S

A

Honors 235

442. Medical Dietetics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: HEc 441, Phys 301. Application nutritional intervention principles to disease states and appropriate therapeutic

®>easures. F465. Methods & Materials in Home Economics II. 2 credits. Analysis of program

Planning and evaluation in vocational home economics education. Incorporation of A/HERO as an integral part of the vocational home economics program. Devel*

°Pment of human relations skills. Fth Methods of Adult Homemaking Education. 2 credits. An analysis of

e role of home economics in the adult education program. Exploration of appropri- ® methods for reaching varying audiences. S/2

475. Workship in Home Economics. 1-4 credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 ■■edits. Opportunity for students to work cooperatively on problems arising out of ® Ual situations. Consent of instructor required. On demand.

481. Management in Family Living. 3 credits. Identification and use of available Sources to achieve individual and family goals. Consideration is given to values,

”'®*'®g®ment situations and interchangeability of resources. Field experi- ®6s are planned to meet individual students needs. S

on Clinical/Community Experience. 1-8 credits (repeatable to 24 credits). Devel- ment of professional skiUs by working directly in home economics and related pro-

services integral to the community. Students will participate in clinical/ *^unity experiences appropriate to professional goals and college programs.

®sent of instructor required one semester prior to enrollment. F,SProblems in Home Economics. 1-4 credits. (Repeatable to a max-

ont”* f ^ ^fedits). Special problems and/or independent study offered in selected ®nt areas of home economics. Consent of instructor required.

Readings in Home Economics. 1 to 4 credits. (Repeatable to a 6 credits.) Recent developments, techniques and research findings. Of-

each of the content areas of home economics. Consent of instructor required.®''edR l Research in Home Economics. 1 to 4 credits. (Repeatable to a maximum of 6

e)- Study of research procedures and designs appropriate to home economics.

Honors(Hon)

ForlOl * description of the Honors Program, see page 49.

' ®*'k q'j fo Honors Studies. 4 credits. Reading and discussion of selectedby ®®'anistic value; orientation to methods of Honors work. NormaUy taken

299 ®®®didate-members of the Honors Program. F,S/2^^fticin^”********'***"' credits. Interdisciplinary courses on varying topics; student

and discussion are stressed. Several colloquia are offered each semester.


Open to students not in the Program. F ,S

395. Advanced Colloquium. 2-4 credits. Advanced interdisciplinary courses on varying topics. Normally preparatory work in one of the relevant disciplines is prerequisite: student participation in planning the colloquium is sought. F.S

399. Tutorial. 1-4 credits. Individual or small-group instruction on specified topics, arranged by mutual agreement among student, teacher, and the Program- Open to members of the Program. F ,S

499. Senior Honors Thesis. 1 to 15 credits: total not to exceed fifteen. Prerequisite: consent of the Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Supervised independent study culminating in a thesis. F .S

Humanities(Hum)

G.C. Lawrence (Coordinator), Glassheim, Olmstead, Rand, Wills. The permanent staff is supplemented from other departments fo the University, principally

English, History, Modern and Classical Languages, Philosophy, and Religious Studies.

The University requires twelve hours in arts and humanities for any baccalaureate degree. See pages 33-39.

A Related Fields Concentration in Humanities may be offered as a major in th® College of Arts and Sciences. The student must complete 18 credit hours in each o at least two humanities disciplines: of these, at least 27 must be in Upper Le''® Work. Level IV proficiency in a language other than English, preferably Gree > Latin, French or German, is required.

101. Introduction to Humanities. 4 credits. This course is designed to introduce beginning university students to the modes of expression of the major disciplines_e the Humanities: imaginative literature, philosophy, history, religion, drama,and art. A central theme provides the focus of the course, and in approaching f theme through each of the humanistic disciplines the way is opened to a percep ' of the value structure of our cultural tradition. F

102. Introduction to Humanities. 4 credits. This course is structurally the sa>n as Humanities 101, and has the same general goals, but differs from it in that subject matter is the culture of classical Greece. The authors read in the course n mally include Homer, Sophocles, and Plato along with varying selections from o poets, dramatists, philosophers, and historians. S

Indian Studies(IS)

Bluemie, DeFlyer, Salter, M.J. SchneiderThe Indian Studies curriculum at the University of North Dakota has

been

.s

Indian Studies

Established to meet needs both on the campus and throughout the state. The major ®nd minor, combined with other subject matter concentrations, are intended to pro- '^de: (1) a more complete understanding of Indian history and culture, (2) practical experiences in Indian communities, (3) a basis for employment in either reservation Ef non-reservation settings, and (4) background for graduate work in Indian Studies,

he degree of Bachelor of Arts is offered through the College of Arts and Sciences, or the greater University community, the courses in Indian Studies, together with ® research conducted or sponsored by the Department, provide an expanded ap

proach to the study of American history. Another purpose of the program is to âble the University to serve the reservation communities, especially in their

ocational programs. As the Indian Studies program develops, more basic informa- on, teaching materials, and staff assistance will be available to Indian schools and odian leaders.

237

College of Arts and SciencesA. WITH M AJOR IN INDIAN STU D IES

125 hours, including:

General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.' ' *'6 following Curriculum:

major hours, including:

AntK oVe......... .............................. Introduction to Indian Studies..............................................................Ig 345 ^ ...................................... North American Indians.........................................................................

...........................................Contemporary American Indian Issu es..............................................® nours from:

En^l ............................... American Indian Languages I ................................................................En 1 ................................American Indian Languages I I .............................................................E n f 1 ................................Literature and Culture: Traditional American Indian Literature

o 6 7 ............................... American Indian L ite ra tu re ..................................................................J hours from:

1^210 ................................Primitive Technology...............................................................................jg 2j e ....................................Natural Science and Culture of the Plains In d ian s.........................jg 253 ....................................Cultural Use of Plants by Regional Indians.......................................Ig 255 ....................................Native American Arts and C rafts.........................................................

« . ....................................Survey of Native American A r t s ....................................................... hours from:

IS 371 « . _Ig 3.^5....................................Reservation Government and P o litics ................................................i s 3.^0....................................History of Ammcan Indian Policy......................................................

a . ....................................Special Topics: American Indian L a w ................................................ ^7^8 from:

^S203Is 207................................... Introductory Sur>*ey of Chippewa History ......................................IS 301 ....................................Hist<wy of the Three A ffiliat^ T r ib e s ................................................I s 34J ....................................History erf the Western S io u x ..............................................................

4.0 1 ....................................Urban Indian Studies...............................................................................

IS 481................................. PracUcum (Study and work experience in an Indian commumty

^^®ctives or professional settin g l..................................................................................(4-8)Any .................................................................................................. ....................................................................(2-6)®*®ctives in In *?*^ © **^ • ^ v e that are not used to meet requirements may be taken as electives. Other ^*ôcenlr IS 330, and IS 491 (See below for course descriptions).

he mftt ^ ^ other than Indian Studies is also required of all majors. This concentration’“ Proftae

A mi ^ (equivmlent to Levd IV in a Native American or other language!

specid" fifW'ûdent and ,* concentration of at least 24 hours can be arranged between thet ourse Work in * ‘"^'dty of the Department. These concentrations are designed for students to obtain

(4) Certifi(.gf. * * '’'* ’ fheir major.• “ '■tifiade *” P''*’* ' ' schools. (It should be noted that at present Indian Studies is not

Jor. Thus, one must complete the requirements for a composite Soda] Science or a

. .(3)

..(3 )

..(31

..(3)

..(3 )

..(31

. (31

. (21

..(3 )

..(31

..(31

..(31

..(31

..(3 )

. (3)

. (31


Physical Science majOT. as well as take the professional education foundations courses required of teacher candidates. Courses in Indian Studies may serve as an area of concentration in the Social Science major.)

MINOR IN INDIAN STUDIESRequired 22 hours including:

IS 121 .................................... Introduction to Indian Studies...............Anth 375 .................................Ncwth American Indians........................fS 345 .....................................Contemporary American Indian Issues.

Electives in Indian Studies...................

.,13)

..(3)

..(3),(13)

Courses121. Introduction to Indian Studies. 3 credits. Introduction to content, concepts

and methods of Indian Studies courses, with emphasis on career possibilities and professional development. F,S

161. Indian Sign Language. 1 credit. American Indian sign language was the universal means of communication on the Plains. Purpose of this course is to bring knowledge and understanding of this early-day communication system to the student of today. It, a t the same time, teaches about a way of life. F

203. Introductory Survey of Chippewa History. 3 credits. A study of Ojibway history, life, and culture from the original contacts with White traders; successiv® relocations in the interior of North America; warfare and contact with other tribes, treaties and land cessions and establishment upon reservations; and contemporsfy status and problems. F

207. History of the Three Affiliated Tribes. 3 credits. A survey of the history the Mandan, Hidatsa, and Ankara people. The first part of the course deals with the history of the separate tribes, and the second part is concerned with their corpora^ history since 1862. S

210. Natural Science and Culture of the Plains Indians. 3 credits. Introduction natural science of the Northern Plains, including geography, geology, climatolngy* mineralogy, soils, and biology, and its relationship to the Plains Indian culture* which reflect the interrelationship between man and nature and man’s dependency on nature. Includes two field trips. F

215. Cultural Use of Plants by Regional Indians. 3 credits. Introduction to tb® American Indian cultural approach to plants indigenous to the plains and woodlan of North Dakota and surrounding states. The course will stress the cultural use o the more common plants used in Indian religion, pharmacology, food, clothiu^’ shelter, and art. S

235. Cross-Cultural Seminar. 2 credits. Cross-Cultural awareness through tb use of audio-visual materials, simulation games, and resource people who are able present various perspectives of American Indian culture. (May be repeated to total of four credits).

253. Native American Arts and Crafts. 2 credits. Projects in Native arts and crafts. The student will be required to outline his plan of work. The stu shall be allowed to choose an area, or areas of his own interest. S

255. Survey of Native American Art. 3 credits. Examination of the metb® ^ materials, and techmques of Native American visual arts, music, dance, and draiu®

301. History of the Western Sioux. 3 credits. The history of the Sioux earliest known beginnings to the present day, with special emphasis upon tbe Nation. F

Industrial Technology

330. Contemporary Plains Indian Culture. 3 credits. An examination o f the j ology, social structure, economics, politics, and values of contemporary Plains •'Qians with special emphasis on reservation systems. S

^ 331. Traditional Plains Indian Culture. 3 credits. An examination of the environ- ®»'t, social structure, political organization, religion and other aspects o f Plains Indian ® before the establishment o f the reservations.

i 341. Urban Indian Studies. 3 credits. Reading and discussion on the particularUes confronting Native Americans as they leave the reservation and enter urban

"'■lety. s

issu American Indian Issues. 3 credits. Study and discussion of®s of general importance to contemporary Native American life. F,S

®ont^ ' Indian Women. 3 credits. An examination of the historical andemporary traditions, role, contributions, and issues concerning Indian women.

^"nct’ ^Reservation Government and Politics. 3 credits. To acquaint students with Eov„ diverse government agencies and the politics o f Indian reservation self- ^''''ernment. F

PolicP ^*®*“ *’y “ R American Indian Policy. 3 credits. An historical survey o f the programs that have defined the relationship of the United States Gov-

ent to the Indian people. S

^bired T^*'*“ * ’R'°P*‘'®- R'3 credits (maximum 9 credits). Consent o f instructor re- • Popics and credits vary with availability of staff and student interests. S

Pbrietic credits. A work-study course designed to provide on-site ex-•■•816 H Rl*® student will select an assignment that is appro-

Un'd*** number o f credits will vary according to the assignments. All practice ''®R'on guidance and supervision. Most assignments will be in a reser-Pfofpoo* R^®y be in an urban Indian community or other related

®ss'onal settings. F,S

®®nt n f/* ’ ' ®Pcn*Rc“ t Study in Indian Studies. 1-3 credits (maximum 9 credits). Con- " i instructor required. F,S

239

Industrial Technology(IT)

Th (Chair), Auer, Cheng, Eickhoff, Sinn and Stenehjem^ Industrial Technology offers an educational program designed

Prepar' f^*^^ student interests related to industrial and technological careers, Post-s* industrial arts and technical education teachers for the secondary

^bstrial levels and technologiail literacy. The specific functions of the In-

,<1» To

pp - — ^ a i l U tC C t U lU lU

technology program include;

thro'*'^jf^ courses leading toward a Bachelor o f Science in Industrial Tech- in College for Human Resources Development for students inter-

'**••'688 rel Rcchnologist supervisory or leadership positions in industry orenterprises;


(2) To provide courses leading toward a Bachelor of Science through the Colleg® for Human Resources Development or Center for Teaching and Leeu-ning with a major or minor in Industrial Technology Education for teaching industrial arts or technical education at secondary and higher education levels;

(3) To offer interdisciplinary courses designed to contribute toward the fulfil' ment of the general University requirements and to provide courses and special programs to supplement other fields;

(4) To provide courses leading toward an Industrial Technology minor in th® areas of Energy/Power Technology, Production Technology, and Graphic Communications Technology for any student on campus desiring a technologist supporting area; and

(5) To provide graduate courses leading toward Master of Science and Master of Education degrees with Industrial Technology as the major field of concentration supported by related minor and cognate areas.

College for Hum an Resources Developm entB.S. IN INDUSTRIAL TECHNOLOGY (Technologist Program)Required 125 hours, mcluding:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. College f<v Human Resources Devel<^ment Requirements, see page 101.

in. The Following Curriculum:Industrial Technology General Core (15 Sem. Hrs. Required)

IT 101 ........................................ In tra to Energy/Power............................................................IT 1 0 2 ........................................ In tra to Graphic Communications .....................................IT 1 0 3 ........................................ In tra to Producticm Technology...........................................IT ^ 1 ....................................... Electromechanical Fundam entals..........................................IT 202 ....................................... Technical Illustration Techniques.........................................IT 203 ........................................Production Processes ..............................................................IT 2 1 2 ........................................Reprographics...........................................................................

Technology Professional Core (14 Sem. Hrs. Required)IT 300 ........................................Technology. Society and tlw Individual ..................................IT 3 1 0 ........................................ Industrial Organization Planning and C ontro l........................IT 330 ........................................ Instrumentation and Quality Assurance..................................IT 420 ....................................... Industrial Facility Design...........................................................IT 440 ........................................ Industrial S a fe ty ..........................................................................IT ........................................Micro Processes C<»nputar Applications in Ind. Tech............

Technology Electives (22 Sem Hrs. Required)A technological emphasis of study may be chosen from the following courses. However, a minimum of one having each of the third-digit numbers (1). (2). (3) and (4) must be included.

IT 1 0 4 ........................................Characteristics of M aterials........................................................IT 211 ........................................Reactive Electrical C ircu its ........................................................IT 2 1 3 ........................................Construction Processes................................................................IT 301 ........................................Power C o n tro l...............................................................................IT 302 ........................................Photo Reprographics.................. ..................................................IT 303 ...................................... Integrated Production Techniques............................................IT 304 ........................................Metric Measurement and S tandards.........................................IT 311 ......................................Omversion and Transmission S ystem s......................................IT 3 1 2 ........................................Design Drafting ...........................................................................IT 3 1 3 ........................................Production M aterials....................................................................IT 322 ........................................Pre^ressive Photographic Processes.........................................IT 323 ........................................Applied S y n th e tic s ......................................................................IT 401 ........................................Electronic Communications System s.........................................IT 402 ........................................Printing Production and C o n tro l.........................................IT 403 ........................................Protot>-pe ......................................................................................IT 404 ........................................Materials Testing..........................................................................IT 4 1 1 ........................................Transportation Technology .......................................................IT 4 1 2 ........................................Electronic D rafting ......................................................................IT 4 1 3 ........................................Construction with .Modular Components..................................

;; ,.131

..|2> •' ..0 • ■ ■. .(3)

cour*

.(31 ,(3I .(3) .0 .0 ,13( .13) .(3) .(31 .(21 .(21 .(3) , |2) .(311.4),(3) . (2)

.(2)

.(2)

Industrial Technology 241

IT 421 ........ . Logic Circuits....................IT 422 . Construction Drafting..IT 432 .......IT 485 . . .IT 497 . . . .IT498 . . .b

13.1^®'* Support Coursea Selected Sem. Hrs. Minimum)Math 103 Math inR

.Color Theory and Photographic Procesaea Field Experiencea in Induatrial Technologv Directed Studiea in Industrial Technolouv

. Techmcal Experimentation .. .

......... (2).. . (1.6) . . . (1-8)

From The Following or Higher Level;

. CoUege Algebra...................

Math 204 or 211 . . .. lYigonometry................ Survey of Calculus or Calculus I^hem 103 or 105.........

Phy 101 and 102 . Fundamentals of Our Chemical World or General Chemistry 1 . Introductory CoUege Phvsics . . . ....... (4).Computer Programming I .........

Scon 210 Ba s ic or I 'ORTRAN <Engr or CScil ........(2)Mgmt 300 Mgmtsoi Principles of Management .. ........(3)

Production Management........

^^DUs t r i a l t e c h n o l o g y m i n o r sin Energy/Power Technology

R !j°'**‘* course numbers ending in 1.2 course numbers ending in 2. 3. or 4 and IT 485. 497 & 498.

*nor m Graphic Communications Technology 4 hours from course numbers ending in 2.

3. course numbers ending in 1. 3. or 4 and IT 485, 497 & 498.P»^uction Technology

4 hours from course numbers ending in 3. hours from course numbers ending in 1, 2, or 4 and IT 485. 497 & 498.

IN DRIVER AND TRAFFIC SAFETY EDUCATIONITIt 426 ................................... TransporUUon Safety............................................................................ (Psy j Q j ..................................Driver and Traffic Safety Education.............................................. j

..................................Introduction to Psychology............................................................ ! ! ! ! (® course (3-4 hours) from;^TL 213Psv2n .......................... Apphcation of Psychology to Teaching and Learning.......... .......... (4 )

g . ............................ Educational Psychology........ (3»^ 5 hours from;

IT 497 ................................ Experience............................................................................IT 493 ............................. Directed Studies................................... (l.g|

’ ‘“ n o u c .fro n ,.............................................................................................................................

........................ Aid ............................................................................................ (2)PSci 251 ........................Basic Audiovisual Equipment............................................................. (3)

.......................... Intro to Criminal Justice............................................... (31

® S.En tx Center for Teaching and Learning' ^ “i'«i 124 K ^ ^ d u s t r i a l e d u c a t i o n>25 houra.

prognni it offered through the Department of Industrial Technology and theearn either a B.S.ED. in the CoUege for

^ the Center for t teacher certification through the Center F w Teaching and Learning or a* ^ener»! n . ®®chmg and Learning by fulfilling indixidual college requirements.^®Reral p r a

' ®«che r R«quiremenU. see pages 33-39The p„M R*quirementa, aee page 162.

ollowing Curriculum:"Austria! Ed>T loi “ “ >>on Core Requirement (26 Sem. Hra. Requited)j l >»2 . _ _ ........................ Intro, to Energy/Power..................

>»3 . _ ...................... Intro, to Graphic Communicationa............................Intro. u> Production Technology ..

( 1)(1)(II


IT 1 0 4 .......................................Characteristics of M at«nals...................IT 201 .......................................Electnxnechancial Fundamentals.........IT 202 .......................................Technical lUustration Techniques.........IT 203 .......................................Production Processes ..............................IT 2 1 2 .......................................Re(MY>graphics..........................................IT 2 1 3 ...................................*. .Construction Processes...........................IT 300 .......................................Technology, Society and the IndividualIT 301 .......................................P o im C ontrol..........................................Industrial Education Technical Electives (16 Sem. Hrs. Required)

Selected from the following;IT 2 1 1 .......................................Reactive Electrical C ircuits..........................................IT 302 .......................................Kioto Reprographics......................................................IT 303 ...................................... Integrated Production Techniques................................IT 304 .......................................Metric Measurement and Standards...........................IT 3 1 1 .......................................Conversion and Transmission System s.......................IT 3 1 2 ...................................... DesignDrafting..............................................................IT 3 1 3 .......................................Production M at«ials......................................................IT 3 1 6 .......................................Ind. Arts in Elementary School C urr...........................IT 322 .......................................Progressive Photographic Processes...........................IT 323 ...................................... Applied Synthetics.........................................................IT 4 0 1 .......................................Electronic Communication System s.............................IT 402 .......................................Printing Production and Control..................................IT 403 .......................................Prototype Production......................................................IT 404 .......................................Materials Testing..............................................................IT 4 1 1 .......................................Transpcrtation Technology...........................................IT 4 1 2 .......................................Electronic Drafting..........................................................IT 4 1 3 .......................................C<mstruction with Modular Components.......................IT 4 2 1 .......................................Logic Circuits..................................................................IT 422 .......................................Ctmstruction Drafting......................................................IT 432 .......................................Color Theory and Photographic Processes...................IT 460 .......................................Micro Procnsor/Computer Applications in Ind. Tech.,IT 497 .......................................Directed Studies in Industrial Technology...................IT 498 .......................................Technical Experimentaticm .................................Required Support Courses:Seven Sem. hours from:Math 103...................................College A lgelnw................................................................

and two of the following:CSd 101.....................................Introduction to Computers..............................................CSa 201.....................................Fund. Computer Prc^amming........................................Math 105...................................Trigon<xnetry....................................................................Eight Sem hours from:Phy 101 .....................................Intro, to Cdlege Physics..................................................

and one of the f< lowing:Phy 102 .....................................Intro, to College Physics..................................................Chem 103...................................Fundamentals o f Our Chemical World............................Chem 105...................................G enial Chemistry............................. ..............................

.(3)

. 13)

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

.121

.(31

. . ( 3) ■..•<3) ‘ .•■<31 ‘ . .•(3) ■ . . (2) ■ . . (2)

. . (2)■ ..(3)■ .(1*2) ‘ . . . ( 3)

, ( H *. . (3)

' . , (2)' . . (2)

. . (2)

..<21

. . 12)

. . (2)

. . (3). .a-*!. .(1-21

,.|2I,.|2I

MINOR IN INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (Through the Center for Teaching and Learning)Required 24 hours:

IT 2 0 1 ........................ . ' ( 3>................. (^1IT 202 ........................ ................... ‘ (3)IT 203 ........................ ............Prndurtinn ...........................|3)IT 2 1 2 ........................ ............ ■ • ■ ■ (SIIT 2 1 3 ......................... .............. • • ■ ■ (3)

' IT 301 .................... .......................... ‘ (3)IT 3 1 2 .................... ............................. ■ (3)IT 400 .........................

eni*Courses

101. Introduction to Energy & Power. 1 credit. Energy resources and forn' phasis on technological aspects of conversion, transmission, and utilizfl *®''

Industrial Technology

•■amifications of ecological, economic, and social concerns for conversation. F

Graphic Communications. 1 credit. Introduction to systems a m the graphic communications: includes man to man, man to machine, machine •“an, and machine to machine. F

Technology. 1 credit. Study of input, processes, nom- 1 fundamental to manufacturing and construction, emphasizing the eco-

™ical and orderly methods of fabrication within a system. F

Materials. 3 credits. A study of resources and character- ot selected industrial materials as related to industrial technology. F

1 0 0 *'**^°™"*'°'*’' ** Fundamentals. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 103, Phys electr,v. 1 ' sl udy of fundamental, mechanical, hydraulic and pneumatic, and

■cal apparatus used in power systems. F

''■unicf Illustration Techniques. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 103. Com-bolo^^ technical ideas and information in two-dimensional forms; involves sym-

Sy. plan and pictorial methods. F

P^rodw^“' ‘ '° " 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 103. Techniques involvedftiarv molding, forming, casting, shaping, and combining of pri-

y oi- integrated materials. S

®sses Basic techniques in a variety of crafts proc-Ofean- recreational, educational, and therapeutic values. Principles

•nunit... ® j administration of recreational craft programs of schools, comities and other specialized programs.

^mcinW*“f'y® Electrical Circuits. 3 credits. Prerequisite: IT 201 and Math 105. Phase cip *• * metrical elements, primarily in alternating current single and poly-

212 * '** *’ Ptictlcal use of electrical energy. S^ credits. Basic concepts, processes, and techniques involved

213 image reproduction, bindery, and estimating. FProcesses. 3 credits. Techniques involved in construction proc-

®**'Pha'!i-7; excavation, substructure systems and super-structure systemssizing wood structures. F,S

226. Tr®®iefy ®af®iy* 3 credits. An introductory course in transportation''ll human aimng to personalized and fleet transportation systems. Emphasis will be ■vs. p ® aracteristics related to driving, driver improvements and state/national

30o, 'j’tt 1* ®®iiation co " “li *he Individual. 2 credits. An introductory lecture-

of emphasizing technology’s effect on the individual-society-technology“1 various cultures. F.SoOl p

via' eleTt” . Elements. 3 credits. Prerequisite: IT 201. Study of power con- ®02 Pk ®*ii hydraulic and/or pneumatic sensors and circuits. S

^hoto reproCT L^™®^®Phics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: IT 212 or instructors consent. ™®to conver concepts and techniques: emphasis on message preparation,

Sion and image transfer through offset and screen processes. S

243


303. Integrated Production Techniques. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 203 or consent of instructor. An in-depth study of the developmental phases pretaining to primary and integrated manufacturing processes and techniques of production systems.

304. Metric Measurement and Standards. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Upper division or instructor consent. A study of the SI metric measurement system and its applications. Metric as well as English preferred-value standards for a variety of industrial materials and products are included. S

310. Industrial Organization Planning and Control. 2 credits. An analysis of to" dustrial organizational structures and managerial concepts in planning, directingi controlling industrial activities including cost/time estimation, resource allocations, and inventory procedures.

311. Conversion and Transmission Systems. 3 credits. Prerequisite: IT 201- Theoretical and experimental study of energy conversion and power transmission systems of present and potential future applications for industrial, commercial' residential, and transportation needs. F

312. Design/Draftlng. 3 credits. Prerequisite: IT 202 or equivalent. Emphasizes design problems beginning with an idea or specifications and continued through graphical representation of the problem. F

313. Production Materials. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Upper division or Instructor consent. Analysis of production materials, their quality and levels of suitability fo'' specific production applications. F

316. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School Curriculum. 2 credits. Emphas'S on teaching methods relating to instructional aids, and techniques and process util izing the related tools and materials appropriate for use in elementary school cut riculum. Development of essential skills and knowledge related to constructive endeavors with natural things through experimentation and creative design that can be utilized by elementary teachers to enrich existing courses. F,S

322. Progressive Photographic Processes. 2 credits. Photographic theory an processes; preparation, production and evaluation of black and white photograph''^ communication media. F,S

323. Applied Synthetics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Chem 103 or equivalent. A study of synthetic polymer materials emphasizing the identification characteristi'-®' properties, and their applications to related industrial products. S/2

330. Instrumentation and Quality Assurance, Prerequisite: Math 204 or 211 Theoretical and laboratory study of industrial quality control methods, instruwen and systems measurement techniques, and data handling procedures. F

400. Teaching Industrial Education. 3 credits. An analysis of variousemployed in teaching industrial education. Emphasis placed on developmentcritical attitudes toward precision-teaching through ordering knowledge based "pbehavioral objectives for promoting effective learning. S

®

401. Oectronic Communication Systems. 1 credit lecture and 1 credit labors Prerequisite: IT 301 or instructor consent. Study and use of electronic metho ® aural, visual, and data communication including modulation, transmission, re tion, and reconstitution of information. S

402. Printing Production and ControL 3 credits. Prerequisite: IT 212 or tor consent. An in-depth study of printing production processes and product systems. Emphasis on practice and problems of offset presswork, materials, s'! ment, and multicolor reproduction. Once every two years.


dustrial/business setting. The nature of the field experience will be determined by advisement. F,S

497. Directed Studies in Industrial Technology. 1-8 credits. P*rerequisite: Junior standing and instructor consent. Studies in topics pertinent to the students’ needs in selected topics including (a) Curriculum Innovation, (b) Energy/Power, (c) Graphic Communication, (d) Production, (e) Materials Science. On demand.

498. Technical Elxperimentation. 1-4 credits. Prerequisite: Junior standing and instructor consent. Individual and/or independent experimentation in one or more technical areas including (a) Energy/Power, (b) Graphic Communications, (c) Pro* duction, and (d) Materials Science. Involves scientific approach to research and writ' ten technical report. F,S

Italian(see Languages)

Journalism(Jour)

V. Keel (Chair), Austin (Emeritus), Carr, Oeats, Good, McGlashan, O ’Keefe, Rendahl, Schmidt (Emeritus), Straus, and Vorland

The Department of Journalism, established in the College of Arts and Sciences m 1923, is the only higher education unit in North Dakota offering an accredited in journalism. The curriculum is designed to prepare majors for careers in the mass media, private industry or related fields and for graduate study.

’The curriculum provides basic knowledge of the processes of communication and fundamentals of journalism. It also emphasizes the necessity for majors and non majors to understand the roles of a free press in a democratic society and the ne for citizens to be intelligent users of the media.

Journalism majors and minors are encouraged to acquire backgrounds m the

humanities, social sciences and natural sciences. About three-fourths of a studen program should consist of courses in the liberal arts and sciences; not more than o fourth of the course work should be in classes offered by this department or technical courses in other departments. Because of this, students cannot earn majors from this department or a second communication-related major from ano department without completing more than the 125 credits needed for graduation-

The Department of Journalism is one of about 80 schools and departments journalism in the nation which offer programs accredited by the Accredita Council on Education in Journalism and Mass Communication and whic members of the Association of Schools of Journalism and Mass Communicatm

ndAn inter-disciplinary Communication Research Center was founded in , ^ry

invites participation by faculty and students interested in communication and research.

Journalism majors are encouraged to supplement classroom experience and tion by work on campus publications, the university radio stations, and universi y vision outlets, as well as through supervised professional internships off campu®-

Journalism

*1 ^ “ one of the professional programs inn e L !? '■on'ôast journaUsm. advertising or public relations, it isare appUcation through the department. Students generaUyfolloLn “ /{O'" “ the department until their sophomore yearT h e J l ® completion of both Jour 100 and Engl 101 (with grades of C or better) avera^“ A Proficiency Test and have a 2.3 overaU grade point

247

g College of Arts and Sciences■*«qui m a jo r in jo u r n a l is m (Emphasis: News-Editorial)

'‘“i 125 hours, including:

■ 'The Following Curriculum:

I u --------------- — ot uue n i s m t ms n‘ 5>ciences beyond courses offered in JoumaUsm and CommunicaUon.)'oUowing Curriculum:

^'^'’100'^“” "’"" ' ~JouT2?3..................................... R e p o r t in g .. . . .........................................................; ......................... ®Jour 301......................................Intro to Graphic Communication ..Comm 300 ..................................Editing and Copyreading................Jour 305 ..................................Communication and Society...........Jour 405......................................Reporting of PubUc Affairs..............Jour 410.......... ....................... History of American Journalism . .^■eetives in jo u rn a lism .......... Communication and the Law

and th e y ^ T sT n ^ i^ fn ^ n '* * n ” •** courses ta»en vo nuxui requirements toward the' One "«ist maintain an overall grade point average of 2.3.^ ^ **’* following three options is also required:

«ud1 n\'î riS’own •»"«u«ge (which requires completion of the course numbered 202 in the

Atts'*and'’H i l i ^ i - ’ " ^ ’’“"1 G*"*cal Graduation Requirements! from two of the foUowing areas: u1nt“ L® c™rSR • “ * of t f ^ ^ c r e d iu

•PProvedta'T^!I!!.°L'?if.®.i” ^ ^ ’ unique area of specialiiation provided this program is*ome other denartmianf department. This M y include completion of a recognized ma>or or minor in Hiis or other d ^ r t u cannot include media or communication-related majors or minors offered in

(31 (31 (31

...(31

. . (3)

. . (31

...(31 (7-121

ScienceV^vnilir*''*™™"*?,' 33-39. (Note: Students in this major must earn 9 crediu in theyond courses offered m Journalism and Conununication.1

® A***'*'*ued 126 K IN JOURNALISM (Emphasis: Broadcast Journalism)

I. Ge ‘'’' ' “'fing:Social i^ '^ ‘ 'f''"f'on Requirements,

II. Th p *»yond cou

Ma'o100**''*^'*'®” ’ ~ 31-36 hours, including;

..................... Introduction to Mass Communication . (3).......................R eporting...........................................................................' ‘ ................... 3^

R*sic Media Equipment Techniques.......... .. . . 12*3).......... Communication and Socw ty........................................................^ . . (3j

................... .. Broadcasting News R eporting............. 12)

.......................Broadcasting News E d itin g ................................. (2)

....................... '^*'*'oui'cing and Audio P roduction......... (3)

.......................Television P roduction........... 3)‘®'tivoBfro„, S _ ^ . ■ - M a s s Communication and the L a w ........................................ ...................... (3)

ÔTE: Stud Ruoadcast couraes) and Journalism ......................................................................... 17-12)*ior and they * Scaile of C or better in all courses taken U> fulfill requirementa toward the

“f the f 11 '" “ "f**” •» overall grade point average of 2.3.

Jour 201 pP'l' 215

300.“Ur 302joprsosu‘ '>314 yi>3l6 “PPMle

111

owing three opUonj is also required;


A. Level IV pronciency in a foreign language (which requires completion of the course numbered 202 in the student's chosen language); OR

B. 16 additional credits (beyond the General Graduation Requirements) from two of the following areas. A rts and Humanities; Social Sciences; Mathematics. Science and Technology (eight of these credits must be in upper division .courses); OR

. C. A special program of 16*20 credits within a unique area of specialization provided this program approved in advance by tl» department. This may include completion of a recognized major or minor m some other departn>ent but cannot include media or communication-related majors or minors offered m this or othca* departments.

B.A, WITH MAJOR IN JOURNALISM (Emphasis: Public Relations)Required 125 hours, including:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39. (Note: Students in this major must earn 9 credits in the Social Sciences beyond courses offered in Journalism and Communication.) ^


III.

Major Requirements ** 39 hours, including:Jour 100...................................... Introduction to Mass Communication. . . .Jour 201......................................R ep u tin g .......................................................Comm 300 ..................................C<»nmumcation and Society........................Jour 309......................................Public Relations Theory and M ethods___Jour 405......................................History of American Jou rna lism ................Jour 416......................................Mass Communication and the L a w ...........3 hours from:

Jour 2 1 3 ............................. Introduction to Graphic Communications .Jour 3 0 1 ............................. Editing and Copyreading...............................

3 hours from:Jour 305 ............................. Repeating o( Public A ffairs...........................Jour 307 .............................Special Article W ritin g .................................

3 hours from:Mgmt 305 ........................... Managerial C oncepts..........................Speh 4 0 6 .............................Organizatimial Communication....................

..(3)

..(3)

.13)

.(3)

.(31

.(3)

6 hours from:Jour 207 ..............................Introduction to Communication Theory............................Jour 409 ..............................Research Methods in Communication...............................Mktg 301 ........................... Principles <rf M arketing........................................................Speh 201 ..............................Introduction to Interpersonal Communication................Speh 203 ............................. Persuasive S peak ing ............................................................Speh 336 ............................. Psychology of Communication...........................................Soc 366 ............................... Collectiv'e B eha> ior..............................................................PSci 4 0 1 ............................. Political Oi»nioo and Voting Behavior...............................

6 hours of electives in Journalism to complete 39 credit hour requirement .NOTE: Students must earn a grade of C or better in all courses taken to fulfill requirements major and they must maintain an o>*«rall grade point average of 2.3.One of the following three optkms is also required: .A. Level IV proficiency in a fweign language (which requires completion of the course numbered 202

..(3)

■ ..(3)

..(3)■ ,.l3)■ ..(3)

, toward

student’s chosen language); ORr are*®'

B. 16 additional credits (beyond the General Graduation Requirements) from two of the ^ credi*'* A rts and Humanities; ^ i a l Sciences; Mathematics, Science and Technology (eight of tmust be in upper division courses): OR ^ is

C. A special program of 16-20 credits within a unique area of specialization provided thisapproved in advance by the department. This may include completion of a recognized ^

some other department but cannot include media or communication-related majors or mm this or other departments.

ADVERTISINGThe Advertising related Helds concentration is offered through the

Department and the Marketing Department Students in Advertising may ofB.A. degree in the College of Arts and Sciences or a B.B.A. degree in the o Business and Public Administration by meeting individual college requueinc Advertising related fields concentration is designed to focus certain un

Journalism

fesources and instructional programs to meet student interests and needs in the "rea of advertising.

249

® A. WITH MAJOR IN ADVERTISINGsquired 125 hours, including:

' ' 33-39- (Note: S tudent, in this mejor must eern 9 credit, in theoocial Science, beyond courw , offered in JoumaUsm and Communicetion.) vsintne

■ The Following Curriculum;

Major Requirement, — 39 hours, including;Jour ^ ......................................" ’r i t in g ............................................................................................................... .Y ..... .................. ..j ”" 3 J3 ..................................... Media AdverUsing I“ ! “[3> 6 ..................................... Media Advertiim^ II

t and TelevisionU .................(plaa of M arketii.*...............

Mkt? , n , ....................................Advertising and Sales Promotion..Mlttg J , 2 ....................................Consumer and Marketing Behavior

o , ........................................ .... /\a>Ml,*.- } J . l ..................................Radio and Television AdvertisinjrMkt|3 0 2 .......... .............w ncip ieso f M arkeung......... ............................... . s

•Ecnn on 1 •'............................... Advertising Managementoon 201 IS prerequisite to Mktg. 301. whichleast B hours from;

is prerequisita to most upper division marketing courses.

Aort o l o ............................. Fundamentals of Management Information System s.Econ 2i n ............................. Computer Applications in B usiness..............................Mvmi i n n . ......................... Introduction to Bus. and Economic S tatistics..............

......................... ^ " c ip le a of M anagement...............................................MuT ........................... Organizational B ehavior.................................................w. . „ ................................

8 304 .........................Salesmanship.................................................•S tudenf^*^.........................Marketing Information..................................

may substitute Mgmt 305, Managerial Concepts for Mgmt 300.''llM stBhoursfrom;

(3)( 2)

(3)(31(3)(21(3)

Jo^™Q3®®...........................CommunicaUon and Socie ty ...................................................................... (3)Jour 0 ,0 ............................. Photocommunication 1 .................................................................................131Jour 213 ......................... rnoiocommumaJour 3QQ..............................Introduction to Graphic Communications................................................(3)VArta 17^ I'T.d.................. Public Relations Theory and M ethods...................................................... (3)XA^ts27^"^::::;•••• ............................................................ w

(31VArU 37^ ........................... U tte ring and Calligraphy

p, ®.......................... Brush L e t tm n g .................. <•hlectives in J v ^ ...............................................................................introduction CommunicaUon to complete 39 credits o ( major requirement including Jour 100*^0TE ^ CommunicaUon.niajor and * grade of C or better tn all courses taken to fulfill requirements toward theOne of K ^ *nainUin an overall grade point average of 2.3.^ * lollowmg three opUcms Is also required:

* foreign language (which requires compleUon of the course numbered 202 in theB. 16 ” OR

*" 8 and (beyond the General GraduaUon Requirements) from two of the following areas;***U8t be in Sciences; MalhefnaUca, Science and Technology (eight of these credits^ ui upper division courses); OR

approved i ^ a ^ * ”' credits within a unique area of specializaUon provided this program is*otne other dpn by the department. This may include compleUon of a recognized major or minor in thift .. P8rtrtienl but cannr^ in/ )t i/Ia nuwli ft Aft *iAY.-w lft* ,4 : a—m a— a a— .j :

C. A

this or other canned include media or communicaUon-related maj(»^ or minors offered

’ INORJOURNALISM

31 hours:

«Ue , ' “Psist, of c * ™ r » • nows^diiorisl, brosdemst jourtulism, advertising or public rela- *** ®®8ional minor a * from the area major with departmental approval Students desiring to pur*

® general ■ ™ ®**®*ocaged to meet with a d^iartm ent^ adviser to plan the minor program of courses.iQQ ........ or in jcmrnalism, the following coutsm are recommended:

3(X) ....................... IntroducUon to Mass CommunicaUonJour 201 ■•Jour 403

..........' ‘“' “' ' - ‘njournsu,,

CommunicaUon and Society .• RepMOing...............Contemporary Affairs .

• HisUvy of American Journalism ,. ■ Mass CommunicaUon and the Law

...13)

. . ( 3 )(6*7)


College of Business and Public AdministrationB.B.A WITH MAJOR IN ADVERTISING

1. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. CoQege of Business and Public Administration Requirement, see page 84.

III. The curriculum outlined under the B.A. above (Language t^tion is not required):

Courses100. Introduction to Mass Communication. 3 credits. A survey of the basic social

functions, processes and consequences of journalism and the mass media, career opportunities, and an introduction to the literature and terminology of the field. F,S

201. Reporting. 3 credits. Prerequisite: English 101, Jour 100 and sophomore standing and English Proficiency Test. Introduction to news gathering and news judgment. Students must know how to type. F,S

203. Photocommunication I. 3 credits. Introduction to the practice of photography. Film developing, print making, photographic composition. Emphasis on the purposes of photography. F,S

207. Introduction to Communication Theory. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 100 or Spch 101, or consent of instructor. Conceptual models of the communication process are analyzed and compared in terms of ability to explain human communication behavior. Attention is given to research dealing with these theories. F

213. Introduction to Graphic Communications. 3 credits. An introduction printing processes, including letterpress, offset and gravure and printing practice ' including cost estimating, labor relations, page makeup and type harmony. F,S

215. Advertising Copy Writing. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 100 and Engl lOl’ English Proficiency Test and sophomore standing. Introduction to writing for pri*’ media and broadcast advertising. Basics of advertising copy writing and styles o presentation. F,S

301. Ekliting and Copyreading. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 201. Editing headline writing, copy preparation and layout applicable to newspapers and othet print media. F,S

302. Broadcast News Reporting. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 201. Writing reporting for broadcast news and public affairs programs; introduction to newsca® script writing. S

303. The Community Newspaper. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 201 or consent of instructor. Problems of news gathering, writing and editing peculiar to community' suburban and small city weekly and daily newspapers. S/2

304. Newspaper Management. 3 credits. Principles and methods in newspaP®* business operations, including circulation, promotion and labor relations. F/2

305. Reporting of Public Affairs. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 201. News age of public agencies, including courts, schools, local and state governments.

306. Advanced Reporting and Interpretative Writing. 3 credits. Prerequi®‘*' j Jour 201. Develops a variety of useful approaches to basic journalism observation and description, drawing upon observational and descriptive wet from the social sciences. F/2

Journalism

senf WriUng. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 201 or Engl 203 or con-Advanced writing primarily of magazine and other special-

“ larket articles. F,S

Broadcast News Editing. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Jour 201 and Jour 302.of n editing o f news and public affairs programming; preparation

newscast scripts. F

Puhl?^' Relations Theory and Methods. 3 credits. Examination of the role offunctions in the present economic and social system; application o f

3 ] , y Other communications techniques. Students receiving credit in Jour may not take Jour 309 for credit. F,S

Radio-Television News Laboratory. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 308. Writ- atid rf newscasts for KFJM radio and production o f news background

uocumentary programs for radio and television. F,S

m etwi Methods. 3 credits. An introduction to promotion and publicity^'ng n ®’ " ®ws release writing, working with the news media, organ- StuLnf campaigns and coordinating promotional efforts through the media,

nts receiving credit in Jour 309 may not Uke Jour 313 for credit. F,SAdvertising I. 2 credits. The nature and characteristics o f the adver-

®fions p * ^ ** function and significance through social and economic consider- ^Pact *® and creative aspects of the major media and theiralso Ko " advertising/promotional process. Future technology of the media will

“ a presented. F

Advertising II. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 315. Development and Paycholo campaign strategies. Attention will be given to consumer®®cial e n ^ ' advertising planning, budgeting, and legal restrictions. The legal and

'^n'onment for international advertising will also be presented. S®‘® on ^^‘’ “ ‘ ‘ônununicaUon II. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 203 or equivalent. Empha- ^lass anA .®°f*al impacts of photography and communication through photography,

and individual projects. F.S ^ y

' *'adits Projects and Readings. 1-3 credits. (May be repeated up to 6* ®nt stud A t least junior standing; consent of department. Indepen-

^ and directed readings in journalism issues, problems and projects. F,S

*n the edk^*â**a*' R*‘o^“ ction. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 301. Supervised work *aôratorv P^'oduction o f the North Dakota Star, the Journalism Department’s ®ad design Includes depth reporting and feature writing, editing, layout

8 , and production techniques. F,S 403. Cont

**?®ats and Affairs and the News Media. 3 credits. Major news develop-t>on. p_ a**" nnckground; current developments and trends in mass communica-

405, Hi tjâierican n American Journalism. 3 credits. Development and impact o f the ®ctuai histo êdia in the context of the social, political, economic and intel-

aa'ifseworu ^ *** United States from colonial times to the present. Previous 4Qg general American history helpful. F

F'a 'êthodol*'^*^ Methods in Communication. 3 credits. A general consideration of a given to lustorical, descriptive and experimental research. Attention will

eipreting research; judging the appropriateness of research desig;ns

251


for specific communication problems and conducting research projects. F/2416. Mass Communication and the Law. 3 credits. Law in its relation to the mass

media, including such topics as libel, right of privacy, access to information, copy right law, and regulation of broadcasting and advertising. S

485. Journalism Internship. 2-4 credits. Prerequisite: Jour 305 or Jour 308 or Jour 316, depending on nature of internship and student’s area of emphasis. Supervised experience in the mass media or related field consistent with student’s career objectives. Final report, employer’s evaluation and samples of work required. Formal application in advance of internship needs department approval S-U grading only. F-®

Languages: Modem and Classical

(Lang)P. Schwartz (Chair), Bakken, Benoit, Boswau, Brekke, M. del Buslo,

O. del Busto, B. Georgacas, D. Georgacas (Emeritus), B. Hildebrandl,L Hildebrandl, Koprince, E. Laser, Morgan, Nelson, Palanca, Patterson,

M. Schnepf, L Schwartz, Tenenbaum, Wilborn and Wilkins

An individual’s search for self-identity and life in a world in transition can be significantly through the experience of learning to understand and use a second la’'" guage. The marked advantage that most persons have who are not limited by a monolingual perspective is their increased capacity to benefit from the humanizing effect °

respecting differences, to cope with the realities of a pluralistic society, and to allevia* ® feelings of alienatioiL

'The Department of Modem and Classical Languages offers study in French- Italian, German, Greek, Latin, Norwegian, Russian, and Spanish. Students may Classical Languages, French, German, Latin, Norwegian, or Spanish as their maj® field of study. Minors are offered in French, German, Greek, Latin, Norwegian, Sca n dinavian studies, Russian, and Spanish. Majors and minors for a bachelor’s degro® Languages may be taken in either the College of Arts and Sciences or the Center o Teaching and Learning.

Graduate students can minor in a foreign language by completing ten or twel ^

Upper Division credit hours in a single language. 'The Master of Arts in German offered by the Department through the Graduate School

Course work is divided into Lower and Upper Divisions. The courses in the Division (100-200) develop an increasing facility for understanding and using a sec language and a progressively greater awareness of cultural contrasts United States and other countries. ’The curriculum in the Upper Division (300-50 tinues to develop language skills as well as the literary, linguistic, and cultural g]tions for a variety of careers, for graduate study, and for an appreciation of cu achievements.

’The major includes a minimum of twenty to twenty-two Upper Division cr^* ' in a single language, plus a t least eight credit hours of approved course work in re fields. A minor consists of a minimum of ten or twelve Upper Division credit hou single language. Since the schedule for courses in related fields can vary from to semester, students must consult their faculty adviser for those courses sPP

Languages: Modern and Classical

fu semester. Students are responsible for plamiing their own programs of study W ith fv. • objectives. They are also responsible for consultingth.> faculty adviser each semester and for obtaining the adviser’s approval of

courses elected.

cludli“?®" u® are solicited for topics and areas of study which can be in-courr ‘ « department’s special courses. The Honors ’Tutorial and Honors Work to m students the opportunity to work in areas of mutual interest to them andEraT."l- departmental faculty. These courses enable students to qualify for

uation with the distmction of Senior Honors in their major fipidto r l!!! encourages study in other countries and is fortunate in being abletions academic credit for approved study by its students at foreign institu-ance p ®ts° recommends students for various awards for superior academic perform-

Arneberg and Larsen Awards for qualified students interested in y ng french, German, Norwegian and Spanish.

Advanced Placementdeceive 'background in a second language for which they wish to’^dvanc Di* ™ "''bich they wish to continue or establish proficiency must take an•on or 1 • Test. It is recommended that this be done during pre-registra-

dance and in no case later than the end of their first semester in resi-in th * students enrolled in a language who wish to take a Placement

of the se language must take the Placement Test during the first two weeksCfedit ®f“ dents may receive advanced standing and from 4 to 16 hours

ard graduation in each language.

Ob' "nuTn* ' anrolled students with knowledge gained through independent study ^alidatin *'*** 'aaguage study at an unaccredited institution may apply to take

8 or Challenge Examinations to establish appropriate credit.

® A Wit College of Arts and SciencesH a c o n c e n t r a t e d m a j o r in l a n g u a g e s

I *««■'■«. including;h. A ®''“ '*“ ‘ tion Requirements, see pages 33-39.

^Ofnmendorf I^vision credit hours in two languages, including at least 22 hours in each.^ ^ uea especially m Classical Languages.

^ m a j o r in a l a n g u a g eI. Ge * " ''“<ling;

' ^ “ire'wnu. see pages 33-39. urriculum Listed Under Specific Langsuge.

language ^ Upper Division credit hours in a single foreign language. See the section forP®c»ic required courses.

fi.A.College of Arts & Sciences

or Center for Teaching and Learning■ •ORBgp ''Winer lor leacning and Learning126 h A MAJOR in l a n g u a g e — Teacher Certification

I. Gene,,|

' “" ’P'Mion'outrc “ • “ -39-enter for Teaching and Learning program in Secondary Education. See page 162.

253


III. The Following Curriculum:Courses and credit hours required for B.A. major in a language; plus at least eight hours of approved course work in related fields. Western Civilization 101.102 and four hours in English beyond Composition II must be included under eitho^ the requirements in General Education or course work in related fields. See the section for each language for specifk course requirements.

MINOR IN A LANGUAGERequired; A minimum ctf 10 or 12 Uk w Division credit hours in a single foreign language. See the section fc r each language for specific requined courses.

Classical Languages Greek

A minor in Greek consists of 351, 352; and 354, 357 or 358. '

Courses '

251. Introduction to Greek. 4 credits. Reading of selections based on Attic Greek authors and introduction to grammar and syntax. F

252. Introduction to Greek. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Greek 251. Continuing study of grammar euid syntax and reading of selections from Attic Greek authors and Homer. S

351. Greek Prose and Poetry. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Greek 252 or equivalent. Systematic review of grammar and syntax. Reading of selections from Homer. Herodotus, and Sophocles. F

352. Greek Prose and Poetry. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Greek 252 or equivalent- Reading of selections from Thucydides, Euripides and Plato. S

354. Greek Words and Scientific Terminology in English. 3 credits. See section with special courses below. S

357. Classical Mythology. 2 credits. See section with special courses below. F358. Classical Literature in Translation. 2 credits. S

LatinA major in Latin includes the following courses beyond 202; 301, 302, 353, 403.

404; a minimum of six credit hours selected from 354, 357,358, 471, and 472; and a least eight credit hours of approved course work in related fields.

A minor in Latin consists of 301 or 302, and 403 or 404, plus a minimum of additional credit hours in Upper Division Latin courses.

Courses101. First-Year College Latin. 4 credits. Introduction to Latin grammar and sy**

tax, followed by Latin prose and poetry selections. F102. First-Year College Latin. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Latin 101. Continued study

of Latin grammar and syntax, reading of Latin prose and poetry selections. S201. Second-Year College Latin. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Latin 102 or equival®”

Selections from the prose writers including Pliny the Younger, Gellius, Cic®’’ ' Sallust and from the poets Catullus, Martial, Phaedrus and Ovid. F

202. Second-Year College Latin. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Latin 201 or Selections from the prose writers including Pliny the Younger, Gellius, C**"® Sallust and from the poets Catullus, Martial, Phaedrus and Ovid. S

301. Latin Prose. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Latin 202 or equivalent. Reading®


Cicero, Sallust, Seneca, Livy, Petronius and Tacitus. F

302. Latin Prose. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Latin 202 or equivalent. Readings from Cicero, Sallust, Seneca, Livy, Petronius and Tacitus. S

353. Latin Words and Scientific Terminology in Elnglish. 3 credits. See section special courses below. F

403. Latin Poetry. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Latin 202 or equivalent. Readings from ®’"Sil, Horace, Catullus, Ovid, Juvenal, Martifd, Plautus and Terence. F

404. Latin Poetry. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Latin 202 or equivalent. Readings from *■■811, Horace, Catullus, Ovid, Juvenal, Martial, Plautus and Terence. S

471. Seminar in Latin Literature. 2 credits. For majors only. F

472. Seminar in Latin Literature. 2 credits. For majors only. S

Modern Languages French

g02'^*” ®j°*‘ Fi'ench includes the following courses beyond Lower Division work: 301, 371,372; a minimum of sue credit hours selected from other Upper Division

®6s, and at least eight credit hours of approved course work in related fields.

*** French consists of 301, 302, and 305 or 306, plus a minimum of two * lonal credit hours in Upper Division French courses.

Coursesfor Reading and Translating French. A non-credit course, primarilyOuir students needing assistance in preparing for their Ph.D. reading re-

**nent examination. On demand.

fhe la ' French. 4 credits. Fundamentals of French grammar, oral use ofRuired ■■eading of easy French. Attendance in the language laboratory re-

tinned" French. 4 credits. Prerequisite: French 101 or equivalent. Con-■■ adin * f ^ fundamentals of French grammar, oral use o f the language and

° *®®y French. Attendance in the language laboratory required. F,S

skiU * '* ** **** Beginning French. 6 credits. Active development of fundamen- *°nsisti ' of grammar, and cultural readings. 7 contact hours per week,g>"Oup classroom meetings, language laboratory work, and individual orqualify f* ®* ®*'**®' For students with some background in French who do not Equivalent t standing. Prerequisite: previous knowledge of Frenchfor 101-109 year’s study, below college level Students receiving credit

201 receive credit for 103. On demand.

fleview French. 4 credits. Prerequisite: French 102,103 or equivalent."U'itten o * structure of the language; readings in French, practice in oral and

“ expression. F,S

fleview French. 4 credits. Prerequisite: French 201 or equivalent,'bitten r ® structure of the language; readings in French, practice in oral and

■expression. F S 30l. Till Y

*Uar review a H 3 credits. Prerequisite: French 202 or equivalent. Gram-302 TK' ** *” troduction to literature. Emphasis on reading and writing skills. F

ear French. 3 credits. Prerequisite: French 202 or equivalent. Gram-

255


mar review and introduction to literature. Emphasis on reading and writing skills. S305. French Conversation and Culture. 2 credits. Prerequisite: French 202 or con

sent of instructor. A conversational approach to civilization and contemporary culture. Emphasis on oral skills. F

306. French Conversation and Culture. 2 credits. Prerequisite: French 202 or consent of instructor. A conversational approach to civilization and contemporary culture. Emphasis on oral skills. S

371. History of French Literature. 3 credits. Prerequisite: French 202 or equivalent. French literature from its origins to 1800; representative works with lectures, outside readings and reports. F

372. History of French Literature. 3 credits. Prerequisite: French 202 or equivalent. French literature from 1800 to the present day; representative works with lectures, outside readings and reports. S

405. Seventeenth-Century French Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: French 371 or consent of instructor. F/2

406. Eighteenth-Century French Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: French 371 or consent of instructor. F/2

407. Nineteenth-Century French Literature. 3 credits. Prerequisite: French 372 or consent of instructor. S/2

408. Twentieth-Century French Literature. 3 credits. Prerequisite: French 372 of consent of instructor. S/2

413. Advanced French Grammar Review. 3 credits. A practical approach to problems of French grammar and stylistics. Prerequisite: French 302 or equivalent. On demand.

451. French Phonetics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: French 302. A scientific approa' *' to the pronunciation and enunciation of French. S

471. Seminar in French. 2 credits. Prerequbite: French 372 or equivalent. May repeated. Advanced work in French language, literature or culture. A different topa to be offered each semester. On demand.

472. Seminar in French. 2 credits. Prerequisite; French 372 or equivalent. May b® repeated. Advanced work in French language, literature or culture. A different top'® to be offered each semester. On demand.

490. Individual French Readings. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: French 302 of equivalent. Topics vary with individual interests and needs. May be repeated to total of six hours. May be taken only with the consent of the department. F,S

GermanA naajor in German includes the following courses beyond Lower Division

301, 302, 304, 305, 306, 405, 410; a minimum of six credit hours selected from ot Upper Division courses; and at least eight credit hours of approved course work ' related fields.

A minor in German consists of 301, 302, 305, 306 and a minimum of three add' tional credit hours in Upper Division German courses.

Majors who have prior approval and are within twelve hours of graduation start work toward a master’s degree during the second semester of their senior y

Languages: Modem and Classical

Courses

257

100. Practice in Reading and Translating German. A non-credit course, primarily r J r . students needing assistance in preparing for their Ph.D. reading®quu-ement examination. On demand.

of tV.°V German. 4 credits. Fundamentals of German grammar, oral use•■equhed" reading of easy German. Attendance in the language laboratory

fund°^' German. 4 credits. Prerequisite: German 101. Continued study ofman German grammar, oral use of the language and reading of easy Ger-

n- Attendance m the language laboratory required. F,Stal ^'®«‘®rated Beginning German. 6 credits. Active development of fundamen-cons- f • ’ grammar, and cultural readings. 7 contact hours per week,Kroim meetings, language laboratory work, and individual orqualif students with some background in German who do notlent ®“'^snced standing. Prerequisite: previous knowledge of German equiva-lOl.iZ® level Students receiving credit for

may not receive credit in 103. On demand.lent^^n' ®ee“"'l'Year German. 4 credits. Prerequisite: German 102, 103 or equiva-and *■1’® structure of the language, practice in oral and written expression

i-eading m German. F,S

German. 4 credits. Prerequisite: German 201 or equivalent.feadir, ° structure of the language, practice in oral and written expression and

“®‘ng in German. F,S

®<lutval to German Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: German 202 or®6titativ” ' i" ^ ® brief survey of the history of German literature, repre-

majors* from its origins to ca. 1800 are read and discussed. Required of

®'luivaie 'I*^*^**'*‘°“ German Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: German 301 or ®nt dav l“ P''®®®"* tlve selections of German literature from ca. 1800 to the pres-

304 “"*1 discussed. Required of all majors. S®'ve Phonetics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: German 202 or equivalent. Inten-

lending to proper German sound articulation and to a ^uireH ”°'vledge of the principles of German pronunciation and intonation. Re-

Of all majors. S

equiv ]** *"*" Composition and Conversation. 2 credits. Prerequisite: German 202'I'lired ''^'"itten composition and oral practice, with a review of grammar. Re-

Of all majors. F

equiv^” *r*w^”"'^°*'^'°” **** Conversation. 2 credits. Prerequisite: German 305 ^Oired nf ' ^ ‘‘•tten composition and oral practice, with a review of grammar. Re-

o* ail majors. S

®*l'iivalent''A**** Givilixation (Kulturkunde). 3 credits. Prerequisite:40l ' various aspects of German culture through

General to**'"'*** Linguistics. 2 credits. Prerequisite: German 202 or equivalent.light basic problems of German phonology, morphology and syntax in

Geutschoo linguistic theories and approaches. An introduction to'® aprachwissenschaft.” On demand.

i: German 202 or the centuries. S


402. German Linguistics. 2 credits. Prerequisite: German 401 or equivalent. General topics and basic problems o f German phonology, morphology and syntax in the light of modem lingubtic theories and approaches. An introduction to "Deutsche Sprachwissenschaft.” On demand.

405. Advanced German Composition and Conversation. 2 credits. Prerequisite; German 306 or equivalent. Written composition and oral practice, with a review of those aspects o f grammar which need most practice on the advanced level. F

410. History of German Literature. 3 credits. Prerequisites: German 302 or equivalent. The development of German literature from its beginning to the present. Required of all majors. S

421. German Literary Periods. 3 credits. Prerequisite: German 302 or equivalent. May be repeated to a total o f twelve hours. A different literary period is studied each semester, for example: Early German Literature to 1700, the Age o f Goethe, German Romanticism and Realism, Modem German Literature. On demand.

423. German Literary Genres. 3 credits. Prerequisite: German 302 or equivalent. May be repeated to a total of twelve hours. A different literary genre is studied each semester. the drama, the novel, the shcot story and novelle and lyric poetry. On demand.

490. Individual German Readings. 1-3 credits. May be repeated to a total of si* hours. Prerequisite: German 302 or equivalent. May be taken only with the consent of the department. F,S

Italian101. Beginning Italian. 4 credits. Fundamental skills in the active use o f the laO'

guage, Italian grammar, and reading of selections from Italian authors. On demand'102. Beginning Italian. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Italian 101. Continued study

fundamental skills in the active use o f the language, Italian grammar, and reading o f selections from Italian authors. On demand.

NorwegianA major in Norwegian includes the following Upper Division courses: 301.

401, 402; a minimum of 8 credit hours selected from 261, 262, 403, 404 and 490! at least 8 credit hours o f approved course work in related fields.

A minor in Norwegian includes 301, 302, and 401 or 402, plus a minimum of on® additional credit hour in Upper Division Norwegian courses.

Coursesind101. Beginning Norwegian. 4 credits. Grammar, pronunciation, reading

translation, oral and written exercises. Attendance in the language laboratory t quired. F

102. Beginning Norwegian. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Norwegian 101. Gramm*^ pronunciation, reading and translation, oral and written exercises. Attendance the language laboratory required. S

201. Second-Year Norwegian. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Norwegian 102 or cqo"^ lent. Grammar, selected readings, translation and conversation. F

202. Second-Year Norwegian. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Norwegian 201 or oqo alent. Grammar, selected reading, translation and conversation. S


301. Advanced Norwegian. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Norwegian 202 or equivalent.fa d in g of selected works by leading Norwegian authors, interpreUtion and discussion. p

302. Advanced Norwegian. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Norwegian 301 or equivalent, eading of selected works by leading Norwegian authors, interpretation and discus-s

401. Norwegian Literature. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Norwegian 302 or equivalent, orwegian literature, with special attention given to recognized masterpieces, past o present. On demand.

^^402. Norwegian Literature. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Norwegian 401 or equivalent.literature, with special attention given to recognized masterpieces, past

present. On demand.

credits. Ibsen's literary career, with intensive study of several of his Wee’ dramas. Course offered in English for students in other fields. Nor-

6ian minors and majors read in Norwegian. On demand.

Car^^' ® credits. Prerequisite: Norwegian 403 or equivalent. Ibsen's literary ij, g intensive study of several of his most important dramas. Course offered

students in other fields. Norwegian minors and majors read in Nor- 'gian. On demand.

sjjj ^"dividual Norwegian Readings. 1-3 credits. May be repeated to a total of ^®cequisite: Norwegian 302 or equivalent. May be taken only with the

®ent of the department. F,S

Russiangivn» * * °tirses for the related fields concentration in Russian and Soviet Studies are

on page 331.

®'^diti^” i°* Russian includes 301, 302, and 305 or 306, plus a minimum of two ® credit hours in Upper Division Russian courses.

259

I credit hours in Upper Division Russian courses

101 Courseshe laif'*'**” ' " * Russian. 4 credits. Fundamentals of Russian grammar, oral use

*'oquired reading of easy Russian. Attendance in the language laboratory

Russian. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Russian 101. Continued study of Russian Aff* ^ “ ssian grammar, oral use of the language and reading of easy

201 ' ®” dance in the language laboratory required. S

Russian. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Russian 102 or equivalent. Written I structure of the language, readings in Russian, practice in oral and

expression. F202. R

Review “ "U'Year Russian. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Russian 201 or equivalent.practice in oral and

* ®view of j-L Kussian. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Russia!''^Rten exn * ®.*’'“ cture of the language, readings in Russian,

30l. Yjn , ^^•'tensive o* l" h ^ Russian. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Russian 202 or equivalent. * ®VeIopin„ a* readings, systematic review of grammar. Emphasis on

practical command of spoken Russian. F

®*pression. S


302. Third-Year Russian. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Russian 301 or equivalent. Intensive oral drill, short readings, systematic review of grammar. Emphasis on developing a practical command of spoken Russian. S

305. Russian Reading and Composition. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Russian 301 and 302 or equivalent (may be elected simultaneously with Russian 301). Readings from a variety of sources. Written and oral reports. Emphasis on developing the ability to read Russian texts rapidly and with thorough comprehension. F

306. Russian Reading and Composition. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Russian 305 or equivalent (may be elected simultaneously with Russian 302). Readings from a variety of sources. Written and oral reports. Emphasis on developing the ability to read Russian texts rapidly and with thorough comprehension. S

490. Individual Russian Readings. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: Russian 302 or equivalent. May be repeated to a total of six hours. May be taken only with the consent of the depeirtment. F,S

SpanishA major in Spanish includes the following courses beyond Lower Division work:

301, 302, 305, 306, and two courses from among 401, 402 and 405, and two courses from among 403, 404 and 407, and a minimum of four credit hours selected fro® other Upper Division courses. Also required are eight credits of approved course work in related fields.

A minor in Spanish consists of 301, 302, and 305 or 306, plus a minimum of fo® additional credit hours in Upper Division Spanish courses, some to be selected fro® Spanish courses and some to be selected from Spanish-American courses.

Courses101. Beginning Spanish. 4 credits. Pronunciation and fundamental grammatioel

principles introduced through the development of skill in listening comprehension and speeiking, followed by practice in reading and writing. Language laboratory tendance required. F,S

102. Beginning Spanish. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 101 or equivalent. Con tinued study of pronunciation and fundamental grammatical principles through t ® development of skill in listening comprehension and speaking, followed by pract®® in reading and writing. Language laboratory attendance required. F,S

103. Accelerated Beginning Spanish. 6 credits. Active development of fundani®|' tal skills, essentials of grammar, and cultural readings. 7 contact hours per we® consisting of classroom meetings, language laboratory work, and individual or grouP conferences. For students with some background in Spanish who do not qualify ® advanced standing. Prerequisite: previous knowledge of Spanish equivalent to a least one year’s study, below college leveL Students receiving credit for lOl-lO^ ®® not receive credit in 103. On demand.

201. Second-Year Spanish. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 102, 103 or lent. Review of the structure of the language, readings in Spanish, practice in and written expression. F,S

202. Second-Year Spanish. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 201 or Review of the structure of the language, readings in Spanish, practice in oral a written expression. F,S


301. Third-Year Spanish. 3 credits. Prerequisite; Spanish 202 or equivalent. Study o f selected Spanish masterpieces with individual outside readings and continued use o f the oral idiom. F

302. Third-Year Spanish. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or equivalent, tudy o f selected Spanish masterpieces with individual outside readings and con

tinued use o f the oral idiom. S

305. Spanish Conversation and Composition. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or equivalent. Practice in writing and speaking Spanish. F

306. Spanish Conversation and Composition. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 202 or equivalent. Practice in writing and speaking Spanish. S

401. H istory o f Spanish Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite; Spanish 302 or equiv- ent. Spanish literature from its origins to 1700, with lectures, outside readings and

’^eports. F/2

^ 402. H istory o f Spanish Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 302 or equiv- ^ ’ ^Periish literature from 1700 to the present day, with lectures, outside readings

reports. S/2

Qj, Survey o f Spanish American Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 302 oquivalent. Literature o f the Latin American countries written in the Spanish lan- 060, with lectures, outside readings and reports. F/2

Or e Spanish American Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 302*" 0 Latin American countries written in the Spanish

^ o g e , with lectures, outside readings and reports. S/2

Of ^onfeniporary Spanish Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 401, 402 oon°***^*'^ instructor. Twentieth century Spanish literature with an emphasis on

y®®*" course will deal with one o f four genres: novel, or, poetry or essay. Repeatable with different genre. F

^03 Spanish-American Literature. 2 credits, prerequisite: Spanish"4th consent o f instructor. Twentieth century Spanish-American literature

fou ** on contemporary writers. Each year the course will deal with one■■ genres; novel, theater, poetry or essay. Repeatable with different genre. S

0 the ' ^**®"*®^ Phonetics. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 302. A scientific approach Pronunication and enunciation o f Spanish. On demand.

452 c •®cientif ^®***® Phonetics. 2 credits, prerequisite: Spanish 451 or equivalent. A

471 pronunciation and enunciation o f Spanish. On demand,

fepe ^^H**"** Spanish. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Spanish 402 or equivalent. M ay'■°Pic to*K ' work in Spanish language, literature or culture. A different

e offered each semester. On demand.472 S •

Spanish. 2 credits, prerequisite: Spanish 402 or equivalent. M ay ^®Pic to K* ' work in Spanish language, literature or culture. A different

490 * ®®ch semester. On demand.

®'lnivaie^ t^ '^ * * ° * Spanish Readings. 1 to 3 credits, prerequisite: Spanish 302 or ®®®t of ' j repeated to a total o f six hours. M ay be taken only with the con-

the department. F.S

261

101. Be,Swedish

ginning Swedish. 4 credits. FHindamentals o f Swedish grammar, oral use


of the language, reading of easy Swedish. Attendance in the language laboratory required. On demand.

102. Beginning Swedish. 4 credits. Prerequisite; Swedish 101. Fundamentals of Swedish grammar, oral use of the language, reading of easy Swedish. Attendance in the language laboratory required. On demand.

Special Courses207. Introduction to Linguistics. 3 credits. An introduction to the nature of lan

guage, phonology, grammar, semantics, and historical, geographical, social and educational aspects of language. Same course as English 207.

331. Foreign Literature in Translation. 1 to 3 credits, may be repeated to a maximum of 6 credits. The faculty in the various foreign languages will lead reading and discussion in English of representative translations from their fields of speciality- Course may be taken in partial fulfillment of the Humanities requirement, but would not apply toward a language major or minor. Topics to be announced. F,S

333. Colloquium in Language and Letters. 1 to 3 credits, may be repeated to a maximum of 12 hours. Prerequisites: Language 102 or equivalent. Special subjects to be announced. F,S

353. Latin Words and Scientific Terminology in English. 3 credits. Latin words and terms. A course for pre-graduate students in humanities and the sciences, la'* and medicine. Credits may be applied toward major and minor requirements o’ Classical languages. F

354. Greek Words and Scientific Terminology in English. 3 credits. Greek words and terms. A course for pre-graduate students in humanities and the sciences, la'* and medicine. Credits may be applied toward major and minor requirements io Classical languages. S

357. Classical Mythology. 2 credits. Greek and Roman mythology with its survivals in English and American literature. Recommended especially for prospect*''® teachers; English, art and speech majors: journalists, etc. May count toward a>* English major with the consent of the English Department. Counts toward the general requirement in Humanities. F

358. Classical Literature in Translation. 2 credits. Companion to 357. Mastet* pieces of Greek and Roman literature in English translation, with introductions and evaluations of their merits and influences on English and American literature. May be taken in partial fulfillment of the Humanities requirement. S

399. Honors Tutorial. 2 to 4 credits. Prerequisites: Language 302 or equivalcnj and consent of the department. Supervised independent study of topics of mul**® interest to students and members of the departmental faculty. May apply towar graduation with Senior Honors. On demand.

. 400. Methods and Materials in Foreign Languages. 3 credits. Offered under th CTL 400 series. F

499. Senior Honors Thesis. 1 to 15 credits: total not to exceed fifteen. Prereq** site: consent of the Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Superv**® independent study culminating in a thesis. F,S

Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction

Latin(See Languages)

263

Libra^ Science and Audiovisual Instmction

(LSAV)Price (Chair), Evanson, Hanley, RenIck, Russell

purposes of the Department of Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction in^ prepare media specialists who can become increasingly effective in provid- tor services in schools and small libraries, (2) to provide a basic core of coursesitied' Piuuning to pursue graduate study in library science or instructional

'8, and (3) to provide service courses in educational media.

these purposes the department offers a major in Library Science and Ig Instruction leading to the Bachelor of Science degree through the Col-''isu 1*1 Resources Development and a major in Library Science and Audio-thp r **'®*'*^®^*nu leading to the Bachelor of Science in Education degree through

enter for Teaching and Learning.

program with the major in Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction quire Inrough the Center for Teaching and Learning has as an accompanying re- *IeKr * teacher certification sequence. Meeting this requirement qualifies the ®PecM’ North Dakota Class A kindergarten-through-grade 12 Mediafoy Credential Although the Bachelor of Science degree through the College Instru*”*” Itosources Development with a major in Library Science and Audiovisual ^< lud require the teacher certification sequence, it must ordinarily beSchorl * degree program if one wishes to qualify for employment in a public

system.T h e *

Colieg Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction is offered through theOr the C ^'^*rian Resources Development, the Center for Teaching and Learning Learni ° ^ Sciences. The minor through the Center for Teaching and®ducaf * ** 'usually taken in conjunction with a major in some area of secondary

•on or in elementary education.

® s IV for Human Resources Development^**i Ra r y s c i e n c e a n d a u d i o v i s u a l i n s t r u c t i o n

I „ ■ including:il. • '■“duntion Requirements.CoU, see page* 33-39.

PollI Resources Development Requirements, see page 101.lowing 33 hour Curriculum:


LSAV 2 7 1 ..................................Introduction to Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction .................. (3)LSAV 305 ..................................Building Media Collections............................................................................... |3)LSAV 3 1 5 ..................................Media to Enrich the School Curriculum.......................................................... (3)LSAV 365 ..................................B ask Audiovisual E q u ip n ^ n t......................................................................... 13)LSAV 375 ..................................Heference Sources and ^ r v i c e s ...................................................................... (4)LSAV 425 ..................................Classification and Cataloging for Media Collections ................................... I4)LSAV 430 ..................................Organization and Management of the School Media C en te r ...................... (3)LSAV 435 ..................................Develr^ing Media Center P ro g ram s...............................................................(3)LSAV 465 ..................................Design and Production of Software in M ed ia ................................................ (3)LSAV 490 ..................................Directed S tud ies.............................................................................................. (I"®)

LSAV 475 ..................................Media Center Seminar . . 11-5)

3 hours from the following:LSAV 310........................... Introduction to Children’s L iterature........................................................(3)LSAV 320........................... Young Adult L iterature.................................. ........................................... (3)

I t is suggested that a student fulfill a teacher certification sequence through the Center for Teaching Learning and include an appropriate teaching major or minor from the followhig list of degree programs: Business Education, Distributive Education, English, Geography, Home Economics. Industrial Technology* Language (Modem and Classical). Mathematics, Music, Physical Education, Science, Social Science, Spe^^' Theatre Arts, and Visual Arts.

Center for Teaching and LearningB.S.ED. WITH A MAJOR IN LIBRARY SCIENCE AND AUDIOVISUAL INSTRUCTIONRequired: 125 hours, including:

1. The completion of the Cento' for Teaching and Learning program in Secondary Education. See page l ^*II. All requirements listed above under B.S. in Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction (except HHD re*

quirements)Recommended in Other Departments:Engl 211 ....................................Introduction to F k tio n ........................ ............Engl 301. ^ 2 ........................... Survey o f English L ite ra tu re ..........................Engl 303, 304 ........................... Survey of American Literature........................Geog 16 1 ...................................World R^<m al Geography...............................Hist 103......................................United States to 1877 .......................................Hist 104......................................United States since 1877..................................Mus 100......................................Introductkm to the U nd^standing of MusicPsych 1 0 1 .................................Introduction to P s y c h o l< ^ .............................Soc 101 ......................................Introduction to Sociology.................................Soc331 ......................................Rural Sociology.................................................Spch 1 0 1 ....................................Fundamentals of Public S peaking..................V .A .110......................................Introduction to the Understanding of A rt . .

. . < 2)

■ ..(6)

■ . . 13)

■ ..(31 ■■ . (3)

■ . . (3)■ ..(3) ■■..(3)■ . . (3)

MINOR IN LIBRARY SCIENCE AND AUDIOVISUAL INSTRUCTIONRequired: 23 hours, including;LSAV 305 ................................. Building Media CoUecti<ms....................................................................LSAV 365 ................................. Bask Audiovisual E quipm en t..............................................................LSAV 375 ................................. Reference Sources a r^ ^ r v i c e s ............................................................LSAV 425 ..................................ClassificatKMi and Cataloging for Media Collections ........................LSAV 430 ............................... Organization and Management of the School Media C en te r ...........LSAV 465 ..................................Design and Production of Software in M edia .....................................3 hours from the following:

. - ( 3)

■■..|3)■■..(4)■‘ ..(4)■■..(3)’ ■..(3)

LSAV 310........................... Introductkm to Children's Literature

LSAV 320........................... Young Adxilt L itarature.

..131

..131

Courses105. Library Orientation. 1 credit. An introduction to the Dewey Decimal a

Library of Congress Classification Systems, the card catalog, periodical ..j basic references and bibliographies. Aims to acquaint the student with the facm and resources of libraries. F,S


students. Prerequisite: LSAV 365. F470. Progressive Photographic Processes. 2 credits. Photographic theory and

processes: preparation, production and evaluation of black and white photographic communication media. F ,S

471. Color Theory and Photographic Processes. 2 credits. Prerequisite: LSAV 470 or IT 322 or instructor consent. Color photographic theory, processes, and mate' rials. Study consists of color film processing of color slides and prints. On demand.

475. Media Center Seminar. 1-5 credits. Professional readings and discussion of current issues, problems and trends in media centers. Enrollment may be repeated to a maximum of 5 hours. Prerequisite: Permission from department chairperson. On demand.

490. Directed Studies. 1-6 credits. In-depth study of topics related to current trends and developments in school media centers and the proficiency of school media specialists. Prerequisites: 12 semester hours in Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction or permission from department chairperson. F ,S

LinguisticsJ. Crawford (Academ ic Adviser)

D. Derbyshire (D irector o f Sum m er Institute)Except for the M.A., the University has at present no regular degree programs

linguistics. However, it is possible for students to have a concentration in linguisf*^® as English majors. The Summer Institute of Linguistics, Inc., of Huntington Beao . California, provides faculty for the nine-week summer term, during which Liugois tics 450, 451, 452, 503, 504, 506, 507, 590, and 594 are offered.

Other departments also offer undergraduate courses relevant to linguistics: Eng ®*' 207, 309, 361, 362, 370, 417, 442; German 401, 402; Spanish 451, 452; French 451-

ofCourses

450. Articulatory Phonetics. 2 credits. Introduction to the theory and practic® articulatory phonetics. Summer Institute only. SS

451. Phonology I. 3 credits. Introduction to phonological analysis: practice in applying theoretical principles to problem solving and to ficf'f niques. Summer Institute only. SS

452. Grammatical Analysis I. 5 credits. Fundamentals of analyzing matical structures of languages; analytical skills developed through graded P lems based on a wide variety of languages. Summer Institute only. SS

Management(Mgmt)

Basuray (Chair), Eberhardt, Lawrence, Lindquist, Mehran, Meland, Porter, Sauter, Tedefalk, Thavikulwat, W estby

The Department of Management offers one comprehensive program, mans?®,nt.

Management 267

>th options for concentrations in the areas o f finance, international business, person- and production. This program is designed to provide a background o f professional

ucation for careers in business, industry, and public service and to furnish a founda- on for graduate study in business and other professional fields. More specifically, the

purpose o f the program is to prepare the student for the challenges o f modem manage- ^ ent by providing the individual with an overall understanding o f the basic functions ^_^managernent as well as appropriate skills and problem solving methods. The educa-

program initiates the student into the complexities of organizational variables as human resources and materials or physical factors, and provides the student

"'hi frameworks for examining various institutions and environments inbetw operate. In developing an understanding of the interrelationshipsUpo management functions and the environment, emphasis is placed' >Ple problems solving, human relations, and general management prin-in b u c u r r i ^ l u m ako provides the student with a substantial choice of electives tantr^r^** courses which, i f appropriately combined, can create con-'Phe areas o f finance, personnel, production, and international business,upport* majoring in management is prepared to choose from a variety o f career

unities in private and public service institutions.

A. W IT H M AJO R IN M A N A G E M E N T125 hour,. i„:luding:

j j Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

College of Business and Public Administration Requirements, see page 84.

^ F'oUowing Curriculum:Hi

101 PSci 101. Math 104 Math 204

201,

Spch 101 Soc 101

Anthni 101 ,

Freshman

.................................Composition I ...............................

................................ American Government I ..............

................................ Finite Mathematics...............................................Survey o f Calculus.................................................Principles of Economics 1, I I . . . .

Arts and Humanities................................................... Fundamentals o f Public Speaking................................ Introduction to Socio logy.............

First Second Semester Semester

13)13)13)

(3)16)

, Introduction to Cultural Anthropology . . Introduction to Psychology .................

Sophomore Year102

Acct 200, 201...........................Composition I I .................................^Coti2lo .........................Elements o f Accounting..................

...............................Introduction to Business Statistics .Acct2 i 7 Science ............................................

Fundamentals o f Management

<31(3)(3)

PlbA 320 Information SystemsH o u n \ ................. Business Letter end Report Writing

• "on-business elecUves.

(3)(3)(6)(3)(31

(31(31

(31

(4)

(31(31

Kmt 3oo»K">t30'»

A e c t 2 i 4

^P "t303.^ ^ t 309.

Junior Yeer

Principles o f Mnnngement.........................Production Management...........................Principles o f Marketing.............................Legal Environment of Business...............Personnel Management.............................Principles o f Finance.................................Quant. Approaches to Business Decisions.

(31(3)(31(31

‘'"Ursea hav. ................. Organixational Behavior ..P prequisites. Check the course descriptions.

(31(31(31(3)


Seniw YearM gmt400*.............................Organizational Theory............................................. (3 )Mgmt 485 ...............................Small Business Entrepreneurship Management . . . (2)Mgmt 475*............................ Business Policies and Management........................ (3)

•These courses have preprequisites. Check the course descriptions.Plus Electives: Minimum of 9 electives from Management. Marketing. Economics. Accounting, and BVED |2i0*

308. 312, 401, and 411). Electives to be approved by the faculty adviser.Students may elect one of the following concentrations:

Personnel:Mgmt 407.........................Wage and Salary Administration......................................................... (3)Mgmt 408......................... Issues in Personnel Management......................................................... (3)Mgmt 409.........................Union-Management Relations...............................................................(3)Production:Mgmt 403......................... Operations Management...................................................................... (3)Mgmt 411......................... Production Models and Systems Design..............................................(3)Mgmt 412......................... Isstjes in Production Management....................................................... (3)Finance: fEcon 303........................... Money and Banking....................... <3)Econ 427........................... Financial Markets and Institutions..................................................... (3)Mgmt 470......................... Investment Analysis & Portfolio Management....................................I3)International Business:Mrkt 305........................... International Marketing...................................................................... (3)Mgmt 420......................... International Business Management................................................... (3)Econ 437........................... International Economics...................................................................... (3)

Courses300. Principles of Management. 3 credits. Prerequisite: First semester

class standing. The study of management is approached from a systems standpo'^'j to ensure that the student receives a thorough survey of the many problems bb duties associated with managing. The topics covered include: planning, organiziBS' staffing, directing and controlling. F,S

301. Production Management. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Econ 210, Math 104 aB 204. This course teaches application of quantitative methods for solution of maBy problems concerning the production of goods and services. Specific problem area® investigated are: demand forecasting, capital budgeting, resource allocation, duction scheduling, performance standards, inventory control, product and servie® design and quality assurance. F,S

302. Personnel Management. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 210 and Mgmt 300- survey of the concepts, procedures, and programs associated with PersonB® Management in organizations. I t includes an overview of the basic managaBB®’’ functions as these are linked to the execution of personnel functions of employBB®” ' training, comjjensation, and development. F,S

303. Principles of Finance. 3 credits. FVerequisites: Acct 201; Econ 2l0- course introduces students to asset management, cost of capital, dividend P® valuation, capital structure planning, and working capital management. Forms business organizations and tax environment are surveyed. Managerial implicatioBS

current developments in national and international capital markets are reviewed. '305. Managerial Concepts. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Junior level

available to students in the College of Business and Public Administration. course is designed to expose the student to a variety of concepts presented w* the framework of the traditional functions of management. The various to planning, decision making, organizing, motivation, work groups, authority> sonnel staffing, leadership, change/conflict, communications, and controUinK explored in the context of supervisory personnel development. F,S

Management

309. Quantitative Approaches to Management Decisions. 3 credits. Prerequi- ^ es: College Math. Econ 210. This course teaches the application of quantitative ®chniques which are useful in the decision-making process. Specific areas included 6- decision theory, simulation, inventory models, linear programming, queueing, onomic evaluation, game theory and Markov process. F,S

^b,3l0. Organizational Behavior. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 210, Mgmt 300. The ^^Jective of this course is to allow the student to become acquainted with and experi-

ce various ways of thinking about and responding to the issues of human relations (jj . ”*®"®8®*i>ent. The course is designed to survey the following topics at the in- »iot‘ organizational levels: individual perceptions, attitudes, values,

ivation, leadership, communication, group dynamics, and problem solving. F,S400. Organizational Theory and Analysis. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 12 hours of

courses including Mgmt 310. The course is designed to acquaint stu- ** alternative ways in which organizations may be set up to ac-

course reviews the development of organization theories, ®yste future. Emphases are placed on the analyses of

theories pertaining to structure, process, and context. F,S303 Management: Theory and Practice. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mgmt

fin introduces students to modern finance theory and its implicationsdude management in national and international financial markets. Topics in- ture capital management, capital budgeting, cost of capital, capital struc-to sjjQ dividend policy, mergers, and valuation. Cases or problems are used

how finance theory serves as a guide to decision-making. F,S217^^ ; Management. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Mgmt 301, 309, and Acctduct a H takes an input-output approach to management centering on pro-®Uce anH analysis; involving materials, facilities, processes, quality assur-

® manpower management. Sfoie of' ®®d Salary Administration. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mgmt 302. The®'®utals "1 ®® salary administrator is studied. The course focuses on the funda-

gro ° theory, job evaluation and pricing, employee evaluation, individued mcentive plans, fring;e benefits, and managerial/executive compensation. F

®uurse i j Personnel Management. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mgmt 302. This®*'6anizaf facilitate a more in-depth study of selected issues confronting

personnel administration. Treatment of these issues will *®®ding B utilizing some combination of the following methods: extensive*®diviri„ 1 discussion, individual student reports, case study analysis, and/or

409 * projects. S'Tijj^^'^^'^fauagement Relations. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Econ 341 and Mgmt

provides the student with an overview of the role of labor unions in ^®*'eainin °''ganizations. The primary emphasis of the course is on the collective ' ®®ses P''°cess. Students are shown processes in the negotiation setting and

01 industrial disputes. F'■ourse Models and System Design. Prerequisite: Mgmt 403. This®fo®ch to n capstone in production management. I t is a systems ap-’'* '168 in Ruction operations using probabilistic processes and simulation tech-

412 I On demand.®cs in Production Management. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Mgmt 301 and 3

269


hours of quantiUtive courses from either Acct 322, Mgmt 309, or Mrkt 420. This course is designed to facilitate the study of issues confronting production managers in modern organizations. Required is the application of principles, theories and techniques of management to case problems, projects, and individual study and research. On demand.

420. International Business Management. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Twelve hours of management courses and senior standing. This course acquaints the students wdth the dynamics of management processes encountered in international operations. The course covers comparative management systems, analysis of different environmental conditions for making effective decisions and methodology for solving managerial problems in the international context. S

438. International Finance. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Econ 303 and 437. An introduction to foreign exchange rate determination, exchange risk, exchange exposure. Detailed examination of risk and speculation in foreign exchange markets. Other topics include determinants of direct investment, financial problems of multinational corporations, working capital management. Eurodollar market. On demand.

470. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Mgmt 303; Econ 303. Comprehensive study of methods used to evaluate securities* Topics include fundamental analysis, technical analysis, assessment of capita market efficiency, capital asset pricing model, and option pricing models. The fot" mulation of investment objectives, strategies, the design of portfolios for classes of institutional and individual investors, and portfolio performance evaluation ate explored. F,S

475. Business Policies and Management. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Twelve hours of upper level business courses and senior standing. This is the capstone course in busi ness. Students apply knowledge gained in accounting, economics, finance, manag®" ment, and marketing to develop business policies. Case studies, games, and othaf exercises are used to develop executive skills. F,S

480. Business and Society. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 12 hours of upper division business and management courses and senior standing. The course is designed provide an integrated, systems view of the interrelationships between businea® orga^ations and the society. Topics covered include analysis of managerial r® ® within the post-industrial societal framework, basic structural elements of socieV that relate to management tasks, social responsibility functions of business eluding values, ethics, morals and beliefs underlying managerial decisions, and enf rent issues and problems in this area.

485. Laboratory on Intrepreneurship and Small Business Management* 2 credits. Prerequisite: 12 hours of Mgmt courses and senior standing. This course in yolves students in starUng businesses, in buying businesses, in selling business®^ in assessing the possibility of new ventures, and in solving problems of businesses. An entrepreneurial game and a term project are integral parts of t

' course. F,S490. Internship in Management. 1 to 4 credits. Prerequisite: Management maJ® '

senior standing, and consent of instructor. Guided, practical experience in **' *'*gj personnel, production, and administration with selected participating busin®®® and other organizations is the essence of this course. S/U grading only.

494. Readings in Management. 1 to 4 credits. Prerequisite: Senior or standing, and consent of chairman of department. Selected readings in manage'”®F,S

Marketing

Marketing(Mrkt)

t>-G. Anderson (Chair), D.A. Anderson, Elbert, Erdem, S. Nelson, Pearson, Rowe, Weingarten, and Widdifield

.^®Partment of Marketing offers three programs: Marketing, Retail Mer- dent Advertising. The Marketing program is designed to prepare stu-'''hol* managerial positions in advertising, marketing research, sales, and retail- in n distribution. The Marketing curriculum provides for a selection of courses

particular areas of interest in the junior and senior years.Merchandising program is primarily designed for those who seek a

«gem •“ preparation for careers in such fields as retail man-Wed ** fashion merchandising. Courses in clothing and furnishings are com-

With an extensive curriculum in business.rpi

Depart related fields concentration is offered through the Marketingaither Department of Journalism. Students in Advertising may earn

f Business and Public Administration or a B.A. in therela^H^^ Sciences by meeting individual college requirements. The Advertis-

®* Ticti concentration is designed to focus certain university resources and in-programs to meet student interests and needs in the area of advertising.

Dg College of Business and Public Administrationm a j o r in m a r k e t i n g , WITH MAJOR IN RETAIL

‘ ‘ ^h a n d is in g , o r a d v e r t i s i n ghour,, including:

II ■‘Aduation Requirements. see pages 33-39. Se of Business and Public Administration Requirements, see page 84 and including:

200, 201Econ 201 2no ...........................Elements of Accounting................................................Econ2lo* ^ ..........................Principles of Econom ics................................................Acct 217 .................................. Elementary Business and Economic Statistics...........Acct 214 ' ' " .......................... Fundamentals of Management Information SystemsMath 104 i, on i........................ legal Environment of Business....................................

...................... Finite Mathematics or*^gmt 300 Survey of Calculus.........................................................Mgmt 301 ................................ Principles of Management ........................... ................Mgmt 303 ................................ Production Management................................................Mgmt 475 ................................ Principles of Finance......................................................Mrkt 301 ................................ Business Policies and Management..............................^®ci 101 .............................. * ■ Principles of Marketing..................................................

One p ................................ Fundamentals of Public Speaking.................................Psy from the followinrSoc 101.............................. Introduction to Psychology........................... ................Anth 171............................ Introduction to Sociology..............................................

............................ Introduction to Cultural Anthropology........................

(6)(6)(3)(31(3)

(61(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)

(31(31(3)

M rkt 302,J J r 'tfa o o . .........^^Moo,..........

Major in Marketing.............................. (3).............................. (31

...................... (31.......... .............. Consumer and Market Behavior................................. .............................. (3)

.............................. (3)

.............................. (3)

271


One course selected from the following:Mrkt 305.......................... International Marketing...........................Mrkt412..........................Advertising Management.........................Mrkt 413..........................Management of Marketing Institutions..

One course selected from tbfe following:Mrkt 204..........................Salesmanship............................................Mgmt 302.........................Personnel Management............................Mgmt 310........................Organizational Behavior...........................BVED 320 .......................Business Communications........................Econ 303.......................... Money and Banking..................................Acct218...........................Computer Applications in Business........Jour 3 1 5 .......................... Media Advertising I ..................................Jour 31 6 .......................... Media Advertising I I ................................

Major in Retail MerchandisingHEc 106..................................Clothing Selection....................................HEc 110..................................Textiles.....................................................HEc 320..................................Housing and Furnishings.....................Mrkt204 .................................Salesmanship....................................... f .Mrkt 302 .................................Advertising and Sales Promotion............Mrkt 303 .................................Retailing...................................................Mrkt 401.................................Consumer and Market Behavior..............Mrkt 412 ................................ Advertising Management........................Mrkt 413................... ............Management of Marketing Institutions .Two courses selected from the following:

Mrkt 305...........................International Marketing..........................Mrkt 400...........................Marketing Information............................Mrkt 410...........................Marketing Management 1 ........................Mgmt 302 .........................Personnel Management............................

Three courses selected from the following:Hce 101.............................Clothing Construction..............................

.(3)

.13)

.(31

.12)

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

.13)

.(2)

. ( 2)

. 12)

.(3)

.13)

.(3)

.(21

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

HEc 2 0 1 ..............................Advanced Clothing Construction ..HEc 322 ..............................Trends in Home Equipment ...........VA 1 7 3 ............................... D esign ............................................. .. .VA 1 7 4 ................................D esign...............................................BVED 305 ......................... Machine Applications for BusinessMrkt 420..............................Seminar, ^ a n ti ta t iv e ......................Mgmt 310 ............................Organizational Behavior ............... ..BVED 320 .........................Business Communications..............

Major in AdvertisingMrkt 302 .................................Advertising and Sales Promotion. . . . . . . .Mrkt 401............................ Consumer and Market Behavior...............Mrkt 412 .................................Advertising Management..........................Jour 215...................................Advertising Copywriting.........................Jour 315................. .................Media Advertising I ............ ....................Jour 316................................. Media Advertising II ...............................Spch317................................Radio and Television Advertising.............Plus 17 hours elected from the following two groups:At least 9 hours from the following:

Mrkt 204.......................... Salesmanship.............................................Mrkt 303.......................... Retailing.....................................................Mrkt 305........................... International Marketing............................Mrkt 4(X)........................... Marketing Information . ...........................Mrkt 410...........................Marketing Management 1 ..........................Mrkt 413...........................Management of Marketing Institutions. , .Mrkt 420 .........................Seminar......................................................Mgmt 310.........................Organizational Behavior............................

At least 5 hours from:Comm 3<X).........................Communications and Society ....................Jour 203 ...........................Photocommunication 1...............................Jour 213 ...........................Introduction to Graphic Communications .Jour 309 ...........................Public Relations Theory and Methods . . . .VA 173.174 .....................Design........................................................VA274 .............................Lettering and Calhgraphy..........................VA375 .............................Brush Lettering.........................................

, . ( 3),.(3)

, (3). (3)

. (3)

. (3)

.(2)

.12)

.12)

. (2)

. (3)

. (3)

. (3)

.(3) " . . (3 1 ' ..(31 ■' .(3) ■'..(21 ■' .(2) " . . ( 3)

..(2)

..(3)

..(3)

..(3)'..(3)..(31..(3)

'..(3)

..(3) ' . .(2) ■ ..(31 "..(31

"..(31"..(31

Marketing

College of Arts and Sciences® A. WITH MAJOR IN ADVERTISING

Curriculum outline found on page 249.

Courses204. Salesmanship. 2 credits. S

f^^br Marketing. 3 credits. Required of aU students in Business andstru t ‘ “™”‘®tration. Prerequisite; Econ 201. Distribution of goods, marketing

cture, pricing, competition and marketing policies. F.SPromotion. 3 credits. Prerequisite or corequisite:

"lOl. An introduction to the determination and use of promotional strategy. Fof th° - 3 credits. Prerequisites: Mrkt 301, Acct 201. An analytical survey

0 importance of marketing institutions and their methods of operation. S305. International Marketing. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mrkt 301. S

®od tr Estate. 3 credits. Principles of real property ownershipyP® deeds, leases, restrictions, real estate brokerage,

iiorty management, land utilization. F

est Estate Law. 3 credits. Judicial structure: legal procedures; sources of ord-tu ^ fixtures; proof of title; closing, deeds; mortgages; land-

nant; civil-rights; zoning. S

‘aa nct r*** Finance. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mrkt 324. Nature of real estateP*'ocessi sources, role of government, real estate financial instruments, loan

327 foreclosures in real estate finance. S''anced' Principles of Real Estate. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mrkt 324. Ad-® ation contracts; real estate taxation, investment property; landlord/tenant

broke' development; condominiums, real estate security law; major spec-

a'^fuctor^l ''' Estate Appraisal. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mrkt 324 or consent of in- Pfoveroe'jif value; appraisal process; analysis of neighborhoods, land and im-

®thics F ' data and income approach to value; appraisal report: code

daine„(. * '®.®'P|®® Insurance. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Econ 201. General and fun- ggg P^^nciples which apply to all forms of risk and insurance. F.S

®PplicationV**^”*^*°'*' ^ Prerequisite: Mrkt 361. Basis of life insurance, its' ratice as ° **'®®*' demands of individuab and firms in modern society and life in- ***6, rate ®p°”°”dc institution with emphasis on policy provisions, the mortality

366 reserves and programming. S*'' °Perty |^*’®'' y Insurance. 3 credits. Prerequisite; Mrkt 361. Basic principles of * ®rrierg; ba*'^T"*^^’ probability; the functions and finances of insurancespecific typ •®B®I concepts of insurance contracts; rate making; loss adjustment;

380 j coverage for fire, marine, crime, public liability, and surety bonding. F* ®'®Pus exn** ”* '** Marketing. 2-4 credits. Prerequisites: none. Practical off-

396 !)• " '*** selected participating firms. S/U grading only. S,SSccted Studies in Marketing. 3 credits. Prerequisites; Mrkt 301, decbred

273


major in marketing, consent of department chairman. Actual research in some phase o f marketing, written reports and collateral readings. On demand.

400. Marketing Information. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Mrkt 301, Econ 2l0' Analysis and interpretation o f marketing data, questionnaire building and methods o f sampling. F

401. Consumer and Market Behavior. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mrkt 301. A study o f the contributions to marketing from the social sciences in the areas of group individual behavior. F,S

410. Marketing Management I. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mrkt 301. Analysis oj fundamentals of marketing concept, discipline and decision-making process; orgaai' zation, planning and control o f marketing operations; coordination o f marketin? strategy; special areas o f marketing management. F,S

412. Advertising Management. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mrkt 302. Advertising problems and policies at the administrative level. S

413. Management o f Marketing Institutions. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Mrkt 303- Problems o f managing wholesale and retail establishments. F

420. Seminar, Quantitative. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Senior standing and compl®" tion of 12 hours of marketing. Research and discussion of topics of general imp® tance to contemporary marketing. This course may be taken more than once wit the consent o f the instructor. S

Mathematics(Math)

M. Winger (Chair), Adams, Bzoch, Carlson, Gregory, Javier, Kemper, Maulant*’ Metzger, Nelson, Prigge, Robinson, Rue, Uherka and Whilcomb

The functions o f the Mathematics Department within the total framework of University are varied. Besides the training of undergraduate and graduate in the field of Mathematics, the Department offers courses designed to meof needs of students in engineering; physicrd, social, and biological sciences; aod mentary and secondary education.

The student considering mathematics as a career should realize that mathematics courses wiU change as he or she progresses through collego graduate school. The early emphasis on solving problems is later subordinat® the more important tasks o f formulating problems in mathematical languag® dealing effectively with mathematical structures and abstract ideas.

It should be stressed that an effective mathematician in any type of should be a well-educated person. He or she should have not only the technic® ground o f calculus and differential equations taken by most scientists and eng' ’ . j and the more advanced mathematical training required for a major in Abut he or she should also have taken a selection o f courses from other disc'p student who plans to continue beyond the bachelor’s degree in mathematics ® also acquire a reading knowledge o f at least one and preferably two of the languages in which much o f the current literature in mathematics is written,

Mathematics

Russian and French, A ll students should, of course, acquire fluency in the itten and oral expression of ideas in English.

opportunity in mathematics today are teaching, mathematical ^ industry, mathematics in government and actuarial

and Mathematics department provides a test center for Parts I, I I"Q t i l of the Actuarial Exams and offers several courses which enable the student

prepare for them.

pursue either the B.S. or B.A. degree with a major in mathematics Teach- of Arts and Sciences or a B.S.Ed. degree through the Center forPurs Learning. For the B.S. or B.A. degree the student has the option of^ratio'^^u*^*' '" regular major or the applied mathematics or statistics concen-

n- The requirements for each of these options are outlined below.

tatio!f* * -' u ^ taken toward the bachelor’s degree are decided in consul-ne *** adviser from the Mathematics Department, and vary according to

ration student, consistent with the particular objective of the general edu-and mathematical education of the student.

*®ore in*Hf** *** Mathematics. Students with a standard score of 25 orin portion of the A.C.T. test may take advanced placement

^ ®se te t Trigonometry at the time of registration. On the basis oflevel hi h students may be allowed to begin their study of mathematics at a**'®nt iif Math 103 or Math 105. No students will be allowed advanced place-*>ient ex without either having successfully passed the advanced place-

anunations or having received the approval of the Mathematics Department.

College of Arts and SciencesS u L ? ,® ’®’ m a j o r i n M ATHEM ATICS

I including;

’ *■ Non Requirements, see psges 33-39.•II, The p n 2 semesto- credits of computer coursewcM-k apjMoved by adviser.

36follow ing Curriculum:

MaaI1 «'>330O M 35............... «. II. in . ..|^8th43i 439 .................. Set Theory or Number Theory .

44i| 442 ......................Advanced Calculus I and II ...* ‘ective8 from ........ .............Abstract Algebra 1 and 11(not j- . .

®A,

including division msth courses ‘“ding Math 377 snd 477)..........

( 12)..(3) . ( 6)

..(6)

m a j o r i n M ATHEM ATICS - APPLIE D Reo,,,... ' ‘'RATIOS CONCP.imtr A T in v

(9)

I.n.

> n .

12S c CONCENTRATION

Non-)u... ™ H«J“iremenU, see psges 33-39.liic Po))n • ‘“®nt; 2 semester credits of Computer Science 160 or 201, or Engineering 201.36m.i . ^ ^ “ "Idulum;

Math j”fc j 'R s u s a ’ '**®.............. Csicu iusi.ii.n i....................................................................M .J^6l,4g2 .................Appbed Mathematics I. Ill ......................................................

^63 .., .................... Numerical Analysis 1. I I ............................................ ...............(nof • unn*» j- Matrix Theory............................................................

•"eluding 377 Md^77)‘° " " “'***

( 12)

..(6)

..(6)

..(3)

275

(9)


.1121

..(31,.(3I..(61..(31

B.A. or B.S. WITH MAJOR IN MATHEMATICS — STATISTICS CONCENTRATIONRequired 125 hours, including;

I. General Graduaticm Requirements, see pages 33-39.n . Non-Math Requirement (2 hours): Computer Science 160 or 201, Engineering 201.

III. The Following Curriculum;36 major hours, including;Math 211, 212. 21 3 ...................Calculus I. II. I l l ........................Math 3 5 1 ................................... Applied Math I ........................................................! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ’ !!!Math 4 0 3 ................................... Probability T h e o ry .......................................Math 421, 422 ...........................Sutistical Theory I & I I .................. ^ ”Math 463 ....................................Applied Matrix T heory ....................................................................Electives from upper division Math courses not including Math 377 and Math 477 ........................................................................................ ........ ..

StudenU with double majors in Mathematics and Computer Science may count Math 461 and Math 4 ^ towards both majors. Students planning to attend graduate school are urged to Uke a full year of Advanced Calculus, Math 431, 432. Students are urged to take o>urses in disciplines which make use of mathematics s^ch as Physics, Chemistry, Engineering, Computer Science, and Biology.

MINOR IN MATHEMATICSRequired 20 hours, including;

Math 211, 212. 21 3 ...................Calculus I. II, I I I .....................................................................................All electives must be upper division courses not including 377 and 477.

MINOR IN STATISTICS: See page 349.

College of Arts & Sciences or Center for Teaching and LearningBA., B.S., or B.S.ED. WITH AUJOR IN MATHEMATICS - Teacher Certificati®"Required 125 hours, including; ,

I. General Graduaticm Requirements, see pages 33-39.II. Completion of the Center for Teaching and Learning p rc^am in Secondary Education. See pag«

III. Non-Math requirement: 2 sem est^ credits of computer coursework approved by adviser.IV. The Following Curriculum;

J12I

36 maj<H‘ hours, including;Math 211, 212, 213 ...................Calculus I. II. I l l .....................................................Math 4 03 ....................................Probability Theory .................................................Math 4 09 ....................................Geometry I ................................................................Math 330 or 435 .......................Set Theory or Number T heo ry ...............................Math 441, 442 ........................... Abstract Algebra i and II .....................................Electives in upper division math courses not including Math 377 and Math 477 ’

MINOR IN MATHEMATICSRequired 20 hcmrs, including:

.Math 211, 212. 213 .......... Calcuhia I. II. I l l ......................................................Math 409 ........................... Gaoinelry ............................................................Math 441 ........................... Abstract A l^b ra I ....................................................

All electives must be upper division courses .NOT INCLUDING 377 and 477.

(121.(31.(31.(31

(12)

..(31

..(31

Of

Courses102. Intermediate Algebra. 3 credits. S/U grading only. F,S103. College Algebra. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Two years of high school

Math 102. F,S104. Finite Mathematics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Two years of high

algebra or Math 102. An elementary introduction to some of the mathematic^^ niques which have applications in the management, life, and social sciences. ToP

Mathematics

^vered include systems of linear equations and inequalities, matrices, linear programming, mathematics of finance, and elemenUiy probability. VSPC BASIC program

ing is introduced and used to further investigate topics covered in the lectures. F,S105. Trigonometry. 2 credits. Prerequisite: one year high school geometry. F,S

rie^°^‘ Calculus. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 103 or Math 104. A non-j.. ^f°ns introduction to differential and integral calculus. Topics include limits, con-

nity, differentiation and integration techniques, and applications.

credits. Prerequisites: Math 103 and 105 or advanced place- nt by the Mathematics Department. F ,S

C or\f credits. Prerequisite: Completion of Math 211 with a grade ofbetter or permission of the Mathematics Department. F,S

213. Calculus I I I . 4 credits. Prerequisite: Math 212. F ,S

>»>afo for Elementary School Teachers. 4 credits. For elementary educationclurip* * the number systems used in elementary schoob. In-

es some methods and work with laboratory materials. F ,S

t Sampling. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 204 or a non-calculus' bctio" f ®tetistics course such as Psychology 241 or Economics 210. An intro- ^besti" sample surveys and analysis of resulting data. Topics include*‘stio construction, simple random sampling, two-stage random sampling,

su* **J *'‘°*'’ cluster sampling, stratified random sampling, systematic sampling, Pplemental topics pertaining to individual student’s interests. On demand.

®* fUcto *4 Logic. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 212 or permission of In-ions d*"' ,*** *”® operations on sets, mathematical logic, relations and func-

35l ^he natural and real number systems. S/2^ASlc Mathematics I. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 213 and proficiency in

Solution of ordinary differential equations by ele- anH Laplace transforms, introduction to partial differential equa-

introduction to matrix theory. F,S359 A > p' »binary ^L 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 351. Systems of or-*btrodi,r.f • ®®®*’^^* equations including matrix techniques, numerical techniques and

353 s*^atistics. F ,S'bcluding ,^*®*hematics I I I . 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 351. Vector calculus

Intr theorem and Stoke’s theorem, theory of Fourier series and inte-377 ° 'action to complex variables including conformal mapping. F ,S

biajoi-g onl”"p Elementary Teachers. 1-3 credits. For elementary educationeleninn ’ ® *PC*'iuient and inductive discovery in building geometric concepts at

®®y school level. On demand.

'*‘®crete prob*^^T ^®°hability. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 213. Sets, sample space, ®* bdy Q{ ability, distribution function, density function, characteristic function,

4nc bormal, Poisson, binomial and other distributions with applications. S "Uo, 406

‘he Mathenmt' *^^® Topics in Mathematics. 1 to 3 credits. Prerequisite: permission of 4Qg ^ *®® Department. May be repeated to maximum of 6 credits. On demand.

' ''bach to L 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 212. Metric and synthetic ap-h^ thernatic 11 E®bibetry. The usual topics in elementary geometry treated in a *'b>ilarity ‘b^cal way. Topics include congruence, inequalities, parallelism,

a, solid geometry and the circle. F

277


410. Geometry II . 3 credits. Prerequisite; Math 409. More topics in elementary Euclidean geometry including ruler and compass construction, isometries, volume, area. About half the course deals with hyperbolic non-Euclidean plane geometry. On demand.

412. Differentia] Equations. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 351. Basic types of ordinary differential equations. Existence and uniqueness of solutions. S/2

415. Topics in Applied Mathematics. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 213 (CalculusIII) and consent of instructor. An introduction to se lect^ areas in applied mathematics chosen from the following topics: Applied algebra, difference equations, linear programming, modeling and simulation, operations research, optimization, partial differential equations. Topics to be considered will be illustrated with examples and practical applications. May be repeated for credit with consent of instructor up W * maximum of six credits. On demand. ^

416. Topics in Statistics. 1-3 credits. Prerequisites: An elementary statistic® course and either Math 204 or Math 211, or consent of instructor. An introduction to selected topics in statistics normally chosen from the following: Linear models in categorical analysis, Bayesian methods. Decision theory. Ridge Regression, Non- parametric techniques, stochastic games and models. The number of topics to be considered during a semester will be limited to permit greater depth of coverage and sufficient practical illustrations. May be repeated for credit with consent of instnictof up to 6 credits. On demand.

421, 422. Statistical Theory I and I I . 3 credits each. Prerequisite: For 421,213; for 422, Math 421. Discrete and continuous random variables, expectation- moments, moment generating functions, properties of special distributions, int’'®' duction to hypothesis testing, sampling distributions, central limit theorem, cur^ of regression, correlation, empirical regression by least squares, maximum likelihooo estimation, Neyman-Pearson lemma, likelihood ratio test, power function, chi-sqn®' tests, change of variable, " t ” and “F ” tests, one and two way ANOVA, nonpaf®' metric methods. Other selected topics determined by student interests. F,S

431, 432. Advanced Calculus I and I I . 3 credits each. Prerequisite: for 431,213; For 432, Math 431. Real number system, functions, sequences, limits, continui ) differentiation, integration, partial differentiation, infinite series, power series s'’ vector analysis. F,S

435. Theory of Numbers. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 212. Basic properties numbers, including divisibility, primes, congruences, Diophantine equations residue theory. S/2

441. Abstract Algebra I. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 212. Rings, integrai mains, fields, elements of group theory, systems of linear equations, matrices, vee spaces, linear transformations and elementary canonical forms. F ,S

442. Abstract Algebra II . 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 441. Rings, integral mains, flelds, elements of group theory, systems of linear equations, matrices, vec spaces, linear transformations and elementary canonical forms. F ,S

450. Elements of Topology. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 212. Set mappings, functions, continuity, compactness, connectedness and topological spa with special emphasis on topologies of the real line. On demand. j

461,462. Numerical Analysis I and II . 3 credits each. Prerequisite: Math 35l ®

Mechanical Engineering

knowledge of a scientific programming language currenUy used by the UND Computer nter Prerequisite for 462 is Math 461. Numerical techniques will be considered that

solution of equations in one or several unknowns, approximate in- ^^ation, ordinary differential equations, approximation theory, optimization theory

analysis. Corresponding error analysis wiU be investigated. It is helpful if the ent has an elementary understanding of differential equations and matrix theory. F,S

Matrix Theory. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 351 or consent of the ^ development of matrix Theory with particular attention to topics that

in applications. F

'omn/ “ ’■“duction to Complex Variables. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Math 213. The •■ sidu * plane, analytic functions, complex integration, power series, the theory of matm contour integration, conformal mapping, Fourier and Laplace transfor-

"wons, and appUcations. S/2

* *'adit ' 1® Elementary School Mathematics. 1-3 credits. May be repeated for°Pics 7* X maximurn of 4 credits. For elementary education majors only. Selected

concepts appropriate to the elementary school curriculum.

'*'®dits' ^®®d_ing Course in Mathematics. 1 hour per semester. Maximum of 3 ' ®'’eloD Math 213. Directed individual reading on selected topics not

pea m other courses. Permission of Instructor Required. F,S

279

Mechanical Engineering(ME)

l -P. Naismith (Chair), Anuta, Barney, Bodine, Ewert, Grewal,Mathsen, Penoncello (on leave), Mansour-SadeghI,

j j Sadler, Snortland, Stanlake, Wills*'’ ®8i'atn i^?^ Engineering is a broad, flexible, highly individualistic profession. This ®’'d njachin toward the design, production and operation of energy systems*' °Ple, Grad* the processing of materials into products which are useful to®*°nal Or m. n*"® "'cll qualified for professional practice or for additional profes

graduate education.

B.S. . School of Engineering and Mines***'*“ ed 13a j^^^^^NICAL ENGINEERING

I. G,„ ‘"<J“ding;Grad ^

'The Poll,, • g «> “ *re'n®nts. see pages 33-39 and page 91.Curriculum;

lOS

209

pH*" *00pOaf lot

102'■"&201 '

Freshman Year

. General Chemistry.................

. Compositicm I .................................• Technical & Business W riting......... Intro u> Engineering.....................Engineering Graph ics...................

. Descriptive G eom etry...................■ Computer Programm ing.............Arts and Humanities (see page 34).

First Second Semesttf Semester

(4)(3)

U)(2)

(3)

(2)

(2)(2)(3)


Math 211, 2 1 2 ............................. C a lcu lu sl.il .............................................Phys 205 ......................................General P h y sics .........................................

Sophomore YearCE 3 0 0 ..........................................Analytical Mechanics (S ta tics)...............CE 3 0 1 .......................................... Mechanics of Materials I .........................CE 3 0 5 ..........................................Analytical Mechanics (Dynamics)..........Econ 1 0 5 ......................................Elements of Econom ics............................E E 2 0 6 ..........................................Electrical Engineering FundamentalsMath 2 1 3 ......................................Calculus II I ................................................Math 3 5 1 ..................................... Applied Mathematics.................................ME 2 0 1 ........................................ Intro to Mechanical E n g r .......................Phys 206, 208 .............................General P h y sics.......................................

Arts and Humanities............................. .Junior Year

E E 3 0 4 ..........................................Electronic Circuit Analysis..........Engr 3 0 1 ......................................Materials Science............................Engr 306 ......................................Fluid M echanics..............................Engr 460 ......................................Engineering Econom y...................

*Mathematics E le c tiv e ................ME 3 1 1 ........................................Manufacturing Processes I ..........ME 322 ........................................ Mechanical Design I .....................ME 341.342 ............................... Thermodynamics............................ME 380 ........................................ Inspection T rip ................................ME 4 1 3 ........................................Physical & Structural

Pr^)erties of M aterials................Social Science (see page 3 3 ) .........••Science E lectiv e .........................

Senior YearChE 4 1 8 ........................................ Introduction to Nuclear Engineering____ME 3 1 8 ........................................ Manufacturing Processes I I .......................ME 4 2 1 ........................................ Mechanical E)esi^ I I .....................................ME 422 ........................................ Engineering D esign .......................................ME 474 ........................................ Fundamentals of Heat A Mass Transfer .ME 480 ........................................ Mechanical Engineering Sem inar...............ME 483 ........................................ Mechanical Measurements Lab...................ME 486 ........................................ Mechanical Engineering Practice ...............Phil 370 ........................................M (»^ Questions and the Professions

Art and Humanities......................................Technical E le ctiv e ........................................Social Science.................................................

TECHNICAL ELECTIV ES:ME 4 1 6 ........................................ Advanced Manufacturing Processes . . . .ME 424 ........................................ Experimental Stress and Analysis I ..........ME 426 ........................................ VilMations & Acoustics I ..............................ME 427 ........................................ V itiations Laboratory...................................ME 428 ........................................ Lubrication.......................................................ME 445 ........................................ Energy Technology.......................................ME 446 ........................................ Turbomachinery..............................................ME 449 ........................................ Internal Combustion Engines.....................ME 4 5 1 ........................................ Heating & Air Conditioning........................ME 454 ........................................ Rehngeration ...................................................ME 476 ........................................ Thermodynamics of Compressible Flow..ME 4 8 1 ........................................ Vertical Integrated D esig n .........................ME 490 ........................................ Special Laboratory Problem s.....................ME 5 1 3 ........................................ Advanced Engineering M aterials...............ME 522 ........................................ Advanced Experimental Stress Analysis,ME 523 ........................................ Advanced Machine D esig n ..........................ME 524 ........................................ Three Dimensional Photoelasticity............ME 526 ........................................ Advanced Vibrations.....................................ME 529 ........................................ Finite Element A n aly sis..............................ME 534 ........................................ Acoustics & Noise Control ..........................ME 541 ........................................ AdvaiKed Thermodynamics.......................ME 546 ........................................ Energy Systems Design ..............................ME 562 ...................................... Elements of Nuclear Engineering..............ME 571 ........................................ Advanced Fluid M echanics..........................M E 574 ........................................ Advanced Heat Transfer..............................ME 590 ........................................ Special Topics...................................................

(4)

(2)

(3)

(4)

( 1)(4)(3)

(3)(3)

13)(3)

13)

(3)

13)(3)

(3112)

(3)

(3)

(3)(3)(3)( 1)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(2)

(1-3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)

( 1-6)

(4)(4)

(3)(31

(31

(31

(41

(31(3)(31( I t

(31(31

(31|3I(31

•Mathematics Elective: Any course beyond 351 excluding 377, 409, 410, 450, 475. 476, 477« ••Science Electives: Biology 101, Chemistry beyond 105, Geology 203, Physics beyond 208 (®

Mechanical Engineering

CoursesEngineering. 1 credit. Prerequisites- Physics

. Chemistry 105*. Fundamental Concepts of Mechanical Engineering. F ^

Technology I. 2 credits. 1 hour recitation. 3 hours

d em a ^ ■ ® techniques including welding and foundry practices, o f

Processes Technology II. 2 credits. 1 hour recitation. 3 student M Math 103 and 105. Not for Mechanical Engineering

On processes and techniques including machine shop prac^

^^«Ss Problems. 1 to 3 credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6faculty. S ^ E a n d " ™ investigations of interest to student and

and ^ocesses I. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Math 213*. Engr 301®‘=°nomicLa th^^n ®f“ dy of manufacturing methods andratory. s ^ Pertam to casting, welding and forming processes. Includes labo-

®ad 3 credits. Prerequisites; Math 213* Engr 301®®“aomics n, • ^®®®"P‘ !''® analytical study of manufacturing methods and ratory p pertam to machining, metrology and automation. Includes labo-

K r a p h ta u S r lr ’ ?•"'*’* “ \ ^ P ®*’® ^ ® ®: CE 305*. Analytical and®’®'»ants snrK velociUes. accelerations and forces for design of machine

such as hnkages. cams and gears. S

^®'«ental ^ “ ®^'‘ ®- Prerequisites: Physics 205*. Math 213*. Fun-342 Tk thermal energy relationships, processes and cycles. F,S

"^^tUreJ ^ ® ‘fy“ a»ic8. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ME 341. Real vapors, gas-vapor 380 ^ refrigeration cycles. F.S

?.‘ '><fents*ann? ‘ “ " Prerequisite: Junior standing. Expenses to^ "® r y sturi *150.00. Inspection trip to regional industrial plants; pre-

413 Ph . ‘ "P - 0 “ demand.®*'er 3oj_ Structural Properties of Materials. 3 credits. Prerequisite:

proper.ip structure, bonding, equilibrium diagrams, physical and mechan-*®°°ratory. s ° r’^etals and metallographic examination of metals. Includes

T ^ 6. AdvT' iviciuaj Manufacturing Processes. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ME 311, 318.I ®cted produ f * “ volvmg the manufacturing economics and flow charts for * des labors basic technical principles of manufacturing processes. In-

421 M demand.

®°»WnormrpK*' 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 301*. Analysis and designdrives anA ®^®nients to guard against fatigue failure; shafts, bearings,

422 En . ^ joints. F

®°'’®enU fTn"t* ® credits. Prerequisites: ME 421 and ME 474. Engr 460* ructor. Systematic study and practice essential to the optimal

be

281

completed with . “ C” grade or better.


design of a complete machine or system, utilizing economic and social constraints together with current mechanical and thermal design techniques. S

424. Ehcperimental Stress Analysis 1. 3 credits. Prerequisite: CE 301*. Experimental stress analysis using brittle lacquer, electrical resistance strain gage and photoelastic techniques. Includes laboratory. On demand.

426. Vibrations and Acoustics I. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Math 351, CE 305*. Basic vibration and acoustical theory. Includes the formulation and solution of dynamic equations for single and multi-degree of freedom systems as well as basic principles of noise transmision and suppression. On demand.

427. Vibrations Laboratory. 1 credit. Co-requisite: ME 426. An optional, self-contained laboratory designed to be taken in conjunction with ME 426, Vibrations and Acoustics I. Simple vibrations experiments will be observed, such as resonance, mode shapes and damping. On demand. ,

428. Lubrication. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ME 322. Theory of lubrication, corrosion and wear, properties of lubricants, tests and specifications for oils and greases. On demand.

445. Energy Technology. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ME 342. Study of energy sources, energy conversion systems and related economics. On demand.

446. Turbomachinery. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ME 342 and Engr 306. Principl®® common to fans, compressors, pumps and turbines, relationship of dimension® analysis, fluid-rotor energies and thermodynamics to turbomachinery. On dem®n

449. Internal Combustion Engines. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ME 342. Fundamental® of spark ignition and compression ignition engines, related components and processes. On demand.

451. Heating and Air Conditioning. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ME 342. Psyol^^ metrics, heating and cooling loads and analysis of air conditioning systems. On dema

454. Refrigeration. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ME 342. Mechanical and absorpt'®” refrigeration cycles, low temperature refrigeration and properties of refrigofa® On demand.

474. Fundamentals of Heat & Mass Transfer. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Math 35h Engr 306 and ME 342. Convection, conduction, radiation, dimensional analysis design of heat transfer equipment. F

me 342;476. Thermodynamics of Compressible Flow. 3 credits. Prerequisites;E n ^ 306. Principles and applications of compressible flow to gas engines and rockets; venturis, nozzles and airfoils; use of gas tables for subsonic supersonic flows. On demand.

480. Mechanical Engineering Seminar. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Senior a a*’idiJ'S-

Reports and discussions on current developments in mechanical engineering.of 1®481. Vertical Integrated Design. 2 credits. Repeatable to a maximum

credits. Groups of students composed of freshmen through seniors who real design setting on problem definition, creative synthesis, engineering an manufacturing, testing, management, cost studies, etc. Possible involvemen

483. Mechanical Measurements Laboratory. 3 credits. Prerequisites: jiceand Engr 306. Experiments and written reports on the operation and perf® of instruments and basic mechanical engineering equipment. F*Complet«d with a C grade or better.

Medical Technology

47/ p ' Engineering Practice. 3 credits. Prerequisites: ME 483 and ME“f emphasis shifted to instrumentation, operation,

analysis of mechanical equipment and processes. SWedfu f^boratory Problems. 1 to 3 credits. Repeatable to maximum of 6student Consent of instructor. Laboratory investigations of interest to

«uents and faculty. On demand.

site^cL^*"i“^ ” u ””” credits; total not to exceed fifteen. Prerequi-•ndenenH t . Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Supervised

pendent study culminating in a thesis. F,Spasted with a C grade or better.

283

Medical Technology_ A.W. Bruce, Adviser

®®sional two years of the Medical Technology program are considered the prepro- ^ ®ars, the Jumor and Senior years are the professional years of the curriculum.

®®Oiester oVfh*' edvancement to the Junior year must be made during the second t'ous given r * ®®P^°more year. Acceptance is on a competitive basis with considera- **'®dts and P*^cprofessional performance in the sciences, general graduation require-

io qualifications. A complete description of the advancementeilable from the Medical Technology adviser.

B,S School of Medicinet e c h n o l o g y

I. including;

The P Requirements, see pages 33-39.‘•'‘“owing Curriculum:

Eng] Freshmaa Year^hetn 105 ......................... Composition 1 .........

iQj^ JQ2 ........................... ... Chemistry. Introduction to BiologyMathematics ...............Arts and HumanitiM..

and Qualitative Analysis

209 . . . . . . w, BIIU flUIILBIUUeS . .. ®ni2i 2 ..................................... Analysis .

204 . . _ ......................... Organic Chemistry................................".226 ., ...............Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel .

(31( 8)

(8)(3)(81

Sophomore Year■ Composition I I ................................................................................................... (3|A rts and Humanities......................................................................................... (4)

................................................. (4)

................................................. (51Phv V ‘ ° " • ................rsiuiiomy tor raram edical P erso n n e(...................................................................(3|

' ........ .............................Introduction to Medical Technology...............................................................(2)- Mechanisms of Human Physiology................................................................(41Social Science................... ! ................................................................................(9)

BiolMSi364 . Junior Ymt

BicS ........ !! i .................... Pw asitology........................................................................................................(4)ts ^301 4ir»r* .....................Clinical Microbiology..........................................................................................(5)

B iochem istry......................................................................................................f6)H em atology...................................................... .(4)

^28............ ElecUvealSciencesI........................................................................................... (51''.'tcrnrfi.. . . ..................... .. to Im m unology..........................................................................(3)

Path .....................Clinical Microbiology” ^25 .. .......................Biochemistry

^IBio

. _________________________ ____________________________ _____________________________ _

* 101, Math 204 or Anatomy 302. The student must cmnplete 95 credits including

la c ie n c /ln d J•ence and humanities.

the ^ “'nputer ScienM ** f™™ Biology 357.350.367.369.470. and Physict 101-102,the fi.ij ® ®®'luirementa j* tb M4 « Anatomy 302. The student must complete 95 c re s ts including

* of social Selene. . ." j j o ' ' " '0‘ng to the Senior Year, the remaining electives may be chosen from


Senior YearPath 481, 482 .......................... Medical Technology Internship................... ..............................................

During the Junior year, the student applies to take a 12-month internship. This may be in the Grand Forks program which involves rotation through the United Hospital and Department of Pathology, Grand Forks; U.N.D.-Hennepin County M edi^ Center, Minneapolis, Minnesota internship; or other affiliated AM A approved schools of Medical Technology. The University of North Dakota is affiliated the following schools; St. Paul-Ramsey Medical Center and St. Joseph’s Hospita; St. Paul, MN; S t Alexius Medical Center, Bismarck, ND; St. Joseph’s Hospital an Trinity Medical Center, Minot, ND. Internship site is decided by the student and ta Program Director during the Junior year. Successful completion of a scheduled rotation will give a student 30 credits toward the degree. Bachelor of Science in Medical Tec • nology. Students cannot be guaranteed a specific location for their internship. .

Students who have completed the requirements for ’ this curriculum, including the 12-month clinical training, are eligible to take the national examinations tification as a Medical Technologist and Clinical Laboratory Scientist conducted J the American Society o f Clinical Pathologists and National Certification Agency-

See the School o f Medicine Bulletin for required course descriptions of Junio'" and Senior years.

Meteorological Studies(Metr)

L Osborne (Coordinaloi), Chang, Dando, Grainger, Hembree, Mower, Poeliot, Stilh, WyckofI

The Meteorological Studies Program, co-sponsored by the Center for g.Sciences and the Department of Geography, offers a thorough undergraduate P fessional education in the atmospheric sciences, leading to the degree o f Bache ^ Science in Meteorological Studies. The degree is awarded in the College of Sciences.

While the curriculum is prescribed (see below), students are advised that [joti Geography, Mathematics, and Physics are relatively easy to complete in con'W” with the degree program; with careful planning and judicious selection of e it is possible also to complete a full major in one or another of these jh®Advice on these and other matters related to the program should be sought Coordinator and from faculty in the respective departments.

ictsFacilities’The Center for Aerospace Sciences atmospheric research grants and

support a variety o f research equipment and facilities that are incorporated academic curriculum when and where appropriate. These include as part o Center for Aerospace Science building a Meteorology Data Center real time data link to National Weather Service and World Meteorological Ur tion meteorological information, a dedicated scientific computer system logical data bases, a digital Doppler weather radar, an automatic trucking r® Ji) system, a Citation II jet and Cheyenne II turbo-prop weather research addition, research in weather modification, satellite meteorology, air poUuti®

Meteorological Studies

êteorology, cloud physics meteorology, and aviation meteorology is ongoing, provid- anH fif access to facilities and equipment used in these specialized areas

a the opportunity to participate as interns in these and other research projects.The Department of Geography operates the U.S. National Oceanographic and

iraospheric Service Weather Station at Grand Forks, complete with evapotrans- monU instrumentation including air quality surveillanceN orf h maintains an extensive collection of climatic data for theThe n " ® depository for over 40,000 Army Map Service maps.Well Library contains a large topographic and waU map coUection asPhotnL® periodicals. In addition to weU equipped cartographic,Norft, r f 1 statistical facilities, the Department houses the University of

th Dakota Remote Sensing Institute.

285

g „ College of Arts and Sciences•a. IN METEOROLOGICAL STUDIES Hired 125 hours including;

General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.• The Following Curriculum:

P Freshman Year101,209 ........................... Composition I, Technical &

Business W ritin g * ..........................................Social & Behavioral S tu d ie s .............................

G eogi2i Arts & Humanities.Math 211 o i s ......................... p®°8™Phy •Phya205 ........................... Calculu. 1, I I ..........•Enirl 109.............: ; .................. General Physica .

102 acceptable alternate course

Sophomore Year

Firat Second Semester Semeatcr

(3)(31131MlMl

121(3)(31

Ml141

Firat Second Semester Srmeater

M «th213.,Social & Behavioral Studies Arts & Humanities................. .............. (3)

(31(3)

i;“ye 206, 208 .............. (4)

< 3 3 3 ............fi)

(21

(41

0 ^ 3 1 5 ............... Junior YearFirst Second

Semester Semester............. (31

Metr 360 ............. Ml^®tr 370 (4)

Metr 440 in Meteortôgy..................... 131

M eteoro lo^ .............. ............. (41

^»h-400 Senior YearFirst Second

Semester Semester............. (1)

(11

Elective,., Physics Meteorologv .. ............. (4)Ml............. (4)

‘-‘ght hour, mefûired from the following courses:

(31

(4)■ ...................Cloud Physics Metr (lab).............................. (4|

Metr 480 (3)(3)


Metr 498............................ Special Studies inM eteorology.........................................

Metr 499 ............................ Intaiiship (Wx Mod. Radar.Rawinsonde. Cloud Physics)..............

Engr 375.......................... Remote Sensing S ystem s..........................OR Geog 275.............................Introduction to Remote Sensing.............

Geog334............................C lirootology..............................................•••Three hours are required from the following courses;

Avi 340 .............................. Advanced Weather Modification...........Chem 1 ( ^ .......................... General Chemistry I ...............................Chem 1 5 1 .................. ........Fundamental Concepts of Chem.............CE421 ...............................Hydrology..................................................CE 422 .............................. Hydrology..................................................Engr 306............................ Fluid Mechanics................................7 . . .Math 421 ...........................Statistical Theory I .................................Math 422 .......................... Statistical Theory I I ................................

Any uppo* division Computer Science course apfu'oved by coordinator. Any upper division Geography oxtrse approved by coordinator.

MINOR IN METEOROLOGICAL STUDIESRequired 21 hours, including:Geog 333 ...................................Introduction to Meteorology ..................Geog 4 3 6 ...................................Synoptic Meteorology.............................Metr 400 ...................................Daily Weather Laboratory I ...................

(1-4)

(41(2)(3)(4)

(4)(4)(3)(3)(31(31(31(31

12 hours from the following:Geog 334 .................................. Climatology............................................Geog 2 3 1 ...................................Aviation Meteorology...........................Avit 303.....................................Introduction to Weather Modification.Metr 340 .................................. Meteorological Instrumentation...........Metr 360 ...................................Dynamic Meteorology............................Metr 370 ...................................Computer Concepts in Meteorology. . .Metr 4 0 1 ...................................Daily W'eather Lahoratory I I ...............Metr 440 ...................................Intr^uction to Radar Meteorology. . .Metr 450 ...................................Introduction to Cloud Physics Metr • •Metr 470 ...................................Air Pollution............................................Metr 480 ...................................Micrometeorology..................................

,.(4)..(4)..(»

. . M )

. . .(31

. . HI..(41

. . . 11..(31..(21

. . . H I,. (4I,. (3I

. . | 3 I

Courses340. Meteorological Instrumentation (lab). 4 credits. Prerequisite: Geog 333 of

consent of instructor. Theory, design and accuracy of meteorological instrumenl3| observations, measurements and networks; data transmission and presentatioO’ analysis problems and concerns. F

360. Dynamic Meteorology. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Physics 216, Geog ’ Basic equations of motion, atmospheric thermodynamics, balanced motions, mospheric disturbances are examined on an introductory level. S ^

370. Computer Concepts in Meteorology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Geog 436 6 advanced CSci course such as CSd 315 or approved by coordinator. Examines need for and use of computers in atmospheric science. Topics will include the apP cation of various computer concepts, such as numerical solution of linear and di ential equations and numerical integration, to special meteorology problems, su as numerical weather prediction and numerical modeling techniques. F .

400. Daily Weather Laboratory 1 .1 credit. Prerequisite: Geog 436 andor consent of instructor. Introduces the student to techniques used in analyzif’ ^ j f face and upper-air weather data; preparation and presentation of daily*'*'®® forecasts. F

401. Daily Weather Laboratory II. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Metr 400 or conse” ^ instructor. A continuation of Metr 400 with special emphasis on techniques us

Microbiology

analyzing and forecasting hazardous weather conditions including severe winter “no summer storms, fog and clear air turbulence. S

20fi^^' ^ d a r Meteorology dab). 4 credits. Prerequisites: Physics’ Introduction to principles and theory of microwave radar and its use

a meteorological observational or research tool. F

then^^' Meteorology flab). 4 credits. Prerequisite: Metr 440. Advanced radar rari«!^ ’ "S principles, digital processing of radar signals, doppler

«ar principles, displays and characteristic returns. S

Metr Meteorology flab). 4 credits. Prerequisite:esse.» physics of clouds with emphasis on micro-physical proc-

mvolved in cloud formation, precipitation production, and dissipation. F

of thp i f Physics Meteorology flab). 4 credits. Prerequisite: Metr 450. A studynum,. clouds with emphasis on dynamic forces and interactions as well as“mencal cloud models. S

senro°f 3 credits. Prerequisites: Chem 105 or 151, Math 211 or con-'vhich .* “ *'<âmentals of air pollution, the physical chemical processes*®gislar°'^^™ ^ pollutants, the regulatory environment, pending

awon on air pollution as it relates to the meteorologist. On rfpmnnr)

t êrequisite: Metr 360. A study of atmosphericL-.. j . . . . ■ 3 on the interaction of the

1 demand.

287

Pfoce . creaits. Prerequisite: Metr 360. Aa tm o r r planetary boundary layer with emphasis on

Pnere with surfaces of different characteristics. On den___...

®‘atusâfj®“ “’ “ Meteorology. 1-4 credits. Prerequisites: Upper divisiona rnaximi, instructor. May be repeated with change of subject matter to''anced t hours. Designed for those students who wish to pursue ad-

499 * ° ** Meteorology on an individual basis. SS

iastructor^*p"*i j'**' credits. Prerequisites: Upper division status and consent of '’'odificaf' experiences in several areas of meteorology including weather ®''ailable *SS * °* *" rawinsonde operations, and cloud physics will be offered as

Microbiology(MBio)

J. Vennes (Chair), Duerre, Kelleher, Waller, and Wikel

202. i„t Courses*®ge Chemist^'**^*”'^ Medical Microbiology. 5 credits. Prerequisites: Course in Col-

introduct^ Biology. Three hours lecture; four hours laboratory per week. ®Pen to allied niedical microbiology course primarily for nursing students, but® hackgrojjjj. students with permission of the instructor. The course provides

3 q2 „ ui all aspects of microbial agents and diseases. F

**'*1 Biology* Microbiology. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Course in Organic Chemistry ®®*’sral microb‘" l° lecture; four hours laboratory per week. An introduction to ''‘ bacteria m jj ^"’Pbasis on the morphology, classification, and physiology"'®ste disposal ^huses. The significance of microorganisms in food processing,

I and in maintaining our environment is discussed. S


303. Clinical Microbiology. 7 credits. Prerequisites: Course in Organic Chemistry and Biology. Four hours lecture; seven hours laboratory per week. A course in clinical microbiology primarily for medical technology students with emphasis on laboratory diagnosis of infectious disease. S

328. Introduction to Immunology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Course in Clinical Microbiology and Biochemistry. Two hours lecture; two hours laboratory per week. An introduction to the fundamentals in ittununology including immunochemistryi humoral and cellular response, hypersensitivity, serological reactions, and immuno- hematology. S

Military Science(MSci)

E. Gale (Chair), DePue, Bohince, Monroe, Poster, Combs, CorblneThe Army Reserve Officer Training Corps (ROTC) offers a program of instruction

leading to a commission as a second lieutenant in the United States Army. Selection for active Army duty and for commissioning as a regular Army officer is competitive- Students commissioned as reserve officers may request active duty or may serve with the Army Reserve or National Guard units after a short period of active duty for officer training. The program is voluntary and is open to both male and femal® students. Em-ollment in Military Science I (freshman year) entails no military set’ vice obligation. This offers the student an opportunity to explore military science subjects and a basis upon which to decide about further enrollment in military science including entering competition for an ROTC scholarship. Winners of three or four year ROTC scholarships incur a military obligation when they enter their MS * (sophomore) year, other students incur no obligation until their MS III (junior) yeat' Successful completion of MS I and MS II is a prerequisite to enrollment in MS I and M^ IV; however, placement credit procedures are available for veterans. Junior ROTC participants, and transfer students formerly enrolled in other ROTC grams, or by completion of a siunmer basic camp. C^estions concerning placem® eligibility should be directed to the Military Science Department. Financial as®'* tance is available in the form of two, three, and four year ROTC scholarships. Tn®® _ scholarships pay tuition, laboratory fees for flight training where training is o’®* datory for academic major and degree, a flat rate for textbooks and equipment an monthly cost of living allowance. All ROTC scholarship students and each no scholarship junior and senior are paid a cost of living allowance of $100.00 P month not to exceed $1,(X)0 per school year. The Military Science Departroen^^ housed in the University Armory which contains a library, student lounge, and range for the use of enrolled students.

Courses101. Introduction to Military Science 1 .1 credit. An introductory course

analysis of the organization and functions of the Army, ^he role and organizatio Army ROTC, marksmanship and leadership. F,S

102. Introduction to Military Science 1 .1 credit. A continuation of MSci 10 eluding introduction to military map reading and orienteering.

Music 289

201 Military Science I I . 3 credits. American Military History: A survey from tion f P‘‘e®ent of the Army’s role in the formulation and implementa-the a defense. Attention is given to the Constitutional and legal status oftow j u concepts in military strategy and tactics, public attitudes

ara the mihtary, and the influence of the Atmy on American society. Specific ip ,^ sm p a ig n s, and battles are studied in terms of military strategy and tactics

ms course is listed as Hist 210, the United States: Military History (3 credits), in a History Department. F

leadp ^V^****^^ Science II . 1 credit. A course investigating fundamentals of military tecKv.*-* *’''®"®Sament techmques, and applicability of those fundamentals and

nniques to leadership situations. S

tics^ i?’ Simulation. 1 credit. A course analyzing military strategy and tac-tnrough the use of war gaming/simulation. F

PartiV? Course. 4 credits. A course designed to qualify students notAdvan^Vo^ Military Science I and I I programs for entry into the ROTC®nd 202 Includes those subjects presented in MSci 101,102, 201,

Placem' credits- Prerequisite: ROTC Basic Course or advanced®**iall un”f ^ course analyzing combat organization, combat orders, and^clurio= 1 operations. Course includes military teaching principles. Course

s leadership laboratory and field exercise. F

Science I I I . 2 credits. Prerequisite: same as MSci 301. A course Camp r the student/cadet for participation in the ROTC Advanced

etc”* ” ® deludes patrolling, small unit tactics, and branch, e.g., infantry, avia-401 '* Course includes leadership laboratory and field exercise. S

in credits. Prerequisite: Military Science II I . Instruc-^cludp« f auctions of a military staff, military writing and military justice. Course

402 iaboratories and field exercise.‘°n in credits. Prerequisite: Military Science I I I . Instruc-

iaader<iVi!„ 5®®*°”alism and ethics, logistics and personnel systems. Course includes P laboratories and field exercise.

to the a e s t r ‘‘''''®“®frves a br ‘^®''dopment of humankind in its fullest potential The Department ®*onal, and i°*° ®®u®tituency of students in their preparatory, life-long, pre-profes-

as provid*** ** * teaming endeavors by offering courses, lessons, and curricula as ® ''ariety pf numerous opportunities to perform choral and instmmental music in

courses that are specifically designed for the non-music major include

Music is

Music(Mus)

HIsey (Acting Chair), Anvinson. Blake, Deal, Eder, Elnarson, Irwin, Krueger, Miller, Olson, Polovitz, Read, Rue,

Rundell, Van Voorhis, Wharton, and Willettoffered at the University of North Dakota in the belief that it contributes


Music 100, 108, and 109. These can be applied towards fulfilling the Arts and Humanities area within the General University Requirements as can some or all of the performing organizations which are open to non-majors and music major alike. Music lessons for credit are offered to music majors and minors although talented non-majors may audition for lessons per credit (Music 105). Anyone interested in studying voice or an instrument may enroll in the Music Lifelong Learning Program, an outreach program for students of all ages, from nursery school through senior citizen.

The pre-professional study of music at the University begins with a series of Core Courses common to all music major degree programs along with appropriate appli® study (private lessons) and ensemble participation. Students accepted as music majors must complete an audition in their major performing medium. First year students are expected to register concurrently for Music 111 and 113. Placement tests are given these students during the first week of classes. Upper-level courses are then pursued in accordance with the specific degree program selected by the student. Most music majors will enroll in the degree programs offered in the College of Fine Arts. Other music major programs are available in the College of Arts and Sciences and the Center for Teaching and Learning.

The Bachelor of Music degree program in the College of Fine Arts offers majors in Performance and in Music Education. The Performance major is designed for the student who is motivated towards becoming a professional musician and who has the ability and commitment to achieve that goaL Students accepted for this program must demonstrate exceptional potential for performance excellence. The Performance major is expected to pass a Qualifying Examination on the major instrument or voice by the end of the sophomore year, to present a shared recital during the junior year, and to present a full recital during the senior year.

The Music Education major is designed for the student who is motivated towards becoming a music teacher in the elementary and secondary schools. The student wjU select either an instrumental or vocal'choral emphasis in this program which qua fies the student for state certification in music, grades K-12, in instrumental, chora ■ and general music. This music teacher education program endeavors to maintain an environment in which students in music education can develop the requisite under standings, competencies, and attitudes needed in helping young people to discover and grow through participation in school music programs.

All students enrolled in the Bachelor of Music degree programs are participate in a major musical ensemble each semester they are in residence at UN ■ Music Education students may be excused from this requirement in the semester i which they are student teaching in Music.

The Bachelor of Arts degree program in music, offered through the College of A^s and Sciences, is designed for the student who wishes a general liberal arts ®* '**'®* with emphasis in musk. Along with a broad coverage of the field, the student selects area of concentration in eitho- musk the«y-composition or music history-literature.

The Bachelor of Science in Education degp-ee program in the Center for and Learning offers two majors: (1) Music and Elementary Education and (2) mentary and Secondary Music Education. Students graduating from the Music Elementary Education program are certified to teach regular elementary school s ^ jects in grades K-8 as well as music for those grades. Students graduating Elementary and Secondary Music Education program are certificated to teach ms

Music 291

Rental, choral, and general music, grades K-12. This latter program is similar to the achelor of Music degree program with a major in Music Education.

Regardless of the degree program selected, all music majors shall be evaluated ’'®Kularly and are expected to pass the Piano Proficiency Sequence in functional piano ® all levels prior to the semester of graduation and before student teaching in music, ^luchever occurs first. Students pursuing a major in Music Education are expected th . competency in voice, also. All music majors must successfully pass

eir applied music jury examinations in the major instrument and be at the appro- Pfiate level before being permitted to advance in Applied Music or to present a st 'rT' senior recital Students who desire to present a Senior Recital and will also bo'Jh ss part of their degree requirements are expected to avoid schedulingCo ^Rese activities in the same semester. Regardless of the degree program, cr'ri ’ * Music (lessons) and in Music Ensembles may be repeated for

a it without limitation except that a maximum of 12 hours of credit in ensembles sy apply towards graduation.

g College of Fine ArtsCHELOR OF MUSIC WITH A MAJOR IN PERFORMANCE

j ^^2 houra. including:j j ^*'’*''>1 Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

Requirements, see page 97 including: Eiectives in at least 2 arts disciplines outside of nusic but within the CoUege of Fine Arts......................................................................... ................... (r)

' Following Curriculum:Core Courses (basic requirements)

111. 112, 211, 212 .. .Theory I. II. III. IV ...............................................................213. 214 . . . Ear Training & Sight Singing I. II, III, IV ............................M oo ’

Mus 299 9o;.................... Design in Music.Mu. ...................Renaissance. Baroque MusiMu, ...................World. Jan/Popular Music .

(12)(4)(3)(2)(2)( 2)

(2)(3)

» . - - - w u ............................... W O T K l,*

...................Classic. Romantic MuskM« « 2 .......................... BaskConducUng..

Q .......................... 20th Century Musk^ Supportive Courses (beyond the core)H^loryandUterature............................................................................................................... <3,

eory and Composition........... ............... .Music ElectivM (Other than performance)......... ....... ! I! 1 iol

MusicQ ............................... (941E Instrument............. ^ .(4)MusT so*"’ • ■ .............................................................................................***’Electives ..........................Applied Musk Pedagogy.................................................................... (2)Electives in j i-....... 1.................................................................................................................tusciphnes other than the majcM- with not more than 12 hours in other Fine Arts disciplines.

MUSIC WITH A MAJOR IN MUSIC EDUCATION Emphasis)

I including:ii- Th. p* _ ''“ *“*lion Requirements, see pages 33-39.

Core Poll.Courses

'“ »ingCurrkulum;

^ns Ill'llf^ljii^nients for sU majors)MusllJ- 1'2>2 - Theory I. II.Mus22i ' ■ Ear Training a Sight Singing I. II, h i , IV .Mua 222, 223.................... Style and Design in Musk...........................Mu8 224[ 225 ...................Renaissance. Baroque Musk.......................^ns 323] 32^ ...................World, Jssz/Popular Musk.........................^ns 340* ...................Cisssk. Romantic Music.............................^ns 422 ..........................Bask Conducting........................................

........................20th Century Musk....................................

III. IV ......................................................................... (121.............................(4).............................(3).............................................. (2).............................................. ( 2).............................................. ( 2)..............................................(2)............................ (3)


Other Studies (beyond the core)M u s411 .............................Instnimental Arranging..........................

(Instrumental Majors)M u s413 .............................Chcval Arranging......................................

. (VocaL'Cboral Majors)Music Electives in History/Litâture or Theory Composition........

Perf<MmanceMajor Instrument.................................................................................Mus 341, 342 .................... Choral and Instrumental Conducting . . .PlusVocaiyChoral Emphasis: Voice or Piano as a Secondary Instrument.Major Choral Ensembles.......................................................................Minc^ Ensemble E ^ tiv e s .....................................................................OrInstrumental EmphasisMaj<v Instrumental Ensembles...........................................................Châl Ensem ble...................................................................................Minor Ensemble Electives.....................................................................

Music EducationMus 236 .............................Musk Education Orientation.............Mus 237 .............................Musk for Elementary School Teachers .PlusVocal/Chcral En^)hasis:Mus 131 ,132 .................... Instrument C lass......................................Music Educati<m Electives...................................................................OrInstrumental Emphasis:Mus 131 .132 .................... Instrumental classes................................Mus 1 3 1 .............................Yoke class (or applied voice)...................Musk Educaticm Electives...................................................................

. ( 2)

. (2)

. (2)

.(7)

.(4)

.(4)

.(4 )

. ( 2)

. ( 6)

(2). ( 2)

.(1)

.(3 )

.(4)

.(4)

.(6)

.(1)

.(1)

Professional EducationFoundation I ...............................................................................

CTL 213 Psyclx^gy Appbed to Teaching and Learning .CTL 214 Philosophy and the Teacher.................................

Foundaticmll.............................................................................CTL 341 Curriculum Devriopment and Instruction

Foundation I I I ...........................................................................CTL 389 Microteaching.......................................................CTL 390 Special T op k s .......................................................CTL 400 Swondary Musk: Methods and Materials........CTL 420 Elementary Musk: Methods and M ataials___

Foundatko IV ...........................................................................CTL 487 Elemoitary Musk Student Teaching................CTL 487 Secondary Musk Student Teaching..................

. . ( 4)

..(1).(3)

.(12)■(2).14).(31

.(16)'(8). ( 8)

College of Arts and SciencesBACHELOR OF ARTS WITH A MAJOR IN MUSICRequired 125 hours, inchking:


45 major hours, including:Core Courses (bask requirements for all m ajors)............. ...................................

Mus 111, 112,211, 212 . . Theory I. II. HI. I V .............................................Mus 113,114,213, 214 . . Ear Training & Sight Singing I, II, III, I V ___Mus 2 2 1 ............................ Style and Design in Music....................................Mus 222, 223 .................... Renaissance, Baroque M usk................................Mus 224, 225 .................... World. Jaza PopuIar M usic......................... ..... ■Mus 323.324 .................... Classic, Romantk M u sk ......................................Mus 340 .............................Bask CoiKhicting..................................................Mus 422 ............................ 20th Century M u sk .............................................Poôrmance........................................................................................................

Area of Ctmeentration (Over and above Core Courses).........................................History-Literature..............................................................................................Theory-Compoaition............................................................................................Electives in ONE Area Ccmcentration.........................................................Mua 494 .............................Soiior Project........................................................

(3*)

'.(12)

.. .(3> ,.(2) ..(21

...(21..(2)

'.'.■12'.121..(51..(21


B.S.ED. WITH COMBINED MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND MUSICRequired 127-134 hours, inchxling;

I. General Graduaticm Requl^ments. see pages 33-39.II. The Center for Teaching and Learning Program for Elementary Education, see page 158.

III. The Fc^owing Curriculum:Core Courses

Mus i n . 112. 211.212 . . Theory I. II. I ll , IV .................................... (12)Mus 113,114,213.214 . . . Ear Training & Sight Singing I, II. I l l , I V ........................ (4)Mus 221 ............................. Style and D esig n .......................................................................................... (3)Mus 340 ............................. Basic C<mducting.......................................................................................... (2)Mus 222, 223 .....................Renaissance. Baroque M usic.........."............................................................(2)Mus 323, 324 .....................O assk . RtMnantic M usic ............................................................................. (2)Mus 224. 225 .....................World. Jass/Popular M usic ......................................................................... (2)Mus 422 ............................. 20th Century M usic......................................................................................(3)

PerformanceMajor In s tru m e n t...............................................................Ensembles............................................................................. • r

Music EducationMus 1 3 1 ............................. Voice C la s s .......................................OrMus 1 3 2 ............................. Piano C la ss ............................................................Mus 237 ............................. Music for Elementary T eachers ........................CTL 420 ............................. Methods and Materials in Elementary Music .Electives in M u sic ..............................................................................................

MINOR IN MUSIC

,(4I.141

.(II

.111

.131

.131

.161

Required 22 hours, including:Core Courses in Music

Mus i n . 1 1 2 ................... ■ Theorv I. I I .......... ....(61Mus 113.114 ................... . Ear Training and Sight Singing I IT ...(21Mus 221 ........................... and np^ign ...(31Mus 340 ........................... Ra.^tr Cnndiirting ■' ....(21

Additional Courses in Music Applied Music................... . . .141Ensembles......................... ' ■ .. .(21

■' . . .(31(May include, but not limited to other couraea in the muaic major, such as Music 211, 212, 222, 223, 224, 225, 323, 324, or 422.)

Courses100. Introduction to the Understanding of Music. 3 credits. Music

for students without an extensive background in music. F,S108. Fundamentals of Music. 2 credits. The fundamentals of music, theoretic^*

principles, and the music vocabulary for students without an extensive backgtoj*” in music. No credit granted towards music degree requirements for music nwj® and minors. F,S

109. Creative Music. 3 credits. Understanding of musical elements and organization through involvement with creative processes in music; individual a group experiments with sound utilizing a variety of sound sources including ronmental sounds. F,S

201. Diction for Singers. 1 credit. Prerequisite; 2 semesters of private voice Rules for and practical applications of pronunciation of one of the major languas^ used in song literature: French, German, or Italian. May be repeated for credit UP 3 hours. F,S

301. Special Topics. 1 to 3 credits. Consent of instructor required. Sp®®*®

M usic 295

slanged seminars or courses on variable topics not covered by regular departmental offerings. May be repeated for credit up to 6 hours. F,S

409. Science in Music. 2 credits. Prerequisites: College Algebra, Music 111, 112, 212. Musical acoustics as applied to musical scales, musical instruments,

fooms, and auditoriums. On demand. 494. Senior Project. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Presentation of a ®<=>tal, research paper, original composition, or similar project that meets the ap

proval of the department. F,S 490. Individual Research in Band Literature and Method Books. 1 credit. For umraer camps and workshops only. Independent study in some area of band Utera- re and instrumental literature. On demand.

j Special Projects. 1 to 3 credits. Individual study in an approved area of erest to the student. May be repeated for credit up to 8 hours. F,S

Music Theory and Compositionoreat’ ’ ® credits. I l l is prerequisite for 112. Direct involvement withMu processes in music through individual and group experiments with sound.

SIC notation and terminology: rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic patterns. F,Sl j 4 !^ Sight Singing I, II. 2 credits. 113 is prerequisite forboai-H ***'*”® reading at sight and in aural recognition involving dictation, key-

and singing skills, S/U grading for Music 113 only. F,S3 credits. Prerequisites: Music 112, 113. Compositions selected

and periods are used to gain experiences with rhythmic, melodic, harmonic,on rapuntal asp>ects of music. Keyboard applications and original writing. F

^ credits. Prerequisites: 114, 211. Continuation of Theory III rimary emphasis on 20th Century musical thought and techniques. S

^^3 whi K*- Sight Singing III, IV. 2 credits. 114 is prerequisite forand au ** P''®requisite for 214. Continuation of the development of sight reading

ra recogmtion skills including music dictation. F,Saf scorin ^ credits. Prerequisites: Music 211, 212. Treatment*nined b ^°r band, orchestra, or jazz ensemble, specific area to be deter-

^ abilities and interests of the students. S''ncal Arranging. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Music 212 and two semesters of

414 ®niginal arranging for ail types of vocal ensembles. S•nusipn'i of Musical Form. 2 credits. Analysis of the principal forms of

a* composition. F415. CoiiK*

af ba«i!<- “‘anpoint. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Music 112. Analysis and construction^a«c counterpoint. F

aaialler 2 credits. Prerequisite: Music 415. Original composition in417 instrumental solos and ensembles. S

apontaneo** |™P*'a'^satlon. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Music 211. Skills utilized in418 P *^aythmic and tonal elaboration of melody. F

a*on of Music Techniques. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Music 212 or permis-**P®rimenf ®y"lbesizer techniques and tape manipulation through analysis,

and individual projects. F,S


Music Theory and Literature221. Style and Design in Music. 3 credits. Prerequisite; Music 112,113. Principles

of style and organization through an in-depth study of representative works of various areas. F,S

222. Renaissance Music. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Music 221. A study of musical development in Europe during the Renaissance era (1400-1600) through readings and analysis of the music of major composers. F

223. Baroque Music. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Music 221. A study of musical development in Europe during the Baroque era (1600-1750) through readings and analysis of the music of major composers. F

224. World Music. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Music 100 or Music 109 or Music 221 or consent of the mstructor. A study of the music of selected non-westem countries with some attention given to the cultural contents of the music through the use of readings, films, and recordings. Open to majors and non-majors for humanities credit. F,S

225. Jazz and Popular Music. 1 credit. Prerequisites: Music 100 or Music 109 or Music 221 or consent of the instructor. Historical study of jazz and popular music relating to techmques, styles, personalities, and cultural influences pertaining to the development of these musics and their influences on society. Open to majors and non-majors for humanities credits. F,S

276. Collegium Musicum. 1 to 4 credits not to exceed 1 credit per semester. Study and performance of vocal and instrumental music of the Medieval, Renaissance, and Baroque eras and other selected compositions which are rarely performed. F,S

323. Gassical Music. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Music 221. A study of musical developments in Europe from approximately 1750 to 1826 with major emphasis on the works of Haydn, Mozart, and Beethoven through readings and study of the Music. S

324. Romantic Music. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Music 221. A study of musical developments in Europe during the 19th Century through readings and analysis of works of major composers. S

421. Keyboard Literature of the 17th, 18th, and 20th Centuries. 2 credits. Pc®' requisite: Music 395, piano or organ or consent of the instructor. A study throug analysis, listening, and performance of the keyboard works of the 17th, 18th, and 20tn centuries with emphasis on the instruments, composers, styles, and performance practices of the periods covered. F

422. 20th Century Music. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Music 222, 223, 323, 324. His tory and literature of music from the impressionist composers to the present day.

423. Piano Literature of the 19th Century, 2 credits. Prerequisite: Music 39^ Piano, or consent of the instructor. A study through analysis, listening, and formance of the important piano works of the 19th Century with emphasis on composer, styles, and forms of the period. S

425. Song Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Music 295, Voice. Representativesong literature of Italy, France, Germany, England, Russia, Norway, Sweden, a America. F ^

426. Stringed Instrument Literature. 2 credits. Major works from the solo a ensemble literature for stringed instruments from 1650 to present. F

427. Seminar in Music History. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 3 hours of music hisf

Music 297

«nd Uterature. F .S428. Choral Literature. 2 credits. Prerequisite: 3 hours of Music History and Lit-

srature. Choral literature from the Renaissance to the present with particular atten- fion given to the representative compositions in both large and small forms. S

Music Education131. Class Lessons. 1 credit. Beginning class instruction in any of the following

'nstrumental classes: Brass, Woodwind, Percussion, and String Class; Organ Class; *âno Class; Voice; Guitar Class. May be repeated for credit without limitation. F .S. 132. Class Lessons. 1 credit. Intermediate class instruction in any of the following ?®trumental classes; Brass, Woodwind, Percussion, and String Class; Organ Class;

ano Class; Voice Class, Guitar Class. May be repeated for credit without limita-tion. F.S

236. Music Education Orientation. 1 credit. An introduction to music education “6 taken concurrently with CTL 213. Features discussion and analysis of field ex- •■'ences in terms of basic concepts related to music teaching and learning. F .S237. Music for Elementary School Teachers. 3 credits. Survey of elementary school

tisic. Development of teacher skills and knowledges emphasizing conceptual under-®ngs and music competencies essential in the musical growth of children. F .S

In Methods for the Teaching of Woodwind, Brass, and Percussionw*^“*®®nts. 1 credit. For summer camps and workshops only. Techniques and

ods Used in the teaching of various woodwind, brass, and percussion instru- On demand.

Band Techniques. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Music 340. Organization of ' on appropriate for the stage band, methods of teaching the rhythmic and

® problems inherent in its style. On demand.®2. Band Directors’ Course. 2 credits. On demand.

Pfobl^' ®*'®*'®s4ra Directors’ Course. 1 credit. Organizational and administrative gfg of the orchestra director such as curriculum, recruiting, scheduling, pro-

*Oiag, promotion of the string program, and literature. On demand.

Elducation for Elementary Teachers. 1 to 4 credits. F .S 29. Choral Methods. 2 credits. On demand.

Music Performance a. Conducting

basi(> ' Conducting. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Music 112, 114. Development of ôoô**ia®s, baton technique, and use of the left hand. Reading of

341***^ 'ostrumental scores. F .SPassing Conducting. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Music 340 and successfullyin relay ^ôo Proficiency Test. Conducting problems and rehearsal techmquesand ^ ®ia>ral literature in various styles based on score, class performance,

“ âcordmgs. s


b. Pedagogy438. Music in the Junior High School. 1 to 4 credits. On demand.450. AppUed Music Pedagogy. 2 credits. Prerequisite: 5 semester hours of AppU®*

Music in the instrument (or voice) concerned or consent of the instructor. Readings, instruction, and application of pedagogical principles and materials relevant to the student’s major instrument(s). May be repeated for credit up to 6 hours. F.S

c. Music EnsemblesA maximum of twelve hours of credit in ensembles may apply towards graduation-260. Concert Choir. 1 credit. F.S261. University Chamber Chorale. 1 credit. F,S262. UND Community Chorus. 1 credit. F.S263. Varsity Bards. 1 credit. F.S264. Women’s Chorus. 1 credit F.S265. Jazz Choir. 1 credit. F.S269. Opera Project. 1 credit. Production and presentation of chamber operas,

scenes from larger works, and major productions, fully staged and costumed. P®’' mission of instructor. F.S

270. Wind Ensemble. 1 credit. F.S271. University Band. 1 credit. F.S272. Marching Band. 1 credit. F.S273. Instrumental Jazz Ensemble. 1 credit. F.S274. Symphony Orchestra. 1 credit. F.S275. University Chamber Orchestra. 1 credit. F.S276. Collegium Musicum. 1 to 4 credits. F.S279. Chamber Music Groups. 1 credit. Any combination of strings, brass,

wind, voices, percussion, or keyboard instruments on an ad hoc basis by a fa®'* member to utilize the particular talents of advanced students in exploring and P forming chamber music literature. These groups will prepare compositions in ® media as string quartets and trios, woodwind quintets, and vocal quartets. P>°

d. Applied Music (Individual Lessons)105. Individual Lessons for Non-Majors. 1 credit. F.S195. Individual lessons. 1 credit. F.S196. Individual lessons. 2 credits. For Bachelor of Music in Performance stude®

only. F.S295. Individual lessons. 1 credit. F.S296. Individual lessons. 2 credits. For Bachelor of Music in Performance stud®"

only. F.S395. Individual lessons. 1 credit.396. Individual lessons. 4 credits. For Bachelor of Music in Performance stud®"

only. F.S495. Individual lessons. 1 credit. F.S

Natural Science 299

496. Individual lessons. 4 credits. For Bachelor o f Music in Performance students only. P.Sin registering for private lessons in voice, piano, organ, carillon, or any band or orches-

instrument, “ Voice" or the name of the instrument serves as the title of the course. An audition with appropriate Music Faculty is a prerequisite for all students’ enroll- nient in Individual Lessons. For the final examination, the student will perform before ® faculty committee (jury). No regular student may take an Applied Music course '''ithout credit or on other than a letter grade basis.

Natural ScienceO. Kraus (Adviser)

College of Arts and SciencesB s. WITH MAJOR IN NATURAL SCIENCE

126 hour., including:Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

• The Following Curriculum:<0 major hours, including:

From Biology, Chemistry, Geography*. Geology and Physics select at least 16 hours from one. and at least 12 hours from each of two other hdda. Not less than one-fourth of the total must be in upper level courses.

*^uired in other departments:J^vel IV proficiency in a foreign language.

Mathematics through 212, or equivalent proficiency.^^ography courses may be used to apply toward this concentration: Geography 121, 333,

423, and 421.

® curriculum is primarily for Pre-Medkal and Pre-Dental students.

Nursing(Nurs)

I- Hinsvark (Dean), L. Russell (Acting Associate Dean), Adamson, “ asuray, Berg, Brenna, Canar, Chute, Clark, Currey, Delabarre, Duldt,

Krai, Grinde, Hall, Helgeson, Hill, House, Hunter, Juhl,R Ki Langemo, Lemieux, Moch, Norman, Oechsle, Rich,

°“ inson, Rykken, Salladay, Sanden, Schmidt, Scott, B. Thompson,M. Thompson, Volden, Wakefield-Fisher, Warner, Wright


Freshman Year (Prenursing)•Engl 101 ..................................Con^>osition I ...............................................................................•Chem 105..................................General Chemistry......................................................................•Soc 101 ....................................Introduction to Sociology..........................................................(Anthropology 170 or 171 can be substituted for Sociology 101)Engl 1 0 2 ....................................Composition I I ............................................................................•Chem 107..................................Intn^ucti<m to Organic Biochemistry.....................................•A nat 2 0 4 ..................................Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel.......................................•Psy 1 0 1 ................................... Introduction to Psychology......................................................

•m ust be completed prior to the CoDege of Nursing.

Sophomore YearPhy 3 0 1 ......................................Mechanics of Human Physiology.............................................Psy 2 5 1 ..................................... Developmental Psychology........................................................N uts 230 ....................................Personal and Group Dynamics.................................................N uts 2 3 1 ................................... Introduction to H e a lth ...............................................................N uts 286 ....................................Health Assessment Techniques...............................................Phar 204 ....................................Elementary P harm aco l< ^ ........................................................

202................................Introduction to Medical Microbiology.....................................HEc 240..................................... Introduction to N u trition ..........................................................Nuts 287 ....................................Introduction to Clinical N u rs in g ...............................................Nurs 232 ....................................Nursing and Professionalism.....................................................

••M Bio 302 General Microbiology may be substituted with consent of advisor and instructor.

.(3)

.(4)

.(3)

.(31

.(4)

.15)

. 13)

,.(4), , (4).(3).12). 13).(3).( 6 ).(3).(5). (2)

Juni<w YearNurs 380 ....................................Adult Nursing C are ................Nurs 340 ....................................Adult H e a lth .............................Nurs 330 ....................................Family Dynamics......................Nurs 3 8 1 ....................................Parent Child N u rs in g ..............Nurs 3 4 1 ....................................Childbearing/Childrearing. . . .Nurs 350 ....................................Nursing Research ....................

..(8)

. . ( 2)

..(2). (2).(2)

Seniw YearNurs 483 ....................................Mental Health N ursing............................................... ..Nurs 484 ....................................Community Health N ursing .........................................Nurs 487 ....................................Professional Nursing Leadership and M anagement.Nurs 488 ....................................Individualized Professional Nursing Practicum . , . .Nurs 440 ....................................Trends in N urs ing ..........................................................

rv . E lectives..............................................

. . (5)

..|6)

..(6)

..(8)

..(2)

. (10)

Students are encouraged to consider Independent Study and Honors. The College of Nursing may make curriculum modifications in coming years. Please obtain supplemental information from the Student Advisement Coordinator or your faculty adviser.

CoursesUnless otherwise indicated, nursing courses are open only to those admitted to

the College of Nursing or with the consent of the instructor.College of Nursing courses are sequenced to build on one another over sut

semesters. Careful attention should be paid to pre- and co-requisites.The methodology for achievement of curriculum/course objectives may he in^

vidualized as needed.230. Personal and Group Dynamics. 3 credits. Focuses on awareness and us®

self as a holistic person and as a professional, on communication and intervie^*'’ j skills, and on the role of group processes in promoting personal andgrowth. Seminars, role playing, simulations, and client/colleague interactions. ’

231. Introduction to Health. 2 credits. Open to non-majors. Historical.ical and current perspectives of health are introduced. Biological, psychological' a

Nursing 1301

are the health of individuals, famiUes, and communitiesfor identifying health/iUness are studied. Society’s

the rol examined in terms of the health care deUvery system anddiscu« -°* i" society to promote, maintain, and restore health. Lectures,

ssion, and special assignments. F,S

r Professionalism. 2 credits. Introduces nursing as a profession®>onal ‘ ®<=ipUne. Societal expectations and stereotypes, development of profes- The “ ^.'■e'ationships with other health care professionals will be explored.®Pplicaf^^^f° Nursing Conceptual Framework will be discussed and directions for Pfofessi *’°**®tic view of individuals wiU be identified. The evolution of the^niined v'® ® “ scholarly care giver and a change agent will be ex-

250 projects. Prerequisites: Nursing 230 and 231. F,S«nent Cursing. 1-4 credits. SpeciaUy arranged seminars or courses per-

nursing and other health related disciplines.Techniques. 3 credits. Health assessment techniques in-

®®®essme*f* concept of the 4 step nursing process with emphasis on thehe assei" Students are guided in acquiring knowledge and skills related to

®®®esstnen?*r throughout the adult fife span. Content focuses on®’lults, St rT ®® tiiological, philosophical and sociological processes of healthy ^®fences ®te introduced to communication of data as well as making in-’®^®ratorv°”* /âta- Learning experiences include lecture, discussion, and^®<luisitp/ utilizing classmates and simulation models as clients. Pre- or co-

287 301, Nursing 230, 231 or Psychology 251. F,S‘*'®ories t® Clinical Nursing. 5 credits. Students are introduced to

clinical nursing. Emphasis is placed on the ap- Peeds. The • * process in assisting individuals to meet their basic health^ '®cture focus is on the older adult. Theoretical perspectives are presented

as " , skills are practiced in the laboratory. Knowledge from thisWell as from nrpvirm« nrirl ___u _i •_ _i _!♦ • t

'ûrsa a s MAW

Settings previous and concurrent courses is applied in actual rlimVal202, Horn ' ?'®*f“'site: Nursing 286. Co-requisi

Economics 240, Nursing 232. F,S: Nursing 286. Co-requisites: Pharmacology 204, Microbiology

ggjj 3 240, Nursing 232. F,SDynamics. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Nurs 230 and 287. Introduces

'dynamics , . "p*®® ®f family through all stages of the life cycle, as well as the ‘ ®'^Ptational l"^ fP ® P 8f>0Pal-family relationships. The effect of situational and ’'PP'tradition 1 f* **!*®®® * ® health of the family is emphasized. Traditional and

of th configurations are examined. The role of the nurse and the ap-'“®p'Jssion, * "“‘■®>ng process in selected family situations is examined. Lecture/

!®® >ire-diggy**. Concepts, Theories, and Principles. 2 credits. Through'"pPries and n*°" ®P®cial assignments, students acquire knowledge of selected fPsearch. Cone *1* * ^ * science of adult nursing practice, education, and

studied in relation to the interaction of biological, psycholog- ? °f® the union* Pcêsses with emphasis on the biological processes. Students ex- ■. ®‘Ptain, repai* ^ 5®®f*''® p ®® ®f nursing in assisting individuals and families to

8s fnterden*' ‘niprove their capacities for perception, adaptation, and func- tsndardg of ac dements of health. Special issues in the nursing practice and^®'al assignme t °f adults are introduced. Lecture/discussion and

® s- Prerequisite: Nursing 287. Co-requisites: Nursing 330, 380. F,S


341. Childbearing and Childrearing; Concepts, Theories, and Principles. credits. Examines selected theories and principles of parent-child nursing. Topics of discussion include environmental and cultural factors affecting the family in child' bearing and childrearing, the processes of human growth and development, pregnancy and responses to an expanding ftimily. Students are introduced to the roles of nursing in assisting children and their families to maintain, restore, and promote their health, and to enhance the health potential of future generations. Ethical issues lU the nursing care of the growing family are discussed. Lecture/dlscussion and special projects. Prerequisites: Nurs 340, 380. Co-requisite: Nurs 381.

350. Nursing Research. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Focus is on th® research process and the application of research findings to nursing practice. Concepts related to scientific inquiry, nursing theory development and nursing research are explored. Legal and ethical questions related to research which involve peopl® are studied. Lecture/discussion, seminar and presentations. F,S

380. Adult Nursing Care. 8 credits. Theory and practice associated with the nur® ing ceire of adults is the focus of this course. The nursing process is used in promoting and restoring the health of adult clients, with a particular focus upon acutely an chronically ill persons. While biological components of health and illness are paf® mount, their relationship to psychological and sociological dynamics is integrated in the comprehensive approach to adult nursing care. The student learns to enhanc® the health potential of clients through health education. Clinical experiences fo®!** on clients with acute and chronic illness. Lecture/discussion, clinical and college lab®" ratory experiences. Prerequisite: Nursing 287. Co-requisites: Nursing 330, 340, F,b

381. Parent-Child Nursing. 8 credits. Theory and practice of nursing care duriaj the normal childbearing and childrearing phases of family development is expl®®®j The course builds upon theories/concepts of biological, psychological-sociolog'® processes in examining the health and development of the individual and the f®®”' The course focuses upon the maintenance, restoration and promotion of family hea • Nursing care of normal as well as altered states of health during prenatal, labor a delivery postpartum, childhood and adolescence constitute the clinical applicat'O of the nursing process. The role of the nurse in maintaining, restoring and promoj' the health of families is examined. Students follow expanding families, proviO comprehensive nursing ceire in promoting and maintaining the health potentia these families. Lecture/discussion and clinical experiences in a variety of health settings are offered. Prerequisite: 380. Co-requisite: Nursing 341. F,S

398. Independent Study. 1-4 credits. May be offered at the discretion of dent, faculty member, and college. Supervised independent study of non--hon®t*students in nursing. May be repeated up to 9 credits. Open to juniors and senio®® the College of Nursing.

399. Honors Tutorial. 3-6 credits. Supervised independent study in Nursing students enrolled in the 4-year Honors program.

400. Special Topics. 1-4 credits. May be open to non-majors. Elective offered in the College of Nursing which may be a combination of special p®®! seminars, and clinical experience.

440. Trends in Nursing. 2 credits. Explores trends and controversies in nursing education, and the health professions. Professional, economic, legal, an islative issues; professional roles and responsibilities; inter-professional ®® _ ships; and career development are also addressed. Didactic sessions. Co-req"'® Nursing 487, 488. F,S

Nursing 303

483. Mental Health Nursing. 5 credits. Focuses on theory and practice of interactive processes, dynamics of human behavior, mental health promotion, mainte- •'snce, and restoration. Includes application of mental health nursing principles to uents with psychiatric disorders, physical conditions with an emotional component

with developmental or situational crises. Explores community resources and other f'^Pport systems in the promotion of community mental health. Learning modalities jPclude lecture, seminar, small group discussions, tmd clinical experiences in acute,

''8 term, out-patient, and/or rehabilitation facilities. A holistic approach is utilized in rking with mental health clients. Lecture, seminar, and clinical experiences. Prereq-

■sites: Nursing 381, 350. Co-requisite; Nursing 484. F,SJo Community Health Nursing. 6 credits. The health of the community is the

of this senior level nursing course. Students assess communities using assess- t models and tools, the epidemiological approach and various screening proce-

0 Specific health needs are delineated and strategies are planned to promote j health. Mutual collaboration with clients in home, school, and other community tio ** stressed as nursing plans are implemented and evaluated. Health educa- vrifV,'- utilization of community resources and overall coordination of services

the health care system are explored as a means of assuring quality, accessibility, 5 [j .' °”^u*uity in health care. Lecture, discussion, student presentations, laboratory and

■Cal experiences. Prerequisites: Nursing 341, 350, 381. Co-requisite: 483. F,SNursing: Leadership and Management. 6 credits. Focuses on

Sturi professional nurse as a leader/manager in an ever<hanging society.synthesize principles and concepts inherent in leadership and manage-

Woji t working toward group functioning in a variety of settings. Communica- gfo ’ ^^‘ hlngAearning, and professional values are concentrated on in the context of ivith Emphasis is on the responsible application of the nursing processsygi of clients and collaboration with others in the health care delivery

f° ®®sure comprehensive health care. Nursing leadership within formal and cli^ 1 °*^S®uizational structures is analyzed. Lecture/discussion, didactic games and

experiences. Prerequisite: Nursing 484. Co-requisites: Nursing 440, 488. F,Sdent ' Professional Nursing Practicum. 6 credits. Provides the stu-actn-i L °PPU'‘tunity to integrate knowledge base and previous experiences in an tion of system. Emphasis is on the role transition process, implementa-arena project, and exploration of the culture milieu in a specific practiceCare in ®*'Udent will also examine working relationships and quality of health ®''ailabT setting. Mutual selection of a clinical site will be determined byclinical ^ discretion of the faculty. Lecture, discussion, seminar, and

499 ** * *®*’''®‘ Prerequisite: 484. Co-requisites: Nursing 440, 487. F,S con **"** Honors Thesis. 1 to 15 credits; total not to exceed fifteen. Prerequi-

*'>depenH Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Supervisedstudy culminating in a thesis. F,S

n o t e O n 1- •Ptevide tli chnical courses may require evening, night, or weekend clinicals to m ® Varied and rewarding experience for the students. Some experi-

hourg oM- • P ®ces distant from Grand Forks. One lab credit is equivalent to 3 ciuucal and/or laboratory experience.


Occupational Therapym

S. Hultman, T. Fry, D. Markerl, G. SI. Michel, S. ZimmermanThe Occupational Therapy program is accredited by the American Occupational

Therapy Association and the Council on Allied Health Education and Accreitation. American Medical Association.

The following four and one-hklf year program will lead to a Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy. Upon completion of all academic and field work require" ments, the student is eligible for the National Certification Examination of th® American Occupational Therapy Association and is then qualified to begin practk® as an entry level occupatioiud therapist. The student spends the first year in tb® University College, then enrolls in the College for Human Resources Developm®'' to complete the pre-professional program. In the spring of the Sophomore y®®’ when the student is completing the required courses as listed in the first two year®- he/she must make written application for admission to the professional Occupation®* Therapy program. The CLEP in Natural Sciences will not meet Biology and CheW’ istry requirements in Occupational Therapy. Acceptance is on a competitive basi® with consideration given to pre-professional performance in the sciences, genera graduation requirements and personal qualifications. A student must have at least * C in each of the Sciences and in English Composition. A grade point average of courses in the Occupational Therapy major is required for eligibility for Level I field work placement and for graduation. The Occupational Therapy Departm®® reserves the right to place on professional probation or cancel the registration of ®®y student in Occupational Therapy whose performance in relation to patient ment is unsatisfactory. A student must satisfactorily complete all courses es® semester to be eligible to enroll for the next semester.

Program accommodations for qualified handicapped persons will be received up®** notification to the department of a prospective student’s needs and limitations-

College for Human Resources DevelopmentB.S. IN OCCUPATIONAL THERAPYR ^uired 131 hours inrhirfiny

I. Gen«nU Gradiutkm Requirements, see pages 33-39.

II. College for Human Resources Development Requirementa. see page 101.III. The Following Curriculum:

Pre-Professicmal Requirements

101,102 or 2 09 ..................Composition I. II or Tech. & Bus. W ritin g ............................Arts and Hum anities...................................................................

Biol 1 0 1 ........................................ Intro to B io logy ..............................................................................C hem lO O orlO S.........................G e n » ^ Chemistry I ....................................................................Speh 1 0 1 ...................................... Fund, of Public ^ w a k in g ............................................................S o c lO l ........................................ Intro to S oc io lo g y .........................................................................Psy 1 0 1 ........................................ Intro to P s y c h o l(^ .......................................................................Psy 2 5 1 ........................................ Developmental Psychology.........................................................Psy 370 ........................................ Abnormal Psychc4ogy..................................................................Anat 2 0 4 ...................................... Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel.......................................A n a t2 0 4 L ....................................Anatomy lab (recommended) .....................................................Phys 3 0 1 ...................................... Mechanics of Human Physii^ogy..............................................OT 2 0 0 ...........................................Occupaticnal Therapy I .................................................................o r 2 0 5 ...........................................M e d i^ Terminology.....................................................................

.(8)(12>

(4)(4)(3t(3)(3)(4) (31 (31 (21 |4)

Occupational Therapy

o r 303 OT304

OT305OT307OT308OT309,OT312OT322OT401OT402OT403OT404 OT405 OT481 OT482 o r 483 OT484 OT485 OT486 OT487 OT491

<5)

Professional Occupational Therapy Curriculum

.................................... OT with Infants & Pro-School Children..................................... ....

.................................... Psychosocial Aspects o f OT withChildren, Adolescents & Young A du lts ............... ................................. (4)

.................................... Group Experiences ............................................................................ Uj

.................................... OT with &hool Children & Young Adults............................................... {4)

.................................... Leadership Skills in O T .......................................................... n i.............................Medical Sciences........................................................................

.....................................Muscle Function ................................................................................' ! ! ! (41

.................................... Advanced Anatomy.......................................................................... " (51

.................................... Woodwork Techniques for O T .......... ............................................. (21

.................................... Orientation to Research in O T ...................................................................(21

.................................... Physical AspecU of OT with the Maturing Adult .................................... (41

.................................... Psychosocial Aspects of OT with the Maturing A du lt.................... ! ! ' ! ! (31

.................................... Or^nization and Administration ..................... (2)

.................................... OT in Psychosocial Treatm ent................................................................... (2)

.................................... Psychosocial Practicum ............................................................! ! . ! ] ! ! ! !(21

.................................... Physical Dysfunction Practicum............................................................... (2)

.................................... Ckmununity Aspects in O T ........................................................................ (3)

.................................... Field Work in Psychosocial Dysfunction....................................................(6)

.................................... Optional Field Work (E lec tive l............................................................... (2-61

.................................... Field Work in Physical Dysfunction........................................... (6)

.................................... Independent Study (E lectivel........................................................... ] ! ! ! ! (21

305

Courses^6feo' Therapy: Introduction to Occupational Therapy. 2 credits.**'®jor Psychology 251. Enrolled as Occupational Therapy

20" **^°*^’ objectives, and functions o f Occupational Therapy.

303* ^**^**^° Therminology. 1 credit. Knowledge o f medical terminology.

Infants & Pre-School Children. 5 credits. Pre- Wsite- OT ® professional Occupational Therapy program. Coreq-'®PUon th ~ Normal and abnormal human development, con-^^®eraf pre-school years. Emphasis on reflexes, sensory systems, sensory

trauma, assessment procedures, treatment techniques & 30 '* Laboratory included.

®*'®dit8 Aspects o f O T with Children, Adolescents, & Young Adults. 4®®3, Ox „®* ®* “ *®***- Registered in professional Occupational Therapy program, OT ^®ychoso'^-1 Corequisites: O T 307, O T 308, O T 310, O T 312.

OT ev*^r *** children, adolescents, and young adults, with emphasis305 * planning, and treatment. Laboratory included.

Wotiaj Xh * **'"** Experience. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Registered in professional Occupa- ''‘'“ • ''erb rr^^ program. Corequisite; O T 303, O T 309, O T 322. Promote verbal and

307 *'°^***^'*oication. Laboratory included.

'^l'®rapy with School Children & Young Adults. 4 credits. 305 professional Occupational Therapy program, O T 303,

' 'Velop’nje t Corequisites: O T 304, O T 308, O T 310, O T 312. Human|''®Uina. ” ’ ®*^^°ol years through young adulthood. Effects o f physical illness and

®od treatment procedures. Therapeutic techniques and media.

Skills in Occupational Therapy. 1 credit. Prerequisites: Registered in o ' ' ' ' ® q u i s i t e Q - T h e r a p y program, O T 303, O T 305, O T 309, O T 322.

This pr -H Experiential learning in a group set-foie in th students with the opportunity to function as facilitators for

erapeutic groups in psychiatric settings. Laboratory included.


309,310. Medical Science. 3 credits, 3 credits. Prerequisite: Registered in professional Occupational Therapy program. The effect upon the human being of interruptions in, aberrations of, and trauma to the developing human organism throughout the life span.

312. Muscle Function in Health and Disease. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Registered professional Occupational Therapy program, OT 322. Review of musculature acttog on the extremities and trunk. Orientation to patterns of muscle action with **eu muscular involvement. Theory and techniques of muscle testing. Laboratory includeo-

322. Anatomy for Occupational Therapy. 5 credits. Prerequisite: Registered U* professional Occupational Therapy program. Detailed lectures and demonstration® on neuroanatomy and anatomy of the extremities. Laboratory included.

401. Woodwork Techniques for Occupational Therapy. 2 credits. Prerequisif®- Registered in professional Occupational Therapy program, OT 304, OT 307, OT 30 ■ OT 310, OT 312. Corequisites: OT 403, OT 483, OT 484. The fundamental principle® of woodworking. Laboratory included.

402. Orientation to Research in Occupational Therapy. 2 credits. Prerequisite' Registered in Professional Occupational Therapy program, OT 303, OT 304, OT 30 - OT 309, OT 310, OT 312. Lectures and practice in the proper use of research desig”' source material, elementary statistics, and scientific manuscript preparation.

403. Physical Aspects of OT with the Maturing Adult. 4 credits. Prerequisite Registered in professional Occupational Therapy program, OT 303, OT 307, OT 3 ’ OT 310, OT 312, OT 322. Corequisites: OT 401, OT 483, OT 484. Physical dysfu” ‘ tion in the maturing adult with the emphasis on OT evaluation, planning, au<l plementation of treatment. Laboratory included.

404. Psychosocial Aspects of OT with the Maturing Adult. 3 credits. site: Registered in professional Occupational Therapy program, OT 304, OT 305, 308. Corequisites: OT 481, 482. Psychosocial dysfunction in the maturing ® with emphasis on OT evaluation, planning, and implementation of treatm® Laboratory included.

405. Organization and Administration of Occupational Therapy. 2 credits. requisite: Registered in the professional Occupational Therapy program, OT OT 307.

481. Occupational Therapy in Psychosocial Treatment. 2 credits.Registered in professional Occupationeil Therapy program, OT 304, OT 305,07 Corequisites: OT 404, OT 482. The basic use of self and Occupational Th®'' modalities in treatment of psychiatric patients.

482. Practicum: Psychosocial. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Registered inth®

faculty'ed'"

Occupational Therapy program, OT 304, OT 305, OT 308. Corequisites: OT 40 481. Occupational Therapy experience in Psychiatric field work facilities^ 6-state region supervised by registered occupational therapists and university

483. Practicum: Physical Dysfunction. 2 credits. Prerequisites: professional Occupational Therapy program. Corequisites: OT 403, OT 484. ^ vation and experience in field work facilities in the 6-state region sup®’"'''® registered occupational therapist and university faculty.

484. Community Aspects of Occupational Therapy. 3 credits. Registered in professional Occupational Therapy program, OT 303, OT 307.

Pathology

Uis^s: OT 403, OT 483. Theoiy and appUcation of OT in home health and community services within N.D. & Minn.

in nr *“ Dysfunction. 6 credits. Prerequisites: RegisteredWith Occupational Therapy program. Completion of aU academic worktreat* average. Application of Occupational Therapy in evaluation and

ment m psychosocial dysfunction, field work facilities. Three months full time.

ter^*^' *“ Occupational Therapy. 2-6 credits. Prerequisite: Regis-Pq. professional OT program. Completion of all academic work with a 2.2 grade dent Application of OT in evaluation and treatment in optional area of stu-

special interest in selected field work facilities. One-to-3 months full time.

Profes ' * ' !** Work in Physical Dysfunction. 6 credits. Prerequisite: Registered in avera/'*^A** program. Completion of all academic work with a 2.2 grade point

of occupational therapy in evaluation and treatment in physical ^®'unction. Three months full time.

^tered • 'fu****”^*°* Study in Occupational Therapy. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Reg- St! Occupational Therapy program. Research and/or indepen-

uay in a specialized area in Occupational Therapy. Elective for OT majors.

307

Pathology(Path)

■ ''''asdahl (Chair), Bruce, Coleman, Cooley, Dillenburg, Fillipi, Gay, Iverson, Kaspari, Larson, E. Nelson, Roise, Saumur, Startz

to ini j *** *°° Medical Technology. 2 credits. Lectures and laboratory■""‘S to intrnH ------------i ^ u u i c a a iiu lauorui-ory ses-®ODhnn, orient students to procedures of laboratory medicine. Required

"more students in Medical Technology. F

Cytopathology. 15 credits. Prerequisites: Biology 101,102 and “atomv 9nA r>___ ____ . . . i__ , „. . “ - AVf ^ I C V A iV O .

omy 204 and Departmental approval F ‘’45. H-^ credits. Three hours of lecture, four hours of laboratory,

“mdyofj-u “ 'ology 101 & 102, Anatomy 204, and Physiology 301. A detailed *** Medioni ® *P°’Pl'ology of blood and bone marrow. Required of third-year students

^^«cal Technology. F

Internship. 15 credits. Prerequisites: Pathology 301 and‘ental approval. S

®°1| 482 IM j-• "ledical Technology Internship. 1-30 credits. F,S


Pharmacology(Phai)

J. Boelkins (Chair), Auyong, Belknap, DeBoer (Emeritus), Husain, andNoordewier

The Department of Pharmacology does not offer an undergraduate major or minof' However, it does participate in the undergraduate minor program in Chemical Abuse. Basic courses are offered to students in nursing and other disciplines which f r f quently put them in contact with drug usage. An understanding of physiology ^ desirable for all courses but it is required only for 204, Elementary Pharmacology'

204. Elementary Pharmacology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Physiology 301 equivalent and Chemistry 107. F.S

402. Principles of Drug Action. 2 credits. For non-science junior and senior stDj dents. Presents the basics of how drugs exert their actions, and describes the genera* pharmacology of the major drug classes and drugs in common use today. F/2

410. Drugs Subject to Abuse. 2 credits. Biochemical, pharmacological, behavioral and therapeutic aspects of substance abuse. Prerequisite: advanced undergradual® standing. F/2

490. Readings in Pharmacology. 1-4 credits. Topics and credits to be arrang® with the instructor. Prerequisite: advanced undergraduate standing.

Philosophy(Phil)

L Lindholm (Chair), Messenger, Ring, GlasshelmThe Department of Philosophy welcomes students who wish to pursue the tno®

basic questions about human life and action, knowledge, truth, and values. I® ^ spirit of the philosophers of our history, students should be ready to combine in ® pendence and originality of thought with a willingness to submit all ideas, their o ^ included, to rigorous critical examination and to make a sincere effort to see t**® their judgments reflect adequate knowledge and relevant facts.

A major in philosophy is recognized as providing a sound base for those who p'® to continue their education in one of the professional specialities such as law, med*® or the ministry. Majoring in philosophy also prepares a student for gradute wor ^ any of the humanities (most notably philosophy). In most such cases, the

ill be earning a doctorate to teach at the college level. The major will inc‘“student will be earning a survey of the impo such as metaphysics,to the modem schools of thought such as existentiausm ana anaiyuc puuu'j-r - to major development in the profession such as the growth of applied philosophy'

Any student who finds himself or herself seriously interested in the fheor®*' _ aspects of a discipline — that is, its ethical implications, the question of it® g{ tions, structure or proper methods — may well want to consider a double

a w teacn ai me couege level, ine major n*" - ja survey of the important historical eras in philosophy and the major problen* a® such as metaphysics, ethics, epistemology. A major may also include an to the modem schools of thought such as existentialism and analytic philosophy

Philosophy 309

special concentration in philosophy to explore that interest. To reflect the importance philosophy as part of the structure and the methodology of other fields, the

lêpartraent offers several courses that would make up a special concentration minor ® philosophy; the emphasis of such a minor could be in the area of philosophy of Science, ethics, in the professions such as engineering or medicine, or aesthetics in

fine arts and literature.The department members believe that students should acquire some breadth in

their college work. Thus, although 30 credits in philosophy are required for a major the field, students may not count more than 40 credits in philosophy toward their

"cgree requirements.All philosophy courses (except logic) fulfill general education requirements in the

unianities; Logic (Phil 150) fulfills general education requirements in the math/ science category.

College of Arts and Sciences® A. WITH A MAJOR IN PHILOSOPHY

luired 125 hours, including:General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.^ôsophy Requirements.p? .^ jo r hours, including:

^ .....................................Introduction to Logic and ScientiRc Method.3 *»ours from;

101.............................. Philosophy and l i f e ..........................................Phil 1 9 5 .............................. Selected Topics..................................................

® l ours from:PW 305...............................Classical Greek and Hellenistic Philosophy ..

306.............................. Medieval Period................................................PkM ...............................Renaissance to Enlightenment.......................

A m* • .............................. Philosophy Since the Enlightenment.............cfv. of 18 hours of upper level w ork in Philosophy; no more than 40 hours of Philosophy may becounted toward graduation.^ n ^ a g e requirement:

(3)

(31(3)

(3)(31(3)(3)

proficiency in the philosophical literature of any foreign language. Majors should be aware that ®ocy m symbolic logic is expected in most graduate schools.

JIINOR i n p h il o s o p h y

"s oum from “pjjij ...............................Classical Greek and Hellenistic Philosophy

Phil 307.Phil 308.

(3)Medieval Period........................................................................................ 31Renaissance to Enlightenment................................................................13)Philosophy Since the Enlightenment......................................................13) ................

hours should nOTmally include work complementary to the student’s major or to some minor interest. Students may consult department advisers to develop a special concentraUon

en emphasis on philosophy of science, values in the jwofessions, aesthetics in w l and literature, etc.

Courses credits. A thoughtful search through reading and

135 '■sality, meaning, moral standards and beauty. F,S special' Philosophy. 1 credit. Each mini-course looks at a limited topic ofThe riirhf students and faculty, such as "lying,” “ the death penalty,” or

150 * ''ônien.” On demand.•‘ ‘icipler * ScienUfic Method. 3 credits. An introduction to the

° reasoning; formal and informal, deductive and inductive. Language is a


vehicle for, and an obstacle to sound thinking. The essentials of deductive reasoning. The role o f hj^jotheses and inductive reasoning in scientific investigation. F,S

195. Selected Topics. 3 credits. This course will deal with selected topics of mutual interest to the instructor and the students. It does not presuppose formal training in Philosophy, but the student must demonstrate a serious interest in the topic to be considered. On demand.

210. Introduction to Ethics: What Is Good? What Is Right? 3 credits. An introduction to the problems connected with moral choice. An effort will be made to relate these problems to real life situations. F,S

283. Introduction to Oriental Thought. 3 credits. Introduction to major systems of oriental thought such as Buddhism, Zen, Confucianism and Taoism with consideration of their influence on other aspects of oriental culture. On demand.

295. Basic Questions in Philosophy. 3 credits. This course will select basic prob" lems which have dominated discussions in modern philosophy. Students will b* exposed to Important texts from major schools of philosophy such as Existentialism and Phenomenology. Repeatable to 6 credits (different topics). On demand.

301. Introduction to Metaphysics: What Is Real? 3 credits. An introduction W the criteria by which one may evaluate various theories of reality. F/2

305. Classical Greek and Hellenistic Philosophy. 3 credits. The ancient Greeks and Romans laid the foundations for even the most contemporary philosophyi an<* their ideas have had a continuing influence on all Western thought from their tim® to our own. This course attempts to examine those ideas and the reasons for them persistent relevance. F/2

306. Medieval Period. 3 credits. Philosophy in Western Europe and the Areb countries from the end of the Roman Empire to the early 15th Centory as reflected in t ® writings of such thinkers as Boethius, Abelard, Averroes, Aquinas and Ockham. S/2

307. Renaissance to Enlightenment. 3 credits. Philosophy from the time Petrarch (c. 1350) to that of the American Revolution as seen in the writings of philosophers as Bruno, Bacon, Descartes, Spinoza and Hume. This is the period whm sees the origins o f modem thought. The implications of the work of the philosophy had an important role in shaping contemporary society, including the arts, litet® ture, science, politics, and economics. F/2

308. Philosophy Since The Enlightenment. 3 credits. Philosophy from theo f Reason” through the Industrial Revolution to the Atomic Age as reflected im writings of such philosophers as Kant, Hegel, Marx, Nietzsche, Wittgenstein, nn Sartre. S/2

309. American Philosophy. 3 credits. A survey o f major figures and movemsm in American philosophy. On demand.

340. Literature and Philosophy. 1-3 credits. This course is concerned with the tionship between philosophy and literature and with those topics and writers w exemplify such overlapping. Course may be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits- ^

350. Symbolic Logic. 3 credits. The modem deductive logic of proposition® ® ____ ______ ____________ . ___ ^ .«<.lhemat“^functions (including relations); logistic systems. Students majoring in mathem*

or computer science will be especially welcome in this course. S/2 ^356. Aesthetics: W ia t is Beauty? 3 credits. Theories of aesthetic

value; art and the creative process; the philosophical basis of criticism; art and soc Students majeuing in literature or the fine arts are encouraged to take this cour

Physical Science

360. Introduction to Epistemology; What Can We Know and How Can We Know Inquiry into the nature and limits of knowledge as distinguished from

® . types of knowledges; the role of reason and sense experience in empirical •'nowledge. S/2

P 370. Moral Questions and the Professions. 3 credits. An examination of the values •'ealth* ' such professions as medicine, nursing and otherthes " industry and business, engineering and mining. Students fromfor P''° ®®®innal programs will be especially welcome. This course may be repeated sion “ ®*inium of 6 credits provided the topics are not duplicated. Focused profes-

>s) may change each semester. On demand. S/U only.for d f Philosophic Themes. 1-3 credits. This course provides an opportunity®Pher T ^ ®*amination of important philosophic themes and how different philos- ests handled them. Topics will vary depending on faculty and student inter-

ms course may be repeated for a maximum of 6 credits. SPse o th ******''* Tutorial. 2-4 credits. Students in the Honors Program may make hitere ft * detailed and informal consideration of topics of mutual

St to them and members of the departmental staff. On demand.Human Nature. 3 credits. A consideration of philosophical

ing jjj p® ®tising from the methodology of the behavioral sciences. Students major-ssneoiDii* *'** ® Science, Economics, Psychology, Anthropology or Sociology are t'^ciauy welcome. S/2

*''8 and '^ ' *“ Philosophy. 6 credits. Prerequisites: Junior or senior stand-«on of Upper Level work in Philosophy. Consent of instructor. A considera- ® ®ff an^ topics or philosophical classics of mutual interest to departmental

491 ** students in Philosophy. On demand.^®tequis^f '. "* ®P®” dent Studies in Philosophy. 1-3 credits. 6 credits maximum. '*'minial ch instructor. For this course the students may work with only®theduiej instructor; or the course may take the form of regularly

l**®* e: con***'”*" Thesis. 1 to 15 credits; total not to exceed fifteen. Prereq-Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Supervised

®nt study culminating in a thesis. F,S

311

Physical Science(PhSO

E. Behsman (Adviser)Ed Wit Center for Teaching and Learning

12.1 V Ma j o r in p h y s i c a l s c ie n c e, ‘"hourM ncludi

' ®hern| Gr ^Center*fo^^°” ^Requirement*, see pages 33-39.

The Poiinu • «nd Learning Program in Secondary Education, see page 162.


Chem 105.106.........................General Chemistry I and I I andQualitative Ana lysis.....................

Chem 209................................ C^n titative A n ^ ys is ....................Chem 305. 306.........................Organic Chemistry..........................Phys 205. 206. 208 ................. General Physics..............................Phys 3 1 7 .................................Mechanics.......................................Phys 3 2 1 ................................Methods of Experimental Physics .Phys 428 .................................Modem Physics Laboratory...........Biol 101.102...........................Introduction to Biology ................

Geol 101.102...........................General Geology-Physical and HistoricalMath 211. 212. 213................. Calculus I. II . H I .......................................

...(61.(121

...(31

...(21

...(21

...(81

...(81

..(81,(121

College of Arts and SciencesO. Kraus (Advisei)

B.S. WITH MAJOR IN PHYSICAL SCIENCERequirements the same as above under B.S.ED. degree, except that instead of the CTL requirements (ID. 1 IV proficiency in a f<»«ign language is required.

Physical Therapy

^n an t being the basic science grade point average. The basic science grade point verage is defined as: biology (8 semester hours), chemistry (8 semester hours),

^^atomy (3 semester hours), physics (8 semester hours), psychology (7 semester ^ours _ including Intro and Developmental), and physiology (4 semester hours). e erence letters, a personal interview, and other personal qualifications are also

tOnsidered prior to final acceptance into the professional program. Acceptance by e Office of Admissions of the University of North Dakota does not constitute < eptance into the professional program in Physical Therapy.

of in the professional program must attain a letter gradewiU * ®** major courses in order to continue in the program. No studentSen' complete the full-time clinical affiliation during Semester II of the

he/she has received at least a grade of “C” in each of the major '=oursework classes.quStudents in the professional program should be aware that there are special re- trior for clinic uniforms and professional liability insurance that must be met ffav 1 clfoical contact with patients. The student will also be responsible for the f ,, f°®d costs, in addition to the payment of regular tuition, during

clinical affiliation semester; the majority of these affiliation sites are at Kfaphic locations other than the City of Grand Forks TK t

''®Sist ®culty reserves the right to place on professional probation or to cancel the Or student in Physical Therapy whose performance in the classroom

chnic is unsatisfactory.

313

go School of Medicine• • IN PHYSICAL THERAPYI p hours mirumum including:

II rp, ^•‘aduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.■ Following Curriculum

i;« , Pre-Physical Therapy.........................Con,positionl.II.. ( 6)

Arts and Humanities.............................................................................. i l2)(8) (8) (3) (3I (8)

(3I <4I (3) (4| ( 1)

®'oll01 losChemio's inn......................... IntroducUon to Biology ........................Soc iQj ’ o .........................Gen. Chemistry I. II and QuaL AnalysisPsy l o j .................................. Intro to Sociology (or approved Substitute)Fliys 101 in ,............................. ^ Psychology.....................................Anat 204* ......................... Intro to CoUege Physics.................. ..........Phy 301 ................................ Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel..........Spch 101.................................. Mechanics of Human Physiology................Psy 251 ................................ Fundamentals of Public Speaking..............PT 101 ................................ Developmental Psychology..........................

................................ Orientation to Physical Therapy................Electives (required)................................................................................ (3.g)

Professional Program — Physical Therapy^ “ 9 .3 1 0

S^318 PT3192:320 P'322 S '370 2 ^ 1 1 Ft 412

.. Medical Sciences, 1, 11................................

. -Clinic 1: Orientation and E th ics...............................

.. Clinic 11: Public Health and Medical Legal Aspects.

. Bandaging. Aseptic and Isolation Techniques........

. Techniques I: Theory and Technique of Massage

. -Techniques 11: Theory and TechniquesThermo-Photo-Hydrotherapy...................................

.. Research 1: Orientation to Research.......................

. - Anatomy for Physical Therapy ...............................

. . Abnormal Psycholf^y..............................................

. . Rehabilitation Procedures........................................

. ■ Muscle Function in Health and D isease.................

.16)

.(1) -U) ■ (2)

.14)- 12)

.(5)

.(3)

.(3)

.(4)


PT 4 1 3 ........................................Theory and Technique of Therapeutic Exercise I:Mobility-Strength-Endurance........ ........................

PT 4 1 5 ........................................The<Hy and Tech- of Therapeutic Exercise II:Muscle Control and Cocatiination...........................

PT 4 17 ........................................Theory and Tech, of Therapeutic Exercise III:Tests and Measurements — Specialized Exercise .

PT 4 19 ........................................Techniques III: Theory and Technique ofElectrotherapy and Electrodiagnosis.....................

PT 4 2 1 ........................................Clinic III: Administration.........................................PT 482 ........................................Clinic IV: Clinical P rac tice .......................................PT 49 0 ........................................Special Topics..............................................................PT 4 9 1 ........................................Independent Study in Physical T h e ra p y ................PT 4 9 2 ........................................Current Literature: Physical Therapy......................PT 4 9 3 ........................................Psychological Aspects of D isability........................PT 494 ........................................Research II: Clinical Conference and Paper............

. ( 3)

.(2)

. (2)

. , ( 15)

. . ( 1*3)

. ( 1*4)

. . ( 1-3) . . . . ( 2)

. . . . ( 2)

. ( 4)

Courses101. Orientation to Physical Therapy. 1 credits. Overview of the field of rehabil'

itation. Survey of the role of the occupational therapist and the physical therapist- Films, lectures and observation in clinical settings. S

309, 310. Medical Sciences I, II. 4 credits, 2 credits. Prerequisite: Registered in Professional Physical Therapy Curriculum. Disease groups discussed from aspects of comprehensive rehabilitation. Included are chronic illness, neurologic** and orthopedic conditions, general medicine and surgery, pediatrics, geriatrics, and sensory disabilities. F,S

311. Clinic I: Orientation and Ethics. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Registered in P’’®’ fessional Physical Therapy Curriculum. Orientation to the clinic with emphasis on preparation of the patient for therapy. Professional ethics and professional literature will also be discussed. Clinic Observation. Laboratory. F

312. Clinic II: Public Health and Medical Legal Aspects. 1 credit. Prerequi** ®! Registered in Professional Physical Therapy Curriculum. Discussion of the role o the Physical Therapist in the public health field, with attention to various state an federal health programs. Clinical practice. S

314. Bandaging, Aseptic and Isolation Techniques. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Res'® tered ih Professional Physical Therapy Curriculum. The theory and practice o medical, aseptic and isolation techniques and principles of bandaging, taping *" splinting are discussed and practiced. Laboratory. F

318. Techniques I; Theory and Technique of Massage. 2 credits. Prerequi®* ® Registered in Professional Physical Therapy Curriculum. Theory and techniqu® * the application of remedial massage in Physical Therapy. Laboratory. F

319. Techniques: II: Theory and Technique of Thermo-Photo-Hydrotherapy4 credits. Prerequisite: Registered in Professional Physical Therapy Curricu u Theory and application of various hydrotherapy, phototherapy, and thermother* modalities in Physical Therapy, including heat, light, sound and water. Laboratory-

320. Research I: Orientation to Research. 2 credits. Prerequisite:Professional Physical Therapy Curriculum. Lectures and practice in the proper of research design, source material, elementary statistics and scientific manusot preparation. S

322. Anatomy for Physical Therapy. 5 credits. Prerequisite: Registered i" fessional Physical Therapy Curriculum. Detailed lectures and demonstratio"® neuroanatomy and in anatomy of the extremities. Laboratory. F

Physical Therapy

Prerequisite: Registered in Professionalin apH , P Cumculum. Theoretical and practical application of principles used

'-Mvities of daily living as they relate to the paUent and his disability. Laboratory. FThetin Function. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Registered in Professional PhysicalOrient musculature acting on the extremities and trunk,and tpV °" *'” P®t* ®rns of muscle action with neuromuscular involvement. Theory

echniques of muscle testing and joint mobilization. Laboratory. S

Endur Technique of Therapeutic Exercise I: Mobility-Strength-Curricur®' t Prerequisite: Registered in Professional Physical Therapy**'aintflm *** laboratory work in therapeutic exercise to increase and

mobihty, strength and endurance in the human body. Laboratory. F3 Technique of Therapeutic Exercise II: Control and Coordination.Eecturp “ ^requisite: Registered in Professional Physical Therapy Curriculum, '"“scalar^"'* laboratory work in therapeutic exercise to esUbUsh and maintain ®>axation' L”aborT'^ C(wrdination, including muscle re-education, facilitation and

^ Specilr'Trf"** Therapeutic Exercise III: Tests and Measurements'*’*>erapv r • P>'®'’®qu‘s>te: Registered in Professional Physical

incl Specific tests and measurements not covered in the other'dysfunction Labo^*? dysfunction, v iu l capacity, and circulatory

4l9 Tp L .’*°sis, 2 Technique of Electrotherapy and Electrodiag-dum. The P* ®* ® ' dsite: Registered in Professional Physical Therapy Curricu-dd'erapy application of the use of low voltage electrical currents in physicald'on VeliU.-t' strength duration curves, electromyography and nerve conduc-

“uity. Laboratory. F

Pd>ysica[rr* ^ ‘ ministration. 1 credit. Prerequisite: Registered in Professional they an f Curriculum. Lectures and discussion of administration procedures

^ ^ dlie Physical Therapy Department. Clinical practice. Fsional Phv Clinical Practice. 15 credits. Prerequisite: Registered in Profes-®dfiliationQ*n o ^diarapy Curriculum. Full-time clinical practice in selected hospital

490 q . '^^eks), in and out of City of Grand Forks. S 'd'd'erapy Topics. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: Registered in Professional PhysiciJ

topics d"troductlon and investigation of advanced clinical procedures4 gj - ' discussed will be dictated by student and faculty interests.

Efofessio^*i"pL"^®*“‘*y “* Therapy. 1-4 credits. Prerequisite: Registered®Peciali>„j „ * hysical Therapy Curriculum. Research and independent study in a

492 Physical Therapy. F,S'•’structoj, '^"^.E'terature: Physical Therapy. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: Consent of

of current literature pertinent to Physical Therapy: critical4 9 3 p ° content, and validity of conclusions. F

l sych **'?*'®®* Aspects of Disability. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Psych 101,'®' ' ssion cou * equivalents, and consent of instructor. Readings and

' ®f*onal facto psychological coping mechanisms, reactions and moti-®P6cifi(, disabUit * * *" ” disabled. Review of adjustment problems unique to

* les and/or disease processes, including the terminally ill. F

315


494. Research II: Clinical Conference and Paper. 2 credits. Prerequisite: RegiS' tered in Professional Physical Therapy Curriculum. Preparation of one paper on a clinical topic. Clinical conference as needed by the student either in person or by telephone communication. S

Physics(Phys)

W. Weisser (Chair), Bale, Cole, Howell, Kraus, Lykken, Muraskin,Rao, Schwalm, and Soonpaa.

The department of Physics offers a major and minor in the College of Arts and Sciences and a major in physics in the Center for Teaching and Learning. The Arts and Sciences major is designed to prepare the student for graduate work in physic® or to enable him to participate in physics research as a member of a research team. A student who plans to do graduate work in physics should acquire a reading k n o w le d ^ of at least one of the foreign languages in which much of the current literature m physics is written, namely, German, Russian and French.

The major in physics offered in the Center for Teaching and Learning will provide * student with the training in physics essential for a secondary school teaching career-

College of Arts and SciencesB.S. WITH MAJOR IN PHYSICSRequired 125 hours, including:

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. The Fc^owing Curriculum:

36 major hours, including;Phys 205.206. 208 .................. General Physics...........................Phys 3 1 7 .................................. Mechanics......................................Phys 3 1 8 .................................. Mechanics......................................Phys 324 .................................. Thermal Physics .........................Phys 325 .................................. O ptics...........................................Phys 325L ................................ Optics Laboratory........................Phys 327 ...................................Electricity and Magnetism.........Phys 328 ...................................Electricity and Magnetism.........Phys 428 ...................................Modem Physics Labcn’atory . . . .Phys 4 3 1 .................................. Introductory Quantum Physics .

(12)

’ ..(3 )

’ ..(3)

' . . ( 3)

■. .{31

(121:.(3i

Required in oth^ departments:Math 211. 212.213.................. Calculus I. II. I l l ............................................................................Math 351 ...................................Applied Mathematics I ...................................................................... .Other mathematics courses as d^rm ined in consultation with an adviser in the Physics departmcn • Chem 105,106.......................... G en ial Chemistry I and II and Qualitative Analysis..........................

o r .(6 )Chem 151,152.......................... Fund. Concepts of Chemistry. Inorganic Chemistry ............................. (2)Chem 161,162..........................Fund. Techniques of Chemistry................................................................

MINOR IN PHYSICSRequired 20 hours in Physics. The specific courses should be selected in consultation with the departme’’ *''

Physics 317

C enter for Teaching and Learning® S.ED. WITH MAJOR IN PHYSICS^®quired 125 hours, including:

General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.’ The Center for Teaching and Learning Program in Secondary Education, see page 162.

Following Program:Fhys 205, 206, 208 .................. General Physics................................................................................

“ya 3 1 7 .................................. Mechanics...........................................................................................ys 3 2 1 .................................. Methods of Experimental Physics..................................................ys 324 ...................................Thermal P hysics .......................................

^jy«325 .................................. O ptics....................................................................p ya 325L................................ Optics Laboratory...................................................... ......................

ys 428 ...................................Modern Physics Laboratory.................................................................... .12)...................................Special Problems........................................................................................... (1-3)

* ®quired in other departments:Ghem 105.106.......................... General Chemistry I and II and Qualitative Analysis........................... (8)

W «h 211, 212, 213..................Calculus 1,11, I I I ...........................................................................................(12)101,102............................ Intrtxiuction to Biology ............... (g)

( 12)

(31( 2)

(3)(3)(II(2)

Coursesjji * 2, Introductory College Physics. 8 credits. Three hours of lecture-recitation this laboratory per week. Students in the Upper Level are not admitted toit lor credit except in cases where specific departmental curricula require

aneral physics for those who do not plan to take advance courses in science. F,Shour V ^®*“ ral Science — Physics. 4 credits. Three hours lecture-recitation and two ®tars “ Moratory per week. Prerequisites: None. A study of light, the solar system, of o g g a l a x i e s leads the student to leeu*n how science develops an understanding

®lgeb ' Po«t8. 3 credits. Prerequisites: None. Knowledge of elementary*'®®ooimended. An introduction to the fundamental concepts of physics,

desig'* those discovered and developed in the twentieth century. The course is and students who have a limited or non-existent mathematical background,

a tempts to show the picture of the universe which physics offers. S/2laborat Physics. 8 credits. Four hours lecture-recitation and two hoursaoiirse f week. Prerequisite: College algebra or equivalent. Recommended204 students. A student may not receive credit for Physics 203,

^ana aUo Physics 101. 102. F,Sl' Physics. 12 credits. Four hours lecture-recitation and two

^bysic oratory per week. Prerequisites: Math 211 for Physics 205, Math 212 and a®quence f Physics 206, and Math 213 and Physics 206 for Physics 208. A ' 'assical a'-odents majoring in a science or engineering. Topics discussed are: factory electricity and mag^netism, optics, thermodynamics, and intro-also Ph physics. A student may not receive credit for Physics 205, 206 and

ysics 203, 204 or Physics 101, 102. F.S <56, Tk o •

lah of Music and Sound. 4 credits. Three hours of lecture and twoPor week. Prerequisites: None. Knowledge of elementary algebra is

' aiiiand ^ production, analysis, and perception of musical sounds.

Selected Topics in Physics. 1 credit. Prerequisite: 8 hours of College Physics


or consent of instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of 4 hours. Credit may not be applied toward a major in physics. On demand.

311. Foundations of Contemporary Physics. 4 credits. Three hours lecture-recita' tion and two hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 8 hours of College Physics or consent of instructor. A semiquantitative study of the development of contemporary physics. Physics 311 may not be taken for credit if credit has been received for Physics 208. On demand.

317. Mechanics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Physics 205, 206 or approval of department. Motion of a single particle, central forces and simple oscillatory systems. F/2

318. Mechanics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Physics 317 or approval of department. A continuation of Physics 317. Rigid body motion, wave propagation, generalized coordinates and fluid dynamics. S/2

320. Elementary Solid State Physics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Physics 208 or approval of department. An introduction to solid state physics with emphasis on appd" cations. F,S

321. Methods of Experimental Physics. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Two semesters ofgeneral physics or approval of the department. Assembly and design of electronic circuits with emphasis on their application to instruments used in scientific measurements. F/2 ,

324. Thermal Physics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Physics 205, 206, 208 or approve* of department. Thermodynamics with an introduction to statistical physics. S/2

325. Optics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Physics 205, 206, 208, or approval of department. Geometrical and physical optics with an emphasis on physical optics. F,S

325L. Optics Laboratory. 1 credit. Corequisite: Physics 325. Laboratory to accompany Physics 325. F/2

327. Electricity and Magnetism. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Physics 205, 206 or ap proval of department. A quantitative treatment of electro-magnetic theory with an introduction to Maxwell’s equations. F/2

328. Electricity and Magnetism. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Physics 327 or approv®* of department. Maxwell’s equations. The scalar potential as a solution of a boundary value problem. The vector potential and its application. A quantitative treatment o dielectrics, magnetic materials and electromagnetic radiation. S/2

423. Astronomy. 3 credits. (Same course as Geography 423.) Prerequisite: c®a sent of instructor. Study of the universe: space, galaxies, stars, the solar system, c shifts, relativity, and time. F,S

423L. Astronomy Laboratory. 1 credit. (Same course as Geography 423L.) requisite: consent of instructor. Observations with telescope and unaided eye- F ting of planetary orbits from recorded daU. Use of Doppler shifts to deternun speeds of galaxies. Distance determinations from Doppler shifts and Hubble’s Is Solar rotation from the motion of sunspots. Study of blackbody radiation. F,S ^

428. Modem Physics Laboratory. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Physics 208 or of department, A repetition of the experiments which led to the current state physics. F/2

431. Introductory Quantum Physics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Physics 208 proval of department. An introduction to quantum mechanics with applications atomic structure. S/2

Physiology

434. Nuclear Physics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Physics 208 or approval of depart- •*'ent. An introduction to the theory of the atomic nucleus. On demand. ■

437. Introductory Solid State Physics. 3 credits. Prerequisite: approval of department. Selected topics from solid state physics. S/2

460. Introduction to Astrophysics. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Physics 205,206,208 consent of instructor. Position and magnitude of stars. Binary and variable stars.

’'CUar spectra and line formation. Stellar interiors and stellar evolution. Interstellar Medium. Galaxies and their structures. Universe and Cosmology. F/2

490. Special Problems. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: approval of the department. F,S

Physiology(Phy)

S.J. Brumleve (Chair), Ederstrom (Emeritus), Akers, Owen, Parmar,Saarl, Stinnett, and Zogg

CoursesMechanics of Human Physiology. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Introductory

the* * * ^ following subjects: anatomy, chemistry, or biology. A study of*'ormal function of the human body with particular consideration given to the ssary background needed by paramedical, physical education and home

thr students. There are seven hours of formal classroom study including® hours of laboratory and in addition optional review periods each week.

319

Political Science(PSci)

f'- Pynn (Chair), Kweit, M., Kweit, R., Markovich, Omdahl, Pedeliski, Poochlglan, Tomasek, and Wright

^®P®'"*'*nent of Political Science offers undergraduate programs leading to Science' ® major or minor in Political Science, and to the Bachelor ofPolice Administration with an emphasis on general public administration orand The B.A. is offered through the College of Arts and SciencesUnder h the College of Business and Public Administration. Theh» the^h programs are designed to provide students with a broad background hiental administrative sciences, and to prepare them for govem-

Th studies, law school, and teaching.faduat^^Q ** *” *” Political Science also offers graduate programs through the

^ams & leading to the M.A. and the M.P.A. Courses for these graduate pro-*'e offered on campus, on the Grand Forks Air Base, and in Bismarck.


College of Arts and SciencesB.A. WITH MAJOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCERequired 125 hours, including:


II . The Following Curriculum:

30 major hours, including;

.................................. American Government I ...........................................PSci 102...................................American Government I I .........................................PSci 220.................................. International Politics ................................PSci 225...................................Foreign Governments 1 .........................................

311 .....................Political Thought I ................................................312 .....................Political Thought I I ..................................................

3 hours from:

PSci 4 0 1 ...........................Political Opinion & Voting Behavior...........................Legislative & Executive Processes............................

^ 3 2 ...........................Public PcJicy Formulation & A dm in .........................Required in other departments:

Level rV proficiency in a foreign language, or

Statistics and methodology (An introductory sUtistics course and Political Science

MINOR IN POLITICAL SCIENCERequired 21 major hours selected from the following courses:

^01...................................American Government I .................................................................. • American Government I I ..........................................

PSci 220.................................. International Politics .................................................PSci 225.................................. Foreign Governments I ................................................PSci 241...................................Introduction to P lann ing...........................................P ^ l 251...................................Introduction to Criminal Justice................................P ^ 201.................................. Political Parties and Electoral Problems....................P ^ l 206.................................. American Constitution — Civil Liberties....................PSci 314.................................. 20th Century Ideologies.........................................PSci 318 ...................................American Political Thought.....................................PSci 331...................................Public Administration.....................................Other courses may be selected with the consent o f the Department..........................

.(3)

.(31

.(3)

.(31

.(3)

.(31

.(3)

.(3)

.(3)

300).

..(3)

..(3)

..(31

..(3)

..(31

..(3)

..(31

..|3>

..(3)

. ( 3>

..(3)

College o f Business and Public Adm inistrationb .s.pjv. w it h m ajor in p u b l ic a d m in is t r a t io nRequired 125 hours, including:

I. General Graduation Requirement,. Me page, 33-39.

II . The College o f Bu,ineu and Public Adminiatration Requirement^ Me page 84.The Following Curriculum;III.

Acct 200 .................................Element, of Accounting..........................................................................Fundamentals o f Management Information Systems

Econ 201. 202 .........................Principle, of Economic, 1. II ........................Econ 2 1 0 .................................Elementary BuaineM and Economic Statistic,............Econ 3 4 1 .................................Econom ic o f U b o r .........

w

Acct 201 .................................Elements of Accounting..............................Math 103.................................College A lgeb ra ............................................................

Math 104.................................Finite Mathematics............................PSci 101.102......................... Am ericn Government 1. I I ..............Spch 101 ................................ Fundamental, o f Public Speaking . . .

Complete one area of emphasis from the following:

a. GE.N'ERAL PU BLIC AD.MINTSTRATION

Required:

*®ci 300...................................Intro ReMarch M ethods....................331...................................Public Administration.............. .....

f? c i 408.................................. Legislative and Executive ProcesMs .432.................................. Public Policy Formulation .................

,.|3I..(31,.(®..(31..(31

..(31

..(31

..(31

. . ( «

..(31

.(3) ' .(31 ■. .(31 ■. .(31

(3)(3)

.(31(3)(3)(3)(3)

(31

Political Science

436.....................................Administration of the Public Bureaucracy.................................438.....................................Municipal Government Administration........................................

Econ 324 .................................. Public Finance................................................................................Mgmt 300 ................................ Principles of Management............................................................Mgmt 302 .................................Pcrsormel Management..................................................................I^gnit 3 1 0 ................................ Organizational Behavior................................................................Mgmt400 .................................Organizational Theory....................................................................

or.....................................Formal Organization......................................................................

^^ommended:p^ } 241.................................... Introduction to Planning..............................................................p ^ l 302.................................... Urban Politics and Planning..........................................................

cct 3 1 2 ...................................Fund Accounting............................................................................cct214 ...................................Legal Environment of Business....................................................con 309 ................................... Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory and P olicy.......................con 3 1 5 ...................................Economics of Transportation........................................................con 430 ...................................Political Econom y..........................................................................con 444 ...................................Economics of Human Resources ............................. ................

...................................Industrial Organization and Public P o licy ..................................« ^34 .....................................Social Participation............................................................

.....................................Social Psychology.............................................................................................................Social Policy Analysis....................................................................

'^3®.................................. Social Work Administration........................................................................... (3)>ves (consult with adviser for Public Administration): courses in poUtical science, management,

onomics, history, sociology, anthropology, geography, and other Reids.emphasis on police adm inistration

Required;

321

...(3I

...(3| (2.6)

.. .(3) ..(3)

. . (3)

.. .(3) . (3)

...(3 )

...(3 )

.. (3)

.. .(3) ..(3)

PSci 251 ESci 252, ESci 253. ESci 305. ESci 306. ESci 331, ^ ( 3 5 1 , ESci 354. ?Sc> 438.

(3)

...................... Introduction to Criminal Justice.........................

...................... Introduction to Law Enforcement........................

...................... Law for Criminal Justice System.........................

...................... American Constitution — Governmental Powers

...................... American Constitution — Ovil Liberties.............

...................... Public Administration............................................

...................... Police Administration I ..........................................^ .......................Police Administration I I ........................................

3e?.................................... Municipal Government Administration...............Soc 252^.................................... Police Administration I I I ......................................- .................................... Criminology............................................................^onimended:PSci 241^Sci480.................................... Introduction to Planning......................................Econ 324............ .................... Administrative Internship........................................................................... (2-6)Geog 4 51 .......... .................... Public Finance................................................................................................. (3)Mgmtaoo.................................. Urban Geography........................................................................................... (3)Pay 370 .................................Principles of Management................................................ (3)Soc 332 .................................... Abnormal Psychology..................................................................................... (3)Soc 406 .................................... Urban Sociology........................................................................................... (1-4)Electives (co' ‘ ' 1' ........ ’ • Social Change................................................................................................... (1-4)

* ent h adviser f(«- Police Administration): courses in political science, economics, manage-• wtory, psychology, sociology, anthropology, geography and other Reids.

PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION21 hour,, including;

^ i3 0 0 .PSci 331 .................................. Introduction to Research Methods, or its EquivalentI*Sci 432.................................... Public Administration....................................................^Sci 43g.................. ................. Public Policy Formulation & Administration.............ESci 438 .................................. Administration of the Public Bureaucracy..................Sej .................................... Municipal Gvoemment Administration.......................

6 hour, from;^ • 4 0 8 .* ^ i 433 .............................. legislative and Executive Processes...........................ESci 480 *................................ Administrator and Public Affairs .................................

(3)(3)(3)(3)(3)

(3)(3)

J-ton 324 .Administrative Internship.........................................................................(2.6)305..................................Public Finance .

................................ Managerial Concepts, or its Equivalent^ 330 . (BPA studenta may not use Mgmt 305).“ ‘ •“er Course, ....... Formal Organiration...............................

ay ))e elected with the consent of the Department.

(3)

(3)(3)


Courses101. American Government I. 3 credits. An introduction to political science

through the study of the American political system: The Constitution; the political processes: the structure, powers and procedures of the Presidency, Congress, and the Judiciary. F,S

102. American Government II. 3 credits. Structure, function and problems of state and loc^ government; executive, legislative, and judicial processes; federalism and metropolitan government. F,S

220. IntemaUonal Politics. 3 credits. Forces affecting foreign policy; nationalism, economic interests and desire for security: sources of conflict and attempted solutions: growth of international cooperation. F,S

225. Foreign Governments I. 3 credits. An introduction to comparative government with special reference to the poUtical systems of England and France. F

226. Foreign Governments II. 3 credits. Analytical and comparative study of communist systems with special reference to the Soviet Union and China. S

241. Introduction to Planning. 3 credits. Introduces students to the broad fiol<* of planning, defmes its functions in national, state and urban governments and reviews the principles being used. F,S

251. Introduction to Criminal Justice. 3 credits. An undergraduate study and overview of the criminal justice system emphasizing the “ system,” its legal actors and its political constraints. Designed for the beginning student in law enforcement' cnmmology, corrections, sociology, social welfare, government and pre-law. F,S

252. Introduction to Law Enforcement. 3 credits. Prerequisite: PSci 251. Intf®" duces the student to the specific field of law enforcement. Provides an overview of federal, state, and local law enforcement agencies. Reviews the coordination requif®" ments of the system. F

253. Law for Criminal Justice System. 3 credits. An examination of the crimin®' law and the legal system as pertains to police and the criminal justice system.

300. Introduction to Research Methods. 3 credits. General consideration of research methods and data analysis in political science and the social sciences. S

301. Political Parties and Electoral Problems. 3 credits. Nature of parties an<* characteristic party action and phenomena; party platforms and attitudes of toward current political issues. F

302. Urban Politics and Planning. 3 credits. Analysis of the role of politics in contemporary urban areas, and the interaction of groups, individuals, economics, planning as they relate to urban governmental policy. S

305. American Constitution — Governmental Powers. 3 credits. American Constitution studied in light of U.S. Supreme Court decisions and interpretations: foC“ on government powers, federal relationships, and economic regulation. F

306. American Constitution — Civil Liberties. 3 credits. Analyzes U.S. SuprC"® Court decisions and interpretations which focus on civil liberties; equal protection • due process. First Amendment rights. S

308. Intergovernmental ReUtions. 3 credits. Analyzes the growing interrelation" ship of federal, state and local governments with emphasis on financial aspects-

311. Development of Political Thought 1 .3 credits. Classical political though* to

Political Science

the seventeenth century with emphasis on the thought of Plato, Aristotle, Cicero, • Augustine, St. Thomas Aquinas, and Machiavelli. F312. Development of Political Thought II. 3 credits. Political thought from the

®®venteenth century to the present with emphasis on the thought of Hobbes, Locke, ®usseau, Hume, Burke, Hegel, and Marx. S

th Century Ideologies. 3 credits. To provide an understanding of thepractice of liberal democracy, especially as it exists in the United States,

discuss the theory and practice of other contemporary ideologies such as com- dnism, facism, socialism, and nationalism. S

American Political Thought. 3 credits. A historical analysis of the major nkers and of the streams of thought which have molded the political life and in- 1 utions of the United States from the Puritans to the present. F

foreign Policies o f the Major Powers. 3 credits. Examination of the role of dctors in the international system, with particular attention to the foreign

Hie °^i®dtives of the Soviet Union, the people’s Republic of China, Japan, and the Hibers of the Western European Community. S

American Diplomacy. 3 credits. Power arrangements within our government external factors of influence: present-day policies and rela-

deve^ ' ** ’ **d® Developing Nations. 3 credits. Analysis o f the formation and political systems in the Third World, with particular attention to the

Asia ®°d*°'®donomic and political problems confronting the nations of Latin America, *• 8dd Africa. S

®dm^’' Administration. 3 credits. Forms and trends of public administration;organization and activities, management, legislative and judicial

* of administration. F

fSci 2 ** ** * Administration I — Structure and Operations. 3 credits. Prerequisite: ®6encv T police administration and organization for a modern policeIdentif' are planning and development of organizations, direction, goal

‘•‘ "Cation, etc. F

conte^” '* * Administration II — Police Personnel Procedures. 3 credits. A study * ®''iew of personnel standards and procedures in police service. Included arePolicg c standards, selection, training, performance, and evaluation standards,

onduct, removal and benefits also covered. S 393. p ,„k i . „

SD • Political Science. 1-3 credits. Maximum 6 credits. Studentscon**^™ topics under the direction and supervision of a member of the staff;

Sent of instructor required before enrollment. F,S 400, Prin • I . .Hieth Social Science. 3 credits. An examination o f the basic concepts

S/2 ooological foundations of political science and the social sciences generally.

®P‘ “ 'on and Voting Behavior. 3 credits. Study of the formation and ^®ycholo^” 1°^ political opinions. The analysis of public opinion polls. Study of

402 ^ economic Influences upon voting. Analysis of elections. S®Hd resear'*k'***** '** State and Local Government. 3 credits. Undergraduate seminar

in in oovering major problems confronting state and/or local govern-® ‘ otional design, decision-making systems and public pwlicy. On demand.

323


408. The Legislative and Executive Processes, 3 credits. A survey of the organi" zation, functions and interaction of the American legislative and executive branches of government. S

412. Justice and Jurisprudence. 3 credits. An investigation of the nature of law, the ethical and moral content of law, the basis of legal reasoning, and the justifies' tion of punishment. The course focuses on the political system’s ability to define the law and legal rights. S

420. Issues in International Relations. 3 credits. Examination of contemporary issues of significant socio-economic and political importance to the future peace and stability of the world. S/2

432. Public Policy Formulation and Administration. 3 credits. Analysis in depth of factors and processes involved in policy development of agency goals and obJeC" tives; decision theory and decision making; information systems; inter-disciplinaiy application, methodologies. S

433. The Administrator and Public Affairs. 3 credits. Designed to make students aware of the political and community implications of public administration in * democratic society. Reviews and analyzes the political environment of public admin" istration and considers various techniques for accommodating democratic influences in the administrative process. S/2

436. Administration of the Public Bureaucracy. 3 credits. Applies basic admim®' trative concepts to problems facing the public bureaucrat. Major topics include pub^ merit systems and collective bargaining; public financial management techniques such as PPB and zero base budgeting; and public policy design, planning, and evaluatie"'

438. Municipal Government Administration. 3 credits. Defines role of city h’ modern society; reviews city relationships to other governments; forms of city ernment; nature of city politics. Surveys city administration, reviewing functions o

major municipal departments of government. S

451. Police Administration I I I — Police Command and Staff. 3 credits. A study of command and staff responsibilities within a police agency and the functions of ® police staff, including coordination between staff and line activities. Specific atte”' tion given to information systems and budgeting. F

452. The Police Role in Society. 3 credits. The police administrator’s role in society' focusing on contemporary issues of police organization and administration. S

480. Administrative Internship. 2-6 credits. On-the-job training in a governm®'’ *j position with final report and analysis of the agency by the intern. Prior appro'’® instructor required before enrollment. F,S

491. Readings in Political Science. 1-6 credits. Selected readings with oral aU written reports. Consent of instructor required prior to enrollment. F,S

Psychology 325

Psychology(Psy)

Till (Chair), Antes, Beckwith, Clark, A., Clark, J., Grabe, Halas, Kolstoe, Minton, Noll, Peters, Petros, Tabor, Tucker, Tyler, and Wright

College of Arts and Sciences“ A. OR B.S. WITH MAJOR IN PSYCHOLOGY

125 hours, including:General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

’• The Following Curriculum;hours, including:30

^ ....................................Introduction to Psychologyp * - ......................................Introduction to S ta tis tic s ......................Psv a n s ......................................Research Methods in Psychology..........

^ • ...................................History and Systems of Psychology ..One course from Area A:

P s y l j j ......................................Psychology of Learning..........................pjy ......................................Motivation and Em otion........................

......................................Physiological Psychology......................^ ^ ......................................PercepUon ...............................................One course from Area B;Psy 421

......................................Individual and Group Differences . . . .p,y ^g, ......................................Advanced Developmental Psychology.Pjy ......................................Experimental Social Psychology..........*Psv in i' • .................................. Introduction to Clinical Psychology . .

1 IS prerequisite to all other psychology classes.^ n ire d in other departments:

®1 II proficiency in a foreign language math inn

............ College A lgebra ......................................

.13)

.(41

.(4)(3)

(3)(3)

.(31(4)

.(3)(4|(3)(3)

. Finite Mathematics .^^ath 104 . , , .

' “-oof the Mowing; fiiol 101Biol 1 0 2 ..................................... Introduction to Biology .................................................................................... M)

204 2041........................... IntroducUon to Biology ....................................................................................14)a j .. . ' ......................... Anatomy for Parame^cal Pwsonnel (with laborato ry)............................... (5)

'^tional requirements for B.A.:tavel IV npof •

'Jsed t n f in • foreign language OR 8 additional bcHirs of A rts and Humanities beyond those. . . . ®^ er requirements,E ig t r " * ’ "®^i«ment8 for B.S.:

ditional hours of biological or physical sciences or calculus.

:SZT<^^cHOLoay20 hours, including;101

^*y2 5 i ..................................Introduction to P s y c h o lc ^ ..............................................................................(3)370 ...................................Developmental Psychology................................................................................(4)

Students • •.........................Abnormal Psychology........................................................................................(3)E*y 241 teaching certification in secondary education (except GDIS) must also include:^®y 303 . , ................................. Introduction to S ta tis tic s ..................................................................................(4)

............................... Research Methods in Psychology..................................................................... (4)


Courses101. Introduction to Psychology. 3 credits. Basic prerequisite to all other psy

chology courses. Nature and scope of psychology as a science and a profession. F,S213. Educational Psychology. 3 credits. Human development; perceptual processes:

learning; the home, the school and personality: psychology of school subjects; evaluation of pupils. F,S

241. Introduction to Statistics. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Mathematics 103 or 104. Descriptive and inferential statistics as applied to psychological measurement and exjjerimentation. F,S

251. Developmental Psychology. 4 credits. Intellectual, emotional and social development of the normal individual; sigmficance of childhood experience for later development. F,S

301. Industrial and Organizational Psychology. 3 credits. Prerequisite: any basic statistics course. Selection, training, motivation, leadership, job satisfaction, human engineering and working environments as applied to business and industry. S

303. Research Methods in Psychology. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Mathematics 10 or 104, Psychology 241. Methods of gathering knowledge in psychology with special emphasis on the experimental method. F,S

331. Behavior Modification. 3 credits. Theory and practice in the application of operant and classical conditioning procedures to humans in applied settings. S

360. Introduction to Personality. 3 credits. Examination of basic concepts in the field of personality. F,S

361. Social Psychology. 4 credits. (See Sociology 361). F,S370. Abnormal Psychology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Psychology 101 and thrc®

additional hours of psychology. Systematic study of behavior pathology, with pf*' mary emphasis on etiology and symptomatology. F,S

405. History and Systems of Psychology. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Psychology 30 ' A consideration of the historical backg;round and development of problem areas i" psychology and a survey of contemporary psychological theories. S

421. Individual and Group Differences. 2-3 credits. Prerequisites: Psychology 241 and 251 or consent of instructor. Origins and consequences of psychological d* ferences among individuals and groups with special emphasis on sex differences an racial differences. S/2

433. Psychology of Learning. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Psychology 303. Princip'®* of animal and human learning, with special emphasis on the acquisition, extincti® and retention of learned behavior patterns. F/2

434. Motivation and Emotion. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Psychology 303. Survey theories and experimental work on motivation and emotion. S

435. Physiological Psychology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Biology 101, 102, Psy< *’‘’p ogy 303, or consent of instructor. Physiological basis of psychological functiouS' ^

436. Perception. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Psychology 303. Perceptual basis behavior. F/2

450. Child Clinical Psychology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 251, 370 or consent of i” structor. Child psychopathology: etiology, behavior and treatment. S

Psychology 327

451. Advanced Developmental Psychology. 4 credits. Prerequisites: Psychology 251 and Psychology 303. A theoretical and empirical examination of sensory, motor, •cognitive, social-emotional and personality development, with laboratory experience. F/2

455. Adulthood and Aging. Prerequisite: Psy 101. Basic findings and theoretical issues in the study of human aging from biopsychological and socio-psychological perspectives with an emphasis on the individual F

461. Experimental Social Psychology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Psychology 303, 241 and one Sociology or Anthropology course. A coverage of the major areas of social Psychology with emphasis upon the current status of research and theory. S/2

470. Introduction to Clinical Psychology. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Psychology 241, '0 or consent of instructor. A systematic survey of the field of clinical psychology;

concepts in diagnosis, psychotherapy, research and professional problems. F491. Individual Projects in Psychology. 1-4 credits. Repeatable to 8 credits. Pre-

'■fiquisite: consent of instructor. F ,S492. Tutoring in Psychology. 2 credits. Repeatable to 4 credits. Prerequisite: con-

of instructor. F ,S493. Readings in Psychology. 1-3 credits. Repeatable to 8 credits. Prerequisite:

consent of instructor. F ,S

494. Special Topics in Psychology. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor.^n demand.

^^^®®^Seminar in Psychology. 1-3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. On

site-^^' Honors Thesis. 1 to 15 credits; total not to exceed fifteen. Prerequi- ind' ^^0 Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Supervised

opendent study culminating in a thesis. F ,S

Public Administration(See Political Science)

Public Relations(See Journalism)

Radio-Television(See majors avaiiable in Journalism and Speech)


Religious Studies(RS)

G. Frein (Chair); Lee, Potter, and Reiff (Adjunct).“ It might be said that one’s education is not complete without the study of com

parative religion or the history of religion and its relationship to the advancement of civilization.” This conviction, expressed by the U.S. Supreme Court in 1963, is the basis for Religious Studies a t the University.

Courses offered in the department examine the beliefs, books, symbols, ritualSi and moral codes of the world’s major religious traditions. Students study the works created by the religious imagination of people of many different times and cultures- Religion a t the University is not studied in the belief that one alone is true and the rest are false. Rather, all religions are seen as imaginative descriptions of the ultimate context and framework in which men and women live their lives. By looking at the world through these imaginative constructs, students are able to see what is r®" quired if life is to be better.

Religious Studies are an integral part of a liberal education. They are also an enrichment for careers in business, education, health care, social and psychologic® services. Religious Studies courses are a good preparation for graduate study in ® areas of the humanities and for professional study in medicine, law, and the ministry-

Most students in any given Religious Studies class are there to satisfy their cur> osity about religion, to take an interesting elective, and to meet the general educ® tion humanities requirement. Students may also major or minor in Religious Studi®® or may take Religious Studies as s second major or a second minor. Religious Studic® as a second major or minor is particularly recommended to students who choose major in a practical rather than a theoretical discipline. Religious Studies course can also be combined with courses in one or two related disciplines to form a co® posite major.

College of Arts and SciencesB A WITH MAJOR IN RELIGIOUS STUDIESRequired 125 hours, including:

L General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.II. The Following Curriculum: <30 hours total)

RS 101........................................Introduction to Religion (W est)......................3 hours frcxn t l^ fdlowing:

RS 102 ............................... Introduction to Religion (E ast)......................RS109 ............................... Introduction to the Old Testam ent................RS 250 ............................... East and West in Religions............................

Phil 305 ......................................Classical Greek and Hellenistic Philosophy.R S ..............................................Electives (15 hours must be 300-400 level.).

.,.(31

(31(3)

, (2»

Required in other departmrats:Level IV proficiency in a foreign language.

MINOR IN RELIGIOUS STUDIESRequired 20 hours, including:

RS 101 or 1 0 2 ........................... Introduction to Religion .RS 109 ........................................Introduction to the Old TestamentElectives (8 hours m ust be 300-400 leveL)..........................................

(3»,(3t

Religious Studies 329

* e l a t e d f i e l d s c o n c e n t r a t i o n

There are a number o f fields of study closely related to Religious Studies. One of eese fields can be combined with Religious Studies to form a composite major, ‘ udents desiring a composite major should seek early advisement. Requirements

with each student’s program, but generally 15-18 hours in each field will be required. See page 80.

CourseslOl. Introduction to Religion (West). 3 credits. A survey o f the classical stories,

uals, and symbols of religious culture in Western civilizatin from ancient times to '■*'6 present. F

102. Introduction to Religion (Blast). 3 credits. A survey o f the classical stories, Uals and symbols of religious culture with an emphasis on the traditions of the

*‘*6rit from ancient times to the present. Sth ^"l''°^**ution to the New Testament. 3 credits. A survey of the literature o f

6 New Testament, its authorship, its literary and historical setting, and its interpretation. F

1 109. Introduction to the Old Testament. 3 credits. A study of Israel’s awareness of of th * laith-community from the Exodus to the post-Exilic period; investigation

e problems of multiple authorship, literary forms and archaeological evidence. SSioV- ' temporary Religious Writers. 3 credits. An introduction to some of the ®Uch ^rr^rTtial thinkers in the field of religious thought before and after World War II,

as Bonhoeffer, Buber, Tillich and Teilhard. On demand.120. Religion in America. 3 credits. A study of religious life in America. Emphasis

* placed on the role o f religion in the development o f American life and character. Siog U' Religions. 3 credits. A general survey of major world religions includ-

Confucianism, Taosim, Islam, Judaism and Christianity, on the major tenets of these religions. S

tonte^ **** ®*’ 'P°*'“ ’y Moral Issues. 2 credits. A study o f decision-making based on value systems as applied to key social and personal concerns in

business ethics, medical-moral problems, truthtelling in the public vate sectors, environmental ethics, racism, poverty, war and peace, etc. F,S

Gospel" ****^®™Porary Studies in the Gospels. 2 credits. An open investigation of the '*tts of t)f** fobject to criticism; the problem of literary forms, the Gospels as prod- P''®l>lem ®’^ ‘‘^°"®oiousness of the early church; their authorship and editing; the

2 2 ° recovery of the ’historical Jesus’ and like questions. On demand.^atholi Christianity. 3 credits. A survey o f Christian life and thought in its®anoni( ] ^'"P^'asis is placed on the history and theology of sacramental and

23 ®*P* ®asion in Greek Orthodox and Roman and Anglo Catholic traditions. S^ ° ‘ esiant r r ‘ ‘*"‘ ^*'"®tianlty. 3 credits. A survey of the spirit and forms of ^'ither c j Emphasis is placed on Protestant principles set down by®hurch'autl7^*’ ' ol’l'er Reformation leaders as they touch on faith, scripture,

2 . the priesthood o f all believers, and worship. Fhav**'^if"'**'**^ Concepts o f Judaism. 3 credits. An analysis o f those concepts

2i000 year development o f Jewish thought and practice during the pasthe following concepts will be explored in detail: God, Man, Revelation,


Education. Observances, Ethics, and Morals, Righteousness and the Hereafter. On demand.

250. East and West in Religions. 3 credits. A critical and comparative study man’s religious orientation between the Eastern and Western traditions. F

301. life and Religion of Paul. 3 credits. A study of the Pauline themes underly ing the Christian faith as seen through the writings of this creative religious sonality. Emphasis on current Pauline studies. S

302. The Ecumenical Movement 2 credits. Substantive analysis of the basis fC the current encounter between Catholics and Protestants, inter-Protestant an<l inter-Catholic dialogue and the Christian dialogue with the non-Christian rehgio”®' On demand.

305. Mysticism. 3 credits. A study of mystics and their writings from the Eastern and Western Traditions and the application of methods of religious inquiry into th® presence of mystical phenomena. S

323. Psychology of Religion. 3 credits. The psychological significance of varion® types of religious experience, personal and social. An examination of classic** psychological statements about religion including James, Allport, Klerkegaar*' Freud, Jung. S/2

342. Religious Ethics. 2 credits. Problems concerning the presuppositions religious ethics and their application to personal moral issues and to such areas o community life as business, race relations, war and peace. On demand.

345. Death and Dying. 2 credits. An examination of various perspectives on deat and dying in our own and other cultures with a view to coping with the problem® ® mortality and unmortality. Medical, psychological, philosophical, and relig!®** aspects contributing to an understanding of the meaning of death will be offered^ resource people whose experience will lend assistance to the student’s confronti*® the reality of death and dying. Lecture and discussion. F

355. Selected Asian Religions. 2 credits. A survey of the thought and practic* selected major Oriental religions including Hinduism, Toaism, Shinto, Confuciam®'”' Zen Buddhism. On demand.

390. Buddhist Religious Tradition. 2 credits. A historical and critical survey different Buddhist schools in India, Tibet, China and Japan. Special emphas'® ® Zen Buddhism. S/2

395. Selected Topics. 1-3 credits. A selected topic in the area of Religious such as Shamanism, Greco-Roman religion. Women Religious Writers, Civil Reh^ Religion and War, Religion and Sexual Mores. F,S

398. Independent Study. Credits to be arranged. Prerequisite: consent of t*’® structor. Supervised reading and study on an individual basis. F,S

399. Honors TutoriaL Credits to be arranged. For Honors Program studeni g wish an individual tutorial course with members of the Religious Studies faculty-

413. American Religious Thought. 3 credits. Critical analysis of historical a contemporary theological issues in American life. On demand.

414, 415. Seminar. 4 credits. Selected topics from such alternatives as: ofand Culture, mystical phenomena. Secular Theology. New Morality. Theology Liberation, Christianity and Marxism. Black Theology, Women’s Liberation Religion. Eastern Religions in America, and Modern Atheism. On demand.

Russian and Soviet Studies 331

Religious and Cultural Phenomena. 2 credits. Principles guiding the iden- dication of religious motifs and problems in literature, art, drama, architecture, etc. urvey of selected phenomena. F/2

450. Sacred Scriptures of the East. 3 credits. An exegetical interpretation of6cted readings from the sacred writings of Eastern religions. On demand.499. Senior Honors Thesis. 1 to 15 credits; total not to exceed fifteen. Prerequi-

inH ’ Department and approval of the Honors Committee. Superviseddependent study culminating in a thesis. F,S

Russian(See Languages)

Russian and Soviet StudiesR. Koprince (Adviser)

Q College of Arts and Sciencesm a jo r in RUSSIAN AND SOVIET STUDIES

J *w>u«. including;

II ’n."'™ ' ^ ''“‘iuBtion Requirements, see pages 33-39.•^ •“ PolW iugCumculum:

403Hist 410 ................................... Regional Geography of the Soviet U n io n ...........................................Hist 417 ..................................... Russia to 1855 .........................................................................................Lang lOl Vno ' .....................Russia Snce 1855 ...................................................................................Lang 201 2 0 9 ...........................Beginning Russian...................................................................................Lanusni’ lA o ........................... Second-Year R ussian..............................................................................3 hours from- ...........................Third-Year R ussU n .................. ...........................................................

PSci 220PSci 220 ............................. International Politics....................................................................................(3)PSoi3 i 4 .............................Foreign Governments I I ..............................................................................(3)PSci32Q .............................TSs-entieth Century Ideologies..................................................................... (3)

3 hours from-.......... ...............Foreign Policies of Major Pow ers..............................................................13)Econ33iHist ............................. Comparative Economic System s................................................................ 13)H ist35E .............................Europe: 1815-1918........................................................................................ (3)Lang 305 ..................... Europe: Since 1918........................................................................................(3)

WiM. Lanij 4oa' .....................Russian Reading and Composition............................................................ MlSoir- e ................... Individual Russian R eadings.................................................................. 11*3)

Studies dem^*** Russian Studies advise, otho- courses may be elected to fulfill the Russian anddegree requirements,

Suired- *^USSIAN AND SOVIET STUDIES463

JJl'M lg ................................. Regional Geography of the Soviet UnionJiiat 417 ....................................Ruaaia to 1855 .............................................] *'8101,102........................... Russia Since 1855 ......................................^ " g 201. 202 ...........................Beginning Russian. . .

hours fronu ........................... Second-Year Russian .

(3)(3)(3)(8)

.{8)


Econ 331 ............................. Comparative Economic System s.........Econ 497.............................Readings in Economics.........................H ist 353 ............................. Europe: 1815-1918...................... .......H ist 355 .............................Europe: Since 1918.................................Lang 301,302.................... Third-Year R u ss ian ...............................Lang 333............................. CoDoquium in Language and L etters.PSci 220 ............................. International Politics.............................PSci226 ..............................Foreign Governments I I ......................PSci 3 1 4 ............................. Twentieth Century Ideologies.............PSci 320 ............................. Foreign Policies of Major Powers . . . .

. . .(3) .(1-31

...(31

...(31

...(6) .(1-31

...(3)

...(31

.. .(31 ,..(3)

Scandinavian StudiesBrekke, Thorson (Advisers)

College of Arts and SciencesMINOR IN SCANT)INAVIAN STUDIESRequired: 28 hours, including;

Lang 101 ,102 ........................... Begirming Norwegian............ .....................................Lang 201,202 ........................... Second-Year Norwegian ............................ ..................Hist 221......................................The Scandinavian Countries Since 1500 ...................9 hours from the following:

Lang 101,102.....................Beginning Swedish..................................................... ..Lang 301, 302.......... ...... AdvaiKed Norwegian...................................................Lang 401, 402.....................Norwegian Literature........................ ...........................Lang 403............................. Ibsen (in English)..........................................................

..(81

..(81

..131

.(81

.(61

.(61

.(3)

..(3)(1-3)

Lang 404............................. Ibsen (in English)................................................................ ..Lang 490............................. Individual Norwegian Readings...............................................

Otlrer courses appropriate to the program selected with adviser.

For the benefit of students in the Scandinavian field, a Scandinavian Cultural is located on the UND campus. Besides an extensive book collection, the center h* numerous tapes, records and cultural programs on Scandinavia. A listening room been established with a gift from Oscar Lunseth. A number of scholarships are a ® available for study in Scandinavia.

Social Scienceof

The Social Science related Helds concentration offers the student a courses in Anthropology, Economics, Geography, History, Political Science Sociology. The program is designed to permit the student to achieve a moderate centration in one field and complementary work in all others. A reading in a foreign language (Level IV) is strongly recommended for those students plan to enter the professions or graduate work. Consult your adviser on this ina Arts and Sciences students who wish to declare the “teaching major" shoucomplete the equivalent of a major in a single social science and should consult boththArts and Sciences and the Center for Teaching and Learning offices at an early

College of Arts and SciencesT. Rand, Adviser

BA. WITH MAJOR IN SOCIAL SCIENCERequired 125 bourt. includiD^

Social Work

^®neral Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.Following Curriculum:

60 hours

&Iect courses in the pattern listed below from Anthropology, Economics, Geography*, History, Political lienee, and Sociology. A t least 24 hours must be in Upper Level work,

departm ent2 hours in another departm ent•p ®ach of three of the remaining departments.For Geography courses carrying Social Science C redit see page 33.

Center for Teaching and LearningF. Peterson, Adviser

•s.e d , w it h c o m p o s it e m a jo r in s o c ia l s c ie n c ej 125 hours, including:

jj ®®neral Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.In for Teaching and Learning Requirements, see page 162.

Following Curriculum:

Econ \ q \ ................................... Introduction to Cultural AnthropologyEcon 4 2 n ....................................Elements of Economics..........................G eoipifii....................................Economics E ducation ............................Geog 3 1 9 ....................................World Regional Geography....................Hist 101 ....................................Geography for T eachers........................Hist 102......................................Western Civilization to 1500..................Hist 101......................................Western Qvilization since 1500 ............Hist 104......................................United SUtes to 1877 ............................PSci 101......................................United States since 1877........................PSci ......................................American Government I ........................S oc io i........................................E lectives...................................................

......................................Introduction to Sociology

333

(3)(31(3)(3)(21

.(3)(3)(31(3)(31

.(31(3)

of concentration from b e low :............................................ ............................................................. (12-181'^ursea to be selected with approval of faculty advisers.Anthropology 12 hours, gtonomics 12 hours.

(Human or Cultural) 13 hours."w ld History 12 hours.Poli7i"*i"^“" 12 houri.P»ydi“ lSociolo^f^2'h^™ *”^”' of 18 hours to be determined by Psychology Department.

Social Work(SWk)

The n** Furman, Haga, Heltkamp, Klinkhammer, Norman and Perryhe Social Work holds undergraduate accreditation status with

*'®gular tne h** Work Education. Graduates of this program are eligible for ®**e>ble fof ®fship in the National Association of Social Workers and may also be

appi f''**'*'®* standing in many graduate schools of social work. Each student The advanced standing independently.

includes a broad liberal arts foundation for subsequent social ‘'cial Work m . courses are open to sophomores, juniors and seniors. The

Positio ** oi^ganized to prepare students for entrance into beginning social*’'Utiity Service' social work education, and citizen participation in com-


Students who are interested in majoring in social work should register their intent with the Department at the beginning of the freshman year, if possible. At that time students will be assigned an adviser from the Social Work Department to help them make an informed choice about majoring in social work and to assist theW with their academic planning.

Minimum technical standards for admission into the social work program are:a. Ability to conununicate in such a manner as to facilitate a helping relationship

and the delivery of services.b. Mobility sufficient to perform essential work related activities.c. Personal resources (psychological, social and intellectual) that facilitate the

use of self in a helping manner in a social work setting.Students are required to make application for admission to the social work p'’®'

gram. Criteria for admission are as follows:(1) completion of forty-five semester hours of coursework,(2) attainment of a cumulative G.P.A. of 2.2 or better, and(3) completion of three social work courses — Social Work in a Modern SocW

(SW 255), Introduction to Community Services (SW 287), and Human Behavio*" in the Social Environment I (SW 246) — or their equivalent (as approved by the social work faculty) with a gp-ade of *‘C” or better.

During the semester in which the student formally applies for admission, the ap plicant must submit a written personal statement to the Admissions Committe^ The student will then be interviewed by a members) of this committee. The intervie material and personal statement will not be used to deny admission to the progf®‘J|' However, it will be used to help the student and the faculty to evaluate the apP cant’s choice of social work as a profession.

Students who have previously been admitted to the Social Work Program bu have not enrolled in a social work base course for six consecutive semesters (exc* ing summer sessions) must re-apply for admission to the program before enrolling any social work base course. In accordance with accreditation standards, mental requirements at the time of re-admission shall constitute the student’s requ program of study.

f I l f ’ ’ ofSocial work majors must achieve an overall G.P.A. of 2.2 and a grade or _

better in all required social work courses (base) prior to 1) admission 2) intern and 3) graduation.

In the event a student transfers into the social work program from an acci (CSWE) undergraduate social work program (or one in candidacy status), * js dent must complete at least thirty semester hours at U.N.D. Twenty of those must be in required social work courses (base). In the event a student wis transfer credit for social work courses completed at the previous institution, j,t equivalency will be determined by the U.N.D. course instructor and the deparchairperson. ,,

. 1

Social Work courses taken at non-accredited (CSWE) undergraduate socia programs will not be accepted in meeting social work graduation requireme cept through course challenge or departmental petition.

There are special requirements while enrolled in Internship. Many are located outside the Grand Forks area; the student is responsible for trave •

ing and food costs in addition to the payment of tuition while in those semes

Social Work

P'acements.a reserves the right not to place a student in an Internship or to remove

a udent from Internship whose performance is unsatisfactory.

College for Human Resources DevelopmentIN SOCIAL WORK

j 125 hours including:jj ®®neral Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

Ill Human Resources Development Requirements, see page 101.■ ^ following Curriculum;

Base (44 hours)SWl( 246SWTj 2 5 5 ....................................Human Behavior in Social Environment I ...................................SWk 287 ....................................Social Work in a Modem Society ...................................................S\\Tf ‘i n n ...................................... Human Services.................................................................SVv\ 3 2 9 ...................................Social W elfare ......................................................................................S\Vk 3 4 0 ....................................Intro to Social W’ork Methods I ......................................................SWk 337 ................................... Human Behavior in Social Environment I I .....................................SWk4i f i ................................... Internship I .........................................................................................SVVTc 450 ....................................Social Policy A nalysis........................................................................SWk 4i i a ................................... Intro to Social W'ork Methods I I ......................................................SWk 453 ....................................Social W’ork Methods I I I ..................................................................SWk 460 ....................................Human Services A dm inistration.....................................................•SWk 487...................................Senior Sem inar...........................................................................SW1C4 8 8 . ..................... ...........Combined Internship I and II ..........................................................

. . ( 3)

. .( 3)

. . ( 3)

. .( 3)

. .(3)

. .( 3)

. . ( 6 )

. . ( 3)

. .( 3)

. .( 3)

. .( 3)

. . ( 2)

( 12)

..(6)*SV\Tt4o,........ ..........................Internship II .............g » completed instead of 387 and 488

; ^ u i r e d in other departments (41 hours)“ ‘“1100 _®'onomic8..................................Principles of B iology.......................................................................................... (4)

^ ‘ iM is d e n c e '; : : : ...............................................................................................................................................^ÎcraUiItH^ courses only)............................................................................................. {gj

..... ...

............................................... ...............................''^thin this secUo™ ** • given course may not be used to satisfy nxMe than one requirement

^^*"8es Used•*^'’e req X J;“„ ^ 5 ‘“ J**' ‘ PProved minor and or concentration requirements may also be used to meet the îN O nc whenever appropriate and applicable.Studeot, c o n c e n t r a t io n s

their a d v C ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ declare either a University approved minw, a c<mcentration w, in conjunction , * ®®lection sh ’ u * unique set of elective courses tailored to their future professional interests,

'^^^tion with t ^ **i*de a t the time of admission to the Department and should be made after con-

^®hour SERVICES MINOR

the following:........................... .... & Psycho-Social Aspects erf Disability............................................ (31

| ' ' ’k?S8’** ®“® * ^ “” ‘ 2 8 6 fo rr* sp ecU v .m sjo rs ” ”457..............................Contemporary Rehabiliution Is su e s .............................................................. (2|

^ J t4 5 5 . ......................... 'Vocational D w lopm ent in Rehabilitation.................................................... (2)'-'&G 617 .........................Rehabilitation Process........................................................................................(2)^ .........................Individual Appraisal; Testing........................................................................... (31

_ ORîght hftii > .......................Tests & M easurem ents......................................................................................(3}^nat 204* * °*** ^ loUowing:

315........ ...................... Anatomy for Paramedical Personnel............................................................ (3-51Orv • • •. * ^ôo*tion of E xertional S tu d en ts ...............................................................131

343 .., ...................Sex Education and the Mentally R etarded.................................................... (21...................Language Development & D iso rders.......................................................... (3-41

335


HPER 360 ........................... Recreation for Special Populations ..H P E R 3 6 1 ........................... Principlesof Therapeutic Recreation .PT 493 ..................................Psychological Aspects of D isability..Psy 370................................. Abnormal Psychology.........................S \V 'k31l............................... ChUd W elfare.........................................SWk 342............................... Social W'ork and the Legal Process . .

GERONTOLOGY MINOR Required: 20 hours including:1) The following eleven hours:

SW 354..................................Orientation to Gerontology..................Soc 352..................................A g in g ....................................................P s y ........................................Adulthood and A g in g .........................Fam Med 401.......................The Physiological Process of A ging..

..(21

..(2)

.J2)

..(3)

..131

..<31

2) Nine hours from the following:GDIS 365 ............................. Aging and Communication .............................................................Phil 2 1 0 ............................... Introduction to E thics......................................................................Phil 1 0 1 ............................... Philosophy and Life..........................................................................IT 206....................................Recreational C ra f ts ..........................................................................IT 300....................................Society/Technology and the Individual........................................HPER 306 ........................... Recreati<m for Special Populations ...............................................Psy 421..................................Individual and Group D ifferences.................................................Soc 353..................................Sociology of Death and D y in g .......................................................Soc 354..................................Medical Sociology.................... ........................................................HEc 4 7 0 ............................... Adult E d u ca tio n ..............................................................................HEc 2 4 0 ............................... Introduction to N utrition ................................................................HEc 3 6 1 ............................... Family F in an ce .................................................................................SW 346..................................Human Behavior in the Social Environment II ........................SW 306....................... . . . . .S o c ia l W elfare ...................................................................................IS 121....................................Introduction to Indian S tudies........................................................

With concurrent approval of the student advisor and the committee chairperson up to three credit hour departmental tutciial readings, special topics and'or research studies may be included.

CHEMICAL USE/ABUSE AWARENESS MINOR 20 credit hours from the following:Soc 102 ..................................... Social Problem s.................................................................................Soc 309 ......................................Drugs & Society................................................................................HRD 4 1 0 ....................................Alcohol & Drugs I ............................................................................HRD 420 ....................................Alcohol & Drugs I I ..........................................................................HRD 493 ....................................International School of Alcohol S tu d ie s .....................................Pharm 4 0 2 ................................. Medkal U s e .....................................................................................Pharm 410 ................................. Drugs Subject to A b u se ................................................................Pharm 4 90 ................................. Readings in PhamVDrug A b u se ....................................................Psy 370 ......................................Abnormal Psychdogy....................................................................HPER 360................................. Recreation fcM* Special Populations .............................................HPER 3 61 ..................................Principles of Therapeutic Recreation...........................................C & G 510................................... Counsiding M ethods......................................................................C&G 565 ................................... Dynamics of Addiction Seminar: Special Topics

in Chemical Use/Abuse.................................................................

.(3>

.(31

.13)

,(3I(31

.(3)

.<3)

.<31

. 12}

.(3)

.(3),<3),|2I.(3),(3I.(31.(31.(31of

.(31■,.|31

■,.(2'■,.(f■,.(2I',.(21■ (1-31

.(31’ ,.(21■ .(21 ‘ ..(21

Addiction Counselor Training ProgramThe Department of Social Work is designated as an Addiction Counselor Tra

Program by the Division of Alcoholism and Drug Abuse of the North Dakota ment of Human Services. Students who successfully complete the course of and the nine month internship requirement are eligible for certification as an a tion counselor in the State of North Dakota.

Students are admitted to this training program on three levels. The first jgJ eludes “ special students” who are not seeking an academic degree but are inte solely in meeting the minimum requirements for certification. The second ‘* . 50 eludes social work majors who also complete the minor in Chemical Use Awareness and the nine month internship. The third level relates to students in Counseling who complete a specialized course of studies and pgft' the nine month internship. For more complete details please contact the ment of Social Work.

Social Work

^ther minorsAdditional minors that the social work major should consider are Criminal Justice. Psychology. Sociology, Spanish, Communication or Indian Studies.Concentrations

he Social Work Department offers one concentraUon. This enables students to take inter-disciplinary within this area of social work specialization,

t) Child and Family Services Concentration (20 credits requiredi309..................................Medical & Psych-Social Aspects

... ........... .............................................................(3).............................................................(3)

337

CUM .. of Disability..................................Child Welfare

cull* ..................................Social Work & Legal Process.........Wk 493..................................Special Topics..................................

^ 3 3 5 ....................................The F am ily .......................................n hours from the following:

Phil 370 ........................... Moral Questions & the Profession336 ......................... Psychology of Communication . . .

PW 408 ........................... Philosophy of Human Nature . . . .

Soc 253 ........................... Juvenile Delinquency......................

(2)

(3)(31

(31(3)(3)(31(3)

Coursesh **™*** Behavior in the Social Environment I. 3 credits. The behavioral

Psychol human behavior for social work practice; interpretation of biological, edolovn social and cultural determinants of human behavior of children and

eents in the family system. F,S

* ®»sent f*"*** ® Modern Society. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Sociology 101 or*3 foies ° ^^^•fuctor. The growth and development of social work as a profession, ®6eticies 'p goals as a helping profession. Observational visits to community

Human Services. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Social Work 255, P*'oject w’th ** ™ '***' instructor. An assigned volunteer communitySeminars' qt* welfare, character building or health agency in conjunction withhienteH social needs, human problems and observation of roles imple-

^he helping professions. F,S"'clfare. s^*^ Welfare. 3 credits. Introduction to the historical development of social ' ’®lues of philosophies, principles and legislation with emphasis on recognized

p g society relative to public welfare and social insurance pro

* ^3sic med'* *l ^ PsychoSocial Aspects of Disability. 3 credits. This course offers "'Ofkers. Pri*' * psychosocial understanding of disability for human service Ppsis of ®fnphasis is on medical terminology; causes, treatment, and prog-' '3®blinp ^°j.*3'sabilities; and the vocational and psychosocial impact of selected

3ll ^ F^®f>omic s f t 3 credits. Historical perspective of the social, legal and®®ciety ajjjj * childhood; study of the special status of childhood in a modern

322 l * Pfuvisions used in an attempt to meet the needs of children. Sand Social Work Methods 1.3 credits. Prerequisites: Social Workttiethods instructor. Introduction to the basic principles, concepts

®fcial servic work; exercise in case analysis, planning and implementation 342 o . ** individuals, groups and communities. F,S

^ ®36nt of instru*** * Legal Process. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Social Work 311 or®fkers Come into* *"' the areas of the legal system with which social

contact and a study of the social workers role in the legal system. F


346. Human Behavior in the Social Environment II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: SocUi Work 246 or consent of instructor. The behavioral science base of social work praC‘ tice; interpretation of biological, psychological, social and cultural determinants of adult behavior. F,S

354. Orientation to Gerontology. A general introduction to gerontology including the study of the aging process, the relationship between the theoretical and prat’ tice aspects o f aging and the interdisciplinary nature of practice.

358. Contemporary Issues in Rehabilitation. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Social Work 322, SW 455 or consent of instructor. Examination of contemporary issues ol importance in the field o f rehabilitation such as, independent living, severe disability' attitudes toward the disabled, architectural and transportational barriers, consumed advocacy, sexual readjustment, main-streaming, and leisure activities. S

387. Internship 1 .6 credits. Prerequisites: Social Work 306 and 450 or consent of instructor. Concurrent placement (academic year) requiring 16 hours weekly iu approved social welfare agency under agency and department supervision. Concur rent placement (summer) i^u iring 25 hours weekly for a 10 week period for 6 credit* using various agency settings students will have the opportunity and be expected ® translate into professional practice the following knowledge: knowledge of agenoy knowledge of network o f community resources, identification with profession, se awareness and awareness of others, engagement, assessment, planning, implcp'®" tation, evaluation and communication skills. Upon completion of the Field Expeo®” program, students will have completed practice in a number of areas. A goal-orien evaluation of student performance in appropriate knowledge areas will be comp*® by clinical instructors and department faculty and will be based upon performs in an agency setting and liaison seminars. S-U grading only.

Application for Field Experience must be submitted two semesters semester o f placement. Students will also be requested to contact the Field Coor ator to submit a plan for field experience. F,S,SS ^

418. Social Policy Analysis. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Social Work 306 or o f instructor. Policies and issues associated with social welfare programs auu cems are examined. Students are exposed to appropriate methods for analyz'” ® temporary social issues and developing responsive social policies. F,S .

450. Introduction to Social Work Methods II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Social 387 or consent o f instructor. Introduction to a problem-solving model of socia practice as used in working with individuals, groups and communities. The maj®'' g cepts and principles involved; and an examination of professional veilues and ethics-

454. Social W’ork Methods III. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Social Work 450.Work 387, Social Work 487 or Social Work 488. This course involvestion and study o f selected helping modalities in relationships to specific ^ populations in micro, mezzo, and macro level settings. Emphasis will be P*® showing the connectedness between theory and practice. F,S

455. Rehabilitation Process. 2 credits. Examination of the basic methods used in rehabilitation issues. Topics covered include rehabihtatm ophy and values; rehabilitation legislation; psycho-social and vocational fjoC*’ to disability, fadlitative caseload management; interviewing disabled ^ {in? counseling methods and the handicapped; rehabilitation teamwork; coor services for the severely disabled; and rehabilitation research. F

Social Work

^ 457. Vocational Development in Rehabilitation. 2 credits. Prerequisites: Social ^iOrk 322, SW 455 or consent of instructor. Examines the importance of work for sabled persons by analyzing sources of occupational information, employment

tiers, vocational evaluation, work adjustment, affirmative action, placement uniques, and follow-up procedures. S

Co Services Administration. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Social Work 306 or^Qnsent of instructor. Examination of the basic principles, concepts, and methods in shi** " “tk administration. Topics covered include communications, grantsman-

P. evaluation, planning, goal setting and information systems. F,SSeminar. 2 credits. Prerequisite: Social Work 450 or consent of in-

of *"■ S®ruinar, with emphasis placed on the principles, concepts, values and ethics e profession in relation to social services, social policy and social action. F,S

»nd 45n Internship (I&II). 4-12 credits. Prerequisites: Social Work 306year) consent of instructor. A one semester or summer Block placement (academicplace 32 hours weekly in an approved social welfare agency. In Block

Work 387 and Social Work 488 will be taken concurrently. Using *'ansl settings students will have the opportunity and be expected to

knowl d P‘‘ofessional practice the foUowing knowledge: knowledge of agency,«Waren network of community resources, identification with profession, self- Won ev^T' °f others, engagement, assessment, planning, implementa-graii, t communication skills. Upon completion of the Internship pro-®''alu'at‘ have completed practice in a number of areas. A goal-oriented^y clini*°? student performance in appropriate knowledge areas will be completed ‘P an instructors and department faculty and will be based upon performance

gency setting and liaison seminars. S-U grading only.seineg^ Internship must be submitted two semesters preceeding the®tor to c, u P. P®”i®nt. Students will also be requested to contact the Field Coordin-

ubmit a plan for Internship. F,S,SS

Pcadend** ** ***' ® Prerequisite: Social Work 387. Concurrent placementPPiler gp y®ur) requiring 16 hours weekly in an approved social welfare agency ®Urs we^k?^ department supervision. Concurrent placement (summer) 25

students week period for 6 credits. Using various agency settingsi ®ctice th f opportunity and be expected to translate into professional

knowledge areas: knowledge of agency, knowledge of network of oth ^ *"0®ources, identification with profession, self-awareness and aware-

PP’Umunicat^*’ assessment, planning, implementation, evaluation and^®''®comnl Upon completion of the Internship program, students will* •■10008006 • ^ ® number of areas. A goal-orient^ evaluation of student®f>d depart^ *** appropriate knowledge areas will be completed by clinical instructors

liaL„ be based upon performance in an agency settingA p^® ® *^"ars.S-U grading only.

®®0iester of*^? ” ^®™®bip must be submitted two semesters preceding the‘*'ator to o ,, Students will also be requested to contact the Field Coor-

493. SSociaT w**''*" credits. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. Prereq-

p ®®arch or int consent of instructor. Individually or group supervised■®iSS cpartmental studies and seminars in social work and related

339

areas.


Sociology(Soc)

A. Selbyg (Chair), Jacoby, Klassen, Larson, Ludtke, Rucker,E. Smith, and Wilsnack

This depeu-tment offers both a major and minor in sociology. In addition there is a graduate program leading to the M .A . The two undergraduate programs are outlined below.

Graduate seminars, reading courses, and courses with eight or nine as the la® digit may be repeated for credit at the discretion of the department. Some sociology background is usually necessary for upper level courses even when no specific pr®" requisite is listed.

College of Arts and SciencesB.A. W IT H A M AJO R IN SOCIOLOGYRequired 125 bmirs. including;

1. General Graduaticm Requirements, see pages 33*39.

II . The Following Curriculum:

33 major hours, including:Soc 301 ...................................Basic Socidogy Theory...................................Soc 323 ...................................Sociological Research Methods ....................Soc 326 ...................................Sociological Statistics...................................Soc 361 ...................................Social Psychology.........................................9 hours hxtm:

Soc 306 ..................... . Social Change................................................Soc 330 .............................Organizations and B ehavior..........................Soc 335 .............................The F am ily .....................................................Soc 436 .............................Social In equ a lity ...........................................Soc 437 .............................Population.......................................................Soc 450 .............................Deviant BehavifM'...........................................

Electives in S ocio logy ....................................................................................

..(3>

..(3 )

A concentration in a single supplementary field other than sociology is also required of all sociology This concentration may be met in two ways; (1) a language proficiency of level IV in a modem guage: or (2) 20 credit hours, at least nine of which must be numbered 300 or above, in any singl® matter taught at this University.

M IN O R IN SOCIOLOGYRequired 22 hours, including;

Soc 301 ......................... .........Basic Sociological Th eory ...............................................Soc 323 .................................. Sociological Research Methods .....................................A t least nine o f the other credits must be taken in courses numbered 300 and above.

Courses

■■"(SI

tur«101. Introduction to Sociology. 3 credits. An introductory analysis of

o f society, the interrelationships o f its component groups and the processsociety persists and changes. Interpretation o f human behavior from the standP®

of the group. Students wishing to earn credit for Sociology 101 by means ^

pendent study should obtain information from the University Counseling Ce the C LE P examinations administered there. Sociology 101 may also be av through Personalized Self Instruction (PSI); entrance to the PS I section i® mission o f the instructor. F,S

102. Social Problems 2-3 credits. No prerequisite: A sociological analyai® o f

social problems in America. F,S

lie-

Sociology

tauph!’ Topics. 1-4 credits. An examination of special topics in sociologySnt a t the sophomore level, usually without prerequisites. On demand.

® prerequisite. The extent and character of crime inof cri “ “ ^ critical examination of the meaning and attem pted explanation' ‘■‘minal "^^“y®*'^^^®*rnquency, with an analysis of the social processes leading to

Delinquency. 3 credits. No prerequisite. The nature, extent, causes, eatment of delinquency. Delinquency prevention programs are explored. F

'«a?n t ®®®''.®®r'“’®8‘cal Theory. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Soc 101. A survey of the raferen*^^"° history of sociological thought. Basic concepts and frames of

ce central to sociological theory and analysis are emphasized. F,SChange. 3 credits. Prerequisites; 6 hours of sociology. Theoretical

Americ ?°®‘? '‘ “**“ ''al change and stability; examination of changes occurring in ProceH.^” w stitutions and international relations; technology and social change;

ores and problems of planned change. F

Topics. 1-4 credits. Prerequisites to be determined when offered. 323” sociology taught a t the junior level. On demand.

eeneral c^”''- ^ ” '' ®* Methods. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Sociology 301. A326 methods involved in survey research in the social sciences. F

®^®tistics. 3 credits. No prerequisite. This course introduces the ®ociologi t application of basic statistical techniques employed by®*6ebrai,.* assumed tha t students are able to perform basic mathematical and

‘“1C operations. S

^®fent wav**"'****‘”“® Behavior. 3 credits. No prerequisite. A look a t the dif- ®* Ps betw *" nidations can be conceptualized and studied. The relation-Study organizational structure and individual behavior are examined. WeSeals, The^k'^*!i^ environments, including other organizations, on organizational ®*id other typ”°* ei'ganizations studied include industrial, medical, educational

®eciologjpgj®* 3 credits. Fb-erequisite: Consent of instructor. A survey ofiTiral ^'^^‘ ‘P'es as they relate to rural society with emphasis on rural changej a l development. On demand.

L \ j j . U Q

n®*! ’ eiUmun't 3 credits. Prerequisite: Sociology 101. Analysis of the ur-®*-®tes. On jjg ^ special attention given to trends in urbanization in the United

341

334. Soc’ i p ' . .''oluntarvT 2-4 credits. Prerequisite: Soc 101. Participation in for-^liendshi (clubs and other community organizations) as well as infor-

^biclnjjg, (o’ ”®*Shborhood, and work groups will be investigated. Topics covered (4) organ**^.**^ participation; (2) the process of affiliation; (3) types of associa-

®”d fof jL *^ational dynamics; (5) consequences of participation for the member

systems**'*'^’ **“®dits. Structure and function of the family, comparative °®d, old age) ' of family life stages (such as courtship, marriage, parent-

^^3- Peo ' frends and problems of the family. F,Sj 'jseqogjj^P^®’Land and Energy. 2-3 credits. No prerequisite. A survey of the social

On demand other industrialization projects in North


340. Sociology of Gender and Sex Roles. 2-4 credits. No prerequisite. The implications of gender for social behavior in cross-cultural and historical perspective as well as in contemporary Western society. F

345. Social, Cultural and Historical Perspectives on Sexuality. 2-4 credits. Ne prerequisite. Research by sociologists, cultural anthropologists, social psychologist and historians serves as a basis for examining contemporary American sexual attitudes and behavior within a historical and cross-cultural framework. S

351. Corrections. 3-4 credits. Prerequisite: Soc 101. A course describing the correctional system as a part of the criminal justice system. A survey and discussion o topics dealing with offender behavior, institutional programs and community respons® to ex-offenders. F

352. Aging. 3 credits. No prerequisite. Socialization theory and its implication in’’ the aging process. S

353. Sociology of Death and Dying. 3 credits. No prerequisite. The study of soci*' aspects of death and dying as they involve the individual, the family, organization®' and life-and-death decisions. On demand.

354. Medical Sociology. 3 credits. No prerequisite. Sociological analysis of health care definitions and roles, and the organization, availability and control of heal care. F

355. Drugs and Society. 3 credits. No prerequisite. Social factors affecting U*® and control of self-administered psychoactive drugs, including alcohol, cigai‘6'' ' marijuana and more illicit substances. Topics include social definitions, causes, t trols and consequences of drug problems. S

361. Social Psychology. 4 credits. Prerequisite: Sociology 101 or Psycholo^ (Same course as Psychology 361). The study of individual behavior in its social c text: how the individual acts upon the social environment, is acted upon by the e ronment, and interacts with other individuals. F

366. Collective Behavior. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Sociology 101. Extraordin® social responses to stress: panics, fads, riots, cults and other social movements mass behavior, viewed from several theoretical perspectives. S

407. Political Sociology. 3 credits. Sociologial analysis of political and parap ical groups: voting behavior; political socialization process; power elites, socie and systems of government; power structures. On demand. ^

409. Selected Topics in Sociology. 1-4 credits. No prerequisite. Topics in Socio taught at the senior level On demand.

430. Sociology of Education. 2-3 credits. Analysis of education as a of40U. oocioiogy oi rxiucauon. crtfuits. /ximiysis ui cfuuLatiuii as a — •tion, the school as a social system and the professional and organizationalteachers, the school and problems of the community. On demand.

f varw“436. Social Inequality. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Soc 101. An examination oi j e-forms and modes of portraying human inequality. An investigation of the ro quality in human affairs, its measurement and significance. On demand. ,

437. Population. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Soc 101. A basic consideration o and social demography. The determinants and consequences of population On demand.

450. Deviant Behavior. 3-4 credits. This course examines the nature, tyP®all'

;ous

id

Speech 343

deviant behavior; special emphasis on the process o f social typ- 6- >êgulation of deviance, deviant subcultures, and identities. S

êsl^ Readings in Sociology. 1-5 credits. Prerequisite; Consent of instructor. Usual students who want instruction in subjects not covered adequately in to regi offerings. Specific arrangements must be made with an instructor prior

Spanish(see Languages)

Speech(Spch)

Reiman (Chair), Beach, Brothen, Curry, Fischer, Gill, McCutchen,Penn (Emeritus) and Rendahl

hto Speech offers undergraduate and graduate coursework organ-îevision tracks in public address, interpersonal communication, radio,

that Per ™ speech education. Public address develops skill and knowledge'Uessaee^T* speakers, but understand the strategies people use

of sending and receiving messages, and the impact ' oives ff*® listener. Interpersonal and organizational communication in-® °*'Ps, and persons to be more effective in working with individuals and

uonunun^* °r knowledge and skill in decision-making, leadership, negotiating, prepares persons in an organizational context Radio, television and

®'®etronic med ^';°®ôast careers in those areas, creates an understanding of®Udio equipQ ‘a use in society, and develops the necessary skills for using video and

and H professions, such as business, advertising, public relations,•*‘'®Pare tp»,.i, Speech communication education is a program of study to

Stud middle and secondary leveL' Oeurricuigy mvited to participate in the debate and forensics program. These

ititerpretaV'^^*^* of debate, oratory, discussioa public speaking, radio speaking in intercoil students with an opportunity to apply their knowledge and

Uni tournaments and contests, as well as campus speaking events.w^k stations. KFJM and KFJM/FM. and the UND Television

'•'terview ^ Department of Speech. Students are invited to audition•or positions connected with these facilities.

; With12,'.* ^ Ma j o r i n s p e e c h

'^ ..in clu d in g:

College of Arts and Sciences

■ 0«aerai Q, 7 ‘““ ‘"S' PU* P«g«* 33-39.

thia cauift^^™ (students should check with Department for changes which may have taken >>our. i . * «s published):

incluiiing.


Spch 1 0 1 .................................Fundamentals o f Public Speaking..................................Spch201 .................................Interpersonal Communication.......................................C<mun 300 .............................. Communication in S o c ie ty .............................................Select one area o f emphasis from the following:a. E M PH ASIS IN PU B U C ADDRESS

Spch 203...........................Persuasion........................................................................Spch 206...........................Argumentation and Debate.............................................Spch 302...........................Parliamentary Procedure.................................................Spch 305...........................Discussion and Conference.............................................Spch 306 ...........................Speech ComposiUtm........................................................Spch 408 ...........................RhetCMic o f ntemporary Campaigns and

Movements.....................................................................Speech Electives

b. E M PH AS IS IN IN TERPERSO NAL COM M UNICATIONComm 400.........................Senior Seminar................................................................Jour 207 ...........................Introducti<» to Communication Theory..........................Spch 203 ...........................Po-suasion........................................................................Spch 336...........................Psychology & Communication .......................................Spch 406...........................Organizational Communication.......................................Spch 409...........................Research Methods in Communication.............. ..........

Speech Electives.............................................................(8 hours from Speech or related hours from other deptsj

c. E M PH ASIS IN RAD IO & TE LE V IS IO NSpch 212...........................Introduction to Broadcasting.........................................Spch 215...........................Basic Media Equipment Techniques..............................

A . R a d io .......................................................................B. Television.................................................................C. Sound F ilm ...............................................................

Spch 313...........................Radio & Television W ritin g .............................................Spch 314...........................Audio Production & Announcing...................................Spch 316...........................T.V. Production..............................................................Spch 335...........................Voice. Articulation & Phonetics.....................................Spch 480...........................Ifrojects in Broadcasting.................................................

Speech Electives.............................................................Strongly recommended — Journalism 201*305*308-311 and Computer Science 101.

,<3).(3)

.(3)

.(3)

.(1)

.(31

.(31

.(31,(8)

,(2).(3).(3).(3).(3).(3).(8)

.(3)

.(21..(1)..(1)..(1)

. . (3)

. . (3)

. . (3>

..(31■..(2)..(5J

Other Requirements

In order to meet the requirements of the College o f Arts and Sciences and the Department, students way one of the following opticms:

I. FOREIGN LANG U AG E OPTION

A Level IV proGciency in a language. This may be achieved through testing and receiving credit fo*" studies in high school or by taking two years o f a language.

II . RESEARCH OPTION

Spch 409 ................................ Research Methods in Communication........................12 hours from:

Acct 217 ...........................Fundamentals of Management Information SystemsA cc t2 1 8 ...........................Computer Applications in Business............................Engl 209 ...........................Technical & Business W riting.....................................Econ 210...........................Introduction to Business and Economic Statistics .. ■Econ 310 .........................Intermediate Business and Econonuc Statistics.........Mrkt 311...........................Marketing Research.....................................................PSci 300 ...........................Introduction to Social Research M ethods..................Psy 241............................ Introduction to Statistics ...........................................Soc 323 .............................Sociological Research Methods...................................CSci 1 0 1 ......................... Introduction to Computers.........................................CSci 1 6 0 ......................... Computer Programming I ..........................................CSci 2 0 1 ...........................Fundamentals o f Computer Programming..................CSci 203 ......................... Cmnputer Organization and Programm ing...............CSci 2 1 1 ...........................CcMnputer Programming I I .........................................

I I I . PUBLIC A FF A IR S OPTION

3 hours frmmSpch 404 ...........................Rhetorical Criticism ................................................................Spch 408 ...........................Rhetoric o f Contemporary Campaigns

and M ovem ents....................................................................

15 hours selected from the following in at least 3 departments (Courses elected can not G en ia l Education requirements):

..(3>

..(3>

used to neet

Speech 345

CSci 1 0 1 ............................ Introduction to Com puters........................................C S ci201 ............................. Fundamentals of Computer Programming................pCon 105..............................Elements of Economics...............................................tcon 334 ............................. Economics of Development.........................................

210.............................. Introduction to E th ics ...................................................Phil 309............................... American Philosophy....................................................

252 ............................... Criminology ..............................................................................................Basic Sociological T h eo ry ...........................................

5°^ ................................Formal O rganizations.............................................................................Rural Sociology ............................................................

p ................................Collective B ehav io r.....................................................................................Industrial and Organizational Psychology............................................Social Psychology..........................................................

..............................Econ. Development of US Since 1865.............•J!®^208..............................US 1932 to P re s e n t...................................................

1 ..............................Social & Cultural History, 20th Century, S 152.............................Economic G eograohv..........

37*.............................Cultural DynaSuca....................P&- 0 ..............................International Politica....................................................Pg ! 3 J * .............................Introduction to Planning..............................................P 5^!,3 j ............................. Introduction to Crim inalJustice.................................p ^ 301 ............................. Political Parties & Electoral Problem s......................PSci ..............................American Constitution — Governmental Problemspc^ ..............................American ConsUtution - Civil U berU es..................po . 3 0 ° ............................. Intergovemmenul Relations .....................................PSci 3 j g ............................. 30th Century Ideologiesp S c i j ; " ............................. American Political Thought ..................Ps-j ..............................Foreign Policies of the Major Parties ..PSci 401 ............................. Public A dm inistration............................

............................. Political Opinion and Voting Behavior .

in sp e e c h21 hours, including:

Spch 101Spch 201 ................................... Fundamentals of Public Speaking .Spch 203 ................................... Interpersonal Communication . . . .Spch 305 ' ‘ ■........................... Persuasive Speaking........................Spch 302 ....................................Discussion and Conference..............

....................................Parliamentary P rocedure................Speech E lec tiv es .............................

..(2)

. (21

..(3)

..(3) (21

..(3) .(3)

..(31

..(31 (3) (3)(3)(4) (31 (3) (31 (3) (31 (31 (3) (3) (31 (31 (3) (31 (31 (3) (3) (31 (3)

(31(3)(3)(3)( 1)(81

fiS.ED. Center for Teaching and Learning'VITH A MAJOR IN SPEECH

I p including:• General Gr H •

” • Cnmpletio * ’*®S>‘irenienta, see pages 33-39.The Polina- Center for Teaching and Learning Program in Secondary Education, see page 162. 36 h- Curriculum:„ '•'‘“■■s. including;V h 101 Spch 201 “P<:h 203

206 Spch 302 “P'S 305

306 ?^'>471

1^ 223..TA 2 2 7

Fundamentals of Public Speaking . . Intarpersonal Communication . . . .■ Persuasive Speaking .......................Argumentation and D e b a te ..........

. Parliamentary P rocedure ...............Discussion and Conference.............Speech Composition.........................

. Using Radio and TeleW sion...........• Play Production................................Beginning Oral Interpretation . . . . Beginning A cting..............................

®Pch 404 .....................Psycholog)' of Communication....................Spch 408 ...........................Rhetorical C riticism .......................................1,. .....................Rhetoric of Contemporary Campaigns and‘ A 122 M ovem ents.........TA 225 . i ■.........................M akeup.......................................TA 300 .. .........................Stagecrafts I ...................................................

........................... ... Direction I ............................................

(3)(31(3)(31( 1)

(3)(31(3)(31(3)(3)

(31(31

(31(3)(11(31


TA 329 .............................. Children’s Theatre.........................Engl 219 ............................ Intro to Film........................................Engl 409 ............................ Art of the Cinematic Dram a.............Spch 212 ............................ Introduction to Broadcasting...........Spch 215 ............................ Basic Media Equipment Techniques .

...(3).(1-3)

. . . 12)

It is strongly advised that students planning to teach speech at the high school level participate in the extra-curricular debate and forensics program, and that they have a teaching minor in English.

MINOR IN SPEECHRequired 20 hours, including:

Spch101 .............. FundaiWnt*^* n # P t ih liV .^ p o A ln 'n ^Si)ch201 .............. 1 n tA r p o r « n n A l n A m m iim V a fiA n .................. ...(31Six:h203 .............. p A r a t ia a iv * S p A a lr in ^ ...................... ...13)TA 223 ................ O r a l T r t fa r p r o f .............. ..,(31Spch 302 .............. P a r l i a m o n t a r y P rrv 'AH nrtk ...................... . . . ( «Spch 305 .............. ................... D ia n iA ^ t o n a n d rV m fp r p n r «» ....................... ...(3)

................ ...(<1

Courses101. Fundamentals of Public Speaking. 3 credits. Basic principles of speech froW

the viewpoint of composition and delivery. Emphasis on student performance stres ing original thinking, effective organization and direct communication of ideas, f

201. Introduction to Interpersonal Communication. 3 credits. To acquaint the student with fundamental concepts relative to communication between individual®’ To give insights into the dynamics of interpersonal communication. To aid in under" standing how poeple present themselves to other people, and how others perceive them in return. F,S

203. Persuasive Speaking. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Speech 101 or consent of i” structor. Principles of motivation and techniques utilized in influencing the acceF tance of ideas or actions. Practical experience in the preparation and delivery ® various types of persuasive speeches. S

206. Argumentation and Debate. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Speech 101 or conseu of instructor. Theory and practice in argument involving problem analysis, ing, briefing, organization and evaluation of evidence, methods of proof, resear and process of refutation. F

212. Introduction to Broadcasting. 3 credits. To become generally familiar the origin and history of broadcasting and to become familiar with the operai' ' structure and organization of broadcasting and an overview of the basicsocial, educational and artistic aspects of broadcasting. F,S

ibou‘215. Basic Media Equipment Technique. 1-3 credits. Students will learn 8 equipment, and develop basic operational and technical skills in use and equipment in (a) radio, (b) television, or (c) film. This course is the prerequisi^ most courses in radio-television & film.

280. Intercollegiate Debate. 1 credit. May be repeated to a maximum of 3 g Active participation in the intercollegiate debate program for a complete season-

284. Radio Practicum. 1-2 credits per semester. Credit allowed for supervise graded on-the-job-training in radio. The length and amount of time of practicum be arranged.

285. Tele'vision Production Practicum. 1-2 credits per semester. Only will count toward graduation requirement. Credit allowed for supervised pi"Oo and crew assignments in the Television Center.

Speech 347

302. Parliamentary Procedure. 1 credit. Basic principles of parliamentary proce- ure as used in all types of organizations, meetings, and groups. Emphasis on par- '< >pation in mock meeting situations. F

. 305. Discussion and Conference. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Speech 101 or consent of structor. A theory and performance course in which students learn discussion

®chniques and study small group communication in networks, roles and worknorms task oriented and problem solving projects. F

rh Composition. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Speech 101. Advanced study ofinvention, disposition and style and the application of those principles

ough preparation of speech and speech manuscripts. F^® i® ond Television Writing. 3 credits. Prerequisites: Spieech 101 and

and *** Composition or consent of instructor. Sources, preparation, illustrations fg the broadcast word. Individual and group projects, lecture-discussions,

•ng and monitoring radio and television programs. SProduction and Announcing. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Speech 215. To

theory and techniques of audio production applicable to programming special events and news broadcasting and to provide practice in audio pro-

’on and announcing for both radio and television. S" ®*®vision Production. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Speech 215. Planning, cast-

visi'o* ^srsing, directing and producing telecasts with particular emphasis on tele- <ieinn* P’'oduction techniques and concepts of artistic excellence. Group projects,

*>strations, and discussions. F,S215^^' Television Advertising. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Speech 215A oradvert"* •* °*'* *' instructor. Using radio and television. A study of radio-tvshipg refla tion s and an examination of station, agency, and client relation- adverV critique of content, strategies and production of professional

*®mg and production of radio-tv advertising in various formats. SPhonetics. 3 credits. Studies in phonetics, articula-

P'’onunciation. Designed to improve normal voices. F,SCommunication. 3 credits. Analysis of the nature and function

Patterns'* '^* *°*' interpersonal relationships, special consideration of recurring ®nd ° * °”™unication behavior and the relation among personal characteristics

^^ommunication. F,S

*• 6 0^ 1** ^””’™“"ication in the Elementary Classroom. 3 credits. Development ’’’ant, gro * °"'*’’'**''cation skills of the elementary child involving speech improve-

39l ^ story telling and interpersonal communication. On demand.6 Studies in Speech. 1-3 credits. Repeatable to 6 credits. Prerequi-

'•'structor / j- which they are to study and/or permission of the®a*Pinars in . o*’ group supervised research, inter-departmental studies and

p g ***terpersonal, public speaking, rhetorical theory, radio, television, and

'■he and***f* * ** Criticism. 3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A study Practices in ” wr ®°*'*'®*”P‘'rary development of rhetorical critical standards and

^®haviof Communication. 3 credits. Analysis of communicationrmally structured relationships as it relates to the organization and to

public speaking and communication. S


individuals. Special attention given to organizational style, status, trust and conflict- management. Informal communication networks and rumoring are studied. S

408. Rhetoric of Contemporary Campaigns and Movements. 3 credits. Analysis of contemporary public address; a study of the leading speakers, their speeches and the impact on our political, social legal and religious life, and the rhetoric of mass movements, including power, protest and conciliation. F

409. Research Methods in Communication. 3 credits. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. A general consideration of the methodology of historical, descriptive and experimental research; comp>arisons of the values, utility and limitations of these approaches for specific types of communication research. Attention will be given to in perpreting research; judging the appropriateness of research designs for speciW communication problems and estimating the values, if any, of specific types e research for specific questions. F

415. Advanced Broadcast Performance. 2 credits. Theory and practices in sn nouncing, interviewing, media discussion, emceeing, special events reporting, com mercials and copy reading for radio and television.

416. Radio and Television Programming and Management. 2 credits. Prereqni site: Speech 212. Problems of programming the broadcasting station; techmc® problems, radio and television as an advertising medium, commerical relations iP and analysis of the listening public. On demand.

418. Television Direction. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Speech 316 or consent of tor. Directing and planning a variety of types of telecasts with particular emp on identifying and controlling the aesthetic elements in the total telecast.

442. Qnematography. 3 credits. Prerequisite: Speech 215 or consent oftor. A Study of production techniques of motion picture scenaric writing, composition, shooting and editing. Laboratory experience in studio and loca > shooting of news, documentary, educational and dramatic films. F

471. Using Radio and Television. 3 credits. Studying methods of utilizing tional television and the basic principles of preparing and presenting instructm programs. S ^

480. Projects in Broadcasting. 1-2 credits per semester. Maximum of 4 creo Prerequisites: Speech 215, 284, 285, 314, 316 and other courses in either ''®“ ' television. Application of broadcasting principles through preparation, or administrative assignments in radio and television on a regular basis. Qu® tlons determine assignments. F,S

K

Statistics 349

Speech Pathology and Audiology

(See Communication Disorders)

StatisticsM i n o r

3

M. Winger (Adviser) IN STATISTICS (Plan A)

semesters of calculus (Math 211. 212, 213) as prerequisite.9 hours, including:

3 W sV rom -^^...........................SU tistical Theory I. II

..................................B iom etry.........................................................................g. ................................Basic Computer A^^licattons in Education..........

CTl t i c .................. .............Advanced Computer Applications in Education .Pts, ............................... Educational Statistics 11 ............................................

.(6 )

....................•ChE Ri^................................Non-parametric S u t is t ic s .........................................Econaio ............................. Design of Engineering Experiments........................Econ K i n ............................... Intermediate Business and Economic Su tis tics .•Pxp . ............................... Econom etrics............................•EE 411Math t o A ................................Communications Engineering..............................

Math 4IR ............................. Topics in Applied Math (when appropriate). . .P ,y541 ............................. Topics in S ta tis t ic s ................................................Psy 5^ 2..................................Advanced Univariate S te t is tk a ..........................Psy 543 ........................... Test Construction aird Multivariate Analysis .Soc 6 2 1 ..................................Experimental D esign ..............................................

•I„j. ..................................Advanced Analytical M ethods............................'***s calculus as a prerequisite.

. . (3)

. . (3 )

. . (3 )

. . . ( 3)

. . (2)

. . (31

. . . ( 3)

. . (3)

. . (31

. . . ( 3 )

. . (3)

...(31 . (1-3)

. . . ( 3 )

. . (31 . (3). . (3)

STATISTICS (Plan B)I . Mathematics, and Math 204. Survey of Calculus as prerequisites. • *3 hours from;

S3'513.^ 5 1 4^ S l 6

N,

Ec(

. Biometry........................................................................

. Basic Computer Applications in Education . . . .

. Advanced Computer Applications in Education.Educational Su tistica II .........................................Non-parametric Statistics.

than 1 claas from! Engineering Experiments

(3)(31(3)(31

.(2)(3)

^sy 241 ...............................Elementary Business and Economic Statistics .Soc 326 ■ ■'

“1 310

i '« h 4 0 3

^ « h 4 l6 '!!^ «h 42 i

> d a t h 4 2 2

(31■ Inlroduction to S u t i s t i a ......................................................................... (4|.Sociological S u t i s t i c s .....................................................................................(3)■ InUrmedisU Business and E^ctmomic S u tis tic s ..............................................(3)■ Econom etrics.............................................................................................................(3)■ Communications Enginem ng.......................................... (3)■ Su tistical Sam pling............................................................................................... (3)Theory of P robability .............................................................................................(3)

■ Topics in Applied Math (when appropriate).................................................... (3)-Topics in S u tis t ic s .............................................................................................. (1.3)■ Su tistical Theory I ................................................................................................. (3)■ Su tistical Theory I I ...............................................................................................(3)


P s y 5 4 l ...................................Advanced Univariate Statistics......................Psy 542 ...................................Test Construction and Multivariate Analysis.Psy 543 ...................................Experimental Design.......................................Soc 521 .................................. Advanced Analytical Methods........................*Indicates calculus as a prereqmsite.

.13)

.(3),13),(3)

Swedish(See Languages)

Theatre Arts(TA)

L Hill (Chair), Bennett, Byrne, Engle, Heiman, Jacobsen, ThornburghThe Department of Theatre Arts strives to promote integration of the creativ®

arts for the campus, community and region by fostering a climate of creativity a” cultural emdchment, and instilling an appreciation and understanding of theatre, drama and dance in our students, faculty and the community. By serving the unive sity academically and culturally, training in theatre offers diverse practical aesthetic assets whether the student has professional or non-professional aspiratioi'^ Participation and training in theatre arts seeks to develop in the student profession quality and an understanding of the creative process in the performance and technical areas of the theatre arts.

The Department of Theatre Arts in the College of Fine Arts a t the University North Dakota is the only department in any institution of higher learning in State of North Dakota which is dedicated exclusively to the theatre arts A diversified faculty are personally involved in and teach the various areas oi theatre arts, Le., playwriting, acting, directing, creative dramatics, children’s thea oral interpretation, history, dramatic literature, and technical theatre, *ncluo' costuming, set design, lighting, make-up, etc. Teacher training is provided thro a coordinated program with the Center for Teaching and Learning.

The curriculum of the Department of Theatre Arts provides students with tunities to pursue either of the undergraduate degrees of Bachelor of Arts, Bac of Fine Arts, or Bachelor of Science in Education, and the Master of Arts degt®® the graduate level Major concentrations in most of the Theatre Arts areas the preceding paragraph are available to candidates for any of the pjeOdegrees, although the curriculum assures a well-rounded experience in the c j discipline and the other fine arts. The Bachelor of Fine Arts is a jgsodegree, and it requires a higher level of proficiency in theatrical production an appropriate preparation of students who desire theatrical careers.

The composite major in English and Theatre Arts, an option in the B.A- program, combines a balanced program of literature courses with a perio approach to the study of literature. Collectively the major allows the investigation of texts with an experiential means of participating in the experience. Prospective teachers of English, students of oral interpretati those interested in literature as creative expression are served by this prog*

Theatre Arts

I.II.

> i i . (6)

351

The instructional program of the Department is integrated with the production Programs of the University Theatre which provides broad practical experience for Pe students in theatre arts. The University Theatre company produces four major

^amatic productions during the academic year, including a children’s theatre pro- action. During each summer session, three major productions are produced by the ununer Festival Theatre Company, which is staffed with theatre students. Summer 'Pends are also available. Direction of all productions is by either faculty members Kuest professionals. Advanced students, working with faculty advisement, stage

^Cfkshop (experimental) productions each year. The Department brings in theatre .°*®®®'onals, distinguished scholars, and artists each season in such areas as

ccting, acting, criticism, and design. Residencies have included Donald May, Ch’^ Hudson, Orlin Corey, Del Unruh, and Peter Schumann. The, Theatre program provides live theatre experiences for thousands of

^ ' dren in the Greater Grand Forks area and beyond. The Chester Fritz Auditorium nu' k* a regular program of traveling professional productions, for which a St students in the Department serve as technicians and members of the

ge crews. The One-Act-Play Festival for regional high schools is an annual event ""sored by the Department.

the Department are located in the Burtness Theatre and in adja- the "®"dler Hall. In addition to the fully-equipped, 400 seat, proscenium-stage and Burtness facility, there are a set-construction shop, costume shop,studio ^®®'S6at Arena Studio Theatre. The Chandler Hall facilities include: a dance stQ classroom and rehearsal spaces, a design studio and shops, and office and

Department has access to the 2,300 seat Chester Fritz Auditor- stage fi stage, which is fully equipped with an elevator lift fore-

' ynnes, stage house and sophisticated sound and lighting systems.

B p College of Fine Arts^ m a j o r in t h e a t r e a r t s

125 hours including;era Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

of P' Af)j R«iuirements, see page 97 including:Tk T. Disciplines (other than Theatre Arts!......................................................

Following Curriculum;130..

TA490 ..............................Play Production..................................................................................(2)10 hours ............. Senior Project..................................................................................... (4)

200 following:"TA 48l ............................... Rehearsal & Performance (Maximum 8) .............................................. (1)6 hours .................................Theatre Practicum (Maximum 8) ......................................................(1*2|

®®ch in 2 of the following 4 areas and 9 hours each in the other 2 of the 4 areas:


TA328.................................... Acting II .....................................TA402.................................... Acting I I I .....................................TA 425.................................... Play Direction I I ..........................

History & LiteratureTA 250.................................... Readings in Dramatic Literature .TA3S0.................................... Contemporary T heatre................TA 422.................................... American Theatre H istory..........TA 423.................................... History of Theatre I ....................TA 424.....................................History of Theatre I I ....................

..131

..131

..(31

..121

..(3)...|3I..131

...|3I

Oral Interpretation & Childrens TheatreTA223.................................... Oral Interpretation.................................TA 229.................................... Creative Dramatics.................................TA 324.................................... Advanced Oral Interpretation................TA 329.................................... Children's Theatre...................................TA 434.................................... Studies in Group Interpretation..............Electives in Theatre Arts Imay not include TA 1211................................

.. .131..................................... .(31.................................... ..(31.................................... ..(31................................... ;;..i3i

ELECTIVES ................................................................................................................................... , ■ ■At least 9 credits must be in Music and'or Visual Arts and not less than 10 credits in disciplines other fine arts.

College of Arts and SciencesB.A. WITH A MAJOR IN THEATRE ARTSRequired 125 hours including:

L G ena^ Graduation Requiremrats, see pages 33*39.II. The Following Curriculum:

33 hourse including:TA 130.................................... Play Production.............................................TA 200.................................... Rehearsal A Performance..............................TA 223.................................... Beginning Oral Interpretation......................TA225.................................... Stagecrafts I .................................................TA 226.................................... SUgecrafts I I .................................................TA227.................................... Acting I .........................................................TA 250.................................... Readings in Dramatic Literature..................TA 300.................................... Play Direction I ..............................................TA423.................................... H istay of Theatre I ......................................TA 424.................................... History of Theatre I ! ......................................6 hours from the following:TA122.................................... Makeup I ....................................TA222.................................... Makeup II ..................................TA 229.................................... Creative Dramatics....................TA 324.................................... Advanced Oral Interpretation ..TA 325.................................... Scenecraft....................................TA 336.................................... Lighting for Stage 11..................TA 328.................................... Acting II ...................................TA 329.................................... Children’s Theatre......................TA 425.................................... Play Direction I I ........................TA 426.................................... Scene Design for S tag e ..............TA 434.................................... Studies in Group Interpretation.TA 481....................................Theatre Practicum.......................TA 498.................................... I^yw riting..................................Required in other departments:Level IV proficioKy in a foreign language.

B.A. WITH A COMPOSITE MAJOR IN ENGLISH AND THEATRE ART®Required 125 hours including:

L General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.II. The Following Curriculum:

40 major hours, including:TA 130.................................... Play Production...................................................................... ‘ !. • • ‘TA 223.................................... Beginning Oral Interpretation....................................................

Theatre Arts 353

*^^227....................................... Acting 1 ............................................................................................................... (3)^ OrTA 300....................................... Play D irection ..................................................................................................... (3)

324....................................... Advanced Oral In te rp reta tion ..........................................................................(3)434 ........................................Studies in Group Interpretation....................................................................... (3)

Upper Division Theatre Arts E lec tiv es ............................................................................................................... (6)(At least two of those hours should include work in some technical aspect of theatre.l S'6 hours from Introductory literature courses preferably:

251 ....................................Analysis of Literature I ..................................................................................(2-3)^^gl252 ....................................Analysis of Literature 1 1 ................................................................................(2-3)3 hours from:p 813 1 6 ...................................Shakespeare......................................................................................................... (3)^ "8 1 3 1 6 ...................................Shakespeare......................................................................................................... (3)^1'12 hours from uppo* divisi<m literature or creative writing courses reflecting historical and generic variety. In t^ s te d students may select a project coordinating work in Theatre Arts and English in their senior year ^ may enroll in TA 490 or English 398. The project should have the ap|»^val of the student’s major ad* ^ r a . A coordinator from each Department will supervise the composite major and the students in it. Level

proficiency in a language other than English or comparable work in lin ^ is tic s is required.

^unor IN THEATRE ARTS^^u ired 23 hours, including; T A 130 ...TA20oTA223TA225■rA227TA250TA300

........................... Play Production...............................

........................... Rehearsal & Perform ance..............

........................... Beginning Oral Interpretation . . .

........................... Stagecrafts 1 ..................................

........................... Acting I ...........................................

........................... Readings in Dramatic Literature .

........................... Play Direction I ...............................the following;

........................................History of Theatre..........................

........................................History of T heatre ..........................®ors from the following;

TA 122Ta 229........................................Makeup for Theatre & Television .TA324........................................Creative D ram atics........................Ta 33g....................................... Advanced Oral Interpretation . . .Ta 328....................................... Lighting for Stage I I ......................TA329....................................... Acting II .........................................Ta 425................................... - • ■ Children's T hea tre ..........................Ta 428....................................... ... Direction I I ............................Ta 434........................................Scene Design for S ta g e ..................Ta 481....................................... Studies in Group Interpretation..Ta 498....................................... Theatre Practicum ..........................

.............................Playwriting.......................................

(21(II(3)(31

.(31(21(31

(31(3)

(11(31(3)(21(3)(3)(31(3)(31(11(3)

® SEd Center for Teaching and LearningRequired ^ MAJOR IN THEATRE ARTS

I 125 hours including;

The C * Requirements, see pages 33-39.III. "wi Center for T . vThe p *®«chmg snd Learning Program in Secondary Educati<»i. Requirements, see page 162.

‘“"ung Curriculum;

. Theatre Practicum .

. Children’s T hea tre . ■ Senior Project . . . .

Ta 281,Ta 329 .................................Ta 4 9 0 . ] '...............................20 hoilPaTa i 22 ^ following:

223. ............................... Makeup for Theatre & Television.£^225. ............................... Beginning Oral InterpreUtioo .£^227. . ; .........

s a - -K g : - ' - :

S ta ^ r a f t s I. Acting I ..................................... Advanced Oral Interpretation. Play Direction I ................... .....Acting II ................................... Contemporary T h e a tre ...........

(4)(3)(4)

(11(31(31(3)(3)(31(31(3)


TA 415................................... Selected Problems in Theatre Artsand Interpretation................................

TA 424................................... HisUwy of the Theatre: 17th Century tothe P r ^ n t .............................................

TA 434................................... Studies in Group Interpretation..............TA 498................................... Playwriting..............................................

.U-3)

..(3>

..13)

..(3)

B.S.ED. WITH COMBINED MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND THEATRE ARTS

For curriculum outline see page 161 under the Center for Teaching and Learning.

Courses121. Introduction to Theatre Arts. 3 credits. Basic orientation and historical

spective including physical attributes, styles, the relationship of playwright, director, actor, designer, and producer as it relates to current theatre practice. F,S

122. Makeup for Theatre and Television. 1 credit. Principles of theatrical television makeup with practical experience in class and laboratory participation University production. F,S

130. Play Production. 2 credits. Introduction to basic principles, theory, techniques of theatrical performance. For prospective majors and minors. F.S

200. Rehearsal and Performance. 1 credit. Participation in theatre performance® under faculty direction. Repeatable to 8 hours. F.S

210. Selected Topics in Theatre and Interpretation. 1-3 credits. Repeatable up 9 credits. Topics of special interest to faculty and students in all areas of theatre a interpretation. On demand.

222. Advanced Makeup. 1 credit. Prerequisite: TA 122 or consent of instruct®'’' A continuation of 122 with emphasis on the use of putty, rubber, adhesives, wa*’ wigs, national types, and non-realistic styles. F/2

223. Beginning Oral Interpretation. 3 credits. Oral reading of literature to an understanding of the intellectual and emotional content of literature and to c municate this meaning to a listener. F.S

225. Stagecrafts I. 3 credits. Designed to familiarize the student with craft® a technologies of production: scenery construction, costume construction, paint' lighting equipment, sound techniques. Practical experience, shop procedures safety practices are tied to lab experience in University productions.

T 1®226. Stagecrafts II. 3 credits. The course builds on the skills of Stagecrafts •

lent'

introduces the student to the design process and methods of presentation ideas, costume patterning, and lighting theory. Prerequisite: TA 225 and TA Laboratory experience in University productions. S

227. Acting I. 3 credits. Basic principles of acting with emphasis on movem basic character development through improvisation and script. F

228. Introduction to Child Drama. 3 credits. Introduction to methods and i"® rials of creative drama and children’s theatre. F.S

229. Creative Dramatics. 3 credits. Techniques of creative dramatics for eh' with laboratory application. F/2

250. Readings in Dramatic Literature. 2 credits. Directed readings in literature from various periods with emphasis on script analysis and interpr® for production. S/2

Theatre Arts 355

300. Play Direction I. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 5 credits in dramatic literature * ourses and TA 227 or equivalent acting experience or consent of instructor. Principles and techniques of directing for the theatre. Student laboratory directing ®*periences. S

314. Vocal Performance Techniques. 3 credits. Vocal and articulatory skills are '•ght through a study of phonetics and the use of physical exercises and perfor-

>nance. F/2324. Advanced Oral Interpretation. 3 credits. Intensive preparation of literature

'■ oral presentation. A study of theatrical techniques for the presentation of non- ■■sinatic literature. On demand.

325. Scenecraft. 3 credits. Specialized construction and rigging of scenery, ad- nced technology applications to the stage, drafting projects and practical problem

oiving. Prerequisites: TA 225 and TA 226. On demand.Th Stage 1.2 credits. Prerequisite: TA 225 or consent of instructor.

® principles, mechanics and design of stage and television lighting; its relation- 'P to set, makeup and costume design; plus laboratory participation jn University

P’ oductions. F/2II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: TA 227 or consent of instructor. Applica-

** of the skills of acting to the various types and styles of dramatic literature. SChildren’s Theatre. 3 credits. Repeatable up to 6 hours. The production of

Prohl* children; the history of children’s theatre; selection and analysis of scripts: ®ms of directing and acting; laboratory work producing plays for children. S/2

^ “"^c^Pocary Theatre. 3 credits. Analysis of trends and developments of op st from Ibsen’s realistic plays to recent avant-garde dramas with emphasis

®8ing problems, literary value and audience appeal S/2^Of Th’ '**'*'“* Stage II. 2 credits. Prerequisite: TA 225, or consent of instruc- desiff * is specifically designed to develop a lighting asethetic for directors, P'ps la •'Cchnicians. There will be a script analysis with practical application,

oratory participation in University Theatre productions. F/2^ Prerequisite: TA 328. Intensive work in individual and

*^echniques with study and practice of characterization and movement in 'Od and Style. F/2

8ble ^ Problems in Theatre Arts and Interpretation. 1-3 credits. Repeat-®*'6ani o*'odits. Topics of special interest to faculty and students such as Theatre advanced Management, Pantomime, Technical Theatre and Costuming. For

422^ '*”‘ ®’’8’'oduates or graduates. On demand.Theatre History. 3 credits. The development of Theatre Arts in

rom Colonial times to the present. S/2 423. Hi

^ ®atre in * Theatre: Classical Medieval and Renaissance. 3 credits. The*' *'*''8 St The origins of theatrical forms and their relationships to

424 ■ theatre and audience with the cultural environment. Fpj'* *** Theatre: Seventeenth Century to the Present. 3 credits. S

Hfrection II. 3 credits. Prerequisite: TA 300 or consent of instructor. A of TA 300 with emphasis on style. Laboratory experience. S


426. Scene Design for the SUge. 3 credits. Repeatable up to 6 hours. Prerequisites: TA 225 and 226 or equivalent. Review of leading contemporary stage and television designers such as Appia, Craig, R.E. Jones, Mielziner, Svobode and Ming Ch® Lee. In addition to the theoretical study, students will create individual projects m scene design. A strong emphasis is placed on reinforcing “action” of script with physical setting. On demand.

434. Studies in Group Interpretation. 3 credits. A study of the adaptation and performance of scripts for Readers Theatre, Chamber Theatre, and other group formances, including choral reading. Laboratory experiences in performances for audiences outside the classroom will be provided. F/2

481. Theatre Practicum. 1-2 credits. Repeatable to 8 hours. Projects in all areas of theatre and interpretation in a supervisory capacity. Specific assignments in pr®" duction/planning with faculty approval. F,S

490. Senior Project. 4 credits. Individual work in an approved area. Required ®f all BFA majors in Theatre Arts. F,S

498. Playwriting. 3 credits. Repeatable up to 6 hours. Prerequisites: Sufficj®'’ background in theatrical arts and creative writing and consent of instructor. T playwright’s problems as revealed through practice of writing plays; experimen productions of the student’s creative work whenever possible. S,F

Visual Arts(V A )

R. Schaefer (Chair), Auyong, Fundingsland, Kapaun, Kelley, McCleery, McElroy, Miller, Paulsen, Rogers

The Department of Visual Arts provides opportunities for both the potential pf fessional practitioner and the appreciator to study in the various disciplines a media of the visual arts. The broad categories of study are: two-dimensional painting, printmaking) and three-dimensional (ceramics, sculpture, fibers, g" history of visual arts, and visual-arts education. A core of study in the (fundamentals) of the visual arts is followed by the development of skills and nical knowledge in the various media. These are prerequisite to the ultimate obj® of nurturing growth in conceptual ability and creative production. The Edmun^^ Hughes Fine Arts Center provides specialized studios and opportunities for w® the various visual-arts media.

The Department of Visual Arts in the College of Fine Arts of the University accredited institutional member of the National Association of Schools of Af Design in Division II.

College of Fine ArtsB.FA. WITH MAJOR IN VISUAL ARTSRequired 129 hours including;

I. General Graduatico Requirements, see pages 33-39.II . College of Fine Arts Requirements, see page 97 including:

Electives in Fine Arts Disciplines (other than Visual A rts ) .................

Visual Arts 357

The Following Curriculum:

_ All BFA degree majors in visual arts have a minimum requirement of 12 credits * History of Visual Arts courses, (Phil 356, Aesthetics, may be taken in partial

Ifillment of Art History requirement), and 66 credits in Visual Arts Practicum ® udio) courses. Distribution of those credits is as follows:

..(31(3-3)(2-21..(3)

Core Requirements:

........................................Basic Techniques.................................................................................r, A 131................................. Basic Drawing.......................................................................................Va 11^. - ...........................Basic D esign ........................................................................................

® credits from:

210. 211, 212 ...................... Survey: History of Western A r ts ............................................................... (3-3-3I12 credits from:

............................... Sculpture 1 .......................................................................................................(3.3)Va ^1®’ 211 or 212 .................. Survey: History of Western A r ts ...................................................... (3)

............................... ............................................................................................................................ <3-3)VA OAO ■ O; i ............................... Anatomy...............................................................................................................(3)Va «?■ ................................Printmaking I ...................................................................................................(3.3)y . ^^1....................................... Ceramics 1: G eneral............................................................................................ (3)Va ........................................Ceramics I: T hrow ing........................................................................................(3)Va 5?? ■ " ................................Photography....................................................................................................... (3)VA27K....................................... Lettering & C alligraphy.................................................................................... (3)VA 277 ....................................... Surface D esign.....................................................................................................(3)

' ‘ ....................................... Beginning F ib e rs .................................................................................................(3)f^''®*'cement to upper*division status, all B.F.A. candidates are subject to a sophomcse review and

«tion by the Visual ArU faculty.M®ior Area CoursesAt 1

®ast 24 credits must be completed (including 2(X)-level courses) in one of the following media areas:CeramicsDrauang

Design (Jewelry/fibers)

PaintingPrintmaking

Sculpture

students are required to complete a MINIMUM of 39 credits in courses selected from the “«wing list:yA 302J^A304

306yA3i5VA316V A322H 332VA340VA342VA344

Va ?*' V 363 yA355

^ 3 ? }

VA434'^A49o

............................... Sculpture I I .......................................................................................................(3-3)

............................... Jewelry & Small Sculpture 1,11 ...................................................................(3*3)

............ ' ....................... American Art &. Architecture...........................................................................(3)■ • ................................. Contemporary A rt Concepts..............................................................................(3)

I I I ............................... Painting I I ......................................................................................................... (3-3)m ............................... Figure Drawing................................................................................................ (3-3)

............................... Printmaking; Lithography............................................................................. (3-3)J ............................... Printmaking: Intaglio..................................................................................... (3-3)

......................................Ceramics 11: S cu lp tu re ......................................................................................(3)

..................................... Ceramics II: T h row ing ......................................................................................(3)

..................................... Clay & Glazes...................................................................................................... (3)

..................................... Concepts in Visual Arts E ducation .................................................................(2)

..................................... Advanced F ib e rs ................................................................................................ (3)«■ ..................................Brush Painting and Sign L e tte ring ................................................................. (3)

^ ...............................Workshop (options).......................................................................................... (2-2)...................History of Art (selected subjects).................................................................(1-4)

... ....................... Art Histwy: 1900 to P resent......................................................................... (3-3)®......................... .. Com position....................................................................................................(3-3)

..................................... Special Proj/Indep, Research.......................................................................(2-12)(variable c r ^ i t dependent upon s c c ^ of project)

®?lecf are required to present a graduate exhibition with the approval of their faculty adviser.^'ectiv^ ^^vel) ..........................................................................................................................(5)® ®ctives m ^^P^**®* othw than visual arta with not more than 9 credits in other fine arts disciplines; these

®y be employed to fulfill the requirement for teacher certification............................................ (19)

413.


College of Arts and SciencesB.A. WITH MAJOR IN VISUAL ARTSRequired 125 hours including;

I. General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33*39.II. The Fdlowing Curriculum of 48 major credits:

All BA degree majors in visual arts have a minimum requirement of 9 credits i® History of Visual Arts courses. (Phil 356, Aesthetics, may be taken in partial fulfil ' ment of Art History requirement) and 39 credits in Visual Arts Practicum (studio) courses. Distribution of those credits is as follows:

Core Requirements:VA 108........................................Basic Techniques .VA 130, 131............................... Basic Drawing. . .VA 173, 174............................... Basic D esign___6 credits from:VA 210. 211,212........... . Survey: History of Western Arts .Plus a t least 9 credits in the following:VA 200. 201............................... Sculpture! ............................ ..........................................................VA 220, 221............................... Painting I .........................................................................................VA 230, 231............................... Figure A natom y...............................................................................VA 240, 241............................... Printmaking I ...................................................................................VA 251....................................... Ceramics I: G eneral...........................................................................VA 253.......................................Ceramics I: T hrow ing.......................................................................VA 260.......................................Slide Photography.............................................................................V A 274........................................Lettering & C alligraphy..................................................................VA 276.......................................Surface D esign....................................................................................VA 277.......................................Beginning F ib e rs ................................................................................Upper-level students are required to complete a MINIMUM of 20 credits in courses selected foltowing list:VA 302.303...............................Sculpture I I ........................................................................................VA 304, 305............................... Jewelry & Small Sculpture I. II ...................................................VA 306,307............................... Advanced Jewelry & Small Sculpture. I, I I .................... ............VA 315........................................Anwrican Art A Architecture..........................................................VA 316........................................Contemporary A rt Concepts............................................................VA 322,323...............................Painting I I ..........................................................................................VA 332, 333...............................Figure Drawing.................................................................................VA 340, 341................................Printmaking; Lithography..............................................................VA 342.343................................Printmaking: Intaglio......................................................................VA 344.345................................Printmaking: Serigraphy................................................................V A 351.......................................Ceramics II: S cu lp tu re .....................................................................V A 353.......................................Ceramics II:T h ro w in g .....................................................................V A 355.......................................Clay A Glazes......................................................................................VA 361........................................Concepts in Visual Arts E ducation ...............................................V A 371.......................................Advanced F i b m ...............................................................................VA 375........................................Brush Lettering Sign Pain ting .......................................................VA 391, 392...............................Wcvkshop {(^tions).........................................................................V A 410........................................History of A rt (selected subjects).................................................VA 412, 413............................... A rt History: 1900 to P resent..........................................................VA 434,435................................C om position.....................................................................................VA 490........................................Special Proj/Indep. Research (variable

credit dependent upon sc< ^ of project)........................................

TEACHER CERTIFICATIONTo be eligible for Secondary Teacher Certification in the B.F.A. or

grams, a student must complete the Center for Teaching and Learning Seco® Education IVogram listed on page 162.

| .1 2 I

MINOR IN VISUAL ARTSRequired 22 hours including:V A llO , 130, 131.173 and 174 .........................................................................................................9 hours from the following: A rt History. Ctt^mics, Drawing. Fibers. Jewelry, Painting, Sculpture

printifl®^

IlSliliin*'

.(3-3-3I

13-3113-31(3-31(3-3)

(31.(31.(31.(31,(3I,(3ithe

(3-31(3-31(3-31.(31(31

(3-31(3-31(3-31(3-31(3-31

(31.(31.131.(».(31.(31

(J.2)l-«l3-3)3-31

Visual Arts 359

Center for Teaching and Learning^ S.ED. W ITH MAJOR IN VISUAL ARTS^ u ired 125 hours including;

General Graduation Requirements, see pages 33-39.

Teaching and Learning program in Secondary Education Requirements, see page 162.Must include CTL 400 Methods and Materials in Visual A r ts ................................................................... (3)

■ The Following Curriculum:

requirement o f 9 credits in History o f Visual Arts courses.(Phil 356. Aesthetics, may be taken in partial fulfillment o f A rt History requirement.)

Minimum requirement o f 39 credits in Visual Arts Practicum (studio) courses.

^*■ 6 (required of all majors):

.................................... Basic Techniques..................... (3)A 130,131.............................Basic Drawing.......................................................................................... (3-3)^ 173,174.............................Basic D esign ............................................................................................(2-2)

6 credits from:

210.211, 212.....................Survey: History o f Western A r ts .........................................................(3 3-3)

at least 9 credits in the following:

V a .............................Sculpture 1 .............. (3-3)

Va « ? ' .............................Printmaiung I .......................................................................................... (3-3)Y . ^^1.................................... Ceramics I: General.................................................................................... (3)VA .................................... Ceramics 1: Th row ing................................................................................ (3)Va 97? .................................... .. Photography.....................................................................................(3)VA 27ft.................................... Let tering & Calligraphy.............................................................................(3)V ^ „ '^ .................................... Surface Desipi on F ab r ic ...........................................................................(3)

' ‘ .................................... Beginning F ibers....... ............................................................. (3)®jor Area Courses:

*tud multifaceted aspects o f art instruction requirements on the middle-school/secondary level,Braw^^ should develop self-reliance in the following six studio areas: Ceramics. Design, Jewelry/Fabrics,

Painting, Printmaking, Sculpture.

Va 49Q.................................. Concepts in Visual Arts Education.......................................................... (2)l 4. i « ....................................... Special Projects.'Visual Arts Education..................................................(2-4)

«ours electives from following list:

V i 2” ^' ..................... Sculpture I I ........................................................................................ (3-3)V a ..................... Jewelry & Small Sculpture I, I I ......................................................... (3-3)V A ^ 1 ’ ..................... Advanced Jewelry & Small Sculpture 1,11.......................... (3-3)Y a « J ® .............................American Art & Architecture............................................................... (3)

..................... P a in U n g l l^ ..................................................................................... (3-3)Va 2 ^ ^ ..................... Figure Draw ing................................................................................. (3-3)Va ..................... Printmaking; Lithography................................................................. (3-3)Va ..................... Printmaking; In taglio .........................................................................(3-3)

..................... Printmaking: Serigraphy................................................................... (3-3)Va *»cJ .............................Ceramics II: Sculpture.......................................................................... (3)Va .jK r.............................Ceramics II: Throwing.............................................................. (3)V a ^ J .............................Clay & G lazes........................................................................................ (3)VAr>7 i .............................Concepts in Visual Arts Education....................................................... (2)Va 37e .............................Advanced Fibers .................................................................................. (3)Va iQi »............................Brush Lettering & Sign P a in tin g ......................................................... (3)Va 4i 1 '^ ^ ^ .....................Workshop (options)............................................................................ (2-2)Va 4i o .............................History o f Art (selected subjects) ..................................................... (1-4)Va 4oT‘ 1 ^ ^ ..................... A rt History: 1900 to Presen t............................................................. (3*3)Va 49q’ ’ ^ ® .....................Composition........................................................................................ (3-3)

.............................Special Proj/Indep. Research (variablec iW it dependent upon scope o f p ro jec t)........................................ ( 1*12 )

“iNoa22 h '^*SUAL ARTS EDUCATION (Middle or Secondary)

®ur, requir,^ foUows:

V "0 .yA ............................ Understanding ArtVa i - - ' * ' ’ * ......... D..;..rw— —

........................................................................(3)i 173* 17: .............................Basic Drawings........................................................................................(3-3)

Hourg’fro i L .......... ........... BasicDesign............................................................................................ (2-2)m following: Ceramics, Painting. F ib o^ Jewelry, Printmaking, Sculpture


B.S.ED DEGREE, WITH A COMBINED MAJOR IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION AND VISUAL ARTS _

For curriculum outline see page 161 under the Center for Teaching and Learning'

Courses;nd100. Beginning Sculpture. 3 credits. Introduction to sculptural processes a

concepts designed to expand on the individual’s experience and interests. F,S108. Basic Techniques. 3 credits. A course designed to encourage the student to

investigate the possibilities and the limitations of various media, tools and tec niques utilized by the artist. A portion of the course will be devoted to the operati^ of power machinery and hand tools. The sequence experience would be closely relate® to classes in design and elementary art and would help equip the student for advance courses in any area. F,S

110. Introduction to the Understanding of Art. 3 credits. Films, original work slides, discussions, demonstrations. Structure and meaning of visual art forms a revealed through the analysis of psychological, sociological and philosophical apP cations of art mediums. F,S ^

120, 121. Drawing and Painting Studio. 3 credits. No prerequisites. For students. Basic problems in drawing and painting including work from still . model and the landscape, using a wide range of black and white and colored me ' ' sculptural problems, slides and demonstrations. F,S

130,131. Basic Drawing. 6 credits. Form, proportion, composition, and tive covering a wide range of media and subjects; experimentation in line and c® quality; figure work. F,S

151. Beginning Ceramics. 3 credits. For general students (majors take 251)' ficiency in the basic hand forming processes and glazing techniques and an un standing of the clay and firing processes are achieved through lectures, discussi® demonstrations, and readings. F,S

173,174. Basic Design. 4 credits. Components of design and their application the fine and applied arts; two and three dimensional problems in various media-

200, 201. Sculpture 1.6 credits. Prerequisites: 108,174. First Semester, in clay from the figure, imaginative composition; analysis of mass rhythm continuity; armature construction; casting techniques for plaster; surface tex and tintings. Second Semester, sculptural compositions with direct work in me shaping, bending, cutting, welding, brazing and other structural consideration

210, 211, 212. Art History Survey. 6 credits. A three semester survey of^^y history of western art from paleolithic times to the present. May be entere semester. F,S

220, 221. Painting 1.6 credits. Prerequisites: 130,131. Elementary ®*P®’’*'?j*on5, tion with oil painting and associated media with emphasis upon creative compoai using models, still-life subjects and imaginative contemporary art expressions-

230,231. Figure Anatomy. 6 credits. Prerequisites: 130,131. Analytical from skeletal, planimetric, and model sources as a basis toward the developed co

Visual Arts 361

tension of the figure. The course considers varied media, varied technique, and varied ®Pproaches to gaining an independent ability to conceptualize the human form. F,S

240, 241. Printmaking I. 6 credits. A survey of various print media, inclusive of intaglio processes for use on zinc and plexiglas, wood block and linoleum print, the noUagraph and serigraph print methods. Print presentation and a survey of the •Ustory of printmaking are included in the course. F,S

251. Ceramics I; General. 3 credits. This is a beginning course for Visual Arts ***®joi‘s only. Proficiency in the basic hand forming processes and glazing techniques ® d an understanding of the clay and firing processes are achieved through lectures, iscussions, demonstrations, and readings. F,S

253. Ceramics I: Throwing. 3 credits. Prerequisite; 151. Throwing is the process . "'Wch a form is made by working with the hands and on the potter’s wheeL Dur- *®g the first semester emphasis is placed on centering the clay on the wheel and **'8stering the basic bowl and bottle forms. F,S

260. Slide Photography. 3 credits. A non-darkroom oriented class in slide photog- Phy emphasizing the aesthetic design and compositional aspects of this artistic Plum. S/U Grading required. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits.274. Lettering and Calligraphy. 3 credits. Lettering styles in Gothic, Roman and

j^’ iPt, utilizing several media and techniques; studies of the importance of lettering ® vertising and illustrations. F,S

hi Surface Design on Fabric. 3 credits. Prerequisites; 173. Exploration of tech- j ® design possibilities of various surface embellishments on fabric (printed,

® '• ^demonstrations, slide lectures/studio work. FFibers. 3 credits. Prerequisites; 173 or 174. Samples and finished

of student’s design carried out exploring technical and design possibil- ® Of Various textile techniques. Demonstrations, slide lectures/studio work. S

in II- 6 credits. Prerequisites; 200, 201. Sculptural compositionmedia such as shaped wood, metals, plastics. Basic contact with small scale

niqu * lor casting in bronze. Acquaintance with gas and arc welding tech-Drawing techniques for the sculptor. F,S

of 'I®welry and Small Sculpture I. 3 credits. Prerequisites; 173,174 or consent I®5ric Specialized techniques and processes, new and traditional, of metalOn ''nnging from body adornments to small sculptural forms with emphasis

Inolodes designing, piercing, soldering, bezel setting, hcon wire-pulling, casting, enameling. Incorporation of mixed media

"■aged. F,s

torfsp Small Sculpture II. Prerequisite; VA 304 or consent of instruc-*-ation techniques and processes, new and traditional, of sheet metal fabri-' aign body adornments and small sculptural forms with emphasis on

jo” *’’®I ®*’aanship. Involves continuation and expansion of VA 304 plus marketing and exhibit experience.

Jewelry and Small Sculpture I. 3 credits. Prerequisites; VA 304, * ®®'gn bench techniques and studio production, including advanced®*Perience^^g^^™ identification and settings, marketing, portfolio and exhibit


307. Advanced Jewelry and Small Sculpture II. 3 credits. Prerequisites: VA 304, 305, 306. Expansion of bench techniques and studio production, including advanced design, repair, stone identification and settings, marketing, portfolio and exhibit experience.

315. American Art and Architecture. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 6 hours of Art History below 300 level A survey of American Art from the 17th century to the present. S/2

316. Contemporary Art Concepts. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 6 hours of Art History below 300 level A special topics course with major emphasis on one of the foUowing: current developnients in art in specific media areas. Twentieth Century movements and their historical origins, contemporary trends in design and/or architecture, and the relationship of art to society. Course content will vary on a semester basis. F/2

322, 323. Painting II. 6 credits. Prerequisites: 220, 221. Futher development of painting concepts, comprehension, and search of various media and styles. The course stresses the focus of one’s attitudes towards developing a more personef visual statement in areas of personal interest. F,S

332, 333. Figure Drawing. 6 credits. Prerequisites: 130,131, 230, or consent of structor. Using the human figure as a basis for searching out presentation of plastie form, desigrn, and content. Traditional and experimental searching in various modi®’ styles, forms. F,S

340. Printmaking II: Lithography. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 240, 241. Basic blac^ white stone lithographic processes. Emphasis on technical and conceptual concerns. F

341. Printmaking II: Plate & Color Lithography. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 340. Ad vanced work in stone lithography to include color processes. Introduction to lithography and related photographic procedures. S

342,343. Printmaking II: Intaglio. 6 credits. Prerequisites: 240, 241. Intaglio worh to mclude metal and plexiglas plates. Elaboration on the use of techniques, including soft ^ound, sugar lift, and the double print process. Introduction to multiplaf® printing and experimental processes. A slide survey of contemporary printmakers. F,

344, 345. ^ntm aking II: Serigraphy. 6 credits. Prerequisites: 240, 241. Conce"" trated investigation of screen printing techniques including paper, film tusche a" glue and photo stencils. Darkroom techniques and presentation will be emphasis®" in second semester. F,S

1.351. Ceramics II: Sculpture. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 151. A sculptural appfof

to clay is explored with emphasis on both representing figurative forms and solvi” more abstract, conceptual problems. The second semester is an extension of the with more advanced problems in the same areas. F/2

353. Ceramics II: Throwing. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 151, 253. Devoted to mof® complex problems such as throwing larger pieces, multiple-sectioned forms, sets forms and lidded pieces. F,S

355. Clay & Glazes. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 151. This is a technical apP''°®‘ !' the raw materials u ^ in ceramics. The various processes of calculating, ^ evaluating, and refining both clay and glaze are explored. Through lectures, ream and laboratory test work, a basic understanding of clay and glazes is achieved-

361. Concepts in Visual Arts Education. 2 credits. Lecture, discussion eou

Women’s Studies

d© *^esigned to give an overview of visual arts education, current topics in visual arts of y relationship of visual arts education to the arts and education, survey

Merature in visual arts education; concept approaches to instructing the visual grades 6 to 12. S

Fibers. 3 credits. Prerequisites: VA 276, 277. Course work will making and sustained projects woven on the loom. Techniques

ght include yarn dying. F

‘on of Lettering and Sign Painting. 3 credits. Prerequisite: 274. A continua-terinc ; ^ further practical knowledge of the applications of freehand brush let-

g> layout techniques: materials involved. F,SExper ’ "^“ '■kshop (options). 4 credits. Prerequisite: upper division status.

speciaUzed techniques and processes as they apply to various media tut traditional. Offered on request. May be conducted either on laboratory

basis as subject matter permits. F/2

h i s t o r y S u b j e c U . 1-4 credits. Prerequisites: 6 hours of Artperiods, styles, movements, cultures in

M indicated by title each semester. For example, Greek and RomanfeDeaf j Oriental Art, Northern Renaissance Painting, etc. May be

as title changes. F,S

history Century: 1900 to 1940. 3 credits. Prerequisites: 6 hours of ArtUnit HQ concepts, mechanics and ‘isms’ of 20th Century Art of both

to igfo^p/2 Attempts to trace the origins of the contemporary413 A

**'®' hariip 1940 to Present. 6 hrs. of Art History. Study of the concepts,t Isms of 20th Century Art of both the United States and Europe. At-

432 ° origins of the contemporary genre from 1940 to present. S/2' ’®'>eed st H "“ " ’P^^Uion. 6 credits. Prerequisite: By permission of instructor. Ad-

®xperii!! ^ compositional problems as a tool of communication. Stress placed '*'®dia. p/2 g/ 2 * materials for individual application to a variety of

Research. 1-6 credits, repeatable to 12 credits. ®*''®nces permission of instructor or chairperson. Research and creative ex-

^f'nement * f " * ®P^‘ fic area of interest in the Visual Arts with emphasis on Uistory of V' applications of techniques and media: A. Sculpture, B.'suai Arts Arts, C. Painting, D. Drawing, E. Printmaking, F. Ceramics, G.

ucation, H. Fibers, I. Sculpture, J. Multimedia, K. Jewelry.

Women’s Studies(See Arts & Sciences Special Programs, Page 81)

363


Administration and Faculty

STATE BOARD OF HIGHER EDUCATIONThe State Board o f Higher Education, constitutionally responsible for the man

agement of the University and seven other institutions of higher education, is final authority in all matters affecting the University and exercises jurisdiction over it® financial, educational, and other policies, and its relations with the state and federal governments. Certain administrative responsibilities of the Board have been delegalad to the Commissioner of Higher Education. The Board entrusts the execution of plans and policies, together with the internal governance and administration of tl'® University, to the President and the faculty and such other officers as it may selaot-

Board MembersR.E. MEIDINGER, Jamestown; term expires June 30, 1984JEAN GUY, Bismarck; term expires June30, 1985CAROL JACOBSON, Alamo; term expires June 30, 1986

ex-

JACK OLIN, Dickinson; term expires June 30, 1990Commissioner of Higher Education, JOHN RICHARDSON, Bismarck

TYRONE LANGAGER. Minot; term pires June 30, 1987 KENNETH TWETEN, Grand Forks; expires June 30, 1988 JACK PFISTER. Wahpeton; term June 30, 2989

THOMAS J. CLIFFORD, M.B.A, J.D.,PresidentTOM JOHNSON, M.D^ Executive Direc

tor. University of North Dakota Medical Center, and Dean, School o f Medicine

GORDON KROEBER, B.SCE., Assis- tant to the President for Facilities

CARL MILLER, E<LD Director, AthleticsTIMOTHY RERICK. B.SBJ^, Internal

AuditorGARVIN STEVENS. M.Ed, Dean, USD-

Williston CenterEARL STRINDEN, M.A^ Executive Vice

President, UND Alumni Association and Foundation

DAVID VORLAND, M.S, Director, University Relations

BOYD WRIGHT. U gal CounselALICE CLARK. Ph.D., Vice President for

Academic AffairsGENE KEMPER, PKD., Associate Vice

President for Academic Affairs

Deans reporting to the academic vice presF dent:

ROBERT BOYD, Ed. D., Dean, Outreach Programs

W. JEREMY DAVIS. LLM ., Dean, School o f Law

ADMINISTRATIONALAN FLETCHER. PkD., Dean, Sch<X>

o f Engineering and Mines .INEZ HINSVARK, Ed. D„ Dean, CoU‘ H

ofNursingBRUCE JACOBSEN, PkD., Dean, Coites

o f Fine Arts , ,,A.W. JOHNSON, PkD., Dean, Gradua

SchooltjcnuuiJOHN ODEGARD, M.S., Dean, Center

■for_.0 ., u e u iH

Aerospace Sciences r0l-BERNARD O’KELLY. PkD., Dean,

lege o f Arts and Sciences fyrVITO PERRONE, PkD., Dean, Centeri

Teaching and Learning , . ofCLAIR ROWE. PkD., Dean, CoUfS

Business and Public Administratto GEORGE SCHUBERT,PAD.

versity College f, HegeHENRY TOMASEK, PkD.. Dean, V"

for Human Resources DevelopmetheOther administrators reporting to

demic vice president:RICHARD BALSLEY. M.Ed.. Dire

Office o f Institutional Researc DAVID BEACH, M.S., Director,

Radio , Colo-EDWARD GALE, M.S.. Lieutenant

nel. Professor, Military Science

Le x KOTCH, PK-D. Director, Office o f Research and Program Development

^LLIAM LESKO, M.S., Director, UND t e l e v is io nMAURICE RUSSELU EdD,, Director, pAcadcmic Media Center * DWARD WARNER. Director.

Ubraries^^NALD J. WERMERS, EdD., Director. P Arfmiss*ons and Records * UBERT YOUNG. PkD , Director. Office

°f tnstruction(d Development'Gordon h e n r y . EdO., vice President

, 7 “* n f Affairs‘•‘LLIAN ELSINGA. M.A., Dean ofStu- t ^ n t s

ERALD HAMERLIK, EdD.. Dean. En- Services

JEANOTTE. E d D. Assistant to * ' •ce President for Native American

ÂNE LUESSENHEIDE. EdD.. Direc- Center

^HARD n o rth . M.S.C.G.. Director.Placement Center

j ®''ÊNS0N. M.D.. Director. Stu- Programs

^®®®^SWENGER.B.S.B.A, Vice Pres- f for Finance


WILLIAM CROW. B.S.B.A.. Director. Budget Office

ODELL FOSS, Director, Pur-chasing

SUSAN HOFFMAN. BE.B.A.. Director, Grants and Contracts

PEGGY LUCRE. B.S,B,A., Director, Accounting Office

FRED MacGREGOR. B.A., Director, Per- sonnel Services and Payroll

SALLY PAGE, A/.B.A, Affirmative Action Officer

LAUREL REUTER, M.A., Director, North Dakota Museum o f Art

VERN THOMAS. Bursar DALE VETTER, B.S.B.A., Director, Com

puter CenterAL HOFFARTH. B.S.B.A., Vice President

for OperationsPAULA LOENDORF, M.S., Director,

Communication Support Services BRAY MERCIL, Manager, University

BookstoreRUTH SANDS, M.S,, Director, Food

ServicesLEROY SONDROL, Director, Physical

PlantJAMES UHLIR, Director, Auxiliary

ServicesTERRY WEBB, M.A., Director, Housing

CLippo. FACULTY*Stivers'/ President o f the■B.A Professor o f Accounting;

“fATor,’). ^'"versity. J.D.. UniversityDakota; C.P.A. Certificate

PAVID W.. Assistant Professor At) M.D.. Tulane University

Assistant Professor Ph.D.. University o f Denver

'’’"'litv r ttructor in Com-^gram, D Nurse Practitioner

' ■■ Cniuersity o f Omaha-Nebraska

*®sorof xr ' ^'ÊGARET, Associate Pro- “'■siny; Ph_D Walden University

ahler

^^''nentarv^j ' ' ‘ ^^°riate Professor o f W n ? n jp " “' '7 , Center for Teaching

s. rn.u.. University o f Missouri

Professor o f Phys-iPhn r t'TO/esso■’ Coyola University

« i l

clini.-.i « > '"y wiui TO aepanmeniai appomtinenu. oacuity may be obtained from the achool on request.

365

ALBRIGHT. BRUCE C.. Associate Professor o f Anatomy; PKD.. Medical College o f Virginia

ANDEREGG. MICHAEL A.. Professor o f EnglisK PKD.. Yale University

ANDERSON. DALE A.. Assistant Professor o f HealtK Physical Education and Recreation; M.E. University o f North Dakota

ANDERSON. DONALD G.. Chairperson of Department and Professor o f Marketing; PKD.. University o f Iowa

ANDERSON. OWEN. Associate Professor ofLaw.-J.D.. University o f North Dakota

ANTES. JAMES R. Professor o f Psychology; PKD.. Iowa State University

ANUTA. ALBERT E.. JR.. Associate Professor o f Mechanical and Civil Engineering; M.S.M.E., Purdue University

APANIAN. RONALD A.. Chairperson o f Department and Professor o f Civil Engineering; PKD.. Oklahoma State University

list of faculty m information ji s t ^ '“^ t y i a t j „ o «nd their tenure or other lU tus. Also, because the number and locations of

' A listing of clinir”? r '« ti' the departmental appoinUnenta, only full time medical faculty are

1 purposes only and must not be construed as an official or


APOSTAL, ROBERT A., Chairperson of Department and Professor o f Counseling; PKD., University o f Missouri

ASHWORTH. ALLAN C-. Adjunct Professor o f Geology; PKD., University o f Birmingham (England)

ASKIM, MARY KAY, Instructor o f Home Economics and Nutrition; M.S., North Dakota State University

ATWOOD, GERALD F.. Professor o f Pediatrics; M.D., University o f lUinois-Chicago

AUER, HERBERT J„ Professor o f Industrial Technology; EdD., Arizorui State University

AUERBACH. MICHAEL J.. Assistant Professor o f Biology; PKD., Florida State University

AUYONG, ELLEN ROSE. Associate Professor o f Visual Arts; M.A., University of Missouri-Columbia

AUYONG. THEODORE K., Associate Professor o f Pharmacology; PKD„ University o f Missouri

B

BADER, MEINHARDT. Associate Professor o f Accounting and Business Law; M.S., University o f North Dakota

BAKER, JEFFREY, Assistant Professor of Counseling; M.A., Southeast Missouri State University

BAKKEN, JEROME, Assistant Professor o f Languages; M.A., Uruversity o f North Dakota

BALE, HAROLD D., Professor o f Physics; PKD., University o f Missouri

BALIK, ROBERT J., Assistant Professor of Quantitative Methods and Firuince, Graduate Program, Grand Forks Air Force Base; MBA, University o f Utah

BALUNTINE, THOMAS A , Associate Professor of Chemistry; PKD, Southern Illinois University

BALTISBEGER, RICHARD J„ Professor o f Chemistry PKD., University o f Wisconsin

BARCOME, DONALD F , Medical Director of Medical Center Rehabilitation Hospital, Chairperson o f Department and Professor o f

Physical Medicine and Rehabilitation; M.O” University o f Wisconsin

BARIA, DORAB N„ Professor o f Chernies’ Engineering; PKD., Northwestern University

BARNEY, WILLIAM G.. Professor of Mt cluxnical Engineering; B.S.M.E., University o f North Dakota

BARR. CHARLES E„ Assistant Professot o f Medicine; M.D., Loma Linda University

BARTAK, DUANE E.. Associate Profess<>' o f Chemistry; PKD., Kansas State University

BASURAY, JOANNA. Instructor of ing; Af.S.. University o f Oklahoma ** Oklahoma City

BASURAY, MANOJ, Chairperson of ^ partment and Associate Professor of agement; PKD., University o f Oklahoma

BATT, BRUCE, Adjunct Assistant Pt fessor o f Biology; PKD., Michigan Sto University

BEACH. DAVID E„ Director of Radio and Assistant Professor of Sp Af.S., Ohio University

BEARD, MICHAEL, Associate Profett^' o f EnglisK PKD., Indiana University

BECKER. CALVIN J.. Counselor, Couit‘ j ing Center, Adjunct Associate Professot Counseling; EdD., University of Dakota

BECKWITH, WILLIAM, Associate Ptoj‘ sor of Psychology; PKD,, Ohio State sity

BEHRNS, PATRICK C„ Football and Assistant Professor o f HealtK Education and Recreation; M.A.T-’ Mexico State University

BEHSMAN, ERVIN N , Associate o f Secondary Educa tion. Center for and Learning; E dD , University of Dakota

BELKNAP. JOHN K„ Associate o f Pharmacology; PKD., University orado

BENDER, MYRON. Chairperson ment and Professor of Industrial Techno E d D , University o f West Virginio

■.so'

NAGY, Associafe Professor Engineering; PKD., University

I ^Qlgary

SENNETT, SUZANNE. Associate Professor êatre Arts; Ph.D., University of Mis-

ÊRg , Ca r o l , instructor of Nursing; University o f Arizona

®ERGSTR0M. DONALD E., Associate ^^^tnistry; PhD., University of

^hrnia at Berkeley

E., Professor of PhD., Northwestern University

Ro b e r t a ., Resident Admin- Program, Minot Air

r Professor of Management;■’ ^^W rsity of Oklahoma at Tulsa

MAE MARIE. Director of struct Center and Clinical In-

°t;M.Bd., University of North Dakota

p I ACKWe l L. J. LLOYD HI. Associate Economics; Ph.D., Georgia

^îversity

eruij^' Assistant Hockey CoachoiKj D of Health, Physical Education

‘'^'^tion; B.A, University of Minnesota

R si'n ROGER J„ Professor ofVocational Education; Ed.D.,

^ of North Dakota

^'ÊE P„ Assistant Professor of **'‘5cob Elngineering; MS., University of

‘'’■Madison

^“'■f'nen!^^’ N., Chairperson ofDe-tt Professor of Pharmacology;

EOq ' *' *' *'*^^sociate Professor of

tj Education and Recreation;BORi Dakota

5 ^ ’ Ric h a r d R., captain, united Scie^^' Assistant Professor o f Mili-

‘'‘'■sifj, E.A., Pennsylvania State Uni-

^/*ssor^fu^ WILLIAM W., Associate E^yiloal Education and

®®Rt) ° f EaskatcheuanJ''^ÊLIAM V.. Professor o f

•I University of California


BOSTROM, A. JOY, Chairperson of Department and Associate Professor of Home Economics and Nutrition; PhD., Texas Woman's University

BOSTROM, DONALD E.. Associate Professor Accounting; Ph.D., North Texas State University

BOSWAU, HERBERT H.. Associate Professor of German; M.A., Stanford University

BOTT, ALEXANDER J., Associate Professor of Law; JS),, Fordham University

BOYD, ROBERT H., Dean of Outreach Programs and Adjunct Associate Professor of Educational Administration, Center for Teaching and Learning; EcLD., University of North Dakota

BREKKE, ARNE, Director of Scandinavian Cultural Center and Associate Professor of Germanic Languages; Ph.D., University of Chicago

BREKKE, BEVERLY, Professor of Special Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; EdD., University of North Dakota

BRIGGS, BRIAN T., Assistant Professor of Surgery; M.D., University of Saskatchewan

BROOME, WILLIAM D., Adjunct Instructor of Sociology; M.A, Fordham University

BROSSEAU, JAMES, Associate Professor of Community Medicine and Clinical Associate Professor, Department of Medicine; M.D., University o f Minnesota

BROWN. RALPH C„ Professor of Geog- raphy; Ph.D., Syracuse University

BRUCE, A. WAYNE. Associate Director of Medical Technology and Instructor of Pathology; M.S.M.T., University of Minnesota

BRUMLEVE, STANLEY J., Chairperson of Department and Professor o f Physiology; PKD., S t Louis University

BRUNS, PAUL D., Acting Chairperson of Department and Professor o f Obstetrics and Gynecology; M.D., University o f Iowa

BRUNSON. QUINN, Associate Professor of Secondary Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; Ed.D., University of North Dakota

367


BRUSHMILLER, JOHN G.. Professor of Chemistry; PKD., University of Pittsburgh

BUCKINGHAM. WILLIAM M.. Program Director of Bismarck Family Medicine Residency Program and Associate Professor of Family Medicine; MJ)^ University of Manitoba, Canada

BUETTNER, ANN M., Associate Professor of Internal Medicine; M.D., Rush Medical College

BUHRKE. ROBIN A.. Assistant Professor of Counseling; Ph.D,, Southern Illinois University

BYRNE. BARBARA E.. Assistant Professor of Theatre Arts, M.F,A., University of Minnesota

BZOCH. RONALD C., Chairperson of Department and Professor of Mathematics; Ph-D,, Illinois Institute of Technology

CALDWELL. JOHN A.. Assistant Professor of Family Medicine; PKD,, Michigan State University

CANAR. MARY JO. Assistant Professor of Nursing; M.S,, University of Colorado-Denver

CARLSON. EDWARD C.. Chairperson of Department and Professor of Anatomy; Ph-D,, University of North Dakota

CARLSON. STEPHAN. Associate Professor of Mathematics; PhD,, University of Kansas

CARR. EUGENE G., Instructor injourrud- ism; B.A., University of North Dakota

CARTER. CHARLES. Professor of History; Ph.D„ University of Chicago

CEYHUN. FIKRET. Professor of Economics; PKD,, Wayne State University

CHANG. KANG-TSUNG. Chairperson of Department cmd Professor o f Geography; PKD,, Clark University

CHENG. WAN-LEE. Professor o f Industrial Technology; PKD,, Iowa State University

CHRISTENSEN. BONNIEJEAN. Professor of EnglisK PKD,, University of Southern California

CHRISTOFERSON. LEE A., ChairpersO of Department and Professor of Neur^ science; M.D. and M.S,, University of nesota

CHU. MIN-HSIUNG. Assistant Professor of Geology; M.S., Cranfield Institute ofTeo^' nology (England)

CHUTE, EDWARD J., Associate Professo' of English; PKD., University of Minnesoto

CHUTE, GWEN, Assistant Professor of Nursing; M.S.S University of Minnesota

CLARENS, RICHARD D.. Assisfaw? fessor of Family Medicine; PfuD., University o f Minnesota

CLARK, ALICE T„ Vice President Academic Affairs and Professor ofPsycholoSf' PKD.t Brigham Young University

CLARK, JAMES A.. Associate Professo'of Psychology; Ph.D., Michigan State sity

COLE, DUANE R„ Associate Professo' of Physics; M.A.^ University o f South

COLEMAN. MARY L.. Instructor of Po‘ ology; B,S,t University of North Dakota

COLLINS. BEN L.. Professor of PKD., University of New Mexico

CONN-POWERS, MICHAEL, i4ssis(»^ Professor of Early Childhood and Education, Center for Teaching and ing; PKD., University of Wisconsin-M^^^^

COOLEY, ALBERT MARVIN.Professor of Pathology; M.D., Northwe^ UniversityCRAIG, DAVID L.. Assistant Professo'

of

Special Education, Center for PoachM^^. Learning; EdD., Texas Technologioo^ versity

CRAMER. GLEN G.. Professor of ogy and Chief of Radiology Seruice, Administration Medical Center, r “ M.D., University of Wisconsm

CRAWFORD. GLINDA, Assistant sor of Home Economics and Nutritiooi Iowa State University ^CRAWFORD, JOHN C., Professo' EnglisK PKD., University o f Miehigo''

ÂWFORD, RICHARD D.. Assistant fessor of Biology; PKD., Iowa State

University

ÛRREY, j e a n . Associate Professor of nrsing; Ph.D., Walden University

^ÂNCARA, ALAN M., Professor of Geol- Ph.D., University of Michigan

HESTANI, ADNAN. Associate Pro- Min'' P-conomics, Graduate Program,li„ Pvce Base; PKD., Colorado State^"“'ersitj,

o fD ^ IVAN J., Professor of Foundations ing. ^ ‘nter for Teaching and Learn

d.D., University of North Dakota

' v il l i AM A., Professor of Geog- University of Minnesota

°f Associate Professor^n°duate Program, Grand

Stau. t, Louisiana* University

D„ Head of Divi- of I ^Phrology and Associate Professor M in n e ^ M.D., University of

* AS, GOPat' ne; i f n ^Vp/essor of Internal Medi-

' ■’ Putna University (India)

Pro^* *IEREMY, Dean, School of Law Law; J.D., University o f

^ ^ n v e r i t Z ’ ^jj ' University

^ ‘Partnig KENNETH J., Chairperson of ôiai Woî Associate Professor of

University of Minnesota

P r ^ ^ ^ ' of Bands and Assis-^'een Univer' ' ûsic; M.M., Bowling

Êan t . ,^ssorofij- •AcO’unct A ssociate JVo-^h sso r ond Adjunct Assistant■°'P?ica/ft Graduate

^'uerican Baptist Sem-

'‘ ' “‘‘'n a l i ^ ^ ^ ^ ®" Associate Professor Dgpj ’ "' *'■*' 0' o f Iowa

^ '•di'an ^ ‘‘ooiate Professor^ 'Uska PKD., University of


DELABARRE, HELEN C., Professor of Nursing; M.A., Columbia University

DEL BUSTO. MODESTO R.. Associate Professor of Spanish; Dr. of Law, University of Havana

DE MERS, JUDY L., Associate Dean for Student Affairs and Admissions, Associate Director of Office of Rural Health and Assistant Professor o f Family Medicine; M.E<L, University of Washington

DEPUE, RONALD D., Major, United States Army, Assistant Professor of Military Science; B.B.A., New Mexico State University

DEREMER, E. DALE, Associate Professor o f Aviation; Ph,D., Utah State University

DIETZ, ALBERT J., JR„ Head of Division of Pharmacology and Associate Professor of Internal Medicine; M.D., Ph.D., University of Maryland

DIGBY, SHERRY, Assistant Professor of Elementary Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; PKD., University of Colorado

DILLENBURG. CYRIL J., Associate Professor of Pathology; M.D., Northwestern University

DIXON, JOHN D., Chairperson of Department and Professor of Electrical Engineering; M.S.E.E., University of Missouri

DOBESH, LARRY J., Director o f Bureau of Business and Economic Research and Professor o f Economics; PKD., Washington State University

DONALDSON. SANDRA M., Associate Professor o f EnglisK PKD., University of Connecticut

DUERRE. JOHN A., Professor o f Microbiology; PKD., University of Minnesota

DULDT, BONNIE W., Director of Graduate Studies and Professor o f Nursing; PKD., University o f Kansas

DUNN. GARY F.. Associate Dean for Administration and Development and Associate Professor of Family Medicine; M.A., University of California

DUNN, NANCY H^ Deputy Director of Area Health Education Center and Instructor in Community Medicine; B.A., University of Washington

369


DUNNIG AN, RALPH Assodate ProgramDirector o f Bismarck Family Medicine Residency Program and Associate Professor of Family Medicine; M.D^ Creighton University

DWELLE, TERRY L., Assistant Professor o f Pediatrics; M.D., S t Louis University

EBERHARDT, BRUCE, Associate Professor o f Management' PKD^ Iowa State University

EDER, TERRY E., Associate Professor of Music; D.M.A^ University o f Oklahoma

EELKEMA, ROBERT, Director o f Grants and Contracts in Community Medicine, Chairperson of Department and Professor of Community Medicine; M.D., University o f Washington

EICKHOFF, LUVERN R,, Associate Professor o f Industrial Technology; Ph.D., Iowa State University

EINARSON, EINAR, JR., Assistant Professor o f Music; M.E<L, University o f North Dakota

EITH, CAROL, Assisfant Professor of Nursing; Ed.D., Texas Woman's University

ELBERT, DENNIS, Associate Professor o f Marketing; PKD., Urdversity o f Missouri- Columbia

ELSINGA, LILLIAN L, Dean o f Students and Adjunct Assistant Professor o f Human Resources Development; M.A., Michigan State University

ENGEL, DEAN C., Professor o f Communication Disorders; PKD^ University of Minnesota

ENGLE, RONALD G., Professor o f Theatre Arts; PhJ)., University o f Illinois

ENGSTROM, DAVID C Assistant Professor o f Internal Medicine; M.D^ University o f Washington

ERDEM, ORHAN, Associate l^ fessor o f Marketing; PKD. University o f Arkansas

ERIKSON, WALTER, Ass€>ciate Professor o f Physical Therapy; M.S., University o f Minnesota

EULLER, JUDY, Assistant Professor of Nursing; M.N., University of Washington

EVANSON. DARELL, Assistant Professor o f Library Science and Audiovisual InstrU' tion; M.EdL, Utah State University

F

FICKENSCHER. KEVIN M„ Director »l Office o f Rural Health and Assistant Profit' sor o f Family Medicine; M.D., University North Dakota

FISCHER, HOWARD J„ Assistantsor o f Geology; Ph.D., University o f Idaho

FISCHER. RAYMOND L„ Professor of Speech; PKD., University of Illinois

FISCHER, ROBERT G„ Professor of Micro- biology; PKD., University of Minnesota

FISHER, JERE A.. Instructor in science; M.S., University of Colorado

FIVIZZANI, ALBERT J.. JR.. Associo<‘ Professor o f Biology; PKD., Louisiana Sto University

FLETCHER. ALAN G.. Dean of the Schoo o f Engineering and Mines and Professor Civil Engineering; PKD., Northuisstc University

FOSTER, KEITH G„ Assistant Deanfor

Southwest Medical School Campus at ^ march and Associate Professor of Intet Medicine; M.D., Marquette University

FREIN, GEORGE H„ Chairperson of ^ , partment and Professor o f Religious Stu PKD., Catholic University o f America

FRY, PATRICIA B., Associate Profess'” ' Law;J.D., Southwestern University

FULLER, MARY LOU, Assistant Proff^^. o f Elementary Educatior^ Center for ing and Learning; PKD., University of Mexico

FUNDINGSLAND, PAUL E.,Professor o f Visual Arts; M.F.A,., Um c o f Washington ^

FUQUA, DALE. Associate Profes'”” ' Counseling; PKD., Indiana University ^

FURMAN, LEOLA E„ Field Es:pe"‘ Coordinator and Associate Social WorK' M.A., University ofC ‘

Administration and Faculty 371

E l d o n M., professor o f Counsel- ^KD.^ University o f Wyoming

sor EDW ARD, Associate ProfeS'Education, Center for

and Learning; Ed.D., University o fnh' l ^ O ls

^tdte ' W., L t Colonel, UnitedCAoirperson of Department

^ni\) Military Science: M.A,,^^rsity o f Missouri at Kansas City

of ^^LLIAM G., Associate Professor story; PAD., University o f Illinois

of p ^ÊR, RUSSELL, Head o f Divisionof p 7**’' Head o f Divisionfessor^ *®0 '*^cAaoiora/ Science and Pro- ChicQgJ ^^^^^science; M.D, University o f

sion 0^^' ÊNEROSO G., Head o f DiVi- Professor o f A euro-

Ai d ., Boston University

Coach and ° f Physical

^^reation; M.Ed., DmVersify Dakota

Ay tjof Pathology;

■ '"'’ '■sity of North Dakota^■LLETT If^,° ' ccoi, ’. W., Associate Professor

■* ^ “^‘nessLaw;Ph.D., North University

u L A C O t j

^ ®sor o fH ^ ^ ' Pa t r ic ia , Associate Pro- ^° “nibin <tnd Philosophy; PhD.,

“ tJniversityP D A V in T „

Eom v 1 '*■' Director of^^socLf„ Residency Program

^■A, A/erf,’ ^fessor of Family Medicine;^Llc Wisconsin

Clinical Instructor in °^ôrn C>isorders; M.S., University

-^ss'sfonf Professor ÂQDa ^ ’'''êrsity of Michigan

^^nicai Associate Dean. ^tmily Kf Associate Professor^ “'■‘>06a M.D., University of

ÔSEo ic ,^°^®ssor Associate

^^ôdist Uni, Southernuniversity

GOULET, ORVILLE, Associate Professor o f Finance, Graduate Program, Minot A ir Force Base; D.B.A., Texas Technological University

GRABE, M ARK, Associate Professor o f Psychology; PKD., Iowa State Dm'oersi'O'

GRAINGER, CEDRIC A,, Associate Professor o f Aviation; Ph.D., State University o f New York

CRAND ALL. M ICH AEL G., CoacA and Instructor o f Health, Physical Education and Recreation; M .S, f/nioersity of AbrfA Dakota

GREENE, JE R R Y G., Head o f Division o f Pulmonary Medicine and Professor o f Interned Medicine; M.D., University o f Manitoba

GREGORY, M ICHAEL, Professor o f Mathematics; Ph.D., University o f Connecticut

GREW EL, NANAK S-, Assoemte Professor o f Mechanical Engineering: Ph.D„ Univer^ sity o f Illinois

GRINDE, JACQUELYN W., Assisfanf Pro- fessor o f Nursing; M.S., University o f WorfA DaAota

GROENEWOLD, GERALD H., Director o f North DoAofa Mining and Mineral Resources Research Institute and Associate Professor o f Geology; PKD., University o f Illinois- Chicago

GROTH, LYNN R., Assistant Professor o f Communication Disorders; M.S., University o f North Dakota

GROVOM, DOROTHY C . Professor o f Business and Vocational Education; Ed.D., Indiana University

GROW, D ANA T., A ssistant Professor o f Chemical Engineering; PKD., University o f Illinois

GRUBY, RAYMOND S., Assistant Professor o f Surgery; M.D., University o f Texas

GUNTHER, DAVID C., Basketball Coach and Associate Professor o f HealtK Physical Education and Recreation; M.E<L, Wayne State Dnioersity

H

H AGA, M YRNA P., Assistant Professor o f Social WbrA; M.S. W, Washington University


HALAS, EDWARD S.. Professor of Psychology; Ph.D., Texas Tech University

HALL, SUSAN, Instructor o f Nursing; M.S.N^ Loma Undo University

HALVORSON, DON L., State Geologist, Chairperson o f Department and Associate Professor o f Geology; Ph.D., University o f North Dakota

HAMAR, STEVEN K , Assistant Professor o f Surgery; M.D., Baylor University College o f Medicine

HAMERLIK, GERALD F , Dean ofEnroU- ment Services and Assistant Professor of Counseling; EtLD., University o f North Dakota

HAMMOND, GEORGE R , Director of Flight Operations and Assistant Professor o f Aviation; B.S., University of North Dakota

HAMPSTEN, ELIZABETH M., Associate Professor o f English; PhJ)., University of Washington

HAMPSTEN, RICHARD F.. Associate Professor o f English; PKD^ University o f Washington

HARLOW, STEVEN, Professor o f Special Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; Ph.D., University o f Nebraska

HARRIS, KENNETH, Adjunct Professor o f Geology; Ph.D^ University o f North Dakota

HASAN, ABU RASHID, Associate Professor o f Chemical Engineering; Ph.D„ University o f Waterloo, Canada

HEALY, MARK C., Head Athletic Trainer and Instructor, Health, Physical Education and Recreation; B.S, The Ohio State University

HEIMAN, HAZEL, Chairperson o f Department and Associate Professor of Speech; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota

HEITKAMP, THOMASINE, Instructor o f Social Work; M.S,, University o f Wisconsin- Madison

HELENBOLT, KENNETH E „ Head o f Division o f Urology and Professor o f Surgery; M.D^ University o f Minnesota

HELGESON, DIANE, Associate Professor o f Nursing M.S„ University o f North Dakota

HEMBREE, LOUIS, Assistant Professor of Aviation; PKD., University o f Oklahoma

HENRY, GORDON H„ Vice President P ’Student Affairs and Assistant Professor ofCounseling;Dakota

EdD., University o f NorP

HESS, CARLA, Chairperson o f Department and Professor of Communication Disordert- PKD., Ohio University

HILDEBRANDT, BRUNO F.O., Director of Graduate Studies in German and o f German; Ph.D,t University of

HILDEBRANDT. LIESELOTTE date Professor o f German; M.A., Univetsi^ o f Hamburg

HILL, CAROL J„ Associate Professor of Nursing; M.S., University o f Minnesota

HILL, LAWRENCE J„ Chairperson anj Assodate Professor of Theatre Arts; University o f Minnesota

HILL, RICHARD L„ Professor of Edi^ tional Administration, Center for Teac and Learning; EdD., University of oO Dakota

HILTNER, ARTHUR, Professor of Accon"*' ing; PKD., University of Nebraska

HISEY, PHILLIP D„ Associate ProP^ °' o f Music; M.F.A., University of Iowa

HOLLAND, F.D., JR., Professor of Geolo0'PKD., University of Cincinnati

HOLLENBECK, ROBERT E„Professor o f Elementary Education, for Teaching and Learning; M.A- “ Peabody College o f Teachers

of

of

HOLLOWAY, HARRY L., Professo' Biology; PKD., University of Virginia

HOLMEN, JAY S„ Associate Accounting and Business Law; Ph-t ' versity o f Minnesota

HOOTMAN, JO ALLAN, Professor ofE * _ trical Engineering; PKD., Iowa Stato

ofversity

HOUSE, MARGARET A., Instruct^' Nursing; M.S,, University of

HOWARD, THOMAS W „ Associate Pt ^ sor o f History; PKD., Indiana Unioet


ÔWELL. FRANCIS L., Associate ProfeS’ ^ff^hysics; PKD., Montana State Univer^Sity

HULLEY, KATHLEEN. Assistant Profes- °f English; PKD., University o f California

ÛLTMAN, SUSAN, Chairperson o f De- ^ ’’trnent and Assistant Professor o f Occu-

M.S., University o f North

Instructor o f Nurs- *' S., University o f Texas at Austin

SYED, Associate Professor of '^nacology; Ph.D., University of Missouri

fant^^^^’ ^^^THER H., Adjunct Assis- ege f ° f Academic Skills in the Col-

of Sciences; M.Ed., University°'ôrth Dakota

Lin d a , instructor o f Community ^ne, B.S.N., University of North Dakota

I

M., Associate Professor o f ’ Eastman School o f Music

S S n pORDON L.. Professor of • n-D., University o f Oklahoma

^ ^ ’’Person o f the Center Area Health EducationMd n' ' Erofessor o f Surgery;

■'^'“ ^^^sity of Wisconsin

J

A., Professor o f ’ Ad ., St. Louis University

^Se of Elean o f the Col-A'‘ts; PA n* “ '“ I Professor o f Theatrej Ltnii'ersity o f Minnesota

°sy; p^ n P.. Professor o f Sociol-

'’ ALa lÂO.. ^ - P't>fessor o f Biology;IAMEs îôonsin-Madison

I'Ôfucic *'■' o f Division ofand ^'^•’Parson o f Depart-

' ' ' ’■s'fyoÔregon*'” of Surgery; M.D., Uni-JAViep

I'” ’ ° f M a th ^ J ,^ ^ ^ ' Pnofes-University Green

JENSEN, IVAN K.. Professor of OvU Engineering; M.SC.E., University o f Minnesota

JOHNSON, A. WILLIAM. Dean of the Graduate School and Professor of Chemistry; PKD., Cornell University

JOHNSON. JACQUELINE J., Assistant Professor o f Marketing, Graduate Program, Minot Air Force Base; D.B.A., Arizona State University

JOHNSON, RICHARD 1., Associate Professor o f Computer Science; M.A. Northern Michigan University

JOHNSON, TOM M., Dean o f the School o f Medicine and Professor of Internal Medicine; M.D., Northwestern University Medical School

JONES. MARTIN B., Assistant Professor of Chemistry; PKD., University o f New Mexico

JONES, MICHAEL L., Adjunct Assistant Professor o f Physics; PKD., University of North Dakota

JORGENSEN. LaVERNIA, Associate Professor o f HealtK Physical Education and Recreation; P.EcLD., Indiana University

JOSHI, MADHUSUDAN. Associate Professor o f Anatomy; PKD., WeUmann Institute

JUHL, NYLA, Assistant Professor o f Nursing; M.E, Loma Linda University

KANNOWSKI, PAUL B.. Chairperson o f Department and Professor of Biology; PKD., University o f Michigan

KAPAUN, ANITA L., Assistant Professor o f Visual Arts; M.F.A., University o f Kansas

KARABETSOS, JAMES. Intramural/Rec- reation Director and Assistant Professor of HealtK Physical Education and Recreation; Ed.D., University o f Northern Colorado

KARNER, FRANK R., Professor of Geology; PKD., University o f Illinois

KARNS, JACK E., Assistant Professor of Accounting and Business Law; J.D., Tulane University

KAUFFMAN. RICHARD V „ Chairperson o f Department and Associate Professor of Economics; PKD., Colorado State University


KECK, ARNOLD W., Instnictor o f Anat- omy, B.S., Minot State College

KEEL, VERNON A., Chairperson o f Department and Professor o f Journalism; PKD^ University o f Minnesota

KEHEW, ALAN E., Associate Professor o f Geology; PKD.t University o f Idaho

KELLEHER, JAMES Professor of Micro- biology; Ph.D^ Rutgers State University

KELLER, REED T., Chairperson o f Department and Professor o f Internal Medicine; M.D., Harvard Medical School

KELLEY, FRANK F., Associate Professor of Visual Arts; M.F.A^ Florida State University

KEMPER, GENE A., Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs and Professor o f Mathematics; Ph.D., Iowa State University

KEMPER, ROBERT W., Associate Professor o f Accounting and Business Law; M.S., University o f North Dakota

KERBESHIAN. LYNN A., Assistant Professor o f Internal Medicine; EdD., University o f Rochester

KETTERLING, LAROSE, Assistant Professor o f Home Economics and Nutrition; M.S., Northern Illinois University

KHACTU, DOMINIQUE N., Professor of Economics; PKD., University o f Minnesota

KING, ROBERT W,, Chairperson o f Elementary Education program area and Professor o f English and Elementary Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; Ph.D., University o f Iowa

KINGHORN. NORTON D.. Chairperson of Department and Professor o f English; PKD., University o f Nebraska

KLINKHAMMER, ROBERT. Associate Professor o f Social Work; M.S. W, University o f Washington

KLUCK, DARRELL, Assistant Football Coach and Instructor o f Health, Physical Education and Recreation; M.S^ S t Cloud State University

KNOWLTON, DOUGLAS. Assistant CUni- cal Professor of Psychology; PKD^ University o f North Dakota

KNULL. HARVEY R., Associate Professor o f Biochemistry; PhD., Pennsylvania Stott University

KNUTSON. MARION, Co-Director of NufSt Practitioner Program at Minot and Associott Professor o f Community Medicine; University o f Washington

KOCH, KENNETH. Administrator »l Medical Center Rehabilitation Hospital aS Instructor in Physical Therapy; Hastings College

KOENIG, WALTER C.. Chairperson <>l Department and Associate Professor Health, Physical Education and Recreating'' PKD., University o f Oregon

KOHNS, DONALD P.. Professor of ness and Vocational Education; Pn-V’ University o f Minnesota

KOLSTOE, RALPH. Professor of P s y ^ ogy; Ph.D., Washington State University

KONEWKO, PATRICK J„ Assistant fessor of Neuroscience; Psy.D., Florida I tute o f Technology

KOPRINCE, RALPH G„ Associate sor of Russian; PKD., University ofMinl‘‘ '‘

KORBACH. ROBERT J.. Professor ofB<^ nomics; PKD., University o f Maryland

KORSMO, RICHARD G„ Resident istrator o f Graduate Program at “ Forks Air Force Base and Associte o f Accounting and Business Law; M-B., versity o f North Dakota

KOTCH, ALEX. Director o f Office of^ search and Program Development and fessor of Chemistry; PKD., University Illinois

KRAFT. LARRY. Professor of Law; University o f Texas

KRAFT. LEE. Associate Professor off '*' ing; M.S., University o f North Dakota

KRAPU. GARY L.. Adjunct Associate fessor o f Biology; PKD., Iowa State Bn sity

KRAUS. OLEN. Associate Dean o f Arts and Sciences and Professor ofF 7 PhD., Michigan State University


^•ÎSHNAMURTHI, SUBRAMANIAM,®*s an Professor o f Medicine; M.D.,

Medical College

I IÛEGER, j a c k N., Professor of Eleo ^^gineering; M.S.E.E.t University of

^^^nesota

I^RUEGER. REYNOLD J.. Associate Pro- ®sor of Music; EdD.^ University of Illinois

^ B E , Wa y n e R., professor o f Chemical j^Pp^^ng; M.S.CfuE., Michigan College of

ifiirig and Technology

LYNN G., Coordinator of of ^*^^cation and Assistant Professor Ml Therapy; Af.&, University of

Dakota

Chairperson o f Depart- o f Accounting and Busi-

* Caw;J,D. University o f North Dakota

NORMAN, Professor o f ^^stry; PAD., University o f Michigan

S., Associate Profes- Teach' Center forMae ^^^îng; E(LD., University o f

^^^^chusetts

dafy Associate Professor of S^con-

s. ra u .. University of Minnesota

iVo/essor o f Political h,D., University o f Pennsylvania

Sf'atn Director o f MPA Pro-/r ^^f^ssor o f Political Science; ^^'êrsity of Pennsylvania

L

* 0 ^ * 0 / M. , Associate Profes- he Eh,D., University o f Illinois

^ ^^^<i^cal Center, Chicago

Assistant Professor of ^ * State University

Elastic Head o f Division o fjL f^^ Associate Professor of

Cloche • ^^sociate Professor^ fisin PKD,, University of WiV

Mure,„ _ ’ ÂRON, Assisfant Professor

375

C u rs in g . \A Assisfont/Vo/(?ssoj'S‘t University o f Minnesota

LANDRY. RICHARD G., Chairperson o f program area and Professor o f Educational Measurements and Statistics, Center for Teaching and Learning; PKD., Boston College

LANG, GRETCHEN, Asstsfanf Professor o f Anthropology and Archaeology; PKD., University o f Missouri

LANGEMO, DIANE, Associate Professor o f Nursing; M.N, University o f Washington

LANGEMO, E. MARK, Professor o f Business and Vocational Education; E<LD., University o f North Dakota

LARSON, JAMES H., Director of Social Science Research Institute and Professor o f Sociology; PKD., University o f Kentucky

LARSON, LINDA M., Assistant Professor of Pathology; M.S, University o f North Dakota

LARSON, OMER R., Professor of Biohgy; PKD., University o f Minnesota

LARSON. TIMOTHY J^ Assistant Professor o f Biochemistry; PKD., University o f Texas

LAWRENCE. GERALD C., Chmrperson of Department and Associate Professor of Humanities; PKD., University of Oklahoma

LAWRENCE, W. FRED. Director o f MBA Program, Associate Dean o f College of Business and Public Administration and Associate Professor o f Afanuêment; PKD., Georgia State University

LEE, JUNG YOUNG, Professor o f Religious Studies; TKD., Boston University

LEE. KAP, Director o f Animal Resource Facility and Professor o f Community Medicine; D.V.M., Seoul National University

LEE. RANDY H., Associate Professor of Law; J.D., Washington and Lee University

LEECH. RICHARD W., Professor o f Neuroscience; M.D., University o f Washington

LeFEVER, RICHARD, AssisfontPro/essor o f Geology; PKD., University o f California

LEHNUS, DARRYL L , Assistant Basketball Coach and AssisUint Professor of HealtK Physical Education and Recreatiori; M.A.E., Wayne State College

LEMIEUX, NONA, Assistant Professor of A'ursin^ M.N., University o f Washington- Seattle


LEMON, DONALD K„ Professor o f Educational Administration, Center for Teaching and Learning; EdD^ University o f Kansas

LENZMEIER, RICHARD. Assistant Professor o f Family Medicine; MJ)^ University o f North Dakota

LESER, ESTHER H„ Associate Professor o f German and French; PhJ)., University o f Oregon

LEWIS. ROBERT W „ JR., Professor o f English; PKD., University o f Illinois

LIEBERMAN, DIANA, Assistant Professor of Biology; PKD., University o f Ghana

UNDBLOM, MAURICE L . Program Director o f Fargo Family Medicine Residency Program and Assistant Professor o f Family Medicine; MJ)., University o f Minnesota

LINDEM, ALFRED C , Manager o f Academic Programming at Computer Center and Adjunct Instructor of Computer Science; B.S., North Dakota State University

LINDHOLM, LYNN. Chairperson o f Department and Associate Professor o f Philosophy; PKD., City University o f New York

LINDQUIST, MARY L., Associate Professor of Special Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; PKD., University o f Wisconsin

LITTLE, JOHN R„ Associate Professor of EnglisK M.F.A., University o f Arkansas

LOCKNEY, THOMAS M„ Associate Professor o f Law; LL.M., Harvard University

LOENDORF, LAWRENCE L., Professor of Anthropology and Archaeology; PKD., University o f Missouri

LOWELL, JAMES D„ Associate Program Director at Minot Family Medicine Residency Program and Assistant Professor o f Family Medicine; M.D., Medical College o f Virginia

LUDTKE, RICHARD L„ Professor of Sociology; PKD., University o f Kentucky

LUESSENHEIDE. H. DUANE. Director and Counseling Psychologist at Counseling Center, Adjunct Associate Professor o f Counseling and Clinical Assistant Professor o f Psychiatry; EdD., Indiana University

LUNDBERG, STUART A.. Associate Professor o f Accounting and Business Law; M.L., University o f Denver

LYKKEN, GLENN \., Professor of Physical PKD., University o f North Carolina

M

MAHALKO, G.. Assistant Professor of Computer Science; M.S., Brigham YoW>S University

MAHONEY, TIMOTHY J„ Assistant fessor o f Surgery; M.D., Tufts University

MANN. WILLIAM S„ Program Director of Grand Forks Family Medicine Residef y Program and Associate Professor of Medicine; M.D., University o f Glasgouf

MARKOVICH, DENISE, Associate Prof‘ S sor o f Economics; PKD., University " Manitoba

MARKOVICH. STEPHEN C.. Professor of Political Science; PKD., University Virginia

MARKS, JOHN. Assistant Hockey Cooc and Instructor o f HealtK Physical , tion and Recreation; B.S.Ed, University North Dakota

ProM'Tsity

MARSHALL, DAVID F.. Associate sor o f English; PKD., New York Unioo'

MARTSOLF, JOHN T„ Associate Pr«ff^^. o f Pediatrics; M.D., Jefferson Medi< lege^Philadelphia

MASON, EARL S„ Director of Dakota Water Resources Research n, and Professor o f Civil Engineering; F Utah State University andJ.D.i Univ o f North Dakota

MATTHEWS, ARTHUR C„ Assistant fessor o f Neuroscience; M.D., Hohne^ Medical College

MATTHIES, DONALD L., AssoctoW ^ fessor o f Anatomy; PKD., Univert* Califomia-San Francisco

MAUCH, PATRICIA J., Supervisor^^^ Instruction Program and Associate o f HealtK Physical Education and tion; M.S,, University o f North

MAULAND, LYLE E„ Professor of matics; PKD., University of Denote

McCa f f r e y , d o n a l d w ..Cinema-English Department; PKD’ sity o f Iowa

^'CLEERY. KATHRYN. i4ssociatePro/es. ^ 0/ Visual Arts; M.F.A.^ Michigan State

^îversity

^^CUTCHAN, NEIL J„ Assistant Profes- ’’ Speech; M.A., University ofOncinnati

Ê L R oY-EDWARDS. JACQUELYN N„ ^ /M sor of Visual Arts; M.F.A, University

Montana

ZENA B., Director of Com- Prof’'‘^°'* ^^seo''cA Center and Associate of -Journalism; Ph.D.f University

•Ja m e s J., Associate Professor '•S ish; PKD., University o f Notre Dame

IJODNEY E.. Associate Pro- ^^f^vnting and Business Law;

' ^^dM.Ed., University of North Dakota

of JAMSHID, Assistant Professorsas **^^®"* '*t PfuD., University of Arkan-

THEODORE I.. JR.. Pro-fln iv ,°;ify^°P ^y- JJopkins

Bor o t ^ ^ ’ "ÊRRY M.. Associate Profes-

E.. Assistant Profes- A/V*" Education andRecre-

• University of North Dakota

^‘Buai ^®ÂLD. Associate Professor of Af. CoHejei- M.A..

**co Highland University

Ao^h’ K.. Assistant Professor^ “kota University of North

Assistant Dean of the Ûsic- Sell* Associate Professor

u , ‘ Eoston University

J’sycA/J EBARA a .. Assistant ProfessorUniversity of Denver

'^rsiag. Assistant Professor of^ '" '‘' '■s'fy o/Coiorado

of Health p ^ ^ ^ E A . Associate Profes- otion; r> „ oysical Education andRecre- \lOg ■' ^fontdo State ColUge

^ ’ otricai ^^Bociate Professor ofAansa, ^"S '’'oeHng; Ph.D.. University of


MOHR, THOMAS M., Instructor in PhysU cal Therapy; M.S., University of Minnesota

MOLENAAR, RICHARD A., Assistant Professor of Aviation; Af.A, Webster's College

MONROE. DAVID O.. JR.. Captain, United States Army, Assistant Professor o f Military Science; B.S., Eastern MexicoUniversity

MORGAN, WILLIAM L, Professor of Gei^ man; Ph.D., University of Iowa

MOWER, ROLAND D., Director of Institute for Remote Sensing and Professor of Geog- raphy; PKD., University o f Kansas

MUNSKI, DOUGLAS C., Assistant Professor of Geography; PKD., University of Illinois

MURASKIN, MURRAY, Professor o f Physics; PKD., University of Illinois

MURRAY, STANLEY N., Professor of History; PKD., University of Wisconsin

N

NAISMITH. DONALD P., Chairperson of Department and Professor of Mechancial Engineering: PKD., Iowa State University

NAVARA, JAMES L., Chmrperson o f Department and Professor of Business and Vocational Education; Ed.D., Oregon State University

NELSON, DAVID CARL, Assistant Professor o f German; MA.., l/niocrsify of North Dakota

NELSON, EDWARD O., Professor of Mathematics; PKD., University of Minnesota

NELSON, G. EILEEN, Assistant Professor of Pathology: B.S., University of North Dakota

NELSON, ROALD A., Director o f Internal Medicine Residency Program and Associate Professor o f Internal Medicine; M.D., University of Iowa

NELSON, SUSAN A„ Assistant Professor of Marketing: M.B.A., Georgia State University

NELSON. THERON R., Assistant Professor of Management; M.B.A., Georgia State University

NEMETZ, PAUL, Professor of AVurt)scienc€i* M.D., Albert Einstein College of Medicine

377


NEWMAN, WILLIAM P., Head o f Division o f Endocrinology and Assistant Professor ofMe(Ucine; M.D., University o f Texas

NIELSEN, FORREST, Research Chemist at USDA Human Nutrition Lab and Adjunct Professor of Biochemistry; Ph.D., University o f Wisconsin

NOLL, JOHN 0., Director o f Clinical Train- ing Program and Professor o f Psychology; Ph.D., University o f Pittsburgh

NOORDEWIER. BYRON, Assistant Professor o f Pharmacology; Ph,D.t University o f Utah

NORDLIE, ROBERT C., Chairperson o f Department and Professor o f Biochemistry; PKD., University o f North Dakota

NORMAN, ERNEST J., Professor o f Social Work; M.P.H^ University o f Califomiar Berkeley; M.S.W^ University o f Denver, Certified Social Worker

NORMAN, VIRGINIA L.. Associate Professor o f Nursing; M.A., University o f North Dakota, M.S^ University o f Minnesota

NOWAK, PAUL J., Associate Professor of Management and Finance, Graduate Program, Minot Air Force Base; PKD., Florida State University

OBERPRILLER, JEAN Associate Professor o f Anatomy; PKD., Tulane University

OBERPRILLER, JOHN O., Associate Professor o f Anatomy; PKD., Tulane University

ODEGARD, JOHN D., Dean o f Center for Aerospace Sciences and Professor o f Aviation; M.S, University o f North Dakota

O’DONNELL. SHERYU Associate Professor o f EnglisK PKD., University o f Arizona

OECHSLE, L^IS H., Assistant Professor o f Nursing; A/.SL, University o f North Dakota; M.S., University o f Minnesota

O KARA, JULIE XJ., Assistant Professor o f Educational Administration, Center for Teaching and Learning; J.D., Indiana University; PKD., University o f Florida

O’KEEFE. HEATHER C., Assistant Professor o f Journalism; M.P.A., University of North Dakota

O'KEEFE, NORBERT J., Chairperson of Department and Clinical Associate Professot o f Radiology; M.D., University ofMinnesotO'

O’KELLY, BERNARD, Dean of College of Arts and Sciences and Professor o f EngH^ PKD., Harvard University

O'KELLY, MARCIA, Associate Professor o f Law; J.D., University o f North Dahoto and L L M ; George Washington University

OLAFSON, RICHARD A., Assistant DeoO for Southeast Medical School Campus ot Fargo and Associate Professor of NeurO" science; M.D., University o f Pennsylvanio

OLLERICH, DWAYNE A., Associate DeoO for Academic and Research Affairs in School o f Medicine and Professor of Ana totny PKD., University of North Dakota

OLMSTEAD, EDWIN G„ Adjunct Praf^^f, o f Humanities; M.D., University of IlHua' M.S., Marquette University

Football icslOLSON, DAVID D„ Assistant

Coach and Instructor o f HealtK Education and Recreation; M.S., Moorf^ State University

OLSON, JAMES R„ Assistant Professor «fSurgery; M.D., Northwestern University

OLSON, MARK D„ Associate Pr°f‘ ‘ ^°!°lAnatomy; PKD., University of North

OLSON, MYRNA. Chairperson of Area and Associate Professor of Education, Center for Teaching ond ing; EdD., University o f North Dokoto-

OLSON, ROBERT W „ Instructor in Co"' munity Medicine; B.S.N., University North Dakota

OMDAHL, LLOYD B., Director of Bur ^ o f Governmental Affairs and Political Science; M.A., University of Dakota

O'NEILL, GEORGE W., Associate sor o f Neuroscience; PKD., Georgi< University

OPGRANDE, J. DONALD, HeadoflB^^'^s-o f Orthopedic Surgery nnd Associatt ^ sor o f Surgery; M.D., University of ^

O'REILLY, EDWARD J.,Chemistry; PKD, University of Co

ORINg , l e w is W., P rofessor o f B iology; ■I University o f Oklahoma

LEON F.. A ssistant P rofessor ^lotion; M.S., O klahoma University

pi A.LICE K., i45si5fanf P rofessor o f \ ^^^^^gy; Ph.D,, Iow a S ta te University

B,, L eader o f N orth D akota Bini and P ro fessor o f

°Sy, Ph,D., Iow a S tate University

parf^ ^ ' C., Chairperson o f De-neeti^’' ^ f ^ s s o r o f Chem ical Engi-

S, PhD.^ Iow a S tate University

P

of C., Clinical P rofessorChioag^^ M.D.. University o f

P rofessor o f Classical University o f

IÛANE F., A ssistan t to V niveZ T ’' P't>fessor o f Surgery; M.D..

o f Iow a

^^ysin!^' ®^^^NDRA S.. P rofessor o f Ph.D r ’^ ' M cG ill U niversity;

' ocknow University

f^tsor Associote Pro-^^rsity Ph.D„ Interam erican Uni-

A ssociate P rofessor o f ^''OS'om, Grand Forks

' titute j**’ Virginia PolytechnicS tate University

®RIAN O., P rofesso r o f Visual ' °*^*"^*°'* Stale University

's»or o f p Î'.'^ÊODORE, A ssociate Pro-

^ in nesota‘ “^

■^**'**0”* Professor ' '* o f M ichigan

^*''ler fo f -Dean and Professor,^ ‘"’'‘S ' t n s Z Z Z y tu r n in g ; Ph.D..perhy. jj

P rofessor o f Jâkotl University o f


PETERS, DOUGLAS, A ssociate P rofessor o f Psychology; P kD ., Southern lUinois University

PETERSON, FREDRICK E., A ssociate Professor o f Secondary Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; PkD ., University o f Utah

PETERSON. MARGARET A., Field H ockey Coach and Instructor in Health, Physical Education and Recreation; M.E<L, University o f North D akota

PETERSON, MARILYN RYDEN, A ssocia te P rofessor o f Health, Physical Education and Recreation; AIE(L, University o f North D akota

PETERSON, SXJSAN, A ssistant Professor o f H istory; P/lD., O klahom a S ta te University

PETROS, THOMAS, A ssistant P rofessor o f Psychology; PKD., K ent S ta te University

PHILLIPS, MONTE L., Associate Professor o f Civil Engineering; PKD., University o f Illinois

PICKELU GARFIELD C.. A cting A ssistant Dean o f N ortheast M edical S chool Campus a t Grand Forks and A ssociate P rofessor o f Fam ily M edicine; M.D., University o f M anitoba

PIPER, DONALD L., Chairperson o f Program A rea and Professor o f Educational A dministration, Center fo r Teaching and Learning: E(LD., University o f Illinois

POELLOT, MICHAEL R,. A ssociate Professor o f A viation; M.S., Colorado S ta te University

POLOVITZ, MICHAEL F., Professor o f Music; M.Mus., University o f M ichigan

POOCHIGIAN, DONALD V., A ssociate P rofessor o f Political Science; PKD., Clarem ont Graduate School

PORTER, DONALD E., Associafe Professor o f M anagement; PKD., S tanford University

POSTER, ROBERT J-, Captain, United S tates Army, A ssistan t Professor o f Military Science; B.A., M ontclair S ta te College

POTTER, GERALD L., A ssociate Professor o f Religious Studies; S.TD ., Gregorian University

379


POTTER, THOMAS A*, Assistant Professor o f Management^ Graduate Program Grand Forks Air Force Base; J.D., University o f Colorado

PRICE, NEIL V., Chairperson o f Depart- ment and Assistant Professor o f Library Science and Audiovisual Instruction; M.ImS Brigham Young University

PRIGGE, GLENN, Professor o f Mathematics; Ph.D., University o f Minnesota

PRIGGE, LILA, Associate Professor o f Business and Vocational Education; PKD., University o f North Dakota

PYNN, RONALD E., Director, Institute for Rural Policy, Chairperson o f Department and Professor o f Political Science; PKD., University o f Michigan

Q

QUERY, JOY, Professor o f Neuroscience; PKD., University o f Kentucky

QUESAL, ROBERT VI., Assistant Professor of Communication Disorders; ALA, Indiana University

RADONOVICH, LEWIS J.. Professor of Chemistry; PKD., Wayne State University

RAMSETT, DAVID E.. Professor o f Economics; PKD., University o f Oklahoma

RAND. THOMAS A^ Assistant to Dean o f College o f Arts and Sciences and Assistant Professor o f Humanities; BJ)., Harvard Divinity School

RAO, B. SESHAGIRI, Professor of Physics; PKD., Pennsylvania State University

RASMUSSEN, DAVID H., Clinical Associate Professor of Surgery, M.D., University of Minnesota

RAW AT, BANMALI, Associate Professor o f Electrical Engineering; PKD., Sri VenAa- teswara University (Indial

RAY, PAUL D., Professor o f Biochemistry; PKD., S t Louis University

READ, TAMAR C., Professor o f Afusic; D.M.A., University o f Southern Califorrua

REED, JEFFREY, Associate Professor of Economics; Ph.D., Louisiana State JJnivtt- sity

REID, JOHN R„ Professor o f Geology: PKD., University o f Michigan

RENDAHL, STEPHEN E„ Assistant Professor o f Speech and Journalism; PKD- University of Minnesota

REUSCH. RITA T„ Director of Olaf Thormodsgard Law Library and AssoC«* Professor o f Law; J.D., University of and M .LL, University of Washington

REUTER, LAUREL, Director of Nort'' Dakota Museum of Art and Adjunct A s ^ tant Professor of Humanities; M.A., sity o f North Dakota

REYNOLDS, BRIAN, Assistant Profes^^ of Cummunication Disorders; PKD., University

RHEE, CHUNG SEI, Assistant Pro^^K o f Computer Science; Af.S., University South Carolina

RICH, SARAH, Oinical Assistant ProM^"' o f Nursing; EdM., Oregon State Unio ^ ^

RICHMAN, JOHN L„ Assistant Fo°‘^ Coach and Instructor o f Health ui Education and Recreation; M.A., Moot t State University

RING, BENJAMIN A., Professor of Pl‘ ‘’ ophy; M.A., Johns Hopkins University

RINN, DAVID A., Program D'tector^^ Minot Family Medicine Residency P t^ and Associate Professor o f Family Mc<i‘ M.D., Bowman Gray School o f Medici'*^

of

ROBINSON, SHIRLEY, Assistant Proft^rsity

ofsor o f Nursing; M.A., New York Univo‘

ROBINSON, THOMAS J., Professo'Mathematics; PKD., Iowa State Uaiof

ROGERS, JOHN H„ Professor of Arts; M.F.A., Temple University

RONDEAU, STEVEN F„ Assistant ball Coach and Instructor of Health, cal Education and Recreation; M-S.> sity of Wyoming ^

ROSEN, WILLIAM, Acting CAai>P«'’®J’ '' Department and Associate Pediatrics; M.D., Albany Medical Co

Uf CLAIR D„ Dean of College ofBusi-so** P'iblic Administration and Profes-

Marketing; PKD., University of Iowa

C. STEVENSON, Professor of y>^nting and Business Law; PH.D., Uni-

of Wisconsin

Mafj,' Associate Professor of^âtics; PKD,^ Iowa State University

* ' ®‘NNA, Professor of Music;’ ^Ml State University

LAVONNE J.. Professor of ‘"S'; M.Ed., University of Minnesota

Ma u r ic e T„ Director o f Aca- °fLib and Associate Professoriion- Science and Audiovisual Instruc-

- University o f North Dakota

Da n ie l F„ Curator o f Libby sor Collection and Assistant Profes-^ “kota ***°' ’ University of North

S

T., i4ssociafe Professor of ^ ^Sy: PKD., University of Minnesota

^ p e t e r , Professor ofMechani- Rensselaer Poly-

institute

Instructor of Oc- ôrtk B.S, University of

^ ‘ CREEN, Instructor of g University of Minnesota

Stnw: Associate Professor of In-Sai Acieona State University

Professor of Geology; ■’ ' '■‘''""«>yo/‘ W»consm

^ ^ C L A S , Adjunct Professor Yale University

hssor a l b e r t F„ Associate Pro-^ ' ‘ ‘nnati M.D., University of

?ANDem“'S; M.p u Instructor o f Nurs-ÂU\i ' o f MinnesotaN 's s o /^ HOLLAND. Associate

Universi“‘' ^ ‘°^^'


SCHAEFER, RONALD H., Chairperson of Department and Professor o f Visual Arts; M.F.A., University o f Wisconsin

SCHILL, MARY JO, Clinical Instructor of Communication Disorders; M.A., Indiana University

SCHLOSSER, ISAAC, Assistant Professor o f Biology; Ph.D„ University of lUinois

SCHMIDT. CHERYL K.. Assistant Professor of Nursing; M.S.N, Ohio State University

SCHMIDT, SHELDON L., Associate Professor o f Elementary Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; EdD., University of North Dakota

SCHMIESS, ELMER, Associate Professor of Elementary Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; EdD., University of North Dakota

SCHNEIDER. FREDERICK E..Di>eeforo/ UND Archaeological Research Unit, Chairperson o f Department and Professor of Anthropology and Archaeology; Ph.D., University of Missouri

SCHNEIDER, MARY JANE, Chairperson of Department and Associate Professor of Indian Studies; Ph-D., University of Missouri

SCHNEPF, MICHAEL A., Assistant Professor of Spanish; M.A., University of Northern Iowa

SCHOBERT, HAROLD, Adjunct Professor of Chemical Engineering; PAD., Iowa State University

SCHUBERT, GEORGE W., Dean of University College and Summer Sessions and Professor o f Communication Disorders; PAD., University of Washington

SCHWALM. MIZUHO. Adjunct Assistant Professor o f Physics; PAD., Montana State University

SCHWALM, WILLIAM. Assistant Professor of Physics; PAD., Montana State Univer sity

SCHWARTZ, GARY W„ Coach and Instructor of Healt A Physical Education and Recreation; M.Ed, Colorado State University

SCHWARTZ. LUCY, Professor of French; PAD., Harvard University

381


SCHWARTZ, PAUL J., Chairperson o f Languages Department and Professor of French; Ph.D„ Yale University

SCOTT, RACHEL, Associate Professor o f Nursing; M.S., University o f North Dakota, M.S.N., University of Minnesota

SCOTT, THOMAS B,, Professor o f Counseling; PhD., University o f Minnesota

SEABLOOM, ROBERT W., Professor o f Biology; PhD., University o f Minnesota

SEIFERT, AVERY U, Assistant Professor o f Surgery; M.D., University o f Minnesota

SELBYG, ARNE, Chairperson o f Department and Associate Professor o f Sociology; PhD., University o f Chicago

SELLHEIM, DEBORAH, Instructor of Physical Therapy; B.S., University o f North Dakota

SEVERSON, ROLAND G„ Chairperson of Department and Professor o f Chemistry; PhD., Purdue University

SHERIDAN, DANIEL P.. Associate Professor o f Engtish; PhD., Northwestern University

SHERIDAN. WILLIAM F„ Professor of Biology; PhD., University o f Illinois

SHUBERT, L. ELLIOT, Associate Professor o f Biology; PhD., Univerity of Connecticut

SHUTT, MERRILL, Associate Professor o f Community Medicine; M.D., M.P.H., University o f Iowa

SIEGEL, MARK B., Assistant Professor of Surgery; M.D., University o f California

SILBERGLEIT, INGER-LISE, Head o f Division of Clinical Geriatrics and Associate Professor o f Internal Medicine; M.D., Oslo University (Norway)

SINN, JOHN W.. Associate Professor o f Industrial Technology; Ed.D, Wejf Virginia University

SLOTNICK HENRY B , Medical Education and Evaluation Officer and Associate Professor o f Community Medicine; PhD., University o f Illinois

SMILEY. LARRY L.. Director o f Bureau of Educational Research and Services and

Associate Professor o f Educational Adn>>’'' istration. Center for Teaching and Learnit’S’ PhD., University of Iowa

SMILEY. M. HELEN, Associate Athlet Director and Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Recreation; University o f Iowa

SMITH, DONALD L, Chairperson of ^ partment and Associate Professor tion; B.M.E.s School of Science and Techn ogy, Pratt Institute (New York)

SMITH, ELIZABETH C„ Assistant Prof J sor o f Sociology; Ph.D„ Cornell Universdy

SMITH, GLENN H.. Professor of HisO^’ PKD.t University o f Iowa

SMITH, RODNEY K.. Associateo f Law; LL.M., University o f Pennsyl< “

SNORTLAND, ROBERT K., >4ssociat« fessor of Mechanical Engineering; University of North Dakota

SOONPAA, HENN H„ Professor of PhD., Wayne State University

SPAIN. LARRY R.. Director of Legal vices and Assistant Clinical Professof; Creighton University

SPURBECK. GEORGE H., Assistont ^ /lessor of Internal Medicine; M.D., University

STAEBLER. ROBIN J.. Chairperson partment and Associate Professor of Medicine; M.D. University o f Oregon cal School

STANLAKE, LOWELL P., -4ssisW"‘^ fessor o f Mechanical Engineering- University of North Dakota

STATON. CAROL B„ Instructor in Com'm'i-

tlnity Medicine; M.S., Boston UnivorriU

STATON. DENNIS. Associate Neuroscience; PhD., Harvard; M-D"sity o f Miami

■ i S M P PptoiliSTEELE, LOIS, Director of

gram and Assistant Professor o t ^ Medicine; M.D., University o f Minn

STENBERG, VIRGIL L.Chemistry; PhD., Iowa State Unioo

STEWART. JAMES A., Professor o- istry; PhD., University o f Ottawa

stiles, ROBERT E.. Wrestling Coach and distant Professor o f Health, Physical location and Recreation; M.S., University North Dakota

Stinnett , h e n r y 0 „ Associate Profes- 0/ Physiology; PKD., University o f

^ iifornia at Davis

JEFFREY, Assistant Professor of âshington-

Associate Professor ^^nornics; Pk.D., University o f Utah

Ha r l e y , Assisfan^ Professor of ^âlism; M.A., University o f Oregon

stlÔMBERG, MICHAEL, Coach and In- ecrl ' ' ^^ttlth. Physical Education and

f'on,- M.S., University o f North Dakota

f^ssor^' ' R., Assistant Pro-Vni, Electrical Engineering; M.S.,

o f Michigan

N - Director o f Student Intern 1 * *'* ®* Associate Professor ofNebraska ^-D., University o f

M., Assistant to the S'"'?erv^*rr Associate Professor of

Nf.S., Harvard Medical School

TTAb^ ychaig ^êociate Professor ofSo'Kq ^ND., University o f California-

TEjjgpN“naeen, Associate Professor of■j,g Eh.D., University o f Minnesota

of p COSINE, Assocjaf,Rh)/es-^ND., University o f North

P^ÊCHA, Associate ^ ‘nnesota'^^^"'"''N University

M., Instructor o f Ôstin N’ University o f Texas at

^N'nenta^pJ^'NEhh H„ Professor of y N ea ,Z f^ yN on , Center for Teaching

^ ota University o f North

'*' OMpSn»rN u r s i n ' ^êistant Profes-

''‘ ‘'ersity * N^N-N,, South Dakota State

Administration and Facuity

THOMS, WILLIAM E., Professor o f Law; J.ED,, Tulane University

THORNBURGH, KAREN N„ Costumer and Adjunct Instructor o f Theatre Arts; M.A., University o f North Dakota

THORSON, PLAYFORD V., JR.. Associate Professor o f History; Ph.D„ University of Minnesota

t ig h t , ROBERT R., Head o f Division o f Infectious Disease and Associate Professor o f Internal Medicine; M.D,, University o f Rochester

TILL, ROBERT, Chairperson o f Department arui Associate Professor o f Psychology; PKD., University o f Minnesota

TILLISCH. JANET K„ Clinical Assistant Professor o f Pediatrics, M.D., University of Kansas

TODD, DAVID W., Head o f Division o f Pediatric Surgery and Associate Professor o f Surgery; M.D., Tufts University

TOKKO, MOK, Chairperson o f Department and Associate Professor o f Computer Science; Ph.D., Iowa State University

TOMA, RAMSES B., Professor o f Home Economics and Nutrition; PKD,, Louisiana State University

TOMASEK, HENRY 3,, Dean o f College for Human Resources Development and Professor o f Political Science; PKD., University o f Chicago

TRAUGER, DAVID L., Adjunct Associate Professor o f Biology; PKD., Iowa State University

TRAUGH, CECELIA, Associate Dean and Associate Professor, Center for Teaching and Learning; PKD., University o f California

TRAVIS, DAVID M., Professor o f Internal Medicine; M.D., Vanderbilt University

TRENTADUE. JESSE C.. Assistant Professor o f Accounting and Business Law; J.D., University o f Idaho

TRONIER, RONALD, Associate Professor o f Aviation; M.B.A., University o f North Dakota

TUCKER, DON M.. Associate Professor o f Psychology; PKD., Pennsylvania State University

383


TURNER. CHARLES D.. Associate Professor o f Civil Engineering; Ph.D^ Colorado State University

TURNER, WYONA. Instructor o f Engineer^ ing Management; M.S^ Colorado State t/m* versity

TWETON, D. JEROME. Chairperson ofDe- partment and Professor o f History; Ph.D.s University o f Oklahoma

TYLER, JOHN D.. Director of Psychological Services Center and Professor of Psychology; Ph.D, University o f Texas

TYLER. SHIRLEY, Assistant Clinical Professor of Psychology; PhS> University of North Dakota

V

UHERKA, DAVID J., Professor o f Mathematics; Ph.D., University of Utah

UHLENBERG, BEVERLY. Assistant Professor o f Home Economics and Nutrition; Ph.D.t University of North Dakota

UHLENBERG, DONALD, Associate Professor o f Aviation; PKD., Ohio State University

UYAR, BULENT. Assistant Professor of Economics; PhD., University o f Pittsburgh

VAN VOORHIS, ROBERT B „ Professor of Music; M.M.E., University o f Nebraska

VARVEL, DONALD A.. Instructor o f Computer Science, B.SL, University of North Dakota

VENNES. JOHN W „ Chairperson o f Department and Professor o f Microbiology; PhD., University of Michigan

VICKERY. BARRY R , Associate Dean and Assistant Professor o f Law; JD., Vanderbilt School o f Law

VIVIAN. JAMES F„ Professor of History; PhD., American University

VOGEL. ROBERT J.. Professor o f Law; L.L.B., Minnesota College o f Law

VOLDEN. CECILIA, Associate Professor of Nursing; M.S., University o f Minnesota

VOSIKA, GERALD J., Head of Division of Hematology and Associate Professor temal Medicine; M.D., University of nesota

W

WACKER, DUWAYNE M., Associate fessor o f Accounting and Business 1^“’ M.S., University o f North Dakota

WAKEFIELD-FISHER. MARY K., tant Professor o f Nursing; M.S., Univers' o f Texas

WALLER, JAMES R., Associate o f Microbiology; PfuD., University of nesota

WARCUP, PATRICIA, Assistant o f Healths Physical Education and tion; M.S.f University of North Dakota

WARNER. SANDRA L.. Associate sor o f Nursing; M.S.N., University of nesota

WASDAHU WALTER A.. Actingperson o f Department and Pnofesso Pathology; M.D.C.M., McGill University

WATSON. DIETTA. Associateof

Health, Physical Education and Becreot M.A., Adams State College

WEIR. WILLIAM S.. Associate P^^‘^ o f Neurology, M.D., Northwestern Un ^

WEISSER. WILBUR 0..partment and Associate Professor ofM.S., University o f North Dakota

WERMERS. DONALD. Director sions and Records and Associate o f Educational Administration, Cen jTeaching and Learning; EdD., Univ^ Illinois

WESSMAN. HENRY C.. Chairperson y;partment and Professor o f Physica M.S., University of Minnesota ^

WESTBY. KENNETH,o f Management; M.S., GeorgeUniversity

WHALEN. CORNELIUS J.. Accounting; M.A., University Dakota

WHARTON. ROBERT H., P ^ o^ tyMusic; M.M., Michigan State Untoe


"'HITCOMB. JOHN L., Associate Professor Mathematics: M.S., University o f North

Dakota

Jj HlTE, HARVEY, Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Recreation;

University o f New Mexico

'ÎENER, DAVID M., Associate Professor °l English; Ph.D., University o f Illinois

ÎER, W i l l ia m S.. Associate Professor ° ^âroscience; M.D., Northwestern Uni- ‘'tfsify

ÎGGEN, THOMAS P„ Assistant Profes- ’’ o/ Computer Science; PKD„ Louisiana

University

^*KEL, STEPHEN K.. Associate Profes- 0/ Microbiology; Ph,D., University o f

’‘^katchewan

^'LBORN, GRACIELA G.. Assistant Pro- ^ ar of Spanish; M.A., Middlebury College

^ÊOLD H., Associate Professor tr . ‘ânting and Business Law; Ph.D„

'aersity of Nebraska-Lincoln

"^^*'ÔNA H., Assistant Profes- °1 rench; M.A., Indiana University

Th e l m a , Associate Professor “sic; M.Mus., University o f Illinois

of "ÔHN A., Assistant Professor'^P°Mgy and Archaeology; Ph.D.,

"'o State University

Professor o f Educator X ^ ’ ârement and Statistics, Center of Learning; PKD^ University“ °'-tl>ern Colorado

Oat ° f

Mecha '- Assistant Professor o f°Ârklns PtvD., University

M Adjunct Professor^ ’'Sineering: Ph.D., University

WILSNACK, RICHARD W., Associate Professor o f Sociology; PKD., Harvard University

WILSNACK, SHARON, Associate Professor o f Neuroscience; PKD., Harvard University

WINGER, MILTON E., Professor o f Mathematics; PKD., Iowa State University

WOOLSEY, NEIL F.. Professor o f Chemistry; PKD., University of Wisconsin

WRENN, WILLIAM J., Associate Professor o f Biology; PKD., University o f Kansas

WRIGHT, BOYD L„ Legal Counsel and Assistant Professor of Political Science; JJ)., University of North Dakota

WRIGHT, MARY, Assistant Professor of Nursing; M.&, University o f Texas

WRIGHT, PAUL H., Professor o f Psychology; PKD., University of Kansas

WYCKOFF, JOHN, Assistant Professor of Geography; PKD., University o f Utah

YOUNG, ROBERT E., Director o f Office o f Institutional Research and Associate Professor o f Foundations o f Education, Center for Teaching and Learning; PKD., Michigan State University

YOUNGS. JOHN N., Head of Division o f Otolaryngology and Associate Professor of Surgery; M.D., Temple University

ZIMMERMAN, SONIA, Instructor o f Occupational Therapy; B.S., University o f North Dakota

ZOGG, CARL A., Professor o f Physiology; PKD., University o f Illinois

ZUELKE, DENNIS C.. Director of Bismarck Graduate Center and Associate Professor of Educational Administration, Center for Teaching and Learning; PKD., University of Wisconsin-Madison


OTHER ACADEMIC PROFESSIONALSAHLER, STANLEY A., Research Archaeologist Department o f Anthropology and Archaeology; Ph.D^ University of Missouri

DANCER, WILLIAM Research Scientist Project Reclamation; PKD^ University of Wisconsin-Madison.

GEORGACAS, BARBARA D., Research Associate^ Greek Dictionary Project; M.A.» University o f Chicago.

GREGG, MICHAEL, Research Director, UND Archaeological Research; Ph.D„ University of Wisconsin.

HARMESON, PHILIP, Associate Director, Bureau o f Governmental Affairs; J.D., University of North Dakota.

KLASSEN, ALBERT, Senior Research Associate and Project Director, Department of Sociology; University of Kansas.

LANG, JEFFREY, Assistant Research Professor of Biology; PKD., University of Minnesota.

LIEBERMAN, MILTON, Research Professor of Biology; PKD., University of California- Irvine.

M ANZ, OSCAR, Director, Coal By-Product Utilization Institute; M.S.C.E., University of Minnesota.

MATHSEN, DONALD V.. Manager, Engineering Experiment Station; M.S., University of North Dakota.MEHRER, RONALD E.. CurriculumDeve^' opment Project Director, Businessand Vot^’ tional Education; M.S., North Dakota Stnt University.NICHOLSON, STUART A.. Director. Reclamation and Senior Research Scientist’ Ph.D., University of North Dakota; University of North Dakota.OLSON. JOYCE A.. Project Director. Coi>- sortium of Gerontology; M.S., University t>! Nebraska at Omaha.SAMPSON, DELORES L., Resource Col-

of

league. Center for Teaching and Learning’ M.Ed, University of North Dakota. SAYLER, RODNEY, Director. Institute Ecological Studies, PKD., University North DakotcuURFF, DONNA, Project Director. Soc>e> Science Research Institute; M.A., Universi^ of North Dakota.

FACULTY MEMBERS EMERITIACOSTA, E.V,, Associate Professor Emeritus, Romance Languages

AUSTIN, ALVIN E,, Professor Emeritus, JourruUism

BARR, MARGARET L., Associate Professor Emeritus, Business and Vocational Education

BEHRINGER, MARJORIE P.. Professor Emeritus, Biology

BOEHLE, WILLIAM R., Professor Emeritus, Music

BURRAGE, RUTH, Professor Emeritus, Nursing

CALDWELL, MARY ELLEN, Associate Professor Emeritus, English

CAPE, JULIA P„ Assistant Professor Emeritus, English

COOLEY, ALBERT M„ Professor Emeritus, Chemical Engineering

CORNATZER, WILLIAM EUGENE, University Professor Emeritus, Biochemistry

CORY, MARGARET HEYSE, Dean EmiP tus. College of Nursing

CORY. PHILIP B„ Associate Prop^^"' Emeritus, Music

CURRY. MABEL L„ Professor Emeri“ ' Home Economics and Nutrition

CURRY, MYRON C„ Associate Prop>‘‘’' Emeritus, Speech

DE BOER. BENJAMIN, Professortus. Physiology and Pharmacology

EDERSTROM, HELGE E.. ProP^^”'

giologyEmeritus, Physiology FACEY, VERA. Professor Emeritus, FOSSUM. GUILFORD O.. Professor E'»‘'' tus. Civil Engineering FRANK. RICHARD E.. Associate ProP^’" Emeritus, Chemistry .GEORGACAS. DEMETRIUSversity Professor Emeritus, Classiaa

Professo'HAGER. OSWALD M.. Associate Emeritus, Business and Vocational tion


ÂLE, RICHARD O., Associate Professor Emeritus, EngUshHANKERSON. KENNETH, Professor

"'eritus. Mathematicsp ^ÂN, LLOYD L., Associate Professor

"'eritus, Center for Teaching & Learning JOHNSON, STANLEY 0., Associate Pro- i^ssor Emeritus, Visual Arts ^JELMYR, HELEN, Associate Professor

ManagementI^ÊNKER, W. E., Vice President, Emeritus

Academic Affairs, University Professor Economics

p*^HANOWSKI. N. D.« Associate Professor ^êntus. Geology

R. D., University Profes- neritus, Accounting and Business Law

Emeritus,

AMY, Professor Emeritus, Occupa- ^ l Therapy

LIHKLETTER, C. m o n t e . Professor English

on ^ ' Professor Emeritus, Anat-

ÎLTZA, Assistant Professor ^ntus. Biochemistry

tas f^ÔHARD M., Professor Emeri-’ ‘t^tibiology and Immunology

Sop 'WOODROW, Associate Profes-êritus. Mathematics

^ ENZIE, RUBY, Re^'stpw Emeritus

Induct ALAN H., Professor Emeritus,Engineering

J' 'iosopAy professor Emeritus,

, JOE, Professor Emeritus, Biology

Associate Professor

^ " E^men-Pj, 'PacAiny and Learning.^^N .joh m o®®s»ons flnw D * Emeritus, Summer

ÊTE Emeritus, Speech

J'OSSELL A., Professor PET'ip "E tiching and Learning/ person ru th „ .*'"critu, n„ Associate Professor

*• <<>‘PationaI Therapy

QUADAY, JOHN, Professor Emeritus, Health, Physical Education and Recreation

RHONEMUS, GRACE 0., Associate Professor Emeritus, Health, Physical Education and Recreation

ROBERTSON, D. J., Dean Emeritus, University College

ROBINSON, ELWYN B„ University Professor Emeritus, History

RODGERS, MARGUERITE, Assistant Professor Emeritus, German

RUNDLE, BEULAH, Assistant Professor Emeritus, English

RYKKEN, MARJORIE B., Professor Emeritus, Nursing

SAINT CLAIR, FOSTER Y„ Professor Emeritus, English

SCHLEY, COURTNEY F., Professor Emeritus, Management

SCHMIDT, PAUL, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Journalism

SEVERSON, DONALD E„ Professor Emeritus, Chemical Engineering

SHURR, AGNES G., Professor Emeritus, Nursing

SMEALL, JOSEPH, Professor Emeritus, English

SNOOK, THEODORE, Professor Emeritus, Anatomy

STARCHER, GEORGE W„ President Emeritus

SUMMERS, LAWRENCE, Professor Emeritus, ChemistryTHOMFORDE, CLIFFORD, Professor Emeritus, Electrical Engineering URQUIAGA, JUANA, Associate Professor Emeritus, SpanishWARDNER, C. ARTHUR, Professor Emeritus, ChemistryWHEELER. GEORGE C„ University Professor Emeritus, Biology WILKINS, ROBERT, Professor Emeritus, HistoryWILLS. BERNT L., Professor Emeritus, GeographyZAZULA, FRANK, Assistant Professor Emeritus, Health, Physical Education and Recreation

iBgiw e ii i s s s i s .-.


Undergraduate Fields of Study

This listing p e r t ^ only to undergraduate fields of study. For information on graduate fields o f study, see the Graduate School section in this catalog.

Field of StudyAccounting..............................Adapted Physical Education . . . Addiction Counselor Training ..Advertising...............................Aeronautical Studies.................AirpcHt Adm inistration............Airway Sciences.......................

American S tud ies.....................A n a tom y..................................Anthropology...........................A r t ............................................Arts and Sciences.....................Astronomy.................................Athletic C a c h in g .....................Athletic Training.......................Aviation Adm inistration..........Aviation S e r v u ^ .....................Banking and F inance...............Biochemistry.............................Bioengineering .........................Biological & Physical

Sciences.................................B iology......................................Botany......................................Business Administratam..........Business Education .................

Business Law .............................C «^ m ic s ..................................Chemical Engineering...............Chemical Use/Abuse AwarenessChem istry................................Civil Engineering.....................Communicatiem.........................Communication Disorders........Community D ietetics...............Computer Science.....................Counseling................................Criminal Justice Studies...........Cytotechnology.........................Dentistry....................................Distributive Education...............

Driver and Traffic Safety Education.....................

Earth Science..............................E co lo gy .....................................Economics.................................

UndergraduateCoursesOffered M inor Major Comments

See: Social Work

Options in Aircraft System Management; Airway Comput® Science: Airway Science Manag®* mentRelated fields concentration.

See: Visual Arts

2-year program

Also see; Management vacs- Options in Comprehensivetional Business and Office Lo tion; Accounting Bookkeep*^*e

See: Visual Arts

See: Social Work

See: Journalism, Speech

Coordinated Program

Graduate courses only.

See: Pre-professional See: Business and Vocational Education

Related fields concentration

Options in General Econoi Quantitative Analysis

ifliic®*

Undergraduate Fields of Study 389

£isM of Study^>i>ication

Educational Administration .Wucational Research..........Wementary Education........

tbrary Science/Audio-J ‘sual Instruction............Mathematics .Music .. ..............

PJVsicalEducation SpecialEducaUon . . . .

Pea tre A rts..Visual Arts . . .

S ^ ja lE du caU on ..........

‘ ondary Level

......

Engi] ” ’’ " * P 'anagem ent____

‘'•W W ...................Pa.vi: ^®<i*cme . . .

............. .....................

..........................

^ '" '“E ip iE n g in ee rin *;::::::

“ Polegy...........

2»man

C ^ ' ^ ' ‘ “ « t io n

Hois: S o n d e . : : ...................

{ S s ^ ^ u o n : : : : - -

.......” M anagem ent........

S j ‘ oal History

■'“o o.iisn,:..........

UndergraduateCoursesOffered M inor Major Comments

See: Cento* f o Teaching and LearningGraduate courses only. Graduate courses only.

Certincation. See: Center for Teaching and Learning

See: Center for Teaching and Learning for complete list

See: Chemical. Civil, Electrical, Geological Mechanical Engineer* ing, and Engineering MgmL

2 year program.

See: Home Economics See: Home Economics Composite Major

Related Helds concentration.

Options in Petroleum; S^s-Hydrology: Economic Geology: Mining Engineering Options in Sedimentology- Stratigraphy: Economic Geology See: Languages

Concentrated major with Latin.

Related fields concentration.

Technologist Program Options in Administrative Office Services and Executive Secretarial Administration

Related fields concentration. Emphasis Areas in News* Editorial; Broadcast Journalism; Public Relations


Field of StudyLanguages (concentrated). Languages iGassical

& Modern)...................

UndergraduateCoursesOffered M inor Major

Latin.

Library Science and Audio visual Instruction............ X X X

Linguistics...................................

Management................................

X

X X

Marketing................................... X XMathematics................................ X X X

Mechanical Engineering................ X XMedical Technology..................... X XMedicine.......................................Meterological Studies...................

X

X X XMicrobiology................................Military Science............................M<Ktuary Science.........................Music.......................................

X

X

X X XMusic Education.......................... X X

Musk Performance....................... X XNatural Science............................ X XNorwegian................................ X X XNursing....................................... X XOccupational Therapy................... X XOffice Administration.................... X X

Optometry . . . . ! .........................Pathology ...................................Pharmacology..............................Philosophy...................................

XX

X X XPhysical Education....................... X X XPhysical Science.......................... X XPhysical Therapy ......................... X XPhysics........................................ X X XPhysiology...................................Police Administration...................

XX X

Politkal Science............................ X X XPre-professional (studies

available in many areas including but not restricted to — Dentistry. Law, Medicine. Mortuary Science. Optometry. Veterinary Medicine)

Professional F iig lit.....................Psychiatry.................................

Psychology................................Public Administration................

Public Health.......Radio-TV.............Readingil^anguage

Arts Education . Recreation...........

Rehabilitation Services. Religious Studies.........

CommentsTwo Languages

See: French, German.Greek, Italian, Latin, Norwegi** ' Russian. Spanish, Swedish Also, a concentrated major with Greek.3-year professional program.

Masters program, summer session only. Concentration in personnel, professional production. finan< « international business.

Concentrations in Applied Mathematics; Statistics

M.D. degree

See: Pre-professional

Emphasis areas in Instrumen' Choral

Related Helds concentration.

ital;

See: Business and Vocational EducationSee: Pre-professional

Related fields concentration.

2-year program Professional courses for M® School students.

Emphasis areas in General Public Administration: Police Administration

See: Journalism and Spe*< ^

Graduate courses only. Emphasis Areas In . Administration: Leadership Special Populations (Therap*'

Undergraduate Fields of Study 391

Sigld of Study

.....“ "ti Soviet Studies

Languages . . S tu d ies........feSrct::::::

fcSfe-,::::.....Sir........' ‘Peech . . ; ...........................

N ie t ic ,* ^ ...........................^ ^ is h . , .............................

V e ^ i r e f e r .................

UndergraduateCoursesOffered Minor Major Comments

Related Reids concentration. See: Norwegian.

Combined major & minor. See: Business and Vocational Education Composite major Concentration in Child and Family Services

Emphasis Areas in Public Address; Interpersonal Communi* cation; Radio & Television

See: Communication Disorders

See: Pre-professional


IndexPage

Absences. ClassEstablished P o licy ......................................... 46

Academic Calendar............................................. ivAcademic Media Center..................................... 60Academic Information....................................... 25Accounting. C ourses......................................... 125

Curriculum..................................................... 124Accreditation..................................................... 2A .C T .................................................................. 10Actuarial E xa m s............................................... 275Adapted Physical Education M inor................ 219Add and D r^ Classes....................................... 42Addiction Counselor Training Program.......... 336Administrative. O fficers................................... 364Admission

A.C.T................................................................. 10Application..................................................... 9Procedure fw Freshmen................................. 10

for Transfers............................................... 12fcK* Former Students................................... 14

Advanced Degrees............................................. 98Advanced Placement..................................... 22.253Advertising M ajors........................................... 248Aeronautical Studies......................................... 136Aerospace Sci^ices ......................................... 72Adviser's Signature........................................... 26Affirmative Action............................................. 60Alumni O ffice..................................................... 60American Studies. Curriculum......................... 126Anatomy. Courses............................................. 127Anthropology and Archaeol(^ Courses........ 129

Curriculum ..................................................... 128Application F e e ................................................. 12Application for Admission................................. 12Application for Degree....................................... 40Art. See Visual ArtsArts and Humanities......................................... 34Arts and Sciences, College o l ............................. 77

Admissicoi....................................................... 78Arts and Sciences. Courses............................. 131Curricixia

Am«ican S tudies....................................... 126Aeronautical Studies................................... 136Anthri^logy and Archaeology . . . ! ........ 128Biology......................................................... U4Botany......................................................... 146Chemistry..................................................... 169Classical Languages................................... 252Cmnmunication........................................... 175Communication D isorders......................... 177Computer Science....................................... 180Earth Science............................................... 185E^m om ics................................................... 186English......................................................... 199Fisheries and Wildlife B iology................... 147French............................ 255Geography................................................... 206G eology ....................................................... 210German......................................................... 256G reek ........................................................... 254History......................................................... 225Humanities ................................................... 236Indian Studies Major and M in or.............. 236Intellectual History (m inor)......................... 226Journalism................................................... 246

Languages (Modem and Classical).Latin.................................................Mathematics..................................MeCerological Studies....................M usic...............................................Norwegian.......................................Philosophy.......................................Physical ^ e n c e ..............................Physics.............................................Political Science..............................Psychology.......................................Religious Studies............................Russian Studies..............................Scandinavian Studies .....................Social Science..................................Sociology.........................................Spanish.............................................Speech .............................................Swedish.......................................Theatre Arts ...................................Visual Arts.......................................Zoology.............................................

Degree Requirements........................Associate Arts Degree..........................Athletic Policies....................................Athletic Training (minor)......................Attendance. Policy.................................Audiology (See

Communication Disorders)................A uditors.................................................

F ees .....................................................Automobile Registration......................Aviation Courses...................................Aviation M a j^ s ....................................Banking and Finance M a jo r ................Biochemistry and Molecular

Biology C ourses................................Biochemistry C ourses..........................Biology. Courses....................................Biology Majors......................................Black Student Programs......................Board and Room....................................Board of Higher Education..................Botany M ajor........................................Broadcast Journalism Major................Bureau Business and

Economics Research..........................Bureau of

Governmental Affairs........................Business and Public Administration ■ • •

Admission..........................................Certified Public Accountant

Certificate.......................................C ourses..............................................Curricula

Accounting......................................Advertising....................................Aviation..........................................Banking and Finance......................Economics......................................Information Management..............Management..................................M arketing......................................Office Management (See

Information Management) ........Public Administration....................Retail Merchandising....................

252254274284282258308311 318312325328S3l33233234026034326135035614779696

1779

154

138134188

1431431491455322

364146 246

8384

124161

12424913418818616^268271

154320271

Index 393

155126

iv435456

...................................................... 84« ‘8tory and Mission.................................... 83^‘acement....................................................... 86

g/^uirements for Graduation..................... 84siness and Vocational Education,

bourses

Registration...................Cent , Service...........

^^‘versity Memorial...........

............................ .^viation........................................................ 139Computer Science ..................................... 180

.............................^otonautical Studies................................. 136"Import AdministraUon.............................. 135, “?*ay Science ......................................... 136^««tionAdm J .'oation Services

’ «uon Administration............................ 134w ’ “tion Services....................................... 138^^rological Studies............................. 285

................................... 138Mis^^“" ‘*C>f8anization............................ 73

CeeiJ^®'"l^'li«ties......................................... 74fo Education....................... 86

................... 112

............Course, H3

............................... 113ElenZ. 113CorricH^*^'^“ ®*“ “ “ ................................. 113

biology

................ 343

Eartii&-‘™ '^ “®'‘1“ " ............................. 153Science. . . ,oe............................. 158

S S cI^ end Ub'rary..........

^‘MaS‘^ ^‘‘“®“ ‘ i''>n'«nd.......................Ele“ ‘3>emaUca....................

.................................. 3«°

.....................

English. 161geography............................................... 201& ^ “- o n ; ; : : : : : ; : : : : ; ; ; ; ; ; -

...................... “.. ............................................ 162

p7»ical Education................................... 293........................^ychoi,.......

159159

311317325333

Special Education....................................... 160Speech ......................................................... 345Theatre A r t s ............................................... 353Visual Arts................................................... 359

Requirements fw Graduation....................... 113Elementary................................................. 113Secondary Education................................. 116Teacher CertiHcation................................... 113Teaching Fields........................................... 112

Ceramics Courses (See Visual Arts)..................... 360Certified Public Accountant

Certificate....................................................... 124Challenge Examinations................................... 40Change in Registration..................................... 42Cheating............................................................. 48Chemical Engineering, Courses......................... 167

Curriculum..................................................... 166Chemical Use/Abuse Awareness

(minor)............................................................. 336Chemical Use O ffice............................................... 54Cbenustry, Courses........................................... 170Chemistiy Majcrs ............................................. 169Chests* PVitz Auditorium........................ 61Children’s Center............................................... 62GvU Engineering Courses................................. 174

Curriculum..................................................... 173Class Load........................................................... 43Classification of Students................................. 9

A uditor........................................................... 9Regular........................................................... 9

CLEP............................................................... 41.55Clinics

Health Service................................................. 58Hearing........................................................... 66Speech............................................................. 66

Coaching (minor)................................................. 220College Level Examination Program............ 41,55Colleges

Arts and Sciences........................................... 77Business and

Public Administration................................. 83Center for Aerospace Sciences....................... 72Center for Teaching and Learning................ 112Engineering and Mines................................... 87Fine A rts ......................................................... 96Graduate School............................................. 98Human Resources Development.................. 100Law, School o f ........................................ 102Medicine, School o f ......................................... 104Nursing........................................................... 107University....................................................... 68

Communications, Courses................................. 176Communication Disorders................................. 177Communications M ajor..................................... 176Communications M inor..................................... 176Communications Research Center..................... 82Computer C enter............................................... 62Computer Science Courses................................. 161Computer Science M a jor ................................... 180Community Dietetics M a jor............................. 230Conduct, Students............................................. 47

Cheating or IMagiarism................................... 48Continuing Education,

Division o f ....................................................... 120Correspondence Credits

(See Division of ContinuingEducation)............................ *...................... 121

Counseling......................................................... 182Counseling C en to -............................................... 55Course Numbers, Explained............................. 123Course Visitor..................................................... 10Credit, Definition............................................... 123


Credit fran Other S c h o t t ............................... 13CriminalJustice Studies M ajor....................... 183Cytotechnology M a jo r..................................... 184D«an of Students............................................ 53Deficiency Reports.......................................... 45Degrees Granted.............................................. 26

Arts and Sciences........................................ 79Business and Public

Adm in istrati(»i........................................ 84Candidates. Regulations............................... 40Center for Teaching and Learning................ 112Conferring of Two Degrees........................... 40Engineering and Mines................................. 88Fine A r t s ...................................................... 96Graduate School.......................................... 98Human Resources Development................. 100L a w ............................................................. 102M ed icine...................................................... 105N ursing........................................................ 109Residence Requirements ............................. 39Scholarship Requirements........................... 39University C o lle g e ...................................... 69

Departmental H on o rs .................................... 49Deviations hx»m Graduation

Requirements.............................................. 40Dietetics and Nutrition,

Curriculum.................................................. 230Disabled Student Services............................... 55Disclaimer........................................................ 26Dismissal far Scholarship............................... 46Distributive Education.................................. 153Division of Continuing Education................... 120Division of Student A ffa ir s ............................. 53Doctors Degree................................................ 99Dormitory. Reservations................................ 22Drama (S ^ Theatre A r t s ) ............................... 350Driver and Traffic Safety

Education .................................................... 241Drc^ and A d d .................................................. 42Early Childhood Education............................. 164Earth Science Majcw........................................ 185Economics. Courses........................................ 189Economics M a jo rs .......................................... 188Educational Opportunity G ran ts ................... 20Educaticm Enrollment

(See Center for Teaching and Learning)........ 112Education Courses.......................................... 163Electrical Enginemng, Courses..................... 194

Curriculum .................................................. 193Elementary Education..................................... 158Eligibility for Extra-Curricular

A c t iv it i^ ...................................................... 5Emeriti S ta ff.................................................... 386Employment o f Students................................. 20Enrollment...................................................... 9Engineering and Mines

School o f ...................................................... 87Academic and Enrdlroent Policy................. 89Accreditation ............. 87Admission P o l ic y ........................................ ' 88Courses

Chemical Engineering............................... 167Civil Engineering...................................... 174Electrical Engineering............................... 194Engineering.............................................. 196G eo lo g y .................................................... 214Mechanical Engineering........................... 281

CurriculaFirst Year and Second Y e a r ..................... 90Chemical Enginem ng............................... 166Civil Engineering................................ 173Electrical E n g in en in g ............................. 193

Engineering Management.................Geological Engineering.....................

Economic Geology Option........Mining Engineering Option...........Petroleum Option...........................Soils Hydrology O ption.................

G eo lo g y ............................................Mechanical Engineering...................

D egrees..................... ..........................Engineering Experiment Station.........Fellowships and Scholarships .............General Education Requirements.......Graduate Instruction and Research . • • Integrated Master of

Engineering Program .......................Mining and Mineral Resources

Research Institute.............................M iss ion ................................................Student Organizations.........................

Engineering Management Curricula.......English Composition..............................English, Courses......................................English M ajors........................................Enrollment Services................................Evening D ivis ion ....................................Examinations

Physical.................................. ..........Semester Final .............................Special..........................................

Exceptions to Graduation Requirements •Executive Secretary M a jo r .....................Expenses.................................................

Summary of General Expenses...........Extension Classes ..................................Extra Curricular Program Eligibility • ■ -Facu lty ...................................................Faculty E m erit i......................................Failing G rad es ........................................Fees and Expenses..................................

Non-Resident........................................Refund o f ..............................................Regulations Regarding............. ..........Summer School....................................

Finance, see Banking andFinance ................................................

Financial A i d ..........................................Fine Arts, College o f ................................

CoursesFine A r t s ..........................................M u s ic ...............................................Theatre Arts ....................................Visual A rts ........................................

CurriculaFine Arts ...........................................M u s ic ...............................................Theatre Arts ....................................Visual A rts ...........................

Requirements for Graduation .............Teacher Certification........................Graduate Studies..............................

Fine Arts M a jo r .........................Fisheries and Wildlife Biology Major —Food Service...........................................Foreign Language M a jo rs ....................F(»^ign Students ..................French Courses....................................French Majors ........................................Freshman Orientation........................Full Time Students..................................General Education Requirements...........General Information..............................Geography, Courses..............................

2122132132132132l0279839393 9

94

948792

19833

20220056iO

12464040

15^1616

1206

36838643161718 H 18

20829435436O

291351356979797

20514722

256256149

321

Index 395

Majors....................................... 206‘opcal Engineeringurriculum.............................................. 212

....................................... 213...................................... 214

Ge?m 210

............................................ 256

« » < « s u S r ” ’ : : - ; ..............................

Gladep*' ’® ''®"®®'*....................................... 45fade Points.......... 4<>Grad®p“!" ‘ ^ ™ K e ....................................... 47

.......................................... «

P 'J R*gulation....................... 44Gra(?°V"* Courses................................ 45

....................... 32-39

A r t s ' .............................. 33

ReholarLv” ?"*''® "’®'' " ........................... 39

.....................“.... .................................. %TrJ^^^‘®"ce8 .. .

°'«C te ‘ t " h « ““ '-®®» m

Granted ^ ^ ^ ‘ 09

Grants*'!' .............................. 15

............. -Wajor

p' ew;:...................... ‘ 221

p « t ! f „ g t * l4inguage' & ................ “h !?^yC ou -,........ ,.............................. 66

Major .......................................... 226

......... ....

a ®‘"g 235pf."^'»enu.J^ernitie, . .......................................... 23

jaRege^”*”®®* Development, .........

C w ...................................................... 100'S'eula ......................................... 100

^““■taeUng"''''*’"''m inor!.................. 336

.........\ll..........■■•■'•'■ 336

................................. 217

Home Economics and Nutrition............... 230Industrial Technology................ 239Library Science and

Audio-Visual Instruction....................... 239Occupational Therapy............................... 304Socia iW ork .............................................. 333

D egrees........................................................ lOORequirements for G raduation..................... 101

Humanities and Arts Requirements................ 34Humanities. Courses...................................... 236Humanities MajcM*.......................................... 236Incomplete Grades.......................................... 43Indian Studies Courses................................... 238Indian Studies M a jo r...................................... 237Industrial Technology, Courses....................... 242Industrial Technology M ajors......................... 240Information. G eneral................................. 1.9, 25Information Management............................... 154Institutional Research Office ......................... 62Instructional Development O ffice................... 63Instructor's Drop P o lic y ................................. 42Insurance Courses.......................................... 271Intellectual History (minor)............................. 226Intercollegiate Athletics and

Intramurals.................................................. 5International Students ................................... 56Interpersonal Communication Emphasis........344Ireland Research LabtH-attM^........................... 106Italian Courses................................................ 101Journalism, Courses......................................... 250Journalism M ajors.......................................... 246Journalism M inor............................................ 246Language Placement T e s ts ............................. 253Languages........................................................ 252Latin, Courses.................................................. 254Latin MajcN®...................................................... 254Law, School o f .................................................. 102

Admission.................................................... 102Expenses...................................................... 15Pre-Law S tud ies.......................................... 80Legal Counsel.............................................. 64

Libraries.......................................................... 63Ubrary Science and Audiovisual

Instruction M a jor......................................... 263Linguistics, Courses........................................ 266Living Expenses.............................................. 15Load, Student.................................................. 43Loan Funds for Students................................. 19Location of University..................................... 1Management, Courses..................................... 268

Management Curriculum............................. 266Marketing. Courses......................................... 273

Marketing Curriculum................................. 271Master’s D egree.............................................. 98Mathematics. Courses..................................... 276Mathematics Maj<x®......................................... 274Mechanical Engineering

C ourses........................................................ 281Curriculum .................................................. 279

Medical Care.................................................... 58Medical Technc^ogy Curriculum..................... 283Medicine, School o f .......................................... 104

Ireland ResearchLaboratory................................................ 106

Medical Rehabilitation Cento*..................... 64Medical Technology..................................... 283North Dakota State Medical

Center........................................................ 105Physical T h era p y ......................................... 312Pre-Medical Cujriculuro............................... 104


Mathematics, Science andTechnology....................................................... 38

Memorial U n ion .................................................. 56Meteorological Studies........................................ 284Microbiology and Immunology.

C o u rses ............................................................. 287Middle/Junior High School

E d u ca tio n ................................................ 116,162Military Science. Courses.................................... 288Minors, awarding o f ............................................ 39Modem and Classical Language,

C m irses............................................................. 252Mortuary Science.............................................. 71Motor Vehicle Registration............................... 4Music, Courses.................................................... 294Music M ajm ^....................................................... 289Native American Program s............................... 56Natural Science Curriculum............................... 299News-EditorialJoumalismMajor..................... 247Non-Resident F e e ................................................ 15North Dakota State Medical

C e n te r ............................................................... 105Norwegian, C ourses............................................ 258Norwegian M ajo r................................................ 258Nursing. C o llie o f .............................................. 107

Academic requirem ents.................................. 110Adm ission......................................................... 108C o u rses ............................................................. 300C urriculum ....................................................... 299D egrees..................................... 109Expenses and aw ards ...................................... UOGraduate S tu d ie s ............................................ I l lM iss ion ............................................................. 107O bjectives......................................................... 108Philosophy......................................................... 107Probation and dism issal.................................. 110

Nutrition and EHetetics, M ajo r......................... 230Occupational Therapy. Courses......................... 305Occupational Therapy Curriculum ................... 304Off-Campus H ousing.......................................... 23Off-Campus Trips R egulations......................... 6Officers of Administration.................................. 364Optometry ........................................................... 77Orientation lor New S tuden ts ........................... 14Parking Fee........................................................... 16Parking Regulaticm s.......................................... 4Part-Time S tu d en t.............................................. 9P a th d c ^ , Courses ............................................ 307Personnel Management. C o u rses ..................... 266Persoimel O ffu » .................................................. 64Pharmacology Courses........................................ 308Philosophy, Courses............................................ 309Philosc^hy M ajors.............................................. 308Physical Education

C o u rses ............................................................. 221M ajors............................................................... 217M iners............................................................... 219

Physical Science M a jo r ...................................... 311Physical Therapy M ajor...................................... 913Physical Therapy, Courses.................................. 314Physics, Courses.................................................. 317Physics M ajors.................................................... 316PhysioI<^y C ourses............................................ 319Placement C en ter................................................ 54Plagiarism............................................................. 48Planned Educational L eave................................ 57Police Administrati<m........................................ 321Political Scieirce, Courses.................................... 322Political S c ie i^ M ajors...................................... 320Pre-Dental Curriculum........................................ -70PreM ortuary Science.......................................... 71

Pre-Nursing (see Nursing,Department o O ............................................

Pre-Optometry Curriculum ...........................Pre-Summer s s io n ........................................Pre-Veterinary M edicine........................... .. •President’s Honor Roll....................................Probation and D ism issal...............................Psychology. C o u rses ......................................Psychology Maj(»^..........................................Public Administration

C urriculum ..................................................Public A ddress................................................Public Relations M a jo r ..................................Radio-KFJM....................................................Radio and Television Emphasis.....................Readmission of Former S tu d e n ts .................Real Estate Courses........................................Reciprocity, M innesota.................................Recreation M ajo r............................................Recreational Opportunities...........................Re-Examination..............................................Refund of F e e s ................................................R egistration ....................................................

Cancellation..................................................Change of Program ......................................F e e s ...............................................................Procedure......................................................

Regular Students. .. .........................................Rehabilitation H ospital.................................Rehabilitation Services (minor).....................Religious Studies, Courses.............................Religious Studies M ajor.................................Religious Organizations.................................Repeating C ourses......................... ................Reports on Scholarship.................................Research Agencies..........................................Research and Program Development Offic® ■Residence H a l ls ..............................................Residence R equirem ents...............................Retail Merchandising Curriculum................Room and B oard..............................................ROTC, Courses................................................Russian, C o u rses ............................................Russian Studies M ajor...................................S-U G rad es ......................................................Scandinavian Languages, C ourses..............Scandinavian Studies M ino r.........................Scholarship Average for

G raduation ..................................................Scholarship H o n o rs .......................................Scholarship ......................................................Scholarships....................................................Scholastic Average Required

for Graduation..............................................Secondary Education.....................................Semester Grade R ep o rts ...............................Senior Honors..................................................Social Science M ajors...................................Social Science Requirements.........................Social Work, C ourses.....................................Social Work M ajo r.........................................Sociology, C ourses.........................................Sociology M ajo r............................................Spanish. Courses ...........................................Spanish M ajors..............................................Special Education, C ourses...........................Special Examinations...................................

F e e ...............................................................Speech, C ourses............................................Speech Majors ................................................Speech, Language and Hearing

C lin ic ............................................................

29971

118714846

326325

320344248

64344

14 27318

2186

45184243 4215 429

64 335 329 328

645458

65 22 9

27122

288259331

44252

39484619

39 118 4550

33233

33’33834O34O26O26016440 16

346 343

Index 397

Pathology and Audiology Courses,^ ^ ^ u n ic a tio n D isordws........................ 177

w Board of Higher E ducation ..................... 364^^tisticsdninorl................................................. 349Sti Activities Office.................................... 57s;^^®*'tJ'inancialAids...................................... 18

Special Services.................................... 58p ”1®*" Institute of Linguistics....................... 266

.*M>gistrationFee.............................................. 15

...........................?^‘T ^ h : : : : ; : : : : ; : : : : : ; : : : : : : : : : ; : “ 3

Courses..................................... 354T oU p^».‘®” “) o r ............................................ 351

................................................................45

Credits...................................................Is

Trips, Off C am p u s.............................................. $University Children’s C enter.......... ............... 62University College.............................................. 68

Academic Advising.......................................... 68Adm ission......................................................... 68Pre-Professional Programs.............................. 70Requirem ents................................................... 70

University of M id-America................................ 121University R elations.......................................... 66University S erv ices............................................ 60Upper Division Requirement.............................. 39Upward B ound..................................................... 59V alidation Examinations.................................... 40Veteran In form ation .......................................... 59Visual Arts. Courses .......................................... 360Visual Arts M a jo r .............................................. 356Vocational Home Economics............................. 232Wildlife B iology................................................... 147Willistcm C en ter................................................... 7Withdrawal from Class ...................................... 42Withdrawal from the U niversity....................... 43Women’s P rog ram s............................................ 59Women’s S tu d ies ................................................ 81Work Study Program .......................................... 20Zoology MajcM*..................................................... 147

I I 2 I 3 I 4 I 5 I 6 I 7 I 8 I 9 i 10 I 11 I 12

MAP BUILDING IN D EXNumber Building Location

1. Abbott HaH (Chemistry) ‘ ............ ................................ E-B2. Administration Building (Twamley) ' ...........................F-53. Aerospace Sciences Center.......................................0 -f4. Alpha Chi Omega soro rity ......................................... B-75. Alpha Phi sorority.......................................................0*fO6. Alpha Tau Omega fraternity........................................ D-67. Alumni Center. J. Uoyd S to n e '.................................. D-50. Armory (Army fiOTC)* * ...........■;.................................G-69. Armitlary S p ^ e ........................................................... F-6

10. Athletic Practice Fields...... ........................................F-10I t . Auditorium, Chester F r itz * ......................................... E-212. Babcock HaW..................................................................F-713. Bek Hall, residence..................................................... C*514. Beta Theta Pi fra te rn ity .............................................0-1115. Black Cultural Center,

Era Bell Thompson....................................................... OB16. Blind S choo l..................................................................A-117. Brannon Half, residence*.............................................C*118. Burtness Theatre ......................................................... E-519. Canterbury House......................................................... 0 720. Chandler HaN. (Institute for

Ecological Studies.Theatre Arts Department.UNO Press. Project Reclamation)* * ..........................E-4

21. Corwin Hall (Psychology)*...........................................C-622. Delta Delta Delta sorority...........................................0*1023. Delta Gamma sorority ...............................................O lO24. Delta Tau Delta fraternity.............................................0 925. Delta Upsilon fraternity................................................. B-426. Delta Zeta so ro rity ....................................................... D*927. Depot building (Parking O ffice).................................. G*528. East Hall, residence................................................... E-1129. Education Building

(Center for Teaching and Learning)*..........................F-7X . Energy Research Center ..................................see G-1231. Era Bell Th<^p$on Black

Cultural C ente r..............................................................D-832. Faculty Club H o u se ..................................................... D-833. Family H o us ing ............................................A-1 thru G-134. Fine Arts Center. Hughes*..........................................F-3

35. Fox Memorial B r id g e .................................................F-436. Fulton Hall, residence ...............................................B-437. Gamble Hall (Busirress and Public

Administration) ’ ......................................................... E-538. Gamma Phi Beta sorority........................................... 0-439. Geology Core and Sample

Library (North Dakota StateGeological Survey)*....................................................G-0

40. Gillette Hall. (Geography,Social Work, Sociology)*To locate the residence haH formerly titled Gillette, seeNoren H a ll......................................................................F-7

41. Golf Clubhouse and Course.Ray Richards ............................................................... G-3

42. Gustafson Hall (ContinuingEducation)**............................................ G-4

43. Hancock Hall, residence** ....................................... C-444. Harrington Hail (Engineering)*.................................... F-745. Health Service*............................................................. E-846. Home Economics Build ing.......................................... G-647. Honors House............................................................... C-648. Honve House (Scandinavian

Cultural Center)........................................................... A-1049. Hughes Fine Arts C e n te r*.......................................... F-350. Hyslop Sports C e n te r** ...............................................E-951. Indian Cultural Center** .......................................... E-1252. International Students Center* ..................................C-853 Ireland Cancer Research Laboratory*........................E-754. Johnstone Hall, residence ........................................ D-455. Kappa Alpha Theia sorority................................... D-1256. Kappa Sigma fraternity...............................................D-1157. Lambda Chi Alpha fra te rn ity ...................................... B-658. Larimore Hall (Psychology)* ...................................... C-659. Law Building 6 Thormodsgard

Law L ib ra ry*..................................................................g.y60. Leonard Hall, (Geology and North

Dakota State Geological Survey)*.............................. F-861. Library. Chester F r itz * .................................................0-662. Lutheran Campus Center (Christus R e x )................. D-663. McCannel H a ll*..............................................................E-864. McVey Hall, residence*...............................................C-165. Medical Science Bu ild ing*...........................................E-7

66. Medical Science North ............................................... B-967. Memorial U n ion '.........................................................E-868. Merritield H a i r ............................................................E-669. Montgomery H a ir * ...................................................... E-570. Newman Foundation. Catholic

student center................................................................B-771. Noren Hall, residence* (formerly

Gillette Hall) ................................................................. C-272. North Campus (Bronson Property) ............................ A-873. North Dakota Geological Survey

Wilson M. Laird Core andSample L ib ra ry*.............................................................G-8

74. Nursing Bu ild ing*......................................................... C-575. Nutrition Laboratory of the U S D A............................ E-1276. Old Mam Memorial Sphere ........................................F-577. Old Science Hall (KFJM, Speech).............................. E-678. Parking (shaded areas)79. Phi Della Theta fraternity.............................................A-380. Pi Beta Phi sorority....................................................... B-781. Pi Kappa Alpha fraternity...........................................D-1182. Power Plant ................................................................. G-683. President's Residence.............................................. F-384. Press. UNO (Chandler H a ll)** .....................................E-485. Princeton Trailer Court.................................................A-486. Rehabilitation Hospital (south of

campus) ........................................................................G-987. Robertson Hall (Housing Office,

Academic Media C e n te r)**........................................ c-588. Sayre Hall (Academic Media

Center. UNO TV)** .....................................................C-589. Scandinavian Cultural Center

(Honve House) ........................................................... A-1090. School of M edicine*.................................................. E-791. Selke Hall, residence*.................................................C-292. Sigma Alpha Epsilon fraternity .................................. C-893. Sigma Chi fraternity.....................................................D-894. Sigma Nu fraternity .....................................................D-895. Smith Hall, residence................................................ E-496. Squires Hall, residence...............................................C-497. Stadium, Memorial Foo tba ll**.................................. E-1098. Starcher Hall (Biology/

Industrial Technology)* ...............................................G-9

(continued next page)

Q)■a

COCOCO

i’l

Map Building Index (continued)99 Sion*, J Uoyd

Alumni Center’ ........................................................D-5100. Teu Kappe Epsilon lialernity.............................. D-tl101, Tennis Courls..........................................................A-7102 Theta Chi Iralernily ................................................B-7103 Twamley Hall, administration*.......................... F-5104 Upson Hall I (Engineering)*.................................. F-0105 Upson Han II (Engineering and

Computer Center)*..................................................F-7106 Walsh Hall, residence.............................................. M107, Water Tower......................................................... G-9108 West Gymnasium ............................................... G-5109 West Hall, residence* ............................................ D-2n o Wilkerson Hall* ................................................... D-2t i l , Wilson M Laird Core and Sample

Library (North Dakota Stale GeologicatSunrey)* ............................................................... G-8

112 Winter Sports Center** ........................................ F-12113 Witmer Ha* (Mathematics, Physics)* ................... F-8114 Winenberg Chapel, Missouri Synod

Lutheran .................................................................B-5115, Women's Programs, Office o f* * .............................C-8

MAP OFFICE INDEXOffice Building, No., LocationAcademic Affairs,

Vice President.................................Twamley (103) F-5Academic Media C enter...........................Sayre (88) C-5Admissions and Records...................Twamley (103) F-5Affirmative Action O ffice................... Twamley (103) F-5Alumni Office.................................Alumni Center (7) D-5Animal Resource Facilities — Medical Sci. Bldg. (E-7) An Galleries

North Dakota Museum ofArt . f ......................................MeTrronal Union (67) E-BHughes Eirw Arts C en ter....................................(49) F-3

Arts and Sciences, D ean...................Twamley (103) F-5Athletics...........................Hyslop Sports Center (50) E-9Bookstore ................................. Memorial Union (67) E-8Business and Public Administration.

Dean ........................................... Gamble Hall (37) E-5Business Office................................... Twamley (103) F-5Career Planning and Placement

C en te r..............................................McCannel (63) E-8Center lor Teaching and Learning.

Dean ................................................Education (29) F-7Central Receiv ing.........................................................G-1Central Scheduling O t iic e ___Memorial Union (67) E-8Computer Center.................................Upson It (105) F-7Continuing Education,

D e a n ........................................Gustafson Hall (42) G-4Counseling C en te r............................ McCannel (63) E-8Credit U n io n .......................................Twamley (103) F-5Dean of Students Office ...................McCannel (63) E-8Disabled Student Services ............... McCannel (63) E-8Emergency Operations Center....................................G-1Engineering, Dean .............................Upson It (105) F-7Enrollment Services Office................ Twamley (103) F-5Finance. Vice President ...................Twamley (103) F-5Financial Aids, Student .....................Twamley (103) F-5Fine Arts.

Dean ....................... Hughes Fine Arts Center (49) F-3Food Services Office.................................................... G-1Graduate School, D ea n .....................Twamley (103) F-5Housing

Director....................................................Robertson (87) C-5Fam ily............................................(No 2 Stanford Rd.)Residence H a ll....................................... Robertson (87) C-5

Human Resources Development.Dean ................................................Twamley (103) F-5

KFJM, Public R ad io .......................Old Science (77) E-6Law, Dean .................................................... Law (59) E-7Medicine, D ea n ............ Medical Science North (66) B-9Memorial U n io n ................................................... (67) E-8Nursing, D e a n .........................Nursing Building (74) C-5

Operations, Vice President .............. Twamley (103) F-5Parking O ffice ........................................... Depot (27) G-5Personnel O ffice.................................Twamley (103) F-5Placemen! Center (see Career Planning

and Placement Center)Plant Services Office.................................................... G-1Post Office. U S.................................. Twamley (103) F-5President's O ffice...............................Twamley (103) F-5Public Health

Laboratory .................Rehabilitation Hospital (66) G-9Purchasing O ffice...............................Twamley (103) F-5Rehabilitation Hospital, Administrator and

Director...................... Rehabilitation Hospital (86) G-9Research and Program Development.

Office o f ........................................... Twamley (103) F-5Registrar............................................. Twamley (103) F-5Safely and Civil Defense O ffice ..................................G-1Security O ffice...............................................................G-1Speech and Hearing

C lin ic ............................................Montgomery (69) E-5Student Activities

Coordinator.......................... Memorial Union (67) E-8Student Affairs.

Vice President................................Twamley (103) F-5Student Health Serv ice ....................McCannel (63) E-8Trio Programs.................................... McCannel (63) E-8Summer Sessions and University

College O ffice ................................ Twamley (103) F-5Ticket Offices

A th le tics.......................Hyslop Sports Center (50) E-9Auditorium ............ Auditorium. Chester Fritz (11) E-2CENTICK...............................Memorial Union (67) E-8Thea tre ............................................. Burtness (18) E-5

Transportation O ffice.......... Transportation Building G-1University College and Summer Sessions.

D e a n ...............................................Twamley (103) F-5University Relations..........................Twamley (103) F-5Veterans Service ...............................McCannel (63) E-8Women's Programs, (Office o f ...........................(115) C-8

'Buhdm gs w'rth all hoors handicapped acceaaibie.* o t\* tNoot

oo

c3<■(D

><o

zo3 -3 *

o(u7TO0>

other publications in seriesSchool Bulletin, available from the Dean of the Graduate School,

®ox 8178 University Station, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202, telephone 701/777-2786.

of Medicine Bulletin, available from the Dean of the School of Medicine, University of North Dakota, 501 North Columbia Road, Grand Forks, ND 58201, telephone 701/777-2514.

UA®, School of Law Bulletin, available from the Dean of the School of Law, University North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202, telephone 701/777-2104.

UA/D, Freshman Year in the University College, available from the Dean of the Uni- ^fsity College and Summer Sessions, Box 8026 University Station, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202, telephone 701/777-2117.

UA®, Summer Sessions BuUetin/Time Schedule, available from the Dean of Univer- U°llege & Summer Sessions, Box 8026 University Station, University of North

Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202, telephone 701/777-2117.

^°’Tespondence Study, available from the Dean of Outreach Programs, Box ‘ 7 University Station, University of North Dakota, Grand Forks, ND 58202,

'^tephone 701/777-2611.

■U/i'wion o f Continuing Education, Outreach Activities, available from the 7 ^ of Outreach Programs, Box 8277 University Station, Grand Forks, ND 58202, ^tephone 701/777-2661.

Further INFORMATION ON write to '

^ '^dual Department Programs ...........................................Department Chairman

p ®’*oial Aids (Scholarships, Loans)...................... Director, Student Financial Aid

ter Housing (Residence Halls and^ y Student Housing).................... .•........................Director, Student Housing

PUs Tours, New Student Orientation........................ Dean, Enrollment Services

^'^Pteyment,p '' -Study Ffrogram........................... ................ Director, Student Financial Aid

y ’^ties and Sororities................................................................. Dean o f Students

tenal. Academic Counseling...................................Director, Counseling CenterDean, University College

Stud * * ** *” ' ........................................................... Coordinator, Honors Program®ot Activities, Organizations................ .......... Student Activities Coordinator,

Memorial Union

te-ogram.........................................Chairperson, Military Science Department

■gj^teg Education,Sum ................................. .................. Dean, Outreach Programs

Session Courses...............................................Dean, University College andSummer Sessions

All *^ inquiries for information from specific offices should be addressed Po*, ®^Uic office in care of The University of North Dakota, Grand Call ^ ®8202, telephone 701/777-2011. Prospective students may jq ®^teee on matters related to their enrollment, 800-732-4374 from

Dakota, 800-437-5479 from other contiguous states.3

Enrollment Services Office University of North Dakota Box 8135. University Station Grand Forks. North Dakota 58202

//L

SecondU.S. Postage Pfi University

Grand Forks. ND 5820 r

/ I/

/

/

/ ' / / / / /

S t /// '

✓// ✓

/

✓ ✓

/

IfILr

c

rtrLr'i

Lrt

/

1984-1986 - Undergraduate - University of North Dakota

Documents

Transcript of 1984-1986 - Undergraduate - University of North Dakota